<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>231</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, December 1, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
  <CNTNTS>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agency Health</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
      <HD>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>74785-74788</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30795</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Patient Safety Organizations; Delistings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Voluntary Relinquishment from HealthWatch, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74788-74789</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30798</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Scientific Information Request on Pressure Ulcer Treatment Medical Devices,</DOC>
          <PGS>74789-74790</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30796</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
      <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agriculture Acquisition; Labor Law Violations,</DOC>
          <PGS>74722-74723</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30874</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agriculture Acquisition; Labor Law Violations,</DOC>
          <PGS>74755-74756</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEP1.sgm">2011-30875</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Alcohol Tobacco Tax</EAR>
      <HD>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records,</DOC>
          <PGS>74847-74848</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30898</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
      <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>International Trade Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Patent and Trademark Office</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commodity Futures</EAR>
      <HD>Commodity Futures Trading Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>74778-74779</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-31004</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Copyright Royalty Board</EAR>
      <HD>Copyright Royalty Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Cost of Living Adjustment for Performance of Musical Compositions by Colleges and Universities,</DOC>
          <PGS>74703</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30712</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Cost of Living Adjustment to Satellite Carrier Compulsory License Royalty Rates,</DOC>
          <PGS>74703-74704</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30705</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Drug Enforcement Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Implementation of the Methamphetamine Production Prevention Act of 2008,</DOC>
          <PGS>74696-74699</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30630</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Education</EAR>
      <HD>Education Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>List of Correspondence,</DOC>
          <PGS>74779</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30931</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
      <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Hazardous Waste Management System; Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Final Exclusion,</DOC>
          <PGS>74709-74717</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30152</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source Categories; CFR Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>74708-74709</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30998</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>2017 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards,</DOC>
          <PGS>74854-75420</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="566" T="01DEP2.sgm">2011-30358</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Clean Air Act Operating Permit Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Petition for Objection to State Operating Permit for Carmeuse Stone and Lime,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74755</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEP1.sgm">2011-30843</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Executive Office</EAR>
      <HD>Executive Office for Immigration Review</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Civil Monetary Penalties Inflation Adjustment,</DOC>
          <PGS>74625-74630</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30174</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Executive Office of the President</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Presidential Documents</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Trade Representative, Office of United States</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Boeing Co. Model 737-200, -200C, -300,  -400, and  -500 Series Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74667-74670</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30608</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bombardier, Inc. Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74665-74667</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30232</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Damage Tolerance and Fatigue Evaluation of Composite Rotorcraft Structures,</DOC>
          <PGS>74655-74664</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="9" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30945</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Harmonization of Various Airworthiness Standards for Transport Category Airplanes - Flight Rules,</DOC>
          <PGS>74649-74655</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30954</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Critical Parts for Airplane Propellers,</DOC>
          <PGS>74749-74753</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="01DEP1.sgm">2011-30952</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>74840</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30886</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Aircraft Registration Renewal,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74841-74842</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30888</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>New England Region Aviation Expo Database,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74841</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30891</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Use of Certain Personal Oxygen Concentrator Devices on Board Aircraft,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74840-74841</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30887</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>RTCA Program Management Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74842-74843</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30892</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Random Drug and Alcohol Testing Percentage Rates of Covered Aviation Employees,</DOC>
          <PGS>74843</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30950</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Release of Airport Property:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Martin County Airport, Stuart, FL,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74843-74844</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30885</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Waivers of Aeronautical Land-Use Assurance:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Auburn-Lewiston Municipal Airport, Auburn, ME,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74844-74845</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30883</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Petitions for Reconsideration:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Facilitating the Use of Microwave for Wireless Backhaul and Other Uses, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74722</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30644</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Preserving the Open Internet,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74721</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30643</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Roaming Obligations of Commercial Mobile Radio Service Providers, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74721-74722</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30642</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Election</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Election Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>74784</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-31064</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Emergency</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Emergency Management Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Suspensions of Community Eligibility,</DOC>
          <PGS>74717-74720</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30909</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Energy</EAR>
      <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
      <HD>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Competing Preliminary Permit Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>FFP Project 104 LLC; Nolin Lake Hydro LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74781</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30870</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>FFP Project 105 LLC; Hugo Lake Hydro LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74780-74781</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30873</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>SV Hydro LLC; Coffeeville LLC; FFP Project 99 LLC; Lock Hydro Friends Fund XIV,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74779-74780</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30867</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>City of Escondido, Vista Irrigation District,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74782-74783</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30872</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Sawgrass Storage LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74781-74782</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30871</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Preliminary Permit Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>American River Power II, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74783</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30866</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Apache Hydro LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74783-74784</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30869</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>FFP Project 101 LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74784</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30868</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Housing Enterprise</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Repeal of Regulations,</DOC>
          <PGS>74648-74649</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30480</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Housing Finance Board</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Housing Finance Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Repeal of Regulations,</DOC>
          <PGS>74648-74649</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30480</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Maritime</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Maritime Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Inflation Adjustment of Civil Monetary Penalties; Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>74720-74721</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-29486</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Complaints:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Minto Explorations Ltd. v. Pacific and Arctic Railway and Navigation Co.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74784-74785</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30895</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Capital Plans,</DOC>
          <PGS>74631-74648</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="17" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30665</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Fish</EAR>
      <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Application for an Incidental Take Permit:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife Statewide Furbearer Trapping Program; Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74805</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30944</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Generic Clearance for Collection of Qualitative Feedback on FDA Service Delivery,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74790</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30877</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Memorandum of Understanding,</DOC>
          <PGS>74791-74802</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="11" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30911</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
      <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
      <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Civil Monetary Penalties Inflation Adjustment,</DOC>
          <PGS>74625-74630</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30174</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Housing</EAR>
      <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Federal Housing Administration First Look Sales Method under Neighborhood Stabilization Programs Technical Assistance:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Availability of Universal Name and Address Identification Number,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74804</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30890</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Interior</EAR>
      <HD>Interior Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Land Management Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Reclamation Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Klamath Facilities Removal,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74804-74805</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30894</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Antidumping Duty Administrative Reviews: Results, Amendments, Extensions, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Stainless Steel Plate in Coils From the Republic of Korea, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74771-74773</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30951</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Order, Finding, or Suspended Investigation:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Advance Notification of Sunset Reviews,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74773</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30946</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Opportunity to Request Administrative Review,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74773-74775</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30955</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Initiation of Five-Year Sunset Review,</DOC>
          <PGS>74775-74776</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30958</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Five-year Reviews:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Foundry Coke from China,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74810-74812</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30663</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Stainless Steel Bar From Brazil, India, Japan, And Spain,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74807-74809</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30664</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Drug Enforcement Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Executive Office for Immigration Review</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Justice Programs Office</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Programs</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Programs Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>2012 Census of Adult Probation Supervising Agencies,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74812-74813</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30406</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Land</EAR>
      <HD>Land Management Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Realty Actions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Tenakee Springs, AK,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74805-74806</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30724</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Library</EAR>
      <HD>Library of Congress</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Copyright Royalty Board</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Millenium</EAR>
      <HD>Millennium Challenge Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Quarterly Report (July 1, 2011 - September 30, 2011),</DOC>
          <PGS>74813-74830</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="17" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30928</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Highway</EAR>
      <HD>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>New Car Assessment Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Safety Labeling; Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74723-74724</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30910</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>2017 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards,</DOC>
          <PGS>74854-75420</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="566" T="01DEP2.sgm">2011-30358</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>74845-74847</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30912</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30913</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74802-74803</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30904</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Laboratory Animal Welfare:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Adoption and Implementation of the Eighth Edition of the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74803-74804</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30764</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Oceanic</EAR>
      <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pacific Cod Allocations in the Gulf of Alaska; Amendment 83,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74670-74690</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="20" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30861</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the Northeastern U.S.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fisheries; Amendment 11,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74724-74725</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30936</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Fisheries off West Coast States:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan; Trawl Rationalization Program, etc.; Amendment 21-1,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74725-74747</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="22" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30734</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Western and Central Pacific Fisheries for Highly Migratory Species:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>2011 Bigeye Tuna Longline Fishery Closure; Withdrawal,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74747-74748</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30953</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Comprehensive Annual Catch Limit Amendment for South Atlantic,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74757-74770</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="01DEP1.sgm">2011-30743</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Trends in Extreme Winds, Waves, and Extratropical Storms along the Coasts,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74776-74777</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30889</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>National Marine Protected Areas Center External Review,</DOC>
          <PGS>74777-74778</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30700</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Permits:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Endangered Species; File No. 16439,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74778</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30959</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Science</EAR>
      <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>74830-74831</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30906</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Neighborhood</EAR>
      <HD>Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>74831</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-31080</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Regulatory Guides:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Making Changes to Emergency Plans for Nuclear Power Reactors,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74630-74631</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30902</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Aging Management of Stainless Steel Structures and Components in Treated Borated Water,</DOC>
          <PGS>74831-74832</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30903</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc., Indian Point Nuclear Generating Units Nos. 2 and 3,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74832-74834</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30901</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Interim Staff Guidance on Aging Management Program for Steam Generators,</DOC>
          <PGS>74834</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30896</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Office of United States Trade Representative</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Trade Representative, Office of United States</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Overseas</EAR>
      <HD>Overseas Private Investment Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>74834-74835</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30882</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>74835</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-31016</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Patent</EAR>
      <HD>Patent and Trademark Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Revision of Patent Term Adjustment Provisions Relating to Information Disclosure Statements,</DOC>
          <PGS>74700-74703</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30933</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Pension Benefit</EAR>
      <HD>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Allocation of Assets in Single-Employer Plans:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Valuation of Benefits and Assets; Expected Retirement Age,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74699-74700</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30849</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Postal Service</EAR>
      <HD>Postal Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Folded Self-Mailers and Unenveloped Mailpieces,</DOC>
          <PGS>74704-74708</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30879</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Authority to Manufacture and Distribute Postage Evidencing Systems,</DOC>
          <PGS>74753-74755</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEP1.sgm">2011-30876</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Presidential Documents</EAR>
      <HD>Presidential Documents</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS</HD>
        <SJ>Government Agencies and Employees:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Government Records Management (Memorandum of November 28, 2011),</SJDOC>
          <PGS>75421-75425</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="01DEO0.sgm">2011-31096</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Reclamation</EAR>
      <HD>Reclamation Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Adjustment of the Amount of an Administrative Costs Assessment,</DOC>
          <PGS>74806-74807</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30880</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Securities</EAR>
      <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>74835</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-31047</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74835-74837</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30916</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Small Business</EAR>
      <HD>Small Business Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Small Business Subcontracting,</DOC>
          <PGS>74749</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEP1.sgm">2011-30927</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Disaster Declarations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Puerto Rico; Amendment 6,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74837</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30930</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Virginia; Amendment 1,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74837-74838</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30935</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Social</EAR>
      <HD>Social Security Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>74838-74839</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30922</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Trade Representative</EAR>
      <HD>Trade Representative, Office of United States</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Generalized System of Preferences:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Import Statistics Relating to Competitive Need Limitations,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74839-74840</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30934</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
      <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
      <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Extension of Import Restrictions Imposed on Archaeological and Ethnological Material From Bolivia,</DOC>
          <PGS>74690-74691</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30897</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Import Restrictions Imposed on Certain Archaeological and Ethnological Material from Greece,</DOC>
          <PGS>74691-74696</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30905</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Customs</EAR>
      <HD>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Extension of Import Restrictions Imposed on Archaeological and Ethnological Material From Bolivia,</DOC>
          <PGS>74690-74691</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30897</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Import Restrictions Imposed on Certain Archaeological and Ethnological Material from Greece,</DOC>
          <PGS>74691-74696</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="01DER1.sgm">2011-30905</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
      <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Funding Availabilities:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Supportive Services for Veteran Families Program,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>74849-74852</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="01DEN1.sgm">2011-30778</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <PTS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
      <HD>Part II</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Environmental Protection Agency,</DOC>
        <PGS>74854-75420</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="566" T="01DEP2.sgm">2011-30358</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Transportation Department, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration,</DOC>
        <PGS>74854-75420</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="566" T="01DEP2.sgm">2011-30358</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part III</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Presidential Documents,</DOC>
        <PGS>75421-75425</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="4" T="01DEO0.sgm">2011-31096</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
    </PTS>
    <AIDS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
      <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
      
      <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.</P>
    </AIDS>
  </CNTNTS>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>231</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, December 1, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
  <RULES>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74625"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>8 CFR Part 280</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CBP Dec. No. 11-23]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1651-AA91</RIN>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Executive Office for Immigration Review</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>8 CFR Part 1280</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EOIR Docket No. 172; AG Order No. 3309-2011]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1125-AA69</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Civil Monetary Penalties Inflation Adjustment</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCIES:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security; Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of Justice.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule amends the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) regulations to adjust for inflation certain civil monetary penalties assessed under the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA). The adjusted penalties are calculated according to a statutory formula, and will be effective for violations occurring on or after the effective date. This rule also amends the Department of Justice (DOJ) regulations to eliminate duplicative language and to substitute cross-references to the relevant regulations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule will take effect on January 3, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Concerning amendments to 8 CFR part 280:</E>Joseph O'Donnell, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Office of Field Operations, (202) 344-1691 (not a toll-free call),<E T="03">r.odonnell@dhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Concerning amendments to 8 CFR part 1280:</E>Robin M. Stutman, General Counsel, Office of the General Counsel, Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of Justice, 5107 Leesburg Pike, Suite 2600, Falls Church, VA 22041.<E T="03">Contact Telephone Number:</E>(703) 305-0470 (not a-toll free call).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>

        <P>The Homeland Security Act of 2002 transferred the functions of the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) to DHS.<E T="03">See</E>Pub. L. 107-296, tit. IV, subtits. D, E, F, 116 Stat. 2135, 2192. DOJ and its administrative component, the Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR), retained the functions of EOIR,<E T="03">see</E>6 U.S.C. 521, including jurisdiction over regulations currently codified in chapter V of title 8 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). On February 28, 2003, the Attorney General published a final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>that reflects the transfer of authorities from the INS to DHS and the current division of regulations between DHS and EOIR.<E T="03">See</E>68 FR 9824-01 (Feb. 28, 2003). Pursuant to that rule, certain parts of chapter I of title 8 of the CFR (pertaining to DHS) were duplicated in chapter V (pertaining to EOIR) to ensure that all relevant authority relating to the shared responsibilities was preserved.<E T="03">See id.</E>at 9825. Part of those duplicative regulations pertain to civil monetary penalties assessed under the INA.</P>
        <P>The Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Adjustment Act), Public Law 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, 28 U.S.C. 2461 note, provides for the regular evaluation of civil monetary penalties to ensure that the penalty amounts continue to maintain their deterrent effect and that the penalty amounts owed to the Federal Government are properly accounted for and collected. The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (Improvement Act) amended the Adjustment Act to require the head of each agency to “by regulation adjust each civil monetary penalty provided by law within the jurisdiction of the Federal agency.” Public Law 104-134, § 31001(s)(1), 110 Stat. 1321. The Improvement Act requires inflation adjustments every four years.</P>
        <P>The penalties that may be assessed by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) upon carriers and persons who violate specified provisions of the INA currently are enumerated in 8 CFR 280.53. This section is repeated in chapter V of title 8 of the CFR at § 1280.53 in regulations relating to DOJ. As discussed above, this duplication was done in 2003 to ensure that all relevant authority was preserved.</P>
        <P>After the revisions in this final rule take effect, the penalties for specified violations of the INA will be enumerated only in 8 CFR 280.53. Those penalties will be for the following violations of the INA:</P>
        <P>• Section 231(g) of the INA, Penalties for non-compliance with arrival and departure manifest requirements for passengers, crewmembers, or occupants transported on commercial vessels or aircraft arriving to or departing from the United States.</P>
        <P>• Section 234 of the INA, Penalties for non-compliance with landing requirements at designated ports of entry for aircraft transporting aliens.</P>
        <P>• Section 240B(d) of the INA, Penalties for failure to depart voluntarily.</P>
        <P>• Section 243(c)(1) of the INA, Penalties for violations of removal orders relating to aliens transported on vessels or aircraft under section 241(d) of the INA or for costs associated with removal under section 241(e) of the INA and penalties for failure to remove alien stowaways under section 241(d)(2) of the INA.</P>
        <P>• Section 251(d) of the INA, Penalties for failure to report an illegal landing or desertion of alien crewmen, and for each alien not reported on arrival or departure manifest and lists in accordance with section 251 of the INA and penalties for use of alien crewmen for longshore work in violation of section 251(d) of the INA.</P>
        <P>• Section 254(a) of the INA, Penalties for failure to control alien crewmen.</P>
        <P>• Section 255 of the INA, Penalties for employment on passenger vessels of aliens afflicted with certain disabilities.</P>
        <P>• Section 256 of the INA, Penalties for discharge of alien crewmen.</P>
        <P>• Section 257 of the INA, Penalties for bringing into the United States alien crewmen with intent to evade immigration laws.</P>
        <P>• Section 271(a) of the INA, Penalties for failure to prevent the unauthorized landing of aliens.</P>

        <P>• Section 272(a) of the INA, Penalties for bringing to the United States aliens<PRTPAGE P="74626"/>subject to denial of admission on a health-related ground.</P>
        <P>• Section 273(b) of the INA, Penalties for bringing to the United States aliens without required documentation.</P>
        <P>• Section 274D of the INA, Penalties for failure to depart.</P>
        <P>• Section 275(b) of the INA, Penalties for improper entry.</P>

        <P>The penalty amounts for the violations of the INA enumerated in 8 CFR 280.53 were last adjusted for inflation in 1999, when DOJ published a final rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, in accordance with the Adjustment and Improvement Acts.<E T="03">See</E>64 FR 47099 (Aug. 30, 1999). The final rule, however, did not adjust the penalties for certain violations of the INA that had only been in effect since 1996. DOJ noted at that time that the “[p]enalties not being adjusted by this rule will be adjusted, if appropriate, during the next adjustment required by the Debt Collection Improvement Act.”<E T="03">Id.</E>at 47100. DOJ listed those penalties under paragraph (d) of 8 CFR 280.53, including for violations of sections 240B(d), 243(c)(1)(A) and (B), 274D, and 275(b) of the INA.</P>

        <P>This final rule reflects compliance with Congress's mandate to adjust civil penalties for inflation. Congress has detailed the method for calculating inflation adjustments. Section 5(a) of the Adjustment Act provides that the inflation adjustment shall be determined by increasing the maximum civil penalty or the range of minimum and maximum civil monetary penalties, as applicable, for each civil monetary penalty by the cost-of-living adjustment, as defined in section 5(b).<E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 2461 note. The cost-of-living adjustment is defined in section 5(b) as the percentage (if any) by which—</P>
        <P>(1) The Consumer Price Index for the month of June of the calendar year preceding the adjustment, exceeds</P>
        <P>(2) The Consumer Price Index for the month of June of the calendar year in which the civil monetary penalty was last set or adjusted pursuant to law.</P>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Id.</E>Section 3(3) of the Adjustment Act defines “Consumer Price Index” to mean the Consumer Price Index for all-urban consumers [`CPI-U'] published by the Department of Labor.<E T="03">Id.</E>The CPI-U is accordingly used for all calculations in this final rule.</P>
        <P>Section 5(a) of the Adjustment Act further provides that any increase required by the cost-of-living adjustment is subject to rounding according to the following standards:</P>
        <P>• For penalties less than or equal to $100, increases are rounded to multiples of $10;</P>
        <P>• For penalties greater than $100 but less than or equal to $1,000, increases are rounded to multiples of $100;</P>
        <P>• For penalties greater than $1,000 but less than or equal to $10,000, increases are rounded to multiples of $1,000;</P>
        <P>• For penalties greater than $10,000 but less than or equal to $100,000, increases are rounded to multiples of $5,000;</P>
        <P>• For penalties greater than $100,000 but less than or equal to $200,000, increases are rounded to multiples of $10,000; and</P>
        <P>• For penalties greater than $200,000, increases are rounded to multiples of $25,000.</P>
        
        <FP>
          <E T="03">See id.</E>
        </FP>

        <P>In 2002, after the publication of DOJ's final rule, Congress redesignated 8 U.S.C. 1221(d) (section 231(d) of the INA) as 8 U.S.C. 1221(g) (section 231(g) of the INA) and increased the penalty for noncompliance from $300 per person to $1,000 per person.<E T="03">See</E>Public Law 107-173, tit. IV, § 402(c), 116 Stat. 559. For that reason, the penalty in section 231(g) of the INA, which is currently listed as corresponding to section 231(d) in 8 CFR 280.53(c)(1) and 8 CFR 1280.53(c)(1) as $330 per person, has been superseded by the subsequent legislation and is currently $1,000 per person.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Summary of the Calculations</HD>
        <P>In this final rule, DHS is adjusting the civil monetary penalty amounts specified in 8 CFR 280.53, as well as in section 231(g) of the INA (8 U.S.C. 1221(g)), relating to penalties imposed for various violations of the INA, in accordance with the cost-of-living adjustment formula and the rounding provisions.</P>
        <P>To explain how we calculated the inflation increase adjustment for those penalties that were previously adjusted in 1999, as adjusted for cost-of-living, we will use the current penalty in section 234 of the INA (8 U.S.C. 1224), listed in 8 CFR 280.53(c)(2), as an example.</P>
        <P>First, we must determine the CPI factor. Because we are adjusting the civil monetary penalty in 2011 and the penalty was last adjusted in 1999, we use the CPI-U for June of 2010 (217.965) and the CPI-U for June of 1999 (166.2). We calculate the CPI factor by subtracting the CPI-U for June of 1999 (166.2) from the CPI-U for June of 2010 (217.965) and then dividing by the CPI-U for June of 1999 (166.2). The result is 31.15%.</P>
        <P>Second, to calculate the raw increase for each civil penalty (before rounding), we multiply the current penalty by the CPI factor. In our example, we multiply $2,200 by 31.15%, which equals $685.30.</P>
        <P>In the third step, we round the raw increase according to the rules in section 5(a) of the Adjustment Act. Under these rules, because the current penalty ($2,200) is greater than $1,000, but less than or equal to $10,000, we round the raw increase ($685.30) to the nearest multiple of $1,000. The result is a rounded increase of $1,000.</P>
        <P>In the fourth and final step, we add the rounded increase ($1,000) to the current penalty ($2,200). Therefore, in our first example, the adjusted penalty for section 234 of the INA is $3,200.</P>
        <P>To explain how we calculated the inflation increase adjustment for the penalty in section 231(g) of the INA (8 U.S.C. 1221(g)), which was set by legislation in 2002, we first must determine the CPI factor. Because we are adjusting the civil monetary penalty in 2011 and the penalty in section 231(g) was set in 2002, we must use the CPI-U for June of 2010 (217.965) and for June of 2002 (179.9). We calculate the CPI factor by subtracting the CPI-U for June of 2002 (179.9) from the CPI-U for June of 2010 (217.965) and then dividing by the CPI-U for June of 2002 (179.9). The result is 21.16%.</P>
        <P>Second, to calculate the raw increase (before rounding), we multiply the current penalty by the CPI factor. Here, we multiply $1,000 by 21.16%, which equals $211.60.</P>
        <P>In the third step, we round the raw increase according to the rules in section 5(a) of the Adjustment Act. Since the current penalty ($1,000) is greater than $100, but less than or equal to $1,000, we round to the nearest multiple of $100, which makes the rounded increase $200.</P>
        <P>In the fourth and final step, we add the rounded increase ($200) to the current penalty ($1,000). Therefore, here, the adjusted penalty for section 231(g) would increase to $1,200. However, section 31001(s)(2) of the Improvement Act provides that the initial adjustment of a civil monetary penalty may not exceed 10% of such penalty. Because the penalty in section 231(g) was set by legislation in 2002, it has not been previously adjusted; therefore, the 10% statutory cap applies.</P>

        <P>To apply the statutory cap, we must calculate 10% of the penalty. To calculate the statutory cap for the penalty, we take 10% of $1,000, which equals $100. We then add that result to the current penalty, $1,000. The result is $1,100. Because the adjusted penalty is higher than the 10% statutory cap, the 10% statutory cap must be used. Therefore, the adjusted civil monetary<PRTPAGE P="74627"/>penalty for violations of section 231(g) is $1,100.</P>
        <P>Because DHS is also adjusting certain other penalties for the first time (namely, the penalties set forth in sections 240B(d), 243(c)(1)(A) and (B), 274D, and 275(b) of the INA), those increases are also subject to the 10% statutory cap. Accordingly, we must first apply the normal formula and then, if necessary, apply the statutory cap.</P>
        <P>To explain our calculations for adjusting the civil monetary amounts for those penalties that are being adjusted for the first time, we will use section 240B(d) of the INA (8 U.S.C. 1229c(d)) as our example. Section 240B(d) provides that each alien who fails to depart the U.S. voluntarily after being permitted to do so is liable for a $1,000 minimum and a $5,000 maximum penalty.</P>
        <P>First, we must determine the CPI factor. The civil monetary penalty was enacted in 1996, so we must use the CPI-U for June of 1996 (156.7). We calculate the CPI factor by subtracting the CPI-U for June of 1996 (156.7) from the CPI-U for June of 2010 (217.965) and then dividing by the CPI-U for June of 1996 (156.7). The result is 39.10%.</P>
        <P>Second, to calculate the raw increase (before rounding), we multiply the current penalty by the CPI factor. For the minimum penalty, the raw increase is calculated by multiplying $1,000 by 39.10%, which is $391.00. For the maximum penalty, we multiplied $5,000 by 39.10%, which equals $1,955.00.</P>
        <P>In the third step, we round the raw increase according to the rules in section 5(a) of the Adjustment Act and then add this rounded increase to the current penalty. In this instance, the raw increase for the minimum penalty ($391.00) rounds to $400, resulting in an adjusted penalty of $1,400. For the maximum penalty, the raw increase ($1,955.00) rounds to $2,000, resulting in an adjusted penalty of $7,000. However, as stated above, under section 31001(s)(2) of the Improvement Act, the initial adjustment of a civil monetary penalty may not exceed 10% of such penalty.</P>
        <P>To apply the statutory cap, we must calculate 10% of the minimum and maximum penalties. To calculate the statutory cap for the minimum penalty, we take 10% of $1,000, which equals $100. We then add that result to the current minimum, $1,000. The result is $1,100. We follow the same steps to calculate the maximum statutory penalty: We take 10% of $5,000, which equals $500. We then add that number ($500) to the current maximum, $5,000. The result is $5,500. Because the adjusted penalties are higher than the 10% statutory cap, the 10% statutory cap must be used. Therefore, the minimum and maximum adjusted civil monetary penalties for violations of section 240B(d) of the INA are $1,100 and $5,500, respectively.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Adjustment of Civil Monetary Penalties</HD>
        <P>As shown above in the first example, application of the cost-of-living adjustment formula results in an inflation adjustment of 31.15%, based on a CPI-U of 217.965 for June 2010 and a CPI-U of 166.2 for June 1999 (when the last adjustment was made). This results in new civil monetary penalties for violations of sections 234, 251(d), 254(a), 257, 271(a), 272(a), and 273(b) of the INA and for the maximum penalty for violations of section 256 of the INA. There will be no inflation adjustment to the civil monetary penalty for violations of section 255 or the minimum penalty for violations of section 256 of the INA because, due to rounding, the application of the cost-of-living adjustment formula results in the same adjusted penalty as the current penalty, as demonstrated in the chart below. Additionally, there will be an inflation adjustment to the civil monetary penalty for violations of section 231(g) of the INA. DHS has also adjusted the civil monetary penalties for violations of sections 240B(d), 243(c)(1), 274D, and 275(b) of the INA. The adjustments are shown in the chart below:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r30,r30,12,r40,r30,r30,r30" COLS="8" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">INA § Statute</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Current<LI>penalty</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Year last<LI>adjusted</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">CPI factor<LI>(2011)</LI>
              <LI>(%)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Raw increase<LI>(2011)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Rounder</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Rounded<LI>increase</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Adjusted<LI>penalty</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 231(g); 8 U.S.C. 1221(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Enacted in 2002</ENT>
            <ENT>21.16</ENT>
            <ENT>$211.60</ENT>
            <ENT>10% statutory cap</ENT>
            <ENT>$100</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,100.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 234; 8 U.S.C. 1224</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,200</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$685.30</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$3,200.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 240B(d); 8 U.S.C. 1229c(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,000 minimum/5,000 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>Enacted in 1996</ENT>
            <ENT>39.10</ENT>
            <ENT>$391.00 minimum/$1,955.00 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>10% statutory cap</ENT>
            <ENT>$100 minimum/$500 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,100 minimum/$5,500 maximum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 243(c)(1)(A); 8 U.S.C. 1253(c)(1)(A)</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Enacted in 1996</ENT>
            <ENT>39.10</ENT>
            <ENT>$782.00</ENT>
            <ENT>10% statutory cap</ENT>
            <ENT>$200</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,200.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 243(c)(1)(B); 8 U.S.C. 1253(c)(1)(B)</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Enacted in 1996</ENT>
            <ENT>39.10</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,955.00</ENT>
            <ENT>10% statutory cap</ENT>
            <ENT>$500</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,500.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 251(d); 8 U.S.C. 1281(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>$220 for each alien not reported/$5,500 for use of alien crewman</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$68.53 for each alien not reported/$1,713.25 for use of alien crewman</ENT>
            <ENT>100 for each alien not reported/1,000 for use of alien crewman</ENT>
            <ENT>$100 for each alien not reported/$2,000 for use of alien crewman</ENT>
            <ENT>$320 for each alien not reported; $7,500 for use of alien crewman.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 254(a); 8 U.S.C. 1284(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>$550 minimum/$3,300 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$171.33 minimum/$1,027.95 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>100 minimum/1,000 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>$200 minimum/$1,000 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>$750 minimum/$4,300 maximum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 255; 8 U.S.C. 1285</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,100</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$342.65</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,100.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 256; 8 U.S.C. 1286</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,500 minimum/$3,300 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$467.25 minimum/$1,027.95 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000 minimum/1,000 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>$0 minimum/$1,000 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,500 minimum/$4,300 maximum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 257; 8 U.S.C. 1287</ENT>
            <ENT>$11,000</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$3,426.50</ENT>
            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$16,000.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74628"/>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 271(a); 8 U.S.C. 1321(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>$3,300</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,027.95</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$4,300.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 272(a); 8 U.S.C. 1322(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>$3,300</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,027.95</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$4,300.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 273(b); 8 U.S.C. 1323(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>$3,300</ENT>
            <ENT>1999</ENT>
            <ENT>31.15</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,027.95</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>$4,300.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 274D; 8 U.S.C. 1324d</ENT>
            <ENT>$500</ENT>
            <ENT>Enacted in 1996</ENT>
            <ENT>39.10</ENT>
            <ENT>$195.50</ENT>
            <ENT>10% statutory cap</ENT>
            <ENT>$50</ENT>
            <ENT>$550.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">INA § 275(b); 8 U.S.C. 1325(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>$50 minimum/$250 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>Enacted in 1996</ENT>
            <ENT>39.10</ENT>
            <ENT>$19.55 minimum/$97.75 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>10% statutory cap</ENT>
            <ENT>$5 minimum/$25 maximum</ENT>
            <ENT>$55 minimum/$275 maximum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The increased penalty amounts will apply only to violations that occur on or after the effective date of this rule. For violations that occurred before the effective date, the current penalties listed as the first amount in the regulation (and shown in the chart above) will apply.</P>
        <P>DHS is amending 8 CFR 280.53(c) to adjust the listed penalty amounts pursuant to the statutory formula discussed above. DHS is also amending 8 CFR 280.53(c) to add to the list those civil monetary penalties that are being adjusted for the first time. These include the penalties prescribed in sections 240B(d), 243(c)(1), 274D, and 275(b) of the INA. These penalties were previously listed in § 280.53(d), entitled, “Identification of sections requiring no adjustment to penalties.” Because these penalties will be incorporated in 8 CFR 280.53(c) in the final rule, DHS is removing 8 CFR 280.53(d).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Conforming Changes to DHS Regulations</HD>
        <P>As explained further in the following section discussing changes to the DOJ regulations, part 280 contains two existing regulations (last amended in 1989), that have never been updated to reflect subsequent changes in the relevant regulatory provisions. DHS is making two technical, conforming amendments to provide revised language referring to the correct, current regulatory provisions. Sections 280.13(b) and 280.51(c) are being revised to delete the phrase “an appeal may be taken to the Board of Immigration Appeals (Board) within 15 days after the mailing of the notification of decision as provided in part 3 of this chapter” and to substitute the phrase “an appeal may be taken to the Board as provided in 8 CFR part 1003.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Changes to DOJ Regulations</HD>

        <P>DOJ has concluded that it is not necessary to retain the provisions of 8 CFR 1280.53 to reflect the inflation adjustments to the penalties imposed by DHS. Section 1280.53, which, as noted above, simply reproduces the DHS regulations at 8 CFR 280.53, was promulgated in 2003 in connection with the transfer of authority from the former INS to DHS.<E T="03">See</E>68 FR 9824 (Feb. 28, 2003). To ensure that all relevant authority relating to the shared responsibilities of DHS and DOJ was preserved, DOJ duplicated in their entirety the regulations in 8 CFR 280 into new part 1280 so that these provisions would also continue to be a part of the DOJ regulations.<E T="03">See id.</E>at 9827. Following the transfer of authority, the Board retained appellate authority to review DHS decisions involving certain administrative fines and penalties listed in 8 CFR 280.53.<E T="03">See</E>8 CFR 1003.1(b)(4). Because the Board's appellate authority to review DHS decisions involving the penalty provisions set forth in 8 CFR 280.53 is provided in 8 CFR part 1003 and because the duplicative language in 8 CFR 1280.53 does not add anything to the existing regulatory provisions, DOJ is removing § 1280.53 to eliminate the duplicative language.</P>
        <P>Upon review of the remaining provisions in part 1280 other than § 1280.53, DOJ has concluded that these other provisions do not need to be retained in the EOIR regulations either. These other provisions in part 1280 duplicate regulatory provisions in 8 CFR 280 and almost all of them relate solely to the authority of DHS to impose fines and civil monetary penalties. It is unnecessary to duplicate in the EOIR regulations the text of provisions that pertain to DHS's internal authority.</P>

        <P>There are two provisions in part 1280 relating directly to the authority of the Board, §§ 1280.13(b) and 1280.51(c), each of which provides that “an appeal may be taken to the Board [from DHS's decision] within 15 days after the mailing of the notification of decision as provided in part 3 of this chapter.” These two provisions, and the corresponding provisions in part 280 from which they were taken, have not been substantively revised since 1989 and have long been out-of-date. Sections 1280.13(b) and 1280.51(c) still refer to 8 CFR part 3, even though the relevant provisions of that part were redesignated as part 1003 in 2003, as discussed above. More significantly, the current language in §§ 1280.13(b) and 1280.51(c) (and the corresponding language in §§ 280.13(b) and 280.51(c) of the DHS regulations) refers to a 15-day period for the filing of an appeal to the Board. Those provisions have never been revised to conform to the regulatory amendments that were made years ago to extend the period for filing an appeal to the Board from a DHS decision to 30 days, as is provided in § 1003.3(a)(2).<E T="03">See</E>67 FR 54878, 54904 (Aug. 26, 2002). These provisions accordingly need to be removed from part 1280 to avoid confusion given that the controlling regulations relating to the Board's appellate review are set forth in § 1003.3.</P>
        <P>For these reasons, DOJ is removing all of the current provisions in part 1280 and adding a new § 1280.1, which cross-references the DHS regulations in 8 CFR part 280 and the EOIR regulations in 8 CFR part 1003 governing the appellate authority of the Board. The removal of these duplicative regulatory provisions does not affect the current legal regime or the authority of the Board to adjudicate appeals from DHS decisions imposing fines and civil penalties under 8 CFR part 280.</P>

        <P>DOJ has already made similar changes to its regulations at 8 CFR part 1274a, addressing control of employment of aliens.<E T="03">See</E>76 FR 16525 (Mar. 24, 2011); 74 FR 2337, 2339 (Jan. 15, 2009). There, DOJ removed duplicative regulations in part 1274a, and replaced them with a new § 1274a.1 that contains a cross-reference to the DHS regulations at 8 CFR part 274a. A statement was added indicating that these DHS regulations apply, to the extent relevant, in proceedings before EOIR. The changes that DOJ is making to 8 CFR part 1280 in this final rule are modeled on the<PRTPAGE P="74629"/>changes DOJ previously made to 8 CFR part 1274a in an analogous context. These changes to part 1280 do not alter the current legal regime because the regulations in part 1280, which have been applicable to the Board, merely duplicate the existing regulations in part 280.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Regulatory Analyses</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 553</HD>
        <P>This final rule is being promulgated to ensure that the amount of civil penalties assessed or enforced by DHS reflect the statutorily mandated ranges as adjusted for inflation. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B), the Secretary and the Attorney General find that good cause exists for immediate implementation of this final rule without prior notice and comment because it would be unnecessary to delay publication of this rule in final form, pending notice and an opportunity for public comment. This rule is a nondiscretionary ministerial action as the calculations of the adjustments follow the mathematical formula set forth in section 5 of the Adjustment Act, as amended. In addition, the other changes to part 1280 do not alter the current legal requirements or the authority of the Board to adjudicate appeals from DHS decisions imposing fines and penalties under 8 CFR part 280 because the regulations in part 1280 merely duplicate the existing regulations in part 280. For these reasons, notice and comment would be unnecessary.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Executive Order 12866 and Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>This final rule does not meet the criteria of a “significant regulatory action” as specified under Executive Order 12866, section 3(f), Regulatory Planning and Review, and accordingly this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. Furthermore, the Regulatory Flexibility Act applies only to rules for which an agency publishes a general notice of proposed rulemaking pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b).<E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>The Regulatory Flexibility Act does not apply to this final rule because a notice of proposed rulemaking is not required for the reasons stated above.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
        <P>This final rule will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of the government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this final rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant a preparation of a Federalism Assessment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This final rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year, and will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions are necessary under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, and its implementing regulations, 5 CFR part 1320, do not apply to this final rule because there are no new or revised recordkeeping or reporting requirements triggered by this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 12988: Civil Justice Reform</HD>
        <P>This rule meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Signing Authority</HD>
        <P>This amendment to the regulations is being issued in accordance with 8 U.S.C. 1103 pertaining to the authority of the Secretary of Homeland Security (or his/her delegate) and the Attorney General (or his/her delegate) to prescribe regulations regarding immigration and nationality.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>8 CFR Part 280</CFR>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Immigration, and Penalties.</P>
          <CFR>8 CFR Part 1280</CFR>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Immigration, and Penalties.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Department of Homeland Security</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">8 CFR CHAPTER I</HD>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Secretary amends part 280 of title 8 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below.</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="280" TITLE="8">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 280—IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF FINES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 280 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>8 U.S.C. 1103, 1221, 1223, 1227, 1229, 1253, 1281, 1283, 1284, 1285, 1286, 1322, 1323, 1330; 66 Stat. 173, 195, 197, 201, 203, 212, 219, 221-223, 226, 227, 230; Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, as amended by Pub. L. 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="280" TITLE="8">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 280.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 280.13, the last sentence of paragraph (b) is amended by removing the phrase “an appeal may be taken to the Board within 15 days after the mailing of the notification of decision as provided in part 3 of this chapter” and adding in its place the phrase “an appeal may be taken to the Board as provided in 8 CFR part 1003”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="280" TITLE="8">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 280.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>3. In § 280.51, the last sentence of paragraph (c) is amended by removing the phrase “an appeal may be taken to the Board within 15 days after the mailing of the notification of decision as provided in part 3 of this chapter” and adding in its place the phrase “an appeal may be taken to the Board as provided in 8 CFR part 1003”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="280" TITLE="8">
          <AMDPAR>4. Section 280.53 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 280.53</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Civil monetary penalties inflation adjustment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">In general.</E>In accordance with the requirements of the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Public Law 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996, Public Law 104-34, 110 Stat. 1321, the civil monetary penalties provided by law within the jurisdiction of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and listed in paragraph (c) of this section are adjusted as set forth in this section, effective for violations occurring on or after January 3, 2012.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Calculation of adjustment.</E>(1) The inflation adjustments described in paragraph (c) of this section were determined by increasing the maximum civil monetary penalty or the range of minimum and maximum civil monetary penalties, as applicable, for each civil monetary penalty assessed or enforced by DHS by the cost-of-living adjustment as that term is defined by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Public Law 101-410. Any increase so determined was rounded to the nearest—</P>
            <P>(i) Multiples of $10 in the case of penalties less than or equal to $100;</P>
            <P>(ii) Multiples of $100 in the case of penalties greater than $100 but less than or equal to $1,000;</P>
            <P>(iii) Multiples of $1,000 in the case of penalties greater than $1,000 but less than or equal to $10,000;</P>

            <P>(iv) Multiples of $5,000 in the case of penalties greater than $10,000 but less than or equal to $100,000;<PRTPAGE P="74630"/>
            </P>
            <P>(v) Multiples of $10,000 in the case of penalties greater than $100,000 but less than or equal to $200,000; and</P>
            <P>(vi) Multiples of $25,000 in the case of penalties greater than $200,000.</P>
            <P>(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the initial adjustment for each penalty is capped at 10%.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Adjustment to penalties.</E>The civil monetary penalties provided by law within the jurisdiction of DHS, as set forth in this paragraph (c)(1) through (14), are adjusted in accordance with the inflation adjustment procedures prescribed in section 5 of the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, Public Law 101-410, effective for violations occurring on or after January 3, 2012 as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Section 231(g) of the Act, Penalties for non-compliance with arrival and departure manifest requirements for passengers, crewmembers, or occupants transported on commercial vessels or aircraft arriving to or departing from the United States: From $1,000 to $1,100.</P>
            <P>(2) Section 234 of the Act, Penalties for non-compliance with landing requirements at designated ports of entry for aircraft transporting aliens: From $2,200 to $3,200.</P>
            <P>(3) Section 240B(d) of the Act, Penalties for failure to depart voluntarily: From $1,000 minimum/$5,000 maximum to $1,100 minimum/$5,500 maximum.</P>
            <P>(4) Section 243(c)(1) of the Act, Penalties for violations of removal orders relating to aliens transported on vessels or aircraft, under section 241(d) of the Act, or for costs associated with removal under section 241(e) of the Act, from $2,000 to $2,200; and penalties for failure to remove alien stowaways under section 241(d)(2), from $5,000 to $5,500.</P>
            <P>(5) Section 251(d) of the Act, Penalties for failure to report an illegal landing or desertion of alien crewmen, and for each alien not reported on arrival or departure manifest and lists in accordance with section 251 of the Act: From $220 to $320; and penalties for use of alien crewmen for longshore work in violation of section 251(d) of the Act: From $5,500 to $7,500.</P>
            <P>(6) Section 254(a) of the Act, Penalties for failure to control alien crewmen: From $550 minimum/$3,300 maximum to $750 minimum/$4,300 maximum.</P>
            <P>(7) Section 255 of the Act, Penalties for employment on passenger vessels of aliens afflicted with certain disabilities: Remains at $1,100.</P>
            <P>(8) Section 256 of the Act, Penalties for discharge of alien crewmen: From $1,500 minimum/$3,300 maximum to $1,500 minimum/$4,300 maximum.</P>
            <P>(9) Section 257 of the Act, Penalties for bringing into the United States alien crewmen with intent to evade immigration laws: From $11,000 maximum to $16,000 maximum.</P>
            <P>(10) Section 271(a) of the Act, Penalties for failure to prevent the unauthorized landing of aliens: From $3,300 to $4,300.</P>
            <P>(11) Section 272(a) of the Act, Penalties for bringing to the United States aliens subject to denial of admission on a health-related ground: From $3,300 to $4,300.</P>
            <P>(12) Section 273(b) of the Act, Penalties for bringing to the United States aliens without required documentation: From $3,300 to $4,300.</P>
            <P>(13) Section 274D of the Act, Penalties for failure to depart: From $500 to $550, for each day the alien is in violation.</P>
            <P>(14) Section 275(b) of the Act, Penalties for improper entry: From $50 minimum/$250 maximum to $55 minimum/$275 maximum, for each entry or attempted entry.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Department of Justice</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">8 CFR CHAPTER V</HD>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Attorney General amends part 1280 of title 8 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below.</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1280" TITLE="8">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1280—IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF FINES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1280 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>8 U.S.C. 1103, 1221, 1223, 1227, 1229, 1253, 1281, 1283, 1284, 1285, 1286, 1322, 1323, 1330; 66 Stat. 173, 195, 197, 201, 203, 212, 219, 221-223, 226, 227, 230; Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890, as amended by Pub. L. 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1280" TITLE="8">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 1280.1 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1280.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Review of fines and civil monetary penalties imposed by DHS.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Applicable regulations.</E>The regulations of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) relating to the imposition of certain fines and civil monetary penalties under provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, including sections 231(g), 234, 240B(d), 241(d) and (e), 243(c)(1), 251(d), 254(a), 255, 256, 257, 271(a), 272(a), 273(b), 274D, and 275(b), are contained in 8 CFR part 280.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Adjudication of civil monetary penalty proceedings.</E>The Board of Immigration Appeals (Board) has appellate authority to review DHS decisions involving fines and civil monetary penalties imposed under 8 CFR part 280, as provided under 8 CFR part 1003. The regulations in 8 CFR part 280 governing the imposition of certain fines and civil monetary penalties are applicable in such proceedings before the Board.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Civil monetary penalties under sections 274A, 274B, or 274C.</E>For regulations relating to civil monetary penalties imposed under sections 274A, 274B, or 274C of the Act,<E T="03">see</E>8 CFR parts 274a and 1274a and 28 CFR part 68.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1280" TITLE="8">
          <AMDPAR>3. Sections 1280.2 through 1280.7 are removed.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1280" TITLE="8">
          <AMDPAR>4. Sections 1280.11 through 1280.15 are removed.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1280" TITLE="8">
          <AMDPAR>5. Section 1280.21 is removed.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1280" TITLE="8">
          <AMDPAR>6. Sections 1280.51 through 1280.53 are removed.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Janet Napolitano,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
          <NAME>Eric H. Holder, Jr.,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Attorney General.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30174 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-10-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>10 CFR Parts 50 and 52</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3150-AI10</RIN>
        <DEPDOC>[NRC-2008-0122]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Making Changes to Emergency Plans for Nuclear Power Reactors</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Regulatory guide; issuance.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing a new regulatory guide (RG) 1.219, “Guidance on Making Changes to Emergency Plans for Nuclear Power Reactors.” This guide describes a method that the NRC staff considers acceptable to implement the requirements that relate to emergency preparedness and specifically to making changes to emergency response plans.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You can access publicly available documents related to this regulatory guide using the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Public Document Room (PDR):</E>The public may examine and have copied, for a fee, publicly available documents at the NRC's PDR, O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS):</E>Publicly available documents created or received at the NRC are available online in the NRC Library at<PRTPAGE P="74631"/>
            <E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html</E>. From this page, the public can gain entry into ADAMS, which provides text and image files of the NRC's public documents. If you do not have access to ADAMS or if there are problems in accessing the documents located in ADAMS, contact the NRC's PDR reference staff at 1-(800) 397-4209, (301) 415-4737, or by email to<E T="03">pdr.resource@nrc.gov</E>. The regulatory guide is available in ADAMS under Accession Number ML102510626. The regulatory analysis may be found in ADAMS under Accession Number ML102510560.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Web Site:</E>Public comments and supporting materials related to this regulatory guide can be found at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>by searching on Docket ID NRC-2008-0122.</P>
          <P>Regulatory guides are not copyrighted, and Commission approval is not required to reproduce them.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Edward O'Donnell, Regulatory Guide Development Branch, Division of Engineering, Office of Nuclear Regulatory Research, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001;<E T="03">telephone:</E>(301) 251-7455,<E T="03">email: Edward.ODonnell@nrc.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
        <P>The NRC is issuing a new guide in the agency's “Regulatory Guide” series. This series was developed to describe and make available to the public information such as methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for implementing specific parts of the agency's regulations, techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific problems or postulated accidents, and data that the staff needs in its review of applications for permits and licenses.</P>

        <P>This guide describes a method that the NRC staff considers acceptable to implement the requirements in Title 10, Section 50.54(q), of the<E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations</E>(10 CFR) part 50, “Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities.” Requirements in 10 CFR 50.54(q)), “Conditions of Licenses,” relate to emergency preparedness and specifically to making changes to emergency response plans.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Further Information</HD>
        <P>Draft Guide (DG)-1237 was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on May 18, 2009 (74 FR 23220), for a 60 day public comment period. The public comment period closed on August 3, 2009. Public comments on DG-1237 and the staff responses to the public comments are available in ADAMS under Accession Number ML102520241.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Backfitting and Issue Finality</HD>

        <P>This regulatory guide provides the NRC's first guidance on compliance with the revised provisions of 10 CFR 50.54(q). This regulation was recently published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(76 FR 72560; November 23, 2011) and will become effective on December 23, 2011. Licensees must implement the amended 10 CFR 50.54(q) by January 23, 2012. The statement of considerations for the final rule that amended 10 CFR 50.54(q) discussed compliance with applicable backfitting provisions (76 FR 72560; November 23, 2011 at Page 72594). The first issuance of guidance on a new rule does not constitute backfitting, inasmuch as the guidance must be consistent with the regulatory requirements in the new rule and the backfittingconsiderations applicable to the new rule must, as a matter of logic, also be applicable to this newly-issued guidance. Therefore, issuance of this new regulatory guide does not constitute issuance of “new” guidance within the meaning of the definition of “backfitting” in 10 CFR 50.109(a)(1), nor does the issuance of this new regulatory guide, by itself, constitute an action inconsistent with any of the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR part 52.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 21st day of November 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Thomas H. Boyce,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief,Regulatory Guide Development Branch,Division of Engineering,Office of Nuclear Regulatory Research.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30902 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Part 225</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Regulation Y; Docket No. R-1425]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 7100-AD 77</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Capital Plans</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Board is adopting amendments to Regulation Y to require large bank holding companies to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and to require such bank holding companies to obtain approval from the Federal Reserve under certain circumstances before making a capital distribution. This rule applies only to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The final rule will become effective on December 30, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Benjamin W. McDonough, Senior Counsel, (202) 452-2036, April C. Snyder, Senior Counsel, (202) 452-3099, or Christine E. Graham, Senior Attorney, (202) 452-3005, Legal Division; Timothy P. Clark, Senior Advisor, (202) 452-5264, Michael Foley, Senior Associate Director, (202) 452-6420, Anna Lee Hewko, Assistant Director, (202) 530-6260, or Thomas R. Boemio, Manager, (202) 452-2982, Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets, NW., Washington, DC 20551. Users of Telecommunication Device for Deaf (TDD) only, call (202) 263-4869.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Background</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Overview of Comments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Scope</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Capital Planning</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Annual Capital Planning Requirement</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Mandatory Elements of a Capital Plan</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Data Submissions</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Federal Reserve Review of a Capital Plan</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Federal Reserve Action on a Capital Plan</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Federal Reserve Objection to a Capital Plan</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Re-submission of a Capital Plan</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Approval Requirements</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. General Requirements</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Contents of Request for Approval and Procedures for Review</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Conforming Changes to Section 225.4(b) of Regulation Y</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Administrative Law Matters</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>On June 17, 2011, the Board published a proposal in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>to require large bank holding companies to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and to require such bank holding companies to provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve under certain circumstances before making a capital distribution (the proposed rule or NPR).<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>The public comment period on the proposed rule closed on August 5, 2011. The Board is adopting the rule in final form with certain modifications that are discussed below (final rule).<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>The final rule<PRTPAGE P="74632"/>applies only to bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>76 FR 35351 (June 17, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>The amendments to Regulation Y are codified at 12 CFR 225.8. As discussed in section VI of this preamble, the rule also makes conforming changes to section 225.4(b) of Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.4(b)).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>During the years leading up to the recent financial crisis, many bank holding companies made significant distributions of capital, in the form of stock repurchases and dividends, without due consideration of the effects that a prolonged economic downturn could have on their capital adequacy and ability to continue to operate and remain credit intermediaries during times of economic and financial stress. The final rule is intended to address such practices, building upon the Federal Reserve's existing supervisory expectation that large bank holding companies have robust systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenue and losses to monitor and maintain their internal capital adequacy.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>SR letter 09-4 (Revised March 27, 2009),<E T="03">available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/srletters/2009/SR0904.htm;</E>
            <E T="03">see also</E>Revised Temporary Addendum to SR letter 09-4 (November 17, 2010) (SR 09-4),<E T="03">available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/bcreg20101117b1.pdf</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Federal Reserve has long held the view that bank holding companies generally should operate with capital positions well above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, with the amount of capital held commensurate with the bank holding company's risk profile.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>Bank holding companies should have internal processes for assessing their capital adequacy that reflect a full understanding of their risks and ensure that they hold capital corresponding to those risks to maintain overall capital adequacy.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>Bank holding companies that are subject to the Board's advanced approaches risk-based capital requirements must satisfy specific requirements relating to their internal capital adequacy processes in order to use the advanced approaches to calculate their minimum risk-based capital requirements.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>12 CFR part 225, Appendix A;<E T="03">see also</E>SR letter 99-18 (July 1, 1999),<E T="03">available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/srletters/1999/SR9918.HTM.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>SR 09-4.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>12 CFR part 225, Appendix G, section 22(a);<E T="03">see also,</E>
            <E T="03">Supervisory Guidance: Supervisory Review Process of Capital Adequacy (Pillar 2) Related to the Implementation of the Basel II Advanced Capital Framework,</E>73 FR 44620 (July 31, 2008).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>As part of their fiduciary responsibilities to a bank holding company, the board of directors and senior management bear the primary responsibility for developing, implementing, and monitoring a bank holding company's capital planning strategies and internal capital adequacy process. The final rule does not diminish that responsibility. Rather, the final rule is designed to (i) establish common minimum supervisory standards for such strategies and processes for certain large bank holding companies; (ii) describe how boards of directors and senior management of these bank holding companies should communicate the strategies and processes, including any material changes thereto, to the Federal Reserve; and (iii) provide the Federal Reserve with an opportunity to review large bank holding companies' proposed capital distributions under certain circumstances.</P>
        <P>In the Board's view, the analytical techniques and other requirements set forth in the final rule are necessary to identify, measure, and monitor risks to the financial stability of the United States.<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>An elevated capital planning standard for large bank holding companies is appropriate because of the heightened risk they pose to the financial system and the importance of capital in mitigating these risks.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>Under section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act), the Board is required to impose enhanced prudential standards on large bank holding companies, including stress testing requirements; enhanced capital, leverage, liquidity, and risk management requirements; and a requirement to establish a risk committee.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Board expects that large bank holding companies will reflect these enhanced prudential standards, including the results of any required stress tests, in their capital planning strategies and internal capital adequacy processes.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 165(i)(1)(B)(iii) of Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010) (Dodd-Frank Act); 12 U.S.C. 5365(i)(1)(B)(iii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>8</SU>Currently, savings and loan holding companies are not subject to minimum regulatory capital ratio requirements. As discussed in the Board's<E T="03">Notice of Intent To Apply Certain Supervisory Guidance to Savings and Loan Holding Companies,</E>the Board is considering applying to savings and loan holding companies the same consolidated risk-based and leverage capital requirements as bank holding companies to the extent reasonable and feasible taking into consideration the unique characteristics of savings and loan holding companies and the requirements of Home Owners' Loan Act.<E T="03">See</E>76 FR 22662, 22665 (April 22, 2011). The Board may extend the capital plan rule's requirements to savings and loan holding companies at such time as the Board applies minimum regulatory capital ratio requirements to them.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>
            <E T="03">See generally</E>section 165 of the Dodd Frank Act; 12 U.S.C. 5365. One commenter expressed support for enhanced capital and leverage requirements.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the Board to implement early remediation requirements on large bank holding companies under which a large bank holding company experiencing financial distress must take specific remedial actions in order to minimize the probability that the company will become insolvent and minimize the potential harm of such insolvency to the United States.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>These early remediation requirements must impose limitations on capital distributions in the initial stages of financial decline and increase in stringency as the financial condition of the company declines.<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>Depending on a large bank holding company's financial condition, early remediation requirements imposed under the Dodd-Frank Act may result in limitations on a company's capital distributions in addition to the requirements that are imposed by the final rule.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act; 12 U.S.C. 5366.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Overview of Comments</HD>
        <P>The Board received 16 comments on the proposed rule. Commenters included financial trade associations, bank holding companies, policy institutions, and individuals. Commenters generally expressed support for the proposed rule. Several commenters recommended one or more changes to specific provisions of the proposed rule.</P>
        <P>For instance, many commenters provided suggestions on the timeframe under which the Federal Reserve would review and act on a bank holding company's capital plan. Commenters asked for more information related to the data submissions that accompany the capital plan submission. In addition, many of the commenters asked for clarification on the content of the capital plans and provided views on the standards under which the Federal Reserve could object to capital plans. Other commenters provided suggestions on whether firms should be able to make capital distributions not specified in their capital plans without providing prior notice to the Federal Reserve and how such a standard should be crafted. In addition, three commenters raised issues that would be relevant to savings and loan holding companies should the final rule's requirements extend to these institutions at a future date.</P>
        <P>In developing this final rule, the Board has carefully considered the comments received on the proposed rule. In response to these comments, the Board has clarified the requirements of the rule and modified the proposed rule in certain respects. For example, the Board has—</P>

        <P>• Clarified in the preamble that a notice of a non-objection to a capital<PRTPAGE P="74633"/>plan will extend through the first quarter of the subsequent year;</P>
        <P>• Clarified in the preamble that large bank holding companies will remain subject to SR letter 09-4, which provides guidance regarding capital distributions;</P>
        <P>• Revised the final rule to provide that, if the Federal Reserve objects to a bank holding company's capital plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution (other than a capital distribution with respect to which the Federal Reserve did not object) until such time as the Federal Reserve issues a non-objection to the company's capital plan; and</P>
        <P>• Added a limited exception that permits well capitalized large bank holding companies that are performing in accordance with baseline projections to make modest capital distributions in excess of the amount described in the company's capital plan under certain circumstances.</P>

        <P>In addition, in response to commenters' requests for additional guidance on the data collection, the Federal Reserve has published a detailed description of the data that it intends to collect for supervisory purposes and to support the review of capital plans in a separate<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice.<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>76 FR 55288 (September 7, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>These changes, as well as the Board's other responses to the comments received, are discussed in greater detail below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Scope</HD>
        <P>The final rule applies to every top-tier bank holding company domiciled in the United States that has $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets (large bank holding companies).<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>As of September 30, 2011, there were approximately 34 large bank holding companies. The Board notes that the asset threshold of $50 billion is consistent with the threshold established by section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to enhanced supervision and prudential standards for certain bank holding companies.<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>Thus, the final rule will not apply to a foreign bank or foreign banking organization that is itself a bank holding company or treated as a bank holding company pursuant to section 8(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(a)), but generally will apply to any U.S.-domiciled bank holding company subsidiary of the foreign bank or foreign banking organization that meets the final rule's size threshold.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 165(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act; 12 U.S.C. 5365(a). The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Board may, upon the recommendation of the Financial Stability Oversight Council, increase the $50 billion asset threshold for the application of the resolution plan, concentration limit, and credit exposure report requirements.<E T="03">See</E>12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(2)(B).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Board received a comment suggesting that the $50 billion asset threshold be measured over a four-quarter period in order to minimize the likelihood that temporary asset fluctuations would trigger the rule's application. In response to this comment, the Board has amended the proposal to measure “total consolidated assets” as the average of a company's total consolidated assets over the previous four calendar quarters, as reflected on the bank holding company's Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C). This calculation will be effective as of the due date of the bank holding company's most recent FR Y-9C. The final rule also applies to any institution that the Board determines, by order, shall be subject in whole or in part to the rule's requirements based on the institution's size, level of complexity, risk profile, scope of operations, or financial condition. The final rule provides that a bank holding company that becomes subject to the final rule by operation of the asset threshold after the 5th of January of a calendar year will not be subject until January 1 of the next calendar year to the final rule's requirement to file a capital plan with the Federal Reserve, resubmit a capital plan under certain circumstances, or to obtain prior approval of capital distributions in excess of those described in the firm's capital plan.</P>
        <P>Consistent with the phase-in period for the imposition of minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements established in section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act, until July 21, 2015, the final rule does not apply to any bank holding company subsidiary of a foreign banking organization that is currently relying on Supervision and Regulation Letter SR 01-01 issued by the Board of Governors (as in effect on May 19, 2010).<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>15</SU>Under Supervision and Regulation Letter SR 01-01, as a general matter, a U.S. bank holding company that is owned and controlled by a foreign bank that is a financial holding company that the Board has determined to be well-capitalized and well-managed is not required to comply with the Board's capital adequacy guidelines.<E T="03">See</E>SR letter 01-01 (January 5, 2001),<E T="03">available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/srletters/2001/sr0101.htm.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Several commenters suggested that the Board grant a transition period to large bank holding companies that did not participate in the 2011 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR). One commenter further suggested that, during the transition period, this set of large bank holding companies (non-CCAR firms) participate in a capital planning exercise where they would submit data templates and conduct stress testing, but would not be subject to the other requirements of the rule, including the prior notice requirements. The Board has carefully considered these comments and has decided not to provide for a formal transition period for non-CCAR firms. Thus, all large bank holding companies will be required to submit capital plans in January 2012 and will generally be subject to the rule's requirements. The Board notes that the final rule is designed to be flexible enough to accommodate bank holding companies of varying degrees of complexity and to adjust to changing conditions over time. The level of detail and analysis expected in a capital plan will vary based on the large bank holding company's size, complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations. Moreover, the Federal Reserve will work with non-CCAR firms to communicate the review process and the information requirements of the rule.</P>
        <P>The Board understands that non-CCAR firms may need additional time to build and implement the internal systems necessary to satisfy the data collection requirements required with respect to stress scenarios provided by the Board. Thus, for purposes of the Federal Reserve's evaluation of capital plans due January 5, 2012, non-CCAR firms will not be required to submit the complete set of data templates required of the CCAR firms. Instead, as discussed in section IV.C. of the preamble, some non-CCAR firms may be asked to submit limited, summary information to the Federal Reserve about their projections of revenues and losses.</P>
        <P>Finally, three commenters raised issues that would be relevant to savings and loan holding companies should the final rule's requirements extend to these institutions at a future date. If the Board decides to extend the final rule to savings and loan holding companies through separate rulemaking or by order, it intends to take these comments into account.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Capital Planning</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Annual Capital Planning Requirement</HD>
        <P>The final rule requires a large bank holding company to develop and maintain a capital plan. At least annually, the bank holding company's board of directors or a designated committee thereof is required to review the robustness<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the holding<PRTPAGE P="74634"/>company's process for assessing capital adequacy, ensure that any deficiencies in the firm's process for assessing capital adequacy are appropriately remedied, and approve the bank holding company's capital plan.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>The proposed rule would have required a bank holding company's board of directors or designated<PRTPAGE/>committee to review the “effectiveness” of the holding company's process for assessing internal capital adequacy. In response to comments that this requirement was unclear, the Board has replaced the term “effectiveness” with the term “robustness” and provided guidance on how robustness should be evaluated.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>As part of this review, the board of directors should consider any remaining uncertainties, limitations, and assumptions associated with the bank holding company's capital adequacy process.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Robustness of a large bank holding company's capital adequacy process should be evaluated based on the following elements:</P>
        <P>(i) A sound risk management infrastructure that supports the identification, measurement, and assessment of all material enterprise-level risks arising from the exposures and business activities of the bank holding company;</P>
        <P>(ii) An effective process for translating risk measures into estimates of potential loss over a range of adverse scenarios and environments—using multiple, complementary loss forecasting methodologies—and for aggregating those estimated losses across the bank holding company;<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>18</SU>While a company should use multiple, complementary loss forecasting methodologies in its process for assessing capital adequacy (<E T="03">see</E>section 225.8(d)(2)(ii) of the final rule), a company is not required to use multiple methodologies when estimating the expected uses and sources of capital for purposes of section 225.8(d)(2)(i) of the final rule.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(iii) A clear definition of available capital resources and an effective process for forecasting available capital resources (including any forecasted revenues) over the same range of adverse scenarios and environments used for loss forecasting;</P>
        <P>(iv) A process for considering the impact of loss and resource estimates on capital adequacy, in line with the bank holding company's stated goals for the level and composition of capital, and taking into account any limitations of the company's capital adequacy process and its components;</P>
        <P>(v) A process, supported by the bank holding company's capital policy, to use its assessments of the impact of loss and resource estimates on capital adequacy to make key decisions regarding the current level and composition of capital, specific capital actions, and capital contingency plans as they affect capital adequacy;</P>
        <P>(vi) Robust internal controls governing capital adequacy process components, including sufficient documentation; change control; model validation and independent review; and audit testing; and</P>
        <P>(vii) Effective board and senior management oversight of the bank holding company's capital adequacy process, including periodic review of capital goals, assessment of the appropriateness of adverse scenarios considered in capital planning, regular review of any limitations and uncertainties in the process, and approval of planned capital actions.</P>
        <P>Under the proposed rule, a large bank holding company would have been required to submit its capital plan by January 5th. Commenters provided suggestions on the proposed deadline. One commenter expressed the concern that a large bank holding company will be required to rely on tentative fourth quarter financial statements in developing its capital plan and suggested that the deadline be pushed to later in the first quarter. Another commenter suggested that the Board adopt a rolling submission process to permit firms to align capital plan submission with internal capital planning process. As discussed below, these concerns were motivated in part by the concern that the timing of the capital plan submission and review interrupted firms' ability to make capital distributions in the first quarter. The Board has addressed these concerns to a degree by clarifying in the preamble that, for a capital plan submitted in the first quarter, a non-objection would cover the four-quarter period commencing with the second quarter and extend through the first quarter of the following year. For a capital plan resubmitted after the first quarter, a non-objection would extend through the first quarter of the subsequent year.</P>
        <P>As further discussed below, the Board has decided to maintain the proposed submission date of January 5th for capital plans. Doing so will permit review of capital plans within the first quarter, thus minimizing to the greatest extent possible the potential to disrupt a large bank holding company's ability to make capital distributions in subsequent quarters of that year. In addition, a single submission date ensures that firms are finalizing their capital plans based on the same quarter's data, which permits the Board to perform a cross-firm comparison of capital plans based on the same scenarios and to determine whether to object to firms' capital plans based on consistent scenarios.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Mandatory Elements of a Capital Plan</HD>
        <P>Consistent with the NPR, the final rule defines a capital plan as a written presentation of a large bank holding company's capital planning strategies and capital adequacy process that includes certain mandatory elements. These mandatory elements are organized into four main components:</P>
        <P>(i) An assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over the planning horizon (at least nine quarters, beginning with the quarter preceding the quarter in which the bank holding company submits its capital plan) that reflects the bank holding company's size, complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations, assuming both expected and stressful conditions;</P>
        <P>(ii) A detailed description of the bank holding company's process for assessing capital adequacy;</P>
        <P>(iii) The bank holding company's capital policy; and</P>
        <P>(iv) A discussion of any expected changes to the bank holding company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on the firm's capital adequacy or liquidity.</P>
        <P>The mandatory elements under each component are described below. While the final rule reflects a different organizational structure than the proposed rule, the elements are substantively the same.<SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>19</SU>The proposed rule defined a “capital plan” as “a written presentation of a bank holding company's capital planning strategies and capital adequacy processes that includes: (i) An assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over a nine-quarter forward-looking planning period (beginning with the quarter preceding the quarter in which the bank holding company submits its capital plan) that reflects the bank holding company's size, complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations, assuming both expected and stressful conditions, (ii) a detailed description of the bank holding company's processes for assessing capital adequacy, and (iii) an analysis of the effectiveness of these processes.” Section 225.8(d)(2) of the proposed rule set forth additional mandatory elements of a capital plan. The final rule simplifies the organization by locating all of the required elements of a capital plan in one place. The final rule defines a “capital plan” as “written presentation of a bank holding company's capital planning strategies and capital adequacy processes that includes the mandatory elements set forth in [section 225.8(d)(2) of the final rule].” Section 225.8(d)(2) of the final rule sets forth the comprehensive list of elements required to be included in a firm's capital plan, including elements of the definition of a “capital plan” in the proposed rule.</P>
          <P>The final rule does not require a capital plan to include an analysis of the effectiveness of the large bank holding company's processes for assessing capital adequacy. As described in section IV.A of this preamble, the board of directors of a large bank holding company is required to assess the robustness of the bank holding company's capital plan at least annually. In light of the Board's supervisory review of this assessment, the Board will not require a large bank holding company to include a separate analysis in its capital plan.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="74635"/>
        <P>These mandatory elements of a capital plan are consistent with the Federal Reserve's existing supervisory practice with respect to the information that it expects large bank holding companies to include in a capital plan for internal planning purposes. A large bank holding company should include in its capital plan other information and analysis that it determines is relevant to its capital planning strategies and internal capital adequacy process.</P>
        <P>The level of detail and analysis expected in a capital plan will vary based on the large bank holding company's size, complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations. Thus, for example, a large bank holding company that has extensive credit exposures to commercial real estate but very limited trading activities will be expected to have robust systems in place to identify and monitor its commercial real estate exposures, but its systems related to trading activities will not need to be as sophisticated or extensive. In contrast, a large bank holding company with extensive exposure to a variety of risk exposures, including both retail and wholesale exposures, as well as significant trading activities and international operations, will be expected to have an integrated system for measuring and aggregating all of these risk exposures.</P>
        <P>One commenter requested that the Board clarify that the capital planning process should focus on the consolidated organization. The Board confirms that the capital planning process should focus on the consolidated organization, but should also provide for the specific capital needs of material subsidiaries consistent with the large bank holding company's obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary depository institutions.</P>
        <P>Another commenter requested that the Federal Reserve recognize that bank holding companies that are wholly-owned subsidiaries of foreign banking organizations have different capital planning goals than publicly-traded domestic bank holding companies. In particular, capital planning by these institutions should take into account the financial condition of their parent foreign bank and/or developments in the parent foreign bank's home country. The Board recognizes that the capital planning considerations will be different for domestic subsidiaries of foreign banking organizations than for publicly traded domestic bank holding companies and expects that the capital plans of such domestic subsidiaries will reflect these differences.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Assessment of the Expected Uses and Sources of Capital Over the Planning Horizon That Reflects the Large Bank Holding Company's Size, Complexity, Risk Profile, and Scope of Operations, Assuming Both Expected and Stressful Conditions</HD>
        <P>The first component of a large bank holding company's capital plan is an assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over the planning horizon, assuming both expected and stressful conditions. This assessment must contain the following elements:</P>
        <P>(1) Estimates of projected revenues, losses, reserves, and pro forma capital levels, including any minimum regulatory capital ratios (for example, leverage, tier 1 risk-based, and total risk-based capital ratios) and any additional capital measures deemed relevant by the bank holding company, over the planning horizon under expected conditions and under a range of stressed scenarios, including any scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve and at least one stressed scenario developed by the bank holding company appropriate to its business model and portfolios;<SU>20</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>20</SU>Whereas the proposed rule required a large bank holding company to conduct a probabilistic assessment of the likelihood of the bank holding company-developed scenario, the Board has not included it as a mandatory element in the final rule because it does not believe that such a probabilistic assessment will assist the bank holding company's board of directors in determining the robustness of a capital plan in all circumstances. The Board has also provided additional guidance on its expectations in regard to the bank holding company-developed scenarios.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(2) A calculation of the pro forma tier 1 common ratio over the planning horizon under expected conditions and under a range of stressed scenarios and discussion of how the company will maintain a pro forma tier 1 common ratio above 5 percent under the stressed scenarios required by the final rule;</P>
        <P>(3) a discussion of the results of any stress test required by law or regulation, and an explanation of how the capital plan takes these results into account; and</P>
        <P>(4) a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Stress Scenarios</HD>
        <P>In assessing its expected uses and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a large bank holding company must estimate projected revenues, losses, reserves, and pro forma capital levels under expected conditions and under a range of stressed scenarios, including any scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve. Several commenters asked that the Board provide more guidance on these stressed scenarios and to provide the scenarios to a bank holding company well before the company's capital plan is due. Because the Board expects that the stressed scenarios will change over time and in order for the scenarios to reflect current data, the Board intends to provide the stressed scenarios to a firm at least several weeks before the capital plans are due.</P>
        <P>Other commenters requested guidance on the relationship between these stressed scenarios and the scenarios that the Board is required to provide under section 165(i) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Board expects that the stress scenarios that it provides under the final rule will be consistent with the stress scenarios it will provide to firms for stress tests they conduct under section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the Board confirms that stress testing should be conducted in accordance with any applicable supervisory guidance.</P>
        <P>One commenter suggested that the Board design stress scenarios based on extreme yet plausible conditions that are administered simultaneously across multiple banks. Generally, the Board expects that the stressed scenarios will consist of forecasts of key economic and financial variables consistent with a stressful environment. In calibrating the severity of a stress scenario, the Federal Reserve will target a severe scenario that is not outside the range of possibilities. There are multiple quantitative and qualitative approaches to achieve this level of target severity, described below.</P>
        <P>One approach involves the construction of a baseline forecast from a large-scale macroeconomic model and identification of a scenario that would have a specific probabilistic likelihood given the baseline forecast. For example, a scenario may be constructed that has a 5 percent chance of occurring, conditional on the baseline outlook. While many scenarios would be equally likely using this “probabilistic approach” there are a variety of statistical approaches (together with some judgment) that help to select an appropriate scenario from this set. However, given that the probabilities of macroeconomic events can only be imprecisely estimated, and that many macroeconomic models tend to underestimate the true probabilities of stressful economic outcomes, such an approach may not, by itself, be well-suited to scenario design.</P>

        <P>An alternative approach assumes that the future path of the U.S. economy would follow the path experienced during post-war recessions. For example, of the 9 recessions since 1957, the average increase in the unemployment rate was 2.4 percentage points and the average peak-to-trough<PRTPAGE P="74636"/>decline in GDP was 2.2 percent; the stress scenario could thus be designed to match these changes, or one could select from among scenarios that were worse than the average one. While this “recession approach” is transparent and straightforward to implement, it may not account for the underlying state of the economy at the time the stress test is conducted. The same shocks may lead to better or worse macroeconomic performance at a particular point in time depending on the scope for monetary or fiscal policy to offset the shocks or other factors. The “recession approach” may be augmented with a macroeconomic model to take into account the effect of current conditions on macroeconomic performance.</P>
        <P>Another approach augments the scenario generated by either the “probabilistic approach” or “recession approach” with one or more particularly salient risks facing the economy or the financial system. As an example, while the more adverse macroeconomic scenario used in the 2009 Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (SCAP) was designed to capture a generally stressful macroeconomic environment, it also assumed an unprecedented 30 percent fall in house prices in 2009-2010, in part because of the important role that house prices had played in the macro-financial stress over the previous few years and expectations that house price declines would continue to be a salient risk facing the economy and the banking system.</P>
        <P>The stress scenarios will provide forecasts for a number of macroeconomic variables. In SCAP, the Federal Reserve defined the macro scenarios by providing forecasts for three variables: GDP, unemployment and house prices. In CCAR, the Federal Reserve defined the macroeconomic scenarios using nine variables: GDP, the consumer price index, disposable personal income, the unemployment rate, the three-month T-bill rate, the 10-year Treasury rate, the rate on triple-B rated corporate bonds, the value of a broad index of U.S. stock prices, and house prices. Going forward, the Federal Reserve will likely modestly increase the number of variables used to define the scenarios. In particular, it will likely increase the number of U.S. macroeconomic indicators, as well as variables summarizing global macroeconomic conditions and exchange rates. In increasing the number of variables, the Federal Reserve intends to balance the benefits of additional precision to the scenarios with the cost of increased complexity.</P>

        <P>Measuring the effects of the scenarios on a firm's trading exposures requires the consideration of additional variables. Evaluating the profit and loss sensitivity of a firm's trading portfolio in response to an adverse market shock requires defining a large set of specific factors for which macroeconomic models can give only limited guidance (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the Libor-overnight indexed swap rate spread). In the SCAP and CCAR, the Federal Reserve used financial market shocks consistent with what actually occurred from the end of June 2008 to year-end 2008, a period of severe financial dislocation. In the future, as the financial products traded by firms evolve, the trading scenario will likely rely less on a particular historical episode, and be guided more by a statistical framework based on historical experience, or hypothetical assumptions, reflecting salient risks facing the financial system. However, the trading book shock will not be inconsistent with the environment and circumstances characterized by the general macroeconomic scenario that is used.</P>
        <P>The Board intends that a large bank holding company will integrate into its capital plan, as one part of the underlying analysis, the results of the company-run stress tests conducted under section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act, when implemented, and the Federal Reserve will consider the results of those stress tests in its evaluation of that bank holding company's capital plan.<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>However, the Board does not expect that the results of stress tests conducted under the Dodd-Frank Act alone will be sufficient to address all relevant adverse outcomes that should be covered in a satisfactory capital plan for purposes of the final rule. The bank holding company-designed stress scenario should reflect an individual company's unique vulnerabilities to factors that affect its firm-wide activities and risk exposures, including macroeconomic, market-wide, and firm-specific events.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>21</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 165(i)(1) and (2) of the Dodd-Frank Act; 12 U.S.C. 5365(i)(1) and (2). In reviewing stress test results of U.S. subsidiaries of foreign banking organizations, the Federal Reserve intends to take into account any stress tests applicable to the foreign consolidated group.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios and 5 Percent Tier 1 Common Ratio</HD>
        <P>The following discussion provides more detail on the requirement that a company calculate pro forma capital levels, including any minimum regulatory capital ratios, and its pro forma tier 1 common ratio over the planning horizon under expected and stressful conditions. The final rule defines minimum regulatory capital ratios as any minimum regulatory capital ratio that the Federal Reserve may require of a large bank holding company, by regulation or order, including the bank holding company's leverage ratio and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios as calculated under Appendices A, D, E, and G to this part 225 (12 CFR part 225, Appendices A, D, E, and G), or any successor regulation. In the future, the Board may propose to modify, or add to, the existing minimum regulatory capital requirements.</P>
        <P>In addition to the requirements discussed above, under the proposed rule, until January 1, 2016, a large bank holding company would have been required to calculate its pro forma tier 1 common ratio under expected and stressful conditions and discuss in its capital plan how the bank holding company will maintain a pro forma tier 1 common ratio above 5 percent under those conditions throughout the planning horizon. This level reflects a supervisory assessment of the minimum capital needed to be a going concern throughout stressful conditions and on a post-stress basis, based on an analysis of the historical distribution of earnings by large banking organizations.</P>
        <P>For purposes of this requirement, a large bank holding company's tier 1 common ratio means the ratio of a large bank holding company's tier 1 common capital to its total risk-weighted assets. Tier 1 common capital is calculated as tier 1 capital less non-common elements in tier 1 capital, including perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interest in subsidiaries, trust preferred securities and mandatory convertible preferred securities.<SU>22</SU>
          <FTREF/>Tier 1 capital has the same meaning as under Appendix A to Regulation Y, or any successor regulation, and total risk-weighted assets has the same meaning as under Appendices A, E, and G of Regulation Y, or any successor regulation.<SU>23</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>Specifically, non-common elements will include the following items captured in the FR Y-9C: Schedule HC, line item 23 net of Schedule HC-R, line item 5; and Schedule HC-R, line items 6a, 6b, and 6c.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>23</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>12 CFR part 225, Appendices A, E, and G.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>This definition of tier 1 common capital is consistent with the definition that the Federal Reserve has used for supervisory purposes, including in CCAR. The Basel III framework proposed by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision includes a different definition of tier 1 common capital.<SU>24</SU>
          <FTREF/>In recognition of the fact that the Board<PRTPAGE P="74637"/>and the other federal banking agencies continue to work on implementing Basel III in the United States, the Board is requiring a large bank holding company to demonstrate how it will maintain a minimum tier 1 common ratio above 5 percent under stressful conditions using the Board's existing supervisory definition of tier 1 common capital. The Board will work with the other federal banking agencies to implement Basel III and to propose a Basel III tier 1 common capital ratio as a new minimum regulatory capital ratio. The existing supervisory definition of tier 1 common capital will remain in force under the final capital plan rule until the Board adopts the Basel III tier 1 common ratio, which the Board remains strongly committed to implement.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>24</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Basel Committee on Banking Supervision,<E T="03">Basel III: A global framework for more resilient banks and banking systems</E>(December 2010), available at<E T="03">http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs189.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Planned Capital Actions</HD>
        <P>In its assessment of the uses and sources of capital, a large bank holding company's capital plan must describe all planned capital actions over the planning horizon. The final rule defines a capital action as any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument, capital distribution, and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact a large bank holding company's consolidated capital. A capital distribution is defined as a redemption or repurchase of any debt or equity capital instrument, a payment of common or preferred stock dividends, a payment that may be temporarily or permanently suspended by the issuer on any instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the numerator of any minimum regulatory capital ratio, and any similar transaction that the Federal Reserve determines to be in substance a distribution of capital.<SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>25</SU>For example, this definition includes payments on trust preferred securities, but does not include payments on subordinated debt that could not be temporarily or permanently suspended by the issuer under the terms of the instrument.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>One commenter requested that the Board permit a capital plan to specify alternative uses of capital. The Board believes that the effects on a bank holding company's capital adequacy may vary significantly depending on the nature of a capital distribution and thus has not changed the requirement that a capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Description of the Bank Holding Company's Process for Assessing Capital Adequacy</HD>
        <P>The second component of a large bank holding company's plan is a description of the bank holding company's process for assessing capital adequacy. This description must contain the following elements:</P>
        <P>(1) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under expected and stressful conditions, maintain capital commensurate with its risks, maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and above a tier 1 common ratio of 5 percent, and serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary depository institutions; and</P>
        <P>(2) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under expected and stressful conditions, maintain sufficient capital to continue its operations by maintaining ready access to funding, meeting its obligations to creditors and other counterparties, and continuing to serve as a credit intermediary.</P>
        <P>One commenter requested that the Board clarify that bank holding companies subject to an internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) requirement under the Federal Reserve's advanced approaches rules would be able to combine components of their ICAAP with their capital plan submissions and submit them on the capital plan timeline. ICAAP would constitute an internal capital adequacy process for purposes of the final rule, and bank holding companies that have a satisfactory ICAAP generally would be considered to have a satisfactory internal capital adequacy process for purposes of the final rule.</P>
        <P>Moreover, the description of the bank holding company's process for assessing capital adequacy may be presented in a document separate from the capital plan. Like other elements of a large bank holding company's capital plan, this description must be submitted to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and must describe any changes to the bank holding company's capital planning process and any new analyses supporting changes to this process.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Capital Policy</HD>
        <P>The third component of a large bank holding company's plan is its capital policy. A capital policy is defined as the bank holding company's written assessment of the principles and guidelines used for capital planning, capital issuance, usage and distributions, including internal capital goals; the quantitative or qualitative guidelines for dividend and stock repurchases; the strategies for addressing potential capital shortfalls; and the internal governance procedures around capital policy principles and guidelines. A large bank holding company should be able to demonstrate that achieving its stated internal capital goals will allow it to maintain ready access to funding, meet its obligations to creditors and other counterparties, and continue to serve as a credit intermediary during and after the impact of the stressed scenarios included in its capital plan over the planning horizon.<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>Similarly, a large bank holding company's capital policy should reflect strategies for addressing potential capital shortfalls, such as by reducing or eliminating capital distributions, raising additional capital, or preserving its existing capital, to support circumstances where the economic outlook has deteriorated, the bank holding company has underestimated its risks, or the bank holding company's performance has not met its expectations.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>26</SU>In addition, each bank holding company should ensure that its internal capital goals reflect any relevant minimum regulatory capital ratio levels, any higher levels of regulatory capital ratios (above regulatory minimums), and any additional capital measures that, when maintained, will allow the bank holding company to continue its operations.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Discussion of Any Expected Changes to the Bank Holding Company's Business Plan That Are Likely To Have a Material Impact on the Firm's Capital Adequacy or Liquidity</HD>
        <P>The fourth element of a large bank holding company's capital plan is a discussion of any expected changes to the bank holding company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on the firm's capital adequacy or liquidity. For example, the capital plan should reflect any expected material effects of new lines of business or activities on the bank holding company's capital adequacy or liquidity, including revenue and losses.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Data Submissions</HD>
        <P>In connection with its submission of a capital plan to the Federal Reserve, a large bank holding company is required to provide certain data to the Federal Reserve. To the greatest extent possible, the data templates, and any other data requests, are designed to minimize burden on the bank holding company and to avoid duplication, particularly in light of potential new reporting requirements arising from the Dodd-Frank Act. Data required by the Federal Reserve may include, but are not limited to, information regarding the bank holding company's financial condition, structure, assets, risk exposure, policies and procedures, liquidity, and management.</P>

        <P>Commenters requested that the Board provide more guidance on the nature and scope of the data requirements and<PRTPAGE P="74638"/>to provide any data templates at the time that the final rule becomes effective. Commenters also asked that the Federal Reserve be mindful to avoid duplicative data requests.</P>

        <P>In response to these comments, the Board has published a separate notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>that clarifies the nature and scope of the data requirements on the large bank holding companies firms that participated in CCAR, including the data templates, and is soliciting public comments on this information collection.<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>27</SU>76 FR 55288 (September 7, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Commenters suggested that companies be given additional time to develop technology and processes to the extent strict compliance with a data request would result in undue burden or expense. The Board understands that non-CCAR firms are less likely to have technology and processes relevant for the specific data collection than the bank holding companies that participated in CCAR, and thus only large bank holding companies that previously participated in CCAR will be required to provide the complete set of data templates in connection with the submission of the capital plan due on January 5, 2012. In connection with this capital plan submission, non-CCAR firms may be required to submit certain limited, summary information under the baseline and stress scenarios, which may include income, balance sheet, capital, and revenue information by asset class. Going forward, the Federal Reserve will require a more complete set of data from non-CCAR firms to support their future capital plan submissions.</P>
        <P>In addition, the Board recognizes that non-CCAR firms have not had the benefit of receiving the supervisory review and feedback provided in the CCAR and Supervisory Capital Assessment Program. The Federal Reserve is engaging in extensive dialogue with these non-CCAR firms to communicate its expectations on capital planning and capital policies.</P>
        <P>In addition, commenters requested that the Board provide additional information regarding the security controls and processes the Board and the Reserve Banks have in place to safeguard data. The Board and Reserve Banks have internal controls and processes in place to help to ensure the integrity of confidential and proprietary data. In addition, the Board follows the National Institute of Standards and Technology guidance and adheres to Federal Information Security Management Act compliance for all the information collections and storage where sensitive data are concerned.<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>
            <E T="03">See generally</E>National Institute of Standards and Technology,<E T="03">http://csrc.nist.gov/</E>; 44 U.S.C. 3541,<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>One commenter suggested that capital plans, non-objections or objections to capital plans, requests for reconsideration, approvals or rejections of any such requests, prior notice filings, and results of stressed scenarios be treated as confidential supervisory information. The confidentiality of information submitted to the Board under the final rule and related materials shall be determined in accordance with applicable exemptions under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and the Board's Rules Regarding Availability of Information (12 CFR part 261).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Federal Reserve Review of a Capital Plan</HD>
        <P>The final rule provides that the Federal Reserve will consider the following factors in reviewing a large bank holding company's capital plan:</P>
        <P>(i) The comprehensiveness of the capital plan, including the extent to which the analysis underlying the capital plan captures and addresses potential risks stemming from activities across the firm and the company's capital policy;</P>
        <P>(ii) The reasonableness of the bank holding company's assumptions and analysis underlying the capital plan and its methodologies for reviewing the robustness of its capital adequacy process; and</P>
        <P>(iii) The bank holding company's ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a tier 1 common ratio of 5 percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon, including but not limited to any stressed scenarios required under the final rule.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve will also consider the following information in reviewing a large bank holding company's capital plan:</P>
        <P>(i) Relevant supervisory information about the bank holding company and its subsidiaries;</P>
        <P>(ii) The bank holding company's regulatory and financial reports, as well as supporting data that will allow for an analysis of the bank holding company's loss, revenue, and reserve projections;</P>
        <P>(iii) As applicable, the Federal Reserve's own pro forma estimates of the firm's potential losses, revenues, reserves, and resulting capital adequacy under expected and stressful conditions, including but not limited to any stressed scenarios required under the final rule, as well as the results of any stress tests conducted by the bank holding company or the Federal Reserve; and</P>
        <P>(iv) Other information requested or required by the Federal Reserve, as well as any other information relevant, or related, to the bank holding company's capital adequacy.</P>
        <P>A commenter suggested that the Federal Reserve recognize the significance of consultation and coordination with appropriate home country supervisory authorities to the capital planning and review process. The Federal Reserve intends to continue consultation and coordination with home country supervisors in evaluating compliance with prudential standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Federal Reserve Action on a Capital Plan</HD>
        <P>Nearly all commenters expressed the concern that the timing of the capital plan submission and review will interrupt the ability of bank holding companies to make capital distributions in the first quarter. Commenters proposed several alternatives, including a rolling submission process to allow greater flexibility and both earlier and later submission due dates to address blackout periods under the federal securities laws.</P>
        <P>In response to these commenters, the Board has adjusted the period over which a non-objection applies. For a capital plan submitted in the first quarter, a non-objection would cover the four-quarter period commencing with the second quarter. For a capital plan resubmitted after the first quarter, a non-objection would extend through the first quarter of the subsequent year. This change is intended to permit bank holding companies to continue to engage in planned capital actions throughout the first quarter of the calendar year while their capital plans are under review.</P>
        <P>In the final rule, a large bank holding company is required to submit a complete annual capital plan by January 5 of each calendar year. The Federal Reserve will object by March 31 to the capital plan, in whole or in part, or provide the large bank holding company with a notice of non-objection. With respect to a large bank holding company that submits its 2012 capital plan on a timely basis in January 2012, the Federal Reserve commits to respond by March 15, 2012, in order to give the bank holding company adequate opportunity to make adjustments to its capital distributions in the first quarter of 2012.</P>

        <P>This timeframe is intended to balance the Federal Reserve's interest in having<PRTPAGE P="74639"/>adequate time to review a capital plan with the bank holding company's interest in a process that does not unduly interfere with the ability of its board of directors and senior management to take appropriate capital actions. For example, if a firm submitted a capital plan to the Federal Reserve on a timely basis in January 2012, the Federal Reserve would provide a response by no later than March 15, 2012. The Federal Reserve's non-objection to that capital plan would extend through the first quarter of 2013, meaning that the firm could continue to make capital distributions during the first quarter of 2013 in accordance with the capital plan it submitted in 2012. If the firm submitted its 2013 capital plan on a timely basis in January 2013, the firm would be notified by March 31, 2013, whether or not the Federal Reserve had any objection to its 2013 capital plan. If the Federal Reserve did not object to the firm's 2013 capital plan, the firm could begin making capital distributions under that capital plan in the second quarter of 2013. Thus, for this hypothetical firm, the Federal Reserve's review of its capital plan should not delay the bank holding company's ability to pay dividends or take other capital actions while awaiting a response from the Federal Reserve.</P>
        <P>Commenters also suggested that the Board make appropriate transitional arrangements so that bank holding companies are not unnecessarily prevented from making capital distributions in the period between the effective date of the final rule and the first date on which a large bank holding company would be permitted to make capital distributions pursuant to its initial capital plan.</P>
        <P>Large bank holding companies remain subject to the SR letter 09-4. SR letter 09-4 states that a banking organization should consult with the Federal Reserve before making certain capital distributions.<SU>29</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition, SR letter 09-4 states that a banking organization should hold capital commensurate with its overall risk profile and that a banking organization should include a full understanding of its risks in its assessment of capital adequacy and ensure that it holds capital corresponding to those risks to maintain overall capital adequacy.<SU>30</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>29</SU>
            <E T="03">See supra</E>note 3.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>30</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>With respect to the period between the effective date of the final rule and the date on which capital distributions would be permitted pursuant to a bank holding company's initial capital plan, bank holding companies that participated in CCAR will continue to be subject to Revised Temporary Addendum to SR letter 09-4 until the firms receive a notice of objection or non-objection from the Federal Reserve with respect to the capital plan due January 5, 2012.<SU>31</SU>
          <FTREF/>Thus, the Board expects such firms would not increase their capital distributions above the amount described in an approved capital plan, which may include an updated and resubmitted capital plan. Non-CCAR firms—which are subject to SR letter 09-4 but not the Revised Temporary Addendum to SR letter 09-4—may make capital distributions before receiving a response from the Federal Reserve with respect to their capital plans due January 5, 2012, but are expected to consult with their appropriate Reserve Bank before increasing capital distributions.<SU>32</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>31</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>32</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Board recognizes that certain bank holding companies may have to align their internal capital planning processes with the required dates for capital plan submission. However, the Board believes that the timeframes set forth in the final rule balance the Federal Reserve's interest in performing a cross-firm comparison of capital plans based on the same scenarios with the bank holding company's interest in minimizing disruptions to firms' capital planning processes. In order to adhere to the schedule set forth in the final rule, the Federal Reserve may require bank holding companies to submit data templates and other required information several weeks before complete capital plans are due.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Federal Reserve Objection to a Capital Plan</HD>
        <P>As under the NPR, the final rule provides that the Federal Reserve may object to a capital plan, in whole or in part, if:</P>
        <P>(i) The Federal Reserve determines that the bank holding company has material unresolved supervisory issues, including but not limited to issues associated with its capital adequacy process;</P>
        <P>(ii) The assumptions and analysis underlying the bank holding company's capital plan, or the bank holding company's methodologies for reviewing the robustness of its capital adequacy process, are not reasonable or appropriate;</P>
        <P>(iii) The bank holding company has not demonstrated an ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio or above a tier 1 common ratio of 5 percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon; or</P>
        <P>(iv) The bank holding company's capital planning process or proposed capital distributions otherwise constitute an unsafe or unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Board order, directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Board. In determining whether a capital plan or proposed capital distributions would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice, the Federal Reserve will consider whether the bank holding company is and will remain in sound financial condition after giving effect to the capital plan and all proposed capital distributions.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve received general comments on the grounds for objection. One commenter suggested that the Federal Reserve not substitute its judgment regarding capital distributions for the board of directors' judgment. As noted above, the Board believes that the board of directors and senior management of a large bank holding company bear the primary responsibility for developing, implementing, and monitoring the bank holding company's capital planning strategies and internal capital adequacy process. The Federal Reserve's review of capital plans is intended to ensure that large bank holding companies have sufficient capital to weather stressful economic conditions and help to mitigate any systemic risks posed by the firms. In this manner, the Board intends to strike a balance between maintaining the board of directors and senior management's primary responsibility in capital planning and ensuring that these firms have sufficient capital to operate in a manner that is safe and sound and does not pose material risk to the financial system.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve intends to review capital plans on a firm-by-firm basis in accordance with the regulatory standards set forth in the final rule. When evaluating capital adequacy and reviewing banks' estimates of capital adequacy, the Federal Reserve may consider macroprudential factors, including financial stability, in determining whether the assumptions and analysis underlying the bank holding company's capital plan, or the bank holding company's methodologies for assessing its capital adequacy, are reasonable or appropriate.</P>

        <P>Commenters also had several comments on the use of material unresolved supervisory issues as grounds for objection. For example, commenters requested that the Board confirm that not every “matter requiring<PRTPAGE P="74640"/>attention” will constitute a “material unresolved supervisory issue.” Commenters also suggested that supervisory issues unlikely to have a material impact on a large bank holding company's capital position, liquidity, or financial results should not be grounds for objecting to a proposed capital plan.</P>
        <P>Under the final rule, not every “matter requiring attention” will constitute a “material unresolved supervisory issue”; rather, the Federal Reserve will review supervisory issues on a case-by-case basis. The Federal Reserve generally expects an institution to correct such deficiencies before making any significant capital distributions.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve will notify the bank holding company in writing of the reasons for a decision to object to a capital plan. The Federal Reserve will communicate the basis for the objection when it notifies the firm of the objection. Within ten calendar days of receipt of a notice of objection, the bank holding company may submit a written request for reconsideration of the objection, including an explanation of why reconsideration should be granted. Within ten calendar days of receipt of the bank holding company's request, the Board will notify the company of its decision to affirm or withdraw the objection to the bank holding company's capital plan.</P>
        <P>Under the final rule, the period in which a large bank holding company is permitted to submit a written request for reconsideration was increased from five days to ten days in response to a commenter request. The Board had initially proposed the five-day period to permit adequate processing time with respect to dividend proposals before the end of the first quarter. The commenter suggested giving a large bank holding company the ability to respond within ten days would not necessarily interfere with that process. The final rule provides that the Federal Reserve will respond to a request for reconsideration within ten days of receipt. With respect to a capital plan submitted on a timely basis in January 2012, a large bank holding company that chooses to submit a written request for reconsideration not later than ten days before quarter-end will receive a response before the end of the quarter. With respect to a capital plan submitted on a timely basis in future years, the timing of a written request for reconsideration would not constrain a large bank holding company's ability to make capital distributions in the first quarter.</P>
        <P>Under the final rule, as an alternative to requesting reconsideration of the Federal Reserve's objection to a capital plan, a large bank holding company may instead choose to request a hearing. The hearing procedures would be the same as those that apply following the Federal Reserve's disapproval of a capital distribution. These procedures are discussed in section V.B. of this preamble.</P>
        <P>To the extent that the Federal Reserve objects to a capital plan and to the capital actions described therein, and until such time as the Federal Reserve determines that the bank holding company's capital plan satisfies the factors provided in the final rule, the bank holding company generally may not make any capital distribution, other than as provided below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Re-Submission of a Capital Plan</HD>
        <P>A large bank holding company is required to update and re-submit its capital plan to the Federal Reserve within 30 calendar days after the occurrence of one of the following events:</P>
        <P>(i) The bank holding company determines there has been or will be a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile (including a material change in its business strategy or any material risk exposures), financial condition, or corporate structure since the bank holding company adopted the capital plan;<SU>33</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>33</SU>For purposes of determining whether a change in its risk profile is material, a bank holding company will be required to consider a variety of risks, including credit, market, operational, liquidity, and interest rate risks.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(ii) The Federal Reserve objects to the capital plan; or</P>
        <P>(iii) The Federal Reserve directs the bank holding company in writing to revise and resubmit its capital plan for any of the following reasons:<SU>34</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>34</SU>At the request of a commenter, the Board clarifies that a bank holding company is not required to file a new full capital plan under section 225.8(d)(4)(i)(A) if the Federal Reserve has required that an updated plan be filed under section 225.8(d)(4)(i)(C).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>(1) The capital plan is incomplete or the capital plan, or the bank holding company's internal capital adequacy process, contains material weaknesses;</P>
        <P>(2) There has been or will likely be a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile (including a material change in its business strategy or any risk exposure), financial condition, or corporate structure;</P>
        <P>(3) The stressed scenario(s) developed by the bank holding company is not appropriate to its business model and portfolios, or changes in financial markets or the macro-economic outlook that could have a material impact on the bank holding company's risk profile and financial condition require the use of updated scenarios; or</P>
        <P>(4) The capital plan or the condition of the bank holding company raise any issues to which the Federal Reserve could object to in its review of a capital plan.</P>
        <P>While the final rule reflects a different organizational structure than the proposed rule, the requirements for resubmission are substantively the same.<SU>35</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>35</SU>In the proposed rule, section 225.8(d)(1)(iv) imposed the resubmission requirement and section 225.8(e)(4) set forth additional grounds for resubmission. The final rule simplifies the organization by locating all of the resubmission provisions in section 225.8(d)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Commenters asked for more guidance on the first condition for resubmission, which requires a large bank holding company to resubmit its capital plan if the bank holding company determines there has been or will be a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile, financial condition, or corporate structure since the bank holding company adopted the capital plan. For example, resubmission may be required if the financial performance of the bank holding company is substantially worse than anticipated in its initial capital plan, or if the company engages in a significant acquisition. In addition, one commenter requested that the Board limit a “material change” requiring a large bank holding company to resubmit its capital plan to one that would adversely affect the bank holding company's financial condition and capital position.</P>
        <P>The final rule leaves the decision to resubmit based on “a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile” to the bank holding company in the first instance. In addition, the Federal Reserve may notify the bank holding company in writing that the Federal Reserve had determined that a material change in the company's risk profile, financial condition, or corporate structure had occurred or was likely to occur.</P>
        <P>One commenter suggested that the criteria for plan resubmission should focus only on events that occurred after the date that the Federal Reserve issued its non-objection. The Federal Reserve generally does not intend to reevaluate a firm's capital plan to which it has issued a non-objection, but reserves the right to determine that such a capital plan was incomplete or the scenarios used in the capital plan were not sufficiently stressed based on new information or changed circumstances.</P>

        <P>The Federal Reserve may extend the 30-day period for resubmission for up to an additional 60 calendar days. The<PRTPAGE P="74641"/>Board considered a commenter's suggestion that the timing of a resubmission should depend on the nature of the triggering event. Under the final rule, the Federal Reserve may exercise its authority to extend the 30-day period to provide for a longer resubmission period as necessary to adjust for the nature of the triggering event.</P>
        <P>Under the final rule, a large bank holding company is only required to resubmit those portions of its capital plan that have changed. To the extent that information contained in an initial capital plan were still considered accurate and appropriate, the bank holding company would be able to continue to rely on this information for purposes of any revised or updated plan, provided that the bank holding company provides an explanation of how the information should be considered in the light of any new capital actions or changes in the bank holding company's risk profile or strategy.</P>
        <P>One commenter suggested that a large bank holding company be able to comply with the resubmission requirement by updating portions of the plan affected by the change or providing an informational supplement to the plan describing its change and its impact. The Board expects that bank holding companies will be able to incorporate by reference portions of their previously filed capital plan to the extent those portions were unaffected by the change requiring resubmission, and that an informational supplement may be appropriate depending on the nature of the revisions. However, in cases in which a large bank holding company anticipates undertaking a significant acquisition of a financial company, the Federal Reserve expects that nearly all of a company's capital plan will be affected. Furthermore, to the extent that the firm elects to develop new stressed scenarios or must incorporate new stressed scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve into its capital plan, the bank holding company should resubmit all portions of the capital plan affected by those new stressed scenarios.</P>
        <P>Another commenter suggested that the criteria for the issuance of a non-objection to a revised and resubmitted capital plan focus on whether the plan addresses the deficiencies identified in the Federal Reserve's objection to the capital plan. Under the final rule, the Federal Reserve intends to focus on whether the plan addresses deficiencies identified in the objection, but will consider all aspects of a company's capital adequacy in connection with a resubmission. In conducting this review, the Federal Reserve will apply the same standards that would apply to the review of an initial capital plan.</P>
        <P>Another commenter requested that capital plan resubmissions be responded to within 15 days, subject to a 15-day extension. The final rule provides that the Federal Reserve will respond to a resubmitted capital plan within 75 days of its resubmission. However, the Federal Reserve intends to respond to a resubmitted capital plan in a shorter time period if possible. The length of the review period will depend on the materiality of the issues raised in the resubmission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Approval Requirements</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Requirements</HD>
        <P>The proposed rule would have required a large bank holding company to notify the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if the Federal Reserve objected to the bank holding company's capital plan and that objection was still outstanding.<SU>36</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Board is modifying this requirement in the final rule. The final rule provides that, if the Federal Reserve objects to a capital plan and until such time as the Federal Reserve issues a non-objection to the bank holding company's capital plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution, other than those capital distributions with respect to which the Federal Reserve has indicated its non-objection. This prohibition would remain in place until the Federal Reserve issued a non-objection to the bank holding company's capital plan.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>36</SU>Notwithstanding this requirement, prior notice would not have been required under the NPR with respect to specific capital distributions described in a company's capital plan that the Federal Reserve did not object to, unless other circumstances required prior notice.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The change in the final rule is intended to avoid confusion on the part of a large bank holding company that has received an objection to its capital plan regarding whether it would be able to make a capital distribution. Under the final rule, consistent with the proposed rule, the Federal Reserve will evaluate a capital distribution using the same standards it uses to evaluate a capital plan; thus, the Federal Reserve would expect to disapprove a capital distribution request by a large bank holding company that had received an objection to its capital plan until the company had corrected the deficiencies that led to the objection to the plan. As discussed in section IV.G. of this preamble, the final rule provides a process for bank holding companies to resubmit their capital plans to the Federal Reserve and for the Federal Reserve to evaluate the re-submitted capital plans. If the Federal Reserve provides its non-objection to a re-submitted capital plan, the bank holding company generally may thereafter make capital distributions consistent with the resubmitted capital plan.</P>
        <P>In addition, there may be circumstances where the Federal Reserve objects to some but not all of a large bank holding company's proposed capital distributions as described in its capital plan. For example, the Federal Reserve may object to a large bank holding company's proposed payments of dividends on common stock, but notify the company that the Federal Reserve does not object to payments on its preferred stock. Unless changed circumstances would require approval of a capital distribution as described below, the bank holding company in this example may make payments on its preferred stock.</P>
        <P>The proposed rule provided circumstances where prior notice would be required for a capital distribution in circumstances where the Federal Reserve had provided a non-objection to a capital plan. The Board is modifying that requirement to require a large bank holding company to obtain the Federal Reserve's prior approval with respect to these capital distributions under the process set forth in the final rule. The Federal Reserve expects that a large bank holding company would apply the same rigorous capital planning process that it used to develop its capital plan to its evaluation of capital distributions that would cause the company to fall below its minimum capital requirements, capital distributions that are above the amount described in its capital plan, and capital distributions that follow a change in circumstances. Similarly, the Federal Reserve will need significant information to evaluate these types of proposed capital distributions. Accordingly, the Board believes that a prior approval process would be a more appropriate mechanism to evaluate these capital distributions.</P>
        <P>Under the final rule, a large bank holding company generally will need to obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before making capital distributions if:</P>
        <P>(i) After giving effect to the capital distribution, the bank holding company will not meet a minimum regulatory capital ratio or a tier 1 common ratio of at least 5 percent;</P>

        <P>(ii) The Federal Reserve notifies the company that the Federal Reserve has determined that the capital distribution will result in a material adverse change to the organization's capital or liquidity<PRTPAGE P="74642"/>structure or that the company's earnings were materially underperforming projections;</P>
        <P>(iii) The dollar amount of the capital distribution will exceed the amount described in the capital plan to which the Federal Reserve had issued a non-objection; or</P>
        <P>(iv) The capital distribution will occur during a period in which the Federal Reserve is reviewing, or has requested resubmission of, the bank holding company's capital plan.<SU>37</SU>
          <FTREF/>Commenters requested that the Board provide clarity on a large bank holding company's ability to make capital distributions in the following two periods: (1) During the period beginning when a large bank holding company resubmits its capital plan and the plan is under review by the Federal Reserve, and (2) during the first quarter of a calendar year if a large bank holding company receives an objection to its capital plan for the upcoming planning period, but where the Federal Reserve had previously issued a non-objection to capital distributions in the current quarter and planning period based on a prior capital plan. In the first case, the answer depends on whether the Federal Reserve has objected to the bank holding company's capital plan. If the Federal Reserve has objected to the capital plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution, except for any distribution to which the Federal Reserve did not object. If the Federal Reserve has not objected to the capital plan and the resubmission is required because of a change in circumstances, the bank holding company must obtain the Federal Reserve's approval before making a capital distribution.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>37</SU>The Board clarified in the final rule that prior notice is required during the period when the Board has requested resubmission, but the bank holding company has not yet resubmitted its capital plan.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In the second case, during the first quarter of a calendar year, a large bank holding company may make a capital distribution to which the Federal Reserve did not object, unless the final rule would otherwise require the company to obtain approval of the capital distribution or the Federal Reserve has otherwise notified the company that it may not make the distribution.<SU>38</SU>
          <FTREF/>For instance, assuming the criteria for resubmission of a capital plan have not been triggered, if the Federal Reserve issued a non-objection to a firm's capital plan through the first quarter of Year 2 but objected to the capital plan submitted by that firm for the second quarter of Year 2 through the first quarter of Year 3, that firm would still be able to make all planned capital distributions in the first quarter of Year 2, unless the Federal Reserve specifically objected to any remaining first quarter distributions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>38</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 225.8(e)(2)(iv) of Regulation Y.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Several commenters suggested that the Board adopt an exception to the prior notice requirements that permits a large bank holding company to increase its capital distributions to take advantage of changes in market conditions. The Board has adopted a modification to the rule to provide a limited exception to the prior approval requirements if:</P>
        <P>(A) The bank holding company is, and after the capital distribution would remain, well capitalized as defined in section 225.2(r) of Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.2(r));</P>
        <P>(B) The bank holding company's performance and capital levels are, and after the capital distribution would remain, consistent with the projections under expected conditions set forth in its capital plan;</P>
        <P>(C) The annual aggregate dollar amount of all capital distributions (beginning on April 1 of a calendar year and ending on March 31 of the following calendar year) would not exceed the total amounts described in the company's capital plan for which the bank holding company received a notice of non-objection by more than 1.00 percent multiplied by the bank holding company's tier 1 capital, as reported to the Federal Reserve on the bank holding company's first quarter FR Y-9C;</P>
        <P>(D) The bank holding company provides the appropriate Reserve Bank with notice 15 calendar days prior to a capital distribution that includes the elements described in section V.B. of this preamble, and</P>
        <P>(E) The Federal Reserve does not object to the transaction proposed in the notice. In determining whether to object to the proposed transaction, the Federal Reserve will apply the criteria under which it reviews requests related to proposed capital distributions that require Federal Reserve approval.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve may notify the bank holding company in writing that it may not take advantage of this exception. Examples of factors that the Federal Reserve would consider in notifying a large bank holding company that it may not take advantage of the exception include, but are not limited to, the bank holding company's risk profile and its actual financial performance relative to baseline projections in its capital plan.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Contents of Request for Approval and Procedures for Review</HD>
        <P>Under the final rule, a large bank holding company that requests approval of a capital distribution to the Federal Reserve must include the following information in its request:</P>
        <P>(i) The capital plan to which the Federal Reserve had previously issued a non-objection or an attestation that there have been no changes to the capital plan;</P>
        <P>(ii) The purpose of the transaction;</P>
        <P>(iii) A description of the capital distribution, including for redemptions or repurchases of securities, the gross consideration to be paid and the terms and sources of funding for the transaction, and for dividends, the amount of the dividend(s); and</P>
        <P>(iv) Any additional information requested by the Federal Reserve (which may include, among other information, an assessment of the bank holding company's capital adequacy under a revised stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, a revised capital plan, and supporting data).</P>
        <P>In addition, any request submitted for a capital distribution where the bank holding company would not meet a minimum regulatory capital ratio or a tier 1 common ratio of at least five percent after giving effect to the distribution must also include a plan for restoring the bank holding company's capital to an amount above a minimum level within 30 days and a rationale for why the capital distribution would be appropriate.</P>
        <P>The Federal Reserve will act on a request for prior approval within 30 calendar days after the receipt of a request that contains all of the information set forth above.<SU>39</SU>
          <FTREF/>If the Federal Reserve requests that the bank holding company provide an assessment of its capital adequacy under a revised stress scenario, the Federal Reserve will not consider the 30-day period to begin until the bank holding company provides the requested information.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>39</SU>As noted above, bank holding companies that qualify for the exception to the prior approval requirement need to provide 15 days prior notice of a qualifying capital distribution. Because the final rule provides the Federal Reserve with discretion to act on a shorter timeframe, the final rule does not include the proposed rule's provision permitting the Federal Reserve to shorten the 30-day period.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The final rule provides that the Board will notify the bank holding company in writing of the reasons for a decision to disapprove any proposed capital distribution. In reviewing a request under this section, the Federal Reserve will apply the considerations and principles under which it evaluates<PRTPAGE P="74643"/>capital plans. In addition, the Board may disapprove the transaction if the bank holding company does not provide the information required to be submitted. Within 10 calendar days of receipt of a disapproval, the bank holding company could submit a written request for a hearing.</P>
        <P>If the bank holding company requested a hearing, the Board will order a hearing within 10 calendar days of receipt of the request if it finds that material facts are in dispute, or if it otherwise appears appropriate. Any hearing conducted will be held in accordance with the Board's Rules of Practice for Formal Hearings (12 CFR part 263). At the conclusion of any hearing, the Board will by order approve or disapprove the proposed capital action on the basis of the record of the hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Conforming Amendments To Section 225.4(b) of Regulation Y</HD>
        <P>In addition to the capital planning and approval requirements discussed above, the Board is making conforming changes to section 225.4(b) of Regulation Y, which currently requires prior notice to the Federal Reserve of certain purchases and redemptions of a bank holding company's equity securities.<SU>40</SU>
          <FTREF/>Because such approval of certain capital distributions will be separately required in the rule at section 225.8 of Regulation Y, the Board is amending section 225.4(b) to provide that section 225.4(b) shall not apply to any bank holding company that is subject to section 225.8.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>40</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>12 CFR 225.4(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Administrative Law Matters</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>(RFA), generally requires that an agency prepare and make available for public comment an initial regulatory flexibility analysis in connection with a notice of proposed rulemaking.<SU>41</SU>

          <FTREF/>The regulatory flexibility analysis otherwise required under section 604 of the RFA is not required if an agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities (defined for purposes of the RFA to include banks and bank holding companies with assets less than or equal to $175 million) and publishes its certification and a short, explanatory statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>along with its rule. As of December 31, 2010, there were approximately 4,493 small bank holding companies.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>41</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 603(a).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The agencies solicited public comment on the rule in a notice of proposed rulemaking. The agencies did not receive any comments regarding burden to small banking organizations.</P>
        <P>As discussed above, the final rule applies to every top-tier bank holding company domiciled in the United States with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. Bank holding companies that are subject to the final rule therefore substantially exceed the $175 million asset threshold at which a banking entity would qualify as a small bank holding company, and the final rule will not apply to any small bank holding company for purposes of the RFA. The Board does not believe that the proposed rule duplicates, overlaps, or conflicts with any other Federal rules. In light of the foregoing, the Board does not believe that the final rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the Board may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) control number. The Board reviewed the final rule under the authority delegated to the Board by OMB. The OMB control number for this information collection is 7100-0342.</P>

        <P>The Board received 16 comment letters, none of which specifically addressed the PRA analysis. Commenters did however requested that the Board provide more guidance on the nature and scope of the data requirements (as required by 225.8(d)(3)(i)-(vi)) and to provide any data templates at the time the final rule becomes effective. Commenters also asked that the Federal Reserve be mindful to avoid duplicative data requests. In response to these comments, the Board has published a separate<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice that clarifies the nature and scope of the data requirements, including the data templates, and solicited public comments on this information collection (Capital Assessments and Stress Testing; FR Y-14A/Q; OMB No. 7100-0341).<SU>42</SU>
          <FTREF/>In doing so, the Board is removing the majority of the burden for the data reporting requirements found in 225.8(d)(3) from the information collection associated with this rule and accounting for this burden under the new FR Y-14A/Q information collection.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>42</SU>76 FR 55288 (September 7, 2011). The comment period ended on November 7, 2011.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title of Information Collection:</E>Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements Associated with Regulation Y (Capital Plans) (Reg Y-13).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Recordkeeping requirements, annually. Reporting requirements, varied—the capital plan exercise would be done at least annually, capital plan resubmissions and prior approval requirements would be event-generated.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>The final rule applies to every top-tier bank holding company domiciled in the United States that has $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets (large U.S. bank holding companies). As of September 30, 2011, there were approximately 34 large U.S. bank holding companies.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">General Description of Information Collection:</E>This information collection is mandatory and the recordkeeping requirement to maintain the Capital Plan is in effect until either a bank holding company is no longer operational or until further notice by the Board. Section 616(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act amended section 5(b) of the Bank Holding Company Act (BHC Act) (12 U.S.C. 1844(b)) to specifically authorize the Board to issue regulations and orders relating to capital requirements for bank holding companies. The Board is also authorized to collect and require reports from bank holding companies pursuant to section 5(c) of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)). Additionally, the Board's rulemaking authority for the information collection requirements associated with Reg Y-13 is found in sections 908 and 910 of the International Lending Supervision Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 3907 and 3909). Additional support for Reg Y-13 is found in sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5365 and 5366).</P>
        <P>The capital plan information submitted by the covered bank holding company would consist of confidential and proprietary modeling information and highly sensitive business plans, such as acquisition plans submitted to the Federal Reserve for approval. Therefore, it appears the information would be subject to withholding under exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>Section 225.8(d)(1)(i) will require a bank holding company to develop and maintain an initial capital plan. The level of detail and analysis expected in a capital plan would vary based on the bank holding company's size, complexity, risk profile, scope of operations, and the effectiveness of its<PRTPAGE P="74644"/>processes for assessing capital adequacy. Section 225.8(d)(2) provides the list of mandatory elements to be included in the capital plan.</P>
        <P>Section 225.8(d)(1)(ii) will require a bank holding company to submit its complete capital plan to the appropriate Reserve Bank and the Board each year by the 5th of January, or such later date as directed by the appropriate Reserve Bank after consultation with the Board.</P>
        <P>Section 225.8(d)(1)(iii) will require the bank holding company's board of directors or a designated committee to review and approve the bank holding company's capital plan prior to its submission to the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank under section 225.8(d)(1)(ii).</P>
        <P>In connection with submissions of capital plans to the Federal Reserve, bank holding companies would be required pursuant to section 225.8(d)(3) to provide certain data to the Federal Reserve. Data templates, and any other data requests, would be designed to minimize burden on the bank holding company and to avoid duplication. Data required by the Federal Reserve could include, but would not be limited to, information regarding the bank holding company's financial condition, structure, assets, risk exposure, policies and procedures, liquidity, and management. In addition, section 225.8(d)(4) would require the bank holding company to update and resubmit its capital plan within 30 days of the occurrence of certain events.</P>
        <P>Within 10 calendar days of receipt of a notice of objection by the Board of the bank holding company's capital plan, pursuant to section 225.8(e)(3), the bank holding company may submit a written request for reconsideration or hearing, including an explanation of why reconsideration should be granted.</P>
        <P>In certain circumstances, large bank holding companies would be required, pursuant to section 225.8(f)(1), to obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before making capital distributions.<SU>43</SU>
          <FTREF/>As listed in section 225.8(f)(3), such an approval request would be required to contain the following information: the bank holding company's current capital plan or an attestation that there have been no changes to its current capital plan; the purpose of the transaction; a description of the capital action, including for redemptions or repurchases of securities, the gross consideration to be paid and the terms and sources of funding for the transaction, and for dividends, the amount of the dividend(s); and any additional information requested by the appropriate Reserve Bank or Board, which may include, among other information, an assessment of the bank holding company's capital adequacy under a revised stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, a revised capital plan, and supporting data.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>43</SU>The final rule provides an exception to the prior approval requirements section 225.8(f)(2) for an institution that is well capitalized and meets certain other requirements.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Under section 225.8(f)(5), if the Federal Reserve disapproves of a bank holding company's capital distribution, the bank holding company within 10 calendar days of receipt of a notice of disapproval by the Board may submit a written request for a hearing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Burden</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>34 (19 CCAR firms and 15 non-CCAR firms).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Estimated Burden per Response</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(d)(1)(i) and (ii) Recordkeeping and Reporting, 12,000 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(d)(1)(iii) Recordkeeping, 100 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(d)(3)(i)-(vi) CCAR firm Reporting, 100 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(d)(3)(i)-(vi) Non-CCAR firm Reporting, 1,000 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(d)(4) Reporting, 100 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(e)(3)(i) Reporting, 16 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(f)(1), (2) and (3) Reporting, 3,400 hours</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">_.8(f)(5) Reporting, 16 hours</FP>
        
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Burden:</E>432,764 hours.</P>
        <P>The Board has a continuing interest in the public's opinions of collections of information. At any time, comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing the burden, may be sent to: Secretary, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551; and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (7100-0342), Washington, DC 20503.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 225</HD>
          <P>Administrative Practice and Procedure, Banks, Banking, Federal Reserve System, Holding companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <CHAPTER>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">12 CFR Chapter II</HD>
        </CHAPTER>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Issuance</HD>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System amends subpart A of part 225 of chapter II of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="225" TITLE="12">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 225—BANK HOLDING COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK CONTROL (REGULATION Y)</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 225 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818, 1828(o), 1831i, 1831p-1, 1843(c)(8), 1844(b), 1972(1), 3106, 3108, 3310, 3331-3351, 3906, 3907, and 3909; 15 U.S.C. 1681s, 1681w, 6801 and 6805.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="225" TITLE="12">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 225.4 is amended by adding paragraph (b)(7):</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 225.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Corporate practices.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Exception for certain bank holding companies.</E>This section 225.4(b) shall not apply to any bank holding company that is subject to § 225.8 of Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.8).</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="225" TITLE="12">
          <AMDPAR>3. Add § 225.8 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 225.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Capital planning.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Purpose.</E>This section establishes capital planning and prior notice and approval requirements for capital distributions by certain bank holding companies.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Scope and effective date.</E>(1) This section applies to every top-tier bank holding company domiciled in the United States:</P>
            <P>(i) With total consolidated assets greater than or equal to $50 billion computed on the basis of the average of the company's total consolidated assets over the course of the previous four calendar quarters, as reflected on the bank holding company's consolidated financial statement for bank holding companies (FR Y-9C (the calculation shall be effective as of the due date of the bank holding company's most recent FR Y-9C required to be filed under 12 CFR 225.5(b))); or</P>
            <P>(ii) That is subject to this section, in whole or in part, by order of the Board based on the institution's size, level of complexity, risk profile, scope of operations, or financial condition.</P>
            <P>(2) Beginning on December 30, 2011, the provisions of this section shall apply to any bank holding company that is subject to this section pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, provided that:</P>

            <P>(i) Until July 21, 2015, this section will not apply to any bank holding company subsidiary of a foreign banking organization that is currently relying on Supervision and Regulation Letter SR 01-01 issued by the Board (as in effect on May 19, 2010); and<PRTPAGE P="74645"/>
            </P>
            <P>(ii) A bank holding company that becomes subject to this section pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section after the 5th of January of a calendar year shall not be subject to the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1)(ii), (d)(4), and (f)(1)(iii) of this section until January 1 of the next calendar year.</P>
            <P>(3) Nothing in this section shall limit the authority of the Federal Reserve to issue a capital directive or take any other supervisory or enforcement action, including action to address unsafe or unsound practices or conditions or violations of law.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Definitions.</E>For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Capital action</E>means any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution, and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact a bank holding company's consolidated capital.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Capital distribution</E>means a redemption or repurchase of any debt or equity capital instrument, a payment of common or preferred stock dividends, a payment that may be temporarily or permanently suspended by the issuer on any instrument that is eligible for inclusion in the numerator of any minimum regulatory capital ratio, and any similar transaction that the Federal Reserve determines to be in substance a distribution of capital.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Capital plan</E>means a written presentation of a bank holding company's capital planning strategies and capital adequacy process that includes the mandatory elements set forth in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Capital policy</E>means a bank holding company's written assessment of the principles and guidelines used for capital planning, capital issuance, usage and distributions, including internal capital goals; the quantitative or qualitative guidelines for dividend and stock repurchases; the strategies for addressing potential capital shortfalls; and the internal governance procedures around capital policy principles and guidelines.</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Minimum regulatory capital ratio</E>means any minimum regulatory capital ratio that the Federal Reserve may require of a bank holding company, by regulation or order, including the bank holding company's leverage ratio and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios as calculated under Appendices A, D, E, and G to this part (12 CFR part 225), or any successor regulation.</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Planning horizon</E>means the period of at least nine quarters, beginning with the quarter preceding the quarter in which the bank holding company submits its capital plan, over which the relevant projections extend.</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E>has the same meaning as under Appendix A to this part or any successor regulation.</P>
            <P>(8)<E T="03">Tier 1 common capital</E>means tier 1 capital less the non-common elements of tier 1 capital, including perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interest in subsidiaries, trust preferred securities and mandatory convertible preferred securities.</P>
            <P>(9)<E T="03">Tier 1 common ratio</E>means the ratio of a bank holding company's tier 1 common capital to total risk-weighted assets. This definition will remain in effect until the Board adopts an alternative<E T="03">tier 1 common ratio</E>definition as a minimum regulatory capital ratio.</P>
            <P>(10)<E T="03">Total risk-weighted assets</E>has the same meaning as under Appendices A, E, and G to this part, or any successor regulation.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">General requirements</E>—(1)<E T="03">Annual capital planning.</E>(i) A bank holding company must develop and maintain a capital plan.</P>
            <P>(ii) A bank holding company must submit its complete capital plan to the appropriate Reserve Bank and the Board each year by the 5th of January, or such later date as directed by the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board.</P>
            <P>(iii) The bank holding company's board of directors or a designated committee thereof must at least annually and prior to submission of the capital plan under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section:</P>
            <P>(A) Review the robustness of the bank holding company's process for assessing capital adequacy,</P>
            <P>(B) Ensure that any deficiencies in the bank holding company's process for assessing capital adequacy are appropriately remedied; and</P>
            <P>(C) Approve the bank holding company's capital plan.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Mandatory elements of capital plan.</E>A capital plan must contain at least the following elements:</P>
            <P>(i) An assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over the planning horizon that reflects the bank holding company's size, complexity, risk profile, and scope of operations, assuming both expected and stressful conditions, including:</P>
            <P>(A) Estimates of projected revenues, losses, reserves, and pro forma capital levels, including any minimum regulatory capital ratios (for example, leverage, tier 1 risk-based, and total risk-based capital ratios) and any additional capital measures deemed relevant by the bank holding company, over the planning horizon under expected conditions and under a range of stressed scenarios, including any scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve and at least one stressed scenario developed by the bank holding company appropriate to its business model and portfolios;</P>
            <P>(B) A calculation of the pro forma tier 1 common ratio over the planning horizon under expected conditions and under a range of stressed scenarios and discussion of how the company will maintain a pro forma tier 1 common ratio above 5 percent under expected conditions and the stressed scenarios required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) and (ii) of this section;</P>
            <P>(C) A discussion of the results of any stress test required by law or regulation, and an explanation of how the capital plan takes these results into account; and</P>
            <P>(D) A description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon.</P>
            <P>(ii) A detailed description of the bank holding company's process for assessing capital adequacy, including:</P>
            <P>(A) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under expected and stressful conditions, maintain capital commensurate with its risks, maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and above a tier 1 common ratio of 5 percent, and serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary depository institutions;</P>
            <P>(B) A discussion of how the bank holding company will, under expected and stressful conditions, maintain sufficient capital to continue its operations by maintaining ready access to funding, meeting its obligations to creditors and other counterparties, and continuing to serve as a credit intermediary;</P>
            <P>(iii) The bank holding company's capital policy; and</P>
            <P>(iv) A discussion of any expected changes to the bank holding company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on the firm's capital adequacy or liquidity.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Data collection.</E>Upon the request of the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank, the bank holding company shall provide the Federal Reserve with information regarding—</P>
            <P>(i) The bank holding company's financial condition, including its capital;</P>
            <P>(ii) The bank holding company's structure;</P>

            <P>(iii) Amount and risk characteristics of the bank holding company's on- and off-balance sheet exposures, including exposures within the bank holding company's trading account, other trading-related exposures (such as counterparty-credit risk exposures) or other items sensitive to changes in market factors, including, as<PRTPAGE P="74646"/>appropriate, information about the sensitivity of positions to changes in market rates and prices;</P>
            <P>(iv) The bank holding company's relevant policies and procedures, including risk management policies and procedures;</P>
            <P>(v) The bank holding company's liquidity profile and management; and</P>
            <P>(vi) Any other relevant qualitative or quantitative information requested by the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank to facilitate review of the bank holding company's capital plan under this section.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Re-submission of a capital plan.</E>(i) A bank holding company must update and re-submit its capital plan to the appropriate Reserve Bank within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of one of the following events:</P>
            <P>(A) The bank holding company determines there has been or will be a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile, financial condition, or corporate structure since the bank holding company adopted the capital plan;</P>
            <P>(B) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank objects to the capital plan; or</P>
            <P>(C) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, directs the bank holding company in writing to revise and resubmit its capital plan for any of the following reasons:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The capital plan is incomplete or the capital plan, or the bank holding company's internal capital adequacy process, contains material weaknesses;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) There has been or will likely be a material change in the bank holding company's risk profile (including a material change in its business strategy or any risk exposure), financial condition, or corporate structure;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The stressed scenario(s) developed by the bank holding company is not appropriate to its business model and portfolios, or changes in financial markets or the macro-economic outlook that could have a material impact on a bank holding company's risk profile and financial condition require the use of updated scenarios; or</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The capital plan or the condition of the bank holding company raise any of the issues described in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, may, at its discretion, extend the 30-day period in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section for up to an additional 60 calendar days.</P>
            <P>(iii) Any updated capital plan must satisfy all the requirements of this section; however, a bank holding company may continue to rely on information submitted as part of a previously submitted capital plan to the extent that the information remains accurate and appropriate.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Review of capital plans by the Federal Reserve</E>—(1)<E T="03">Considerations and inputs.</E>(i) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, will consider the following factors in reviewing a bank holding company's capital plan:</P>
            <P>(A) The comprehensiveness of the capital plan, including the extent to which the analysis underlying the capital plan captures and addresses potential risks stemming from activities across the firm and the company's capital policy;</P>
            <P>(B) The reasonableness of the bank holding company's assumptions and analysis underlying the capital plan and its methodologies for reviewing the robustness of its capital adequacy process; and</P>
            <P>(C) The bank holding company's ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a tier 1 common ratio of 5 percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon, including but not limited to any stressed scenarios required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) and (ii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, will also consider the following information in reviewing a bank holding company's capital plan:</P>
            <P>(A) Relevant supervisory information about the bank holding company and its subsidiaries;</P>
            <P>(B) The bank holding company's regulatory and financial reports, as well as supporting data that would allow for an analysis of the bank holding company's loss, revenue, and reserve projections;</P>
            <P>(C) As applicable, the Federal Reserve's own pro forma estimates of the firm's potential losses, revenues, reserves, and resulting capital adequacy under expected and stressful conditions, including but not limited to any stressed scenarios required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) and (ii) of this section, as well as the results of any stress tests conducted by the bank holding company or the Federal Reserve; and</P>
            <P>(D) Other information requested or required by the appropriate Reserve Bank or the Board, as well as any other information relevant, or related, to the bank holding company's capital adequacy.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Federal Reserve action on a capital plan.</E>(i) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, will object, in whole or in part, to the capital plan or provide the bank holding company with a notice of non-objection to the capital plan:</P>
            <P>(A) By March 31 of the calendar year in which a capital plan was submitted pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, and</P>
            <P>(B) By the date that is 75 calendar days after the date on which a capital plan was resubmitted pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, may object to a capital plan if it determines that:</P>
            <P>(A) The bank holding company has material unresolved supervisory issues, including but not limited to issues associated with its capital adequacy process;</P>
            <P>(B) The assumptions and analysis underlying the bank holding company's capital plan, or the bank holding company's methodologies for reviewing the robustness of its capital adequacy process, are not reasonable or appropriate;</P>
            <P>(C) The bank holding company has not demonstrated an ability to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a tier 1 common ratio of 5 percent, on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon; or</P>
            <P>(D) The bank holding company's capital planning process or proposed capital distributions otherwise constitute an unsafe or unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Board order, directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Board. In determining whether a capital plan or any proposed capital distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice, the appropriate Reserve Bank would consider whether the bank holding company is and would remain in sound financial condition after giving effect to the capital plan and all proposed capital distributions.</P>
            <P>(iii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, will notify the bank holding company in writing of the reasons for a decision to object to a capital plan.</P>

            <P>(iv) If the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, objects to a capital plan and until such time as the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, issues a non-objection to the bank holding company's capital plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution, other than those capital distributions with respect to<PRTPAGE P="74647"/>which the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank has indicated in writing its non-objection.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Request for reconsideration or hearing.</E>Within 10 calendar days of receipt of a notice of objection to a capital plan by the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank:</P>
            <P>(i) A bank holding company may submit a written request to the Board requesting reconsideration of the objection, including an explanation of why reconsideration should be granted. Within 10 calendar days of receipt of the bank holding company's request, the Board will notify the company of its decision to affirm or withdraw the objection to the bank holding company's capital plan or a specific capital distribution; or</P>
            <P>(ii) As an alternative to paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section, a bank holding company may submit a written request to the Board for a hearing. Any hearing shall follow the procedures described in paragraph (f)(5)(ii)-(iii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Approval requirements for certain capital actions</E>—(1)<E T="03">Circumstances requiring approval.</E>Notwithstanding a notice of non-objection under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section a bank holding company may not make a capital distribution under the following circumstances, unless it receives approval from the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of this section:</P>
            <P>(i) After giving effect to the capital distribution, the bank holding company would not meet a minimum regulatory capital ratio or a tier 1 common ratio of at least 5 percent;</P>
            <P>(ii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, notifies the company in writing that the Federal Reserve has determined that the capital distribution would result in a material adverse change to the organization's capital or liquidity structure or that the company's earnings were materially underperforming projections;</P>
            <P>(iii) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the dollar amount of the capital distribution will exceed the amount described in the capital plan for which a non-objection was issued under this section; or</P>
            <P>(iv) The capital distribution would occur after the occurrence of an event requiring resubmission under paragraphs (d)(4)(A) and (C) of this section and before the Federal Reserve acted on the resubmitted capital plan.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Exception for well capitalized bank holding companies.</E>(i) A bank holding company may make a capital distribution for which the dollar amount exceeds the amount described in the capital plan for which a non-objection was issued under this section if the following conditions are satisfied:</P>
            <P>(A) The bank holding company is, and after the capital distribution would remain, well capitalized as defined in § 225.2(r) of Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.2(r));</P>
            <P>(B) The bank holding company's performance and capital levels are, and after the capital distribution would remain, consistent with its projections under expected conditions as set forth in its capital plan under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section;</P>
            <P>(C) The annual aggregate dollar amount of all capital distributions (beginning on April 1 of a calendar year and ending on March 31 of the following calendar year) would not exceed the total amounts described in the company's capital plan for which the bank holding company received a notice of non-objection by more than 1.00 percent multiplied by the bank holding company's tier 1 capital, as reported to the Federal Reserve on the bank holding company's first quarter FR Y-9C;</P>
            <P>(D) The bank holding company provides the appropriate Reserve Bank with notice 15 calendar days prior to a capital distribution that includes the elements described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(E) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, does not object to the transaction proposed in the notice. In determining whether to object to the proposed transaction, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, shall apply the criteria described in paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii) The exception in this paragraph (f)(2) shall not apply if the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank notifies the bank holding company in writing that it may not take advantage of this exception.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Contents of request.</E>(i) A request for a capital distribution under this section shall be filed with the appropriate Reserve Bank and the Board and shall contain the following information:</P>
            <P>(A) The bank holding company's current capital plan or an attestation that there have been no changes to the capital plan since it was last submitted to the Federal Reserve;</P>
            <P>(B) The purpose of the transaction;</P>
            <P>(C) A description of the capital distribution, including for redemptions or repurchases of securities, the gross consideration to be paid and the terms and sources of funding for the transaction, and for dividends, the amount of the dividend(s); and</P>
            <P>(D) Any additional information requested by the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank (which may include, among other things, an assessment of the bank holding company's capital adequacy under a revised stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve, a revised capital plan, and supporting data).</P>
            <P>(ii) Any request submitted with respect to a capital distribution described in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section shall also include a plan for restoring the bank holding company's capital to an amount above a minimum level within 30 days and a rationale for why the capital distribution would be appropriate.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Approval of certain capital distributions.</E>(i) A bank holding company must obtain approval from the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, before making a capital distribution described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii) A request for a capital distribution under this section must be filed with the appropriate Reserve Bank and contain all the information set forth in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iii) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank, after consultation with the Board, will act on a request under this paragraph (f)(4) within 30 calendar days after the receipt of a complete request under paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section. The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank may, at any time, request additional information that it believes is necessary for its decision.</P>
            <P>(iv) In acting on a request under this paragraph, the Board or appropriate Reserve Bank will apply the considerations and principles in paragraph (e) of this section. In addition, the Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank may disapprove the transaction if the bank holding company does not provide all of the information required to be submitted under paragraphs (f)(3) and (f)(5)(iii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Disapproval and hearing.</E>(i) The Board or the appropriate Reserve Bank will notify the bank holding company in writing of the reasons for a decision to disapprove any proposed capital distribution. Within 10 calendar days after receipt of a disapproval by the Board, the bank holding company may submit a written request for a hearing.</P>

            <P>(ii) The Board will order a hearing within 10 calendar days of receipt of the request if it finds that material facts are in dispute, or if it otherwise appears appropriate. Any hearing conducted under this paragraph shall be held in<PRTPAGE P="74648"/>accordance with the Board's Rules of Practice for Formal Hearings (12 CFR part 263).</P>
            <P>(iii) At the conclusion of the hearing, the Board will by order approve or disapprove the proposed capital distribution on the basis of the record of the hearing.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED/>
          <P>By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, November 21, 2011.</P>
          <NAME>Jennifer J. Johnson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30665 Filed 11-28-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL HOUSING FINANCE AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">FEDERAL HOUSING FINANCE BOARD</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Parts 912 and 997</CFR>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Parts 1780 to 1799</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 2590-AA52</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Repeal of Regulations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCIES:</HD>
          <P>Federal Housing Finance Agency; Federal Housing Finance Board; and Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) is repealing two obsolete and outdated Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board) regulations, which relate to meetings of the Board of Directors of the Finance Board and the manner of calculating the Resolution Funding Corporation (RefCorp) obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks (Banks), respectively. FHFA is also repealing certain parts of the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (OFHEO) regulations currently designated as reserved and an associated subchapter, which will be empty after the repeal of those parts. This final rule repeals the regulations and subchapter in their entirety.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective on January 3, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Michou H.M. Nguyen, Assistant General Counsel, (202) 414-3810, Office of General Counsel, Federal Housing Finance Agency, Fourth Floor, 1700 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20552. The telephone number for the Telecommunications Device for the Deaf is (800) 877-8339.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background and Analysis</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Creation of the Federal Housing Finance Agency and Recent Legislation</HD>

        <P>Effective July 30, 2008, the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (HERA), Public Law 110-289, 122 Stat. 2654, created FHFA as a new independent agency of the Federal Government, and transferred to FHFA the supervisory and oversight responsibilities of OFHEO over the Federal National Mortgage Association, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (collectively, the Enterprises), the oversight responsibilities of the Finance Board over the Banks and the Office of Finance (OF) (which acts as the Banks' fiscal agent) and certain functions of the Department of Housing and Urban Development.<E T="03">See id.</E>at section 1101, 122 Stat. 2661-62. FHFA is responsible for ensuring that the Enterprises and the Banks operate in a safe and sound manner, including that they maintain adequate capital and internal controls, that their activities foster liquid, efficient, competitive and resilient national housing finance markets, and that they carry out their public policy missions through authorized activities.<E T="03">See id.</E>at section 1102, 122 Stat. 2663-64. The Enterprises, the Banks, and the OF continue to operate under regulations promulgated by OFHEO and the Finance Board, respectively, until such regulations are superseded by regulations issued by FHFA.<E T="03">See id.</E>at sections 1301, 1302, 1311, 1312, 122 Stat. 2794-95, 2797-98.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Considerations of Differences Between the Banks and the Enterprises</HD>

        <P>Section 1201 of HERA requires the Director, when promulgating regulations “of general applicability and future effect” relating to the Banks, to consider the differences between the Banks and the Enterprises as they may relate to the Banks' cooperative ownership structure; mission of providing liquidity to members; affordable housing and community development mission; capital structure; and joint and several liability.<E T="03">See</E>section 1201, Public Law 110-289, 122 Stat. 2782-83 (<E T="03">amending</E>12 U.S.C. 4513). This final rule does not impose any new obligations on the Banks, but instead simply removes two existing Finance Board regulations that, as a result of other events, no longer have any practical or legal effect. Furthermore, as explained below, the repeal of parts 912 and 997 of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) would not have a “future effect” on the rights and responsibilities of the Banks. For these reasons, FHFA believes that a section 1201 analysis is not required for this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Part 912 (Meetings of the Board of Directors of the Finance Board)</HD>
        <P>Part 912 of title 12 of the CFR was issued by the Finance Board pursuant to the Government in the Sunshine Act (Sunshine Act), which generally requires that meetings of Federal agencies that are headed by collegial bodies be open to the public, and that such agencies promulgate regulations to implement the provisions of the Sunshine Act. Section 2 of the Sunshine Act states that the purpose of the Act is to provide the public the “fullest practicable information regarding the decisionmaking processes of the Federal Government” while protecting legitimate individual privacy and “the ability of the Government to carry out its responsibilities.” Public Law 94-409, section 2, 90 Stat. 1241 (Sept. 13, 1976) reprinted in 5 U.S.C. 552b notes. In order to implement the purposes of the Sunshine Act as articulated in Article 2, part 912 was designed to provide the public with access to information regarding the decision-making processes of the Board of Directors of the Finance Board, while protecting the privacy rights of individuals and the ability of the Board of Directors of the Finance Board to carry out its responsibilities. Part 912 accomplished these goals through the use of various procedures applicable to open and closed meetings of the Board of Directors of the Finance Board.</P>
        <P>The Sunshine Act does not apply to FHFA, which is not administered by a collegial body. For purposes of 5 U.S.C. 552b, the term “agency” means “any agency * * * headed by a collegial body composed of two or more individual members * * *.” FHFA is headed by a single Director and therefore does not fall within the scope of this definition. Consequently, the procedures that the Finance Board had adopted in part 912 for its board meetings are no longer necessary, and should not be adopted by FHFA, because FHFA does not have a board of directors and is not subject to the Sunshine Act. Therefore, FHFA is hereby repealing part 912 in its entirety.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Part 997 (RefCorp Obligations of the Banks)</HD>

        <P>In 1989, Congress established RefCorp as a vehicle to provide funding for the Resolution Trust Corporation to finance resolution of the savings and loan crisis.<PRTPAGE P="74649"/>12 U.S.C. 1441b(a), (b). RefCorp issued approximately $30 billion of long-term bonds, the last of which will mature in April 2030. The interest due on the RefCorp bonds is paid from several sources, including mandatory contributions from the Banks. As initially enacted, the law required the Banks to contribute $300 million annually toward the RefCorp interest payments. Public Law 101-73, Title V, section 511(a), 103 Stat. 394, (August 9, 1989). In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act changed the manner in which the Banks' RefCorp annual contributions were to be calculated by requiring each Bank to pay 20 percent of its annual net earnings, rather than $300 million. Public Law 106-102, Title VI, section 607(a), 113 Stat. 1455, (November 12, 1999), codified at 12 U.S.C. 1441b(f)(2)(C)(i). Those amendments further provided that the Banks' RefCorp obligation was to terminate when the value of the contributions made under the revised formula equaled the value of a benchmark annuity of $300 million per year that commenced when the RefCorp bonds were issued and ended on their maturity date. The Finance Board promulgated part 997 to implement those Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments, and the regulations specified the method to be used for making the present value calculations required to determine the value of the Banks' payments, relative to the benchmark annuity, and for adjusting the termination date for the payments.</P>

        <P>This year, after consulting with the Department of the Treasury and conducting the calculations in accordance with part 997, FHFA determined that the RefCorp payment made by the Banks on July 15, 2011, caused the value of all RefCorp payments made by the Banks to that date to equal the value of the benchmark annuity, which terminated the obligation of the Banks to make any further contributions toward the debt service for the RefCorp bonds.<E T="03">See</E>76 FR 49477 (August 10, 2011). The termination of the Banks' required RefCorp payments made part 997, which relates solely to the calculation of the aggregate value of, and end date, for those payments, unnecessary and of no effect. Therefore, FHFA is hereby repealing part 997 in its entirety.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Parts 1781 to 1799 and Subchapter D</HD>
        <P>Currently, parts 1781 to 1799 of title 12 of the CFR, which are OFHEO regulations, are designated as “reserved.” These reserved parts are also currently the only items under subchapter D (Rules of Practice and Procedure) of chapter 17 of title 12. Because these parts contain no substantive provisions, there is nothing to revise and relocate to the FHFA regulations, as is the case with other OFHEO and Finance Board regulations. Nonetheless, unless FHFA affirmatively removes the reference to those parts as being reserved and removes subchapter D, those references and an empty subchapter D will remain in the CFR after FHFA has removed or relocated all of the other substantive OFHEO regulations. Therefore, in the interest of ensuring that all OFHEO regulations that will not be carried forward into the FHFA regulations are removed, FHFA is hereby repealing parts 1781 to 1799 and subchapter D in their entirety.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Notice and Public Participation</HD>
        <P>FHFA finds that good cause exists for adopting these rule changes as a final rule without public notice and comment under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) because the subject regulations currently have no legal or practical effect and thus their removal would not alter the rights or responsibilities of any party. The provisions of part 912 relate solely to the operations of the Board of Directors of the Finance Board, which no longer exists. The provisions of part 997 relate solely to the manner in which the Finance Board and FHFA calculate the Banks' RefCorp obligation, which has been terminated. The references to the “reserved” parts of the OFHEO regulations in subchapter D have no substantive effect on any party. None of these regulations includes provisions that are appropriate for FHFA to carry over and incorporate into its own regulations, and thus they should be removed from the CFR. For these reasons, FHFA believes that public comments are unnecessary and would serve no purpose.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>The final rule does not contain any collections of information pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>). Therefore, FHFA has not submitted any information to the Office of Management and Budget for review.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>The final rule applies only to the Banks and Enterprises, which do not come within the meaning of small entities as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA).<E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 601(6). Therefore in accordance with section 605(b) of the RFA, FHFA certifies that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>12 CFR Part 912</CFR>
          <P>Sunshine Act.</P>
          <CFR>12 CFR Part 997</CFR>
          <P>Federal home loan banks.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, for reasons stated in the preamble and under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 4511, 4512, 4513, and 4526, FHFA is amending subchapters B and L of chapter IX and subchapter D of chapter XVII of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="912" TITLE="12">
          <CHAPTER>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER IX—FEDERAL HOUSING FINANCE BOARD</HD>
            <SUBCHAP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER B—FEDERAL HOUSING FINANCE BOARD ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS</HD>
              <PART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 912—[REMOVED]</HD>
              </PART>
            </SUBCHAP>
          </CHAPTER>
          <AMDPAR>1. Remove part 912.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="997" TITLE="12">
          <SUBCHAP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER L—NON-BANK SYSTEM ENTITIES</HD>
            <PART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 997—[REMOVED]</HD>
            </PART>
          </SUBCHAP>
          <AMDPAR>2. Remove part 997.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1780" TITLE="12">
          <CHAPTER>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER XVII—OFFICE OF FEDERAL HOUSING ENTERPRISE OVERSIGHT, DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</HD>
            <SUBCHAP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER D—RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE—[REMOVED]</HD>
            </SUBCHAP>
          </CHAPTER>
          <AMDPAR>3. Remove subchapter D, consisting of reserved parts 1780 to 1799.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 17, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Edward J. DeMarco,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Federal Housing Finance Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30480 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8070-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 25</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2010-0310; Amdt. No. 25-135]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AJ72</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Harmonization of Various Airworthiness Standards for Transport Category Airplanes—Flight Rules</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This rule amends the regulations governing various airworthiness standards for transport category airplanes. This action harmonizes the requirements for takeoff<PRTPAGE P="74650"/>speeds, static lateral-directional stability, speed increase and recovery characteristics, and the stall warning margin for the landing configuration in icing conditions with the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) certification standards.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This amendment becomes effective January 30, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For technical questions concerning this action, contact Don Stimson, Federal Aviation Administration, Airplane &amp; Flight Crew Interface Branch, ANM-111, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1129; facsimile (425) 227-1149, email<E T="03">Don.Stimson@faa.gov</E>.</P>

          <P>For legal questions concerning this action, contact Doug Anderson, Federal Aviation Administration, Office of the Regional Counsel (ANM-7), 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-2166; facsimile (425) 227-1007; email<E T="03">Douglas.Anderson@faa.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, the FAA is charged with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations and minimum standards for the design and performance of aircraft that the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority. It prescribes new safety standards for the design and operation of transport category airplanes.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs120,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,p1,8/9,i1">
          <TTITLE>List of Abbreviations and Acronyms Used in This Document</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1"/>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Term</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT O="oi0">
              <E T="02">Definition</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">R</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>rotation speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">1</E>
            </ENT>

            <ENT>the maximum speed in the takeoff at which the pilot must take the first action (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>apply brakes, reduce thrust, deploy speed brakes) to stop the airplane within the accelerate stop distance. V<E T="52">1</E>also means the minimum speed in the takeoff, following a failure of the critical engine at V<E T="52">EF</E>, at which the pilot can continue the takeoff and achieve the required height above the takeoff surface within the takeoff distance.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">2</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>takeoff safety speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">EF</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>speed at which the critical engine is assumed to fail during takeoff.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">REF</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>reference landing speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">SW</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>speed at which the onset of natural or artificial stall warning occurs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">SR</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>reference stall speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">SR1</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>reference stall speed in a specific configuration.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">LOF</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>lift-off speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">MU</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>minimum unstick speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">MC</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>minimum control speed with the critical engine inoperative.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">FE</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>maximum flap extended speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">LE</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>maximum landing gear extended speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">FC</E>/M<E T="52">FC</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>maximum speed for stability characteristics.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">MO</E>/M<E T="52">MO</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>maximum operating limit speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">V<E T="52">DF</E>/M<E T="52">DF</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>demonstrated flight diving speed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Acronym</E>
            </ENT>
            <ENT O="oi0">
              <E T="02">Definition</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ALPA</ENT>
            <ENT>Air Line Pilots Association.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ARAC</ENT>
            <ENT>Aviation Rulemaking Advisory Committee.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EASA</ENT>
            <ENT>European Aviation Safety Agency.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">GAMA</ENT>
            <ENT>General Aviation Manufacturers Association.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">ICAO</ENT>
            <ENT>International Civil Aviation Organization.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">NPRM</ENT>
            <ENT>Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">RFA</ENT>
            <ENT>Regulatory Flexibility Act.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SBREFA</ENT>
            <ENT>Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of Final Rule</HD>
        <P>This rulemaking harmonizes specific airworthiness certification standards for transport category airplanes with those of the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). Harmonizing these airworthiness standards reduces certification costs to airplane manufacturers and improves product performance and capability for operators while increasing the level of safety.</P>

        <P>During certification, applicants for a type certificate must determine at what speed a pilot begins rotating the airplane to the liftoff pitch attitude during the takeoff roll. This speed (V<E T="52">R</E>) must be fast enough to provide a safe speed margin between the resulting liftoff speed (V<E T="52">LOF</E>) and the minimum safe liftoff speed, also known as the minimum unstick speed (V<E T="52">MU</E>). This rule allows the speed margin between V<E T="52">LOF</E>and V<E T="52">MU</E>to be reduced, and hence V<E T="52">R</E>to be reduced, for airplanes where the minimum value of V<E T="52">MU</E>is limited by the geometry of the airplane (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>ground contact of the tail of the airframe with the runway when the airplane is rotated to the takeoff pitch angle). Because the geometry of the airplane provides protection against early or over-rotation beyond the safe liftoff pitch attitude at or near V<E T="52">MU</E>, V<E T="52">R</E>can be reduced without lowering the level of safety. Reducing V<E T="52">R</E>reduces the takeoff distance needed at the same weight or allows a higher weight (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>capability to carry more payload or fuel) at the same takeoff distance.</P>

        <P>The static lateral-directional stability requirements are amended to reinstate the standards that existed prior to Amendment 25-72 that treat the specific lateral and directional stability requirements as separate entities.<PRTPAGE P="74651"/>
        </P>
        <P>This final rule also adds a requirement that, when conducting the sideslip tests required by § 25.177(c), the sideslip angles evaluated must include those resulting from applying at least one-half of the available rudder control, but no more than 180 pounds of force. For sideslip angles greater than those appropriate to the operation of the airplane, up to the angle achieved using a full rudder control input or a rudder control force of 180 pounds, this rule reduces the range of speeds and power settings that must be evaluated. The reduced scope of the evaluation will lower flight test safety risks as well as harmonize and standardize current practices.</P>
        <P>The final rule adds requirements for minimum roll capability that a transport category airplane must have and for airplane flight characteristics following extension of speedbrakes at high speeds. The new requirements are:</P>
        <P>(1) There must be adequate roll capability to assure a prompt recovery from a lateral upset condition, and</P>
        <P>(2) Speedbrake extension at high speed must not result in an excessive positive load factor when the pilot does not act to counteract the effects of the extension.</P>
        <P>Extending the speedbrakes at high speed also must not cause—</P>
        <P>(a) Buffeting that would impair the pilot's ability to read the instruments, or</P>
        <P>(b) A tendency for the airplane to pitch down, which could cause a further increase in speed, unless the pitching moment is small.</P>

        <P>Lastly, this rule adds a requirement that the non-icing stall warning requirements prescribing the speed at which stall warning must begin (V<E T="52">SW</E>) also apply to icing conditions when the airplane is in the landing configuration.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Harmonization</HD>
        <P>Part 25 prescribes airworthiness standards for type certification of transport category airplanes for products certificated in the United States (U.S.). EASA Certification Specifications for Large Aeroplanes (CS-25) prescribe the corresponding airworthiness standards for products certificated in Europe. While part 25 and CS-25 are similar, they differ in some areas.</P>
        <P>The FAA tasked the Aviation Rulemaking Advisory Committee (ARAC) to review existing regulations and recommend changes to eliminate differences between part 25 and CS-25 performance and handling characteristic standards by harmonizing to the higher standards. This rule is a result of that harmonization effort.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of the NPRM</HD>

        <P>The FAA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 19, 2010 (75 FR 70854). The proposal discussed changes to part 25 in four areas:</P>
        <P>1. Selection of the takeoff rotation speed,</P>
        <P>2. Static lateral-directional stability,</P>
        <P>3. Roll capability and extension of speedbrakes at high speeds, and</P>
        <P>4. Stall warning onset speed for the landing configuration in icing conditions.</P>
        <P>Three of the four proposed changes respond to the ARAC recommendations and EASA's actions in response to those recommendations. The fourth, pertaining to the stall warning onset speed for the landing configuration in icing conditions, responds to an action taken by EASA regarding a public comment made during the harmonized rulemaking that led to adoption of Amendment 121 to part 25 and Amendment 3 to CS-25. The comment period closed February 17, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">General Overview of Comments</HD>
        <P>The FAA received comments from Airbus, the Boeing Company, the Cessna Aircraft Company, the General Aviation Manufacturers Association (GAMA), and the Air Line Pilots Association, International (ALPA). ALPA provided a general comment in support of the proposed changes. None of the commenters opposed the proposed changes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Public Comments and Final Rule</HD>
        <P>Boeing questioned the wording of proposed § 25.177(c), which was taken directly from EASA's CS 25.177(c) and requires application of at least 180 pounds of force to the rudder control to show compliance. Boeing believes the intent is to require a control input of at least one-half the available rudder control, but no more than 180 pounds of pedal force. Airbus commented that there is no need to consider a rudder control input beyond that corresponding to the maximum commanded sideslip angle for the current flight conditions, even if it is lower than one-half of the maximum possible displacement of the rudder pedal control input.</P>
        <P>We agree. The language in the final rule reflects the original intent (as described in Boeing's comment) of the proposed § 25.177(c). We notified EASA that the wording of CS 25.177(c) is in error and confirmed it will be corrected.</P>
        <P>We also agree with the Airbus interpretation of the requirement. We recognize there is no need to apply more rudder control input than that which results in the maximum available sideslip, even if that control input is less than one-half of the maximum possible displacement of the rudder pedal control. This can occur due to a rudder travel limiting system or other feature of the airplane's flight control system. Further rudder control input would not result in additional sideslip, and therefore would not affect compliance with the rule.</P>
        <P>Airbus also commented on proposed § 25.21(g)(1) to require the stall warning requirements of § 25.207(c) and (d) to be met in icing conditions for the landing configuration. Airbus noted that special conditions are used to identify appropriate safety standards for Airbus fly-by-wire airplanes that have high incidence protection features as part of their flight control system design. These special conditions include requirements used in lieu of § 25.207. We anticipate that special conditions will continue to be used in lieu of § 25.207 to provide an equivalent level of safety to that established in the regulations.</P>
        <P>Except for the change to § 25.177(c), in response to the Boeing comment discussed above, a minor clarifying addition to § 25.177(a), and correcting errors in the references to § 25.147(f) in §§ 25.253(b) and (c) noted in comments by Cessna and GAMA, this final rule is adopted as proposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Evaluation</HD>

        <P>Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Order 12866 and Executive Order 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S. standards, this Trade Act requires agencies to consider international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or tribal governments, in the<PRTPAGE P="74652"/>aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of 1995). This portion of the preamble summarizes the FAA's analysis of the economic impact of the final rule.</P>
        <P>Department of Transportation Order DOT 2100.5 prescribes policies and procedures for simplification, analysis, and review of regulations. If the expected cost impact is so minimal that a proposed or final rule does not warrant a full evaluation, this order permits that a statement to that effect and the basis for it be included in the preamble if a full regulatory evaluation of the costs and benefits is not prepared. Such a determination has been made for this final rule.</P>
        <P>The reasoning for this determination follows: The final rule will amend §§ 25.21(g)(1), 25.107(e)(1)(iv), 25.177, and 25.253 to harmonize with EASA requirements already in CS-25. A review of current practice of U.S. manufacturers of transport category airplanes has revealed the manufacturers intend to fully comply with the EASA standards (or are already complying) as a means of obtaining joint certification. Since future certificated transport category airplanes are expected to meet the existing CS-25 requirements and this final rule will simply adopt the same requirements, the manufacturers will incur no additional costs. The final rule will provide benefits from reduced joint certification costs from the harmonization itself, and for the parts of the rule harmonizing with less stringent EASA requirements, manufacturers can expect additional benefits inherent in the reduced stringency. The FAA, therefore, has determined that this final rule will have no costs, and positive benefits, and does not warrant a full regulatory evaluation. We discuss the basis for our findings below.</P>
        <P>The FAA has also determined that this final rule is not a “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, and is not “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Who is potentially affected by this rulemaking?</HD>
        <P>Manufacturers of transport category airplanes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs and Benefits of This Rulemaking</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Cost and Benefits of Amendment to § 25.21(g)(1)</HD>
        <P>For this amendment we are adopting an EASA requirement that has no counterpart in the current CFR. Manufacturers' compliance with the EASA requirement increases the safety of their airplanes. However, since the manufacturers are already complying (or intend to comply) with the EASA requirement, there will be no additional safety benefits from compliance with the harmonizing amendment.</P>
        <P>As we are adopting an EASA requirement that has no counterpart in the current CFR, this action will not reduce certification costs, which include costs of data collection and analysis, paperwork, and time spent applying for and obtaining approval from the regulatory authorities. Since the manufacturers intend to comply with the EASA requirement, however, they will incur no additional costs to comply with the FAA harmonizing amendment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Costs and Benefits of Amendment to § 25.107(e)(1)(iv)</HD>
        <P>Manufacturers will benefit as a result of reduced certification costs from the harmonization of § 25.107(e)(1)(iv) with CS 25.107(e)(1)(iv). These benefits will result because the amendment is a less stringent requirement that will reduce the required minimum takeoff speed for geometry-limited (viz., tail contact with the runway) airplanes. As discussed in the NPRM, since the minimum takeoff speed is, in part, intended to reduce the probability of an airplane reaching a takeoff pitch attitude beyond that shown to be safe, the additional protection against such a condition inherent in a geometry-limited airplane allows the minimum takeoff speed to be safely reduced. The less stringent requirement implies higher takeoff weights, increases in payload, and shorter takeoff distances for geometry-limited airplanes. These are operator benefits, much of which will accrue to part 25 airplane manufacturers by increasing airplane value.</P>
        <P>As this amendment is relieving, there will be no increase in costs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Costs and Benefits of Amendment to § 25.177</HD>

        <P>Section 25.177(a) and (b) (requiring separate directional and lateral stability assessments) were removed by Amendment 25-72, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(55 FR 29756), July 20, 1990. The FAA considered them unnecessary since directional and lateral stability could be determined using an “alternative test” based on data obtained in showing compliance with § 25.177(c). EASA's retention of CS 25.177(a) and (b), however, allows manufacturers to use the “basic test” outlined by CS 25.177(a) and (b). Reinstatement of § 25.177(a) and (b) will lower certification costs for manufacturers preferring instead to use the “basic test.” Transport category airplane manufacturers preferring to satisfy the stability requirements with the “alternative test” of § 25.177(c) will face no increase in cost since they may still use that test. In any case, since manufacturers intend to comply with CS 25.177(a) and (b), they will incur no additional costs from complying with the harmonizing amendment regardless of the cost situation.</P>
        <P>Compared to the current § 25.177(c) and (d), CS 25.177(c) and (d) have both more stringent and less stringent requirements. As discussed in the NPRM, the less stringent requirement will increase the safety of flight tests without reducing test validity. Compliance with the more stringent requirement will entail some certification costs and, as noted in the NPRM, reduce payload-carrying capability under certain conditions. However, since the manufacturers intend to comply with CS 25.177(c) and (d) (or are already complying), they will incur no additional costs to comply with the harmonizing amendment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Costs and Benefits of Amendment to § 25.253</HD>
        <P>Manufacturers will benefit as a result of reduced certification costs from the harmonization of § 25.253 with CS 25.253. Compliance of manufacturers with the more stringent EASA requirements will also increase the safety of their airplanes. However, the manufacturers intend to comply with the EASA requirements (or are already complying). So, there will be no additional safety benefits from compliance with the FAA harmonizing amendment.</P>
        <P>Transport category airplane manufacturers will face additional certification costs—especially additional flight testing costs—to meet the EASA requirements. Since the manufacturers intend to comply with the EASA requirements, however, they will incur no additional costs to comply with the FAA harmonizing amendment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of Costs and Benefits</HD>

        <P>The benefits of an FAA rule harmonizing with a more stringent EASA rule necessarily flow from reduced certification costs brought about by the harmonization itself. Just as any costs are attributable to complying with the existing EASA rule, so too are any benefits from increased safety. Accordingly, the benefits of the more stringent §§ 25.21(g)(1), 25.253, 25.177(a) and (b), and the more stringent parts of § 25.177(c) and (d) will be<PRTPAGE P="74653"/>reduced certification costs from harmonization.</P>
        <P>For an FAA rule harmonizing with a less stringent EASA rule, there will be reduced certification costs from the harmonization itself, but also benefits inherent in the reduced stringency. For § 25.107(e)(1)(iv), the inherent benefits will be higher takeoff weights, increases in payload, and shorter takeoff distances for geometry-limited airplanes allowed by the reduced minimum takeoff speeds. For the less stringent parts of § 25.177(c) and (d), the inherent benefits will be the increase in test flight safety brought about by the less stringent requirement.</P>
        <P>As no commenters have disputed this same rationale used in the NPRM, the FAA has determined that this final rule will have minimal costs with positive net benefits and does not warrant a full regulatory evaluation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Determination</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) (RFA) establishes “as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of the businesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions subject to regulation. To achieve this principle, agencies are required to solicit and consider flexible regulatory proposals and to explain the rationale for their actions to assure that such proposals are given serious consideration.” The RFA covers a wide-range of small entities, including small businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA. However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.</P>
        <P>As noted above, this final rule will not entail any additional costs to transport category airplane manufacturers as they are already in compliance, or intend to fully comply, with more stringent EASA standards. Moreover, all U.S. manufacturers of transport category airplanes exceed the Small Business Administration small-entity criteria of 1,500 employees. We received no comments on our determination in the NPRM of no significant economic impact.</P>
        <P>Therefore as the FAA Administrator, I certify that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">International Trade Impact Assessment</HD>
        <P>The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Pub. L. 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to these Acts, the establishment of standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such as the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed the potential effect of this final rule and determined that it will promote international trade by harmonizing with corresponding EASA regulations thus reducing the cost of joint certification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Assessment</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (adjusted annually for inflation with the base year 1995) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $143.1 million.</P>
        <P>This final rule does not contain such a mandate. The requirements of Title II do not apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. The FAA has determined that there is no new requirement for information collection associated with this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">International Compatibility</HD>
        <P>In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has reviewed the corresponding ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices and has identified no differences with these regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Analysis</HD>

        <P>FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this rulemaking action qualifies for the categorical exclusion identified in paragraph<E T="03">312d</E>and involves no extraordinary circumstances.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulations Affecting Intrastate Aviation in Alaska</HD>
        <P>Section 1205 of the FAA Reauthorization Act of 1996 (110 Stat. 3213) requires the FAA, when modifying its regulations in a manner affecting intrastate aviation in Alaska, to consider the extent to which Alaska is not served by transportation modes other than aviation, and to establish appropriate regulatory distinctions. In the NPRM, the FAA requested comments on whether the proposed rule should apply differently to intrastate operations in Alaska. The agency did not receive any comments, and has determined, based on the administrative record of this rulemaking, that there is no need to make any regulatory distinctions applicable to intrastate aviation in Alaska.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
        <P>The FAA has analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. The agency determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, or the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, does not have Federalism implications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13211, Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>

        <P>The FAA analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions<PRTPAGE P="74654"/>Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under the executive order and it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">How To Obtain Additional Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Rulemaking Documents</HD>
        <P>An electronic copy of a rulemaking document may be obtained by using the Internet —</P>
        <P>1. Search the Federal eRulemaking Portal (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>);</P>
        <P>2. Visit the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/</E>or</P>
        <P>3. Access the Government Printing Office's Web page at<E T="03">http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/</E>
        </P>
        <P>Copies may also be obtained by sending a request (identified by notice, amendment, or docket number of this rulemaking) to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9680.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments Submitted to the Docket</HD>
        <P>Comments received may be viewed by going to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and following the online instructions to search FAA-2010-0310 for this action. Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of the FAA's dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD>

        <P>The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996 requires FAA to comply with small entity requests for information or advice about compliance with statutes and regulations within its jurisdiction. A small entity with questions regarding this document, may contact its local FAA official, or the person listed under the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>heading at the beginning of the preamble. To find out more about SBREFA on the Internet, visit<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/rulemaking/sbre_act/.</E>
        </P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 25</HD>
          <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 25—AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRPLANES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 25 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702 and 44704.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 25.21 by revising paragraph (g)(1) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 25.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Proof of compliance.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(g) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) Each requirement of this subpart, except §§ 25.121(a), 25.123(c), 25.143(b)(1) and (2), 25.149, 25.201(c)(2), 25.239, and 25.251(b) through (e), must be met in icing conditions. Section 25.207(c) and (d) must be met in the landing configuration in icing conditions, but need not be met for other configurations. Compliance must be shown using the ice accretions defined in appendix C, assuming normal operation of the airplane and its ice protection system in accordance with the operating limitations and operating procedures established by the applicant and provided in the Airplane Flight Manual.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 25.107 by revising paragraph (e)(1)(iv) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 25.107</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Takeoff speeds.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>

            <P>(iv) A speed that, if the airplane is rotated at its maximum practicable rate, will result in a V<E T="52">LOF</E>of not less than —</P>
            <P>(A) 110 percent of V<E T="52">MU</E>in the all-engines-operating condition, and 105 percent of V<E T="52">MU</E>determined at the thrust-to-weight ratio corresponding to the one-engine-inoperative condition; or</P>
            <P>(B) If the V<E T="52">MU</E>attitude is limited by the geometry of the airplane (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>tail contact with the runway), 108 percent of V<E T="52">MU</E>in the all-engines-operating condition, and 104 percent of V<E T="52">MU</E>determined at the thrust-to-weight ratio corresponding to the one-engine-inoperative condition.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>4. Revise § 25.177 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 25.177</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Static lateral-directional stability.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The static directional stability (as shown by the tendency to recover from a skid with the rudder free) must be positive for any landing gear and flap position and symmetric power condition, at speeds from 1.13 V<E T="52">SR1</E>, up to V<E T="52">FE</E>, V<E T="52">LE</E>, or V<E T="52">FC</E>/M<E T="52">FC</E>(as appropriate for the airplane configuration).</P>

            <P>(b) The static lateral stability (as shown by the tendency to raise the low wing in a sideslip with the aileron controls free) for any landing gear and flap position and symmetric power condition, may not be negative at any airspeed (except that speeds higher than V<E T="52">FE</E>need not be considered for flaps extended configurations nor speeds higher than V<E T="52">LE</E>for landing gear extended configurations) in the following airspeed ranges:</P>
            <P>(1) From 1.13 V<E T="52">SR1</E>to V<E T="52">MO</E>/M<E T="52">MO</E>.</P>
            <P>(2) From V<E T="52">MO</E>/M<E T="52">MO</E>to V<E T="52">FC</E>/M<E T="52">FC</E>, unless the divergence is—</P>
            <P>(i) Gradual;</P>
            <P>(ii) Easily recognizable by the pilot; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Easily controllable by the pilot.</P>
            <P>(c) The following requirement must be met for the configurations and speed specified in paragraph (a) of this section. In straight, steady sideslips over the range of sideslip angles appropriate to the operation of the airplane, the aileron and rudder control movements and forces must be substantially proportional to the angle of sideslip in a stable sense. This factor of proportionality must lie between limits found necessary for safe operation. The range of sideslip angles evaluated must include those sideslip angles resulting from the lesser of:</P>
            <P>(1) One-half of the available rudder control input; and</P>
            <P>(2) A rudder control force of 180 pounds.</P>
            <P>(d) For sideslip angles greater than those prescribed by paragraph (c) of this section, up to the angle at which full rudder control is used or a rudder control force of 180 pounds is obtained, the rudder control forces may not reverse, and increased rudder deflection must be needed for increased angles of sideslip. Compliance with this requirement must be shown using straight, steady sideslips, unless full lateral control input is achieved before reaching either full rudder control input or a rudder control force of 180 pounds; a straight, steady sideslip need not be maintained after achieving full lateral control input. This requirement must be met at all approved landing gear and flap positions for the range of operating speeds and power conditions appropriate to each landing gear and flap position with all engines operating.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="25" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>5. Amend § 25.253 by adding paragraphs (a)(4) and (5) and revising paragraphs (b) and (c) introductory text to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="74655"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 25.253</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>High-speed characteristics.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>

            <P>(4) Adequate roll capability to assure a prompt recovery from a lateral upset condition must be available at any speed up to V<E T="52">DF</E>/M<E T="52">DF</E>.</P>
            <P>(5) With the airplane trimmed at V<E T="52">MO</E>/M<E T="52">MO</E>, extension of the speedbrakes over the available range of movements of the pilot's control, at all speeds above V<E T="52">MO</E>/M<E T="52">MO</E>, but not so high that V<E T="52">DF</E>/M<E T="52">DF</E>would be exceeded during the maneuver, must not result in:</P>
            <P>(i) An excessive positive load factor when the pilot does not take action to counteract the effects of extension;</P>
            <P>(ii) Buffeting that would impair the pilot's ability to read the instruments or control the airplane for recovery; or</P>
            <P>(iii) A nose down pitching moment, unless it is small.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Maximum speed for stability characteristics, V</E>
              <E T="54">FC</E>
              <E T="03">/M</E>
              <E T="54">FC</E>. V<E T="52">FC</E>/M<E T="52">FC</E>is the maximum speed at which the requirements of §§ 25.143(g), 25.147(f), 25.175(b)(1), 25.177(a) through (c), and 25.181 must be met with flaps and landing gear retracted. Except as noted in § 25.253(c), V<E T="52">FC</E>/M<E T="52">FC</E>may not be less than a speed midway between V<E T="52">MO</E>/M<E T="52">MO</E>and V<E T="52">DF</E>/M<E T="52">DF</E>, except that, for altitudes where Mach number is the limiting factor, M<E T="52">FC</E>need not exceed the Mach number at which effective speed warning occurs.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Maximum speed for stability characteristics in icing conditions.</E>The maximum speed for stability characteristics with the ice accretions defined in appendix C, at which the requirements of §§ 25.143(g), 25.147(f), 25.175(b)(1), 25.177(a) through (c), and 25.181 must be met, is the lower of:</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on November 1, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>J. Randolph Babbitt,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30954 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Parts 27 and 29</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No.: FAA-2009-0660; Amdt. Nos. 27-47, 29-54]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AJ52</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Damage Tolerance and Fatigue Evaluation of Composite Rotorcraft Structures</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule revises airworthiness standards for type certification requirements of normal and transport category rotorcraft. The amendment requires evaluation of fatigue and residual static strength of composite rotorcraft structures using a damage tolerance evaluation, or a fatigue evaluation if the applicant establishes that a damage tolerance evaluation is impractical. The amendment addresses advances in composite structures technology and provides internationally harmonized standards.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective January 30, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>For information on where to obtain copies of rulemaking documents and other information related to this final rule, see “How To Obtain Additional Information” at the end of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For technical questions concerning this action, contact Sharon Y. Miles, Regulations and Policy Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, ASW-111, Federal Aviation Administration, 2601 Meacham Boulevard Fort Worth, Texas 76137-0111; telephone (817) 222-5122; facsimile (817) 222-5961; email<E T="03">sharon.y.miles@faa.gov.</E>For legal questions concerning this action, contact Steve C. Harold, Directorate Counsel, ASW-7G1, Federal Aviation Administration, 2601 Meacham Boulevard Fort Worth, Texas 76137-0007, telephone (817) 222-5099; facsimile (817) 222-5945, email<E T="03">steve.c.harold@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in subtitle VII, part A, subpart III, section 44701, “General Requirements,” Section 44702, “Issuance of Certificates,” and Section 44704, “Type Certificates, Production Certificates, and Airworthiness Certificates.” Under Section 44701, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations and minimum standards for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. Under Section 44702, the Administrator may issue various certificates including type certificates, production certificates, air agency certificates, and airworthiness certificates. Under Section 44704, the Administrator must issue type certificates for aircraft, aircraft engines, propellers, and specified appliances when the Administrator finds the product is properly designed and manufactured, performs properly, and meets the regulations and minimum standards prescribed under section 44701(a). This regulation is within the scope of these authorities because it will promote safety of composite structures by updating the existing minimum prescribed standards, used during the type certification process, to address advances in composite structural fatigue substantiation technology. It will also harmonize this standard with international standards for evaluating the fatigue strength of normal and transport category rotorcraft composite primary structural elements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Overview of Final Rule</HD>
        <P>Composite structures present unique material behaviors and react differently from metallic structures to damage and loading conditions. This rule addresses the unique characteristics of composite materials and requires applicants to evaluate these materials in a different manner from traditional metallic materials. This rulemaking addresses the type certification requirements for substantiating and certifying composite rotorcraft structures, including different aspects of the evaluation for the most critical issues for each class of materials.</P>
        <P>This rule changes the certification standards in areas of frequent non-standardization and misinterpretation by applicants for certification of rotorcraft composite structures. This rule is intended to require damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation of composite structures in order to prevent reduction of structural strength of rotorcraft. In composite structures, low cycle fatigue often yields minimal damage growth, whereas accidental damage from impact can immediately reduce residual structural strength. This is different in metals, where any critical damage to the structure is sensitive to cyclic fatigue loads.</P>

        <P>These rule changes also address material and process variability and environmental effects. A strength requirement for ultimate loads will be applied when maximum acceptable manufacturing defects and service damage are present. However, these rule changes provide an exception to the requirement for a damage tolerance evaluation if the applicant can establish that the damage tolerance evaluation is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, and good design practice. In that instance, the<PRTPAGE P="74656"/>applicant may be allowed to perform a fatigue evaluation for some rotorcraft structures and damage scenarios based on supplemental procedures, such as establishing a retirement time. Under this exception, an applicant could demonstrate that certain damage will not grow or does not grow beyond a certain threshold or size, and that the damaged structure could still carry ultimate loads. In this case, an inspection may not be necessary and the structure could be assigned a retirement life instead of a required inspection program. Further, this rule will require an applicant to conduct a threat assessment, which is associated with the service history of composite structures.</P>
        <P>The rule requires that applicants consider varying types of damage, loading conditions, threat assessments, manufacturing defects, and the residual strength associated with composite structures. In developing these requirements, the FAA recognized that it may be impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, or good design practice to evaluate all the composite structures of a rotorcraft using a damage tolerance evaluation. Therefore, the rule allows for a fatigue evaluation of particular rotorcraft composite structures under §§ 27.573(e) and 29.573(e), where appropriate, if the applicant can establish that performing a damage tolerance evaluation is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, and good design practice for those principal structural elements (PSEs). As part of the approval process for fatigue evaluation of a particular rotorcraft composite structure, the applicant will be required to identify the PSEs and the types of damage considered, establish supplemental procedures to minimize the risk of catastrophic failure associated with those types of damage, and include procedures in the Airworthiness Limitation section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness. These requirements minimize the risk of catastrophic failure of composite structures used on rotorcraft certificated in accordance with part 27 and part 29 standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Key Provisions in the New Rule</HD>
        <P>Some of the requirements for evaluating composite structures came from the current § 29.571 standards. These requirements in the evaluation process include certain steps, such as identification of the PSEs, the in-flight measurements of loads, and the use of loading spectra, as severe as those expected in-service. These rule changes add more detailed steps and do not refer to the current flaw tolerant safe-life and fail-safe evaluations because there are more suitable ways of describing each approach under damage tolerance. Further, this rule does not refer to the traditional safe-life method because composites have sensitivities to defects and damage that must be considered in design and certification testing that makes the traditional safe-life method inappropriate.</P>
        <P>These rule changes revise the standards for determining inspection intervals and retirement times based on results of damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation. Currently, the minimum residual structural strength requirement for any damage or defect that can be found by inspection is tied to limit loads (maximum loads to be expected in service). These rule changes link the required residual structural strength to the probability of a given damage type, inspection interval, and damage detectability. This link is necessary for at least two reasons. First, one of the more critical threats—impact damage—could immediately lower residual structural strength to well below ultimate loads (limit loads multiplied by prescribed factors of safety) if it occurs. These requirements will help ensure that, as the residual structural strength is lowered, the earlier damage will be detected and repaired. Inspections will be required that will be frequent and comprehensive enough to reveal any damage or defect growth to minimize the time that the rotorcraft might be operated at less than an ultimate load capability. Second, the requirements address rare damage (such as a high-energy, blunt impact) that is not detectable with the currently prescribed inspection schemes for aircraft in operational service. Although such damage may have a low probability of occurring, the rules require that sufficient residual structural strength exists to compensate for such damage.</P>
        <P>These rule changes require that all PSEs, the failure of which could result in catastrophic failure of the rotorcraft, meet ultimate load residual structural strength requirements or require a retirement time if there could be any damage that may not be found by a maintenance inspection. Under this rule, an applicant will establish a retirement time to address the damage that may not be found by inspection or to eliminate the burden of the repeated inspection by the rotorcraft owners. For damage detectable by inspection, the rule establishes a limit load requirement to repair and restore the structure to its ultimate strength capability.</P>
        <P>These rule changes add all PSE assessments for damage threats, residual strength, and fatigue characteristics to the list of requirements for inspection intervals or require replacement times as stated in §§ 27.573(d)(2) and 29.573(d)(2). The fatigue evaluation will include the PSEs of the airframe, main and tail rotor drive systems, main and tail rotor blades and hubs, rotor controls, fixed and movable control surfaces, engine and transmission mountings, landing gear, and other parts. In addition, performing damage tolerance evaluations of the strength of composite detail design points and fabrication techniques is considered critical by the FAA to avoid catastrophic failure due to static or fatigue loads.</P>
        <P>The rule requires consideration of the effects of fatigue damage on stiffness, dynamic behavior, loads, and functional performance of composite structures. These characteristics are not considered to be a serious threat to residual structural strength. Currently, such requirements are limited to fail-safe evaluations.</P>
        <P>The FAA recognizes there may be limited cases in which a damage tolerance evaluation may be impractical. In these rare cases, the applicant is required to identify the nature of the evaluation and provide a justification to the FAA for the impracticality determination. The justification must support the specific types of damage to the PSE to qualify for a fatigue evaluation. Finally, the rule requires the applicant to establish replacement times, structural inspection intervals, and related structural inspection procedures to minimize the risk of catastrophic failure because of PSE damage. The required replacement times, inspection intervals, and structural inspections will be included in the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness as required by §§ 27.1529 and 29.1529.</P>
        <P>Additionally, the FAA recognizes that rare types of damage, such as high-energy, blunt impacts may not be uncovered as part of a base field inspection during scheduled maintenance inspection intervals. Therefore, this rule requires that the applicant substantiate sufficient residual structural strength to maintain an adequate level of safety in the event of an occurrence of rare damage. Supplemental procedures may be required to adequately address rare impact damage.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Airworthiness Limitations Section (Appendix A to Parts 27 and 29)</HD>

        <P>These sections require the mandatory replacement times, structural inspection intervals, and related structural inspection procedures produced under<PRTPAGE P="74657"/>the requirements of §§ 27.571 and 29.571, the new §§ 27.573 and 29.573, and any other similar requirement for type certification be included in the Airworthiness Limitations Section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Benefit-Cost Comparison</HD>
        <P>This final rule adopts as regulatory requirements past FAA and industry practice regarding the use of composites on rotorcraft, including special conditions and advisory circulars. Although we anticipate both cost savings and improved safety as a consequence of the requirement for testing, inspection, and replacement schedules, we are unable to quantify these benefits. Nevertheless, based on industry-provided data, we believe that this final rule will yield benefits exceeding the estimated costs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background and Statement of the Issues</HD>
        <P>The evolution of composite technology used in rotorcraft structures is advancing rapidly. These rapid changes, along with the increased use of composites in rotorcraft structures, issues discovered during certification of composite structures, and service experiences of composite rotorcraft structures over the last 25 years, have caused us to reconsider the current regulations and guidance materials for damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation and to address the state of technology in composite structures. The current certification process is based on a broad interpretation of metallic fatigue substantiation and the design and construction airworthiness standards. However, composite and metal structures are different. Composites are complex materials that have unique advantages in fatigue strength, weight, and tolerance to damage. The methodologies for evaluating metallic structures are not necessarily suitable for composite structures. Because composite structures differ from metallic structures, the current regulations, §§ 27.571 and 29.571, do not adequately provide the fatigue certification requirements for composite rotorcraft structures.</P>
        <P>This may lead to inconsistent interpretations from one rotorcraft certification project to another, resulting in different burdens on applicants to substantiate their composite rotorcraft structures. It has also caused confusion for some certification applicants. These applicants state there is no clear, complete guidance for certification of composite rotorcraft structures.</P>
        <P>To address these concerns, the FAA tasked the Aviation Rulemaking Advisory Committee (ARAC)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>through its Composite Rotorcraft Structure working group to provide advice and recommendations as follows:</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, April 5, 2000 (65 FR 17936).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>• Recommend revisions to FAA Regulations/Joint Aviation Regulations (JAR) parts 27 and 29 for composite structures that are harmonized.</P>
        <P>• Evaluate and recommend, as appropriate, regulations, advisory material, and related guidance to achieve the goal of improved tolerance to flaws and defects in composite structure with methodology and procedures that are practical and appropriate to rotorcraft.</P>
        <P>This rule is based on ARAC's recommendations to the FAA. The recommendations have been placed in the docket for this rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Related Activity</HD>
        <P>At the same time ARAC was tasked with providing advice and recommendations for composite rotorcraft structures, they were also tasked with providing advice and recommendations for metallic rotorcraft structures. However, because of the unique characteristics and structural capabilities of composite structures, the FAA established a separate rule for the damage tolerance and fatigue evaluations of rotorcraft composite structures. In response to the ARAC recommendations for improved standards for metallic structures, the FAA has developed a separate rule entitled “Fatigue Tolerance Evaluation of Metallic Structures.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Summary of the NPRM</HD>

        <P>The FAA published the NPRM for this composite structures rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on January 6, 2010 (75 FR 793). The comment period for the NPRM closed on April 6, 2010. However, in response to a European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) request, the FAA subsequently reopened the comment period to July 16, 2010 (published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on May 5, 2010, 75 FR 24502). The FAA received 12 comments to the docket on the NPRM. Commenters included two manufacturers, a government agency, and an engineering company.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. General Overview of Comments</HD>
        <P>The FAA received various comments from four commenters—Adhesion Associates, Eurocopter France, Sikorsky Aircraft, and Transport Canada. All of the commenters generally supported the proposed changes; however, some suggested changes and clarifications to the rule, as discussed more fully in the next section of this document. The FAA received comments on the following general areas of the proposal.</P>
        <P>• Definition of the term “composites.”</P>
        <P>• Reconciling differences related to compliance methodology approval authority between § 29.571 (metallics) and § 29.573 (composites).</P>
        <P>• Reevaluating the economic impact of the rule.</P>
        <P>• The manner of the application of “safe life evaluation” as established in the Advisory Circular (AC) 27-1B or 29-2C, Miscellaneous Guidance-08 and its relationship to these new rule changes.</P>
        <P>• Rewording To clarify that the application of the changes to the Appendix A required by this rule applies to structures only.</P>
        <P>• Requesting further rulemaking to address the potential for subsequent service adhesion failures and the effect of micro-voiding on bonding strength.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Discussion of Public Comments and Final Rule</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definition of the Term “Composites”</HD>
        <P>Sikorsky Aircraft recommended a further definition of “composites,” beyond that contained in Advisory Circular (AC) 21-26, because it believes this is a necessary part of compliance for determining, for a given structure, whether to use § 29.571 or § 29.573.</P>
        <P>The term “composites” is widely understood throughout the aviation industry to be different materials that are bonded or composed to create a structural component material. It has been defined in AC 21-26 as a material containing two or more distinct materials (fillers, reinforcing materials, and compatible plastic resin) designed to exhibit specific performance properties. A further definition is unnecessary. This definition is consistent with the FAA intent when it uses the term “composites” in both §§ 27.573 and 29.573. Therefore, the FAA is adopting the rule as proposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reconciling Difference Between This Rule and the § 29.571 (Metallics) Rule, in the Approval Authority of Compliance Methodology and Methodology Results</HD>

        <P>Sikorsky Aircraft identified the difference between §§ 27.573 and 29.573, which refer to FAA approval, and § 29.571 (metallics), which refers to the Administrator's approval. It states that the language used in the approval process should be similar for § 29.571 (metallics) and § 29.573 (composites).<PRTPAGE P="74658"/>
        </P>
        <P>The FAA agrees that this could cause confusion. The wording is changed in this rule to make it consistent with the wording in § 29.571 (metallics). The intent of §§ 29.571, 27.573, and 29.573 is that the approval of the methodology for the evaluation remains with the FAA (Administrator).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Re-Wording To Clarify That Changes to the Appendix Apply to Structures Only</HD>
        <P>Eurocopter France recommended rewording the proposed amended language to part 29, Appendix A, from “required for type certification” to “required for type certification of structures” to eliminate addressing non-structural elements. It further recommended implementation of the policy statement ASW-100-09-003 (Subj: Policy Statement Concerning Life Limits and Instructions for Continued Airworthiness for Rotorcraft), and for the FAA to address mandatory Instruction for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) for non-structural elements through a new rulemaking task, in coordination with the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA).</P>
        <P>The intent of the policy statement and this rule is to require that any life limit or required inspection interval for type certification is included in the Airworthiness Limitations Section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness. This is the same wording used in the current 14 CFR part 23, Appendix G23.4. This is also consistent with the intent of the airworthiness limitations section of the Appendix to highlight certification limitations regardless of whether they are structural or non-structural.</P>
        <P>The FAA does not anticipate further rulemaking to implement the policy statement because it does not differentiate between structural or non-structural elements. Therefore, the FAA is adopting the provision as proposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Cost Estimates to the Economic Impact of the Rules</HD>
        <P>Sikorsky Aircraft believes the cost estimates for this rule should be calculated based on 12,000 hours per certification project.</P>
        <P>Based on this commenter's cost estimate of 12,000 hours, at $86 per hour, the total nominal dollar estimate will be $1,032,000 ($567,000 in present value). The original hours provided in the ARAC recommendation were 8290 hours at $86 per hour. Taking into account the intervening 27 years, the present value difference between these estimates is $175,000. Based on this information, we estimate the nominal total compliance costs of this final rule to be between our original estimate of $713,000 and the commenter based estimate of $1,032,000.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Acceptability of “Traditional Safe Life” Approach in the Context of Flaw Tolerance Requirements, and the Application of ACs 27-1B and 29-2C, Miscellaneous Guidance (MG) 8, Paragraph g(6)(iii)(C)) (Safe Life Evaluation)</HD>
        <P>Transport Canada requested confirmation of the FAA's position concerning the acceptability of the “traditional safe life” approach for flaw tolerance requirements, and asks that the FAA consider amending MG 8 to clarify that the “traditional safe life” is not appropriate for composites, if that is the case. Transport Canada further suggested that the FAA amend §§ 27.573 and 29.573 to include clarification to this effect, since the flaw tolerance concept is applicable to both static and fatigue strength, and to consider incorporating into the new rule requirements for environmental conditions, maximum manufacturing defects and service damages, and the effect of repeat loading (after fatigue).</P>
        <P>Intentionally, the proposed rule did not address flaw tolerance or safe life. This was only addressed in MG 8 based on the requirements of the current § 29.571. The requirement is for evaluating damage tolerance as addressed in paragraphs (d) of §§ 27.573 and 29.573. If impractical, paragraph (e) will require a fatigue evaluation. The proposed rule did not specifically address static requirements because they are covered in the current requirements of §§ 27.305 and 29.305. The draft AC for this rule is similar in format to the current MG 8, but has been updated to address the damage tolerance fatigue requirements of composite structures. All of these damage tolerance concerns must be considered under the requirements of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this rule. The miscellaneous guidance referred to in the comment is the applicable guidance for compliance until §§ 27.573 and 29.573 become effective; it is not the guidance for this new rule. Therefore, the FAA is adopting the rule as proposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Request for Further Rulemaking To Address Subsequent Service Adhesion Failures</HD>
        <P>Adhesion Associates Proprietary, Limited, recommended that the FAA address the in-service degradation of the chemical bonds in a new regulation (§ 2x.605 for parts 27 and 29); and that information on the significance, causes, and management procedures for micro-voids be incorporated into AC 20-107B.</P>
        <P>The recommendation for a new regulation is beyond the scope of this rulemaking. However, it will be considered in future rulemaking. Likewise, the recommended changes to AC 20-107B will be considered in future AC revisions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Differences Between the NPRM and the Final Rule</HD>
        <P>Sections §§ 27.573(b) and 29.573(b) are reworded to be consistent with the wording in § 29.571 for metallic structures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Regulatory Evaluation</HD>
        <P>Changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Order 12866 and Executive Order 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S. standards, this Trade Act requires agencies to consider international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S. standards. Fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of 1995). This portion of the preamble summarizes the FAA's analysis of the economic impacts of this proposed rule. We suggest readers seeking greater detail read the full regulatory evaluation, a copy of which we have placed in the docket for this rulemaking.</P>
        <P>In conducting these analyses, FAA has determined that this final rule:</P>
        <P>(1) Has benefits that justify its costs;</P>
        <P>(2) Is not an economically “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>(3) Is “non-significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures;</P>

        <P>(4) Would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities;<PRTPAGE P="74659"/>
        </P>
        <P>(5) Would not have a significant effect on international trade; and</P>
        <P>(6) Would not impose an unfunded mandate on state, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector by exceeding the monetary threshold identified.</P>
        
        <FP>These analyses are summarized below.</FP>
        
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Total Benefits and Costs of This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>The estimated total cost of this final rule is between $713,000 ($392,000 in present value at 7%) and $1,032,000 ($567,000 in present value at 7%). The final rule systematizes past FAA and industry practice regarding the use of composites on rotorcraft, including special conditions and advisory circulars. Although we anticipate both cost savings and improved safety as a result of required inspection and replacement schedules, we are unable to quantify these benefits. Nevertheless, we believe that the qualitatively estimated benefits are real and significant and exceed the final rule's costs.</P>
        <P>Who is Potentially Affected by this Rulemaking?</P>
        <P>• Manufacturers of U.S.-registered part 27 and part 29 rotorcraft.</P>
        <P>Our Cost Assumptions and Sources of Information.</P>
        <P>• Discount rate—7%.</P>
        <P>• Period of analysis of 27 years equals the 27 years of National Transportation Safety Board accident history. During this period, manufacturers will seek new certifications for 10.5 part 27 rotorcraft and six part 29 rotorcraft.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Benefits of This Rule</HD>
        <P>The final rule adopts as regulatory requirements past FAA and industry practice regarding the use of composites on rotorcraft, including special conditions and advisory circulars. Although we anticipate both cost savings and improved safety as a result of required inspection and replacement schedules, we are unable to quantify these benefits. Nevertheless, we believe that the qualitatively estimated benefits are real and significant and exceed the final rule's costs. We did not receive any comments regarding our conclusion that the benefits exceed the costs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Cost of This Rule</HD>
        <P>Based upon the ARAC recommendation, we estimated the costs of this final rule to be about $713,000 ($392,000 in present value) over the 27-year analysis period. Manufacturers of 14 CFR part 27 rotorcraft would incur costs of about $101,000 ($55,000 in present value) and manufacturers of 14 CFR part 29 helicopters would incur costs of about $612,000 ($337,000 in present value).</P>
        <P>One commenter provided a cost estimate of 12,000 hours as the cost of the rule. Converting the hours to dollars results in a nominal cost of $1,032,000 ($567,000 in present value); therefore, we estimate that the nominal cost of the final rule will have a range of $713,000 to $1,032,000.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Regulatory Flexibility Determination</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA) establishes “as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objective of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of the business, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions subject to regulation.” To achieve that principle, the RFA requires agencies to solicit and consider flexible regulatory proposals and to explain the rationale for their actions. The RFA covers a wide-range of small entities, including small businesses, not-for-profit organizations and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a proposed or final rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA.</P>
        <P>However, if an agency determines that a proposed or final rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.</P>
        <P>This final rule directly affects rotorcraft manufacturers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Part 27Helicopter Manufacturers</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Size Standards</HD>

        <P>Size standards for small entities are published by the Small Business Administration (SBA) on their Web site at<E T="03">http://www.sba.gov/size</E>. The size standards used herein are from “SBA U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of Small Business Size Standards, Matched to North American Industry Classification System Codes.” The table is effective August 22, 2008 and uses the NAICS 2007 NAICS codes.</P>
        <P>Helicopter manufacturers are listed in the referenced table under Sector 31-33—Manufacturing; Subsector 336—Transportation Equipment Manufacturing; NAICS Code 336411—Aircraft Manufacturing. The small entity size standard is 1,500 employees.</P>
        <P>Table R1 shows there are six U.S. part 27 helicopter manufacturers that produce composite helicopters. MD Helicopters, with 400 employees, is the only part 27 helicopter manufacturer to qualify as a small entity. It is estimated that MD Helicopters has annual revenues of $175,000,000. The cost of this rule for one part 27 helicopter certification for a part 27 manufacturer is estimated to be $9,600. This is less than 0.01 percent of MD Helicopters annual revenue. We do not believe that is a significant cost. Therefore, it is not anticipated that this final rule would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of part 27 helicopter manufacturers.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="342" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74660"/>
          <GID>ER01DE11.295</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Part 29Helicopter Manufacturers</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Size Standards</HD>
        <P>Size standards for part 29 manufacturers are the same as the size standards for part 27 manufacturers.</P>
        <P>Table R2 shows there are four U.S. part 29 helicopter manufacturers currently producing helicopters. None of these manufacturers qualify as a small entity. Therefore, this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of part 29 helicopter manufacturers.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="253" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74661"/>
          <GID>ER01DE11.296</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>For the initial regulatory flexibility analysis we made the same determination that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and we did not receive any comments regarding our analysis or determination regarding small entities. Consequently, the FAA Administrator certifies that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of part 27 or part 29 rotorcraft manufacturers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. International Trade Impact Assessment</HD>
        <P>The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Pub. L. 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to these Acts, establishing standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such as the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards.</P>
        <P>The FAA has assessed the potential effect of this proposed rule and determined that it would impose the same costs on domestic and international entities and thus has a neutral trade impact.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Assessment</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any 1 year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $140.8 million in lieu of $100 million. This proposed rule does not contain such a mandate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. According to the 1995 amendments to the Paperwork Reduction Act (5 CFR 1320.8(b)(2)(vi)), an agency may not collect or sponsor the collection of information, nor may it impose any information collection requirement unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.</P>

        <P>This final rule will impose the following new information collection requirements. As required by 44 U.S.C. 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the FAA has submitted requirements associated with this rule to OMB for its review. Notice of OMB approval for this information collection will be published in a future<E T="04">Federal Register</E>document.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary:</E>This rule adds new certification standards for normal and transport category rotorcraft to address advances in structural damage tolerance and fatigue substantiation technology for composite rotorcraft structures. The rule increases the current minimum safety standards to require compliance with certain current industry practices and FAA policies that would result in higher safety standards, and result in harmonized international standards. The rule helps ensure that if damage occurs to composite structures during manufacturing or within the operational life of the rotorcraft, the remaining structure can withstand fatigue loads that are likely to occur, without failure, until the damage is detected. The damaged structure must be repaired or the part must be replaced to restore ultimate load capability. Sections 27.573 and 29.573 require that applicants get FAA approval of their proposed methods for complying with the certification requirements for damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation of composite structures.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Public comments:</E>No public comments were received on the information collection requirements discussed in the NPRM.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Use:</E>The required damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation information will be determined for principal composite structural elements or components,<PRTPAGE P="74662"/>detail design points, and fabrication techniques and will be collected from rotorcraft certification applicants. The FAA will use the approval process for the applicant's submitted compliance methodology to determine whether the proposed methods are sufficient to comply with the certification requirements for damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation of composite structures. The FAA also will use the approval process for the applicant's submitted compliance methodology to determine if the rotorcraft has any unsafe features in the composite structures.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents (including number of):</E>The likely respondents to this damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation information are applicants requesting type certification of composite structures. We anticipate about 16.5 normal and transport category rotorcraft certification applicants (including supplemental type certificate applicants) over the 27 year analysis period or about 0.6 per year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>The frequency of determining the damage tolerance and fatigue evaluation methodologies will depend on how often an applicant seeks certification of a composite structure. This compliance methodology will be provided during each certification. We anticipate 16.5 certifications over the 27 year analysis period or about 0.6 per year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Burden Estimate:</E>The compliance methodology will be required to be submitted and approved during each certification of a composite rotorcraft structure. We anticipate there will be 0.6 certifications each year and it will take 182 hours to submit and approve the compliance methodology for each certification, for a total annual time burden of 109 hours. We anticipate that submitting and approving the compliance methodology for each certification will cost $100 per hour. Therefore, the estimated total annual cost burden will be $10,900.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. International Compatibility</HD>
        <P>In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform our regulations to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has reviewed the corresponding ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices and has identified no “differences” with these regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Environmental Analysis</HD>
        <P>FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this rulemaking action qualifies for the categorical exclusion identified in paragraph 312f and involves no extraordinary circumstances.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Regulations Affecting Intrastate Aviation in Alaska</HD>
        <P>Section 1205 of the FAA Reauthorization Act of 1996 (110 Stat. 3213) requires the FAA, when modifying its regulations in a manner affecting intrastate aviation in Alaska, to consider the extent to which Alaska is not served by transportation modes other than aviation, and to establish appropriate regulatory distinctions. In the NPRM, the FAA requested comments on whether the proposed rule should apply differently to intrastate operations in Alaska. The agency did not receive any comments, and has determined, based on the administrative record of this rulemaking, that there is no need to make any regulatory distinctions applicable to intrastate aviation in Alaska.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Executive Order Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
        <P>The FAA has analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. The agency determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, or the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, does not have Federalism implications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Executive Order 13211, Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>The FAA analyzed this final rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under the executive order and it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. How To Obtain Additional Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Rulemaking Documents</HD>
        <P>An electronic copy of a rulemaking document may be obtained by using the Internet—</P>
        <P>1. Search the Federal Docket Management System (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>);</P>
        <P>2. Visit the FAA's Regulations and Policies Web page at<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/</E>; or</P>
        <P>3. Access the Government Printing Office's Web page at<E T="03">http://www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/index.html</E>.</P>
        <P>Copies may also be obtained by sending a request (identified by notice, amendment, or docket number of this rulemaking) to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9680.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Comments Submitted to the Docket</HD>
        <P>Comments received may be viewed by going to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and following the online instructions to search the docket number for this action. Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of the FAA's dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD>

        <P>The Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996 requires FAA to comply with small entity requests for information or advice about compliance with statutes and regulations within its jurisdiction. A small entity with questions regarding this document, may contact its local FAA official, or the person listed under the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>heading at the beginning of the preamble. To find out more about SBREFA on the Internet, visit<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies/rulemaking/sbre_act/</E>.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>14 CFR Part 27</CFR>
          <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety.</P>
          <CFR>14 CFR Part 29</CFR>
          <P>Aircraft, Aviation safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I, parts 27 and 29 of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="27" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 27—AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 27 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <PRTPAGE P="74663"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44702, 44704.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="27" TITLE="14">
          <AMDPAR>2. Add § 27.573 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 27.573</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Damage Tolerance and Fatigue Evaluation of Composite Rotorcraft Structures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each applicant must evaluate the composite rotorcraft structure under the damage tolerance standards of paragraph (d) of this section unless the applicant establishes that a damage tolerance evaluation is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, and good design practice. If an applicant establishes that it is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, and good design practice, the applicant must do a fatigue evaluation in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The methodology used to establish compliance with this section must be submitted to and approved by the Administrator.</P>
            <P>(c) Definitions:</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Catastrophic failure</E>is an event that could prevent continued safe flight and landing.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Principal Structural Elements (PSEs)</E>are structural elements that contribute significantly to the carrying of flight or ground loads, the failure of which could result in catastrophic failure of the rotorcraft.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Threat Assessment</E>is an assessment that specifies the locations, types, and sizes of damage, considering fatigue, environmental effects, intrinsic and discrete flaws, and impact or other accidental damage (including the discrete source of the accidental damage) that may occur during manufacture or operation.</P>
            <P>(d) Damage Tolerance Evaluation:</P>
            <P>(1) Each applicant must show that catastrophic failure due to static and fatigue loads, considering the intrinsic or discrete manufacturing defects or accidental damage, is avoided throughout the operational life or prescribed inspection intervals of the rotorcraft by performing damage tolerance evaluations of the strength of composite PSEs and other parts, detail design points, and fabrication techniques. Each applicant must account for the effects of material and process variability along with environmental conditions in the strength and fatigue evaluations. Each applicant must evaluate parts that include PSEs of the airframe, main and tail rotor drive systems, main and tail rotor blades and hubs, rotor controls, fixed and movable control surfaces, engine and transmission mountings, landing gear, other parts, detail design points, and fabrication techniques deemed critical by the FAA. Each damage tolerance evaluation must include:</P>
            <P>(i) The identification of all PSEs;</P>
            <P>(ii) In-flight and ground measurements for determining the loads or stresses for all PSEs for all critical conditions throughout the range of limits in § 27.309 (including altitude effects), except that maneuvering load factors need not exceed the maximum values expected in service;</P>
            <P>(iii) The loading spectra as severe as those expected in service based on loads or stresses determined under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, including external load operations, if applicable, and other operations including high-torque events;</P>
            <P>(iv) A threat assessment for all PSEs that specifies the locations, types, and sizes of damage, considering fatigue, environmental effects, intrinsic and discrete flaws, and impact or other accidental damage (including the discrete source of the accidental damage) that may occur during manufacture or operation; and</P>
            <P>(v) An assessment of the residual strength and fatigue characteristics of all PSEs that supports the replacement times and inspection intervals established under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) Each applicant must establish replacement times, inspections, or other procedures for all PSEs to require the repair or replacement of damaged parts before a catastrophic failure. These replacement times, inspections, or other procedures must be included in the Airworthiness Limitations Section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness required by § 27.1529.</P>
            <P>(i) Replacement times for PSEs must be determined by tests, or by analysis supported by tests, and must show that the structure is able to withstand the repeated loads of variable magnitude expected in-service. In establishing these replacement times, the following items must be considered:</P>
            <P>(A) Damage identified in the threat assessment required by paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section;</P>
            <P>(B) Maximum acceptable manufacturing defects and in-service damage (i.e., those that do not lower the residual strength below ultimate design loads and those that can be repaired to restore ultimate strength); and</P>
            <P>(C) Ultimate load strength capability after applying repeated loads.</P>
            <P>(ii) Inspection intervals for PSEs must be established to reveal any damage identified in the threat assessment required by paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section that may occur from fatigue or other in-service causes before such damage has grown to the extent that the component cannot sustain the required residual strength capability. In establishing these inspection intervals, the following items must be considered:</P>
            <P>(A) The growth rate, including no-growth, of the damage under the repeated loads expected in-service determined by tests or analysis supported by tests;</P>
            <P>(B) The required residual strength for the assumed damage established after considering the damage type, inspection interval, detectability of damage, and the techniques adopted for damage detection. The minimum required residual strength is limit load; and</P>
            <P>(C) Whether the inspection will detect the damage growth before the minimum residual strength is reached and restored to ultimate load capability, or whether the component will require replacement.</P>
            <P>(3) Each applicant must consider the effects of damage on stiffness, dynamic behavior, loads, and functional performance on all PSEs when substantiating the maximum assumed damage size and inspection interval.</P>
            <P>(e) Fatigue Evaluation: If an applicant establishes that the damage tolerance evaluation described in paragraph (d) of this section is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, or good design practice, the applicant must do a fatigue evaluation of the particular composite rotorcraft structure and:</P>
            <P>(1) Identify all PSEs considered in the fatigue evaluation;</P>
            <P>(2) Identify the types of damage for all PSEs considered in the fatigue evaluation;</P>
            <P>(3) Establish supplemental procedures to minimize the risk of catastrophic failure associated with the damages identified in paragraph (d) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(4) Include these supplemental procedures in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness required by § 27.1529.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="27" TITLE="14">
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix A to Part 27 [Amended]</HD>
          <AMDPAR>3. Amend the second sentence of section A.27.4 of Appendix A to Part 27 by removing the phrase “approved under § 27.571” and adding the phrase “required for type certification” in its place.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="29" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 29—AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: TRANSPORT CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>4. The authority citation for part 29 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44702, 44704.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="29" TITLE="14">
          <PRTPAGE P="74664"/>
          <AMDPAR>5. Add § 29.573 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 29.573</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Damage Tolerance and Fatigue Evaluation of Composite Rotorcraft Structures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each applicant must evaluate the composite rotorcraft structure under the damage tolerance standards of paragraph (d) of this section unless the applicant establishes that a damage tolerance evaluation is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, and good design practice. If an applicant establishes that it is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, and good design practice, the applicant must do a fatigue evaluation in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The methodology used to establish compliance with this section must be submitted to and approved by the Administrator.</P>
            <P>(c) Definitions:</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Catastrophic failure</E>is an event that could prevent continued safe flight and landing.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Principal Structural Elements (PSEs)</E>are structural elements that contribute significantly to the carrying of flight or ground loads, the failure of which could result in catastrophic failure of the rotorcraft.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Threat Assessment</E>is an assessment that specifies the locations, types, and sizes of damage, considering fatigue, environmental effects, intrinsic and discrete flaws, and impact or other accidental damage (including the discrete source of the accidental damage) that may occur during manufacture or operation.</P>
            <P>(d) Damage Tolerance Evaluation:</P>
            <P>(1) Each applicant must show that catastrophic failure due to static and fatigue loads, considering the intrinsic or discrete manufacturing defects or accidental damage, is avoided throughout the operational life or prescribed inspection intervals of the rotorcraft by performing damage tolerance evaluations of the strength of composite PSEs and other parts, detail design points, and fabrication techniques. Each applicant must account for the effects of material and process variability along with environmental conditions in the strength and fatigue evaluations. Each applicant must evaluate parts that include PSEs of the airframe, main and tail rotor drive systems, main and tail rotor blades and hubs, rotor controls, fixed and movable control surfaces, engine and transmission mountings, landing gear, other parts, detail design points, and fabrication techniques deemed critical by the FAA. Each damage tolerance evaluation must include:</P>
            <P>(i) The identification of all PSEs;</P>
            <P>(ii) In-flight and ground measurements for determining the loads or stresses for all PSEs for all critical conditions throughout the range of limits in § 29.309 (including altitude effects), except that maneuvering load factors need not exceed the maximum values expected in service;</P>
            <P>(iii) The loading spectra as severe as those expected in service based on loads or stresses determined under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, including external load operations, if applicable, and other operations including high-torque events;</P>
            <P>(iv) A threat assessment for all PSEs that specifies the locations, types, and sizes of damage, considering fatigue, environmental effects, intrinsic and discrete flaws, and impact or other accidental damage (including the discrete source of the accidental damage) that may occur during manufacture or operation; and</P>
            <P>(v) An assessment of the residual strength and fatigue characteristics of all PSEs that supports the replacement times and inspection intervals established under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) Each applicant must establish replacement times, inspections, or other procedures for all PSEs to require the repair or replacement of damaged parts before a catastrophic failure. These replacement times, inspections, or other procedures must be included in the Airworthiness Limitations Section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness required by § 29.1529.</P>
            <P>(i) Replacement times for PSEs must be determined by tests, or by analysis supported by tests, and must show that the structure is able to withstand the repeated loads of variable magnitude expected in-service. In establishing these replacement times, the following items must be considered:</P>
            <P>(A) Damage identified in the threat assessment required by paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section;</P>
            <P>(B) Maximum acceptable manufacturing defects and in-service damage (i.e., those that do not lower the residual strength below ultimate design loads and those that can be repaired to restore ultimate strength); and</P>
            <P>(C) Ultimate load strength capability after applying repeated loads.</P>
            <P>(ii) Inspection intervals for PSEs must be established to reveal any damage identified in the threat assessment required by paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section that may occur from fatigue or other in-service causes before such damage has grown to the extent that the component cannot sustain the required residual strength capability. In establishing these inspection intervals, the following items must be considered:</P>
            <P>(A) The growth rate, including no-growth, of the damage under the repeated loads expected in-service determined by tests or analysis supported by tests;</P>
            <P>(B) The required residual strength for the assumed damage established after considering the damage type, inspection interval, detectability of damage, and the techniques adopted for damage detection. The minimum required residual strength is limit load; and</P>
            <P>(C) Whether the inspection will detect the damage growth before the minimum residual strength is reached and restored to ultimate load capability, or whether the component will require replacement.</P>
            <P>(3) Each applicant must consider the effects of damage on stiffness, dynamic behavior, loads, and functional performance on all PSEs when substantiating the maximum assumed damage size and inspection interval.</P>
            <P>(e) Fatigue Evaluation: If an applicant establishes that the damage tolerance evaluation described in paragraph (d) of this section is impractical within the limits of geometry, inspectability, or good design practice, the applicant must do a fatigue evaluation of the particular composite rotorcraft structure and:</P>
            <P>(1) Identify all PSEs considered in the fatigue evaluation;</P>
            <P>(2) Identify the types of damage for all PSEs considered in the fatigue evaluation;</P>
            <P>(3) Establish supplemental procedures to minimize the risk of catastrophic failure associated with the damages identified in paragraph (d) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(4) Include these supplemental procedures in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness required by § 29.1529.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="29" TITLE="14">
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix A to Part 29 [Amended]</HD>
          <AMDPAR>6. Amend the second sentence of section A.29.4 of Appendix A to Part 29 by removing the phrase “approved under § 29.571” and adding the phrase “required for type certification” in its place.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on October 4, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>J. Randolph Babbitt,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30945 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74665"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-1256; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-036-AD; Amendment 39-16874; AD 2011-24-10]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-201 and -202 airplanes with FAA Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST00753NY (Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA) STC SA97-106) installed. This AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as:</P>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>It has been determined that modifications by DECA Aviation Engineering Limited on Bombardier Inc. DHC-8 Series  * * *  200 aeroplanes with their Cargo Conversion and Abrasion Protection Systems, Supplemental Type Certificates (STCs)  * * *  SA97-106, provide inadequate fire protection and decompression venting means. This can lead to an uncontrolled cargo fire and structural damage.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>This AD requires actions that are intended to address the unsafe condition described in the MCAI.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This AD becomes effective December 16, 2011.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in the AD as of December 16, 2011.</P>
          <P>We must receive comments on this AD by January 17, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Luke Walker, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; phone: (516) 228-7363; fax: (516) 794-5531; email:<E T="03">Luke.Walker@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>The Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2011-02, dated February 1, 2011 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>It has been determined that modifications by DECA Aviation Engineering Limited on Bombardier Inc. DHC-8 Series  * * *  200 aeroplanes with their Cargo Conversion and Abrasion Protection Systems, Supplemental Type Certificates (STCs)  * * *  SA97-106, provide inadequate fire protection and decompression venting means. This can lead to an uncontrolled cargo fire and structural damage.</P>
          <P>This [TCCA] directive mandates the removal of these Cargo Conversion and Abrasion Protection Systems.</P>
          
        </EXTRACT>
        <P>You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>DECA Aviation Engineering Limited has issued Engineer Order EI4394, Revision 2, dated February 5, 2011. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <P>There are no products of this type currently registered in the United States. However, this rule is necessary to ensure that the described unsafe condition is addressed if any of these products are placed on the U.S. Register in the future.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Differences Between the AD and the MCAI or Service Information</HD>
        <P>We have reviewed the MCAI and related service information and, in general, agree with their substance. But we might have found it necessary to use different words from those in the MCAI to ensure the AD is clear for U.S. operators and is enforceable. In making these changes, we do not intend to differ substantively from the information provided in the MCAI and related service information.</P>
        <P>We might also have required different actions in this AD from those in the MCAI in order to follow FAA policies. Any such differences are highlighted in a NOTE within the AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination of the Effective Date</HD>
        <P>Since there are currently no domestic operators of this product, notice and opportunity for public comment before issuing this AD are unnecessary.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety, and we did not precede it by notice and opportunity for public comment. We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2011-1256; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-036-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this AD because of those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We<PRTPAGE P="74666"/>will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this AD:</P>
        <P>1. Is not a”significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a”significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and</P>
        <P>3. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="04">2011-24-10Bombardier, Inc.:</E>Amendment 39-16874. Docket No. FAA-2011-1256; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-036-AD.</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effective Date</HD>
            <P>(a) This airworthiness directive (AD) becomes effective December 16, 2011.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Affected ADs</HD>
            <P>(b) None.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Applicability</HD>
            <P>(c) This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-201, and -202 airplanes; certificated in any category; serial numbers 003 and subsequent with FAA Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST00753NY (Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA) STC SA97-106) installed.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subject</HD>
            <P>(d) Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 25: Equipment/Furnishings.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Reason</HD>
            <P>(e) The mandatory continued airworthiness information (MCAI) states:</P>
            
            <P>It has been determined that modifications by DECA Aviation Engineering Limited on Bombardier Inc. DHC-8 Series  * * *  200 aeroplanes with their Cargo Conversion and Abrasion Protection Systems, Supplemental Type Certificates (STCs)  * * *  SA97-106, provide inadequate fire protection and decompression venting means. This can lead to an uncontrolled cargo fire and structural damage.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Compliance</HD>
            <P>(f) You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cargo Conversion System and Combi Abrasion Protection System Removal</HD>
            <P>(g) Within 60 days after the effective date of this AD: Remove the DECA Aviation Engineering Limited Combi Abrasion Protection System configurations previously installed by using FAA STC ST00753NY (TCCA STC SA97-106), in accordance with the removal instructions specified in DECA Engineering Order EI4394,Revision 2, dated February 5, 2011.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Parts Installation</HD>
            <P>(h) As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install the DECA Aviation Engineering Limited Combi Abrasion Protection Systems configurations by using FAA STC ST00753NY (TCCA STC SA97-106), on any airplane.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Credit for Actions Accomplished in Accordance With Previous Service Information</HD>
            <P>(i) Removing the DECA Combi Abrasion Protection System in accordance with DECA Engineering Order EI4394, Revision 1, dated January 13, 2011, before the effective date of this AD is acceptable for compliance with the corresponding removal required by paragraph (g) of this AD.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA AD Differences</HD>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
              <P>This AD differs from the MCAI and/or service information as follows: This FAA AD only applies to Model DHC-8 Series 200 airplanes with Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) FAA ST00753NY (TCCA STC SA97-106) installed. The FAA has not approved any STC equivalent to Model DHC-8 series 100 TCCA STC SA00-107.</P>
            </NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
            <P>(j) The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), ANE-170, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the ACO, send it to ATTN: Program Manager, Continuing Operational Safety, FAA, New York ACO, 1600 Stewart Avenue Suite 410, Westbury, New York 11590; telephone (516) 228-7300; fax (516) 794-5531. Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Information</HD>
            <P>(k) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), Airworthiness Directive CF-2011-02, datedFebruary 1, 2011; and DECA Engineering Order EI4394, Revision 2, datedFebruary 5, 2011; for related information.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
            <P>(l) You must use DECA Engineering Order EI4394, Revision 2, datedFebruary 5, 2011, to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
            <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of this service information under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>

            <P>(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact DECA Aviation Engineering Limited, 7050 Telford Way Suite 200,<PRTPAGE P="74667"/>Mississauga, Ontario, CanadaL5S 1V7; telephone (905) 405-1371; fax (905) 405-1373; email<E T="03">inquiry@deca-aviation.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.deca-aviation.com.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(3) You may review copies of the service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (425) 227-1221.</P>

            <P>(4) You may also review copies of the service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For informationon the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to:<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
            </P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on November 10, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kalene C. Yanamura,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager,Transport Airplane Directorate,Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30232 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2011-0914; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-166-AD; Amendment 39-16876; AD 2011-24-12]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model 737-200, -200C, -300, -400, and -500 Series Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are superseding an existing airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Model 737-300, -400, and -500 series airplanes. That AD currently requires repetitive external non-destructive inspections to detect cracks in the fuselage skin along the chem-mill step at stringers S-1 and S-2 right, between station (STA) 827 and STA 847, and repair if necessary. This new AD adds inspections for cracking in additional fuselage crown skin locations, and repair if necessary. This new AD also reduces the inspection thresholds for certain airplanes, extends certain repetitive inspection intervals, and adds airplanes to the applicability of the existing AD. This AD was prompted by reports of additional crack findings of the fuselage crown skin at the chem-milled steps. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct fatigue cracking of the fuselage skin panels at the chem-milled steps, which could result in sudden fracture and failure of the fuselage skin panels, and consequent rapid decompression of the airplane.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This AD is effective January 5, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in the AD as of January 5, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of February 16, 2010 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; telephone (206) 544-5000, extension 1; fax (206) 766-5680; Email<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (425) 227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The address for the Docket Office (phone: (800) 647-5527) is Document Management Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Wayne Lockett, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; phone: (425) 917-6447; fax: (425) 917-6590; Email:<E T="03">wayne.lockett@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2010-01-09, Amendment 39-16167 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010). That AD applies to the specified products. The NPRM published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on September 1, 2011 (76 FR 54399). That NPRM proposed to continue to require repetitive external non-destructive inspections to detect cracks in the fuselage skin along the chem-mill step at stringers S-1 and S-2 right, between station (STA) 827 and STA 847, and repair if necessary. That NPRM also proposed to add inspections for cracking in additional fuselage crown skin locations, and repair if necessary. That NPRM also proposed to reduce the inspection thresholds for certain airplanes, extend certain repetitive inspection intervals, and add airplanes to the applicability of the existing AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We have considered the comments received. Boeing and the National Transportation Safety Board support the NPRM.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD as proposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Interim Action</HD>
        <P>We consider this proposed AD interim action. If final action is later identified, we might consider further rulemaking then.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>We estimate that this AD affects 654 airplanes of U.S. registry.</P>
        <P>We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12,r50,12,r48" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Work hours</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average labor rate per hour</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cost per product</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of U.S.-registered airplanes</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Fleet cost</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Inspection in AD 2010-01-09 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010)</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>$85</ENT>
            <ENT>$170 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>135</ENT>
            <ENT>$22,950 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74668"/>
            <ENT I="01">New inspection in this AD</ENT>
            <ENT>Between 2 and 30</ENT>
            <ENT>85</ENT>
            <ENT>Between $170 and $2,550 per inspection cycle</ENT>
            <ENT>654</ENT>
            <ENT>Between $111,180 and $1,667,700 per inspection cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide a cost estimate for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We have determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="29" TITLE="">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="29" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by removing airworthiness directive (AD) 2010-01-09, Amendment 39-16167 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010), and adding the following new AD:</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="04">2011-24-12 The Boeing Company:</E>Amendment 39-16876; Docket No. FAA-2011-0914; Directorate Identifier 2010-NM-166-AD.</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
            <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective January 5, 2012.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
            <P>This AD supersedes AD 2010-01-09, Amendment 39-16167 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010).</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
            <P>This AD applies to all The Boeing Company Model 737-200, -200C, -300, -400, and -500 series airplanes, certificated in any category.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
            <P>Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
            <P>This AD was prompted by reports of additional crack findings of the fuselage crown skin at the chem-milled steps. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct fatigue cracking of the fuselage skin panels at the chem-milled steps, which could result in sudden fracture and failure of the fuselage skin panels, and consequent rapid decompression of the airplane.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
            <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Restatement of Requirements of AD 2010-01-09, Amendment 39-16167 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010)</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Initial and Repetitive Inspections</HD>
            <P>For airplanes identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, dated September 3, 2009: Before the accumulation of 35,000 total flight cycles, or within 500 flight cycles after February 16, 2010 (the effective date of AD 2010-01-09), whichever occurs later, except as provided by paragraph (i) of this AD, do an external non-destructive inspection (NDI) to detect cracks in the fuselage skin along the chem-mill steps at stringers S-1 and S-2 right, between station (STA) 827 and STA 847, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, dated September 3, 2009; or Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011. If no cracking is found, repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 500 flight cycles; except as provided by paragraphs (i) and (n) of this AD. Accomplishing the inspections required by paragraph (j) of this AD terminates the inspections required by this paragraph.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Repair</HD>
            <P>If any crack is found during any inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, and Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, dated September 3, 2009; or Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011; specifies to contact Boeing for repair instructions: Before further flight, repair the crack using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (q) of this AD.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Optional Terminating Action for Repetitive Inspections in Paragraph (g) of This AD</HD>
            <P>Installing an external repair doubler along the chem-milled steps at stringers S-1 and S-2 right, between STA 827 and STA 847, constitutes terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD for the repaired area only, provided all of the conditions specified in paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(2), and (i)(3) of this AD are met.</P>
            <P>(1) The repair is installed after September 3, 2009;</P>

            <P>(2) The repair was approved by the FAA or by a Boeing Company Authorized Representative or the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation<PRTPAGE P="74669"/>Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, to make such findings; and</P>
            <P>(3) The repair extends a minimum of three rows of fasteners on each side of the chem-mill line in the circumferential direction.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">New Inspections Including Additional Locations and Reduced Inspection Intervals</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Groups 1 Through 25: Initial and Repetitive Inspections</HD>
            <P>For Groups 1 through 25 airplanes identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011: Except as provided by paragraph (k) of this AD, at the applicable time specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, do the applicable inspections required by paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(2) of this AD, in accordance with paragraphs 3.B.1 through 3.B.25 of the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011. If no cracking is found, repeat the applicable inspections thereafter at the applicable intervals specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011; except as provided by paragraphs (m) and (n) of this AD. Doing the inspections required by this paragraph terminates the inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD.</P>
            <P>(1) For Groups 2, 8, 10, 13 through 18, and 21 through 25 airplanes: Do a detailed inspection and an external non-destructive inspection (NDI) (medium frequency eddy current inspection, magneto optical imaging inspection, c-scan inspection, or ultrasonic phased array inspection) for cracking in the fuselage skin at the chem-mill steps at stringers S-1 and S-2R between STA 827 and STA 847, as identified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011.</P>
            <P>(2) For Groups 1 through 25 airplanes: Do a detailed inspection and an external NDI (medium frequency eddy current inspection; magneto optical imaging inspection, c-scan inspection, or ultrasonic phased array inspection) for cracking in the fuselage skin at the chem-mill steps at the specified locations other than at S-1 and S-2R between STA 827 and STA 847, as identified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011.</P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
              <P>Option 1 of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, specifies a detailed inspection, and one additional inspection (external NDI, medium frequency eddy current inspection, magneto optical imaging inspection, or c-scan inspection). Option 2 of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, specifies a detailed inspection and an external ultrasonic phased array inspection. These options have different compliance times after the initial inspection.</P>
            </NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Exception</HD>
            <P>Where Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, specifies a compliance time after “the date of Revision 1,” or “the date of Revision 2” of that service bulletin, this AD requires compliance within the specified time after the effective date of this AD.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Repair</HD>
            <P>If any crack is found during any inspection required by paragraph (j) of this AD: Before further flight, repair the crack using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (q) of this AD. Doing the repair ends the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (j) for the repaired area only.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(m) Optional Terminating Action for Repetitive Inspections</HD>
            <P>Installing an external repair doubler along the chem-milled steps at any location identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, constitutes terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (j) of this AD for the repaired area only, provided all of the conditions specified in paragraphs (m)(1), (m)(2), and (m)(3) of this AD are met.</P>
            <P>(1) The repair is installed after the applicable date specified in paragraph (m)(1)(i) and (m)(1)(ii) of this AD.</P>
            <P>(i) For repairs at S-1 and S-2R between STA 827 and STA 847: Installed after September 3, 2009.</P>
            <P>(ii) For repairs at locations other than at S-1 and S-2R between STA 827 and STA 847: Installed after June 7, 2010.</P>
            <P>(2) The repair was approved by the FAA or by a Boeing Company Authorized Representative or the Boeing Commercial Airplanes Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office (ACO) to make such findings; and</P>
            <P>(3) The repair extends a minimum of three rows of fasteners on each side of the chem-mill line in the circumferential direction.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(n) Modification</HD>
            <P>Accomplishing a modification of the chem-milled steps at any location identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (q)(1) of this AD, terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraphs (g) and (j) of this AD for the modified area only.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(o) Group 26 Airplanes</HD>
            <P>For Group 26 airplanes identified in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011: Within 1,800 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, accomplish applicable inspections and corrective action, as identified in the service bulletin, using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (q)(1) of this AD.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(p) Credit for Actions Accomplished in Accordance With Previous Service Information</HD>
            <P>Actions done before the effective date of this AD in accordance with Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 1, dated June 7, 2010, are acceptable for compliance with the corresponding requirements of this AD.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(q) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>

            <P>(1) The Manager, Seattle ACO, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in the Related Information section of this AD. Information may be emailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-Seattle-ACO-AMOC-Requests@faa.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.</P>
            <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes ODA that has been authorized by the Manager, Seattle ACO to make those findings. For a repair method to be approved, the repair must meet the certification basis of the airplane.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(r) Related Information</HD>

            <P>For more information about this AD, contact Wayne Lockett, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; phone: (425) 917-6447; fax: (425) 917-6590; email:<E T="03">wayne.lockett@faa.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(s) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
            <P>You must use the following service information to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise. The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51 of the following service information on the date specified:</P>
            <P>(1) Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, Revision 2, dated April 25, 2011, approved for IBR January 5, 2012.</P>
            <P>(2) Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 737-53A1301, dated September 3, 2009, approved for IBR February 16, 2010 (75 FR 1527, January 12, 2010).</P>

            <P>(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data &amp; Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, Washington 98124-2207; telephone (206) 544-5000, extension 1; fax (206) 766-5680; email<E T="03">me.boecom@boeing.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">https://www.myboeingfleet.com.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(4) You may review copies of the service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (425) 227-1221.<PRTPAGE P="74670"/>
            </P>

            <P>(5) You may also review copies of the service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at an NARA facility, call (202) 741-6030, or go to<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
            </P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington, on November 17, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>John P. Piccola,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30608 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>15 CFR Part 902</CFR>
        <CFR>50 CFR Parts 679 and 680</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 100107012-1689-03]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-AY53</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Pacific Cod Allocations in the Gulf of Alaska; Amendment 83</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS publishes regulations to implement Amendment 83 to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). Amendment 83 allocates Western and Central GOA Pacific cod total allowable catch (TAC) limits among various gear and operational sectors. Sector allocations limit the amount of Western and Central GOA Pacific cod that each sector is authorized to harvest. This action reduces competition among sectors and supports stability in the Pacific cod fishery. This rule limits access to the Federal Pacific cod TAC fisheries prosecuted in State of Alaska waters, commonly known as the parallel fishery, adjacent to the Western and Central GOA. This action is intended to promote community participation and provide incentives for new entrants in the jig sector. It also promotes the goals and objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, the Fishery Management Plan, and other applicable laws.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective January 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Electronic copies of this rule, the Environmental Assessment (EA), and Regulatory Impact Review (RIR) may be obtained from the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at<E T="03">http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov.</E>
          </P>

          <P>Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this final rule may be submitted by mail to NMFS, Alaska Region, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK 99802-1668, Attn: Ellen Sebastian, Records Officer; in person at NMFS, Alaska Region, 709 West 9th Street, Room 420A, Juneau, Alaska; and by email to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or by fax to (202) 395-7285.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Seanbob Kelly, (907) 586-7228.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>NMFS manages the groundfish fisheries in the U.S. exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of the GOA under the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the GOA (FMP). The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) prepared, and NMFS approved, the FMP under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA), 16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>Regulations governing U.S. fisheries and implementing the FMP appear at 50 CFR parts 600 and 679.</P>

        <P>The Notice of Availability for Amendment 83 was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 28, 2011 (76 FR 37763), with a 60-day comment period that ended August 29, 2011. The Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) approved Amendment 83 on September 22, 2011. The Council submitted the proposed rule to NMFS, and it was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 26, 2011 (76 FR 44700). The 45-day comment period on the proposed rule ended September 9, 2011. NMFS received a total of 6 letters, from five unique persons, on Amendment 83 and the proposed rule implementing the amendment. The letters contained 29 individual comments. A summary of these comments and the responses by NMFS are provided under Response to Comments below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Elements of the Final Rule</HD>

        <P>A detailed review of the provisions of Amendment 83 and its implementing rule is provided in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 44700, July 26, 2011), and is not repeated here. The proposed rule is available from the NMFS Alaska Region web site (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>). The following provides a list and brief review of the regulatory changes made by this final rule to the management of the GOA Pacific cod fishery. NMFS' responses to public comments on Amendment 83 and the proposed rule to implement Amendment 83 are also presented below.</P>
        <P>Amendment 83 was adopted by the Council in December 2009 to supersede the current inshore/offshore processing allocation of Western and Central GOA Pacific cod among various harvesting sectors. Pacific Cod is second only to walleye pollock as the predominant GOA fishery. As one of the most valuable fish species in the GOA, Pacific cod is the primary species targeted by vessels using pot and hook-and-line gear and is an important species for vessels using the trawl gear. Smaller amounts of Pacific cod are taken by vessels using jig gear. Currently, Pacific cod in the GOA is apportioned on the basis of processor component (inshore and offshore) and season, as implemented under Amendment 23 to the GOA FMP (57 FR 23321, June 3, 1992). Under inshore/offshore management, 90 percent of the Western, Central, and Eastern GOA TAC is allocated to vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component, and 10 percent to vessels catching Pacific cod for processing by the offshore component. The Council recognized that competition among participants in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries has intensified in recent years. Because the TACs are divided by inshore/offshore processing components of the fishery and not divided among gear or operation types, there is a derby-style race for fish and competition among the various gear types for shares of the TACs.</P>

        <P>Amendment 83 establishes sector allocations for each gear and operation type in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries. In both regulatory areas, the sectors are jig, hook-and-line catcher/processor (C/P), pot catcher vessel (CV) and C/P combined, trawl C/P, trawl CV, and hook-and-line CV; however, in the Central GOA, the hook-and-line CV sector are further divided by vessel length. In the Central GOA, hook-and-line CVs less than 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA (&lt; 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA) are in one sector and hook-and-line CVs greater than or equal to 50 ft (15.2 m) (≥ 50 ft (15.2 m)) are in another sector. Historically, the majority of catch by hook-and-line CVs has been harvested by vessels &lt; 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA, but in recent years, there has been a substantial increase in catch by hook-and-line CVs that are between 50 ft (15.2 m) and 60 ft (18.3 m) LOA. Dividing this sector at 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA protects smaller boats from an influx of effort by vessels ≥ 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA. The Council recognized that in the Central<PRTPAGE P="74671"/>GOA the increased competition appears to result in safety concerns at sea, as smaller boats compete with larger vessels in a race for fish. However, by establishing a CV hook-and-line split, vessels ≥ 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA that are long-time participants in the fishery would share an allocation with these more recent entrants. A similar CV sector split was not recommended for the Western GOA because the Western GOA has not seen a similar increase in effort by CVs ≥ 50 ft (15.2 m) LOA. Moreover, the Western GOA hook-and-line CV sector has historically harvested a small percentage of the TAC, and if the TAC was further apportioned by vessel length, this sector's allocation would not support a directed fishery.</P>
        <P>This rule implements the combined pot CV and pot C/P sectors in the Western and Central GOA because catch by pot C/Ps has been relatively small, and if apportioned individually, Pacific cod allocations for pot C/Ps would be extremely low. NMFS' experience with similar sector allocations has shown that small allocations can be difficult to manage inseason. Moreover, most vessels that participated as pot C/Ps in the GOA Pacific cod fishery in recent years also have fishing history as pot CVs, and would contribute catch history to both the pot C/P and CV allocations.</P>
        <P>This final rule divides the GOA Pacific cod TACs among gear and operation type, based primarily on historical dependency and catch history by each sector, while also considering the economic dependence of communities on this fishery. This action is intended to stabilize sector allocations for each gear and operation type in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries, based primarily on historical catches, as well as conservation, catch monitoring, and social objectives, including considerations for small boat sectors and coastal communities traditionally participating in the inshore Pacific cod processing sector. NMFS and the Council recognize that participants with significant long-term investments and extensive catch histories are highly dependent on the GOA Pacific cod fisheries and need stability in the form of sector allocations.</P>
        <P>Amendment 83 sector allocations are based on historical dependency, each sector's retained catch history of the Pacific cod resource, and on socioeconomic and community concerns. One of the fundamental issues identified in the Council's problem statement was that competition among sectors in the fishery may contribute to higher rates of bycatch, discards, and out-of-season incidental catch of Pacific cod. The sector allocations of Pacific cod TAC are intended to institutionalize the historical pattern of utilization of this resource and facilitate the development of management measures to address Steller sea lion mitigation, bycatch reduction, and prohibited species catch (PSC) avoidance. The effects of this action on management, monitoring, and enforcement were addressed in Section 2.3.3 of the analysis for this action. The allocations to the jig sectors are intended to expand entry-level opportunities in the GOA Pacific cod fishery. In addition to expanding this fishery, this action is intended to reduce uncertainty and help stabilize the Pacific cod fishery across the sectors and promote sustainable fishing practices in the Western and Central GOA.</P>
        <P>This final rule does not establish sector allocations in the Eastern GOA. In recent years, only a small proportion of the Eastern GOA TAC has been harvested each year, although effort and catch has increased. NMFS recognizes the possibility that having no sector allocations in the Eastern GOA would encourage increased effort in that fishery. However, the Council did not perceive a need for such an action due, in part, to the differences in the prosecution of the Pacific cod fisheries in the Eastern regulatory area, such as the extensive trawl closures effectively prohibiting trawl fishing in the Southeast Outside district of the Eastern regulatory area. As a result, the Council recommended that the Eastern GOA Pacific cod TAC not be allocated among sectors under Amendment 83.</P>
        <P>The Council considered a broad range of historic and recent participation when selecting the allocations to sectors. Allocations were calculated by taking each sector's “best option” from four sets of years in the Western GOA and from six sets of years in the Central GOA to calculate catch history, and then scaling allocations so that they sum to 100 percent. In the Western GOA, the four options for calculating catch history included one option consisting of all retained catch during 1995 through 2005. This period includes six years of catch history prior to implementation of the Steller sea lion protection measures in 2001. The Steller sea lion measures resulted in a shift of catch from trawl gear to pot gear. By including the earlier time period, this action accounts for the catch history of the trawl sector prior to this shift and generally favors trawl vessels. In the Central GOA, the catch histories include more recent years (2002 through 2008) and generally favor the pot CV sector, and, to a lesser extent, the hook-and-line sectors. The options in the Central GOA do not include retained catch from 1995 through 2000 because the reduction in trawl catch concurrent with implementation of the Steller sea lion protection measures in the Central GOA was less than in the Western GOA. The Council considered and rejected including the time period prior to 2000 in the Central GOA because the overall effect on sector allocations was not determined to be substantively different from the allocation resulting from years used after 2000.</P>
        <P>Amendment 83 is intended to protect historical processing and community delivery patterns established in the GOA groundfish fisheries under the inshore/offshore management structure. The action limits the use of mobile floating processors, commonly known as motherships. In the Central GOA, no motherships have processed groundfish since 2000. In the Western GOA, there has been limited mothership activity. Amendment 83 establishes a mothership processing cap at 2 percent of the Western GOA Pacific cod TAC. Because the Central GOA has had no mothership activity since 2000, NMFS prohibits vessels from receiving deliveries of groundfish in most locations in the Central GOA. NMFS is establishing separate processing caps for motherships operating within the marine municipal boundaries of specific GOA communities reliant on GOA fishery resources. Annually, eligible permit holders are allowed to process up to 3 percent of the respective Western and Central GOA TACs on a mothership, provided that it operates within the municipal boundaries of a Community Quota Entity (CQE) community. The action is intended to provide CQE communities additional processing opportunities and possibly economic benefits, such a tax revenues and employment, resulting from any increase in mothership processing activity.</P>

        <P>This action limits access to the Pacific cod parallel fishery for Federal fishery participants throughout the GOA. The GOA parallel fishery occurs within State of Alaska (State) waters and is opened by the State concurrent with the Federal season to allow vessels to fish off of the Federal TAC within State waters. This rule precludes federally permitted vessels that do not have a properly endorsed license limitation program (LLP) licenses from participating in the Western or Central GOA Pacific cod parallel fishery. Owners of some vessels that fish for Pacific cod in the Federal waters have surrendered their FFP licenses before fishing in the parallel waters or in the non-parallel-State<PRTPAGE P="74672"/>waters Pacific cod fishery to avoid NMFS observer, VMS, and recordkeeping and reporting requirements, only to have the permits reissued for the opening of the Federal waters fishery. Surrendering or amending an FFP may degrade the quality of information available to manage the Pacific cod fishery. This action is intended to prevent the harvest, by federally permitted vessel operators who did not hold LLP licenses, from eroding the catches of historical participants who contributed catch history to the sector allocations and depend on the GOA Pacific cod resource. Vessels fishing in Federal waters must hold an LLP license with the appropriate area, gear, and species endorsements, but vessels fishing in parallel State waters fisheries were not required to hold an LLP license. This action is necessary to prevent vessels without LLP licenses from avoiding conservation, management, and recordkeeping measures while fishing for Pacific cod in State parallel fisheries.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">GOA Pacific Cod Sideboards</HD>
        <P>Sideboards are collective catch limits that apply to all vessels in a particular sector. Vessels subject to a sideboard are allowed to fish up to the sideboard allocation but may not exceed it. Sideboards do not guarantee that a sector will harvest a specific amount of TAC. Sideboards limit participation by specific vessels in most GOA groundfish fisheries in Federal waters and in State waters during the State parallel fisheries. In general, sideboards are intended to limit the ability of vessels in rationalized fisheries from exceeding historic levels of participation in the GOA, which otherwise might exacerbate a “race for fish.” Harvests in both the Federal fisheries and State parallel fisheries accrue toward an inshore or offshore sideboard limit.</P>

        <P>NMFS implements sideboards through the harvest specification process and these are specified as amounts, in metric tons, of fish. NMFS publishes proposed and final sideboard limits in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>as part of the annual harvest specifications (See<E T="03">http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov/sustainablefisheries/specs11_12</E>for the specific harvest specifications). Once these sideboard limits are published, NMFS reviews the number of vessels that are subject to the sideboard and compares that to the sideboard limit. If the sideboard limit is small for a fishery and the potential harvest rate of the sideboard vessels is high, NMFS may choose not to open directed fishing for a sideboard fishery. If NMFS determines that the sideboard limit would not be exceeded, a sideboard fishery may be opened. NMFS determines whether to open a specific sideboard fishery on a case-by-case basis. The impacts of the sideboard limits recommended by the Council were analyzed as part of the Alaska Groundfish Harvest Specifications Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) and the annual Supplementary Information Report associated with the FEIS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Non-American Fisheries Act (non-AFA) Crab Sideboards</HD>
        <P>As part of Amendment 83, the Council recommended operational and gear-specific non-AFA crab sideboards based on participation in the GOA Pacific cod fishery prior to the implementation of the crab rationalization program. The king and Tanner crab fisheries in the EEZ of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI) are managed under the Fishery Management Plan for Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands King and Tanner Crabs (Crab FMP). Amendments 18 and 19 to the Crab FMP implemented the BSAI Crab Rationalization Program (CR Program) in a final rule published on March 2, 2005 (70 FR 10174). Regulations implementing the Crab FMP, including the CR Program, are located at 50 CFR part 680. Regulations implementing the GOA FMP are at 50 CFR part 679.</P>

        <P>The CR Program allocates BSAI crab resources among harvesters, processors, and coastal communities. GOA groundfish fishery sideboards apply to CR Program vessels that (1) are not authorized to conduct directed fishing for pollock under the American Fisheries Act of 1998 (Pub. L. 105-227, Title II of Division C); (2) fished snow crab from 1996 through 2000; and (3) fish using any LLP groundfish licenses derived from these “non-AFA crab” vessels. Non-AFA crab sideboards are calculated by adding up the catches of vessels subject to sideboards during 1996 through 2000 and dividing that by the catches of all vessels in that fishery to yield a sideboard ratio (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>0.10 or 10% of the Western GOA pollock fishery). The sideboard ratio is multiplied by the TAC for that year; the sideboard limit is also divided into seasons. As described in the previous section, NMFS determines whether to open the sideboard fishery to directed fishing based on the sideboard limit and the potential harvest rate of participating vessels.</P>
        <P>The Council recognized during its Amendment 83 deliberations that the non-AFA crab sideboard percentages resulting from its recommended sector allocations were not likely to provide enough TAC to support directed sideboard fisheries for all C/P gear types, in aggregate, let alone for individual C/P gear types.</P>
        <P>The Council considered—and rejected—combining the GOA inshore and offshore non-AFA crab sideboards into a single Western GOA sideboard and a single Central GOA sideboard. Section 2.2.4 of the analysis prepared for this action notes that combining the inshore and offshore sideboards into a single non-AFA crab sideboard may not be desirable. The analysis notes that several C/Ps have participated in the GOA offshore non-AFA crab sideboard fisheries in recent years (see Table 2-24 of the analysis). Combining the inshore and offshore sideboards into a single amount for both C/Ps and CV sectors could result in one gear or operational type preempting the other in a race for the sideboards. Such a derby style fishery is inconsistent with the purpose and need for this action. Instead, the Council's motion recommending Amendment 83 specified that the non-AFA crab sideboards would be recalculated to establish separate CV and C/P sideboards by gear type. The participation years used to recalculate the non-AFA crab sideboards remain 1996 through 2000. These recalculated sideboard ratios are shown in Table 2-51 of the analysis for this action. The Council and the analysis for this action noted that many of the sideboard ratios are only a small fraction of the respective area TACs, and are not likely to support a directed fishery.</P>

        <P>During its October 2011 meeting, the Council received public comment requesting that the Council/NMFS reconsider proposed Amendment 83 non-AFA crab sideboard provisions. Representatives of longline C/Ps subject to non-AFA sideboards asserted that the application of proposed Pacific cod sideboard limits could constrain their ability to use longline gear in a sideboard fishery. The Council noted that the proposed sideboard ratios were included in the analysis for this action and were considered by the Council at final action. During the meeting, NMFS noted that the proposed regulations would not exclude any individual vessels from a sideboarded fishery. As proposed, each vessel currently subject to non-AFA crab sideboards could continue to participate in the Central and Western GOA Pacific cod sideboard fisheries; however, each vessel must use the gear and operational type attributed to its catch history (<E T="03">i.e,</E>for non-AFA crab sideboards, 1996 through 2000). After considering testimony during the October meeting, the Council did not recommend rescinding or otherwise<PRTPAGE P="74673"/>revisiting the non-AFA crab sideboard fishing restrictions in § 680.22(a), LLP endorsements or restrictions, nor did it recommend changing how the sideboard ratios are calculated, per § 680.22(d), as part of the proposed regulations implementing Amendment 83; therefore, no changes were made to the proposed non-AFA crab sideboards in this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Jig Fishery</HD>
        <P>Amendment 83 expands opportunities for jig vessels by (1) potentially extending the Federal jig sector seasons to allow additional access to Federal waters; (2) providing an initial allocation that is higher than the sector's historical catch in the fishery; and (3) potentially increasing the jig allocation, if a prior annual allocation is fully harvested. Historically, jig gear has been used by small-boat operators. The Council sought to enhance access for these entry-level participants. One consequence of any increase in the jig allocation is a proportional reduction in allocations to the other sectors.</P>
        <P>In Amendment 83, the Council supported the increase of entry-level jig fishing opportunities, but recommended that NMFS coordinate State and Federal jig fishing seasons through the Joint Protocol Committee with the State Board of Fisheries (BOF). The Council's objective is to maximize seasonal access to Federal waters for jig vessels in conjunction with State waters jig fisheries, thereby increasing jig vessel fishing opportunities.</P>
        <P>Coordination with the BOF has occurred recently. At its October 2011 meeting in Dutch Harbor, AK, the Council received a management report from NMFS describing how the proposed regulations to implement Amendment 83 may result in concurrent Federal and State guideline harvest level (GHL) fisheries for jig gear. The Council noted that the proposed rule meets the Council's intent to provide maximum access to Federal waters to vessels using jig gear, and that it provides maximum flexibility to the BOF to manage the State water GHL and parallel fisheries. NMFS and the Council noted that the State has the authority to open and close both the State GHL and parallel fisheries irrespective of the timing of Federal Pacific cod jig fishery Federal TAC seasons. Similarly, the Council and NMFS acknowledge the authority of the State to balance the increased management burden of concurrent State and Federal seasons and fully harvest the annual GHL.</P>
        <P>At the October 2011 meeting, the Council requested that the BOF consider options to provide jig fishing opportunities concurrently in State and Federal waters, as proposed under Amendment 83, when State regulations allow and where the BOF and State managers find it practical to implement. Subsequently, at the BOF October 2011 meeting in Anchorage, AK, the BOF recommended regulations for each State management area that synchronize, to the extent practicable, the State waters Pacific cod GHL season opening and closing dates with the Federal jig seasons opening and closing dates proposed under Amendment 83. Based on the actions of the BOF, no changes were required to be made to the proposed jig season dates in this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of Regulations Implemented by This Final Rule</HD>
        <P>In order to implement Amendment 83's conservation and management objectives, this final rule implements the following amendments to the existing regulatory text at 50 CFR parts 679 and 680:</P>
        <P>• Revises references to the inshore/offshore Pacific cod fishery in the Western and Central GOA throughout 50 CFR part 679;</P>
        <P>• Modifies existing regulations for surrendering and amending federal fishing permits (FFPs) at § 679.4;</P>
        <P>• Prohibits vessels from participating in the State of Alaska's parallel fishery unless the vessel has the required FFP and LLP endorsements;</P>
        <P>• Adds an FPP CQE floating processor endorsement, and a new Western and Central GOA CV endorsement on LLP licenses at § 679.4;</P>
        <P>• Adds prohibitions necessary to monitor and enforce community protection provisions for processing entities in the Western and Central GOA at § 679.7;</P>
        <P>• Establishes seasonal Pacific cod TAC allocations by sector in the Western and Central GOA regulatory areas, at § 679.20;</P>
        <P>• Modifies existing regulations for apportioning halibut prohibited species catch (PSC) limits at § 679.21;</P>
        <P>• Adds regulations to implement operational, vessel length, and gear type Pacific cod TAC allocations and reapportionments in the Western and Central GOA at § 679.20;</P>
        <P>• Modifies existing regulations to include new jig seasons and remove expired regulations at § 679.23;</P>
        <P>• Requires vessel monitoring systems (VMS) on all vessels engaged in mothership activity in the Western and Central GOA at § 679.28; and</P>
        <P>• Adds operation and gear type specifications for non-AFA crab sideboard ratios at § 680.22.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Changes From the Proposed Rule to the Final Rule in Response to Comments</HD>
        <P>NMFS has changed proposed prohibitions at § 679.7(b)(5) and § 679.7(k)(1) and (2) to clarify that prohibitions on specified at-sea processing activity apply only in the GOA within the same calendar year. See the response to Comment 7 in the Response to Comments section below.</P>
        <P>NMFS has changed proposed regulations at § 680.22(d) to clarify that non-AFA crab sideboards are assigned based on operation type and gear type. Proposed regulations erroneously added only the gear type and did not directly specify operation type. (See the response to Comment 9 in the Response to Comments section below.) Proposed regulations at § 680.22(d) were also modified consistent with regulations implementing Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP. (See the response to Comment 10 in the Response to Comments section below.)</P>
        <P>NMFS has removed redundant regulatory text proposed at § 679.4(b)(4)(iii)(D), which addressed amending FFPs to add or remove species designations. Regulations at § 679.4(b)(5)(vi)(B) allow vessel owners with an FFP to add or remove species designations for Pacific cod, pollock, and Atka mackerel. (See Comment 22 in the Response to Comments section below.)</P>

        <P>NMFS has dropped the proposed regulations at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>), redesignated § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) and (<E T="03">3</E>) to (<E T="03">1</E>) and (<E T="03">2</E>), respectively, and added a new prohibition at § 679.7(b)(4)(vi) to clarify and complement these regulatory requirements. NMFS notes that the proposed regulatory text at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) included an erroneous citation that was corrected in this final rule. (See Comment 23 in the Response to Comments section below.)</P>
        <P>NMFS has modified the regulatory provision at § 679.20(a)(12)(ii) to clarify the sector hierarchy the NMFS Regional Administrator would consider during B season reallocation of the projected unused TAC allocations. (See Comment 28 in the Response to Comments section below.)</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Minor Technical Modifications From Proposed to Final Rule Regulatory Text</HD>

        <P>This rule amends regulations at 15 CFR section 902.1 to display the control number assigned by the Director of OMB for the collection of information requirement imposed by this final rule.<PRTPAGE P="74674"/>
        </P>
        <P>During review of the proposed regulatory text to implement Amendment 83 to the FMP, NMFS identified several non-substantive technical errors that are corrected and text that is clarified in this final rule. NMFS removed redundant text from § 679.4(f)(2)(v) because proposed regulations at § 679.4(f)(2)(v)(B) and (C) would require a CQE applicant to submit information that is currently collected by NMFS RAM division or that is required in regulation by the definitions for “CQE floating processor” at § 679.2. NMFS corrected grammatical errors in the definitions of “Hook-and-line catcher/processor,” “Inshore component of the GOA,” “Mothership,” and “Pot catcher/processor at § 679.2. NMFS corrected a typing error in the regulatory provisions at § 679.4(f)(2)(v)(C) to clarify that SFP endorsements appear on FPPs not on FFPs. In addition, NMFS made minor modifications to the proposed text to clarify the following sections: In § 679.4(b)(4)(ii)(B) and (C), NFMS removed the words “in” and “for” and NMFS added the words “for,” “the following combination of,” and “and/” to clarify the regulatory text; in § 679.4(b)(5)(iv) NMFS removed the number “45.7” to clarify that the correct metric conversion is “38.1); in § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A), NMFS added the words “Pacific cod for the same gears and areas for which the license is currently endorsed, for” to clarify that the additional endorsements provided by this section apply to the same gears and regulatory area for which the license is currently endorsed; in § 679.4(k)(10)(viii)(F), NMFS added the words “that is accepted by the National Appeals Office” to clarify that appeals need to be accepted by the National Appeals Office; in § 679.7(b)(7), NMFS moved the phrase “and retain” from one part of the sentence to another to clarify that “and retain” applies to Pacific cod, not catch; in § 679.20(a)(12)(iii)(C) and (D), NMFS added the word “to” in order to clarify that the word modified the gear; and, in § 679.20(a)(12)(v), NMFS added the letter “s” to the word vessel to clarify that the word should be plural.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Response to Comments</HD>
        <P>As mentioned above, NMFS received 6 letters containing 29 unique comments during the public comment periods. Two non-industry letters were received and 4 letters were received from the fishing industry. A summary of those comments, grouped by subject matter and NMFS' responses, follow.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 1:</E>Several commenters expressed general support for Amendment 83 to the FMP and its implementing regulations.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS acknowledges this comment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 2:</E>Several commenters recommended partial approval of Amendment 83 to the FMP stating that particular provisions of the action were not adequately considered by the Council and that the Council process did not provide a meaningful opportunity for public comment. One comment requested that the Secretary not approve provisions of the action that would increase allocations to the jig sector based on the performance of that sector. Furthermore, the comment suggested that additional analysis and public comment is needed to evaluate any additional increases of Pacific cod TAC allocations to the jig sector, and the effect of those increases on the trawl CV sector. A second comment requested that the Secretary not approve the proposed TAC allocations to the trawl CV sector because the Council's recommended participation estimates did not include the trawl CV sector's historic use of Pacific cod discards in other fisheries. A third comment suggested that the Secretary reject the non-AFA crab sideboards; however, the FMP amendment does not address sideboards.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The Secretary considered the comments recommending partial approval when he approved Amendment 83 on September 22, 2011. The Council described the rationale and mechanisms for jig and trawl CV allocations during its deliberations. The Council considered an extensive range of allocations under section 2.2.4 of the analysis prepared for this action and established a specific method to allocate catch based on a sector's best historic catch. The Council discussed the impacts of the proposed increase in allocation to the jig sector and recommended that the jig sector be allocated TAC prior to the allocation of TAC to other sectors. Thus, each subsequent non-jig sector allocation would be reduced proportionally. The Council considered, but did not recommend, using historic discard rates of Pacific cod to calculate historic participation to establish each sector's allocation. The Council did not recommend including discards in part because the Council did not want to reward fishing practices that may not have minimized bycatch to the extent practicable. In both cases, the record reflects that the data used was the best available and does not bias the allocation for or against any particular sector. The Council evaluated the impacts of these provisions in the analysis, which was made available for public comment before the Council adopted Amendment 83. Public comments and the analysis were considered by the Council prior to adoption. NMFS considered all comments received by the end of the comment period, whether specifically directed to the FMP amendment or the proposed rule, in the decision to approve Amendment 83. (See sideboard discussion in the preamble above.)</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 3:</E>Delay implementation of Amendment 83. NMFS should release a subsequent proposed rule that is responsive to public comments. A subsequent joint Council/BOF public process is needed to synchronize State and Federal Pacific cod jig fisheries before provisions to increase the jig allocation are implemented. NMFS should target the 2013 fishing year for implementation of Amendment 83.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS disagrees. As noted in the preamble to this final rule, the BOF acted to synchronize State regulation with the Federal regulations implemented by this final rule. Amendment 83 will be implemented by the 2012 fishing year. NMFS reviewed the provisions of Amendment 83 and has determined that it is consistent with the national standards, other provisions of the MSA, and other applicable law. The Secretary approved Amendment 83 to the FMP on September 22, 2011.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 4:</E>Several commenters noted several errors in the preamble to proposed rule—</P>
        <P>• In the third column, second paragraph on pg. 44709, the last sentence in that paragraph misstates the Council's final motion. The motion accurately states that the jig sector B season would open on June 10 or after the State GHL season closes, or whichever happens later.</P>
        <P>• The maximum retainable amount (MRA) for arrowtooth flounder is 5 percent, not 20 percent, as the proposed rule suggests. The MRA for arrowtooth flounder is described in Table 10 to Part 679, Gulf of Alaska Retainable Percentages.</P>
        <P>• Prince William Sound is not within the Central GOA. The map suggests that the Eastern Gulf is NMFS Regulatory Area 649.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees with these comments and has corrected descriptive text as necessary in the preamble of this final rule. No changes were necessary to regulatory text.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 5:</E>Allocating catch to each sector will not stop the race for fish within the sectors. Proposed regulations make it extremely difficult for NMFS fishery managers to control harvest within each sector's allocation.<PRTPAGE P="74675"/>Management measures are needed to minimize Pacific cod discards, minimize halibut bycatch, and address the race for fish within each sector for the sectors to survive under the proposed reduced Pacific cod allocation to some sectors.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The objective of this action is to establish allocations for each gear sector in the GOA Pacific cod fishery in order to protect the relative catch distribution among sectors, and not to stop the race for fish within each sector. Section 2.2 of the analysis for this action noted that sector allocations may reduce competition among sectors, but may not reduce the competition among vessels within each sector, nor slow down the rate at which fisheries are prosecuted. The problem statement notes that dividing the TAC among sectors may also facilitate the development of management measures to address Steller sea lion mitigation issues, bycatch reduction, and PSC avoidance issues. The effects of this action on management, monitoring, and enforcement were evaluated in Section 2.3.3 of the analysis, which indicates that the allocations of Pacific cod were based primarily on historical catch levels by each sector. The commenter seems to be promoting the use of catch shares in the fishery; however, catch share management of this fishery was not contemplated by the Council, and is outside the scope of this action.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 6:</E>One commenter supported the Council's intent to retain historic processing delivery patterns, including community participation in processing. The commenter supported prohibiting motherships from receiving deliveries of groundfish in the Central GOA and the two-percent processing cap in the Western GOA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS acknowledges this comment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 7:</E>NMFS should revise the regulatory text to restrict stationary floating processors in the GOA from mothership and C/P activity in the BSAI and the GOA within the same calendar year. Similarly, vessels that receive and process fish from other vessels within the boundaries of CQE communities should be prohibited from mothership and C/P activity in the BSAI and the GOA within the same calendar year. The Council motion clearly states, “Allow Federally-permitted vessels that do not meet the definition of stationary floating processor and that do not harvest groundfish off Alaska in the same calendar year.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS disagrees that regulatory prohibitions should be modified in the final rule to include mothership activity and C/P activity in the BSAI. The Council was explicit during deliberations that this action would only apply to the GOA. Specifically, the Council noted during deliberations that this action would affect participants in the Western and Central GOA and that the only provisions affecting participants in the Eastern GOA would be the FFP reissue limits, sideboard limits, and changes to halibut PSC limits.</P>
        <P>This action is also intended to supersede the inshore/offshore allocations only in the Western and Central GOA. Moreover, NMFS disagrees with the commenter's interpretation of the Council's motion. When read in its entirety, the motion states as follows: “Retain the current definition of a stationary floating processor, but revise as follows so that there is no reference to the inshore component as applied to Pacific cod.” The proposed rule for Amendment 83 included the modified definition and corresponding prohibitions as reflected in the Council's motion. NMFS notes that the title of Component 8 of the Council motion is “Community protection provisions (Western and Central GOA).” The BSAI is only mentioned in Component 8 of the Council's motion regarding AFA motherships and C/Ps that operate in the BSAI. In this specific instance, the Council recommends that a “vessel cannot operate as a stationary floating processor for Pacific cod in the GOA and as an AFA mothership in the BSAI during the same year” and that a “vessel cannot operate as a stationary floating processor for Pacific cod in the GOA and as a CP in the BSAI during the same year.”</P>
        <P>In response to this comment, NMFS has modified provisions at § 679.20(a)(12)(iii)(C), § 679.7(b)(5)(ii) and (iii), § 679.7(k)(1)(iv)(B), and § 679.7(k)(2)(ii) to clarify that these prohibitions apply to activity only in the GOA and not the BSAI.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 8:</E>The recommended non-AFA crab sideboards were not properly analyzed and would result in substantial economic impacts for the hook-and-line C/P sector that were not contemplated by the Council at final action and received little or no public comment. The set of years used to determine historical catch are arbitrary and were not included in initial review or discussion documents created for this action. As proposed, five licensed and endorsed hook-and-line C/P vessels would not be able to participate in the Pacific cod fishery in the GOA. NMFS should establish non-AFA crab vessel sideboards as separate C/P and CV sideboards, not by gear type.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>See discussion of sideboards in the preamble to this final rule above. The Council's motion explicitly specified that the non-AFA crab sideboards would be recalculated to establish separate CV and C/P sideboards by gear type. NMFS has modified § 680.22(d), which addresses GOA sideboard ratios, in this final rule to clarify that non-AFA crab sideboards can be allocated by operation type as well as gear type. The Council displayed these recalculated sideboard ratios in Table 2-51 of the analysis, which was available to the public for comment. These sideboard ratios were based on participation in the snow crab fishery from 1996 through 2000, years prior to the implementation of the CR Program. The Council noted that many of the Amendment 83 sideboard ratios are only a small fraction of the respective area TACs, and are not likely to support a directed fishery for C/Ps in aggregate, let alone for the hook-and-line C/P vessels. As part of this action, the Council considered and rejected single, combined C/P and CV, non-AFA crab sideboards for the Western and Central GOA regulatory areas. Section 2.2.4 page 86 of the analysis for this action notes that combining the inshore and offshore sideboards into a single sideboard may not be desirable for the non-AFA crab sideboards. The analysis notes that several C/Ps have participated in the crab sideboard fisheries in recent years (see Table 2-24). Combining the inshore and offshore sideboards into a single amount for both C/Ps and CVs combined could result in one sector preempting the other in a race for the sideboards. Such a derby style fishery is not consistent with the purpose and need for this action.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 9:</E>The AFA sideboards proposed by the regulations exactly match the AFA CV sideboards listed in the 2011 specifications when combining the seasonal inshore and offshore allocations. Based on 2011 TACs, the proposed rule suggests that 2,794 metric tons (mt) of cod would be the annual limit, when combining the seasonal inshore and offshore limits, while the 2011 specifications suggest an annual limit of 2,793 mt for the Central GOA when the same calculation is made (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>combining the separate inshore and offshore allocations). This would be the expected outcome.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees that a comparison of the actual 2011 non-exempt AFA CV sideboards with the example in the Amendment 83 proposed rule that depicts the same sideboards should match (with a minor difference due to rounding). The example in the proposed rule portrays<PRTPAGE P="74676"/>how these sideboards will be calculated beginning in 2012, with area and seasonal sideboards for the Western and Central GOA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 10:</E>The non-AFA crab sideboards in the proposed rule suggest that the combined C/P and CV annual allocation for all gear types is 1,873 mt; however, according to the final rule for Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP the annual limit for the combined inshore and offshore sectors is 2,563 mt. The annual caps for the two rules do not match; these two rules need to be reconciled. It is unclear whether the proposed rule for Amendment 83 incorporated the correction to the sideboard limits now that the appeals have been resolved.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees, and has updated the non-AFA crab sideboards ratios associated with this final action. NMFS recalculated the non-AFA crab sideboard amounts using the agency's official catch records for vessels and LLP licenses subject to relevant crab sideboard restrictions. These data include the updated catch records that reflect the exemption of several vessels and their catch history from these records due to the implementation of Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP (76 FR 35772, June 20, 2011). Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP exempts additional recipients of crab quota share from GOA Pacific cod and pollock harvest sideboard limits. These sideboards apply to some vessels' LLP licenses that are used to participate in the GOA Pacific cod fisheries.</P>
        <P>As part of the harvest specifications process, NMFS is updating the non-AFA crab sideboards ratios for each of the sectors and management areas from what was originally described in the proposed rule for this action. The sector-specific ratios originally calculated as part of the analysis associated with Amendment 83 were accurate based on the catch history of crab sideboarded vessels at that time. However, the aggregate non-AFA crab sideboard limits per management area originally were not calculated correctly. For example, the analysis for this action suggested that the aggregate Central GOA sideboard percent of TAC was 4.64 percent. By comparison, the aggregate sideboard percent of TAC for the Central GOA as calculated by NMFS in association with the implementation of Amendment 34 to the Crab FMP is 6.4 percent. Applying the sector-specific sideboard ratios to the correct, aggregate non-AFA crab sideboard portion of each TAC limit yields revised sideboard limits that reconcile the differences between the aggregate limits, as noted in the comment. This methodology will be used in future annual harvest specifications to calculate the non-AFA crab sideboard limits for each applicable Pacific cod sector. As mentioned several times in this preamble, sideboards are implemented through the harvest specification process. The example table below is not implemented through this final rule and is included here only as an example. This table portrays how these updated ratios would have been applied to the 2011 Pacific cod TAC and seasonal apportionments.</P>
        <P>Example calculation of the GOA Pacific cod sideboard limits for non-AFA crab vessels by sector and season, using the 2011 Pacific cod TACs for the Western and Central GOA.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,12,12,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Non-AFA Crab Vessel Sideboards</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Percent sideboard of TAC</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2011 Estimated sideboard (mt)</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">A season<LI>(60 percent)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">B season<LI>(40 percent)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Western GOA:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">TAC: 22,785 mt</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line CV</ENT>
            <ENT>0.04</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>4</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Pot CV</ENT>
            <ENT>9.97</ENT>
            <ENT>1,363</ENT>
            <ENT>909</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Trawl CV</ENT>
            <ENT>0.07</ENT>
            <ENT>9</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line C/P</ENT>
            <ENT>0.18</ENT>
            <ENT>25</ENT>
            <ENT>17</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="03">Pot C/P</ENT>
            <ENT>0.78</ENT>
            <ENT>107</ENT>
            <ENT>71</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="05">Total C/P</ENT>
            <ENT>0.96</ENT>
            <ENT>131</ENT>
            <ENT>88</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="05">Total CV</ENT>
            <ENT>10.08</ENT>
            <ENT>1,378</ENT>
            <ENT>919</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="07">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>11.04</ENT>
            <ENT>1,509</ENT>
            <ENT>1,006</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22">Central GOA:</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">TAC: 40,362 mt</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Trawl CV</ENT>
            <ENT>0.12</ENT>
            <ENT>28</ENT>
            <ENT>19</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line CV</ENT>
            <ENT>0.01</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Jig CV</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Pot CV</ENT>
            <ENT>4.74</ENT>
            <ENT>1149</ENT>
            <ENT>766</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Hook-and-line C/P</ENT>
            <ENT>.12</ENT>
            <ENT>28</ENT>
            <ENT>19</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="03">Pot C/P</ENT>
            <ENT>1.36</ENT>
            <ENT>329</ENT>
            <ENT>220</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="05">Total C/P</ENT>
            <ENT>1.48</ENT>
            <ENT>358</ENT>
            <ENT>238</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="05">Total CV</ENT>
            <ENT>4.87</ENT>
            <ENT>1,180</ENT>
            <ENT>787</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="07">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>6.35</ENT>
            <ENT>1,538</ENT>
            <ENT>1,025</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 11:</E>Amendment 80 sideboards are not mentioned in the proposed rule text, which incorporates GOA Pacific cod sideboards in the BSAI non-AFA trawl C/P trawl catch share program (Amendment 80). The commenter wanted clarification that these sideboards will remain effective and that when merging the Amendment 80 and Amendment 83 programs, the most restrictive management regime will apply as appropriate. Presently, Amendment 80 sideboard limits are 4.4 percent of the Central GOA Pacific cod TAC and 2.0 percent of the Western<PRTPAGE P="74677"/>GOA Pacific cod TAC. Applying these sideboard ratios to the 2011 Central GOA TAC of 40,362 mt would suggest that the Amendment 80 sideboard limit in the Central GOA would be 1,776 mt annually (60 percent—A season = 1,066 mt and 40 percent—B season = 710 mt). The commenter compares these estimates to the C/P trawl allocation proposed in Amendment 83 for the GOA split of 4.2 percent of the non-jig allocation and divided based on historical catch of the C/P trawl sector, 47.6 percent for the A season and 52.4 percent for the B season. The calculations are based on 2011 TAC (after the jig allocation), suggesting an annual allocation of 1,678 mt (A season = 801 mt and B season = 877 mt).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees with these calculations, as portrayed (1) in the final 2011 and 2012 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA, which specifies the Amendment 80 sideboard limits; and (2) in the proposed trawl C/P allocations in the proposed rule for Amendment 83. NMFS will use the C/P trawl sector allocation and seasonal allowances to determine future management actions, such as directed fishing closures that affect this sector.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 12:</E>Uphold the rule as proposed. This action protects the Pacific cod fishery from shifting effort to vessels using trawl gear, and ensures the long-term productivity and viability of the fishery.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS notes that this action will provide stability to the participants in the Pacific cod fishery. This action establishes Pacific cod sector allocations in the Western and Central GOA based primarily on historical catch levels by each sector. With the exception of the jig sector, the timing, location, and overall level of fishing effort in the GOA Pacific cod fishery is not expected to change the management of the fishery. The Western and Central GOA jig sector allocation initially will be set above historic catch levels (typically less than 1 percent of the TAC in each area), and will increase further if the initial allocations are fully harvested. Similarly, jig allocations will decrease if TAC allocated to the jig sector remains unharvested. However, the jig sector allocation will not drop below its initial level. By establishing Pacific cod gear allocations based on the historical catch for non-jig sectors, this action provides a stable proportion of the Pacific cod TAC to all participants in the fishery, regardless of gear type. This assurance of the available proportion of the annual TAC to each gear type provides for long-term participation from all current gear sectors.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 13:</E>The final rule is necessary to protect the endangered western distinct population segment of Steller sea lions and their designated critical habitat.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS disagrees. Although this action may indirectly benefit Steller sea lions by promoting a shift to less intensive gear types, it is not necessary for the protection of Steller sea lions and their designated habitat. This action is intended to stabilize the GOA Pacific cod fishery. See response to Comment 12. The effects on Steller sea lions and their designated critical habitat and on other ESA-listed species are described in an environmental assessment for Amendment 83. No adverse effects on ESA-listed species or their designated critical habitat beyond those already analyzed for the GOA Pacific cod fisheries in previous biological opinions are expected from this action. The GOA Pacific cod fishery as currently prosecuted was analyzed in the 2010 Biological Opinion for the Authorization of Groundfish Fisheries under the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area, the Authorization of Groundfish Fisheries under the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska, and State of Alaska Parallel Groundfish Fisheries. This biological opinion determined that no further restrictions were needed to ensure the GOA Pacific cod fisheries as currently prosecuted would not likely adversely modify designated critical habitat for Steller sea lions or put it in jeopardy of extinction.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 14:</E>The proposed concurrent jig seasons are in direct conflict with the Council motion and intent. Concurrent State and Federal jig seasons could strand State-waters GHL jig quota. A fixed March 15 A-season Federal jig season closure is necessary to allow the jig sector to access State GHL before it harvests its Federal TAC. The final rule should revise the jig gear opening and closure dates to match the Council motion, which specified that the jig A-season closure date should be when the TAC is reached or on March 15, whichever occurs first.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>See discussion of BOF and jig provisions above in the preamble to this final rule and the discussion of the jig season in the preamble to the proposed rule implementing this action. During its October 2011 meeting, the BOF chose not to recommend that the Council and NMFS implement a March 15 closure date; therefore, no change to the proposed regulations implementing the jig A and B season start dates is necessary.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 15:</E>This action increases demand for limited management resources in ways that were not contemplated by the State or by this action. If concurrent jig seasons occur, as proposed, the burden on State managers would increase and would require Kodiak managers to increase outreach and coordination with the jig fleet to ensure accurate accounting of landings.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>See discussion of BOF and jig provisions above in the preamble to this final rule. NMFS acknowledges this comment and notes that during its October 2011 meeting, the BOF recommended management measures to mitigate many of the State managers' concerns in the event that concurrent seasons occur. The regulations implementing these management measures can be found in State regulations at: 5 AAC 28.467 for the Kodiak Area Pacific Cod Management Plan; 5 AAC 28.537 for the Chignik Area Pacific Cod Management Plan; 5 AAC 28.577 for the South Alaska Peninsula Area Pacific Cod Management Plan; 5 AAC 28.367 for the Cook Inlet Pacific Cod Management Plan; and 5 AAC 28.267 for the Prince William Sound Pacific Cod Management Plan. In the preamble to the proposed rule to implement Amendment 83, NMFS acknowledged the burden that concurrent Federal and State Pacific cod jig seasons could have on State fishery managers.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 16:</E>The Joint Protocol Committee is a collaboration of the Council and the BOF, and not a NMFS/BOF process. The Council sets Federal fisheries policy, NMFS regulates the Federal fisheries, the BOF sets State policy, and the Alaska Department of Fish and Game regulates State fisheries.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>See discussion of BOF and jig provisions above in the preamble to this final rule. The preamble to this final rule has been clarified to accurately describe the relationship between the NMFS and the BOF.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 17:</E>The proposed rule does not specify how the stair-step provisions for the jig fishery will work in the Western GOA, where the initial allocation is 1.5 percent.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS notes that the stair-step provisions for the jig fishery will be addressed in future notices of proposed annual fishery specifications. However, NMFS has modified Table 3 from the preamble to proposed rule to provide examples how the stair-step provisions might be implemented in the annual fishery specification process—<PRTPAGE P="74678"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Examples of Harvest Scenarios Affecting the Annual Jig Sector Allocation of Pacific Cod in the Western and Central Gulf of Alaska Regulatory Areas</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">If the previous year's jig sector allocation in the Western or Central GOA regulatory areas—</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">Then, in the following year, the jig sector's portion of the Federal Pacific cod TAC would—</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Was less than 6 percent of the total Federal Pacific cod TAC in that area and 90 percent, or greater, of the TAC was harvested in a given year</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase by one percent unless the previous year's Western GOA jig TAC was 5.5 percent, then the following year the TAC would increase by 0.5 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Was 6 percent of the total Federal Pacific cod TAC in that area and 90 percent, or greater, of the TAC was harvested in a given year</ENT>
            <ENT>Not change.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Was equal to or less than 6 percent of the total Federal Pacific cod TAC in that area and less than 90 percent of the TAC allocated prior to the most recent stair-step increase was harvested in that year</ENT>
            <ENT>Not change.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Was equal to or less than 6 percent of the total Federal Pacific cod TAC in that area and less than 90 percent of the TAC allocated prior to the most recent stair-step increase was harvested for a total of two consecutive years</ENT>
            <ENT>Decrease by one percent unless the previous year's Western GOA jig TAC was 2 percent, then the following year the TAC would decrease by 0.5 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Was equal to one percent in the Central GOA or 1.5 percent in the Western GOA and less than 90 percent of the TAC was harvested in the last two consecutive years</ENT>
            <ENT>Not change.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 18:</E>If the BOF recommends a March 15 closure, or any fixed date closure of the Federal A season for vessels using jig gear following the close of the comment periods for the Amendment 83 proposed rule, could it be incorporated into the final rule implementing Amendment 83 without additional due process?</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>See discussion of BOF and jig provisions above in the preamble to this final rule. Any BOF recommendation not described in the proposed rule or analysis for this action would occur through the Joint Protocol Committee as a subsequent action that would require additional Council review and notice and comment rulemaking. No subsequent action is necessary at this time because the BOF synchronized State management with the proposed concurrent season dates. Similarly, no change is necessary to the Federal A season for the jig sector in this final rule from those dates proposed in the proposed rule.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 19:</E>The commenter suggested that the jig sector has large growth potential and should be held to the same standards and requirements as other Federal Pacific cod fishery participants for reporting, recordkeeping, species and gear endorsement on their FFP, VMS, and observer coverage requirements (including proposed observer restructuring program). The proposed jig seasons guarantee Federal jig allocations will be fished and accessed first, thus reducing Pacific cod allocations to non-jig sectors. Jig sectors will automatically reach the 6 percent cap in 5 years.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The Council anticipated the potential for growth in the jig sector under a gradually increasing allocation that could also be adjusted downward if specific catch limits are not met. If the growth of the jig sector increases more than the Council and NMFS anticipate, the Council could recommend, and NMFS could implement, additional management measures to limit that growth. As described in detail in the proposed rule for this action, the initial jig sector allocations in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries implemented by this action are already higher than historic catch levels. There are no data to indicate harvests are likely to increase. The commenter is raising concerns that do not appear to be supported by current data trends. Jig vessel operators fishing exclusively in State waters are not required to hold an FFP or a groundfish LLP license. No observer coverage is currently required in the State GHL fisheries.</P>
        <P>As described in the preamble to the proposed rule of this action, jig gear is exempt from some requirements that apply to other gear types in Federal waters, including the requirement for VMS in Federal waters and in the requirements of the Federal Observer Program. Jig vessels fishing in Federal waters must obtain an FFP and comply with Federal recordkeeping and reporting requirements. Vessels using jig gear are not required to have an endorsement on their FFP to participate in the directed Pacific cod fisheries in the GOA. Consequently, vessels using jig gear are exempt from the VMS requirement (§ 679.7(a)(18)).</P>
        <P>The impacts of requiring vessels to have species and gear endorsements on their FFP and VMS were discussed in section 2.2.10 of the analysis for this action. The jig exemptions are intended to ensure that there are opportunities for vessels to use jig gear in the GOA Pacific cod fisheries. These exemptions meet the purpose and need for this action by providing a limited opportunity for entry-level vessel operators to participate in the Federal Pacific cod fishery without the obligations and costs that they may incur if a Pacific cod endorsement and VMS were required.</P>
        <P>The Council's October 2010 motion to restructure the funding and deployment system for observers in North Pacific groundfish and halibut fisheries does not exempt vessels using jig gear from the observer program.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 20:</E>One commenter supported proposed regulations to prevent federally permitted vessels from surrendering and reactivating their FFP on an unlimited basis.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS acknowledges the comment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 21:</E>Vessels that have an LLP license with a Pacific cod endorsement in the Central or Western GOA with trawl, hook-and-line, or pot gear endorsements should be prohibited from harvesting Pacific cod allocated to the jig sector to preserve the entry-level opportunities for new participants. The jig allocation was not intended to expand opportunities for vessels with fishing history that qualified for LLP endorsements under the Amendment 86 fixed gear recency action that became effective on April 21, 2011 (76 FR 15826).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS disagrees. NMFS clarifies that vessels with LLP license endorsements for other gear types in Western or Central GOA can participate in the jig sector. The Council's motion did not recommend limiting new entrants to the jig fishery, and no changes to the proposed regulatory text were made in response to this comment.</P>

        <P>The RIR for this action analyzed the number of vessels using jig gear that also had groundfish LLP licenses from 2000 through 2009, in Table 2-54 of section 2.2.5. In the Western GOA, one<PRTPAGE P="74679"/>to six vessels, and in the Central GOA, five to eight vessels participated in the GOA Pacific cod fishery with jig gear and held LLP licenses. Similarly NMFS analyzed the impacts of increasing the jig allocation to 6 percent of the TAC in the Western and Central GOA. Prior to taking final action, the Council considered options to establish initial allocations of 1 percent, 1.5 percent, or 2 percent of the Central GOA Pacific cod TAC, and 1 percent or 1.5 percent of the Western GOA Pacific cod TAC for the jig sector, with a stair-step provision to increase the jig allocation by 1 percent, if 90 percent of the Federal jig allocation in a management area is harvested in a given year. The Council also considered the impacts of a jig allocation capped at 5 percent, 6 percent, or 7 percent of the respective Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs.</P>
        <P>NMFS agrees that the intent of this action is to provide entry-level opportunities in the jig fishery and notes that participants in the jig fishery have historically used small vessels. As part of this action, the Council did not define “entry-level” as it pertains to the jig fishery. The Council and NMFS did, under the Amendment 86 fixed-gear recency action, exempt jig vessels from the LLP license requirements if the vessels are limited to no more than five jigging machines, 30 hooks per line, and one line per machine (§ 679.4(k)(2)(iii)). Vessels that do not meet the participation requirements of the fixed- gear or trawl recency actions could participate in the jig fishery if they conform to the gear limits of the exemption. Moreover, any vessel that did not participate in the jig fishery prior to the Pacific cod sector allocation could be considered an entry-level and/or new participant in the jig sector. It is equally possible under this action that vessel owners with LLP licenses endorsed for other gear types may choose to use jig gear to fish for Pacific cod in the Western or Central GOA during a non-jig gear season or after the season and/or the allocation for that non-jig gear season has closed. This action does not limit traditional small boat operators from entering the fishery. In fact, the action expands entry-level opportunities for small vessels by making more TAC available and retaining an LLP license exemption that favors small vessels, as it may not be economically feasible for large vessels to operate only 5 jig machines.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 22:</E>One commenter suggested that the proposed regulations would not restrict an FFP holder from removing Pacific cod species endorsements from that FFP. They suggested that § 679.4(b)(4)(iii)(D) should be revised to include pollock and Atka mackerel gear type endorsements along with Pacific cod. This would allow a vessel to remove all species endorsements to participate in a State fishery and then add the endorsement when the vessel wishes to again participate in a Federal fishery requiring VMS coverage.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees that the proposed regulations at § 679.4(b)(4)(iii)(D) would not restrict an FFP holder from removing Pacific cod species endorsements from that FFP. However, existing regulations allow a vessel owner to amend their FFP to add or remove species designations for Pacific cod, pollock, and Atka mackerel. In response to the comment NMFS has determined that the proposed regulation at § 679.4(b)(4)(iii)(D) superfluous with the existing regulations. Therefore, NMFS has removed the redundant proposed regulation at § 679.4(b)(4)(iii)(D) from this final rule. This action limits holders of an FFP from removing endorsements for C/P operation type, CV operation type, trawl gear, hook-and-line gear, pot gear or jig gear, and the GOA area endorsement. NMFS notes that GOA Pacific cod endorsements are not simple species endorsements; they are compound endorsements that include a species, operation type, and a gear as part of the same one endorsement. To clarify, this action will not preclude an FFP holder from amending the species endorsements on the FFP. Currently, a vessel owner can amend their FFP to add or remove species designations for Pacific cod, pollock, and Atka mackerel under regulations at § 679.4(b)(5)(vi)(B). To simplify the regulations, NMFS has removed the redundant regulatory text proposed at § 679.4(b)(4)(iii)(D).</P>
        <P>Under Amendment 83, vessels participating in the directed Pacific cod fishery in Federal waters using trawl, pot, or hook-and-line gear are required to have an FFP with a Pacific cod fishery endorsement, and are required to use VMS to facilitate enforcement of closed areas around sea lion rookeries and haulouts, and to enforce gear closures in sensitive habitat. Vessels using jig gear are exempt from this requirement. The VMS requirement only applies if the FFP has an Atka mackerel, Pacific cod, or pollock species endorsement. These FFP species endorsements are required to participate in the directed fisheries for these species. An FFP holder can remove the species endorsement from the FFP (without surrendering the FFP) at any time during the 3-year term of the permit and participate in State fisheries exempt from VMS coverage. Only a small number of vessels have surrendered the FFP in recent years. In 2008, there were approximately 1,700 FFPs, 1,500 of which had GOA area endorsements. Data provided by NMFS Restricted Access Management Program (RAM) indicate that 12 to 25 FFPs with GOA area endorsements were surrendered per year, during 2003 through 2008 (see Table 2-66 in 2.2.10 of the analysis for this action). Based on the timing of these surrenders, it appears that some vessels surrendered the FFP prior to participating in the Aleutian Islands or GOA State waters Pacific cod fisheries.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 23:</E>One commenter supported provisions of the action providing the holder of an LLP license with a C/P endorsement with the opportunity to make a one-time selection to add a CV endorsement for Pacific cod if the LLP was used to make at least one Pacific cod landing while the vessel was operating as a CV. The commenter recommended that NMFS clarify that under Amendment 83, a holder of an LLP license with a C/P endorsement electing to add a CV endorsement for Pacific cod could continue to operate as a C/P in other directed fisheries; however, incidental catch of Pacific cod in those fisheries would accrue to the CV cod allocation.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS acknowledges the support for this provision, and agrees that clarification is necessary. NMFS clarifies that each eligible LLP license holder with a C/P endorsement that elects to permanently add a CV endorsement for Pacific cod to their Central and/or Western GOA license will retain their C/P endorsement on their license. The additional CV endorsement(s) will not affect the license's existing operation type endorsement, and the license holder will continue to be eligible to participate as a C/P in all other GOA and BSAI groundfish fisheries. It is important to note that NMFS cannot require that a vessel process its catch on board; however, the license holder would need a CV FFP operation type endorsement to act as a CV, and a separate C/P FFP endorsement to process its own harvest at sea. Therefore, Pacific cod catch in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries using LLP licenses held by persons that decline to receive a CV Western and/or Central GOA endorsement will accrue to the C/P allocations. The result is that holders of an LLP license with a C/P Pacific cod endorsement can operate as either a C/P or CV, but catch from their vessels will accrue only to the C/P allocation for their respective gear type. Conversely,<PRTPAGE P="74680"/>C/P LLP license holders that elect to receive an additional CV Pacific cod endorsement could no longer participate as a C/P in the Western or Central GOA directed Pacific cod fisheries, and their catch would only accrue to the respective CV allocations. Requiring vessels to make a one-time election to operate as either a C/P or CV in the GOA Pacific cod fishery simplifies the administration of this licensing restriction, and meets the Council's objective of preventing C/P license holders from opportunely fishing off of both the C/P and CV Pacific cod sector allocations.</P>

        <P>In response to this comment, NMFS has modified these regulatory provisions and added prohibitions to clarify these requirements in the final rule. Regulations proposed at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B) and (C) establish these LLP permit requirements. NMFS notes that the proposed regulations at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) included an erroneous citation. First, NMFS has removed proposed regulations at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) and has redesignated proposed § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) and (<E T="03">3</E>) as (<E T="03">1</E>) and (<E T="03">2</E>), respectively. Finally, this rule includes a prohibition at § 679.7(b)(4)(vi) to clarify and complement these regulatory requirements. NMFS notes that this action is consistent with the analysis for this action as described in the preamble to the proposed rule (page 44719; first column; second full paragraph) that stated in order “[t]o protect communities historically invested in the inshore sector under the inshore/offshore split, C/Ps electing to add a CV endorsement in the Western or Central GOA would be prohibited from acting as a C/P in the directed Pacific cod fishery.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 24:</E>One commenter suggested that the proposed measures to limit access to the Pacific cod parallel fishery should be expanded to all Federal fisheries with concurrent parallel fisheries. NMFS should prohibit all Federal fishery participants from surrendering their FFP for any Federal fishery, not just Pacific cod. Such a measure would simplify regulations.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS acknowledges this comment; however, limiting access to other parallel fisheries is beyond the scope of the action. The Council could take up such measures as part of a subsequent action. NMFS notes that surrendering an FFP is voluntary and is not prohibited by this action. Under this action, NMFS will not reissue an FFP that is surrendered until the end of the 3-year FFP reissue cycle.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 25:</E>The rule suggests that RAM will notify only eligible holders of LLP licenses with a C/P endorsement of the one-time election opportunity to add a CV Pacific cod endorsement. All C/P LLP license holders should receive notice from RAM with regards to their ability or inability to add the CV endorsement and their opportunity to appeal the decision. NMFS should clarify that there is no deadline for the holders of C/P licenses to make the one-time election, and that an LLP license holder can change endorsement status anytime within a calendar year.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>This action allows holders of Western and Central GOA LLP licenses with a C/P endorsement to make a permanent, one-time election to operate as a CV in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries, if the LLP license was used to make a minimum of one Pacific cod landing while operating as a CV under the authority of the C/P-endorsed LLP license during the qualifying period. NMFS notes that only LLP holders that apply for the one-time election can appeal an initial administrative determination to disapprove the addition of a CV Pacific cod endorsement. Electing to add a CV endorsement is voluntary. RAM will notify only the holders of C/P-endorsed LLP licenses meeting the qualifying criteria following a review of the official record established for the Amendment 86 fixed gear recency action, which includes catch history from 2002 through December 8, 2008. RAM will notify only holders of C/P-endorsed LLP licenses that they have been identified as candidates for the election. However, any LLP holder can apply for the election to add the CV endorsement.</P>

        <P>NMFS will make this final rule available to the public through publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>). LLP license holders are urged to apply for the CV endorsement whether or not they receive a letter from NMFS. If a holder of a C/P-endorsed LLP license is denied the endorsement after requesting it, he or she can submit information regarding eligibility to NMFS as described in the appeals process at § 679.43. Table 2-47 of Section 2.2.2 of the analysis for this action shows the number of C/P-endorsed LLP licenses that qualified under the trawl or fixed gear recency actions and have at least one CV Pacific cod landing in the GOA during 2002 through 2008. If a vessel owner uses multiple LLP licenses on a vessel and one of those is a C/P-endorsed LLP license eligible to harvest Pacific cod in the Western or Central GOA, all Pacific cod catch in the Western or Central GOA will count against the C/P sector allocation. NMFS clarifies that eligible holders of C/P-endorsed LLP licenses can make the one-time CV endorsement election at any time of the year or at a future date. NMFS notes that this one-time election is permanent and the CV endorsement cannot be removed from the LLP license at a later date, by the current or any subsequent LLP holder.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 26:</E>According to the preamble to the proposed rule, NMFS estimates that 171 mt of Pacific cod would be deducted from the Central GOA trawl CV TAC. The proposed rule calculates this value by multiplying 2.09 percent by B season trawl CV allocation of 8,171 mt (8,171 mt times 2.09 percent = 171 mt). This calculation is incorrect. The regulatory impact review, environmental assessment, and initial regulatory flexibility analysis (RIR/EA/IRFA) state that the incidental catch allocated to trawl CVs for the Central GOA Rockfish Program (currently, 2.09 percent of the Central GOA Pacific cod TAC) will be deducted from the Central GOA trawl CV B season allocation. So the calculation should be (Total Pacific cod TAC, 2011 as the example, of 40,362 mt times 2.09 percent = 844 mt). Thus, the Rockfish Program Pacific cod cooperative quota is 844 mt, and the B season CV trawl cod allocation is 8,171 mt minus 844 mt, which equals 7,327 mt for the limited access Central GOA trawl CV sector.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees. The example calculation included in the preamble to the proposed rule to implement Amendment 83 was not accurate. Although no changes are necessary to this final rule, each proposed and final harvest specifications rulemaking will apply the correct method for estimating the amount of Pacific cod that would be deducted from the Central GOA trawl CV TAC allocation.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 27:</E>The Council typically recommends each TAC so that total harvests in the State GHL and Federal TAC fisheries are equal to the acceptable biological catch (ABC). However, the rule states, “The Council recommends each TAC so that total harvests under the State GHL and Federal TAC fisheries are slightly below the ABC to ensure that the ABC is not exceeded.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The FMP requires TACs to be set at or below ABCs. For Pacific cod, the TAC is recommended by the Council based on the ABC minus the amount of harvest authorized by the State for its GHL fishery. If the management of a fishery is sufficient to reliably limit harvests to the TAC, the TAC is more likely to be set close to or at ABC. For fisheries with more<PRTPAGE P="74681"/>management uncertainty, the TAC is generally set lower than ABC. For Pacific cod in the GOA, there is less management uncertainty than for other stocks and the combined TAC and State GHL is set equal to the ABC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 28:</E>The proposed rule is unclear about how NMFS and the Alaska Regional Administrator would reallocate any projected unused allocations of Pacific cod TAC. NMFS should clarify if the combined pot C/P and CV sector would be treated as a CV sector (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>before C/P sectors), or if the combined pot CV and C/P sector would receive reallocation priority over other sectors. According to the Council motion, CV sectors have the first priority for reallocated Pacific cod.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS agrees. NMFS recognizes the potential for Pacific cod TAC to rollover from the A season to the B season, within the fishing year. Similarly, NMFS can reallocate the projected unused allocation in the B season among gear types, to harvest the remaining Pacific cod TAC. NMFS has modified the regulatory provision at § 679.20(a)(12)(ii)(B) to clarify that the NMFS Alaska Regional Administrator would consider reallocation of the projected unused allocation in the B season to the CV sectors first. Then the Regional Administrator would consider a reallocation in the B season to the combined CV and C/P pot sector. Finally, the Regional Administrator would consider reallocation in the B season to all other C/P sectors. The Regional Administrator would take into account the capability of a sector to harvest the remaining Pacific cod TAC in any reallocation decision. Any portion of the CV, C/P, or jig allocation determined by the NMFS Regional Administrator to remain unharvested during the remainder of the fishing year will be reallocated as soon as practicable. While the CV sectors will have priority, it is possible the Regional Administrator may choose to allocate unused TAC to C/P sectors to fully harvest the remaining TAC, as required at § 679.20(a)(12)(ii)(B) by this final rule.</P>
        <P>NMFS notes that combined pot CV and C/P catch history is largely comprised of pot CV landings, as described by Table 2-43 of the analysis for this action. The Council noted that the potential allocation to the pot C/P sector may not support a directed fishery; therefore, the Council recommended a combined pot CV and C/P sector to ensure that pot C/Ps may participate in the Western and Central GOA directed Pacific cod fishery.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 29:</E>Regulations implementing Amendment 83 will negatively impact the Central GOA CV trawl sector and will create economic instability for this sector that has significant long-term investments in the fishery. The allocation method adopted by the Council was arbitrarily designed to reduce the Central GOA CV trawl sector's allocation and instead favored pot, hook-and-line, and jig (non-trawl) sectors. The Council should have considered catch history from 1995 through 2005 in the Central GOA, which favored the CV trawl sector and disfavored some non-trawl sectors. No rationale for treating the Western and Central GOA catch history differently was presented. The proposed Central GOA CV Pacific cod allocations are based on retained catch only (no discarded catch). Therefore, the Central GOA trawl CV sector will receive a smaller Pacific cod allocation than their historical usage. Historically, the Central GOA trawl CV sector has discarded as much as 27 percent of its annual catch due to regulatory discard requirements. Halibut PSC limits will close the Central GOA CV trawl sector B cod fishery prior to the full harvest of the sector's TAC allocation. NMFS should increase the Pacific cod A season and reduce the sector's B season allocation under Amendment 83 to address halibut bycatch concerns, as was done in the Western GOA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>NMFS disagrees. No changes were made to the sector allocations implemented by this final rule. The Council's recommended TAC allocation for the Central GOA CV trawl sector is based on the best available science, as described in section 2.2 of the analysis for this action. Specifically, the analysis considered the catch history from 1995 through 2010 by each of the sectors in both the Western and Central GOA, These data are summarized in Table 2-42.</P>
        <P>Section 2.2.4 of the analysis describes the Council's rationale for selecting each sector's best catch history for assigning sector allocations. In making its allocation recommendations, the Council considered that, in general, the amount of Pacific cod harvested by trawl CVs in the Western and Central GOA has declined, while the amount harvested by pot CV sector has increased. The Council noted that using each sector's best catch tends to increase each sector's allocation to a percentage that is substantially higher than the sector's average. The Council also noted that the potential sector allocations it considered generally favored non-trawl sectors in more recent years. This trend is particularly apparent for trawl CVs in the Western GOA, so the Council chose to adjust allocations accordingly. NMFS notes that the Council did not recommend similar adjustments for trawl CVs in the Central GOA because this area was less impacted by Steller sea lion mitigation measures than the Western GOA.</P>
        <P>The Council chose to define qualifying catch as all retained catch of Pacific cod from Federal and State parallel fisheries based on its experience with similar actions, public testimony during Council meetings, and historic catch estimates by sector, as reported in the analysis for this action. The tables in Appendix A to the analysis for this action report annual catches by each sector in the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries during 1995 through 2008 and, in some cases, through 2010. The Council's recommendation to not include discards in historic use estimates is consistent with the purpose and need statement that recognizes that competition among sectors may increase discards. Including discards would be contrary to the intent of this action to promote sustainable fisheries. Although the Council did not include discards in establishing each sector's catch history, the Council included catch destined for meal production. The Council noted the high rates of meal production for the trawl CV sector in section 2.2.3 of the analysis for this action.</P>
        <P>NMFS notes that this action does not change the halibut PSC limits for trawl CVs. The analysis describes that trawl vessels, and to a lesser extent hook-and-line vessels, currently race to catch Pacific cod at the highest possible rate during the B season, because halibut PSC limits could close directed fishing for Pacific cod in the B season at any time. Amendment 83 is not expected to directly impact halibut PSC removals. However, the Council is considering separate action to address halibut PSC limits for trawl and fixed gear in the GOA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>The Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS determined that this final rule is necessary for the conservation and management of the groundfish fisheries off Alaska and that it is consistent with the MSA and other applicable law.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Entity Compliance Guide</HD>

        <P>The preamble to the proposed rule and this final rule serve as the small entity compliance guide required by Section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. This action does not require any additional compliance from small entities that is not described in the preamble. Copies of this final rule are available from NMFS at the following<PRTPAGE P="74682"/>Web site:<E T="03">http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>This rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</HD>
        <P>This final regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) incorporates the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), a summary of the significant issues raised by the public comments, NMFS' responses to those comments, and a summary of the analyses completed to support the action. NMFS published the proposed rule on July 26, 2011 (76 FR 44700) with comments invited through September 9, 2011. An IRFA was prepared and summarized in the “Classification” section of the preamble to the proposed rule. The description of this action, its purpose, and its legal basis are described in the preamble to the proposed rule and are not repeated here. The FRFA describes the impacts on small entities, which are defined in the IRFA for this action and not repeated here. Analytical requirements for the FRFA are described in Regulatory Flexibility Act, section 304(a)(1) through (5), and summarized below.  The FRFA must contain:</P>
        <P>1. A succinct statement of the need for, and objectives of, the rule;</P>
        <P>2. A summary of the significant issues raised by the public comments in response to the initial regulatory flexibility analysis, a summary of the assessment of the agency of such issues, and a statement of any changes made in the proposed rule as a result of such comments;</P>
        <P>3. A description and an estimate of the number of small entities to which the rule will apply, or an explanation of why no such estimate is available;</P>
        <P>4. A description of the projected reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements of the rule, including an estimate of the classes of small entities which will be subject to the requirement and the type of professional skills necessary for preparation of the report or record; and</P>
        <P>5. A description of the steps the agency has taken to minimize the significant economic impact on small entities consistent with the stated objectives of applicable statutes, including a statement of the factual, policy, and legal reasons for selecting the alternative adopted in the final rule and why each one of the other significant alternatives to the rule considered by the agency which affect the impact on small entities was rejected.</P>

        <P>The “universe” of entities to be considered in a FRFA generally includes only those small entities that can reasonably be expected to be directly regulated by the proposed action. If the effects of the rule fall primarily on a distinct segment of the industry, or portion thereof (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>user group, gear type, geographic area), that segment would be considered the universe for purposes of this analysis.</P>
        <P>In preparing a FRFA, an agency may provide either a quantifiable or numerical description of the effects of a rule (and alternatives to the rule), or more general descriptive statements, if quantification is not practicable or reliable.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for and Objectives of This Final Action</HD>
        <P>The Council developed a purpose and need statement defining the reasons for considering this action, as described in Section 1.1 of the analysis for this action. The Western and Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries are currently managed as limited access fisheries in which the sectors race each other for shares of the TACs. Participants who have made significant long-term investments, who have extensive catch histories, and who are highly dependent on the GOA Pacific cod fisheries desire stability in the form of sector allocations. Without sector allocations, future harvests by some sectors may increase and impinge upon historical levels of catch by other sectors, with undesirable economic, socioeconomic, and social consequences for fishery participants and the communities that support and depend upon them. The objective of this action is to establish direct allocations for each gear sector in the GOA Pacific cod fishery, in order to preserve the relative catch distribution among sectors. The problem statement notes that dividing the TAC among sectors may also facilitate the development of management measures to address Steller sea lion mitigation issues, bycatch reduction, and PSC mortality avoidance issues. As noted in the preamble to this final rule, these management measures also promote conservation.</P>
        <P>The legal basis for this action is the MSA. One of the stated purposes of the MSA is to promote domestic commercial fishing under sound conservation and management principles and to achieve and maintain the optimum yield from each fishery. The MSA also requires conservation and management measures take into account the importance of fishery resources to fishing communities in order to (A) provide for the sustained participation of such communities, and (B) to the extent practicable, minimize adverse economic impacts on such communities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Summary of Significant Issues Raised During Public Comment</HD>
        <P>No comments were received that raised significant issues in response to the IRFA specifically; therefore, no changes were made to the rule as a result of comments on the IRFA. However, several comments were received on the economic impacts of Amendment 83 on different sectors of the industry. For a summary of the comments received, refer to the section above titled “Comments and Responses.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Number and Description of Directly Regulated Small Entities</HD>
        <P>This final action directly regulates CVs and C/Ps that participate in the Pacific cod fisheries in the GOA. The number of small entities potentially directly regulated by the final action was estimated by calculating 2009 gross earnings for CVs, and 2009 first wholesale revenues for C/Ps, from their respective participation in all commercial fisheries in and off Alaska. Earnings estimates for 2010 are not currently available.</P>
        <P>In 2009, 445 CVs retained Pacific cod in the GOA, including vessels that did not participate in the directed Federal fisheries, and that only had incidental catch of Pacific cod. Forty-five of these CVs were members of AFA cooperatives and, as such, are not considered small entities for the purpose of the RFA. The remaining 401 CVs are all considered small entities. In 2009, 41 C/Ps retained Pacific cod in the GOA, and seven of these vessels are estimated to be small entities.</P>

        <P>In addition, five processing entities will be directly regulated by this final action. A review of processor activity from 2002 through 2010 revealed that five active processing entities own seven stationary floating processors and four motherships that have participated in the GOA Pacific cod fisheries. In the absence of detailed employment data, size determinations were based on a staff review of known ownership information and knowledge of Alaska processing firms. On this basis, nine of these processing vessels are not considered small entities for the purpose of the RFA, because they appear to be owned by firms that exceed the “500 or more employees” threshold for small businesses engaged in fishing processes, when all their affiliates worldwide are included. NMFS estimates that two vessels, owned by<PRTPAGE P="74683"/>two different processing entities, are small entities.</P>
        <P>It is likely that additional CVs, C/P vessels, or processing entities are affiliated through partnerships, or in other ways, with other entities, and would be considered large entities for the purpose of this action, if more complete ownership information were available.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Recordkeeping and Reporting</HD>
        <P>Implementation of this action requires NMFS to modify the catch accounting system to track catch by each sector. However, vessels fishing off these allocations will have to report their catch through existing information collections, and catch will be deducted from the appropriate account by the Agency, in accordance with the revisions to the catch monitoring and accounting program.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of Significant Alternatives to the Final Action</HD>
        <P>The Council considered two alternatives for this action, along with a suite of components and options that could be adopted singly or in combination. Alternative 1 is the no action alternative, in which the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs would not be allocated among the various sectors, and the fisheries would continue to be managed as a limited access race for fish. Under Alternative 2, the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs would be allocated among the various gear sectors and operation types. Allocations would be based on retained catch history over a series of years from 1995 through 2005, 2000 through 2006, 2002 through 2007, or 2002 through 2008. The action would have similar impacts on small and large entities. Allocations would stabilize catches of the sectors.</P>
        <P>The recommendation under Alternative 2, the preferred alternative, to increase the jig sector allocation beyond historical catch levels will be advantageous to jig vessels, which are among the smallest entities participating in the fisheries. The jig allocation allows for potential growth in entry-level opportunities in the GOA Pacific cod fisheries. From 1995 through 2008, the jig sector harvested, on average, less than 1 percent of the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs. This action could potentially increase the jig sector allocation to 6 percent of the Western and Central GOA TACs, but is not expected to do so, in the foreseeable future. Nonetheless, this provision explicitly recognizes and accommodates the special circumstances of this group of small entities.</P>

        <P>The Council considered, but rejected, options to establish separate allocations for trawl and hook-and-line C/Ps that have historically fished the inshore TACs. Establishing distinct inshore C/P allocations would protect harvests of smaller C/Ps, if combined with a provision to limit entry to the inshore processing component. Prior to removing the option to create distinct inshore C/P allocations, the Council reviewed data that showed that during most years, nearly all C/Ps less than 125 ft (38.1m) LOA elected to fish inshore. Therefore, if C/P allocations were to be based on vessel length (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>vessels less than, and vessels greater than 125 ft (38.1m) LOA), these allocations would be nearly identical to allocations based on catch by the inshore and offshore processing components. This result would not serve the objectives for this action.</P>

        <P>The Council considered options to assign mothership processing caps as high as 10 percent of the Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs. Higher processing caps would benefit mothership vessels that have traditionally processed little Pacific cod in the GOA. From 2002 through 2008, less than 2 percent of the Western GOA TAC was processed annually by motherships, and no mothership processing activity occurred in the Central GOA. The Council declined to increase processing caps above recent participation levels (2002 through 2008), because such a recommendation is inconsistent with the objectives of this action and could redistribute catch, imposing greater economic burdens on other directly regulated entities with documented dependence (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>recent catch history) on these resources.</P>
        <P>Based upon the best available scientific data and information, none of the alternatives to the final action accomplish the stated objectives of the MSA and other applicable statutes, while minimizing any significant adverse economic impact on small entities, beyond those achieved under the final rule. Compared with the other alternatives and options, the associated suite of options composing the preferred alternative best minimizes adverse economic impacts on small entities, while providing the most benefits to the directly regulated small entities. The action provides greater economic benefits for participants in the small boat CV fleet, including entry-level participants in the jig fishery, by providing additional harvesting opportunities and increasing regional community based processing opportunities for CVs. The Council chose to recommend the preferred alternative because it best meets the goals of this action. This action minimizes the potential negative impacts to small entities directly, by eliminating the derby-style race for TAC among sectors, which tends to favor larger vessels that fish at higher rates and have higher hold capacity. Moreover, this alternative promotes stability in a region that has traditionally benefited from the inshore/offshore processing management.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Collection-of-Information Requirements</HD>
        <P>This rule contains collection-of-information requirements subject to review and approval by Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). These requirements have been approved by OMB. The collections are listed below by OMB control number.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">OMB Control No. 0206</HD>
        <P>Public reporting burden per response is estimated to average 21 minutes for Federal Fisheries Permit applications; and 21 minutes for Federal Processor Permit applications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">OMB Control No. 0213</HD>
        <P>Public reporting burden per response is estimated to average 31 minutes for a Mothership Daily Cumulative Production Logbook.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">OMB Control No. 0334</HD>
        <P>Public reporting burden per response is estimated to average 20 hours for Application for a CQE to receive a Non-trawl groundfish LLP license; 1 hour for CQE Authorization Letter; and 40 hours for CQE Annual Report.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">OMB Control No. 0445</HD>
        <P>Public reporting burden is estimated to average 12 minutes for Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) check-in report; and 4 hours for VMS operation (includes installation, transmission, and maintenance).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">OMB Control No. 0515</HD>
        <P>Public reporting burden is estimated to average 15 minutes for the Interagency Electronic Reporting System (IERS) processor registration; 35 minutes for eLandings landing report; 10 minutes for shoreside eLanding production report; and 20 minutes for at-sea eLanding production report.</P>

        <P>Public reporting burden includes the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate, or any other aspect of this data<PRTPAGE P="74684"/>collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to NMFS (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) and by email to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or fax to (202) 395-7285.</P>
        <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>15 CFR Part 902</CFR>
          <P>Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
          <CFR>50 CFR Parts 679 and 680</CFR>
          <P>Alaska, Fisheries, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Patricia A. Montanio,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for Operations, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons set out in the preamble, NMFS amends 15 CFR chapter IX and 50 CFR chapter VI as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="902" TITLE="15">
          <TITLE>TITLE 15—COMMERCE AND FOREIGN TRADE</TITLE>
          <CHAPTER>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER IX—NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</HD>
            <PART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 902—NOAA INFORMATION COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT: OMB CONTROL NUMBERS</HD>
            </PART>
          </CHAPTER>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 902 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="902" TITLE="15">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 902.1, in the table in paragraph (b), under the entry “50 CFR”, add an entry in alphanumeric order for “679.28(f)” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 902.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12" COLS="2" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">CFR part or section where the information collection<LI>requirement is located</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Current OMB control number (all numbers begin with 0648-)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">50 CFR</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">679.28(f)</ENT>
                <ENT>−0445</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <TITLE>TITLE 50—WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES</TITLE>
          <CHAPTER>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER VI—FISHERY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT, NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</HD>
            <PART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 679—FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA</HD>
            </PART>
          </CHAPTER>
          <AMDPAR>3. The authority citation for part 679 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 773<E T="03">et seq.;</E>1801<E T="03">et seq.;</E>3631<E T="03">et seq.;</E>Pub. L. 108-447.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>4. In § 679.2,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Add definition of “CQE floating processor”; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Revise the definitions of “Hook-and-line catcher/processor,” “Inshore component in the GOA,” “Mothership,” “Offshore Component in the GOA,” “Pot catcher/processor,” and “Stationary floating processor (SFP)” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">CQE floating processor</E>means, for the purposes of processing Pacific cod within the marine municipal boundaries of CQE communities (see Table 21 of this part) in the Western or Central Gulf of Alaska Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, a vessel not meeting the definition of a stationary floating processor in this section, that has not harvested groundfish in the Gulf of Alaska in the same calendar year, and operates on the authority of an FPP endorsed as a CQE floating processor.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Hook-and-line catcher/processor</E>means a catcher/processor vessel that is named on a valid LLP license that is noninterim and transferable, or that is interim and subsequently becomes noninterim and transferable, and that is endorsed for any of the following areas: Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, and/or any area in the Gulf of Alaska; and endorsed for catcher/processor fishing activity, catcher/processor Pacific cod, and hook-and-line gear.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Inshore component in the GOA</E>means the following three categories of the U.S. groundfish fishery that process pollock harvested in the GOA or Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA:</P>
            <P>(1) Shoreside processors.</P>
            <P>(2) Vessels less than 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA that hold an inshore processing endorsement on their Federal fisheries permit, and that process no more than 126 mt per week in round-weight equivalents of an aggregate amount of pollock and Eastern GOA Pacific cod.</P>
            <P>(3) Stationary floating processors that—</P>
            <P>(i) Hold an inshore processing endorsement on their Federal processor permit;</P>
            <P>(ii) Process pollock harvested in a GOA directed fishery at a single GOA geographic location in Alaska state waters during a fishing year; and/or,</P>
            <P>(iii) Process Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA regulatory area at a single GOA geographic location in Alaska state waters during a fishing year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Mothership</E>means:</P>
            <P>(1) A vessel that receives and processes groundfish from other vessels; or</P>
            <P>(2) With respect to subpart E of this part, a processor vessel that receives and processes groundfish from other vessels and is not used for, or equipped to be used for, catching groundfish; or</P>
            <P>(3) For the purposes of processing Pacific cod within the marine municipal boundaries of CQE communities (as defined in Table 21 to this part) in the Western or Central Gulf of Alaska, motherships include vessels with a CQE floating processor endorsement on their Federal processor permit that receive and process groundfish from other vessels.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Offshore component in the GOA</E>means all vessels not included in the definition of “inshore component in the GOA” that process pollock harvested in the GOA, and/or Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Pot catcher/processor</E>means a catcher/processor vessel that is named on a valid LLP license that is noninterim and transferable, or that is interim and subsequently becomes noninterim and transferable, and that is endorsed for Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, and/or Gulf of Alaska catcher/processor fishing activity, catcher/processor Pacific cod, and pot gear.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Stationary floating processor (SFP)</E>means:</P>

            <P>(1) A vessel of the United States operating as a processor in Alaska State waters that remains anchored or otherwise remains stationary in a single geographic location while receiving or<PRTPAGE P="74685"/>processing groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI; and</P>
            <P>(2) In the Western and Central GOA Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, a vessel that has not operated as a catcher/processor, CQE floating processor, or mothership in the GOA during the same fishing year; however, an SFP can operate as catcher/processor or mothership in the BSAI and an SFP in the Western and Central GOA during the same fishing year.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>5. In § 679.4,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Redesignate paragraph (f)(2)(v) as (f)(2)(vi);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Revise paragraphs (b)(4)(ii), (b)(4)(iii), (b)(5)(iv), (f)(1), (f)(2) introductory text, (f)(2)(i), (f)(2)(iii), and newly redesignated (f)(2)(vi); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Add paragraphs (f)(2)(v), (k)(10)(vii), and (k)(10)(viii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Permits.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Surrendered permit</E>—(A) An FFP permit may be voluntarily surrendered in accordance with paragraph (a)(9) of this section. Except as provided under paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section, if surrendered, an FFP may be reissued in the same fishing year in which it was surrendered. Contact NMFS/RAM by telephone, locally at (907) 586-7202 (Option #2) or toll-free at (800) 304-4846 (Option #2).</P>
            <P>(B) For the BSAI, NMFS will not reissue a surrendered FFP to the owner of a vessel named on an FFP that has been issued with the following combination of endorsements: Catcher/processor vessel operation type, pot and/or hook-and-line gear type, and the BSAI area, until after the expiration date of the surrendered FFP.</P>
            <P>(C) For the GOA, NMFS will not reissue a surrendered FFP to the owner of a vessel named on an FFP that has been issued a GOA area endorsement and any combination of endorsements for catcher/processor operation type, catcher vessel operation type, trawl gear type, hook-and-line gear type, pot gear type, and/or jig gear type until after the expiration date of the surrendered FFP.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Amended permit</E>—(A) An owner who applied for and received an FFP, must notify NMFS of any change in the permit information by submitting an FFP application found at the NMFS Web site at<E T="03">http://alaskafisheries.noaa.gov.</E>The owner must submit the application as instructed on the application form. Except as provided under paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(B) and (C) of this section, upon receipt and approval of a permit amendment, the Program Administrator, RAM, will issue an amended FFP.</P>
            <P>(B) In the BSAI, NMFS will not approve an application to amend an FFP to remove a catcher/processor vessel operation endorsement, pot gear type endorsement, hook-and-line gear type endorsement, or BSAI area endorsement from an FFP that has been issued with endorsements for catcher/processor operation type, pot or hook-and-line gear type, and the BSAI area.</P>
            <P>(C) In the GOA, NMFS will not approve an application to amend an FFP to remove endorsements for catcher/processor operation type, catcher vessel operation type, trawl gear type, hook-and-line gear type, pot gear type, or jig gear type, and the GOA area.</P>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Area and gear information.</E>Indicate the type of vessel operation. If catcher/processor or catcher vessel, indicate only the gear types used for groundfish fishing. If the vessel is a catcher/processor under 125 ft (38.1 m) LOA that is intended to process GOA inshore pollock or Pacific cod harvested in the inshore component of the Eastern GOA, mark the box for a GOA inshore processing endorsement.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) * * *</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Requirement.</E>No shoreside processor of the United States, stationary floating processor, or CQE floating processor described at (f)(2) of this section may receive or process groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI, unless the owner first obtains a Federal processor permit issued under this part. A Federal processor permit is issued without charge.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Contents of an FPP application.</E>To obtain an FPP, the owner must complete an FPP application and provide the following information (see paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section) for each SFP, shoreside processor plant, and CQE floating processor to be permitted:</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">New or amended permit.</E>Indicate whether application is for a new or amended FPP; and if an amended permit, provide the current FPP number. Indicate whether application is for a shoreside processor, an SFP, or a CQE floating processor.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">SFP information.</E>Indicate the vessel name; whether this is a vessel of the United States; USCG documentation number; ADF&amp;G vessel registration number; ADF&amp;G processor code; the vessel's LOA (ft); registered length (ft); gross tonnage; net tonnage; shaft horsepower; homeport (city and state); and whether choosing to receive a GOA inshore processing endorsement. A GOA inshore processing endorsement is required in order to process GOA inshore pollock and Eastern GOA inshore Pacific cod.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">CQE floating processor information.</E>A vessel owner that applies to process groundfish harvested by another vessel within the marine municipal boundaries of a Western GOA or Central GOA CQE community (as defined in Table 21 to this part) under the authority of an FPP CQE floating processor endorsement must indicate: The vessel name; whether this is a vessel of the United States; USCG documentation number; ADF&amp;G vessel registration number; ADF&amp;G processor code; vessel's LOA (ft); registered length (ft); gross tonnage; net tonnage; shaft horsepower; homeport (city and state); and whether choosing to receive a GOA inshore processing endorsement.</P>
            <P>(vi)<E T="03">Signature.</E>The owner or agent of the owner of the shoreside processor, SFP, or CQE floating processor must sign and date the application. If the owner is a company, the agent of the owner must sign and date the application.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(k) * * *</P>
            <P>(10) * * *</P>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Additional endorsements for groundfish license holders eligible to participate in the Western and/or Central GOA Pacific cod fisheries</E>—(A)<E T="03">Requirements.</E>A license limitation groundfish license holder can elect to permanently add a catcher vessel endorsement for Pacific cod for the same gears and areas for which the license is currently endorsed, for the Western and/or Central GOA if the license holder—</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Is operating under the authority of a groundfish license endorsed for Pacific cod in Western and Central GOA, as described at paragraphs (k)(4)(vi) or (k)(10)(ii) of this section;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Is endorsed to participate as a catcher/processor in the Western and/or Central GOA Pacific cod fishery; and,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Made a minimum of one Pacific cod landing while operating as a catcher vessel under the authority of the catcher/processor license in Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, from January 1, 2002, through December 31, 2008.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Or, is the holder of a license limitation groundfish license endorsed for trawl gear Western and/or Central GOA and made a minimum of one Pacific cod landing while operating as a<PRTPAGE P="74686"/>catcher vessel under the authority of the catcher/processor license in Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, from January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2008.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Additional Central GOA and/or Western GOA catcher vessel endorsement.</E>Any holder of an LLP license that has a catcher vessel endorsement for the Western and/or Central GOA under paragraph (k)(10)(vii) of this section—</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Will have all directed catch of Pacific cod harvested under the authority of that groundfish license accrue against the respective GOA regulatory area catcher vessel allocations; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Will have all incidental catch of Pacific cod in the Western GOA or Central GOA Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, harvested under the authority of that groundfish license accrue against the respective GOA regulatory area catcher vessel allocations.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Eligible license holders not electing to add catcher vessel endorsement(s).</E>Any holder of an LLP license that does not have a catcher vessel endorsement for the Western and/or Central GOA under (k)(10)(vii) of this section may participate in the Western GOA or Central GOA directed Pacific cod fishery as a catcher/processor or a catcher vessel; however, direct and incidental catch of Pacific cod in the Western GOA and Central GOA will accrue against the respective catcher/processor allocation.</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">Multiple or stacked LLP licenses.</E>For a vessel that does not meet the requirements at paragraph (k)(10)(vii) of this section but does have multiple, stacked, LLP licenses and one of those stacked licenses is endorsed as a catcher/processor eligible to harvest Pacific cod in the Western GOA or Central GOA Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, all catch will accrue against the catcher/processor sector allocation for that gear type.</P>
            <P>(E)<E T="03">Catch history.</E>NMFS will assign legal landings to each groundfish license for an area based only on information contained in the official record as described in paragraph (k)(10)(viii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(viii)<E T="03">Catcher/processor participation in the Western GOA and Central GOA official record.</E>(A) The official record will contain all information used by the Regional Administrator to determine the following:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The number and amount of legal landings made under the authority of that license by gear type, and operational mode;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) All other relevant information necessary to administer the requirements described in paragraphs (k)(10)(vii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) through (k)(10)(vii)(A)(<E T="03">3</E>) of this section.</P>
            <P>(B) The official record is presumed to be correct. A groundfish license holder has the burden to prove otherwise.</P>
            <P>(C) For the purposes of creating the official record, the Regional Administrator will presume if more than one person is claiming the same legal landing, that each groundfish license for which the legal landing is being claimed will be credited with the legal landing;</P>
            <P>(D) Only legal landings as defined in § 679.2 and documented on State of Alaska Fish Tickets or NMFS weekly production reports will be used to assign legal landings to a groundfish license.</P>
            <P>(E) The Regional Administrator will specify by letter a 30-day evidentiary period during which an applicant may provide additional information or evidence to amend or challenge the information in the official record. A person will be limited to one 30-day evidentiary period. Additional information or evidence received after the 30-day evidentiary period specified in the letter has expired will not be considered for purposes of the initial administrative determination.</P>
            <P>(F) The Regional Administrator will prepare and send an IAD to the applicant following the expiration of the 30-day evidentiary period if the Regional Administrator determines that the information or evidence provided by the person fails to support the person's claims and is insufficient to rebut the presumption that the official record is correct, or if the additional information, evidence, or revised application is not provided within the time period specified in the letter that notifies the applicant of his or her 30-day evidentiary period. The IAD will indicate the deficiencies with the information, or the evidence submitted in support of the information. The IAD will also indicate which claims cannot be approved based on the available information or evidence. A person who receives an IAD may appeal pursuant to § 679.43. A person who avails himself or herself of the opportunity to appeal an IAD that is accepted by the National Appeals Office will receive a non-transferable license pending the final resolution of that appeal, notwithstanding the eligibility of that applicant for some claims based on consistent information in the official record.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>6. In § 679.5,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (c)(6)(i), (c)(6)(v)(C), (e)(3)(iv)(B), (e)(6) introductory text, (e)(6)(i) introductory text, (e)(10)(ii), and (e)(10)(iii) introductory text; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraph (e)(6)(i)(A)(<E T="03">12</E>) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting (R&amp;R).</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(6) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Responsibility.</E>Except as described in paragraph (f)(1)(v) of this section, the operator of a mothership that is required to have an FFP under § 679.4(b), or the operator of a CQE floating processor that receives or processes any groundfish from the GOA or BSAI from vessels issued an FFP under § 679.4(b) is required to use a combination of mothership DCPL and eLandings to record and report daily processor identification information, delivery information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data. The operator must enter into the DCPL any information for groundfish received from catcher vessels, groundfish received from processors for reprocessing or rehandling, and groundfish received from an associated buying station documented on a BSR.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v) * * *</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Vessel information.</E>Name of mothership, or CQE floating processor as displayed in official documentation, FFP or FPP number, and ADF&amp;G processor code.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv) * * *</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Groundfish catcher/processor, mothership, or CQE floating processor.</E>If a groundfish catcher/processor or mothership, enter the FFP number; if a CQE floating processor, enter FPP number.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Mothership landing report.</E>The operator of a mothership that is issued an FFP under § 679.4(b) or a CQE floating processor that receives groundfish from catcher vessels required to have an FFP under § 679.4 is required to use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a daily landing report during the fishing year to report processor identification information and the following information under paragraphs (e)(6)(i) through (iii) of this section:</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Information entered for each groundfish delivery to a mothership.</E>
              <PRTPAGE P="74687"/>The User for a mothership must enter the following information (see paragraphs (e)(6)(i)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) through (<E T="03">12</E>) of this section) provided by the operator of a catcher vessel, operator or manager of an associated buying station, or information received from processors for reprocessing or rehandling product.</P>
            <P>(A) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">12</E>) Receiving deliveries of groundfish in the marine municipal boundaries of a CQE community listed in Table 21 to this part.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(10) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Mothership.</E>The operator of a mothership that is issued an FFP under § 679.4, or the operator of a CQE floating processor that receives groundfish is required to use eLandings or other NMFS-approved software to submit a production report to record and report daily processor identification information, groundfish production data, and groundfish and prohibited species discard or disposition data.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Contents.</E>eLandings autofills the following fields when creating a production report for a catcher/processor or mothership: FFP or FPP number, company name, ADF&amp;G processor code, User name, email address, and telephone number. The User must review the autofilled cells to ensure that they are accurate for the current report. In addition, the User for the catcher/processor or mothership must enter the information in paragraphs (e)(10)(iii)(A) through (N) of this section.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <STARS/>
          <AMDPAR>7. In § 679.7,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (a)(7)(vi), (viii), and (ix), (a)(15), and (k)(1)(iv); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraphs (b)(4), (b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7), and (k)(2)(ii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(7) * * *</P>
            <P>(vi) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(3)(iv) of this section, use a stationary floating processor with a GOA inshore processing endorsement to process pollock harvested in the GOA or Pacific cod harvested in the Eastern GOA in a directed fishery for those species in more than one single geographic location in the GOA during a fishing year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(viii) Use a vessel operating under the authority of a groundfish license with a Pacific cod endorsement to directed fish for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the inshore component of the GOA as specified under § 679.20(a)(6) if that vessel has directed fished for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the offshore component of the Eastern GOA during that calendar year.</P>
            <P>(ix) Use a vessel operating under the authority of a groundfish license with a Pacific cod endorsement to directed fish for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the offshore component of the Eastern GOA as specified under § 679.20(a)(6) if that vessel has directed fished for Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA apportioned to the inshore component of the GOA during that calendar year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(15)<E T="03">Federal processor permit</E>—(i) Receive, purchase or arrange for purchase, discard, or process groundfish harvested in the GOA or BSAI by a shoreside processor or SFP and in the Western and Central GOA regulatory areas, including Federal reporting areas 610, 620, and 630, a CQE floating processor, that does not have on site a valid Federal processor permit issued pursuant to § 679.4(f).</P>
            <P>(ii) Receive, purchase or arrange for purchase, discard, or process groundfish harvested in the GOA by a CQE floating processor that does not have on site a valid Federal processor permit issued pursuant to § 679.4(f).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Catcher vessel restrictions</E>—(i) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Western GOA or Central GOA regulatory area including Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, to a vessel for processing in a GOA regulatory area other than the area in which the harvest occurred.</P>
            <P>(ii) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Western GOA or Central GOA regulatory area, including Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, to another vessel for processing unless the processing vessel carries an operable NMFS-approved Vessel Monitoring System that complies with the requirements in § 679.28(f).</P>
            <P>(iii) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Western GOA or adjacent waters parallel directed fishery to a vessel for processing in excess of the processing limits established at § 679.20(a)(12)(iv) or (v), unless the processing vessel meets the definition of a stationary floating processor at § 679.2.</P>
            <P>(iv) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Central GOA or adjacent waters parallel directed fishery in excess of the processing limits established at § 679.20(a)(12)(v), unless the processing vessel meets the definition of a stationary floating processor at § 679.2.</P>
            <P>(v) Deliver Pacific cod harvested in the Central GOA or adjacent waters parallel directed fishery to a vessel for processing, unless that vessel is endorsed as a CQE floating processor or stationary floating processor.</P>
            <P>(vi) Eligible catcher/processor LLP license holders electing to add a catcher vessel endorsement for the Western or Central GOA under § 679.4 (k)(10)(vii)(B) and (C) of this part are prohibited from catching and processing Pacific cod onboard a vessel under the authority of that groundfish license in the directed Pacific cod fishery in Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630.</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Stationary floating processor restrictions</E>—(i) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(3)(iv) of this section, to use a stationary floating processor to process Pacific cod at more than one single geographic location in the GOA during a fishing year if the Pacific cod was harvested in a Western or Central GOA directed fishery within Federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630.</P>
            <P>(ii) Operate as a stationary floating processor in the GOA and as a catcher/processor in the GOA during the same calendar year.</P>
            <P>(iii) Operate as a stationary floating processor in the GOA and as a CQE floating processor or mothership in the GOA during the same calendar year.</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Parallel fisheries.</E>Use a vessel designated or required to be designated on an FFP to catch and process Pacific cod from waters adjacent to the GOA when Pacific cod caught by that vessel is deducted from the Federal TAC specified under § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) through (<E T="03">6</E>) of this part for the Western GOA and § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) through (<E T="03">7</E>) of this part for the Central GOA unless:</P>
            <P>(i) That non-trawl vessel is designated on both:</P>
            <P>(A) An LLP license issued under § 679.4(k) of this part, unless that vessel is using jig gear and exempt from the LLP license requirement under § 679.4(k)(2)(iii) of this part. Each vessel required to have an LLP license must be designated with the following endorsements:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The GOA area designation adjacent to the parallel waters fishery where the harvest occurred; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A Pacific cod endorsement.</P>
            <P>(B) An FFP issued under § 679.4(b) of this part with the following endorsements:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The GOA area designation;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) An operational type designation;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A gear type endorsement; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) A Pacific cod gear type endorsement.</P>
            <P>(ii) Or, that trawl vessel is designated on both:</P>

            <P>(A) An LLP license issued under § 679.4(k) of this part endorsed for trawl<PRTPAGE P="74688"/>gear with the GOA area designation adjacent to the parallel waters fishery where the harvest occurred, and</P>
            <P>(B) An FFP issued under § 679.4(b) of this part with the following endorsements:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The GOA area designation;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) An operational type designation;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A trawl gear type endorsement; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) A Pacific cod gear type endorsement.</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Parallel fishery closures.</E>Use a vessel designated or required to be designated on an FFP to catch and retain Pacific cod from waters adjacent to the GOA when Pacific cod caught by that vessel is deducted from the Federal TAC specified under § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(A)(<E T="03">2</E>) through (<E T="03">6</E>) of this part for the Western GOA and § 679.20(a)(12)(i)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) through (<E T="03">7</E>) of this part for the Central GOA if directed fishing for Pacific cod is not open.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(k) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Processing GOA groundfish</E>—(A) Use a listed AFA catcher/processor to process any pollock harvested in a directed pollock fishery in the GOA and any groundfish harvested in Statistical Area 630 of the GOA.</P>
            <P>(B) Use a listed AFA catcher/processor as a stationary floating processor for Pacific cod in the GOA and a catcher/processor in the GOA during the same year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Processing GOA groundfish.</E>Use a listed AFA mothership as a stationary floating processor for Pacific cod in the GOA and a mothership in the GOA during the same year.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>8. In § 679.20,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (a)(6)(ii), (a)(12), (b)(2)(ii), (c)(4)(ii); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraphs (c)(4)(iii) and (c)(7) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General limitations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(6) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Eastern GOA Regulatory Area Pacific cod.</E>The apportionment of Pacific cod in the Eastern GOA Regulatory Area will be allocated 90 percent to vessels harvesting Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component and 10 percent to vessels harvesting Pacific cod for processing by the offshore component.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(12)<E T="03">GOA Pacific cod TAC</E>—(i)<E T="03">Seasonal allowances by sector.</E>The Western and Central GOA Pacific cod TACs will be seasonally apportioned to each sector such that: 60 percent of the TAC is apportioned to the A season and 40 percent of the TAC is apportioned to the B season, as specified in § 679.23(d)(3).</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Western GOA Regulatory Area</E>—<E T="03">Jig sector.</E>A portion of the annual Pacific cod TAC will be allocated to vessels with an FFP that use jig gear, as determined in the annual harvest specification under paragraph (c)(7) of this section, before TAC is apportioned among other non-jig sectors. Other Pacific cod sector allowances are apportioned after allocation to the jig sector based on gear type and operation type as follows:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s30,r60,r60,10,10" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Sector</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Gear type</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Operation type</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Seasonal allowances</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">A season<LI>(in percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">B season<LI>(in percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">1</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Hook-and-Line</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                <ENT>0.70</ENT>
                <ENT>0.70</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">2</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Hook-and-Line</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                <ENT>10.90</ENT>
                <ENT>8.90</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">3</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Trawl</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                <ENT>27.70</ENT>
                <ENT>10.70</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">4</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Trawl</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                <ENT>0.90</ENT>
                <ENT>1.50</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">5</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Pot</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher Vessel and Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                <ENT>19.80</ENT>
                <ENT>18.20</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">6</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Nontrawl</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Central GOA Regulatory Area</E>—<E T="03">Jig sector.</E>A portion of the annual Pacific cod TAC will be allocated to vessels with an FFP that use jig gear, as determined in the annual harvest specification under paragraph (c)(7) of this section, before TAC is apportioned among other non-jig sectors. Other Pacific cod sector allowances are apportioned after allocation to the jig sector based on gear type, operation type, and length overall as follows:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s30,r60,r60,r50,10,10" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Sector</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Gear type</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Operation type</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Length overall in feet</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Seasonal allowances</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">A season<LI>(in percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">B season<LI>(in percent)</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">1</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Hook-and-Line</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                <ENT>&lt; 50</ENT>
                <ENT>9.31552</ENT>
                <ENT>5.28678</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">2</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Hook-and-Line</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                <ENT>≥ 50</ENT>
                <ENT>5.60935</ENT>
                <ENT>1.09726</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">3</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Hook-and-Line</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>4.10684</ENT>
                <ENT>0.99751</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">4</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Trawl</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher vessel</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>21.13523</ENT>
                <ENT>20.44888</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">5</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Trawl</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>2.00334</ENT>
                <ENT>2.19451</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">6</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Pot</ENT>
                <ENT>Catcher Vessel and Catcher/Processor</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>17.82972</ENT>
                <ENT>9.97506</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(<E T="03">7</E>)</ENT>
                <ENT>Nontrawl</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>Any</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Reapportionment of TAC</E>—(A) The Regional Administrator may apply any underage or overage of Pacific cod harvest by each sector from one season to the subsequent season. In adding or subtracting any underages or overages to the subsequent season, the Regional Administrator shall consider the incidental catch and any catch in the directed fishery by each sector.</P>

            <P>(B) If, during a fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that a sector will be unable to harvest the entire amount of Pacific cod allocated to that sector under (a)(12)(i)(A) or (B) of this section, the Regional Administrator will reallocate the projected unused amount of Pacific cod to other sectors through notification in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Any reallocation decision by the Regional Administrator would<PRTPAGE P="74689"/>consider a reallocation of the projected unused allocation to the CV sectors first, then to the combined CV and C/P pot sector, and then to all other C/P sectors, taking into account the capability of a sector, as determined by the NMFS Alaska Regional Administrator, to harvest the remaining Pacific cod TAC.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Catch accounting</E>—(A) Incidental Pacific cod harvested between the closure of the A season and opening of the B season shall be deducted from the B season TAC apportionment for that sector.</P>
            <P>(B) Each license holder that is assigned an LLP license with a catcher/processor operation type endorsement that is not assigned a catcher vessel operation type endorsement under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A) and (B) shall have all incidental and direct catch of Pacific cod deducted from the catcher/processor sector allocation and gear type designation corresponding to the gear used by that vessel.</P>
            <P>(C) Holders of catcher/processor licenses assigned a Western GOA CV endorsement, under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A) and (B), shall have all incidental and direct catch of Pacific cod in the Western GOA deducted from the CV sector's allocation and gear type designation corresponding to the gear used by that vessel in the Western GOA.</P>
            <P>(D) Holders of C/P licenses eligible to, and electing to receive a Central CV endorsement, under the provisions at § 679.4(k)(10)(vii)(A) and (B), shall have all incidental and direct catch of Pacific cod in the Central GOA deducted from the CV sector's allocation and gear type designation corresponding to the gear used by that vessel in the Central GOA.</P>
            <P>(E) NMFS shall determine the length overall of a vessel operating in the Central GOA based on the length overall designated on the FFP assigned to that vessel.</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Processing caps for FFP licensed vessels.</E>In the Western GOA, no more than 2 percent of the total Pacific cod TAC allocated to the Western GOA regulatory area can be delivered for processing to vessels operating under the authority of an FFP.</P>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Processing caps for FPP licensed vessels operating as CQE floating processors.</E>Harvesting vessels may deliver Pacific cod harvested in the directed Pacific cod TAC fishery, if the processing vessel receiving the Pacific cod—</P>
            <P>(A) Does not meet the definition of a stationary floating processor at § 679.2;</P>
            <P>(B) Is operating under the authority of an FPP license endorsed as a CQE floating processor;</P>
            <P>(C) Is located within the marine municipal boundaries of a CQE community in the State waters adjacent to the Central or Western GOA as described in Table 21 to this part; and</P>
            <P>(D) The total amount of Pacific cod received or processed by all CQE floating processors does not exceed—</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) 3 percent of the total Western GOA Pacific cod TAC; or</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) 3 percent of the total Central GOA Pacific cod TAC.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b)  * * *</P>
            <P>(2)  * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Pacific cod reapportionment.</E>Any amounts of the GOA reserve that are reapportioned to the GOA Pacific cod fishery as provided by paragraph (b) of this section must be apportioned in the same proportion specified in paragraphs (a)(6)(ii) and (a)(12)(i) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)  * * *</P>
            <P>(4)  * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">GOA pollock.</E>The annual harvest specifications will specify the allocation of GOA pollock for processing by the inshore component in the GOA and the offshore component in the GOA, and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraphs (a)(5) and (a)(6) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Eastern GOA</E>
              <E T="03">Pacific cod.</E>The annual harvest specifications will specify the allocation of Eastern GOA Pacific cod for processing by the inshore component and the offshore component, and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraph (a)(6) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations.</E>The proposed and final harvest specifications will specify the allocation of GOA Pacific cod among gear types and any seasonal allowances thereof, as authorized under paragraph (a)(12) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>9. In § 679.21,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Remove paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(B);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Redesignate paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(C) as (d)(4)(iii)(B); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Revise newly redesignated paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(B), and paragraphs (d)(5)(iv) and (d)(7)(ii), to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Prohibited species bycatch management.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d)  * * *</P>
            <P>(4)  * * *</P>
            <P>(iii)  * * *</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Other hook-and-line fishery.</E>Fishing with hook-and-line gear during any weekly reporting period that results in a retained catch of groundfish and is not a demersal shelf rockfish fishery defined under paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(A) of this section, as follows—</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Catcher vessels using hook-and-line gear will be apportioned part of the GOA halibut PSC limit in proportion to the total Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations, where X is equal to annual TAC, as follows—</P>
            <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="3">
              <MID>er01de11.282</MID>
            </MATH>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Catcher/processors using hook-and-line gear will be apportioned part of the GOA halibut PSC limit in proportion to the total Western and Central GOA Pacific cod allocations, where X is equal to annual TAC, as follows—</P>
            <MATH DEEP="29" SPAN="3">
              <MID>er01de11.283</MID>
            </MATH>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) No later than November 1, any halibut PSC limit allocated under paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(B) of this section not projected by the Regional Administrator to be used by one of the hook-and-line sectors during the remainder of the fishing year will be made available to the other sector.</P>
            <P>(5)  * * *</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Seasonal apportionment exceeded.</E>If a seasonal apportionment of a halibut PSC limit specified for<PRTPAGE P="74690"/>trawl, hook-and-line, pot gear, and/or operational type is exceeded, the amount by which the seasonal apportionment is exceeded will be deducted from the respective apportionment for the next season during a current fishing year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(7) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Hook-and-line fisheries.</E>If, during the fishing year, the Regional Administrator determines that U.S. fishing vessels participating in any of the three hook-and-line gear and operational type fishery categories listed under paragraph (d)(4)(iii) of this section will catch the halibut bycatch allowance, or apportionments thereof, specified for that fishery category under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, NMFS will publish notification in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>closing the entire GOA or the applicable regulatory area, district, or operation type to directed fishing with hook-and-line gear for each species and/or species group that comprises that fishing category.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="???" TITLE="??">
          <AMDPAR>10. In § 679.23,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Remove and reserve paragraph (d)(4);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Revise paragraph (d)(3)(i) introductory text; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Add paragraph (d)(3)(iii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasons.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Hook-and-line or pot gear.</E>Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for Pacific cod with hook-and-line or pot gear in the Western and Central GOA Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the following two seasons:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Jig gear.</E>Subject to other provisions of this part, directed fishing for Pacific cod with jig gear in the Western and Central GOA Regulatory Areas is authorized only during the following two seasons:</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">A season.</E>From 0001 hours, A.l.t., January 1 through 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 or when the jig A season allocation is reached, whichever occurs first;</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">B season.</E>From 1200 hours, A.l.t., June 10 through 2400 hours, A.l.t., December 31 or when the jig B season allocation is reached, whichever occurs first.</P>
            <P>(4) [Reserved]</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="679" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>11. In § 679.28,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (f)(6)(iii) and (f)(6)(iv); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraph (f)(6)(v) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 679.28</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Equipment and operational requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) * * *</P>
            <P>(6) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) You operate a vessel required to be Federally permitted with non-pelagic trawl or dredge gear onboard in reporting areas located in the GOA or operate a federally permitted vessel with non-pelagic trawl or dredge gear onboard in adjacent State waters;</P>
            <P>(iv) When that vessel is required to use functioning VMS equipment in the Rockfish Program as described in § 679.7(n)(3); or</P>
            <P>(v) You operate a vessel in federal reporting areas 610, 620, or 630, and receive and process groundfish from other vessels.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="680" TITLE="50">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 680—SHELLFISH FISHERIES OF THE EXCLUSIVE ECONOMIC ZONE OFF ALASKA</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>12. The authority citation for 50 CFR part 680 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 1862; Pub. L. 109-241; Pub. L. 109-479.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="680" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>13. In § 680.22, revise paragraph (d) introductory text to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 680.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sideboard protections for GOA groundfish fisheries.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Determination of GOA groundfish sideboard ratios.</E>Except for fixed gear sablefish, sideboard ratios for each GOA groundfish species, species group, season, operation type, gear type, and area, for which annual specifications are made, are established according to the following formulas:</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30861 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</SUBAGY>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>19 CFR Part 12</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CBP Dec. 11-24]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1515-AD83</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Extension of Import Restrictions Imposed on Archaeological and Ethnological Material From Bolivia</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection; Department of Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This final rule amends the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) regulations to reflect an extension of import restrictions on certain archaeological and ethnological material from Bolivia. The restrictions, which were originally imposed by Treasury Decision (T.D.) 01-86 and last extended by CBP Dec. 06-26, are due to expire on December 4, 2011. The Acting Assistant Secretary for Educational and Cultural Affairs, United States Department of State, has determined that conditions continue to warrant the imposition of import restrictions. Accordingly, these import restrictions will remain in effect for an additional 5 years, and the CBP regulations are being amended to reflect this extension through December 4, 2016. These restrictions are being extended pursuant to determinations of the United States Department of State made under the terms of the Convention on Cultural Property Implementation Act in accordance with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Convention on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property. T.D. 01-86 contains the Designated List of archaeological and ethnological material from Bolivia to which the restrictions apply.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>December 2, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>For legal aspects, George F. McCray, Esq., Chief, Cargo Security, Carriers and Immigration Branch, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, (202) 325-0082. For operational aspects, Michael Craig, Chief, Interagency Requirements Branch, Trade Policy and Programs, Office of International Trade, (202) 863-6558.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <PRTPAGE P="74691"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>Pursuant to the provisions of the 1970 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Convention, codified into U.S. law as the Convention on Cultural Property Implementation Act (Pub. L. 97-446, 19 U.S.C. 2601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the United States entered into a bilateral agreement with Bolivia on December 4, 2001, concerning the imposition of import restrictions on certain archaeological and ethnological material from Bolivia. On December 7, 2001, the United States Customs Service published Treasury Decision (T.D.) 01-86 in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(66 FR 63490), which amended 19 CFR 12.104g(a) to reflect the imposition of these restrictions and included a list designating the types of articles covered by the restrictions.</P>
        <P>Import restrictions listed in 19 CFR 12.104g(a) are effective for no more than five years beginning on the date on which the agreement enters into force with respect to the United States. This period can be extended for additional periods not to exceed five years if it is determined that the factors which justified the initial agreement still pertain and no cause for suspension of the agreement exists (19 CFR 12.104g(a)).</P>
        <P>On August 26, 2011, after reviewing the findings and recommendations of the Cultural Property Advisory Committee, the Acting Assistant Secretary for Educational and Cultural Affairs, United States Department of State, concluding that the cultural heritage of Bolivia continues to be in jeopardy from pillage of certain archaeological and ethnological materials, made the necessary determination to extend the import restrictions for an additional five years. On November 10, 2011, diplomatic notes were exchanged reflecting the extension of those restrictions for an additional five-year period.</P>

        <P>Accordingly, CBP is amending 19 CFR 12.104g(a) to reflect the extension of the import restrictions. The Designated List of Archaeological and Ethnological Material from Bolivia covered by these import restrictions is set forth in T.D. 01-86. The Designated List and accompanying image database may also be found at the following Internet Web site address:<E T="03">http://exchanges.state.gov/heritage/culprop/blfact.html</E>.</P>
        <P>The restrictions on the importation of these archaeological and ethnological materials from Bolivia are to continue in effect through December 4, 2016. Importation of such material continues to be restricted unless the conditions set forth in 19 U.S.C. 2606 and 19 CFR 12.104c are met.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inapplicability of Notice and Delayed Effective Date</HD>
        <P>This amendment involves a foreign affairs function of the United States and is, therefore, being made without notice or public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1). For the same reason, a delayed effective date is not required under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>Because no notice of proposed rulemaking is required, the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) do not apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>Because this rule involves a foreign affairs function of the United States, it is not subject to Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
        <P>This regulation is being issued in accordance with 19 CFR 0.1(a)(1).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 19 CFR Part 12</HD>
          <P>Cultural property, Customs duties and inspection, Imports, Prohibited merchandise.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Amendment to the CBP Regulations</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth above, part 12 of Title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR part 12), is amended as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="12" TITLE="19">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 12—SPECIAL CLASSES OF MERCHANDISE</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The general authority citation for part 12 and the specific authority citation for § 12.104g continue to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301; 19 U.S.C. 66, 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS)), 1624;</P>
          </AUTH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>Sections 12.104 through 12.104i also issued under 19 U.S.C. 2612;</P>
            <STARS/>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="12" TITLE="19">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 12.104g, paragraph (a), the table is amended in the entry for Bolivia by removing the words “extended by CBP Dec. 06-26” in the column headed “Decision No.” and adding in their place the words “extended by CBP Dec. 11-24 ”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Alan D. Bersin,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Commissioner, U.S. Customs and Border Protection.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Timothy E. Skud,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Treasury.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30897 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-14-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>U.S. Customs and Border Protection</SUBAGY>
        <AGENCY TYPE="O">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>19 CFR Part 12</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[CBP Dec. 11-25]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1515-AD84</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Import Restrictions Imposed on Certain Archaeological and Ethnological Material From Greece</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCIES:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security; Department of the Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This final rule amends the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) regulations to reflect the imposition of import restrictions on certain archaeological and ethnological material from the Hellenic Republic (Greece). These restrictions are being imposed pursuant to an agreement between the United States and Greece that has been entered into under the authority of the Convention on Cultural Property Implementation Act in accordance with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Convention on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property. The final rule amends CBP regulations by adding Greece to the list of countries for which a bilateral agreement has been entered into for imposing cultural property import restrictions. The final rule also contains the designated list that describes the types of archaeological and ethnological articles to which the restrictions apply.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>For legal aspects, George Frederick McCray, Esq., Chief, Cargo Security, Carriers &amp; Immigration Branch, Regulations and Rulings, Office of International Trade, (202) 325-0082. For operational aspects: Michael Craig, Chief, Interagency Requirements Branch, Trade Policy and Programs, Office of International Trade, (202) 863-6558.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The value of cultural property, whether archaeological or ethnological in nature, is immeasurable. Such items often constitute the very essence of a society and convey important information concerning a people's origin, history, and traditional setting.<PRTPAGE P="74692"/>The importance and popularity of such items regrettably makes them targets of theft, encourages clandestine looting of archaeological sites, and results in their illegal export and import.</P>
        <P>The United States shares in the international concern for the need to protect endangered cultural property. The appearance in the United States of stolen or illegally exported artifacts from other countries where there has been pillage has, on occasion, strained our foreign and cultural relations. This situation, combined with the concerns of museum, archaeological, and scholarly communities, was recognized by the President and Congress. It became apparent that it was in the national interest for the United States to join with other countries to control illegal trafficking of such articles in international commerce.</P>

        <P>The United States joined international efforts and actively participated in deliberations resulting in the 1970 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Convention on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property (823 U.N.T.S. 231 (1972)). U.S. acceptance of the 1970 UNESCO Convention was codified into U.S. law as the “Convention on Cultural Property Implementation Act” (Pub. L. 97-446, 19 U.S.C. 2601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) (the Act). This was done to promote U.S. leadership in achieving greater international cooperation towards preserving cultural treasures that are of importance to the nations from where they originate and contribute to greater international understanding of our common heritage.</P>

        <P>Since the Act entered into force, import restrictions have been imposed on the archaeological and ethnological materials of a number of signatory nations. These restrictions have been imposed as a result of requests for protection received from those nations. More information on import restrictions can be found on the International Cultural Property Protection Web site (<E T="03">http://exchanges.state.gov/heritage/culprop.html</E>).</P>
        <P>This document announces that import restrictions are now being imposed on certain archaeological and ethnological materials from Greece.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determinations</HD>
        <P>Under 19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(1), the United States must make certain determinations before entering into an agreement to impose import restrictions under 19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(2). On July 12, 2011, the Assistant Secretary for Educational and Cultural Affairs, Department of State, made the determinations required under the statute with respect to certain archaeological materials originating in Greece that are described in the designated list set forth below in this document. These determinations include the following: (1) That the cultural patrimony of Greece is in jeopardy from the pillage of archaeological materials representing Greece's cultural heritage from the Upper Paleolithic (beginning approximately 20,000 B.C.) through the 15th century A.D. and ecclesiastical ethnological material representing Greece's Byzantine culture (approximately the 4th century through the 15th century A.D.) (19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(1)(A)); (2) that the Greek government has taken measures consistent with the Convention to protect its cultural patrimony (19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(1)(B)); (3) that import restrictions imposed by the United States would be of substantial benefit in deterring a serious situation of pillage and remedies less drastic are not available (19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(1)(C)); and (4) that the application of import restrictions as set forth in this final rule is consistent with the general interests of the international community in the interchange of cultural property among nations for scientific, cultural, and educational purposes (19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(1)(D)). The Assistant Secretary also found that the materials described in the determinations meet the statutory definition of “archaeological or ethnological material of the state party” (19 U.S.C. 2601(2)).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Agreement</HD>
        <P>On July 17, 2011, the United States and Greece entered into a bilateral agreement pursuant to the provisions of 19 U.S.C. 2602(a)(2). Following completion of all internal legal requirements by the governments of Greece and the United States, the agreement entered into force on November 21, 2011, with the exchange of diplomatic notes. The agreement enables the promulgation of import restrictions on certain archaeological materials representing Greece's cultural heritage from the Upper Paleolithic (beginning approximately 20,000 B.C.) through the 15th century A.D. and ecclesiastical ethnological material representing Greece's Byzantine culture (approximately the 4th century through the 15th century A.D.) In this document, CBP announces that import restrictions are now being imposed on certain archaeological and ethnological materials from Greece for a period of 5 years from the date the bilateral agreement between the United States and Greece entered into force. Accordingly, CBP is amending 19 CFR 12.104g(a) to reflect this imposition of import restrictions.</P>
        <P>A list of the categories of archaeological and ethnological materials subject to the import restrictions (the Designated List) is set forth later in this document.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Restrictions and Amendment to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>In accordance with the Agreement, importation of materials designated below are subject to the restrictions of 19 U.S.C. 2606 and § 12.104g(a) of the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) regulations (19 CFR 12.104g(a)) and will be restricted from entry into the United States unless the conditions set forth in 19 U.S.C. 2606 and § 12.104c of the regulations (19 CFR 12.104c) are met. CBP is amending § 12.104g(a) of the CBP regulations (19 CFR 12.104g(a)) to indicate that these import restrictions have been imposed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Designated List of Material Encompassed in Import Restrictions</HD>
        <P>The bilateral agreement between the United States and Greece includes, but is not limited to, the categories of objects described in the designated list set forth below. These categories of objects are subject to the import restrictions set forth above, in accordance with the above explained applicable law and the regulation amended in this document (19 CFR 12.104(g)(a)). The import restrictions cover complete objects and fragments thereof.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Archaeological Material</HD>
        <P>The archaeological materials represent the following periods, styles, and cultures: Upper Paleolithic, Neolithic, Minoan, Cycladic, Helladic, Mycenaean, Submycenaean, Geometric, Orientalizing, Archaic, Classical, Hellenistic, Roman, and Byzantine.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Stone</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Sculpture</HD>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Architectural Elements</E>—In marble, limestone, gypsum, and other kinds of stone. Types include acroterion, antefix, architrave, base, capital, caryatid, coffer, column, crowning, fountain, frieze, pediment, pilaster, mask, metope, mosaic and inlay, jamb, tile, triglyph, tympanum, basin, wellhead. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Monuments</E>—In marble, limestone, and other kinds of stone. Types include menhir, “horns of consecration,” votive statues, funerary and votive stelae, and bases and base revetments. These may<PRTPAGE P="74693"/>be painted, carved with relief sculpture, and/or carry dedicatory or funerary inscriptions. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Sarcophagi</E>—In marble, limestone, and other kinds of stone. Some have figural scenes painted on them, others have figural scenes carved in relief, and some just have decorative moldings. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>d.<E T="03">Large Statuary</E>—Primarily in marble, also in limestone and sandstone, including fragments of statues. Subject matter includes human and animal figures and groups of figures in the round. Common types are large-scale, free-standing statuary from approximately 1 m to 2.5 m in height and life-size busts (head and shoulders of an individual). The style may be naturalistic, as in the Classical Period, highly stylized, as in the Bronze Age culture of the Cyclades, or somewhere in between. Approximate date: 4th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>e.<E T="03">Small Statuary and Figurines</E>—In marble and other stone. Subject matter includes human and animal figures and groups of figures in the round. These range from approximately 10 cm to 1 m in height. The style may be naturalistic, as in the Classical Period, highly stylized, as in the Bronze Age culture of the Cyclades, or somewhere in between. Approximate date: 20,000 B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>f.<E T="03">Reliefs</E>—In marble and other stone. Types include carved slabs with figural, vegetative, floral, or decorative motifs, sometimes inscribed, and carved relief vases. Used for architectural decoration, funerary, votive, or commemorative monuments. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>g.<E T="03">Furniture</E>—In marble and other stone. Types include tables, thrones, and beds. Approximate date: 12th century B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Vessels</E>—In marble, steatite, rock crystal, and other stone. These may belong to conventional shapes such as bowls, cups, jars, jugs, and lamps, or may occur in the shape of an animal or part of an animal. Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Tools and Weapons</E>—In flint/chert, obsidian, and other hard stones. Chipped stone types include blades, small blades, borers, scrapers, sickles, cores, and arrow heads. Ground stone types include grinders (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>mortars, pestles, millstones, whetstones), choppers, axes, hammers, and mace heads. Approximate date: 20,000 B.C. to 15th century B.C.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Seals and beads</E>—In marble, limestone, and various semiprecious stones including rock crystal, amethyst, jasper, agate, steatite, and carnelian. Approximate date: 6th millennium B.C. to 12th century B.C.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Metal</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Sculpture</HD>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Large Statuary</E>—Primarily in bronze, including fragments of statues. Subject matter includes human and animal figures and groups of figures in the round. Common types are large-scale, free-standing statuary from approximately 1 m to 2.5 m in height and life-size busts (head and shoulders of an individual). Approximate date: 2nd millennium to 324 A.D.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Small Statuary and Figurines</E>—Subject matter includes human and animal figures, groups of figures in the round, masks, and plaques. These range from approximately 10 cm to 1 m in height. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 324 A.D.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Inscribed or Decorated Sheet Metal</E>—In bronze or lead. Engraved inscriptions, “curse tablets,” and thin metal sheets with engraved or impressed designs often used as attachments to furniture. Approximate date: 4th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Vessels</E>—In bronze, gold, and silver. These may belong to conventional shapes such as bowls, cups, jars, jugs, strainers, cauldrons, and lamps, or may occur in the shape of an animal or part of an animal. Approximate date: 5th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Personal Ornaments</E>—In bronze, gold, and silver. Types include rings, beads, pendants, belts, belt buckles, earrings, diadems, spangles, straight and safety pins, necklace, mirror, wreath, cuff. Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Tools</E>—In copper, bronze and iron. Types include hooks, weights, axes, scrapers, (strigils), trowels, keys and the tools of craftspersons such as carpenters, masons and metal smiths. Approximate date: 4th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Weapons and Armor</E>—In copper, bronze and iron. Types include both launching weapons (spears and javelins) and weapons for hand-to-hand combat (swords, daggers,<E T="03">etc.</E>). Armor includes body armor, such as helmets, cuirasses, shin guards, and shields, and horse armor often decorated with elaborate engraved, embossed, or perforated designs. Approximate date: 6th millennium B.C. to 30 B.C.</P>
        <P>6.<E T="03">Seals</E>—In lead, tin, copper, bronze, silver, and gold. Types include rings, amulets, and seals with shank. Approximate date: Approximate date: 4th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>7.<E T="03">Coins</E>—Many of the mints of the listed coins can be found in B.V. Head,<E T="03">Historia Numorum: A Manual of Greek Numismatics</E>(London, 1911) and C.M. Kraay,<E T="03">Archaic and Classical Greek Coins</E>(London, 1976). Many of the Roman provincial mints in Greece are listed in A. Burnett<E T="03">et al., Roman Provincial Coinage I: From the Death of Caesar to the Death of Vitellius (44 BC-AD 69)</E>(London, 1992) and id.,<E T="03">Roman Provincial Coinage II: From Vespasian to Domitian (AD 69-96)</E>(London, 1999).</P>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Greek Bronze Coins</E>—Struck by city-states, leagues, and kingdoms that operated in territory of the modern Greek state (including the ancient territories of the Peloponnese, Central Greece, Thessaly, Epirus, Crete and those parts of the territories of ancient Macedonia, Thrace and the Aegean islands that lay within the boundaries of the modern Greek state). Approximate date: 5th century B.C. to late 1st century B.C.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Greek Silver Coins</E>—This category includes the small denomination coins of the city-states of Aegina, Athens, and Corinth, and the Kingdom of Macedonia under Philip II and Alexander the Great. Such coins weigh less than approximately 10 grams and are known as obols, diobols, triobols, hemidrachms, and drachms. Also included are all denominations of coins struck by the other city-states, leagues, and kingdoms that operated in the territory of the modern Greek state (including the ancient territories of the Peloponnese, Central Greece, Thessaly, Epirus, Crete, and those parts of the territories of ancient Macedonia, Thrace and the Aegean islands that lie within the boundaries of the modern Greek state). Approximate date: 6th century B.C. to late 1st century B.C.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Roman Coins Struck in Greece</E>—In silver and bronze, struck at Roman and Roman provincial mints that operated in the territory of the modern Greek state (including the ancient territories of the Peloponnese, Central Greece, Thessaly, Epirus, Crete, and those parts of the territories of ancient Macedonia, Thrace and the Aegean islands that lie within the boundaries of the modern Greek state). Approximate date: late 2nd century B.C. to 3rd century A.D.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Ceramic</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Sculpture</HD>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Architectural Elements</E>—Baked clay (terracotta) elements used to decorate buildings. Elements include acroteria, antefixes, painted and relief plaques,<PRTPAGE P="74694"/>metopes, cornices, roof tiles, and revetments. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 30 B.C.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Large Statuary</E>—Subject matter includes human and animal figures and groups of figures in the round. Common types are large-scale, free-standing statuary from approximately 1 m to 2.5 m in height and life-size busts (head and shoulders of an individual). Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 30 B.C.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">Small Statuary</E>—Subject matter is varied and includes human and animal figures, human body parts, groups of figures in the round, shrines, houses, and chariots. Includes Mycenaean and later Tanagra figurines. These range from approximately 10 cm to 1 m in height. Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 324 A.D.</P>
        <P>d.<E T="03">Sarcophagi</E>—Block- or tub-shaped chests, often painted, known as<E T="03">larnax (plural, larnakes).</E>Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 30 B.C.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Vessels</HD>
        <P>a.<E T="03">Neolithic Pottery</E>—Handmade, often decorated with a lustrous burnish, decorated with appliqué and/or incision, sometimes with added paint. These come in a variety of shapes from simple bowls and vases with three or for legs to handled scoops and large storage jars. Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 3rd millennium B.C.</P>
        <P>b.<E T="03">Minoan, Cycladic, and Mycenaean Pottery</E>—Handmade and wheelmade pottery in shapes for tableware, serving, storing, and processing, with lustrous burnished, matte, appliqué, incised, and painted decoration; includes local styles such as Kamares ware, Pictorial Style, and extraordinary shapes such as “frying pans” and “kernoi.” Approximate dates: 4th millennium B.C. to 12th century B.C.</P>
        <P>c.<E T="03">“Submycenean” and Pottery of the Geometric Period (including “sub-Geometric”).</E>—Handmade and wheelmade pottery that succeeds the styles of the Late Bronze Age and is produced in decorated and undecorated styles, often reflecting that of the Late Bronze Age but predominately using compasses for circles and linear “geometric” decoration, as well as schematic representations of humans, animals and birds. Approximate dates: 12th century B.C. to 7th century B.C.</P>
        <P>d.<E T="03">Attic Black Figure, Red Figure and White Ground Pottery</E>—These are made in a specific set of shapes (<E T="03">e.g.</E>amphorae, kraters, hydriae, oinochoi, kylikes) decorated with black painted figures on a clear clay ground (Black Figure), decorative elements in reserve with background fired black (Red Figure), and multi-colored figures painted on a white ground (White Ground). Approximate date: 6th century B.C. to 4th century B.C.</P>
        <P>e.<E T="03">Corinthian Pottery</E>—Painted pottery made in Corinth in a specific range of shapes for perfume and unguents and for drinking or pouring liquids. The very characteristic painted and incised designs depict human and animal figural scenes, rows of animals, and floral decoration. Approximate date: 8th century B.C. to 6th century B.C.</P>
        <P>f.<E T="03">West Slope Ware</E>—This ware is named after a type of pottery from the west slope of the Athenian Acropolis. It has a black-glaze with relief and polychrome decoration and was produced first in Athens in the fourth century B.C., but the style is also manufactured elsewhere, such as at Corinth, Macedonia and Crete down to the first century. Approximate date: 4th century—1st century B.C.</P>
        <P>g.<E T="03">Byzantine Pottery</E>—Includes undecorated plain wares, utilitarian, tableware, serving and storage jars, special shapes such as pilgrim flasks. and can be matte painted or glazed, including incised “sgraffitto” and stamped with elaborate polychrome decorations using floral, geometric, human, and animal motifs; it is generally locally manufactured, though places like Corinth were major producers. Approximate date: 324 A.D. to 15th century.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Inscriptions</E>—These are typically unbaked and should be handled with extreme care, even when hard-fired through accidental burning. They typically take the form of tablets shaped like leaves or rectangular or square and they are often lined, with incised, and sometimes stamped, characters known as “Linear A” and “Linear B.” Approximate date: 2nd millennium B.C. to 12th century B.C.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Bone, Ivory, and Other Organics</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Small Statuary and Figurines</E>—Subject matter includes human and animal figures and groups of figures in the round. These range from approximately 10 cm to 1 m in height. Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Personal Ornaments</E>—In bone, ivory, and spondylus shell. Types include amulets, combs, pins, spoons, small containers, bracelets, buckles, and beads. Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Seals and Stamps</E>—Small devices with at least one side engraved with a design for stamping or sealing; they can be discoid, cuboid, conoid, or in the shape and animals or fantastic creatures (<E T="03">e.g.</E>a scarab). Approximate date: 7th millennium B.C. to 2nd millennium B.C.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Musical Instruments</E>—In bone, ivory and tortoise shell. Types include pipe and flute. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>5.<E T="03">Vessels</E>made of ostrich egg shell. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 2nd millennium B.C.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Glass and Faience</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Vessels</E>—Shapes include small jars, bowls, animal shaped, goblet, spherical, candle holders, perfume jars (unguentaria). Approximate date: 2nd millennium to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Beads</E>—Globular and relief beads. Approximate date: 2nd millennium B.C.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Textile</HD>
        <P>Clothing or fragments of clothing or carpets or cloth for hanging. Approximate date: 1100 B.C. to 15th century A.D.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Papyrus Documents</HD>
        <P>Documents made from papyrus and written upon in ink; these are often rolled, fragmentary, and should be handled with extreme care. Approximately 7th century B.C. to 324 A.D.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Paintings</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Domestic and Public Wall Painting</E>—These are painted on mudplaster, lime plaster (wet—buon fresco—and dry—secco fresco); types include simple applied color, bands and borders, landscapes, scenes of people and/or animals in natural or built settings. Approximate date: 3rd millennium B.C. to 324 A.D.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Tomb Paintings</E>—Paintings on plaster or stone, sometimes geometric or floral but usually depicting gods, goddesses, or funerary scenes. Approximate date: 2nd millennium B.C. to 500 A.D.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Panel Paintings</E>on wood depicting gods, goddesses, or funerary scenes. Approximate date: 1st millennium B.C. to 324 A.D.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Mosaics</HD>
        <P>Floor mosaics including landscapes, scenes of humans or gods, and activities such as hunting and fishing. There may also be vegetative, floral, or decorative motifs. Approximate date: 5th century B.C. to 500 A.D.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Byzantine Ecclesiastical Ethnological Material</HD>

        <P>The ecclesiastical ethnological materials represent the Early Christian and Byzantine periods and include objects made from 324 A.D. through the 15th century A.D.<PRTPAGE P="74695"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Stone</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Architectural elements</E>—In marble and other stone, including upright “closure” slabs, circular marking slabs<E T="03">omphalion,</E>which may be decorated with crosses, human, or animal figures.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Monuments</E>—In marble and other stone; types such as funerary inscriptions.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Vessels</E>- Containers for holy water.</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Reliefs</E>—Carved as icons in which religious figures predominate in the figural decoration.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Metal</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Reliefs</E>—Cast as icons in which religious figures predominate in the figural decoration.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Boxes</E>—Containers of gold and silver, used as reliquaries for sacred human remains.</P>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Vessels</E>—Containers of lead, which carried aromatic oils and are called “pilgrim flasks.”</P>
        <P>4.<E T="03">Ceremonial paraphernalia</E>—In bronze, silver, and gold including censers (incense burners), book covers, liturgical crosses, archbishop's crowns, buckles, and chests. These are often decorated with molded or incised geometric motifs or scenes from the Bible, and encrusted with semi-precious or precious stones. The gems themselves may be engraved with religious figures or inscriptions. Ecclesiastical treasure may include all of the above, as well as rings, earrings, and necklaces (some decorated with ecclesiastical themes) and other implements (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>spoons).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Ceramic</HD>
        <P>Vessels which carried aromatic oils and are called “pilgrim flasks.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Bone and Ivory Objects</HD>
        <P>Ceremonial paraphernalia including boxes, reliquaries (and their contents), plaques, pendants, candelabra, stamp rings, crosses. Carved and engraved decoration includes religious figures, scenes from the Bible, and floral and geometric designs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Wood</HD>
        <P>Wooden objects include architectural elements such as painted wood screens (iconstasis), carved doors, crosses, painted wooden beams from churches or monasteries, furniture such as thrones, chests and other objects, including musical instruments. Religious figures predominate in the painted and carved figural decoration. Ecclesiastical furniture and architectural elements may also be decorated with geometric or floral designs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Glass</HD>
        <P>Vessels of glass include lamps and candle sticks.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Textile</HD>
        <P>Robes, vestments and altar clothes are often of a fine fabric and richly embroidered in silver and gold. Embroidered designs include religious motifs and floral and geometric designs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Parchment</HD>
        <P>Documents such as illuminated manuscripts occur in single leaves or bound as a book or “codex.” and are written or painted on animal skins (cattle, sheep/goat, camel) known as parchment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Painting</HD>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Wall paintings</E>—On various kinds of plaster and which generally portray religious images and scenes of Biblical events. Surrounding paintings may contain animal, floral, or geometric designs, including borders and bands.</P>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Panel Paintings (Icons)</E>—Smaller versions of the scenes on wall paintings, and may be partially covered with gold or silver, sometimes encrusted with semi-precious or precious stones and are usually painted on a wooden panel, often for inclusion in a wooden screen (iconastasis).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Mosaics</HD>
        <P>Wall mosaics generally portray religious images and scenes of Biblical events. Surrounding panels may contain animal, floral, or geometric designs. They are made from stone and glass cut into small bits (tesserae) and laid into a plaster matrix.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Inapplicability of Notice and Delayed Effective Date</HD>
        <P>This amendment involves a foreign affairs function of the United States and is, therefore, being made without notice or public procedure (5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1)). For the same reason, a delayed effective date is not required under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>Because no notice of proposed rulemaking is required, the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>) do not apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>Because this rule involves a foreign affairs function of the United States, it is not subject to Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
        <P>This regulation is being issued in accordance with 19 CFR 0.1(a)(1).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 19 CFR Part 12</HD>
          <P>Cultural property, Customs duties and inspection, Imports, Prohibited merchandise, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Amendment to CBP Regulations</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth above, part 12 of Title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR part 12), is amended as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="12" TITLE="19">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 12—SPECIAL CLASSES OF MERCHANDISE</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The general authority citation for part 12 and the specific authority citation for § 12.104g continue to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301; 19 U.S.C. 66, 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS)), 1624;</P>
          </AUTH>
          <STARS/>
          <P>Sections 12.104 through 12.104i also issued under 19 U.S.C. 2612;</P>
          <STARS/>
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 12.104g, paragraph (a), the table is amended by adding Greece (Hellenic Republic) to the list in appropriate alphabetical order as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 12.104g</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Specific items or categories designated by agreements or emergency actions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r200,r50" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">State party</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Cultural property</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Decision No.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Greece (Hellenic Republic)</ENT>
                <ENT>Archaeological materials representing Greece's cultural heritage from the Upper Paleolithic (beginning approximately 20,000 B.C.) through the 15th century A.D. and ecclesiastical ethnological material representing Greece's Byzantine culture (approximately the 4th century through the 15th century A.D.)</ENT>
                <ENT>CBP Dec. 11-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="74696"/>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Alan D. Bersin,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Commissioner, U.S. Customs and Border Protection.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Timothy E. Skud,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Treasury.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30905 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-14-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Drug Enforcement Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>21 CFR Part 1314</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. DEA-328]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1117-AB25</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Implementation of the Methamphetamine Production Prevention Act of 2008</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Justice.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In October 2008, the President signed the Methamphetamine Production Prevention Act of 2008 (MPPA), which clarifies the information entry and signature requirements for electronic logbook systems permitted for the retail sale of scheduled listed chemical products. On March 23, 2010, DEA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to implement the provisions of the MPPA and make its regulations consistent with the new requirements. This action finalizes without change the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking published on March 23, 2010. The Final Rule will make it easier for regulated sellers to maintain electronic logbooks by allowing greater flexibility as to how information may be captured.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>January 3, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rhea D. Moore, Office of Diversion Control, Drug Enforcement Administration, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; Telephone (202) 307-7165.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">DEA's Legal Authority</HD>
        <P>DEA implements the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, often referred to as the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) and the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (CSIEA) (21 U.S.C. 801-971), as amended. DEA publishes the implementing regulations for these statutes in Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Parts 1300 to 1321. These regulations are designed to ensure that there is a sufficient supply of controlled substances for legitimate medical, scientific, research, and industrial purposes and to deter the diversion of controlled substances to illegal purposes.</P>
        <P>The CSA mandates that DEA establish a closed system of control for manufacturing, distributing, and dispensing controlled substances. Any person who manufactures, distributes, dispenses, imports, exports, or conducts research or chemical analysis with controlled substances must register with DEA (unless exempt) and comply with the applicable requirements for the activity. The CSA as amended also requires DEA to regulate the manufacture and distribution of chemicals that may be used to manufacture controlled substances illegally. Listed chemicals that are classified as List I chemicals are important to the manufacture of controlled substances. Those classified as List II chemicals may be used to manufacture controlled substances.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>On March 9, 2006, the President signed the Combat Methamphetamine Epidemic Act of 2005 (CMEA), which is Title VII of the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-177). CMEA amended the CSA to regulate the sale of products that contain ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, their salts, optical isomers, and salts of optical isomers, that may be marketed or distributed lawfully in the United States under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as nonprescription drugs. CMEA defines these products as “scheduled listed chemical products” (21 U.S.C. 802(45)). Ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine are List I chemicals because they are used in, and important to, the illegal manufacture of methamphetamine and amphetamine, both Schedule II controlled substances. The Methamphetamine Production Prevention Act of 2008 (MPPA) (Pub. L. 110-415) was enacted in 2008 to clarify the information entry and signature requirements for electronic logbook systems permitted for the retail sale of scheduled listed chemical products. On March 23, 2010, DEA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to implement the provisions of the MPPA and make its regulations consistent with the new requirements. 75 FR 13702. This finalizes that proposed rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Requirements for Retail Sales of Scheduled Listed Chemical Products</HD>
        <P>CMEA defines nonprescription drug products marketed or distributed lawfully in the United States under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act containing ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, or phenylpropanolamine as “scheduled listed chemical products” (21 U.S.C. 802(45)). Direct, in-person sales to a customer, whether by a regulated seller (e.g., grocery store, general merchandise store, drug store) (21 U.S.C. 802(46), (49)) or a mobile retail vendor (e.g., kiosk, flea market), (21 U.S.C. 802(47)) are subject to requirements for training of employees who either are responsible for delivering scheduled listed chemical products into the custody of purchasers or who deal directly with purchasers by obtaining payments for the products (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(A)(vii)). The regulated seller must certify to DEA that the employees have been trained (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(B)). These regulated sellers must also check identifications of purchasers and maintain specific records (the logbook) of each sale of scheduled listed chemical products (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(A)). The only sales exempt from recordkeeping are sales of single packages where the package contains not more than 60 milligrams of pseudoephedrine (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(A)(iii)).</P>
        <P>On September 26, 2006, DEA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>an Interim Final Rule, “Retail Sales of Scheduled Listed Chemical Products; Self-Certification of Regulated Sellers of Scheduled Listed Chemical Products” (71 FR 56008; corrected at 71 FR 60609, October 13, 2006). That rule incorporated the standards set forth by the CMEA, requiring regulated sellers of scheduled listed chemical products to maintain logbooks regarding their sales on and after September 30, 2006. If a regulated seller maintains the logbook on paper, DEA requires that the book be bound, as is currently the case for records of sales of Schedule V controlled substances that are sold without a prescription (21 CFR 1314.30(a)(2)). The records must be readily retrievable and available for inspection and copying by DEA or other State or local law enforcement agencies (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(C)(i), 21 CFR 1314.30(i)). Logs must be kept for not fewer than two years from the date the entry was made (21 CFR 1314.30(g)). CMEA required the logs include the information entered by the purchaser (name, address, signature, date and time of sale) and the quantity and form of the product sold.<PRTPAGE P="74697"/>
        </P>
        <P>DEA permitted by regulation that where the record was entered electronically, the computer system may enter the date and time automatically. An electronic signature system, such as the ones many stores use for credit card purchases, could be employed to capture the signature for electronic logs (21 CFR 1314.30(c)). The information that the seller must enter could be accomplished through a point-of-sales system and bar code reader.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Changes to § 1314.30</HD>
        <P>On October 14, 2008, the President signed the MPPA. The Act amended the existing language in 21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(A) by revising clauses (iv) through (vi). The purpose of this Act was to facilitate the creation of electronic logbooks. Several options were provided for obtaining signatures of purchasers and recording transactions at the time of the sale.</P>
        <P>Specifically, the requirements now state that a regulated seller of scheduled listed chemical products may not sell such a product unless the purchaser:</P>
        <P>• Presents a government issued photographic identification; and</P>
        <P>• Signs the written logbook with his or her name, address, time and date of the sale, or signs in one of the following ways:</P>
        <P>○ In the case of an electronic logbook, the device must capture the signature in an electronic format.</P>
        <P>○ In the case of a bound paper book, a printed sticker must be affixed to the book at the time of sale adjacent to the signature line. The sticker must display the product name, quantity, name of purchaser, date and address, or a unique identification that can be linked to that information.</P>
        <P>○ In the case of a printed document, the document must include a clear line for the purchaser's signature and include product name, quantity, name and address of purchaser, and date and time of sale.</P>
        <P>The MPPA expressly permits the regulated seller to capture information regarding the name of the product and the quantity sold through bar code, electronic data capture, or similar technology. The regulated seller remains responsible for determining that the name entered corresponds to the photographic identification presented by the purchaser. The MPPA indicates that if the prospective purchaser enters the information into the logbook, the regulated seller must determine that the name entered in the logbook corresponds to the name provided on the photographic identification and must determine that the date and time of the sale as entered by the purchaser are correct. If the regulated seller enters the information into the logbook, the prospective purchaser must verify that the information is correct.</P>
        <P>In addition, the written or electronic logbook must continue to include a notice to purchasers that entering false statements or misrepresentations in the logbook, or supplying false information or identification that results in the entry of false statements or misrepresentations, may subject the purchaser to criminal penalties under section 1001 of title 18 of the U.S. Code (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(A)(v)). The logbook must be maintained by the regulated seller for not fewer than two years after the date on which the entry is made (21 U.S.C. 830(e)(1)(A)(vi)).</P>
        <P>The changes made by the MPPA and implemented in this rulemaking will provide greater flexibility for regulated sellers of scheduled listed chemical products. These persons may now choose several alternative ways in which to capture and maintain required logbook information: A fully written logbook, a fully electronic logbook, or a logbook where some information is captured electronically and the prospective purchaser's signature is captured and linked to that information.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Comments</HD>
        <P>DEA received one comment on its Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. An association representing chain drug stores commented that the proposed rule allowed for flexibility in complying with Federal and State logbook requirements. The commenter also stated that the proposed rule was both logical and time-saving. By allowing regulated sellers to scan purchaser identifications, the proposed rule makes it possible for regulated sellers to simultaneously check purchaser identification and electronically capture purchaser information.</P>
        <P>DEA appreciates the support for its Notice of Proposed Rulemaking regarding the implementation of the MPPA, and is finalizing the Proposed Rule without change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Analyses</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
        <P>This final rule implementing the MPPA has been developed in accordance with the principles of Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. As discussed above, this action incorporates statutory provisions into existing regulations. This statutory change imposes no new costs on regulated sellers of the List I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine. Rather, it provides greater flexibility for regulated sellers who may choose to capture required logbook information in a written form, in an electronic form, or in a manner that combines written and electronic information. While not economically significant, this final rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>This regulation meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 Civil Justice Reform to eliminate ambiguity, minimize litigation, establish clear legal standards, and reduce burden.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132</HD>
        <P>This rulemaking does not preempt or modify any provision of State law, impose enforcement responsibilities on any State, or diminish the power of any State to enforce its own laws. Accordingly, this rulemaking does not have federalism implications warranting the application of Executive Order 13132.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13175</HD>
        <P>This rule is required by statute, will not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>This rule has been reviewed in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), and the Deputy Assistant Administrator certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule simply incorporates the statutory provisions of the MPPA into existing regulations. This rule will provide greater flexibility to regulated sellers, permitting them to capture required logbook information in a variety of ways.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>

        <P>Although the requirements of the MPPA revise the ways in which logbook information may be captured or presented, these requirements are not substantially different than the previously existing requirements for documentation of sales in logbooks. DEA believes that these revised requirements will have a negligible impact on the time estimated to document a sale. Estimates of this time burden are included in information collection 1117-0046, “Certification, Training, and Logbooks for Regulated Sellers of Scheduled Listed Chemical Products.” Therefore, as DEA does not believe that the burden associated with<PRTPAGE P="74698"/>this collection will measurably change, DEA is not revising this information collection.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $136,000,000 or more (adjusted for inflation) in any one year, and will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Congressional Review Act). This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more, a major increase in costs or prices, or have significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and export markets.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 21 CFR Part 1314</HD>
          <P>Drug traffic control, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set out above, 21 CFR Part 1314 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1314" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1314—RETAIL SALE OF SCHEDULED LISTED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for Part 1314 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 802, 830, 842, 871(b), 875, 877, 886a.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1314" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 1314.30 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1314.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping for retail transactions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except for purchase by an individual of a single sales package containing not more than 60 milligrams of pseudoephedrine, the regulated seller must maintain, in accordance with criteria issued by the Administrator, a written or electronic list of each scheduled listed chemical product sale that identifies the products by name, the quantity sold, the names and addresses of the purchasers, and the dates and times of the sales (referred to as the “logbook”).</P>
            <P>(b) The regulated seller must not sell a scheduled listed chemical product at retail unless the sale is made in accordance with the following:</P>
            <P>(1) The purchaser presents an identification card that provides a photograph and is issued by a State or the Federal Government, or a document that, with respect to identification, is considered acceptable for purposes of 8 CFR 274a.2(b)(1)(v)(A) and 274a.2(b)(1)(v)(B).</P>
            <P>(2) The purchaser signs the logbook as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) For written logbooks, enters in the logbook his name, address, and the date and time of the sale.</P>
            <P>(ii) For electronic logbooks, provides a signature using one of the following means:</P>
            <P>(A) Signing a device presented by the seller that captures signatures in an electronic format. The device must display the warning notice in paragraph (d) of this section. Any device used must preserve each signature in a manner that clearly links that signature to the other electronically captured logbook information relating to the prospective purchaser providing that signature.</P>
            <P>(B) Signing a bound paper book.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The bound paper book must include, for such purchaser, either—</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) A printed sticker affixed to the bound paper book at the time of sale that either displays the name of each product sold, the quantity sold, the name and address of the purchaser, and the date and time of the sale, or a unique identifier which can be linked to that electronic information, or</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) A unique identifier that can be linked to that information and that is written into the book by the seller at the time of sale.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The purchaser must sign adjacent to the printed sticker or written unique identifier related to that sale. The bound paper book must display the warning notice in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(C) Signing a printed document that includes, for the purchaser, the name of each product sold, the quantity sold, the name and address of the purchaser, and the date and time of the sale. The document must be printed by the seller at the time of the sale. The document must contain a clearly identified signature line for a purchaser to sign. The printed document must display the warning notice in paragraph (d) of this section. Each signed document must be inserted into a binder or other secure means of document storage immediately after the purchaser signs the document.</P>
            <P>(3) The regulated seller must enter in the logbook the name of the product and the quantity sold. Examples of methods of recording the quantity sold include the weight of the product per package and number of packages of each chemical, the cumulative weight of the product for each chemical, or quantity of product by Universal Product Code. These examples do not exclude other methods of displaying the quantity sold. Such information may be captured through electronic means, including through electronic data capture through bar code reader or similar technology. Such electronic records must be provided pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section in a human readable form such that the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are satisfied.</P>
            <P>(c) The logbook maintained by the seller must include the prospective purchaser's name, address, and the date and time of the sale, as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) If the purchaser enters the information, the seller must determine that the name entered in the logbook corresponds to the name provided on the identification and that the date and time entered are correct.</P>
            <P>(2) If the seller enters the information, the prospective purchaser must verify that the information is correct.</P>
            <P>(3) Such information may be captured through electronic means, including through electronic data capture through bar code reader or similar technology.</P>
            <P>(d) The regulated seller must include in the written or electronic logbook or display by the logbook, the following notice:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              
              <FP>
                <E T="04">WARNING:</E>Section 1001 of Title 18, United States Code, states that whoever, with respect to the logbook, knowingly and willfully falsifies, conceals, or covers up by any trick, scheme, or device a material fact, or makes any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry, shall be fined not more than $250,000 if an individual or $500,000 if an organization, imprisoned not more than five years, or both.</FP>
              
            </EXTRACT>
            <P>(e) The regulated seller must maintain each entry in the written or electronic logbook for not fewer than two years after the date on which the entry is made.</P>
            <P>(f) A record under this section must be kept at the regulated seller's place of business where the transaction occurred, except that records may be kept at a single, central location of the regulated seller if the regulated seller has notified the Administration of the intention to do so. Written notification must be submitted by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Special Agent in Charge of the DEA Divisional Office for the area in which the records are required to be kept.</P>

            <P>(g) The records required to be kept under this section must be readily retrievable and available for inspection<PRTPAGE P="74699"/>and copying by authorized employees of the Administration under the provisions of section 510 of the Act (21 U.S.C. 880).</P>
            <P>(h) A record developed and maintained to comply with a State law may be used to meet the requirements of this section if the record includes the information specified in this section.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Joseph T. Rannazzisi,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator, Office of Diversion Control.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30630 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-09-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>29 CFR Part 4044</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Allocation of Assets in Single-Employer Plans; Valuation of Benefits and Assets; Expected Retirement Age</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule amends Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation's regulation on Allocation of Assets in Single-Employer Plans by substituting a new table for determining expected retirement ages for participants in pension plans undergoing distress or involuntary termination with valuation dates falling in 2012. This table is needed in order to compute the value of early retirement benefits and, thus, the total value of benefits under a plan.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>January 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Catherine B. Klion, Manager, Regulatory and Policy Division, Legislative and Regulatory Department, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, (202) 326-4024. (TTY/TDD users may call the Federal relay service toll-free at 1-(800) 877-8339 and ask to be connected to (202) 326-4024.)</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) administers the pension plan termination insurance program under Title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). PBGC's regulation on Allocation of Assets in Single-Employer Plans (29 CFR part 4044) sets forth (in subpart B) the methods for valuing plan benefits of terminating single-employer plans covered under Title IV. Guaranteed benefits and benefit liabilities under a plan that is undergoing a distress termination must be valued in accordance with subpart B of part 4044. In addition, when PBGC terminates an underfunded plan involuntarily pursuant to ERISA section 4042(a), it uses the subpart B valuation rules to determine the amount of the plan's underfunding.</P>
        <P>Under § 4044.51(b) of the asset allocation regulation, early retirement benefits are valued based on the annuity starting date, if a retirement date has been selected, or the expected retirement age, if the annuity starting date is not known on the valuation date. Sections 4044.55 through 4044.57 set forth rules for determining the expected retirement ages for plan participants entitled to early retirement benefits. Appendix D of part 4044 contains tables to be used in determining the expected early retirement ages.</P>
        <P>Table I in appendix D (Selection of Retirement Rate Category) is used to determine whether a participant has a low, medium, or high probability of retiring early. The determination is based on the year a participant would reach “unreduced retirement age” (i.e., the earlier of the normal retirement age or the age at which an unreduced benefit is first payable) and the participant's monthly benefit at unreduced retirement age. The table applies only to plans with valuation dates in the current year and is updated annually by the PBGC to reflect changes in the cost of living, etc.</P>
        <P>Tables II-A, II-B, and II-C (Expected Retirement Ages for Individuals in the Low, Medium, and High Categories respectively) are used to determine the expected retirement age after the probability of early retirement has been determined using Table I. These tables establish, by probability category, the expected retirement age based on both the earliest age a participant could retire under the plan and the unreduced retirement age. This expected retirement age is used to compute the value of the early retirement benefit and, thus, the total value of benefits under the plan.</P>
        <P>This document amends appendix D to replace Table I-11 with Table I-12 in order to provide an updated correlation, appropriate for calendar year 2012, between the amount of a participant's benefit and the probability that the participant will elect early retirement. Table I-12 will be used to value benefits in plans with valuation dates during calendar year 2012.</P>
        <P>PBGC has determined that notice of and public comment on this rule are impracticable and contrary to the public interest. Plan administrators need to be able to estimate accurately the value of plan benefits as early as possible before initiating the termination process. For that purpose, if a plan has a valuation date in 2012, the plan administrator needs the updated table being promulgated in this rule. Accordingly, the public interest is best served by issuing this table expeditiously, without an opportunity for notice and comment, to allow as much time as possible to estimate the value of plan benefits with the proper table for plans with valuation dates in early 2012.</P>
        <P>PBGC has determined that this action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the criteria set forth in Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <P>Because no general notice of proposed rulemaking is required for this regulation, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 does not apply (5 U.S.C. 601(2)).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 4044</HD>
          <P>Pension insurance, Pensions.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, 29 CFR part 4044 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="4044" TITLE="29">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 4044—ALLOCATION OF ASSETS IN SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLANS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 4044 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>29 U.S.C. 1301(a), 1302(b)(3), 1341, 1344, 1362.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="4044" TITLE="29">
          <AMDPAR>2. Appendix D to part 4044 is amended by removing Table I-11 and adding in its place Table I-12 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <APPENDIX>

            <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix D to Part 4044—Tables Used To Determine Expected Retirement Age<PRTPAGE P="74700"/>
            </HD>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,10,10,10,10" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table I-12— Selection of Retirement Rate Category</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>[For plans with valuation dates after December 31, 2011, and before January 1, 2013]</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">If participant reaches URA in year—</CHED>
                <CHED H="1" O="L">Participant's Retirement Rate Category is—</CHED>
                <CHED H="2" O="L">Low<SU>1</SU>if monthly benefit at URA is less than—</CHED>
                <CHED H="2" O="L">Medium<SU>2</SU>if monthly benefit at URA is—</CHED>
                <CHED H="3" O="L">From—</CHED>
                <CHED H="3" O="L">To—</CHED>
                <CHED H="2" O="L">High<SU>3</SU>if monthly benefit at URA is greater than—</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2013</ENT>
                <ENT>575</ENT>
                <ENT>575</ENT>
                <ENT>2,431</ENT>
                <ENT>2,431</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2014</ENT>
                <ENT>586</ENT>
                <ENT>586</ENT>
                <ENT>2,477</ENT>
                <ENT>2,477</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2015</ENT>
                <ENT>598</ENT>
                <ENT>598</ENT>
                <ENT>2,527</ENT>
                <ENT>2,527</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2016</ENT>
                <ENT>610</ENT>
                <ENT>610</ENT>
                <ENT>2,577</ENT>
                <ENT>2,577</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2017</ENT>
                <ENT>623</ENT>
                <ENT>623</ENT>
                <ENT>2,632</ENT>
                <ENT>2,632</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2018</ENT>
                <ENT>636</ENT>
                <ENT>636</ENT>
                <ENT>2,687</ENT>
                <ENT>2,687</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2019</ENT>
                <ENT>649</ENT>
                <ENT>649</ENT>
                <ENT>2,743</ENT>
                <ENT>2,743</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2020</ENT>
                <ENT>663</ENT>
                <ENT>663</ENT>
                <ENT>2,801</ENT>
                <ENT>2,801</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2021</ENT>
                <ENT>677</ENT>
                <ENT>677</ENT>
                <ENT>2,860</ENT>
                <ENT>2,860</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2022 or later</ENT>
                <ENT>691</ENT>
                <ENT>691</ENT>
                <ENT>2,920</ENT>
                <ENT>2,920</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>Table II-A.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>Table II-B.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU>Table II-C.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <STARS/>
          </APPENDIX>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, this  18th day of November 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Laricke Blanchard,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Director for Policy, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30849 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7709-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Patent and Trademark Office</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>37 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. PTO-P-2011-0014]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0651-AC56</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Revision of Patent Term Adjustment Provisions Relating to Information Disclosure Statements</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>United States Patent and Trademark Office, Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The United States Patent and Trademark Office (Office) is revising the patent term adjustment provisions of the rules of practice in patent cases. The patent term adjustment provisions of the American Inventors Protection Act of 1999 (AIPA) provide for a reduction of any patent term adjustment if the applicant failed to engage in reasonable efforts to conclude prosecution of the application. The Office is revising the rules of practice pertaining to the reduction of patent term adjustment for applicant delays to exclude information disclosure statements resulting from the citation of information in a counterpart application that are promptly filed with the Office. The rule change allows the diligent applicant to avoid patent term adjustment reduction for an IDS submission that results from a communication from the Office. Presently, the rule only provides relief if the IDS was cited as a result of a communication from a foreign patent office. Under this final rule, there will be no reduction of patent term adjustment in the following situations: when applicant promptly submits a reference in an information disclosure statement after the mailing of a notice of allowance if the reference was cited by the Office in another application, or when applicant promptly submits a copy of an Office communication (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>an Office action) in an information disclosure statement after the mailing of a notice of allowance if the Office communication was issued by the Office in another application or by a foreign patent office in a counterpart foreign application. The above changes are intended to ensure compliance with AIPA in light of the evolving case law.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kery A. Fries, Senior Legal Advisor, Office of Patent Legal Administration, by telephone at (571) 272-7757, by mail addressed to: Box Comments—Patents, Commissioner for Patents, P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, VA 22313-1450, marked to the attention of Kery A. Fries.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The AIPA amended 35 U.S.C. 154(b) to provide patent term adjustment for certain delays during the patent examination process.<E T="03">See</E>Public Law 106-113, 113 Stat. 1501, 1501A-552 through 1501A-591 (1999)). Specifically, under the patent term adjustment provisions of 35 U.S.C. 154(b) as amended by the AIPA, an applicant is entitled to patent term adjustment for the following reasons: (1) If the Office fails to take certain actions during the examination and issue process within specified time frames (35 U.S.C. 154(b)(1)(A)); (2) if the Office fails to issue a patent within three years of the actual filing date of the application in the United States (35 U.S.C. 154(b)(1)(B)); and (3) for delays due to interference, secrecy order, or successful appellate review (35 U.S.C. 154(b)(1)(C)). The AIPA, however, sets forth a number of conditions and limitations on any patent term adjustment accrued under 35 U.S.C. 154(b)(1). Specifically, 35 U.S.C. 154(b)(2)(C) provides, in part, that “[t]he period of adjustment of the term of a patent under [35 U.S.C. 154(b)(1)] shall be reduced by a period equal to the period of time during which the applicant failed to engage in reasonable efforts to conclude prosecution of the application” and that “[t]he Director shall prescribe regulations establishing the circumstances that constitute a failure of an applicant to engage in reasonable efforts to conclude processing or examination of an application.” 35 U.S.C. 154(b)(2)(C)(i) and (iii). The Office implemented the patent term adjustment provisions of 35 U.S.C. 154(b) as amended by the AIPA, including setting forth the circumstances that constitute a failure of an applicant to engage in reasonable efforts to conclude processing or examination of an application, in a final rule published in September of 2000.<E T="03">See Changes to Implement Patent Term Adjustment Under Twenty-Year Patent<PRTPAGE P="74701"/>Term,</E>65 FR 56366 (Sept. 18, 2000) (patent term adjustment final rule).</P>

        <P>Section 1.704(c) provides that the submission of an information disclosure statement either that is after a notice of allowance, an initial reply, or that requires a supplemental Office action, results in a reduction of any patent term adjustment under 37 CFR 1.703.<E T="03">See</E>37 CFR 1.704(c)(6), 1.704(c)(8), 1.704(c)(9), and (c)(10). Section 1.704(d) provides that an information disclosure statement will not result in a patent term adjustment reduction under 37 CFR 1.704(c)(6), 1.704(c)(8), 1.704(c)(9), or (c)(10) if it is accompanied by a statement that each item of information contained in the information disclosure statement was first cited in a communication from a foreign patent office in a counterpart application and that this communication was not received by any individual designated in 37 CFR 1.56(c) more than thirty days prior to the filing of the information disclosure statement. 37 CFR 1.704(d) permits applicants to submit information first cited in a communication from a foreign patent office in a counterpart application to the Office without a reduction in patent term adjustment if an information disclosure statement is promptly (within thirty-days of receipt of the communication) submitted to the Office.</P>

        <P>Recent decisions by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (Federal Circuit) underscore the importance of making information cited and Office actions issued in related copending foreign and domestic applications of record.<E T="03">See Dayco Products, Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">Total Containment, Inc.,</E>329 F.3d 1358 (Fed. Cir. 2003) and<E T="03">McKesson Info. Solutions, Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">Bridge Medical, Inc.,</E>487 F.3d 897 (Fed. Cir. 2007);<E T="03">see also Larson Mfg. Co.</E>v.<E T="03">Aluminart Products Ltd.,</E>559 F.3d 1317 (Fed. Cir. 2009) (relating to disclosure in a U.S. reexamination proceeding of U.S. Office actions that were issued in a continuation application of the patent under reexamination). The Office is revising 37 CFR 1.704(d) to also embrace information first cited in a communication from the Office, as well as the communication (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Office action) in a counterpart foreign or international application. These revisions are intended to ensure compliance with AIPA in light of the evolving case law. Obviously, meeting the conditions set forth in 37 CFR 1.704(d) does not substitute for compliance with any relevant requirement of 37 CFR 1.97 or 1.98.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of Specific Rules</HD>
        <P>Title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1, is amended as follows:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Section 1.704:</E>Section 1.704(d) is amended to change “any communication from a foreign patent office in a counterpart application” to “any communication from a patent office in a counterpart foreign or international application or from the Office,” and to add to this definition “a communication that was issued by a patent office in a counterpart foreign or international application or by the Office.” This change revises § 1.704(d) to also embrace information first cited in a communication from the Office, as well as the communication (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>Office action) in a counterpart foreign or international application or from the Office itself.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response to Comments:</E>The Office published a notice in April of 2011 proposing to change the rules of practice pertaining to patent term extension and adjustment to: (1) Indicate that in most circumstances an examiner reopening prosecution of the application after a notice of appeal has been filed will be considered a decision in the review reversing an adverse determination of patentability for purposes of patent term adjustment or extension purposes; and (2) exclude information disclosure statements resulting from the citation of information by a foreign patent office in a counterpart application that are promptly filed with the Office from the provisions for the reduction of patent term adjustment for applicant delays.<E T="03">See Revision of Patent Term Extension and Adjustment Provisions Relating to Appellate Review and Information Disclosure Statements,</E>76 FR 18990 (Apr. 6, 2011). The Office received eight written comments in response to this notice. The Office is revising its proposal concerning the reopening of prosecution of an application by the Office after a notice of appeal has been filed and will publish that proposal for public comment in a separate rulemaking. The comments and the Office's responses to the comments pertaining to information disclosure statements resulting from the citation of information by a foreign patent office in a counterpart application that are promptly filed with the Office follow.</P>
        <P>The comments on the Office's proposed change to 37 CFR 1.704(d) pertaining to information disclosure statements supported the proposed change. The Office also received comments on provisions of 37 CFR 1.704 that the Office did not propose to change: (1) One comment suggested changing the thirty day to a three month period; and (2) one comment indicated that an information disclosure statement filed after a notice of appeal should not result in reduction under 37 CFR 1.704(c)(8).</P>
        <P>The Office did not propose to change the thirty-day period in 37 CFR 1.704(d). The Office adopted the provisions of 37 CFR 1.704(d) in 2000 to permit applicants to avoid a patent term adjustment impact if an information disclosure statement containing information that was cited in a communication from a foreign patent office in a counterpart application is promptly submitted to the Office. The Office does not consider an information disclosure statement filed more than thirty days after the information has been brought to applicant's attention to be promptly submitted.</P>
        <P>Regarding the second comment, 37 CFR 1.704(c)(8) does not provide for a reduction of any patent term adjustment simply because an applicant files an information disclosure statement after a notice of appeal has been filed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Rulemaking Considerations</HD>
        <P>A.<E T="03">Regulatory Flexibility Act:</E>For the reasons set forth herein, the Deputy General Counsel for General Law of the United States Patent and Trademark Office has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration that the changes in this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.<E T="03">See</E>5 U.S.C. 605(b).</P>
        <P>This rulemaking expands the exception to the patent term adjustment reduction for filing an information disclosure statement after a notice of allowance or reply, or for filing an information disclosure statement that requires a supplemental Office action, for information cited by a foreign patent office in a counterpart application that is promptly filed with the Office, to embrace information first cited by the Office in another application. This rulemaking does not add any additional requirements (including information collection requirements) or fees for patent applicants or patentees. Therefore, the changes in this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>B.<E T="03">Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review):</E>This rulemaking has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866 (Sept. 30, 1993).</P>
        <P>C.<E T="03">Executive Order 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review):</E>The Office has complied with Executive<PRTPAGE P="74702"/>Order 13563. Specifically, the Office has, to the extent feasible and applicable: (1) Made a reasoned determination that the benefits justify the costs of the rule; (2) tailored the rule to impose the least burden on society consistent with obtaining the regulatory objectives; (3) selected a regulatory approach that maximizes net benefits; (4) specified performance objectives; (5) identified and assessed available alternatives; (6) involved the public in an open exchange of information and perspectives among experts in relevant disciplines, affected stakeholders in the private sector and the public as a whole, and provided on-line access to the rulemaking docket; (7) attempted to promote coordination, simplification and harmonization across government agencies and identified goals designed to promote innovation; (8) considered approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public; and (9) ensured the objectivity of scientific and technological information and processes.</P>
        <P>D.<E T="03">Executive Order 13132 (Federalism):</E>This rulemaking does not contain policies with federalism implications sufficient to warrant preparation of a Federalism Assessment under Executive Order 13132 (Aug. 4, 1999).</P>
        <P>E.<E T="03">Executive Order 13175 (Tribal Consultation):</E>This rulemaking will not: (1) Have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian Tribes; (2) impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian Tribal governments; or (3) preempt Tribal law. Therefore, a Tribal summary impact statement is not required under Executive Order 13175 (Nov. 6, 2000).</P>
        <P>F.<E T="03">Executive Order 13211 (Energy Effects):</E>This rulemaking is not a significant energy action under Executive Order 13211 because this rulemaking is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Therefore, a Statement of Energy Effects is not required under Executive Order 13211 (May 18, 2001).</P>
        <P>G.<E T="03">Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform):</E>This rulemaking meets applicable standards to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden as set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 (Feb. 5, 1996).</P>
        <P>H.<E T="03">Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children):</E>This rulemaking does not concern an environmental risk to health or safety that may disproportionately affect children under Executive Order 13045 (Apr. 21, 1997).</P>
        <P>I.<E T="03">Executive Order 12630 (Taking of Private Property):</E>This rulemaking will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630 (Mar. 15, 1988).</P>
        <P>J.<E T="03">Congressional Review Act:</E>Under the Congressional Review Act provisions of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.</E>), prior to issuing any final rule, the United States Patent and Trademark Office will submit a report containing the final rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives and the Comptroller General of the Government Accountability Office. The changes in this notice are not expected to result in an annual effect on the economy of 100 million dollars or more, a major increase in costs or prices, or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or the ability of United States-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets. Therefore, this notice is not expected to result in a “major rule” as defined in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
        <P>K.<E T="03">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995:</E>The changes in this rulemaking do not involve a Federal intergovernmental mandate that will result in the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or more in any one year, or a Federal private sector mandate that will result in the expenditure by the private sector of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or more in any one year, and will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions are necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.<E T="03">See</E>2 U.S.C. 1501<E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
        <P>L.<E T="03">National Environmental Policy Act:</E>This rulemaking will not have any effect on the quality of environment and is thus categorically excluded from review under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969.<E T="03">See</E>42 U.S.C. 4321<E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
        <P>M.<E T="03">National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act:</E>The requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) are not applicable because this rulemaking does not contain provisions which involve the use of technical standards.</P>
        <P>N.<E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act:</E>The rules of practice pertaining to patent term adjustment and extension have been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>) under OMB control number 0651-0020. As discussed previously, this rulemaking expands the exception to the patent term adjustment reduction for filing an information disclosure statement after a notice of allowance or a reply, or for filing an information disclosure statement that requires a supplemental Office action, for information cited by a foreign patent office in a counterpart application that are promptly filed with the Office, to embrace information first cited by the Office in another application. This notice does not propose to add any additional requirements (including information collection requirements) or fees for patent applicants or patentees. Therefore, the Office is not resubmitting information collection packages to OMB for its review and approval because the changes in this rulemaking do not affect the information collection requirements associated with the information collections approved under OMB control number 0651-0020.</P>
        <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Courts, Freedom of information, Inventions and patents, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 37 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="37">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—RULES OF PRACTICE IN PATENT CASES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 37 CFR Part 1 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2).</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="37">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 1.704 is amended by revising paragraph (d) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.704</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reduction of period of adjustment of patent term.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>

            <P>(d)(1) A paper containing only an information disclosure statement in compliance with §§ 1.97 and 1.98 will not be considered a failure to engage in reasonable efforts to conclude prosecution (processing or examination) of the application under paragraphs (c)(6), (c)(8), (c)(9), or (c)(10) of this<PRTPAGE P="74703"/>section if it is accompanied by a statement that each item of information contained in the information disclosure statement:</P>
            <P>(i) Was first cited in any communication from a patent office in a counterpart foreign or international application or from the Office, and this communication was not received by any individual designated in § 1.56(c) more than thirty days prior to the filing of the information disclosure statement; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Is a communication that was issued by a patent office in a counterpart foreign or international application or by the Office, and this communication was not received by any individual designated in § 1.56(c) more than thirty days prior to the filing of the information disclosure statement.</P>
            <P>(2) The thirty-day period set forth in paragraph (d)(1) of this section is not extendable.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>David J. Kappos,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual Property and Director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30933 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-16-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">LIBRARY OF CONGRESS</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Copyright Royalty Board</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>37 CFR Part 381</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 2011-9 CRB NCEB COLA]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Cost of Living Adjustment for Performance of Musical Compositions by Colleges and Universities</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Copyright Royalty Judges announce a cost of living adjustment (“COLA”) of 3.5% in the royalty rates that colleges, universities, and other educational institutions that are not affiliated with National Public Radio pay for the use of published nondramatic musical compositions in the ASCAP, BMI and SESAC repertories. The COLA is based on the change in the Consumer Price Index from October 2010 to October 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>January 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>LaKeshia Keys, Program Specialist. Telephone: (202) 707-7658. Email:<E T="03">crb@loc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Section 118 of the Copyright Act, title 17 of the United States Code, creates a compulsory license for the use of published nondramatic musical works and published pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works in connection with noncommercial broadcasting. Terms and rates for this compulsory license, applicable to parties who are not subject to privately negotiated licenses, are published in 37 CFR parts 253 and 381.</P>

        <P>Final regulations governing the terms and rates of copyright royalty payments with respect to certain uses by public broadcasting entities of published nondramatic musical works, and published pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works for the license period beginning January 1, 2008, and ending December 31, 2012, were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 30, 2007.<E T="03">See</E>72 FR 67646. Pursuant to these regulations, on or before December 1 of each year, the Judges shall publish a notice of the change in the cost of living as determined by the Consumer Price Index (all urban consumers, all items (“CPI-U”)) during the period from the most recent index published prior to the previous notice, to the most recent index published prior to December 1 of that year.<E T="03">See</E>37 CFR 381.10(a)(requiring publication of a revised schedule of rates for 37 CFR 381.5). Accordingly, the Judges are hereby announcing the change in the CPI-U and applying the annual COLA to the rates set out in 37 CFR 381.5(c).</P>
        <P>The change in the cost of living as determined by the CPI-U during the period from the most recent index published before December 1, 2010, to the most recent index published before December 1, 2011, is 3.5%.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>Rounding to the nearest dollar,<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>the royalty rates for the performance of published nondramatic musical compositions in the repertories of ASCAP, BMI, and SESAC are $312, $312, and $125, respectively.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The most recent CPI-U figures are published in November of each year and use the period 1982-1984 to establish a reference base of 100. The index for October 2010 was 218.711, while the figure for October 2011 was 226.421.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>37 CFR 381.10(b) (adjusted royalty rates shall be “fixed at the nearest dollar”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 381</HD>
          <P>Copyright, Music, Radio, Television, Rates.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Regulations</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, part 381 of title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended to read as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="381" TITLE="37">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 381—USE OF CERTAIN COPYRIGHTED WORKS IN CONNECTION WITH NONCOMMERCIAL EDUCATIONAL BROADCASTING</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 381 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>17 U.S.C. 118, 801(b)(1), and 803.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="381" TITLE="37">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 381.5 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 381.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Performance of musical compositions by public broadcasting entities licensed to colleges and universities.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) For all such compositions in the repertory of ASCAP, $312 annually.</P>
            <P>(2) For all such compositions in the repertory of BMI, $312 annually.</P>
            <P>(3) For all such compositions in the repertory of SESAC, $125 annually.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>James Scott Sledge,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief U.S. Copyright Royalty Judge.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30712 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1410-72-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">LIBRARY OF CONGRESS</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Copyright Royalty Board</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>37 CFR Part 386</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 2011-10 CRB Satellite COLA]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Cost of Living Adjustment to Satellite Carrier Compulsory License Royalty Rates</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Copyright Royalty Judges announce a cost of living adjustment (“COLA”) of 3.5% in the royalty rates paid by satellite carriers under the satellite carrier compulsory license of the Copyright Act. The COLA is based on the change in the Consumer Price Index from October 2010 to October 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>January 1, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applicability Dates:</E>These rates are applicable for the period January 1, 2012, through December 31, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>LaKeshia Keys, Program Specialist. Telephone: (202) 707-7658. Email:<E T="03">crb@loc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The satellite carrier compulsory license<PRTPAGE P="74704"/>establishes a statutory copyright licensing scheme for the retransmission of distant television programming by satellite carriers. 17 U.S.C. 119. Congress created the license in 1988 and has reauthorized the license for additional five-year periods, most recently with the passage of the Satellite Television Extension and Localism Act of 2010, (“STELA”), Public Law 111-175.</P>

        <P>The Copyright Royalty Judges adopted as final the rates for the section 119 compulsory license for the period 2010-2014 after publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of the rates, as proposed by Copyright Owners and Satellite Carriers,<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>yielded no objections.<E T="03">See</E>75 FR 53198 (August 31, 2010). Section 119(c)(2) requires the Judges annually to adjust these rates “to reflect any changes occurring in the cost of living adjustment (for all consumers and for all items) [“CPI-U”] published  * * *  at least 25 days before January 1.”<E T="03">Id.</E>Today's notice fulfills this obligation.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Program Suppliers and Joint Sports Claimants comprised the Copyright Owners, while DIRECTV, Inc., DISH Network, LLC and National Programming Service, LLC, comprised the Satellite Carriers.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The change in the cost of living as determined by the CPI-U during the period from the most recent index published before December 1, 2010, to the most recent index published before December 1, 2011, is 3.5%.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>Rounding to the nearest cent, the royalty rates for the secondary transmission of broadcast stations by satellite carriers for private home viewing and viewing in commercial establishments are 26 cents and 53 cents, respectively.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>The most recent CPI-U figures are published in November of each year and use the period 1982-1984 to establish a reference base of 100. The index for October 2010 was 218.711, while the figure for October 2011 was 226.421.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 386</HD>
          <P>Copyright, Satellite, Television.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Regulations</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, part 386 of title 37 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="386" TITLE="37">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 386—ADJUSTMENT OF ROYALTY FEES FOR SECONDARY TRANSMISSIONS BY SATELLITE CARRIERS</HD>
            <P>1. The authority citation for part 386 continues to read as follows:</P>
            <AUTH>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
              <P>17 U.S.C. 119(c), 801(b)(1).</P>
            </AUTH>
            
            <P>2. Section 386.2 is amended by revising paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(2)(iii) to read as follows:</P>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 386.2</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Royalty fee for secondary transmission by satellite carriers.</SUBJECT>
              <STARS/>
              <P>(b) * * *</P>
              <P>(1) * * *</P>
              <P>(iii) 2012: 26 cents per subscriber per month;</P>
              <STARS/>
              <P>(2) * * *</P>
              <P>(iii) 2012: 53 cents per subscriber per month;</P>
              <STARS/>
            </SECTION>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>James Scott Sledge,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief U.S. Copyright Royalty Judge.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30705 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1410-72-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>39 CFR Part 111</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Folded Self-Mailers and Unenveloped Mailpieces</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Postal Service<SU>TM</SU>.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Postal Service will revise<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM®) 201.3.14, to provide new standards for folded self-mailers (FSM) and unenveloped mailpieces that are mailed at automation or machinable prices. To avoid confusion with revised standards for FSM mailpieces having loose enclosures, the Postal Service renames mailpieces that are designed to carry discs, and expands the standards that apply to tabs to include folded self-mailers.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective January 5, 2013.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Craig Vance (202) 268-7595 or Susan Thomas (202) 268-8069.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On August 15, 2011, the Postal Service published a<E T="04">Federal Register</E>proposed rule (76 FR 50438-50441) for changes to the design and construction of folded self-mailers and unenveloped mailpieces that are mailed at automation or machinable prices. The proposed standards were issued after two years of collaborative work with mailers to analyze and test a wide variety of folded self-mailer letter-size designs. In response to the proposed standards, the Postal Service received 51 comments. Many of those who commented provided input on more than one aspect of the proposal. Each comment was given consideration and modifications were made to the proposed standards when possible. This final rule will be adopted based on our proposed rule with only minor revisions. These standards do not apply to cards, envelopes, booklet style letters, or mailpieces designed to carry discs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">General</HD>
        <P>The final rule includes DMM recommendations for design elements and sealing methods for FSMs. To avoid confusion about the types of mailpieces included in this change, the Postal Service renames mailpieces that are designed to carry discs in 201.3.4. To simplify the requirements that apply to tabs that can be used to seal unenveloped letter-sized mailpieces, DMM 201.3.11 is modified to include folded self-mailers. The final rule also includes recommended revisions to the proposed requirements based on observations of a wide variety of FSMs tested over the past several years.</P>
        <P>Although the effective date of these revisions is not until January 5, 2013, we encourage all customers who prepare FSMs mailed at automation or machinable prices to begin conversion to these design concepts as soon as possible.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Definition</HD>

        <P>A folded self-mailer is formed of panels that are created when one or more<E T="03">unbound</E>sheets of paper are folded together and sealed to make a letter-size mailpiece. The number of sheets in the mailpiece and the number of the times the sheets are folded determine the number of panels. Sheets that are bound by one or more staples are not considered folded self-mailers even when all other preparation recommendations are met.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Physical Characteristics</HD>
        <P>The maximum height for all automation and machinable FSMs is 6 inches and the maximum length is 10<FR>1/2</FR>inches, with a maximum thickness of<FR>1/4</FR>inch. The maximum weight of three ounces is applicable to all mailpieces prepared without envelopes.</P>
        <P>The paper basis weight for folded self-mailers is based on book-grade paper unless otherwise specified and varies depending on the total weight of the mailpiece and/or optional elements that are incorporated in the design. The final fold must be at the bottom for all designs except oblong style pieces. For oblong-style FSMs the final fold is on the leading edge. Tabs cannot be placed on the bottom open edge of an oblong-style FSM.</P>

        <P>A minimum of two tabs will be required to seal all FSMs when tabs are used as the sealing method. Tabs used as seals may not have perforations. Glue may be used as an alternate sealing<PRTPAGE P="74705"/>method when applied according to the standards for FSMs.</P>
        <P>After January 5, 2013, folded self-mailers that do not meet these requirements will be assessed postage as follows: First-Class Mail® and Standard Mail® customers will pay nonmachinable prices; Periodicals mailers will pay nonbarcoded prices.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of Comments</HD>
        <P>Eleven commenters recommended that the proposed standards be abandoned and asked that no changes to the existing mailpiece format be made at this time. The commenters cited the economy and the lack of equipment capable of producing the types of designs expressed in the proposed standards. Commenters were also concerned about time and cost incurred for mailpieces that may already be designed and produced, but not mailed. Many new formats and sealing requirements not defined in current standards for FSM are added. To accommodate the mailing industry, the Postal Service will delay adoption of the new standards until January 5, 2013. This postponement will provide enough time for mailers to complete outstanding contracts for mailpieces that do not meet the new standards and will allow those pieces to be entered as automation compatible folded self-mailers prior to the effective date.</P>
        <P>Mailers entering FSMs before the effective date are encouraged to design and prepare their mailpieces using these standards.</P>
        <P>Four commenters expressed concern regarding the Postal Service's proposal to require an additional tab on mailpieces weighing more than one ounce. As pieces get thicker and heavier it becomes more difficult for those pieces to pass through processing equipment. The mailpieces do not retain their integrity and cause jams and damage to the mail and processing equipment. Heavier weight FSMs experience more stress on the leading edge, especially when it is not a folded edge. An additional tab placed on the lower leading edge improves efficient feed capability and serves as added protection for the mailpiece during processing. The additional tab also maintains closure as pieces are handled and processed multiple times. Until January 5, 2013, three tabs are recommended to maintain sufficient sealing and to provide additional protection for heavier mailpieces and specific design formats.</P>
        <P>Three commenters asked why it is necessary to limit the number of panels within an FSM. The number of panels affects the shape, thickness, and ability to create crisp folds required to maintain a streamlined shape. It also reduces the amount of stress placed on closures, and maintains the integrity of a mailpiece from acceptance to delivery. However, in order to provide increased options and ability to qualify for automation letter prices, the Postal Service will increase the allowed panel count to 12 for FSMs constructed of non-newsprint paper. Additionally, to accommodate the common practice of including half-pages in quarter-fold pieces made with newsprint paper, we increase the panel count for quarter-fold FSMs to a maximum of 24 panels.</P>
        <P>Seven commenters expressed concern about the 10<FR>1/2</FR>inch-maximum length requirement. They expressed concern because smaller sizes will decrease the amount of space available to print advertising in a single mailpiece, and in some cases stock mailpieces will need to be redesigned to conform to the new size requirements. The FSM study revealed that, similar to booklets, mailpieces that exceeded 9 inches in length experienced a decline in machinability with significantly higher rates of damage and jams. The Postal Service maintains the proposed maximum length of 10<FR>1/2</FR>inches to balance the need for machinability with the customer's need for the maximum amount of usable space.</P>
        <P>Eight commenters questioned the thickness standards of .05 and .09 inches. USPS® revises the language to clarify that these thickness standards apply only to interior loose enclosures (single sheets that are not captured by the folds) and attachments. The standard for maximum thickness of a finished FSM letter is<FR>1/4</FR>inch, the same maximum thickness for all letter-size mail. Additionally, we allow the insertion of remittance envelopes, meeting all requirements for enclosed envelopes within automation letters, as enclosures when the envelopes are incorporated into the first (manufacturing) fold of the quarter-fold mailpiece format.</P>
        <P>Two commenters asked that tabs made of material other than paper and tabs with perforations be used as seals for FSMs. To accommodate this request, the current standards that describe the types of materials used to manufacture tabs are expanded to permit their use for both booklets and FSMs. Tabs with perforations may not be used as a seals.</P>
        <P>Nine commenters asked for clarification of tab placement and the number of tabs required. Section 201.3.14.4 is revised to clarify sealing mailpieces using tabs. Studies showed that sealing FSMs with one tab did not provide sufficient closure to withstand the rigors of automation processing for letter-size mail. The requirement to seal with a minimum of two tabs is retained.</P>
        <P>Two commenters asked to use glue to seal the lead and trail edge instead of gluing along the top edge when the final fold is the bottom edge. We have revised and clarified the language to allow this as an additional sealing option.</P>
        <P>One commenter suggested that the paper basis weight is unreasonably high. The basis weight of paper is one of the major factors that affect the machinability of a mailpiece. Pieces prepared with lower paper weight were unable to withstand the rigors of automation processing, resulting in higher rates of damage and jams and a diversion to more costly flat sorter and manual processing methods. We retain the paper basis weights as proposed.</P>
        <P>One commenter asked about the perforation cut-tie ratio. The necessary cut to tie ratio is based on many correlative factors. A ratio that provides enough strength to prevent premature breaking of the perforation tie is needed. This need is balanced by the necessity of preparing a perforated line that can be opened by the recipient without causing unintended damage to the mailpiece. Due to the significant variation in cut-to-tie ratios of mailpieces currently in the mailstream, we modified the proposed standard and will allow a 1 to 1 cut-tie ratio for all perforated lines. The Postal Service will monitor the performance of mailpieces prepared with perforations and if the 1 to 1 ratio does not prove sufficient for machine processing, we will modify the standards to require a higher cut to tie ratio. Customers who have mailpieces that do not meet this reduced standard may ask that the FSMs be sent to the Pricing and Classification Service Center for review.</P>
        <P>Three commenters asked for clarification regarding the need to print address information in a mid-to-left position. Section 201.3.14.10 is introduced as a recommendation for folded self-mailers produced on uncoated paper. Testing revealed higher rates of delamination and peel-back (cosmetic damage) to the lead edge of uncoated (raw) paper. This type of damage often exceeded<FR>1/2</FR>inch in length and impeded the ability of letter sorting machines to read address elements.</P>

        <P>With this final rule, the Postal Service implements requirements and options that describe the construction of folded self-mailers and other unenveloped mailpieces. These standards allow significant design flexibility while maintaining mailpiece automation compatibility and address most current and proposed designs. Mailers<PRTPAGE P="74706"/>designing and mailing FSMs before the effective date are encouraged to prepare mailpieces using these standards.</P>
        <P>The Postal Service adopts the following changes to<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM), incorporated by reference in the Code of Federal Regulations. See 39 CFR 111.1.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 111</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Postal Service.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 39 CFR part 111 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="111" TITLE="39">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 111—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 39 CFR part 111 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 552(a); 13 U.S.C. 301-307; 18 U.S.C. 692-1737; 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 414, 416, 3001-3011, 3201-3219, 3403-3406, 3621, 3622, 3626, 3632, 3633, and 5001.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="111" TITLE="39">
          <AMDPAR>2. Revise the following sections of<E T="03">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service,</E>Domestic Mail Manual (DMM) as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Mailing Standards of the United States Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual (DMM)</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">200Commercial Letters and Cards</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">201Physical Standards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.0Physical Standards for Machinable and Automation Letters and Cards</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4Standards for Letter-Size Pieces Containing Discs (CDs or DVDs)</HD>
          <STARS/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">[Revise the heading and the introductory paragraph of 3.4.4 as follows:]</E>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4.4Dimensions and Shape Standards for Automation-Compatible Unenveloped Disc Carriers:</HD>
          <P>Each unenveloped disc carrier must meet the basic standards for machinable letters in 1.0 and have the following characteristics:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.4.5Unacceptable Characteristics for Automation-Compatible Letter-Size Pieces With Discs</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 3.4.5 as follows:]</E>
          </P>
          <P>Discs in letter-sized envelopes and unenveloped disc carriers may not be enclosed in:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.5Maximum Weight, Machinable and Automation Letters and Cards</HD>
          <P>The following maximum weight limits apply:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">[Revise item 3.5b as follows:]</E>
          </P>
          <P>b. Booklets and unenveloped disc carriers—3 ounces.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.11Tabs, Tape, and Glue</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">[Revise the introductory paragraph of 3.11 as follows:]</E>
          </P>
          <P>Tabs may be made of paper, translucent paper, vinyl or plastic. Cellophane tape may also be used as a closure when the saw-toothed cut edge is place perpendicular to the edge being sealed. Tabs must not contain perforations. For tab size and placement for folded self-mailers see 3.14; for booklets see 3.15. Tab placement is subject to<FR>1/4</FR>inch variance in either direction. The following standards also apply:</P>
          <STARS/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14Folded Self-Mailers</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">[Delete current text of 3.14, including the exhibit, in its entirety and replace with the following:]</E>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.1Definition</HD>
          <P>A folded self-mailer is formed of panels that are created when one or more unbound sheets of paper are folded together and sealed to make a letter-size mailpiece. The number of panels is determined by the number of sheets in the mailpiece and the number of times the sheets are folded.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.2Physical Characteristics</HD>
          <P>Folded self-mailers have the following characteristics:</P>
          <P>a. Height: A minimum of 3<FR>1/2</FR>inches and a maximum of 6 inches.</P>
          <P>b. Length: A minimum of 5 inches and a maximum of 10<FR>1/2</FR>inches.</P>
          <P>c. Thickness: A minimum of 0.007 inch; (0.009 inch if the height exceeds 4<FR>1/4</FR>inches or if the length exceeds 6 inches); the maximum thickness is<FR>1/4</FR>inch.</P>
          <P>d. Maximum Weight: 3 ounces.</P>
          <P>e. Rectangular, with four square corners and parallel opposite sides.</P>
          <P>f. Aspect ratio: within 1.3 to 2.5 (see 3.7).</P>
          <P>g. Maximum number of panels: 12, except under 3.14.2h.</P>
          <P>h. Quarter-folded self-mailers made of a minimum of 100 pound book grade paper may have as few as 4 panels. Quarter-folded self-mailers made of 55 pound or greater newsprint must have at least 8 panels and may contain up to 24 panels.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.3Panels</HD>
          <P>Panels are created when a sheet of paper is folded. Each two-sided section (front and back) created by the fold is considered one panel. When a folded self-mailer is made of multiple sheets, multiply the number of sheets by the number of panels created when folding a single sheet to determine the total number of panels. The following conditions apply:</P>
          <P>a. External panels created by folding must be equal or nearly equal in size.</P>
          <P>b. The final folded panel creates the back (non-address) side of the mailpiece. The open edge of the back panel must be at the top or within 1 inch of the top or trailing edge of the mailpiece.</P>
          <P>c. The final folded edge must be the bottom of a folded self-mailer unless prepared as an oblong. The final folded edge of an oblong folded self-mailer must be the leading (right) edge.</P>
          <P>d. Internal shorter panels must be covered by a full-size panel, and count toward the maximum number of panels.</P>
          <P>e. Folding methods and the subsequent number of panels created when folding a single sheet of paper are:</P>
          <P>1. Bi-fold: Folded once forming two panels.</P>
          <P>2. Tri-fold: Folded twice forming three panels.</P>
          <P>3. Oblong: Paper folded once to form two rectangular panels with one elongated dimension and parallel opposite sides. The final folded edge is on the leading (shorter) edge.</P>
          <P>4. Quarter-fold: Folded twice with each fold at a right angle (perpendicular) to the preceding fold. One sheet of paper quarter-folded creates four panels.</P>
          <P>f. Flaps are formed when the final exterior panel is folded over and affixed to the unaddressed side of the mailpiece. Flaps must meet the following conditions:</P>
          <P>1. The folded edge of a flap must be flush with the top edge of the mailpiece and end one inch or more above the bottom edge, except under 3.14.3f4. Flaps must be at least 1<FR>1/2</FR>inches when measured from the top of the mailpiece.</P>
          <P>2. Flaps must be secured by a sealing method in 3.14.4.</P>
          <P>3. Flaps with die-cut shapes must be firmly secured with tabs, glue line, glue spots or elongated glue lines. A<FR>1/8</FR>inch wide continuous glue line that seals the contour of the die-cut is strongly recommended.</P>

          <P>4. Flaps on oblong pieces must be at least 5 inches long at the longest point when measured from the leading edge and must end more than one inch from the trailing edge.<PRTPAGE P="74707"/>
          </P>
          <P>g. Flaps and pockets prepared within folded self-mailers to stabilize enclosures are not considered to be panels.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.4Sealing Methods</HD>
          <P>Folded self-mailers must be sealed using tabs or glue under the following conditions:</P>
          <P>a. Tabs must meet the standards for tabs in 3.11. The size and number of tabs required is determined by the weight of the mailpiece and optional design elements as follows:</P>
          <P>1. To seal folded self-mailers that weigh up to 3 ounces created in bi-fold, tri-fold formats, pieces with multiple interior folds and a final fold on the bottom, and quarter-fold mailpieces that weigh one ounce or less, place two nonperforated tabs on the top edge, one within 1-inch from the leading and another within 1-inch from the trailing edge, or place one tab on the leading and another on the trailing edge, both placed within 1 inch from the top.</P>
          <P>2. To seal quarter-fold mailpieces that weigh more than 1 ounce up to 3 ounces, affix two tabs, one on the leading edge and one on the trailing edge within 1 inch from the top, and affix a third tab on the lower leading edge<FR>1/2</FR>inch from the bottom (see 3.14.5).</P>
          <P>3. To seal oblong pieces that weigh up to 3 ounces, affix one tab in the center of the top edge and one tab in the center of the trailing edge (preferred) or affix both tabs on the trailing edge within 1 inch of the top and bottom edges. Tabs may not be placed on the bottom of an oblong piece.</P>
          <P>b. Glue must be positioned within<FR>1/4</FR>inch of the open edges and be placed opposite the final fold or on both the leading and trailing edges when the final panel fold is on the bottom. Apply glue by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>1. Continuous glue lines at least<FR>1/8</FR>inch wide (0.125 inches).</P>
          <P>2. Three or four glue spots at least<FR>3/8</FR>inch (0.375 inch) in diameter.</P>
          <P>3. Three or four elongated glue lines. Seal folded self-mailers that weigh up to 1 ounce with lines at least<FR>1/2</FR>inch long. Seal folded self-mailers that weigh more than 1 ounce with elongated glue lines that are each at least 1 inch long and<FR>1/8</FR>inch wide, or with glue lines that are each at least<FR>1/2</FR>inch long and<FR>1/4</FR>inch wide.</P>
          <P>4. Distribute glue spots and elongated glue lines evenly along the sealed edge(s).</P>
          <P>5. Quarter-fold self-mailers must be sealed with tabs.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.5Paper Weight and Sealing Requirements</HD>
          <P>All references in 3.0 to paper basis weight are for book-grade paper unless otherwise stated (see 3.2). Interior optional elements such as attachments or enclosures are not subject to the host piece's book-grade paper basis weight standards. When multiple optional design elements are incorporated in one mailpiece, the standards for the design element with the highest paper weight and corresponding sealing methods apply. Folded self-mailer paper weights and sealing methods are:</P>
          <P>a. Folded self-mailers, (except quarter-fold mailpieces) as described in 3.14.3e1 through 3.14.3e3:</P>
          <P>1. Up to 1 ounce: 70 pound paper sealed with a continuous glue line, three glue spots; or elongated glue lines under 3.14.4b; or two 1-inch tabs under 3.14.4a1 and 3.14.4a3.</P>
          <P>2. Over 1 ounce: 80 pound paper sealed with a continuous glue line, four glue spots; or four elongated glue lines under 3.14.4b; or two 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs under 3.14.4a1 and 3.14.4a3.</P>
          <P>b. Quarter fold self-mailers as described in 3.14.3e4:</P>
          <P>1. Up to 1 ounce: 70 pound paper sealed with two 1-inch tabs.</P>
          <P>2. Over 1 ounce: 80 pound paper sealed with three 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs.</P>
          <P>3. Newsprint: 55 pound minimum paper required. Seal pieces one ounce or less with two 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs and those weighing over one ounce with three 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs, see 3.14.4a2.</P>
          <P>c. Optional design elements: Die-cut openings and perforated panes. Folded self-mailers with die-cut openings in the exterior panels as described in 3.14.6 or perforated panes as described in 3.14.7 must meet the following:</P>
          <P>1. Up to 1 ounce: 100 pound paper sealed with glue under 3.14.4b, or two 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs under 3.14.4a1 and 3.14.4a2.</P>
          <P>2. Over 1 ounce: 120 pound paper sealed with glue under 3.14.4b, or two 2-inch tabs under 3.14.4a1 and 3.14.4a2 or three 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs under 3.14.4a3.</P>
          <P>d. Optional design elements: Loose enclosures or attachments. For folded self-mailers that have loose enclosures as described in 3.14.8 or attachments as described in 3.14.9, the following applies:</P>
          <P>1. Up to 1 ounce: 80 pound paper sealed with glue under 3.14.4b or two 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs under 3.14.4a1 and 3.14.4a2.</P>
          <P>2. Over 1 ounce: 100 pound paper sealed with glue under 3.14.4b, or two 2-inch tabs under 3.14.4a1 and 3.14.4a2 or three 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch tabs under 3.14.4a3.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.6Die-Cut Elements</HD>
          <P>Folded self-mailers may be produced with two types of die-cut elements in the exterior panels: Address windows or die-cut reveal. Die-cut openings may not be used to create die-cut punched holes (openings in the same location on all layers and panels so that there is a hole through the entire mailpiece). Prepare die-cut elements as follows:</P>
          <P>a. Die-cut address windows (used to convey address information) must meet standards for window envelopes under 601.6.4 and meet the following additional conditions:</P>
          <P>1. The maximum window size is 4 inches long by 2 inches high.</P>
          <P>2. When an address window appears on a mailpiece, no other die-cut openings may be made on the exterior panels.</P>
          <P>b. Die-cut openings used to reveal the contents of the mailpiece must be:</P>
          <P>1. Limited to two on only one external panel.</P>
          <P>2. Either circular with a 2-inch maximum diameter or rectangular with a maximum of 2 inches long by 1<FR>1/2</FR>inches high with slightly rounded<FR>1/4</FR>inch radius corners.</P>
          <P>3. Placed at least 1<FR>1/2</FR>inches from all edges of the mailpiece if on the addressed side.</P>
          <P>4. Placed at least 5 inches from the leading edge and 1<FR>1/2</FR>inches from all other edges if on the non-addressed side.</P>
          <P>5. Positioned at least 1<FR>1/2</FR>inches apart when two or more die-cut openings are used.</P>
          <P>c. A single<FR>1/2</FR>-inch semi-circular die-cut thumb notch may be placed on the trailing edge of the addressed or unaddressed outer panel.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.7Perforated Pull-Open Strips and Pop-Out Panes</HD>
          <P>Folded self-mailers may be prepared with strips called panes that are pulled open to reveal the contents. These design elements must be placed only on the unaddressed side of the mailpiece and may be rectangular, circular, or oval shaped. Perforations, a row of small holes punched in a sheet of paper so that a section can be torn easily, are used to create pull-open strips, pop-out, or pop-open panes subject to the following requirements:</P>

          <P>a. Two parallel perforated lines must be spaced at least<FR>1/2</FR>inch apart creating a pull open strip. Position perforated strips parallel to the height of the mailpiece at least 5 inches from the leading edge and 2 inches from the trailing edge. Position perforated strips parallel to the length of the mailpiece at least 1 inch from the top. Perforations<PRTPAGE P="74708"/>have a 1mm cut (max)/1mm tie (min) ratio.</P>
          <P>b. Pop-out panes with perforations around the outer edges have a maximum size of 4 inches long by 4 inches high. The following conditions apply:</P>
          <P>1. Place panes at least 1 inch from any edge.</P>
          <P>2. Use 1mm cut (max)/1mm tie (min) ratio.</P>
          <P>3. When using two panes, space them at least 1 inch apart.</P>
          <P>4. Address elements may not appear in perforated openings.</P>
          <P>c. Pop-open panes with perforations on three sides must meet the following conditions:</P>
          <P>1. The outer edges of the pull-open panel are a maximum of 4 inches long by 4 inches high.</P>
          <P>2. If prepared with multiple panes, they must be spaced at least 1 inch apart.</P>
          <P>3. Panes must be placed at least 1 inch from all edges.</P>
          <P>4. Perforation patterns have 1 mm cut (max)/1 mm tie (min) ratio.</P>
          <P>d. Perforated panes may not be prepared on pieces with die-cuts or on any mailpiece made of newsprint.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.8Loose Enclosures</HD>
          <P>Folded self-mailers with loose enclosures must be securely sealed to ensure containment of the enclosed material and prevent excessive enclosure shift during processing. Loose enclosures must be made of paper and must meet the following conditions:</P>
          <P>a. Must be contained securely within the mailpiece.</P>
          <P>b. Must be inserted in an interior pocket or secured by any method that prevents excessive shift during normal handling. Pockets are not counted as panels.</P>
          <P>c. Folded self-mailers with die-cut openings may contain enclosures only if the inserted material is larger than the die-cut opening.</P>
          <P>d. Enclosed material does not exceed the maximum thickness of:</P>
          <P>1. 0.05 inch thick for mailpiece weights up to 1 ounce.</P>
          <P>2. 0.09 inch thick for mailpiece weights over 1 ounce.</P>
          <P>e. One empty reply envelope may be inserted within the first fold (manufacturing fold) of a quarter-folded self-mailer and must be secured within a fold to prevent separation during normal handing.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.9Attachments</HD>
          <P>Attachments must be secured on the outside of a folded self-mailer under 3.13. Attachments must be secured within a folded self-mailer under the following conditions:</P>
          <P>a. The attachment is affixed to an inside panel and secured to it at least<FR>1/2</FR>inch from any edge.</P>
          <P>b. The attached material may not exceed a maximum thickness of:</P>
          <P>1. 0.05 inch thick for mailpieces weighing up to 1 ounce.</P>
          <P>2. 0.09 inch thick for mailpieces weighing over 1 ounce.</P>
          <P>c. Multiple attachments must be positioned so that the host mailpiece remains nearly uniform in thickness.</P>
          <P>d. When multiple attachments are affixed to separate panels in stacked alignment, the combined thickness of the attachments must be no greater than the maximum thickness in 3.14.9b.</P>
          <P>e. When multiple attachments are affixed adjacent to each other across the length of a mailpiece, the thickest attachment must be no greater than the maximum thickness in 3.14.9b.</P>
          <P>f. Folded self-mailers with die-cut openings may contain attachments if the inserted material is larger than the die-cut opening.</P>
          <P>g. Quarter-fold self-mailers may have only one internal attachment not exceeding 0.012 inch thick. The attachment must be secured at least<FR>1/2</FR>inch from all edges.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.14.10Addressing</HD>
          <P>When folded self-mailers are prepared with uncoated paper, printing addresses in a center or left-justified position within the optical character reader (OCR) area under 2.1 is recommended.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">[Renumber current 3.15 through 3.17 as new 3.16 through 3.18 and add new 3.15 as follows:]</E>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.15Other Unenveloped Mailpieces</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.15.1Open-Sleeve Style Letter-Size Mailpieces</HD>
          <P>Open-sleeve style letter-size mailpieces consists of two symmetrical horizontal panels sealed together along the top and bottom edges or as a bi-fold that has a non-addressed panel permanently sealed to an inner flap along the top edge. Open-sleeve style mailpieces must meet the following conditions:</P>
          <P>a. Join panels using<FR>1/8</FR>(0.125) inch continuous glue lines.</P>
          <P>b. If flaps are used, they must be a minimum of at least 1<FR>1/2</FR>inches wide created as inner flaps adhered at the leading and trailing edges to the panel from which the flap is formed.</P>
          <P>c. All paper basis weight requirements in 3.14.5d must be met.</P>
          <P>d. Matter prepared within open-sleeve style mailpieces must meet the standards in 3.14.8 or 3.14.9b through 3.14.9f.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">3.15.2Letter-Size Mailpieces With Tear-Off Strips</HD>
          <P>When letter-size mailpieces have tear-off strips on the leading and/or trailing edge, any unfolded edges must be sealed with an adhesive (glue) or by a cohesive (pressure seal) method. A cohesive seal requires two fixative patterns placed on two separate surfaces that are compressed to form a bond. A perforated horizontal line that runs between and joins the leading and trailing edge perforation lines is permitted. Mailpieces with sealed sides must meet the following conditions.</P>
          <P>a. Be constructed of a minimum of 60 pound paper.</P>
          <P>b. Tear-off strips may be up to<FR>9/16</FR>inch (0.5625) wide.</P>
          <P>c. Tear lines (single lines of perforations) on pieces that weigh 1 ounce or less; recommended minimum cut/tie pattern of 1 mm cut (max)/1 mm tie (min) ratio or equivalent.</P>
          <P>d. Tear lines (single lines of perforations) on pieces that weigh more than 1 ounce; minimum cut/tie pattern of 1 mm cut/2 mm tie (min) ratio or equivalent.</P>
          <STARS/>
          <P>We will publish an appropriate amendment to 39 CFR Part 111 to reflect these changes.</P>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Stanley F. Mires,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Attorney, Legal Policy &amp; Legislative Advice.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30879 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 63</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source Categories</SUBJECT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">CFR Correction</HD>
        <P>In Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 63 (§§ 63.600 to 63.1199), revised as of July 1, 2011, on page 602, § 63.1196 is reinstated to read as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="63" TITLE="40">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 63.1196</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What definitions should I be aware of?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Act, in § 63.2 of the general provisions in subpart A of this part, and in this section as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Bag leak detection system</E>means a monitoring device for a fabric filter that identifies an increase in particulate matter emissions resulting from a broken filter bag or other malfunction and sounds an alarm.<PRTPAGE P="74709"/>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Bonded product</E>means mineral wool to which a hazardous air pollutant-based binder (containing such hazardous air pollutants as phenol or formaldehyde) has been applied.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">CO</E>means, for the purposes of this subpart, emissions of carbon monoxide that serve as a surrogate for emissions of carbonyl sulfide, a compound included on the list of hazardous air pollutants in section 112 of the Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Cupola</E>means a large, water-cooled metal vessel to which is charged a mixture of fuel, rock and/or slag, and additives. As the fuel is burned, the charged mixture is heated to a molten state for later processing to form mineral wool.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Curing oven</E>means a chamber in which heat is used to thermoset a binder on the mineral wool fiber used to make bonded products.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Fabric filter</E>means an air pollution control device used to capture particulate matter by filtering gas streams through fabric bags. It also is known as a baghouse.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Formaldehyde</E>means, for the purposes of this subpart, emissions of formaldehyde that, in addition to being a HAP itself, serve as a surrogate for organic compounds included on the list of hazardous air pollutants in section 112 of the Act, including but not limited to phenol.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Hazardous air pollutant</E>means any air pollutant listed in or pursuant to section 112(b) of the Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">I</E>means the owner or operator of a mineral wool production facility.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Incinerator</E>means an enclosed air pollution control device that uses controlled flame combustion to convert combustible materials to noncombustible gases.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Melt</E>means raw materials, excluding coke, that are charged into the cupola, heated to a molten state, and discharged to the fiber forming and collection process.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Melt rate</E>means the mass of molten material discharged from a single cupola over a specified time period.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Mineral wool</E>means a fibrous glassy substance made from natural rock (such as basalt), blast furnace slag or other slag, or a mixture of rock and slag. It may be used as a thermal or acoustical insulation material or in the making of other products to provide structural strength, sound absorbency, fire resistance, or other required properties.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">New source</E>means any affected source the construction or reconstruction of which is commenced after May 8, 1997.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">PM</E>means, for the purposes of this subpart, emissions of particulate matter that serve as a surrogate for metals (in particulate or volatile form) on the list of hazardous air pollutants in section 112 of the Act, including but not limited to: antimony, arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, lead, manganese, nickel, and selenium.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">You</E>means the owner or operator of a mineral wool production facility.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30998 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 1505-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 261</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-R06-RCRA-2010-0066; SW FRL-9490-8]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Hazardous Waste Management System; Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Final Exclusion</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is granting a petition submitted by ExxonMobil Refining and Supply Company—Beaumont Refinery (Beaumont Refinery) to exclude from hazardous waste control (or delist) a certain solid waste. This final rule responds to the petition submitted by Beaumont Refinery to delist to have centrifuge solids generated from treatment of Tank Bottoms from its Lower Park Tank Farm excluded, or delisted, from the definition of a hazardous waste. The centrifuge solids are derived from the management and treatment of several F- and K-waste codes. These waste codes are F037, F038, K048, K049, K051, K052, K169, and K170.</P>
          <P>After careful analysis and evaluation of comments submitted by the public, the EPA has concluded that the petitioned wastes are not hazardous waste when disposed of in Subtitle D landfills. This exclusion applies to the centrifuge solids generated at Beaumont Refinery's Beaumont, Texas facility. Accordingly, this final rule excludes the petitioned waste from the requirements of hazardous waste regulations under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) when disposed of in Subtitle D landfills but imposes testing conditions to ensure that the future-generated wastes remain qualified for delisting.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The public docket for this final rule is located at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 6, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75202, and is available for viewing in the EPA Freedom of Information Act review room on the 7th floor from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding Federal holidays. Call (214) 665-6444 for appointments. The reference number for this docket is “EPA-R06-RCRA-2010-0066”. The public may copy material from any regulatory docket at no cost for the first 100 pages and at a cost of $0.15 per page for additional copies.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>For general information, contact Ben Banipal, at (214) 665-7324. For technical information concerning this notice, contact Michelle Peace, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas, (214) 665-7430.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The information in this section is organized as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Overview Information</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What action is EPA finalizing?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Why is EPA approving this delisting?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What are the limits of this exclusion?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. How will Beaumont Refinery manage the waste if it is delisted?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. When is the final delisting exclusion effective?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. How does this final rule affect states?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What is a “delisting”?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. What regulations allow facilities to delist a waste?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What information must the generator supply?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. EPA's Evaluation of the Waste Data</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What wastes did Beaumont Refinery petition EPA to delist?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. How much waste did Beaumont Refinery propose to delist?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. How did Beaumont Refinery sample and analyze the waste data in this petition?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Public Comments Received on the Proposed Exclusion</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Who submitted comments on the proposed rule?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Comments and Responses</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Overview Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What action is EPA finalizing?</HD>
        <P>The EPA is finalizing:</P>
        <P>(1) The decision to grant Beaumont Refinery's petition to have its centrifuge solids excluded, or delisted, from the definition of a hazardous waste, subject to certain continued verification and monitoring conditions; and</P>

        <P>(2) To use the Delisting Risk Assessment Software to evaluate the potential impact of the petitioned waste on human health and the environment. The Agency used this model to predict the concentration of hazardous constituents released from the petitioned waste, once it is disposed. After evaluating the petition, EPA proposed and issued a direct final rule, on October 1, 2010 to exclude the<PRTPAGE P="74710"/>Beaumont Refinery waste from the lists of hazardous wastes under §§ 261.31 and 261.32. The direct final rule received adverse comments and was subsequently withdrawn on November 16, 2010. This decision is based on the proposed rule issued on October 1, 2010. The comments received on this rulemaking will be addressed as part of this decision.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Why is EPA approving this delisting?</HD>
        <P>Beaumont Refinery's petition requests a delisting for the centrifuge solids listed as F037, F038, K048, K049, K051, K052, K169, and K170. Beaumont Refinery does not believe that the petitioned wastes meet the criteria for which EPA listed them. Beaumont Refinery also believes no additional constituents or factors could cause the wastes to be hazardous. EPA's review of this petition included consideration of the original listing criteria, and the additional factors required by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA). See section 3001(f) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6921(f), and 40 CFR 260.22(d)(1)-(4). In making the initial delisting determination, EPA evaluated the petitioned waste against the listing criteria and factors cited in § 261.11(a)(2) and (a)(3). Based on this review, EPA agrees with the petitioner that the waste is non-hazardous with respect to the original listing criteria. If EPA had found, based on this review, that the waste remained hazardous based on the factors for which the waste was originally listed, EPA would have proposed to deny the petition. EPA evaluated the waste with respect to other factors or criteria to assess whether there is a reasonable basis to believe that such additional factors could cause the waste to be hazardous. EPA considered whether the waste is acutely toxic, the concentration of the constituents in the waste, their tendency to migrate and to bioaccumulate, their persistence in the environment once released from the waste, plausible and specific types of management of the petitioned waste, the quantities of waste generated, and waste variability. EPA believes that the petitioned wastes do not meet the listing criteria and thus should not be a listed waste. EPA's decision to delist wastes from the facility is based on the information submitted in support of this rule, including descriptions of the waste and analytical data from the Beaumont Refinery, Beaumont, Texas facility.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What are the limits of this exclusion?</HD>
        <P>This exclusion applies to the waste described in the petition only if the requirements described in Table 1 and 2 of part 261, Appendix IX and the conditions contained herein are satisfied. The one-time exclusion applies to 8,300 cubic yards of centrifuge solids waste resulting from the treatment of tank bottoms from five tanks in the Lower Park Tank Farm.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. How will Beaumont Refinery manage the waste if it is delisted?</HD>
        <P>Beaumont Refinery will dispose of the storage containers of the centrifuge solids. The centrifuge solids will be transported and disposed of at a permitted municipal solid waste landfill or a commercial industrial waste landfill regulated by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. When is the final delisting exclusion effective?</HD>
        <P>This rule is effective December 1, 2011. The Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 amended Section 3010 of RCRA to allow rules to become effective in less than six months when the regulated community does not need the six-month period to come into compliance. That is the case here because this rule reduces, rather than increases, the existing requirements for persons generating hazardous wastes. These reasons also provide a basis for making this rule effective immediately, upon publication, under the Administrative Procedure Act, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. How does this final rule affect states?</HD>
        <P>Because EPA is issuing this exclusion under the Federal RCRA delisting program, only states subject to Federal RCRA delisting provisions would be affected. This would exclude two categories of States: States having a dual system that includes Federal RCRA requirements and their own requirements, and States who have received our authorization to make their own delisting decisions.</P>
        <P>Here are the details: We allow states to impose their own non-RCRA regulatory requirements that are more stringent than EPA's, under section 3009 of RCRA. These more stringent requirements may include a provision that prohibits a Federally issued exclusion from taking effect in the State. Because a dual system (that is, both Federal (RCRA) and State (non-RCRA) programs) may regulate a petitioner's waste, we urge petitioners to contact the State regulatory authority to establish the status of their wastes under the State law.</P>
        <P>EPA has also authorized some States (for example, Louisiana, Georgia, Illinois) to administer a delisting program in place of the Federal program, that is, to make State delisting decisions. Therefore, this exclusion does not apply in those authorized States. If Beaumont Refinery transports the petitioned waste to or manages the waste in any State with delisting authorization, Beaumont Refinery must obtain delisting authorization from that State before they can manage the waste as nonhazardous in the State.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is a delisting petition?</HD>
        <P>A delisting petition is a request from a generator to EPA or another agency with jurisdiction to exclude from the list of hazardous wastes, wastes the generator does not consider hazardous under RCRA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What regulations allow facilities to delist a waste?</HD>
        <P>Under 40 CFR 260.20 and 260.22, facilities may petition the EPA to remove their wastes from hazardous waste control by excluding them from the lists of hazardous wastes contained in §§ 261.31 and 261.32. Specifically, § 260.20 allows any person to petition the Administrator to modify or revoke any provision of Parts 260 through 266, 268 and 273 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Section 260.22 provides generators the opportunity to petition the Administrator to exclude a waste on a “generator-specific” basis from the hazardous waste lists.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What information must the generator supply?</HD>
        <P>Petitioners must provide sufficient information to EPA to allow the EPA to determine that the waste to be excluded does not meet any of the criteria under which the waste was listed as a hazardous waste. In addition, the Administrator must determine, where he/she has a reasonable basis to believe that factors (including additional constituents) other than those for which the waste was listed could cause the waste to be a hazardous waste, that such factors do not warrant retaining the waste as a hazardous waste.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. EPA's Evaluation of the Waste Data</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What waste did Beaumont Refinery petition EPA to delist?</HD>

        <P>Beaumont Refinery petitioned EPA on September 9, 2009, to exclude from the lists of hazardous wastes contained in §§ 261.31, and 261.32, from its centrifuge solids from the treatment of tank bottoms from five tanks in the Lower Park Tank Farm.<PRTPAGE P="74711"/>
        </P>
        <P>The waste stream was generated from the Beaumont Refinery facility located in Beaumont, Texas. The centrifuge solids are listed under EPA Hazardous Waste No. F037, F038, K048, K049, K051, K052, K169, and K170. Specifically, in its petition, Beaumont Refinery requested that EPA grant an one time exclusion for 8,300 cubic yards of the centrifuge solids.</P>
        <P>The 40 CFR Part 261 Appendix VII hazardous constituents which are the basis for listing can be found in Table 1.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs84,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—EPA Waste Codes for Centrifuge Solids and the Basis for Listing</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Waste code</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Basis for listing</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">F037</ENT>
            <ENT>Benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, chrysene, lead, chromium.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">F038</ENT>
            <ENT>Benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, chrysene, lead, chromium.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">K048</ENT>
            <ENT>Hexavalent chromium, lead.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">K049</ENT>
            <ENT>Hexavalent chromium, lead.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">K051</ENT>
            <ENT>Hexavalent chromium, lead.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">K052</ENT>
            <ENT>Lead.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">K169</ENT>
            <ENT>Benzene.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">K170</ENT>
            <ENT>Benzo(a)pyrene, dibenzo(a,h)anthracene, benzo(a)anthracene, benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene, 3-methylcholanthrene, 7,12-dimethylbenzo(a)anthracene.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. How much waste did Beaumont Refinery propose to delist?</HD>
        <P>Specifically, in its petition, Beaumont Refinery requested that EPA grant an one time exclusion for 8,300 cubic yards of the centrifuge solids.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. How did Beaumont Refinery sample and analyze the waste data in this petition?</HD>
        <P>To support its petition, Beaumont Refinery submitted:</P>
        <P>1. Analytical results of the toxicity characteristic leaching procedure (TCLP) analysis for volatile and semivolatile organics, and metals for ten samples and one duplicate of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>2. Analytical results of the total constituent analysis for volatile and semivolatile organics, and metals for three samples of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>3. Analytical results for Appendix IX volatile and semivolatile organics, pesticides, herbicides, dioxins/furans, PCBs, and metals for one sample of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>4. Analytical results for the EPA Region 6 TCLP analysis for Appendix IX metals for one sample of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>5. Analytical results for the oily waste extraction procedure (OWEP) for Beaumont Refinery metals for one sample of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>6. Analytical results for total reactive cyanides for three samples of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>7. Analytical results for total reactive sulfides for three samples of the centrifuge solids;</P>
        <P>8. Analytical results for total oil and grease for ten samples of the centrifuge solids; and</P>
        <P>9. Descriptions of the operations and waste generated from the centrifuging of tank bottoms at the Lower Park Tank Farm.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">

          <TTITLE>Table 2—Analytical Results and Maximum Allowable Delisting Concentrations of the Centrifuge Solids<E T="51">1</E>
          </TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Constituent</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Maximum<LI>total</LI>
              <LI>(mg/kg)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Maximum<LI>TCLP</LI>
              <LI>(mg/l)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Maximum<LI>allowable</LI>
              <LI>TCLP</LI>
              <LI>delisting level (mg/L)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Antimony</ENT>
            <ENT>5.38</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0224</ENT>
            <ENT>1.87</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Arsenic</ENT>
            <ENT>26.9</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0353</ENT>
            <ENT>5.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Acetone</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.65</ENT>
            <ENT>9080</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Acenaphthene</ENT>
            <ENT>26</ENT>
            <ENT>0.009</ENT>
            <ENT>185</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Anthracene</ENT>
            <ENT>32</ENT>
            <ENT>0.006</ENT>
            <ENT>452</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Beryllium</ENT>
            <ENT>0.289</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>20.44</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Butyl benzene phthalate</ENT>
            <ENT>3.7</ENT>
            <ENT>0.00026</ENT>
            <ENT>698</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Barium</ENT>
            <ENT>823</ENT>
            <ENT>1.94</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Benzene</ENT>
            <ENT>0.8</ENT>
            <ENT>0.046</ENT>
            <ENT>0.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0058</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0522</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Benzo(a) anthracene</ENT>
            <ENT>72</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>1.22</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Benzo(a) pyrene</ENT>
            <ENT>67</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>461.44</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Benzo(b) flouranthene</ENT>
            <ENT>28</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>3916.8</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Benzo(k) flouranthene</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>11.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">m,p cresol</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
            <ENT>0.16</ENT>
            <ENT>200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Cadmium</ENT>
            <ENT>0.837</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>1.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Chromium</ENT>
            <ENT>608</ENT>
            <ENT>0.122</ENT>
            <ENT>5.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Cobalt</ENT>
            <ENT>20.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0735</ENT>
            <ENT>3.64</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Copper</ENT>
            <ENT>302</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>417.3</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">o-cresol</ENT>
            <ENT>1.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0091</ENT>
            <ENT>200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Chrysene</ENT>
            <ENT>120</ENT>
            <ENT>0.00014</ENT>
            <ENT>122</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2,4 Dimethyl phenol</ENT>
            <ENT>9.8</ENT>
            <ENT>0.066</ENT>
            <ENT>198</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Di-n-butyl phthalate</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0012</ENT>
            <ENT>429</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7,12 dimethylbenz(a)anthracene</ENT>
            <ENT>53</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>0.08176</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Dibenz(a,h)anthracene</ENT>
            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>4.41</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ethylbenzene</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.073</ENT>
            <ENT>189</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Fluorene</ENT>
            <ENT>54</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0033</ENT>
            <ENT>85.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74712"/>
            <ENT I="01">Fluoranthrene</ENT>
            <ENT>17</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>42.96</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Lead</ENT>
            <ENT>1290</ENT>
            <ENT>1.44</ENT>
            <ENT>5.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Mercury</ENT>
            <ENT>2.65</ENT>
            <ENT>0.000065</ENT>
            <ENT>0.2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Methyl Isobutyl ketone</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.02</ENT>
            <ENT>807</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2-Methylnaphthalene</ENT>
            <ENT>570</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>12.70</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Naphthalene</ENT>
            <ENT>180</ENT>
            <ENT>0.15</ENT>
            <ENT>0.571</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Nickel</ENT>
            <ENT>195</ENT>
            <ENT>0.556</ENT>
            <ENT>231</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Phenanthrene</ENT>
            <ENT>170</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0041</ENT>
            <ENT>(*)</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Phenol</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0033</ENT>
            <ENT>3030</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pyrene</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0057</ENT>
            <ENT>77.6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Selenium</ENT>
            <ENT>20.6</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>1.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Silver</ENT>
            <ENT>0.194</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>5.0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Thallium</ENT>
            <ENT>0.842</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>0.639</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Tin</ENT>
            <ENT>3.46</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.001</ENT>
            <ENT>22.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Toluene</ENT>
            <ENT>0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.032</ENT>
            <ENT>263</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Vanadium</ENT>
            <ENT>&lt; 0.5</ENT>
            <ENT>0.138</ENT>
            <ENT>57.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Xylenes</ENT>
            <ENT>3.3</ENT>
            <ENT>0.16</ENT>
            <ENT>167</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Zinc</ENT>
            <ENT>1160</ENT>
            <ENT>8.41</ENT>
            <ENT>3530</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>* Not applicable.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="51">1</E>These levels represent the highest concentration of each constituent found in any one sample. These levels do not necessarily represent the specific levels found in one sample.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>&lt; # Denotes that the constituent was below the detection limit.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Public Comments Received on the Proposed Exclusion</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Who submitted comments on the proposed rule?</HD>
        <P>The EPA received public comments on October of 2010, proposed rule from three interested parties, the Environmental Technology Council (ETC), and Heritage Environmental and one citizen. Heritage Environmental submitted comments objecting to the absence of the full administrative record not appearing electronically on the regulations.gov site on October 28, 2010. ETC submitted three rounds of comments dated October 28, 2010, February 7, 2011, and March 7, 2011. The comments and responses are addressed below. Some responses to the October 28, 2010 items are not included because the actual records were sent to the commenter for verification purposes and no further comment is warranted.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What comments were submitted on the Beaumont Refinery delisting petition?</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 1.</E>These materials are listed hazardous wastes. The centrifuged solids fail to meet the treatment standards for placement in a fully permitted hazardous waste landfill that is designed to contain and manage toxic hazardous waste. It is completely inconsistent with EPA land disposal restrictions to grant even a variance to the LDR for these materials based on their exceeding the LDR treatment standards by a factor of 100 times greater concentration of the hazardous waste constituents. It is therefore unacceptable to delist these solids from hazardous waste regulation and allow their placement in a substantially less restrictive municipal solid waste landfill. The entire petition should be rejected.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response 1.</E>The Delisting Program and the LDR program serve different purposes. Different standards of compliance apply. “A waste is eligible for delisting only if that waste as generated at a particular facility does not meet any of the criteria under which the waste was listed as a hazardous waste. In addition, the waste may not contain any other Appendix VIII constituents that would cause the waste to be hazardous.” RCRA § 3001(f) and 40 CFR 260.22.</P>
        <P>The derived-from rule states that any solid waste generated from the treatment, storage, or disposal of a listed hazardous waste, including any sludge, spill residue, ash, emission control dust, or leachate, remains a hazardous waste unless and until delisted (§ 261.3(c)(2)(i)).</P>
        <P>EPA's regulations establish two ways of identifying solid wastes as hazardous under RCRA. A waste may be considered hazardous if it exhibits certain hazardous properties (“characteristics”) or if it is included on a specific list of wastes EPA has determined are hazardous (“listing” a waste as hazardous) because we found them to pose substantial present or potential hazards to human health or the environment. EPA's regulations in the Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR) define four hazardous waste characteristic properties: Ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity (see 40 CFR 261.21-261.24).</P>
        <P>In order to list wastes EPA conducts a more specific assessment of a particular waste or category of wastes. The Agency will “list” them if they meet criteria set out in 40 CFR 261.11.</P>
        <P>As described in § 261.11, EPA may list a waste as hazardous if the waste:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Exhibits any of the characteristics,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity (§ 261.11(a)(1));</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Is “acutely” hazardous (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>if it is fatal to humans or animals at low doses, (§ 261.11(a)(2)); or</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—It contains any of the toxic constituents listed in 40 CFR part 261, Appendix VIII and, after consideration of various factors described in the regulation, is capable of posing a “substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed of, or otherwise managed” (§ 261.11(a)(3)).</FP>
        

        <P>EPA places a substance on the list of hazardous constituents in Appendix VIII if scientific studies have shown the substance has toxic effects on humans<PRTPAGE P="74713"/>or other life forms. Generally, listing of wastes is not driven by threshold limits except in the case of the toxicity characteristic determination. Several of the limits cited by the commenter are the TC limit for the constituents stated. If the waste is characteristic, then it can't be delisted. The delisting limit is constrained by the TC limit.</P>
        <P>In 1984, Congress created EPA's Land Disposal Restrictions (LDR) program. The LDR program ensures that toxic constituents present in hazardous waste are properly treated before hazardous waste is land disposed. Since then, the LDR team has developed mandatory technology-based treatment standards that must be met before hazardous waste is placed in a landfill. These standards help minimize short and long-term threats to human health and the environment, which directly benefits local communities where hazardous waste landfills are located. The LDR Program does not determine if a waste is hazardous, it regulates how hazardous wastes are to be managed at the time of disposal.</P>
        <P>We do believe that the concentrations specified as delisting levels do minimize short term and long term threats to human health and the environment. Whereas, some LDR treatment standards are based on the best demonstrated technology, the delisting exit levels are risk based standards. We have not stated that ExxonMobil's waste is not subject to the LDR standards, because the waste was not delisted at the point of generation, ExxonMobil may submit a variance to the treatment standards as described in 268.42(b) or 268.44 in order to ensure compliance with the LDR standards, but the Delisting decision may still be made. However, wastes destined for disposal in Subtitle C landfills are subject to the LDR limits. Wastes when delisted must comply with all applicable Subtitle D landfill requirements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 2.</E>EPA has given specific guidance for the generation of sampling plans for the delisting of hazardous waste. This guidance is presented in the document SW846, Chapter 9, Sampling Plans. The variability of the waste must be established as part of a delisting petition. No such statistical analysis is presented for either the original wastes, or the centrifuged solids. The petitioner simply states without justification that the studied solids were thought to be representative of the highest concentration materials. However, no laboratory analysis data are presented to show the variability of the concentrations of the hazardous constituents in the subject waste materials. Also, EPA's own guidance states that the minimum number of samples required for a delisting petition shall “in no case be less than four samples,” even when the variability has been determined and the 90% upper confidence limit has been shown to be below the regulatory threshold for a specific analytical parameter. The petitioner consistently presents one to three sample data results, with no statistical analysis of the data. The entire petition should be rejected for failure to properly characterize both the original waste material and the centrifuged solids with a sampling plan that meets USEPA guidance for this type of delisting request.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response 2.</E>Eleven samples of waste were analyzed to support this delisting petition. In prediction of the worst case scenario, EPA selects the maximum waste concentration of the data provided for the waste. The Sampling and Analysis Plan for the Centrifuge Solids was reviewed and approved by EPA. The Sampling and Analysis of this material is acceptable for demonstration that the waste sampled is representative of the waste to be disposed.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 3.</E>Uncontrolled disposal of these materials could result in the creation of a Federal Superfund site. The constituent concentrations of carcinogenic PAH compounds at over 350 mg/kg PAH in the centrifuged solids exceed the cleanup standards for numerous Federal Superfund sites. It is unimaginable that EPA would grant permission for non-hazardous disposal of a toxic waste that would require a large scale remediation at a Superfund site. The purpose of RCRA is to prevent the creation of Superfund sites, not promote them. The entire petition should be denied so that additional Superfund sites are not created as a result of the uncontrolled non-hazardous disposal of these materials.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response 3.</E>Since the Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund was published, the risk-based cleanup levels should be established from the toxicity of an individual compound of concerns (COC) in PAHs. The equations and exposure parameter inputs for carcinogen risk calculations are mainly in Part A &amp; B of the Guidance. 10E-6 is the departure risk for a carcinogen with standardized exposure default values. The total risk in PAHs is the sum from the risk of each compound in PAHs. However, site-specific cleanup levels can be established by site-specific exposure parameter inputs through site-specific risk assessment.</P>

        <P>Therefore, the cleanup levels are different from one chemical to another in PAHs. The screening levels of COCs with a risk level, 10E-6 are in Regional Screening Level Summary Table. The web address for the Table is<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/reg3hwmd/risk/human/rb-concentration_table/index.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 4:</E>A listed hazardous waste is prohibited from land disposal under RCRA, unless the hazardous waste is first treated to the level or by a method of treatment which substantially diminishes the toxicity of the waste or substantially reduces the likelihood of migration of hazardous constituents from the waste so that short-term and long-term threats to human health and the environment are minimized. RCRA &amp; 3004(d), (g) &amp; (m). No other form or method of treatment is allowed by law, except treatment that complies with RCRA § 3004(m). In addition, no generator may “<E T="03">in any way dilute</E>a restricted waste or the residual from treatment of a restricted waste as a substitute for adequate treatment” that achieves the mandatory treatment standards. 40 CFR § 268.3 (emphasis added).</P>
        <P>For the F037, F038, K048, K049, K051, K052, K169 and K170 hazardous wastes generated from the slop oil tanks in the Beaumont Refiner Lower Park Tank Farm, the mandatory treatment standards require treatment to concentration-based levels for a plethora of regulated constituents ranging alphabetically from acenaphthene to xylenes. 40 CFR 268.40. These treatment levels are based on the best demonstrated available treatment achieved through high-temperature incineration.</P>

        <P>Contrary to these basic principles and applicable law, EPA has proposed to delist and allow land disposal of the slop oil solids generated at the Beaumont tank farm at concentration levels greatly in excess of the mandatory treatment standards. In doing so, EPA attempts to perpetrate a sham by delisting the slop oil solids from ineffective treatment that is nothing more than prohibited dilution of the hazardous waste. In the preamble EPA claims that Exxon has petitioned to delist the “centrifuge solids from the<E T="03">treatment</E>of tank bottoms from the five tanks from the Lower Park Tank Farm.” 75 Fed. Reg. at 60634 (emphasis added). Specifically, EPA asserts that Exxon's subcontractor will use “a proprietary chemical (Superall 38), which<E T="03">acts as a chemical agent for treating wastes</E>from oil-related clean-up activities that, when coupled with centrifuging,<E T="03">reduces the volume and toxicity</E>” of the slop oil tank wastes.<E T="03">Id.</E>(emphasis added).</P>

        <P>There is not a scintilla of evidence in the administrative record that Superall 38 effectively treats the slop oil waste to reduce toxicity, or that the product<PRTPAGE P="74714"/>functions in any way other than as a cleaning agent. The record does not contain any information supporting EPA's claim that Superall 38 is a chemical agent for effective treatment of the slop oil waste. Indeed, Superall Products LLP makes no such claims itself in its Web site advertisements for its product. Most importantly, the Superall cleaning agent clearly does not reduce “the volume and toxicity” of the waste to the mandatory treatment levels required by RCRA and the regulations.</P>

        <P>Most importantly, the Superall product is mixed with large volumes of water for use as a cleaning agent. The slop oil waste is thereby diluted and hazardous constituents are transferred to the water so that the concentrations are reduced in the solids after centrifuging. This process of dilution and centrifuging is clearly not the mandatory treatment required by the regulations, and is in fact a way of diluting the restricted waste in express violation of the dilution prohibition in 40 CFR 268.3. The analytical data on the slop oil solids on which the entire DRAS modeling was based are useless, since there is no way of determining how much water and cleaning solution was mixed with the slop oil, and there are no restrictions in EPA's delisting on diluting the waste as much as necessary to “pass” the DRAS modeling. All the DRAS modeling proves is that hazardous waste can be diluted with water to reduce constituent concentrations, something that Congress specifically prohibited in the land disposal prohibitions of RCRA. The slop oil waste generated by Exxon in the Beaumont Refinery's Lower Park Tank Farm is listed as F037 and F038 because it contains petroleum refinery oil/water/solids separation sludges that are listed as hazardous wastes due to benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, chrysene, lead and chromium. 40 CFR Part 261, App. VII. In addition, the slop oil waste is listed as K048, K049, K051, K052, K169 and K170 because it contains dissolved air flotation (DAF) float, slop oil emulsion solids, API separator sludge, crude oil storage tank sediment, clarified slurry oil tank sediment and in-line filter separation solids that are listed as hazardous wastes due to hexavalent chromium, lead, benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene, benzo(a)anthracene, benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene, 3-methylcholanthrene, and 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene.<E T="03">Id.</E>
        </P>
        <P>This slop oil waste indisputably meets the criteria for which the ingredient wastes were listed as hazardous wastes. There is no basis whatsoever in the Exxon delisting petition for determining that the slop oil waste is not a hazardous waste, or as generated can legitimately be delisted.</P>
        <P>Now that EPA Region 6 has finally provided the administrative record for the Exxon delisting petition, it is apparent that the proposed delisting of the F- and K-listed slop oil tank bottoms would be arbitrary, capricious, and contrary to law. These slop oil wastes meet the criteria for listing as hazardous waste and undoubtedly contain high concentrations of Appendix VIII hazardous constituents, although the record contains scant information or analytical data on the actual waste. Instead, Exxon has applied for delisting of the waste solids after mixing with high volumes of water and centrifuging, which would clearly violate the delisting requirements of RCRA, the land disposal prohibitions, and the dilution prohibition in 40 CFR 268.3.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response 4.</E>The Delisting Program and the LDR program serve different purposes and because they serve different purposes, different standards of compliance apply. As the commenter states “A waste is eligible for delisting only if that waste as generated at a particular facility does not meet any of the criteria under which the waste was listed as a hazardous waste. In addition, the waste may not contain any other Appendix VIII constituents that would cause the waste to be hazardous. RCRA § 3001(f) and 40 CFR 260.22.”</P>
        <P>The derived-from rule states that any solid waste generated from the treatment, storage, or disposal of a listed hazardous waste, including any sludge, spill residue, ash, emission control dust, or leachate, remains a hazardous waste unless and until delisted. (§ 261.3(c)(2)(i)).</P>
        <P>EPA's regulations establish two ways of identifying solid wastes as hazardous under RCRA. A waste may be considered hazardous if it exhibits certain hazardous properties (“characteristics”) or if it is included on a specific list of wastes EPA has determined are hazardous (“listing” a waste as hazardous) because we found them to pose substantial present or potential hazards to human health or the environment. EPA's regulations in the Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR) define four hazardous waste characteristic properties: ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity (see 40 CFR 261.21-261.24).</P>

        <P>In order to list wastes EPA conducts a more specific assessment of a particular waste or category of wastes. The Agency will “list” them if they meet criteria set out in 40 CFR 261.11. As described in § 261.11, EPA may list a waste as hazardous if the waste: exhibits any of the characteristics,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity (§ 261.11(a)(1)); is “acutely” hazardous (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>if it is fatal to humans or animals at low doses, § 261.11(a)(2)); or it contains any of the toxic constituents listed in 40 CFR part 261, Appendix VIII and, after consideration of various factors described in the regulation, is capable of posing a “substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed of, or otherwise managed” (§ 261.11(a)(3)).</P>
        <P>EPA placed a substance on the list of hazardous constituents in Appendix VIII if scientific studies have shown the substance has toxic effects on humans or other life forms.</P>
        <P>Generally, listing of wastes are not driven by threshold limits except in the case of the toxicity characteristic (TC) determination. Several of the limits cited by the commenter are the TC limit for the constituents stated. If the waste is characteristic, then it can't be delisted. The delisting limit is bound by the TC limit.</P>
        <P>In 1984, Congress created EPA's Land Disposal Restrictions (LDR) program. The LDR program ensures that toxic constituents present in hazardous waste are properly treated before hazardous waste is land disposed. Since then, the LDR team has developed mandatory technology-based treatment standards that must be met before hazardous waste is placed in a landfill. These standards help minimize short and long-term threats to human health and the environment, which directly benefits local communities where hazardous waste landfills are located. The LDR Program does not determine if a waste is hazardous it is how hazardous wastes are to be managed at the time of disposal.</P>

        <P>We do believe that the concentrations specified as delisting levels do minimize short term and long term threats to human health and the environment. Whereas, some LDR treatment standards are based on the best demonstrated technology, the delisting exit levels are risk based standards. We have not stated that Beaumont Refinery is not subject to the LDR standards, because the waste was not delisted at the point of generation, Beaumont Refinery may submit a variance to the treatment standards as described in § 268.42(b) or 268.44 in order to ensure compliance with the LDR standards, but the Delisting decision may still be made. However, wastes destined for disposal in Subtitle C landfills are subject to the LDR limits.<PRTPAGE P="74715"/>Therefore, wastes when delisted must comply with all applicable Subtitle D landfill requirements.</P>
        <P>The primary function of Superall 38 is to facilitate recovery of as much oil (and associated COCs) as possible for subsequent reintroduction into the refinery process. And after introduction of this cleaning agent and centrifuging there was a reduction in volume of the residuals. The centrifuge solids, the petitioned waste, are separated from the liquid portion of the mixture. The recovered oil is returned to the process, and any remaining liquid portion is treated in the wastewater treatment system to standards which meet the facility's NPDES permit and the centrifuge solids will be disposed of in a Subtitle D Landfill when this exclusion is finalized. ExxonMobil's centrifuge residuals do indicate a reduction of hazardous waste concentrations. Thus, because the remaining liquid portion is taken out of the RCRA jurisdiction and put under Clean Water Act jurisdiction and the remaining RCRA waste is reduced, the EPA does not consider this process to constitute dilution under RCRA regulations. The EPA believes that the delisting concentrations met by this residuals to be delisted fall within the acceptable lifetime risk range of 10-4 to 10-6 and that for the non-carcinogenic constituents that an individual could be exposed to on a daily basis are without appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>

        <P>Under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), this rule is not of general applicability and therefore is not a regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). This rule does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>) because it applies to a particular facility only. Because this rule is of particular applicability relating to a particular facility, it is not subject to the regulatory flexibility provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), or to sections 202, 204, and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 104-4). Because this rule will affect only a particular facility, it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as specified in section 203 of UMRA. Because this rule will affect only a particular facility, this proposed rule does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999). Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this rule. Similarly, because this rule will affect only a particular facility, this proposed rule does not have Tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this rule. This rule also is not subject to Executive Order 13045, “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), because it is not economically significant as defined in Executive Order 12866, and because the Agency does not have reason to believe the environmental health or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. The basis for this belief is that the Agency used the DRAS program, which considers health and safety risks to infants and children, to calculate the maximum allowable concentrations for this rule. This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001)), because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866. This rule does not involve technical standards; thus, the requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) do not apply. As required by section 3 of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” (61 FR 4729, February 7, 1996), in issuing this rule, EPA has taken the necessary steps to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity, minimize potential litigation, and provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct. The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report which includes a copy of the rule to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. Section 804 exempts from section 801 the following types of rules (1) rules of particular applicability; (2) rules relating to agency management or personnel; and (3) rules of agency organization, procedure, or practice that do not substantially affect the rights or obligations of non-agency parties 5 U.S.C. 804(3). EPA is not required to submit a rule report regarding this action under section 801 because this is a rule of particular applicability.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 261</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Hazardous waste, Recycling, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 3001(f) RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6921(f).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 19, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Carl E. Edlund,</NAME>
          <TITLE>P.E., Director, Multimedia Planning and Permitting Division.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <AMDPAR>For the reasons set out in the preamble, 40 CFR part 261 is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
        <REGTEXT PART="261" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 261—IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 261 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 6905, 6912(a), 6921, 6922, and 6938.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="261" TITLE="40">
          <AMDPAR>2. In Tables 1 and 2 of Appendix IX to part 261 add the following waste stream in alphabetical order by facility to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix IX to Part 261—Waste Excluded Under §§ 260.20 and 260.22</HD>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs64,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 1—Waste Excluded From Non-Specific Sources</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Facility</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Address</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Waste description</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">ExxonMobil Refining and Supply Company—Beaumont Refinery</ENT>
              <ENT>Beaumont, TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Centrifuge Solids (EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers F037, F038, K048, K049, K051, K052, K169, and K170.) generated at a maximum rate of 8,300 cubic yards after December 1, 2011.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="74716"/>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(1) Reopener.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(A) If, anytime after disposal of the delisted waste Beaumont Refinery possesses or is otherwise made aware of any environmental data (including but not limited to leachate data or ground water monitoring data) or any other data relevant to the delisted waste indicating that any constituent identified for the delisting verification testing is at level higher than the delisting level allowed by the Division Director in granting the petition, then the facility must report the data, in writing, to the Division Director within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(B) If testing data (and retest, if applicable) of the waste does not meet the delisting requirements in paragraph 1, Beaumont Refinery must report the data, in writing, to the Division Director within 10 days of first possessing or being made aware of that data.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(C) If Beaumont Refinery fails to submit the information described in paragraphs (1)(A) or (1)(B) or if any other information is received from any source, the Division Director will make a preliminary determination as to whether the reported information requires EPA action to protect human health and/or the environment. Further action may include suspending, or revoking the exclusion, or other appropriate response necessary to protect human health and the environment.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(D) If the Division Director determines that the reported information requires action by EPA, the Division Director will notify the facility in writing of the actions the Division Director believes are necessary to protect human health and the environment. The notice shall include a statement of the proposed action and a statement providing the facility with an opportunity to present information as to why the proposed EPA action is not necessary. The facility shall have 10 days from receipt of the Division Director's notice to present such information.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(E) Following the receipt of information from the facility described in paragraph (1)(D) or (if no information is presented under paragraph (1)(D)) the initial receipt of information described in paragraphs (1)(A) or (1)(B), the Division Director will issue a final written determination describing EPA actions that are necessary to protect human health and/or the environment. Any required action described in the Division Director's determination shall become effective immediately, unless the Division Director provides otherwise.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(2)<E T="03">Notification Requirements:</E>Beaumont Refinery must do the following before transporting the delisted waste. Failure to provide this notification will result in a violation of the delisting petition and a possible revocation of the decision.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(A) Provide a one-time written notification to any state Regulatory Agency to which or through which it will transport the delisted waste described above for disposal, 60 days before beginning such activities.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(B) Update one-time written notification, if it ships the delisted waste into a different disposal facility.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>(C) Failure to provide this notification will result in a violation of the delisting variance and a possible revocation of the decision.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <PRTPAGE P="74717"/>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs64,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 2—Waste Excluded From Specific Sources</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Facility</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Address</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Waste description</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">ExxonMobil Refining and Supply Company—Beaumont Refinery</ENT>
              <ENT>Beaumont, TX</ENT>
              <ENT>Centrifuge Solids (EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers F037, F038, K048, K049, K051, K052, K169, and K170.) generated at a maximum rate of 8,300 cubic yards after December 1, 2011.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT O="xl"/>
              <ENT>Beaumont Refinery must implement the requirements in Table 1. Wastes Excluded from Non-Specific Sources for the petition to be valid.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30152 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Emergency Management Agency</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>44 CFR Part 64</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket ID FEMA-2011-0002; Internal Agency Docket No. FEMA-8207]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Suspension of Community Eligibility</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This rule identifies communities where the sale of flood insurance has been authorized under the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) that are scheduled for suspension on the effective dates listed within this rule because of noncompliance with the floodplain management requirements of the program. If the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) receives documentation that the community has adopted the required floodplain management measures prior to the effective suspension date given in this rule, the suspension will not occur and a notice of this will be provided by publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on a subsequent date.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Dates:</E>The effective date of each community's scheduled suspension is the third date (“Susp.”) listed in the third column of the following tables.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>If you want to determine whether a particular community was suspended on the suspension date or for further information, contact David Stearrett, Mitigation Directorate, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2953.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The NFIP enables property owners to purchase Federal flood insurance that is not otherwise generally available from private insurers. In return, communities agree to adopt and administer local floodplain management aimed at protecting lives and new construction from future flooding. Section 1315 of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4022, prohibits the sale of NFIP flood insurance unless an appropriate public body adopts adequate floodplain management measures with effective enforcement measures. The communities listed in this document no longer meet that statutory requirement for compliance with program regulations, 44 CFR part 59. Accordingly, the communities will be suspended on the effective date in the third column. As of that date, flood insurance will no longer be available in the community. We recognize that some of these communities may adopt and submit the required documentation of legally enforceable floodplain management measures after this rule is published but prior to the actual suspension date. These communities will not be suspended and will continue their eligibility for the sale of insurance. A notice withdrawing the suspension of the communities will be published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <P>In addition, FEMA publishes a Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) that identifies the Special Flood Hazard Areas (SFHAs) in these communities. The date of the FIRM, if one has been published, is indicated in the fourth column of the table. No direct Federal financial assistance (except assistance pursuant to the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act not in connection with a flood) may be provided for construction or acquisition of buildings in identified SFHAs for communities not participating in the NFIP and identified for more than a year on FEMA's initial FIRM for the community as having flood-prone areas (section 202(a) of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4106(a), as amended). This prohibition against certain types of Federal assistance becomes effective for the communities listed on the date shown in the last column. The Administrator finds that notice and public comment under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and unnecessary because communities listed in this final rule have been adequately notified.</P>
        <P>Each community receives 6-month, 90-day, and 30-day notification letters addressed to the Chief Executive Officer stating that the community will be suspended unless the required floodplain management measures are met prior to the effective suspension date. Since these notifications were made, this final rule may take effect within less than 30 days.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">National Environmental Policy Act.</E>This rule is categorically excluded from the requirements of 44 CFR part 10, Environmental Considerations. No environmental impact assessment has been prepared.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regulatory Flexibility Act.</E>The Administrator has determined that this rule is exempt from the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act because the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4022, prohibits flood insurance coverage unless an appropriate public body adopts adequate floodplain management measures with effective enforcement measures. The communities listed no longer comply with the statutory requirements, and after the effective date, flood insurance will no longer be available in the communities unless remedial action takes place.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Regulatory Classification.</E>This final rule is not a significant regulatory action under the criteria of section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 1993, Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR 51735.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Executive Order 13132, Federalism.</E>This rule involves no policies that have<PRTPAGE P="74718"/>federalism implications under Executive Order 13132.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform.</E>This rule meets the applicable standards of Executive Order 12988.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act.</E>This rule does not involve any collection of information for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 44 CFR Part 64</HD>
          <P>Flood insurance, Floodplains.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 44 CFR part 64 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="64" TITLE="44">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 64—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 64 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 4001<E T="03">et seq.;</E>Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1978, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp.; p. 329; E.O. 12127, 44 FR 19367, 3 CFR, 1979 Comp.; p. 376.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="64" TITLE="44">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 64.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The tables published under the authority of § 64.6 are amended as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,11,r50,xs68,xs68" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
            <TTITLE/>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">State and location</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Community No.</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Effective date authorization/cancellation of sale of flood insurance in community</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Current effective map date</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Date certain<LI>Federal assistance</LI>
                <LI>no longer</LI>
                <LI>available in SFHAs</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Region III</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Pennsylvania:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Ashland, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422361</ENT>
              <ENT>December 27, 1979, Emerg; January 17, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>Dec. 2, 2011</ENT>
              <ENT>Dec. 2, 2011.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Beaver, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422362</ENT>
              <ENT>October 26, 1979, Emerg; January 17, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Clarion, Borough of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421500</ENT>
              <ENT>October 3, 1975, Emerg; November 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Clarion, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421507</ENT>
              <ENT>January 20, 1976, Emerg; November 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">East Brady, Borough of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421501</ENT>
              <ENT>December 10, 1974, Emerg; June 30, 1976, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Elk, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422365</ENT>
              <ENT>February 11, 1976, Emerg; July 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Farmington, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422366</ENT>
              <ENT>August 21, 1975, Emerg; July 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Foxburg, Borough of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421502</ENT>
              <ENT>February 28, 1977, Emerg; September 30, 1987, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Hawthorn, Borough of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421503</ENT>
              <ENT>October 13, 1976, Emerg; May 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Highland, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421508</ENT>
              <ENT>September 16, 1975, Emerg; May 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Knox, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422367</ENT>
              <ENT>June 15, 1976, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Licking, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422368</ENT>
              <ENT>June 8, 1977, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Limestone, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422369</ENT>
              <ENT>October 31, 1975, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Madison, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422370</ENT>
              <ENT>January 16, 1976, Emerg; September 30, 1987, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Millcreek, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422371</ENT>
              <ENT>May 19, 1978, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Monroe, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422372</ENT>
              <ENT>March 1, 1976, Emerg; May 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">New Bethlehem, Borough of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>420296</ENT>
              <ENT>December 26, 1974, Emerg; August 15, 1990, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Paint, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422373</ENT>
              <ENT>March 26, 1976, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Perry, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421509</ENT>
              <ENT>March 12, 1976, Emerg; May 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Piney, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422374</ENT>
              <ENT>February 18, 1976, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Porter, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421510</ENT>
              <ENT>January 21, 1976, Emerg; October 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Redbank, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421511</ENT>
              <ENT>April 2, 1975, Emerg; May 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Richland, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422375</ENT>
              <ENT>May 4, 1979, Emerg; October 1, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Salem, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422376</ENT>
              <ENT>April 8, 1977, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Sligo, Borough of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>421506</ENT>
              <ENT>March 25, 1976, Emerg; August 15, 1990, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Toby, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422377</ENT>
              <ENT>April 28, 1976, Emerg; January 3, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Washington, Township of, Clarion County</ENT>
              <ENT>422378</ENT>
              <ENT>January 14, 1980, Emerg; February 1, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="74719"/>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Region IV</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Alabama:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Brundidge, City of, Pike County</ENT>
              <ENT>010347</ENT>
              <ENT>April 13, 1990, Emerg; June 1, 1994, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Goshen, Town of, Pike County</ENT>
              <ENT>010284</ENT>
              <ENT>October 8, 1976, Emerg; April 2, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Pike County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>010286</ENT>
              <ENT>May 18, 1977, Emerg; August 1, 1987, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Troy, City of, Pike County</ENT>
              <ENT>010285</ENT>
              <ENT>December 17, 1974, Emerg; September 18, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Region V</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Illinois:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Hardin County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>171002</ENT>
              <ENT>N/A, Emerg; N/A, Reg; November 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>Nov. 2, 2011</ENT>
              <ENT>Nov. 2, 2011.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Gallatin County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>170900</ENT>
              <ENT>July 29, 1975, Emerg; February 1, 1984, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>Dec. 2, 2011</ENT>
              <ENT>Dec. 2, 2011.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Junction, Village of, Gallatin County</ENT>
              <ENT>170245</ENT>
              <ENT>May 21, 1975, Emerg; January 5, 1984, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">New Haven, Village, Gallatin County</ENT>
              <ENT>170246</ENT>
              <ENT>October 1, 1975, Emerg; August 5, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Omaha, Village of, Gallatin County</ENT>
              <ENT>170248</ENT>
              <ENT>August 1, 1975, Emerg; September 18, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Ridgway, Village of, Gallatin County</ENT>
              <ENT>170249</ENT>
              <ENT>July 29, 1975, Emerg; July 18, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Indiana:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Clinton County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>180029</ENT>
              <ENT>February 13, 1976, Emerg; September 1, 1988, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Frankfort, City of, Clinton County</ENT>
              <ENT>180030</ENT>
              <ENT>June 18, 1975, Emerg; June 11, 1976, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Minnesota:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Apple Valley, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270050</ENT>
              <ENT>April 14, 2006, Emerg; May 1, 2008, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Burnsville, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270102</ENT>
              <ENT>February 9, 1973, Emerg; September 1, 1977, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Dakota County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>270101</ENT>
              <ENT>March 4, 1974, Emerg; April 1, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Eagan, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270103</ENT>
              <ENT>July 1, 1975, Emerg; August 11, 1978, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Farmington, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270104</ENT>
              <ENT>July 22, 1975, Emerg; March 1, 1979, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Hastings, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270105</ENT>
              <ENT>March 9, 1973, Emerg; July 16, 1980, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Inver Grove Heights, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270106</ENT>
              <ENT>April 9, 1974, Emerg; August 1, 1980, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Lakeville, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270107</ENT>
              <ENT>February 12, 1974, Emerg; May 1, 1979, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Lilydale, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>275241</ENT>
              <ENT>April 9, 1971, Emerg; February 9, 1973, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Mendota, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270109</ENT>
              <ENT>April 20, 1979, Emerg; April 15, 1985, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Mendota Heights, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270110</ENT>
              <ENT>July 14, 1978, Emerg; June 22, 1984, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Miesville, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270111</ENT>
              <ENT>December 21, 1978, Emerg; December 21, 1978, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Northfield, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270406</ENT>
              <ENT>April 10, 1974, Emerg; September 2, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Randolph, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270112</ENT>
              <ENT>June 5, 1975, Emerg; July 16, 1980, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Rosemount, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270113</ENT>
              <ENT>August 14, 1975, Emerg; July 16, 1980, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">South St. Paul, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270114</ENT>
              <ENT>May 30, 1974, Emerg; June 18, 1980, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Vermillion, City of, Dakota County</ENT>
              <ENT>270115</ENT>
              <ENT>October 6, 1975, Emerg; November 1, 1979, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Medford, City of, Steele County</ENT>
              <ENT>270462</ENT>
              <ENT>August 15, 1975, Emerg; September 2, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Owatonna, City of, Steele County</ENT>
              <ENT>270463</ENT>
              <ENT>May 16, 1974, Emerg; November 4, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="74720"/>
              <ENT I="03">Steele County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>270635</ENT>
              <ENT>April 30, 1974, Emerg; November 4, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Wisconsin:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Boyceville, Village of, Dunn County</ENT>
              <ENT>550119</ENT>
              <ENT>June 23, 1975, Emerg; November 19, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Colfax, Village of, Dunn County</ENT>
              <ENT>550120</ENT>
              <ENT>July 21, 1975, Emerg; August 16, 1988, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Downing, Village of, Dunn County</ENT>
              <ENT>550121</ENT>
              <ENT>April 6, 1976, Emerg; September 4, 1986, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Dunn County, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>550118</ENT>
              <ENT>March 26, 1971, Emerg; October 15, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Menomonie, City of, Dunn County</ENT>
              <ENT>550123</ENT>
              <ENT>January 7, 1976, Emerg; January 3, 1990, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Wheeler, Village of, Dunn County</ENT>
              <ENT>550124</ENT>
              <ENT>January 15, 1976, Emerg; March 15, 1984, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Region VI</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Louisiana:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Iberia Parish, Unincorporated Areas</ENT>
              <ENT>220078</ENT>
              <ENT>April 27, 1973, Emerg; July 3, 1978, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Loreauville, Village of, Iberia Parish</ENT>
              <ENT>220081</ENT>
              <ENT>May 10, 1973, Emerg; May 25, 1978, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">New Iberia, City of, Iberia Parish</ENT>
              <ENT>220082</ENT>
              <ENT>April 27, 1973, Emerg; August 22, 1978, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Region IX</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Arizona:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Nogales, City of, Santa Cruz County</ENT>
              <ENT>040091</ENT>
              <ENT>April 14, 1975, Emerg; April 15, 1981, Reg; December 2, 2011, Susp</ENT>
              <ENT>......do</ENT>
              <ENT>Do.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>*......do = Ditto.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>Code for reading third column: Emerg.—Emergency; Reg.—Regular; Susp.—Suspension.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>David L. Miller,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30909 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-12-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL MARITIME COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>46 CFR Part 506</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 09-04]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 3072-AC36</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Inflation Adjustment of Civil Monetary Penalties; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Maritime Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correcting amendments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Federal Maritime Commission is correcting information contained in a table in a rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of Friday, July 31, 2009 (74 FR 38114). The rule adjusts for inflation the maximum amount of each statutory civil penalty subject to Federal Maritime Commission jurisdiction, in accordance with the requirements of the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rebecca A. Fenneman, General Counsel, (202) 523-5740.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The final regulation that is the subject of these corrections appears at 46 CFR 506.4(d), in a table setting out adjustments based on inflation for maximum civil monetary penalties within the jurisdiction of the Federal Maritime Commission. These corrections change the third United States Code citation and the civil monetary penalty description, associated with violations of the Shipping Act of 1984, Commission regulations or orders, which are not done knowingly and willfully. The United States Code citation associated with violations of the Shipping Act that are not committed knowingly and willfully is currently incorrectly shown in the table as 46 U.S.C. 41107(b), rather than as 46 U.S.C. 41107(a). In addition, the civil monetary penalty description incorrectly describes the violations as “not knowing or willful,” rather than as “not knowing and willful.” These corrections clarify that the correct United States Code citation is 46 U.S.C. 41107(a), and the correct violation description is “not knowing and willful.”</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 46 CFR Part 506</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Penalties.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 46 CFR Part 506 is corrected by making the following correcting amendments:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="506" TITLE="46">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 506—CIVIL MONETARY PENALTY INFLATION ADJUSTMENT</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 506 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>28 U.S.C. 2461.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="506" TITLE="46">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 506.4, revise paragraph (d) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 506.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cost of living adjustments of civil monetary penalties.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Inflation adjustment.</E>Maximum Civil Monetary Penalties within the jurisdiction of the Federal Maritime Commission are adjusted for inflation as follows:<PRTPAGE P="74721"/>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,12,12" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">United States Code citation</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Civil monetary penalty description</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Current<LI>maximum</LI>
                  <LI>penalty amount</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">New adjusted<LI>maximum</LI>
                  <LI>penalty amount</LI>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 42304</ENT>
                <ENT>Adverse impact on U.S. carriers by foreign shipping practices</ENT>
                <ENT>1,175,000</ENT>
                <ENT>1,500,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 41107(a)</ENT>
                <ENT>Knowing and willful violation/Shipping Act of 1984, or Commission regulation or order</ENT>
                <ENT>30,000</ENT>
                <ENT>40,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 41107(a)</ENT>
                <ENT>Violation of Shipping Act of 1984, Commission regulation or order, not knowing and willful</ENT>
                <ENT>6,000</ENT>
                <ENT>8,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 41108(b)</ENT>
                <ENT>Operating in foreign commerce after tariff suspension</ENT>
                <ENT>60,000</ENT>
                <ENT>75,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 42104</ENT>
                <ENT>Failure to provide required reports, etc./Merchant Marine Act of 1920</ENT>
                <ENT>6,000</ENT>
                <ENT>8,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 42106</ENT>
                <ENT>Adverse shipping conditions/Merchant Marine Act of 1920</ENT>
                <ENT>1,175,000</ENT>
                <ENT>1,500,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 42108</ENT>
                <ENT>Operating after tariff or service contract suspension/Merchant Marine Act of 1920</ENT>
                <ENT>60,000</ENT>
                <ENT>75,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 44102</ENT>
                <ENT>Failure to establish financial responsibility for non-performance of transportation</ENT>
                <ENT>6,000<LI>220</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>8,000<LI>300</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">46 U.S.C. 44103</ENT>
                <ENT>Failure to establish financial responsibility for death or injury</ENT>
                <ENT>6,000<LI>220</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>8,000<LI>300</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">31 U.S.C. 3802(a)(1)</ENT>
                <ENT>Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act/makes false claim</ENT>
                <ENT>6,000</ENT>
                <ENT>8,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">31 U.S.C. 3802(a)(2)</ENT>
                <ENT>Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act/giving false statement</ENT>
                <ENT>6,000</ENT>
                <ENT>8,000</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <P>By the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Karen V. Gregory,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-29486 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6730-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Parts 0 and 8</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[WC Docket No. 07-52, GN Docket No. 09-191; Report No. 2936]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Preserving the Open Internet</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; petition for reconsideration.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In this document, a Petition for Reconsideration (Petition) has been filed in the Commission's Rulemaking proceeding concerning a rule establishing protections for broadband service to preserve and reinforce Internet freedom and openness.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Oppositions to the Petition must be filed by December 16, 2011. Replies to an opposition must be filed December 27, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FUTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Matthew Warner, Wireline Competition Bureau, (202) 418-2419.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This is a summary of the Commission's document, Report No. 2936, released November 14, 2011. The full text of this document is available for viewing and copying in Room CY-B402, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC or may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc. (BCPI) (1-(800) 378-3160). The Commission will not send a copy of this<E T="03">Notice</E>pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A), because this<E T="03">Notice</E>does not have an impact on any rules of particular applicability.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Subject:</E>In the Matter of Preserving the Open Internet, Broadband Industry Practices, published at 76 FR 59192, September 23, 2011, in WC Docket No. 07-52, GN Docket No. 09-191, and published pursuant to 47 CFR 1.429(e).<E T="03">See</E>1.4(b)(1) of the Commission's rules (47 CFR 1.4(b)(1)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Petitions Filed:</E>1.</P>
        <SIG>
          <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
          <NAME>Marlene H. Dortch,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Office of Managing Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30643 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Part 20</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[WT Docket No. 05-265; Report No. 2938]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Reexamination of Roaming Obligations of Commercial Mobile Radio Service Providers and Other Providers of Mobile Data Services</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; petition for reconsideration.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In this document, a Petition for Reconsideration (Petition) has been filed in the Commission's Rulemaking proceeding concerning a rule that requires facilities-based providers of commercial mobile data services to offer data roaming arrangements to other such providers on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, subject to certain limitations, thereby advancing the Commission's goal of ensuring that all Americans have access to competitive broadband mobile data services.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Oppositions to the Petition must be filed by December 16, 2011. Replies to an opposition must be filed December 27, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Peter Trachtenberg, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, (202) 418-7369.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This is a summary of Commission's document, Report No. 2938, released November 21, 2011. The full text of this document is available for viewing and copying in Room CY-B402, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC or may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc. (BCPI) (1-(800) 378-3160). The Commission will not send a copy of this<E T="03">Notice</E>pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A), because this<E T="03">Notice</E>does not have an impact on any rules of particular applicability.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Subject:</E>In the Matter of Reexamination of Roaming Obligations of Commercial Mobile Radio Service Providers and Other Providers of Mobile Data Services, published at 76 FR 26199, May 6, 2011, in WT Docket No. 05-265, and published pursuant to 47 CFR 1.429(e).<E T="03">See</E>1.4(b)(1) of the Commission's rules (47 CFR 1.4(b)(1)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Petitions Filed:</E>1.</P>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="74722"/>
          <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
          <NAME>Marlene H. Dortch,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Office of the Managing Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30642 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>47 CFR Part 101</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[WT Docket No. 10-153; Report No. 2937]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Facilitating the Use of Microwave for Wireless Backhaul and Other Uses and Providing Additional Flexibility To Broadcast Auxiliary Service and Operational Fixed Microwave Licensees</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; petition for reconsideration.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In this document, Petitions for Reconsideration (Petitions) have been filed in the Commission's Rulemaking proceeding continuing efforts to increase flexibility in the use of microwave services licensed under our rules.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Oppositions to the Petitions must be filed by December 16, 2011. Replies to an opposition must be filed December 27, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>John Schauble, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, 418-0797.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This is a summary of the Commission's document, Report No. 2937, released November 15, 2011. The full text of this document is available for viewing and copying in Room CY-B402, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC or may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, Best Copy and Printing, Inc. (BCPI) (1-(800) 378-3160). The Commission will not send a copy of this<E T="03">Notice</E>pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A), because this<E T="03">Notice</E>does not have an impact on any rules of particular applicability.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Subject:</E>Amendment of Part 101 of the Commission's Rules to Facilitate the Use of Microwave for Wireless Backhaul and Other Uses and to Provide Additional Flexibility to Broadcast Auxiliary Service and Operational Fixed Microwave Licensees, FCC 11-120, in WT Docket No. 10-153 and published September 27, 2011, pursuant to 47 CFR 1.429(e).<E T="03">See</E>1.4(b)(1) of the Commission's rules (47 CFR 1.4(b)(1)).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Number of Petitions Filed:</E>4.</P>
        <SIG>
          <FP>Federal Communications Commission.</FP>
          <NAME>Marlene H. Dortch,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Office of Managing Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30644 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6712-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>48 CFR Part 422</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 0599-AA19</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Office of Procurement and Property Management; Agriculture Acquisition Regulation, Labor Law Violations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Procurement and Property Management, Department of Agriculture.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Direct final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Office of Procurement and Property Management (OPPM) of the Department of Agriculture (USDA) is amending the Agriculture Acquisition Regulation (the “AGAR”) to add a new clause at subpart 422.70 entitled “Labor Law Violations.” The rule is issued as a direct final rule. Elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, we are publishing a companion proposed rule under USDA's usual procedure for notice and comment to provide a procedural framework to finalize the rule. In the event that any significant adverse comments are received, this direct final rule will be withdrawn.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>This rule is effective February 29, 2012. Interested parties should submit written comments to the Department of Agriculture on or before January 30, 2012 to be considered in the formulation of a final rule. If any timely significant adverse comments are received, this final rule will be withdrawn in part or in whole by publication of a document in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>within 30 days after the comment period ends.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments identified in the subject line as “48 CFR 422 Direct Final Rule” by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email: Procurement@usda.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Office of Procurement and Property Management, Procurement Policy Division, MAIL STOP 9306, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9303.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Room 262, Reporters' Building, 300 7th Street SW., Washington, DC.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions must be identified as “48 CFR 422 Direct Final Rule” for this proposed rulemaking. Please include your name, company name (if applicable), email address and/or phone number where you can be contacted if additional clarification is required regarding your comment(s).</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Donna Calacone, Office of Procurement and Property Management, at (202) 205-4036 or by mail at OPPM, MAIL STOP 9304, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9303. Please cite “48 CFR 422 Direct Final Rule” in all correspondence.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>

        <P>The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) highly respects and follows the policies and laws regarding worker labor protections particularly as they pertain to the acquisition process. To support these objectives, this proposed rule adds a subpart and clause entitled<E T="03">Labor Law Violations</E>to the Agriculture Acquisition Regulation (AGAR). The AGAR may be accessed at:<E T="03">http://www.dm.usda.gov/procurement/policy/agar.html.</E>This clause is to be included in all USDA contracts that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold, including all contract options.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>USDA certifies that this proposed rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>There is no additional submission required as a result of this action. The rule will not have a significant impact on the small business community or on a substantial number of small businesses. The Department invites comment on its estimates for the potential impact of this rulemaking on small businesses.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act does not apply because the proposed rule does not impose any recordkeeping or information collection requirements that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>

        <P>Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if<PRTPAGE P="74723"/>regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasized the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) designated this rule as not significant according to Executive Order 12866 and therefore this rule has not been reviewed by OMB.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">E. Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is not retroactive and does not preempt State or local laws, regulations, or policies unless they present an irreconcilable conflict with this rule. Before any judicial action may be brought regarding the provisions of this rule, appeal provisions of 7 CFR parts 11 and 780 must be exhausted.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">F. Executive Order 13132</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 13132, Federalism, and does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment. Provisions of this proposed rule will not have a substantial direct effect on States or their political subdivisions or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various government levels.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">G. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule contains no Federal mandates under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), and therefore a written statement is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">H. Executive Order 12372</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12372, Intergovernmental review of Federal programs, and does not establish federal financial assistance or direct Federal development with State and local governments, and is therefore outside the scope of Executive Order 12372, which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Order 13175</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments, and does not have tribal implications or impose unfunded mandates with Indian tribes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">J. E-Government Act Compliance</HD>
        <P>USDA is committed to compliance with the E-Government Act, which requires Government agencies, in general, to provide the public the option of submitting information or transacting business electronically to the maximum extent possible. This proposed rule requires one letter from requestors which can be sent electronically to USDA. USDA will continue to seek other avenues to increase electronically submitted information.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Part 422</HD>
          <P>Classified information, Computer technology, Government procurement, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of Agriculture amends 48 CFR part 422, as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="422" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 422—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 422 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301 and 40 U.S.C. 486(c).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="422" TITLE="48">
          <AMDPAR>2. Subpart 422.70 is added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 422.70—Labor Law Violations</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>422.7001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Contract clause.</SUBJECT>
              <P>Insert the clause at 452.222-7001,<E T="03">Labor Law Violations,</E>in solicitations and contracts that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold. Contracting officers shall report violations to the Office of Procurement and Property Management, Procurement Policy Division, within two working days following notification by the contractor.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>452.222-7001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Labor Law Violations.</SUBJECT>
              <P>As prescribed in 422.7001, insert the following clause:</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Labor Law Violations (August 2011)</HD>
              <EXTRACT>
                
                <P>In accepting this contract award, the contractor certifies that it is in compliance with all applicable labor laws and that, to the best of its knowledge, its subcontractors of any tier, and suppliers, are also in compliance with all applicable labor laws. The Department of Agriculture will vigorously pursue corrective action against the contractor and/or any tier subcontractor (or supplier) in the event of a violation of labor law made in the provision of supplies and/or services under this or any other government contract. The contractor is responsible for promptly reporting to the contracting officer when formal allegations or formal findings of non-compliance of labor laws are determined. The Department of Agriculture considers certification under this clause to be a certification for purposes of the False Claims Act. The Department will cooperate as appropriate regarding labor laws applicable to the contract which are enforced by other agencies.</P>
                <P>(End of Clause)</P>
              </EXTRACT>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 17, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lisa M. Wilusz,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Procurement and Property Management.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30874 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-98-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>49 CFR Part 575</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. NHTSA 2010-0025]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2127-AK51</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>New Car Assessment Program (NCAP); Safety Labeling</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correcting amendments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to a final rule (49 CFR 575.302), which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of Friday, July 29, 2011 (76 FR 45453). The final rule amended NHTSA's regulation on vehicle labeling of safety rating information to reflect the enhanced NCAP ratings program.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>January 3, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For non-legal issues, you may contact Ms. Jennifer N. Dang, Office of Crashworthiness Standards (<E T="03">Telephone:</E>(202) 366-1740) (<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2739). For legal issues, you may call Mr. Edward Glancy, Office of the Chief Counsel (<E T="03">Telephone:</E>(202) 366-2992) (<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 366-3820). You may send mail to both of these officials at the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Building, Washington, DC 20590-0001.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>NHTSA published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of July 29, 2011 (76 FR 45453), a final rule revising the agency's regulation on vehicle labeling of safety rating information.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>

        <P>As published, the final regulation inadvertently contained several errors.<PRTPAGE P="74724"/>
        </P>
        <P>In the first sentence of section 575.302(b), pickup trucks were incorrectly listed as an example of automobiles that are required by the Automobile Information Disclosure Act (AIDA) to have Monroney labels (price sticker labels). However, AIDA does not require Monroney labels for pickup trucks.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>That sentence also included a minor typographical error (the first use of the word “are” was extraneous).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>NHTSA provided a discussion of this issue in the preamble to a final rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(71 FR 53572) on September 12, 2006. See also chapter VIII, Automobile Information Disclosure, Monograph, Consumer Protection Branch, Department of Justice, available at<E T="03">http://www.justice.gov/civil/docs_forms/CPB_Monograph.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In section 575.302(e)(4)(iii), the regulatory text specifying certain language for the label incorrectly indicated that the word “only” is to be in italics, when it should have indicated that the word is to be capitalized. We note that the sample label shown in Figure 2 to section 575.302 correctly shows the word capitalized.</P>
        <P>Also, separate from the July 2011 final rule, we identified certain errors in the authority citation, which we are correcting.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 49 CFR Part 575</HD>
          <P>Consumer protection, Motor vehicle safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Tires.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 49 CFR part 575 is corrected by making the following correcting amendments:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="575" TITLE="49">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 575—CONSUMER INFORMATION</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 575 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 32302, 32304A, 30111, 30115, 30117, 30123, 30166, 30168, and 32908, Pub. L. 104-414, 114 Stat. 1800, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, Pub. L. 110-140, 121 Stat. 1492, 15 U.S.C. 1232(g); delegation of authority at 49 CFR 1.50.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="575" TITLE="49">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 575.302, revise paragraphs (b) and (e)(4)(iii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 575.302</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vehicle labeling of safety rating information (compliance required for model year 2012 and later vehicles manufactured on or after January 31, 2012).</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Application.</E>This section applies to automobiles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less, manufactured on or after January 31, 2012 that have vehicle identification numbers that identify the vehicles to be model year 2012 or later and that are required by the Automobile Information Disclosure Act, 15 U.S.C. 1231-1233, to have price sticker labels (Monroney labels), (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>passenger vehicles, station wagons, passenger vans, and sport utility vehicles). Model Year 2012 or later vehicles manufactured prior to January 31, 2012, at the manufacturer's option, may be labeled according to the provisions of this § 575.302 provided the ratings placed on the safety rating label are derived from vehicle testing conducted by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration under the enhanced NCAP testing and rating program.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) The words “Based on the combined ratings of frontal, side and rollover” followed by the statement “Should ONLY be compared to other vehicles of similar size and weight” (on the following line) must be placed at the bottom of the overall vehicle score area and left justified.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued On: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christopher J. Bonanti,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Rulemaking.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30910 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 648</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 0808041037-1687-03]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-AX05</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fisheries; Amendment 11</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; effectiveness of collection-of-information requirements.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS announces approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) of collection-of-information requirements in regulations implementing Amendment 11 to the Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish (MSB) Fishery Management Plan (FMP). This final rule sets the effective date of the collection-of-information requirements.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The collection-of-information requirements in 50 CFR 648.4 and 648.7 are effective on December 7, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this final rule may be submitted to the Northeast Regional Office, NMFS, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930, by email to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or by fax to (202) 395-7285.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Aja Szumylo, Fishery Policy Analyst, (978) 281-9195.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>A final rule for Amendment 11 to the MSB FMP was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 7, 2011 (76 FR 68642). Details regarding the measures in Amendment 11 are in the final rule and are not repeated here. The OMB approval of the collection-of-information requirements for §§ 648.4 and 648.7 (as it relates to mackerel permit holders) had not been received by the date the final rule was submitted to the Office of the Federal Register for publication. OMB approved the collection-of-information requirements in the rule on November 9, 2011. This final rule makes the collection-of-information requirements effective.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>NMFS previously solicited public comments on Amendment 11, including this collection of information, through the rulemaking process. NMFS received no comments on the collection of information requirements. Thus, this action merely implements portions of Amendment 11 that were previously proposed and subjected to public comment, but that under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) required OMB approval in order to become effective. OMB has now approved the collection of information provisions. Because the public has already had an opportunity to comment on these provisions, an additional public comment period is unnecessary.</P>
        <P>The AA finds good cause to waive the 30-day delayed effective date required by 5 U.S.C. 553 and make this rule effective upon publication. While the requirement to have a limited access mackerel permit is delayed until March 1, 2012, it is important to begin now the underlying administrative process in order to maximize the number of permit applications that can be acted upon by this deadline.</P>
        <P>This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>

        <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, and no person shall be<PRTPAGE P="74725"/>subject to penalty for failure to comply with, a collection-of-information requirement subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection-of-information displays a currently valid OMB control number. This final rule contains revisions to collection-of-information requirements subject to the PRA under OMB Control Numbers 0648-0601 and 0648-0212.</P>
        <P>The requirements related to the limited access mackerel program have been approved under the MSB Amendment 10 Family of Forms (OMB Control No. 0648-0601). Under the approved limited access program, and pursuant to regulations at 50 CFR 648.4, vessel owners are required to submit to NMFS application materials to demonstrate their eligibility for a limited access permit. The public burden for the application requirement pertaining to the limited access program is estimated to average 45 minutes per application, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection information.</P>
        <P>Only 410 vessels are expected to qualify and consequently renew their limited access mackerel permits via the renewal application each year. The renewal application is estimated to take 30 minutes on average to complete. Up to 30 applicants are expected to appeal the denial of their permit application. The appeals process is estimated to take an average of 2 hours to complete. Vessels that qualify for a Tier 1 or Tier 2 mackerel permit would be required to submit documentation of hold volume size. The Council estimated that 74 vessels would qualify for either a Tier 1 or Tier 2 limited access mackerel permit. Tier 1 and 2 vessel owners will experience a time burden due to this requirement in the form of travel time to/from a certified marine surveyor. It is not possible to estimate a time burden associated with obtaining a hold volume measurement, as vessels would have to travel varying distances to visit certified marine surveyors. Travel time to a marine surveyor is not an information collection burden, so is not considered a response.</P>
        <P>Completing a replacement or upgrade application requires an estimated 3 hours per response. It is estimated that no more than 40 of 410 vessels possessing these permits will request a vessel replacement or upgrade annually. Completion of a CPH application requires an estimated 30 minutes per response. It is estimated that no more than 30 of the 410 vessels possessing these limited access permits will request a CPH annually.</P>
        <P>The regulations at 50 CFR 648.7 modify the VTR requirement for Tier 3 mackerel vessels. All mackerel vessels are currently required to submit VTRs on a monthly basis; this requirement is currently approved under the Northeast Region Logbook Family of Forms (OMB Control No. 0648-0212). Amendment 11 will require vessels issued a Tier 3 mackerel permit to submit VTRs on a weekly basis. A change request for this requirement has been approved by OMB. The public burden for the revised VTR requirement is expected to average 5 minutes for each additional VTR submission.</P>

        <P>Send comments on these burden estimates or any other aspects of these collections-of-information, including suggestions for reducing the burden, by mail to the Northeast Regional Office (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>), by email to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov</E>or by fax to (202) 395-7285.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Samuel D. Rauch III,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30936 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 660</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 110616336-1627-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-BB13</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries Off West Coast States; Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan; Trawl Rationalization Program; Program Improvement and Enhancement; Amendment 21-1</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This action implements revisions to the Pacific coast groundfish trawl rationalization program (program), a catch share program, and includes regulations that affect all commercial sectors (limited entry trawl, limited entry fixed gear, and open access) managed under the Pacific Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan (FMP). This action includes regulatory amendments to further implement Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP and an FMP amendment to further revise Amendment 21 (called Amendment 21-1). This action includes, but is not limited to: Revisions to the Pacific halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit; clarification that Amendment 21 supersedes limited entry/open access allocations for certain groundfish species; revisions to the observer coverage requirement while a vessel is in port and before the offload is complete; revisions to the electronic fish ticket reporting requirements; revisions to the first receiver site license requirement; further clarification on moving between limited entry and open access fisheries; a process for end-of-the-year vessel account reconciliation; and an exemption from processing at sea for qualified participants in the Shorebased Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Program.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective January 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Background information and documents, including Amendment 21-1 and the Environmental Assessment (EA) for this action, are available at the Pacific Fishery Management Council's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.pcouncil.org/.</E>NMFS prepared a Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA), which is summarized in the Classification section of this final rule. Copies of the FRFA and the Small Entity Compliance Guide are available from William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE, Seattle, WA 98115-0070; or by phone at (206) 526-6150. Copies of the Small Entity Compliance Guide are also available on the Northwest Regional Office Web site at<E T="03">http://www.nwr.noaa.gov/.</E>
          </P>

          <P>Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this final rule may be submitted to William W. Stelle, Jr., Regional Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE, Seattle, WA 98115-0070, and to OMB by email to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or fax to (202) 395-7285.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jamie Goen, (206) 526-4656; (fax) (206) 526-6736;<E T="03">Jamie.Goen@noaa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>In January 2011, NMFS implemented a trawl rationalization program, a catch share program, for the Pacific coast groundfish fishery's trawl fleet. The<PRTPAGE P="74726"/>program was adopted through Amendment 20 to the FMP and consists of an IFQ program for the shorebased trawl fleet (including whiting and non-whiting fisheries); and cooperative (coop) programs for the at-sea mothership (MS) and catcher/processor (C/P) trawl fleets (whiting only). Allocations to the limited entry trawl fleet for certain species were developed through a parallel process with Amendment 21 to the FMP.</P>
        <P>On May 12, 2010 (75 FR 26702), NMFS published a notice of availability of Amendments 20 and 21, and—consistent with requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA)—made its decision to partially approve the amendments on August 9, 2010. Because of the complexity of Amendments 20 and 21, NMFS implemented them through multiple rulemakings. Over 2010, NMFS published three rulemakings related to the trawl rationalization program. The first was a final rule to collect ownership information from all potential participants in the program and to notify them of the databases that would be used for initial issuance and the date by which to make any changes to those databases (75 FR 4684, January 29, 2010). The second was a final rule to restructure the Pacific coast groundfish regulations, establish the allocations set forth under Amendment 21, and establish procedures for the initial issuance of permits, endorsements, quota share, and catch history assignments under the IFQ and coop programs (75 FR 60868, October 1, 2010; correction published 75 FR 67032, November 1, 2010). The third was a final rule to establish several of the program components required for implementation of the rationalized trawl fishery in January 2011, including IFQ gear switching provisions, details of observer requirements and first receiver catch monitor programs, first receiver site licenses, equipment requirements, catch weighing requirements, retention requirements in the Shorebased IFQ Program, quota share (QS) accounts, vessel accounts for use of quota pounds, requirements for coop permits and coop agreements, further tracking and monitoring components, and economic data collection requirements (75 FR 78344, December 15, 2010).</P>
        <P>The regulations implementing the program became effective January 1, 2011; however, necessary tracking systems to make the program operational did not become active until January 11, 2011, the date fishing began under the new program. Since that time, the Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) and NMFS have been addressing implementation issues as they arise, some of which are the subject of this rule. This rule also includes items that are further revisions and refinements to the program to further implement Amendments 20 and 21, and corrects errors or old regulatory language that need to be corrected, revised, or made consistent with other sections of the regulations. Additionally, this rule includes some trailing actions for the program that the Council took final action at its June 2011 meeting. The trailing actions include an FMP amendment (Amendment 21-1) stating that Amendment 21 trawl/non-trawl allocations supersede the limited entry and open access allocations originally established in Amendment 6 for species listed in Amendment 21; an FMP amendment (Amendment 21-1) to revise the calculation of the Pacific halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit; a regulatory amendment to provide an exemption from the prohibition on processing groundfish at-sea for qualified participants in the Shorebased IFQ Program; a regulatory amendment for the adaptive management program (AMP) to extend the “pass-through” of non-whiting quota pounds through 2014 or until an AMP quota pound allocation process is established, whichever is earlier; and a regulatory amendment to allow a change in registration of a mothership catcher vessel (MS/CV) endorsement and its associated catch history assignment from one limited entry trawl endorsed permit to another. These trailing actions are discussed in more detail in the preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 54888, September 2, 2011). Some of the provisions in this rule may affect all sectors of the commercial groundfish fishery (limited entry trawl, limited entry fixed gear, and open access), some provisions apply to several or all of the trawl programs (i.e., Shorebased IFQ Program, MS Coop Program, C/P Coop Program), while other details only affect one program.</P>
        <P>NMFS published a notice of availability of Amendments 21-1 on August 15, 2011 (76 FR 50449). Consistent with requirements of the MSA, NMFS made its decision to approve Amendment 21-1 on November 10, 2011.</P>
        <P>In addition to this rule, on August 30, 2011, NMFS published a correction to regulations for the trawl program to update erroneous cross references, outdated terms, and duplicate regulatory entries (76 FR 53833).</P>
        <P>Additional rulemakings would follow in the future and include other operational components of the catch share program, such as the requirements for new observer provider certification and an adaptive management program. NMFS is also planning a future “cost recovery” rule based on recommendations from the Council and expected to be implemented for January 2013.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments and Responses</HD>
        <P>NMFS solicited public comment on Amendment 21-1 (76 FR 50449, August 15, 2011) and on the proposed rule (76 FR 54888, September 2, 2011). The comment period for these notices ended October 14, 2011. Because these notices are related, the responses to public comments in this section of the preamble address Amendment 21-1 and the proposed rule.</P>
        <P>NMFS received four letters of comments on the proposed rule and amendment submitted by individuals or organizations. The comment period was open during the September 2011 Council meeting. Comments presented to the Council are part of the record and were considered by the Council during its deliberation. In reviewing the proposed rule and amendment, NMFS considered the record as a whole.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 1.</E>NMFS received one comment stating the proposed rule and amendment had been reviewed and they had no comment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response.</E>NMFS acknowledges this comment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 2.</E>NMFS received one comment expressing concern that measures were in place to protect habitat, such as kelp beds where fish lay eggs, from trawl fishing.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response.</E>While this comment is not within the scope of this action, NMFS notes that it has implemented habitat protection measures in the Pacific coast groundfish fishery. NMFS has implemented several types of closed areas along the west coast that vary by gear type or purpose. Closed areas to protect essential fish habitat for all life stages of groundfish were implemented in 2006. These closed areas are called essential fish habitat conservation areas (EFHCAs). In addition, along the west coast, geographic areas defined by coordinates expressed in degrees latitude and longitude are closed to fishing by certain gear types, including bottom trawl gear. These areas are called groundfish conservation areas (GCAs) and include large coastwide closed areas to protect overfished rockfish, called rockfish conservation areas (RCAs). During the primary whiting season, certain areas are closed to fishing with midwater gear to protect salmon, which is caught as bycatch in the whiting fishery. Other closed areas<PRTPAGE P="74727"/>can be implemented seasonally to slow bycatch in the whiting fishery.</P>
        <P>In addition to closed areas to protect habitat from trawl gear, the trawl rationalization program allows limited entry trawl permit holders to switch from trawl to fixed gears to fish their quotas, which, in turn, reduces trawl impacts. It also allows nontrawl vessels to harvest the allocation to the trawl sector if they acquire a trawl permit and quota. These facts lead to the conclusion that potential adverse impacts from trawl gear could be expected to be lower under the trawl rationalization program than under previous management.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 3.</E>One commenter, the International Pacific Halibut Commission (IPHC), noted that there is ambiguity in NMFS's use of terminology describing halibut in the trawl fishery, especially given that it is illegal to retain halibut of any size. The commenter noted that NMFS's use of the terms `legal', `legal-sized', and `sublegal-sized' halibut for the trawl fishery may no longer be appropriate given changes in the use of these terms by the IPHC, the management body that sets the allowable harvest of Pacific halibut. The IPHC recently moved to using more accurate terms such as O32 for halibut over 32 inches in total length, or U26 for halibut under 26 inches in total length. When the IPHC calculates total removals to determine the available yield, it now accounts for all fish greater than 26 inches (all O26). Previously, this calculation was for all O32 fish. Removals and mortality of U26 fish are still accounted for through reductions in the harvest rate on the exploitable stock.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response.</E>NMFS appreciates the IPHC bringing these changes to NMFS's attention. While NMFS acknowledges that language in Amendment 21-1 and in the implementing regulations could be revised to reflect the terms used by the IPHC, NMFS does not believe it is necessary at this stage in the rulemaking and public process.</P>
        <P>NMFS interprets the terms `legal' and `legal-sized' to refer to fish with a total length of 32 inches and above and interprets `sublegal-sized' to refer to fish with a total length under 32 inches, consistent with the description in the environmental assessment for this action. Through NMFS's approval of Amendment 21-1, NMFS requested a footnote be added to the FMP to clarify the use of the terms “legal-sized” and “sublegal-sized” halibut in this context. With this final rule, NMFS has also amended regulations at § 660.55(m) to make the use of the terms “legal sized” and “sublegal sized” halibut more clear by defining as halibut with a total length of 32 inches and above, or O32, and halibut under 32 inches in total length, or U32, respectively. Provided the FMP and regulations are clear that the calculation of the trawl bycatch mortality limit is for legal-sized fish (i.e., 32 inches and above) that are converted to an amount for all sizes of halibut and that the trawl fishery bycatch report provided by NMFS Northwest Fisheries Science Center continues to provide halibut data sufficient to determine the proportion of trawl bycatch mortality that is 32 inches and above total length, NMFS can calculate the halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit. This rule only applies to the calculation of the trawl bycatch mortality limit, and does not affect the IPHC's calculations of available yield.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 4.</E>The IPHC commented that it supports NMFS's process for calculating the carryover of surplus individual bycatch quota (IBQ) pounds for Pacific halibut in a vessel account after the end of the fishing year. The IPHC stated that limiting the potential surplus to a maximum of 10 percent is reasonable. The IPHC stated that it expects the amount of surplus carryover from one year to the next for halibut to be minimal because of incentives to maximize groundfish harvest within available IBQ pounds.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response.</E>NMFS appreciates the IPHC's support and insights. NMFS notes that the carryover limit amount of 10 percent is not affected by this rule, but was implemented through a previous rulemaking (75 FR 78344, December 15, 2010). NMFS would like to further highlight a description in the preamble to the proposed rule under “QS Permits and Vessel Accounts” (76 FR 54888, 54895; September 2, 2011) regarding end-of-the-year vessel account reconciliation. The proposed rule preamble described and regulations at § 660.140(e)(5)(i) in this final rule implement a process where issuance of carryover of surplus occurs later in the following year after data are available to calculate the amount of carryover surplus (expected in spring of the following year).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 5.</E>Two commenters provided comment on the implications of the carryover of surplus IBQ pounds on the calculation of the trawl bycatch mortality limit. The Council's comment described its understanding of the carryover of surplus pounds for Pacific halibut managed by the IPHC. The IPHC referenced the Council's comment letter and stated that the Council's understanding of the carryover of surplus IBQ pounds is correct.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response.</E>NMFS appreciates receiving these comments. In the proposed rule (76 FR 54888, 54890; September 2, 2011), NMFS specifically requested comment on the effect the carryover provision in the Shorebased IFQ Program would have on calculation of the trawl bycatch mortality limit in a subsequent year, if any. The Council submitted comments describing its understanding that the surplus carryover provision does not affect calculation of the trawl bycatch mortality limit; the IPHC stated that the Council's understanding is correct. This carryover of surplus pounds for Pacific halibut and the halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit is also mentioned under the section of the preamble titled “Items NMFS Requested Comment on in the Proposed Rule.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 6.</E>A comment provided by the Council described its understanding of provisions allowing for the carryover of surplus pounds in the Shorebased IFQ Program from one year to the next.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response.</E>NMFS appreciates the Council's comment regarding the issuance of carryover of surplus pounds for groundfish managed under the MSA. In the proposed rule, NMFS proposed that surplus carryover pounds be issued after NMFS has completed an end-of-the-year account reconciliation process, which would result in surplus carryover pounds being issued later in the year once data are available. As stated in the FMP Appendix E, the carryover provision must be consistent with the conservation requirements of the MSA. The Council comment notes that sector allocations are set such that harvest of all sectors in total would not be expected to exceed annual catch limits (“ACLs”) established in accordance with the MSA. NMFS will continue to work with the Council to assure consistency with ACLs when issuing surplus carryover pounds for the Shorebased IFQ Program. With this final rule and consistent with the language in the FMP regarding the carryover provision, NMFS clarifies that any issuance of surplus carryover pounds will be to the extent allowed by the conservation requirements of the MSA. This provision for the carryover of surplus pounds is also mentioned under the section of the preamble titled “Changes from the Proposed Rule.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Items NMFS Requested Comment on in the Proposed Rule</HD>

        <P>NMFS specifically requested comment on several items in the proposed rule. NMFS received comments on some (e.g., see comments 5 and 6 above in the preamble), but not all of those items. Below, NMFS identifies each issue where NMFS specifically requested public comments, and indicates whether comments were<PRTPAGE P="74728"/>received. In instances where NMFS made changes to the proposed rule as a result of comments on items where comments were specifically requested, NMFS identified these changes in the section entitled “Changes from the Proposed Rule.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">• Moving Between Limited Entry and Open Access Fisheries</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on the proposed changes to provisions regarding vessels moving between limited entry and open access fisheries and other sections of the regulations which may need further revisions. No comments were received and no changes were made from the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">• Crossover Provisions</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on the proposed revisions to the crossover provisions and any implications they may have, especially for dual-endorsed limited entry permits. No comments were received and no changes were made from the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">• Observer and Catch Monitor Coverage at Offload</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on whether catch monitor providers would have to change their insurance coverage for catch monitors to allow them to maintain coverage of the vessel in lieu of the observer while the vessel is in port. NMFS solicited public comment on whether this change would require catch monitor providers to have the increased insurance coverage provided by Maritime Liability insurance to cover “seamen's” claims under the Merchant Marine Act (Jones Act) and General Maritime Law ($1 million minimum). No comments were received and no changes were made from the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">• New Process for IFQ First Receivers and Catch Monitors To Address Trucking/Transport</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on regulations to implement a new process for first receivers and catch monitors to address transport away from the offload site. NMFS especially requested public comment on the changes regarding the process and submittal requirements for dock tickets and e-tickets. No comments were received and no changes were made from the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">• Exemption From Prohibition on Processing at Sea</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on two aspects of this exemption: (1) An appropriate cut-off date for qualification for the exemption, and (2) a conversion factor for freezing or glazing non-whiting groundfish species. The cut-off date is described below in the section titled “Changes from the Proposed Rule.” For the conversion factor, the Council's motion from its June 2011 meeting included a statement that “Regulatory language should also include an appropriate conversion factor and/or an appropriate process for calculating a conversion factor for glazed groundfish.” In a letter to the Council (Agenda Item E.6.b, ODFW Letter (excerpt), June 2011), ODFW recommended a weight conversion factor that included a variable weight conversion factor in certain circumstances. When NMFS implemented weight conversion factors for the Shorebased IFQ Program, NMFS stated that the weight conversion factors used on electronic fish tickets (a Federal reporting requirement) must be a consistent coastwide value. In the preamble to the proposed rule published on August 31, 2010 (75 FR 53380), NMFS stated the reasons why a consistent coastwide value was necessary, including providing consistency in catch estimates between states, preventing artificial influences on individual landings choices, and benefiting NMFS's ability to track landings values. NMFS based the Federal weight conversion factors on published values. ODFW's proposed conversion factor did not provide a consistent value by species and, potentially, would not be a consistent value within a species for different size grades or volumes of fish. Because the online IFQ system automatically applies the weight conversion factor depending on the species condition code reported on the electronic fish ticket, a variable conversion factor is not practical. In addition, NMFS is not aware of any published values for glazed groundfish species nor of any consistent coastwide value used by the states for glazed groundfish species. NMFS specifically requested comment on this issue and received none. NMFS did not propose and at this time is not implementing a Federal weight conversion factor for freezing or glazing non-whiting groundfish species. The weight reported on the electronic fish ticket for glazed non-whiting groundfish should be the actual scale weight with no conversion factor applied. The states may continue to have a state weight conversion factor for freezing and glazing on their state fish ticket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">• First Receiver Site License</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on a reasonable timeframe between an application for a first receiver site license and NMFS's conduct of a site inspection. To reduce the costs of running the program, NMFS considered whether to adopt a policy of batching site inspections to only conduct inspections in a particular state once a month or within 60 days of receiving an application. NMFS did not receive any public comment on this issue. But, the Council's Groundfish Advisory Subpanel (GAP) did provide comment to the Council on this issue stating that the first receiver should not have to wait beyond 60 days from the date the application was submitted for a site inspection and, if approved, issuance of a first receiver site license. For efficiency, NMFS announces that it will strive to the best of its ability to conduct site inspections in a timely fashion, not to exceed 60 days from the date NMFS received the application for a first receiver site license. This policy is internal guidance only and thus it is not codified in the regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Changes From the Proposed Rule</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">All Trawl Programs</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">• Threshold Rules for Annual Issuance of Allocation</HD>

        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on an alternate approach to the threshold rules for annual issuance of allocation. NMFS is setting a threshold above which it would not need to continue to run iterations redistributing the allocation for QS permits in the Shorebased IFQ Program or to MS coops or the non-coop fishery in the MS Coop Program. The Council motion on this issue and the proposed rule stated that NMFS' annual allocations must be equal to or greater than 99.99 percent, but not to exceed 100 percent. In the proposed rule, NMFS solicited public comments on an alternate approach as follows, “Rounding rules may affect distribution of the entire shorebased trawl allocation [or allocations to the mothership coop or non-coop fisheries]; NMFS will distribute such allocations to the maximum extent practicable, not to exceed the total allocation.” NMFS suggested this alternative language to account for circumstances where despite NMFS' best efforts, it is unable to distribute allocations equal to or greater than 99.99 percent but no more<PRTPAGE P="74729"/>than 100 percent. Such a circumstance may occur, for instance, for quota pound distributions of IFQ species that have a very small shorebased trawl allocation, especially since quota pound distributions must be made in one pound increments. Under the alternate language, NMFS would still endeavor to distribute as much of the allocation as possible. NMFS received no comment on the alternate language. Accordingly, upon further consideration of the concerns described above and in the absence of any comments objecting to the alternate language, NMFS will implement the alternate language at § 660.140(d)(1)(ii) for the Shorebased IFQ Program and at § 660.150(c)(2) for the MS Coop Program.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Shorebased IFQ Program</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">• QS Permits and Vessel Accounts</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on whether a prohibition against fraudulent use of QS accounts or vessel accounts is needed. NMFS received no comment on this issue. Upon further consideration, NMFS has determined that this prohibition is redundant with other statutory and regulatory provisions and is not necessary, thus NMFS has removed it from § 660.112(b)(1)(xvi).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">• Exemption From Prohibition on Processing at Sea</HD>

        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on two aspects of this exemption: (1) An appropriate cut-off date for qualification for the exemption, and (2) a conversion factor for freezing or glazing non-whiting groundfish species. The conversion factor is described above in the section titled “Items NMFS Requested Comment on in the Proposed Rule.” The Council recommended the date of July 20, 2010, as the cut-off date for qualification for the exemption on processing groundfish at-sea in the Shorebased IFQ Program to ensure that processing-prohibition exemptions would be provided only to individuals that had been processing at-sea without prior knowledge of the upcoming prohibition. Pursuant to the Council's recommendation, NMFS proposed July 20, 2010 as the cut-off date in the proposed rule. However, NMFS informed the public that it was considering whether to adjust the cut-off date for qualification to August 31, 2010 in light of a proposed rule prohibiting processing at sea for the Shorebased IFQ Program that published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 31, 2010 (75 FR 53380). August 31, 2010 is the date the public was put on notice of the prohibition on processing at-sea in the Shorebased IFQ Program. NMFS specifically requested comment on the implications of such a change from the Council motion. No comments were received on this issue. With this final rule, NMFS is implementing August 31, 2010 as the cut-off date for qualification for the exemption because August 31, 2010 is a more transparent and fair date to use as the cut-off date for qualification than July 20, 2010. Accordingly, upon further consideration and in the absence of any comments against such change, in this final rule NMFS is implementing August 31, 2010, as the cut-off date to qualify for the exemption from the prohibition on processing at sea as specified at § 660.25(b)(6)(ii)(A).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">• Carryover</HD>
        <P>NMFS made some minor edits to the regulations to make terminology reflect changes due to Amendment 23 on annual catch limits and to include language from Amendment 20 on the trawl rationalization program. With this final rule, NMFS revised regulations at § 660.140(e)(5)(i) on the carryover of surplus quota pounds for vessel accounts to use the term “ACL” rather than optimum yield (OY), a term no longer applicable for this calculation. NMFS also added language from the FMP to this provision to state that NMFS will issue surplus carryover pounds to the extent allowed by the conservation requirements of the MSA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">• Halibut Trawl Bycatch Mortality Limit</HD>
        <P>In the proposed rule, NMFS specifically requested comment on the carryover provision in the Shorebased IFQ Program and the effect it would have on calculation of the trawl bycatch mortality limit in a subsequent year, if any. Two commenters commented on this issue (see comments 3-6 above in the preamble). The only change from the proposed rule based on these comments was to add clarifying language to regulations at § 660.55(m) to define the terms “legal sized” and “sublegal sized” halibut as halibut with a total length of 32 inches and above, or O32, and halibut under 32 inches in total length, or U32, respectively.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>The Administrator, Northwest Region, NMFS, determined that FMP Amendment 21-1, as implemented through this final rule, is necessary for the conservation and management of the Pacific coast groundfish fishery and that it is consistent with the MSA and other applicable laws. To the extent that the regulations in this final rule differ from what was deemed by the Council, NMFS invokes its independent authority under 16 U.S.C. 1855(d).</P>

        <P>The Council prepared a final environmental impact statement (EIS) for Amendment 20 and Amendment 21 to the Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP; a notice of availability for each of these final EISs was published on June 25, 2010 (75 FR 36386). A Record of Decision (ROD) for each EIS was signed on August 9, 2010. An environmental assessment (EA) was prepared for the following trailing actions: (1) A revision the calculation of the Pacific halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit, and (2) an exemption from the prohibition on processing at sea for qualified participants in the Shorebased IFQ Program. The Amendment 20 and 21 EISs and the EA are available on the Council's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.pcouncil.org/or</E>on NMFS' Web site at<E T="03">http://www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-Fishery-Management/Trawl-Program/index.cfm.</E>The remaining regulatory changes in this rule either required no further analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) or were categorically excluded from the requirement to prepare a NEPA analysis.</P>
        <P>This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>

        <P>The preamble to the proposed rule (76 FR 54888, September 2, 2011) included a detailed summary of the analyses contained in the IRFA. NMFS, pursuant to section 604 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), prepared a FRFA in support of this rule. The FRFA incorporates the IRFA, a summary of the significant issues raised by the public comments in response to the IRFA, NMFS's responses to those comments, and a summary of the analyses completed to support the action. A copy of the FRFA is available from NMFS (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) and a summary of the FRFA, per the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 604(a), follows:</P>

        <P>Under the authority of the Pacific Coast Groundfish FMP and the MSA, this rule implements revisions to the Pacific coast groundfish trawl rationalization program (program), a catch share program. This action includes regulations that affect all commercial sectors of the fishery. These sectors are the limited entry trawl, limited entry fixed gear, and open access fisheries. During the comment period on the proposed rule, NMFS received several letters of comment, but none of the comments received addressed the IRFA.<PRTPAGE P="74730"/>
        </P>
        <P>An initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) was prepared, as required by section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). The IRFA describes the economic impact this proposed rule, if adopted, would have on small entities. The IRFA includes a description of the action, why it is being considered, and the legal basis for this action. The IRFA provided the following information.</P>
        <P>In January 2011, NMFS and the Council set up a new management program called the trawl rationalization program. This program significantly changes how the shorebased trawl fishery and the mothership whiting fishery work. Shorebased trawlers now fish under their own set of individual species quotas by vessel. In prior years, there were different rules for shore trawlers depending on their target catch. Non-whiting trawlers fished under common trip limits while whiting trawlers fished under a common quota without trip limits. In prior years, the mothership fishery consisted of independent at-sea processors each receiving catch from several trawlers. Now the mothership fishery works as a single coop where catcher-vessels and motherships work together collectively. The catcher-processor fleet continues as a single coop. A specific set of groundfish species and bycatch of Pacific halibut are managed under the trawl rationalization program.</P>
        <P>Human observation and electronic reporting tools account for all catch of these species. Computer programs match the catch against individual species quotas (quota pounds or QP) or coop allocations. All vessels must carry observers who watch and measure the harvests and discards of these groundfish. All shore plants must have catch monitors to watch all vessel offloads and record the species and amounts landed. In the shorebased fishery, online accounting programs issue and track quota shares, quota pounds, and catch by species. Computer programs compare fish tickets to catch monitor reports and calculate the quota pounds landed by an individual vessel. Observer reports are used to account for the vessel's discards. An online “banking system” is used to debit landings and discards against the vessel's quota pounds. Quota pounds are deposited to a vessel's account based on a transfer from a quota share account or from another vessel account.</P>
        <P>This rule revises the Pacific coast groundfish trawl rationalization program. These revisions affect limited entry trawl fisheries and other fisheries including the limited entry fixed gear and open access fisheries. Some revisions address the movement between limited entry and open access fisheries. Other revisions concern vessels fishing in different management areas within one trip. This rule also revises the rules about permit ownership for clarity, and clarifies the relationship of Amendment 21 to previous amendments concerning how certain species are allocated between the limited entry and open access sectors. As a result, participants in the fishery will find the regulations easier to comply with and easier to understand resulting in less confusion as to how fish are allocated.</P>
        <P>This rule establishes new or modified processes concerning how much fish can be allocated and harvested. A new process involving the use of interim allocations should the biennial management and specification process not be completed in a timely way is established based on the processes used by emergency rule making for 2011. As a result, the potential delay in the annual allocation of quota pounds is reduced. The carryover process has been modified so there is no need to close the fishery in December for end-of-the-year account reconciliation. The Adaptive Management pass-through of quota pounds process is being extended through 2014 or the implementation of the Adaptive Management Program details, whichever is earlier. These actions provide benefits as they avoid major shut downs of the fishery and they would facilitate multi-year planning. Offload monitoring procedures are revised.</P>
        <P>This rule establishes new procedures associated with electronic fish ticket reporting when trawlers land fish at one site but the fish are trucked to another site for processing. These procedures also apply to instances when the fish ticket is completed at an office location other than the landing site. The electronic fish ticket format is revised to better match the state paper fish ticket requirements. These revised procedures and changes to the fish ticket format and completion process provide benefits by reducing the monitoring burden on fishermen and processors and providing flexibility to first receivers and fish buyers. They also aid adoption of the electronic fish ticket by the states and increase the potential that redundant data collection systems are reduced. Most importantly, they improve the timeliness and accuracy of the data reported.</P>
        <P>This rule expands the list of exemptions to the prohibition on processing at sea. Fishermen who can show that they were legally processing non-whiting groundfish prior to the implementation of Amendment 20 are able to apply for an exemption to continue processing at sea. This exemption addresses the Council intent not to negatively impact these operations. Revising the halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit formulas provides benefits to the trawl fishery as they provide slightly higher catch compared to the existing regulations while continuing to provide increased halibut opportunities for non-trawl fisheries. It is recognized that increased halibut mortality by trawlers results in less halibut for other commercial and recreational fisheries. However these revisions move the trawl fishery closer to the Council's original goal of 50 percent reduction of halibut mortality by the trawl fleet.</P>
        <P>Under prior rule making, to participate in the mothership fishery, harvesting vessels now must have an endorsed permit. The endorsement has an associated catch history amount, called a catch history assignment. Vessels wishing to sell their catch history to a coop must sell both their limited entry trawl permit and MS/CV endorsement. This rule “severs” the MS/CV endorsement with its catch history assignment from the associated limited entry permit. Under this rule, fishermen can sell or assign their MS/CV endorsements and associated catch history assignments while keeping their permits so they can continue to fish in other limited entry fisheries. This change aids coop formation and may minimize the costs of joining a coop for fishermen.</P>

        <P>The following provides some perspective on the economic dimensions of the fisheries. Over the years 2005-2009, the limited entry trawl fishery has averaged annual inflation adjusted revenues of about $57 million and total landings of about 215,000 tons. Pacific whiting ex-vessel revenues have averaged about $25 million. However, differences between years have varied greatly. Whiting trawlers harvested about 216,000 tons of whiting worth about $51 million in ex-vessel revenues in 2008. Revenues were high because of high landings and high prices. Ex-vessel prices of $235 per ton were the highest on record. In comparison, the 2007 fishery harvested about 214,000 tons worth $29 million at an average ex-vessel price of about $137 per ton. The 2009 fishery harvested about 99,000 tons worth about $12 million at a price of $120 per ton. While the Pacific whiting fishery has grown in importance in recent years, harvests in the non-whiting component of the limited entry trawl fishery have declined steadily since the 1980s. Non-<PRTPAGE P="74731"/>whiting trawl ex-vessel revenues in the fishery peaked in the mid-1990s at about $40 million. Following the passage of the Sustainable Fisheries Act (1996) and the listing of several species as overfished, harvests became increasingly restricted and landings and revenues declined steadily until 2002. Over the years 2005 to 2009, non-whiting groundfish ex-vessel revenues have averaged $27 million annually. These revenues have ranged from $24 million (2005) to $32 million (2008). The 2009 fishery earned $30 million in ex-vessel revenues. Total shorebased revenues (whiting and non-whiting) have averaged about $36 million annually over the last five years. (Note: Ex-vessel revenues are just one indicator of “revenue”; they understate the wholesale, export, and retail revenues earned from the fishery. Data on these other indicators is either incomplete or unavailable.)</P>
        <P>This rule regulates businesses that harvest groundfish and processors that wish to process limited entry trawl groundfish. Under the RFA the term “small entities” includes small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. For small businesses, the SBA has established size criteria for all major industry sectors in the U.S., including fish harvesting and fish processing businesses. A business involved in fish harvesting is a small business if it is independently owned and operated and not dominant in its field of operation (including its affiliates) and if it has combined annual receipts not in excess of $4.0 million for all its affiliated operations worldwide. A seafood processor is a small business if it is independently owned and operated, not dominant in its field of operation, and employs 500 or fewer persons on a full time, part time, temporary, or other basis, at all its affiliated operations worldwide. A business involved in both the harvesting and processing of seafood products is a small business if it meets the $4.0 million criterion for fish harvesting operations. A wholesale business servicing the fishing industry is a small business if it employs 100 or fewer persons on a full time, part time, temporary, or other basis, at all its affiliated operations worldwide. For marinas and charter/party boats, a small business is one with annual receipts not in excess of $7.0 million. The RFA defines a small organization as any nonprofit enterprise that is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field. The RFA defines small governmental jurisdictions as governments of cities, counties, towns, townships, villages, school districts, or special districts with populations of less than 50,000.</P>
        <P>NMFS has reviewed analyses of fish ticket data and limited entry permit data, available employment data provided by processors, information on the charterboat and Tribal fleets, and available industry responses to a survey on ownership. NMFS makes the following estimates and conclusions. The non-trawl businesses are the following fleets: Limited entry fixed gear (approximately 150 companies), open access groundfish (1,100), charterboats (465), and the Tribal fleet (four Tribes with 66 vessels). Available information on average revenue per vessel suggests that all the entities in these fleets are small entities. This rule changes requirements associated with catch monitors and observers. The catch monitors and observers are being supplied to the fishery by five companies. Based on analysis done on observer issues by the NMFS Alaska Regional Office, these five companies are also small companies.</P>
        <P>For the trawl sector, as of August 2011, there are 176 limited entry trawl permit owners and six mothership processor permits. Nine limited entry trawl permits are attached to catcher-processor vessels and are considered “large” companies. An additional permit is owned by a large catcher processor company but currently has no vessel attached to it for a total of 10 permits that have the endorsement for a catcher-processor. Of the remaining 167 limited entry permits, 25 limited entry trawl permits are either owned or closely associated with a “large” shorebased processing company or with a non-profit organization who considers itself a “large” organization. Nine other permit owners indicated that they were large “companies.” Almost all of these companies are associated with the shorebased and mothership whiting fisheries. The remaining 133 limited entry trawl permits are projected to be held by “small” companies. Three of the six mothership processors are “large” companies. Within the 14 shorebased whiting first receivers/processors, there are four “large” companies. Including the shorebased whiting first receivers, in 2008, there were 75 first receivers that purchased limited entry trawl groundfish. There were 36 small purchasers (less than $150,000); 26 medium purchasers (purchases greater than $150,000 but less than $1,000,000); and 13 large purchasers (purchases greater than $1.0 million).</P>
        <P>This action includes regulatory amendments to further implement Amendments 20 and 21 to the FMP and an FMP amendment to further revise Amendment 21 (called Amendment 21-1). This action includes, but is not limited to: revisions to the Pacific halibut trawl mortality bycatch limit, clarification that Amendment 21 supersedes limited entry/open access allocations for certain groundfish species, revisions to the observer coverage requirement while a vessel is in port and before the offload is complete, revisions to the electronic fish ticket reporting requirements, revisions to the first receiver site license requirement, further clarification on moving between limited entry and open access fisheries, a process for end-of-the-year vessel account reconciliation, and an exemption from processing at sea for qualified participants in the Shorebased Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Program.</P>
        <P>Alternatives are described and discussed in the following documents:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Intersector Allocation and Trawl Rationalization Issue: Trailing Actions for the Pacific Coast Groundfish Trawl Rationalization Program, including (1) Pacific Halibut Trawl Bycatch Mortality Limit (Amendment 21-1) and (2) Exemption from the Prohibition on Processing At Sea in the Shorebased IFQ Program. Final Environmental Assessment; prepared by the Pacific Fishery Management Council, 7700 NE Ambassador Place, Suite 101, Portland, OR 97220, (503) 820-2280, www.pcouncil.org, October 2011.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Trawl Rationalization issue: Severability of Whiting Mothership Catcher Vessel Endorsements/Catch History Council Decision Document; prepared by the Pacific Fishery Management Council 7700 NE Ambassador Place, Suite 101, Portland, OR 97220, (503) 820-2280, www.pcouncil.org, May 2011.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Intersector Allocation Issue: Recommended FMP and Regulatory Amendatory Language That Complies with the Council's Intent Regarding Superseding Amendment 6 Allocations with Amendment 21 Allocations. Council meeting briefing book, Agenda Item E.6.a, Attachment 2, June 2011.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Trawl Rationalization: Adaptive Management Program Quota Pound Pass-Through, Council Decision Document. Council meeting briefing book, Agenda Item E.6.a, Attachment 6, June 2011.</FP>
        

        <P>Most of the issues in this rulemaking are changes to the regulations to make the program more efficient or more enforceable. They were either categorically excluded from NEPA or<PRTPAGE P="74732"/>required no further NEPA analysis. However, for the calculation of the halibut trawl bycatch mortality limit and for the exemption from the prohibition on processing at sea, the Council and NMFS did consider alternatives in an environmental assessment for this action (see references in the above paragraph or see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section). The issues in this rulemaking were developed and presented with public input through the Council process. Through the Council process, impacts and ways to reduce those impacts on small entities are often considered. Several of the changes in this rule are implemented to reduce impacts on industry, including small entities. For the exemption on at-sea processing, implementation of this provision will benefit small harvesting entities by increasing the value of their landed product. For the change to the first receiver site license application process, implementation will reduce the burden on industry by requiring less paperwork.</P>
        <P>As indicated above, this rule is generally beneficial to the various sectors of the fishery. The only explicit cost impact is the expansion of the requirement that all fish buyers obtain a $50 first receiver site license. Therefore, negative impacts to the industry, if any, appear to be minimal and do not favor large entities over small entities. No Federal rules have been identified that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the alternatives. Public comment is hereby solicited, identifying such rules.</P>

        <P>Section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 states that, for each rule or group of related rules for which an agency is required to prepare a FRFA, the agency shall publish one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule, and shall designate such publications as “small entity compliance guides.” The agency shall explain the actions a small entity is required to take to comply with a rule or group of rules. As part of this rulemaking process, a small entity compliance guide (the guide) was prepared. Copies of this final rule are available from the Northwest Regional Office and the guide will be sent to all permit owners for the fishery. The guide and this final rule will also be available on the Northwest Regional Office Web site (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) and upon request.</P>

        <P>This final rule contains collection-of-information requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) which have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). OMB control number 0648-0611, Rationalization of the Pacific Coast Groundfish Trawl Limited Entry Fishery, was revised to include an application for an exemption from the prohibition on processing non-whiting groundfish at sea in the Shorebased IFQ Program. Public reporting burden for the revised OMB control number 0648-0611 is estimated to average 3 hours per response (543 responses). OMB control number 0648-0619, Northwest Region Groundfish Trawl Fishery Monitoring and Catch Accounting Program, was revised to include the additional reporting requirements for IFQ first receivers on electronic fish tickets, updated hardware and software requirements for electronic fish tickets, and an updated process for first receivers and catch monitors to address offload and trucking issues. Public reporting burden for the revised OMB control number 0648-0619 is estimated to average 30 minutes per response (6,059 responses). OMB control number 0648-0620, Pacific Coast Groundfish Trawl Rationalization Program Permit and License Information Collection, was revised to include a form for changing the registration of MS/CV endorsements and associated catch history assignments from one limited entry trawl permit to another and changes to the first receiver site license application requirements. Public reporting burden for the revised OMB control number 0648-0620 are estimated to average 30 minutes per response (1,955 responses). These estimates include the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection information. No comments were received on the PRA during the proposed rule comment period. Send comments on these or any other aspects of the collection of information to NMFS, Northwest Region, at the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section above; and to OMB by email to<E T="03">OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov;</E>or fax to (202) 395-7285.</P>
        <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, and no person shall be subject to penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
        <P>NMFS issued Biological Opinions under the ESA on August 10, 1990, November 26, 1991, August 28, 1992, September 27, 1993, May 14, 1996, and December 15, 1999 pertaining to the effects of the Pacific Coast groundfish FMP fisheries on Chinook salmon (Puget Sound, Snake River spring/summer, Snake River fall, upper Columbia River spring, lower Columbia River, upper Willamette River, Sacramento River winter, Central Valley spring, California coastal), coho salmon (Central California coastal, southern Oregon/northern California coastal), chum salmon (Hood Canal summer, Columbia River), sockeye salmon (Snake River, Ozette Lake), and steelhead (upper, middle and lower Columbia River, Snake River Basin, upper Willamette River, central California coast, California Central Valley, south/central California, northern California, southern California). These biological opinions have concluded that implementation of the FMP for the Pacific Coast groundfish fishery was not expected to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species under the jurisdiction of NMFS, or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.</P>
        <P>NMFS reinitiated a formal section 7 consultation under the ESA in 2005 for both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl fishery and the groundfish bottom trawl fishery. The December 19, 1999, Biological Opinion had defined an 11,000 Chinook incidental take threshold for the Pacific whiting fishery. During the 2005 Pacific whiting season, the 11,000 fish Chinook incidental take threshold was exceeded, triggering reinitiation. Also in 2005, new data from the West Coast Groundfish Observer Program became available, allowing NMFS to complete an analysis of salmon take in the bottom trawl fishery.</P>
        <P>NMFS prepared a Supplemental Biological Opinion dated March 11, 2006, which addressed salmon take in both the Pacific whiting midwater trawl and groundfish bottom trawl fisheries. In its 2006 Supplemental Biological Opinion, NMFS concluded that catch rates of salmon in the 2005 whiting fishery were consistent with expectations considered during prior consultations. Chinook bycatch has averaged about 7,300 fish over the last 15 years and has only occasionally exceeded the reinitiation trigger of 11,000 fish.</P>

        <P>Since 1999, annual Chinook bycatch has averaged about 8,450 fish. The Chinook ESUs most likely affected by the whiting fishery has generally improved in status since the 1999 section 7 consultation. Although these species remain at risk, as indicated by their ESA listing, NMFS concluded that the higher observed bycatch in 2005 does not require a reconsideration of its prior “no jeopardy” conclusion with respect to the fishery. For the<PRTPAGE P="74733"/>groundfish bottom trawl fishery, NMFS concluded that incidental take in the groundfish fisheries is within the overall limits articulated in the Incidental Take Statement of the 1999 Biological Opinion. The groundfish bottom trawl limit from that opinion was 9,000 fish annually. NMFS will continue to monitor and collect data to analyze take levels. NMFS also reaffirmed its prior determination that implementation of the Groundfish FMP is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any of the affected ESUs.</P>
        <P>Lower Columbia River coho (70 FR 37160, June 28, 2005) were recently listed and Oregon Coastal coho (73 FR 7816, February 11, 2008) were recently relisted as threatened under the ESA. The 1999 biological opinion concluded that the bycatch of salmonids in the Pacific whiting fishery were almost entirely Chinook salmon, with little or no bycatch of coho, chum, sockeye, and steelhead.</P>
        <P>The Southern Distinct Population Segment (DPS) of green sturgeon was listed as threatened under the ESA (71 FR 17757, April 7, 2006). The southern DPS of Pacific eulachon was listed as threatened on March 18, 2010, under the ESA (75 FR 13012). NMFS has reinitiated consultation on the fishery, including impacts on green sturgeon, eulachon, marine mammals, and turtles.</P>
        <P>After preliminarily reviewing the available information, NMFS understands that, consistent with Sections 7(a)(2) and 7(d) of the ESA, the action would not jeopardize any listed species, would not adversely modify any designated critical habitat, and would not result in any irreversible or irretrievable commitment of resources that would have the effect of foreclosing the formulation or implementation of any reasonable and prudent alternative measures. NMFS will finalize this conclusion before the decision is made on the FMP amendment.</P>
        <P>Amendment 21-1 to the FMP and this final rule were developed after meaningful consultation and collaboration, through the Council process, with the tribal representative on the Council. The FMP Amendment and these regulations have no direct effect on the tribes; these regulations were deemed by the Council as “necessary or appropriate” to implement the FMP as amended.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 660</HD>
          <P>Fisheries, Fishing, and Indian fisheries.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Eric C. Schwaab,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, 50 CFR Chapter VI is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 660—FISHERIES OFF WEST COAST STATES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 660 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>16 U.S.C. 773<E T="03">et seq.,</E>and 16 U.S.C. 7001<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 660.11, add the definition for “Dock ticket” in alphabetical order to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Dock ticket</E>means a form accepted by the state to record the landing, receipt, purchase, or transfer of fish.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>3. In § 660.12, revise paragraph (d)(2) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General groundfish prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) Make a false statement on an application for issuance, renewal, permit registration, vessel registration, replacement of a limited entry permit, or a declaration of ownership interest in a limited entry permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>4. In § 660.13, revise paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A)(<E T="03">23</E>) and add paragraph (d)(5)(iv)(A)(<E T="03">26</E>) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv) * * *</P>
            <P>(A) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">23</E>) Open access Coastal Pelagic Species net gear,</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(<E T="03">26</E>) Open access California gillnet complex gear.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>5. In § 660.14, revise paragraphs (d)(4)(iii) and (vii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Permit exemption.</E>If the limited entry permit had a change in vessel registration so that it is no longer registered to the vessel (for the purposes of this section, this includes permits placed into “unidentified” status), the vessel may be exempted from VMS requirements providing the vessel is not used to fish in state or Federal waters seaward of the baseline from which the territorial sea is measured off the States of Washington, Oregon or California (0-200 nm offshore) for the remainder of the fishing year. If the vessel is used to fish in this area for any species of fish at any time during the remaining portion of the fishing year without being registered to a limited entry permit, the vessel is required to have and use VMS.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Valid exemption reports.</E>For an exemption report to be valid, it must be received by NMFS at least 2 hours and not more than 24 hours before the exempted activities defined at paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (iv) of this section occur. An exemption report is valid until NMFS receives a report canceling the exemption. An exemption cancellation must be received at least 2 hours before the vessel re-enters the EEZ following an outside areas exemption; at least 2 hours before the vessel is placed back in the water following a haul out exemption; at least 2 hours before the vessel resumes fishing for any species of fish in state or Federal waters off the States of Washington, Oregon, or California after it has received a permit exemption; or at least 2 hours before a vessel resumes fishing in the open access fishery after a long-term departure exemption. If a vessel is required to submit an activation report under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section before returning to fish, that report may substitute for the exemption cancellation. Initial contact must be made with NMFS OLE not more than 24 hours after the time that an emergency situation occurred in which VMS transmissions were disrupted and followed by a written emergency exemption request within 72 hours from when the incident occurred. If the emergency situation upon which an emergency exemption is based is resolved before the exemption expires, an exemption cancellation must be received by NMFS at least 2 hours before the vessel resumes fishing.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>6. In § 660.15, revise paragraphs (b)(3), and (d)(1) through (3) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Equipment requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Daily testing.</E>The vessel operator must ensure that the vessel crew test each required scale daily and ensure that each scale meets the maximum permissible error (MPE) requirements<PRTPAGE P="74734"/>described at paragraph (b)(4) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Hardware and software requirements.</E>A personal computer system with the following minimum requirements:</P>
            <P>(i) Processor: 500-megahertz (MHz) or higher processor;</P>
            <P>(ii) Random Access Memory (RAM): 256 megabytes (MB) or higher;</P>
            <P>(iii) Hard disk space:</P>
            <P>(A) If already have MS Access 2007 or 2010, 200 MB available disk size.</P>
            <P>(B) If loading the MS Access 2007 runtime, then 700 MB available disk size.</P>
            <P>(iv) Monitor: 1024 × 768 or higher display resolution;</P>
            <P>(v) Operating system: Microsoft Windows XP with Service Pack (SP) 2, Windows Server 2003 with SP1, or later operating system such as Windows Vista or Windows 2007;</P>
            <P>(vi) Software: Microsoft Access 2007 or Microsoft Access 2010, or a runtime version provided by the Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">NMFS-approved software standards and internet access.</E>The IFQ first receiver is responsible for obtaining, installing, and updating electronic fish tickets software either provided by Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission, or compatible with the data export specifications specified by Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission and for maintaining internet access sufficient to transmit data files. Requests for data export specifications can be submitted to: Attn: Electronic Fish Ticket Monitoring, National Marine Fisheries Service, Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries Division, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Maintenance.</E>The IFQ first receiver is responsible for ensuring that all hardware and software required under this subsection are fully operational and functional whenever they receive, purchase, or take custody, control, or possession of an IFQ landing. “Functional” means that the software requirements and minimum hardware requirements described at paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section are met and data transmissions to Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission can be executed effectively by the equipment.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>7. In § 660.17, revise the section heading and paragraph (a), and remove paragraph (e)(14), to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Catch monitors and catch monitor service providers.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Catch monitor program training and certification.</E>Catch monitor certification authorizes an individual to fulfill duties as specified by NMFS while under the employ of a certified catch monitor provider.</P>
            <P>(1) A training certification signifies the successful completion of the training course required to obtain catch monitor certification. This endorsement expires when the catch monitor has not been deployed and performed sampling duties as required by the catch monitor program office for a period of time, specified by the catch monitor program, after his or her most recent debriefing. The catch monitor can renew the certification by successfully completing training once more.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Catch monitor program annual briefing.</E>Each catch monitor must attend an annual briefing prior to his or her first deployment within any calendar year subsequent to a year in which a training certification is obtained. To maintain certification, a catch monitor must successfully complete the annual briefing, as specified by the catch monitor program. All briefing attendance, performance, and conduct standards required by the catch monitor program must be met.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Maintaining the validity of a catch monitor certification.</E>After initial issuance, a catch monitor must keep their certification valid by meeting all of the following requirements specified below:</P>
            <P>(i) Successfully perform their assigned duties as described in the Catch Monitor Manual or other written instructions from the catch monitor program.</P>
            <P>(ii) Accurately record their data, write complete reports, and report accurately any observations of suspected violations of regulations relevant to conservation of marine resources or their environment.</P>
            <P>(iii) Not disclose collected data and observations made on board the vessel or in the first receiver facility to any person except the owner or operator of the observed vessel, first receiver management or an authorized officer or NMFS.</P>
            <P>(iv) Successfully complete NMFS-approved annual briefings as prescribed by the catch monitor program.</P>
            <P>(v) Successful completion of a briefing by a catch monitor consists of meeting all attendance and conduct standards issued in writing at the start of training; meeting all performance standards issued in writing at the start of training for assignments, tests, and other evaluation tools; and completing all other briefing requirements established by the catch monitor program.</P>
            <P>(vi) Successfully meet all expectations in all debriefings including reporting for assigned debriefings.</P>
            <P>(vii) Submit all data and information required by the catch monitor program within the program's stated guidelines.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>8. In § 660.18, revise paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) and (d)(1) through (3) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification and decertification procedures for catch monitors and catch monitor providers.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) Any ownership, mortgage holder, or other secured interest in a vessel, first receiver, shorebased or floating stationary processor facility involved in the catching, taking, harvesting or processing of fish,</P>
            <P>(ii) Any business involved with selling supplies or services to any vessel, first receiver, shorebased or floating stationary processing facility; or</P>
            <P>(iii) Any business involved with purchasing raw or processed products from any vessel, first receiver, shorebased or floating stationary processing facilities.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) Any ownership, mortgage holder, or other secured interest in a vessel, first receiver, shorebased or floating stationary processor facility involved in the catching, taking, harvesting or processing of fish,</P>
            <P>(2) Any business involved with selling supplies or services to any vessel, first receiver, shorebased or floating stationary processing facility; or</P>
            <P>(3) Any business involved with purchasing raw or processed products from any vessel, first receiver, shorebased or floating stationary processing facilities.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>9. In § 660.25,</AMDPAR>
          <P>a. Remove paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(D);</P>

          <P>b. Revise paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (v), (b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(iv)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) and (<E T="03">2</E>), (b)(3)(iv)(C)(<E T="03">4</E>) and (<E T="03">5</E>), (b)(3)(v), (b)(3)(vii), (b)(4)(ii)(B), (b)(4)(iv)(A) and (C), (b)(4)(v)(C) and (D), (b)(4)(vi)(B), (b)(4)(vii) introductory text, (b)(4)(vii)(F), (b)(4)(viii), (b)(4)(ix) and (f);</P>
          <AMDPAR>c. Add paragraphs (b)(4)(iv)(D) and (b)(6) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Permits.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *<PRTPAGE P="74735"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Registration.</E>Limited entry permits will normally be registered for use with a particular vessel at the time the permit is issued, renewed, or replaced. If the permit will be used with a vessel other than the one registered on the permit, the permit owner must register that permit for use with the new vessel through the SFD. The reissued permit must be placed on board the new vessel in order for the vessel to be used to fish in the limited entry fishery.</P>
            <P>(A) For all limited entry permits, including MS permits, MS/CV-endorsed permits, and C/P-endorsed permits when they are not fishing in the at-sea whiting fisheries, registration of a limited entry permit to be used with a new vessel will take effect no earlier than the first day of the next major limited entry cumulative limit period following the date SFD receives the change in vessel registration form and the original permit.</P>
            <P>(B) For MS permits, MS/CV-endorsed permits, and C/P-endorsed permits when they are fishing in the at-sea whiting fisheries, registration of a limited entry permit to be used with a new vessel will take effect on the date NMFS approves and issues the permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Initial administrative determination.</E>SFD will make a determination regarding permit endorsements, renewal, replacement, change in permit ownership and change in vessel registration. SFD will notify the permit owner in writing with an explanation of any determination to deny a permit endorsement, renewal, replacement, change in permit ownership or change in vessel registration. The SFD will decline to act on an application for permit endorsement, renewal, replacement, or change in registration of a limited entry permit if the permit is subject to sanction provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act at 16 U.S.C. 1858 (a) and implementing regulations at 15 CFR part 904, subpart D, apply.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">“A” endorsement.</E>A limited entry permit with an “A” endorsement entitles the vessel registered to the permit to fish in the limited entry fishery for all groundfish species with the type(s) of limited entry gear specified in the endorsement, except for sablefish harvested north of 36° N. lat. during times and with gears for which a sablefish endorsement is required. See paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section for provisions on sablefish endorsement requirements. An “A” endorsement is affixed to the limited entry permit. The limited entry permit with an “A” endorsement may be registered to another person (i.e., change in permit ownership), or to a different vessel (i.e., change in vessel registration) under paragraph (b)(4) of this section. An “A” endorsement expires on failure to renew the limited entry permit to which it is affixed. An MS permit is not considered a limited entry “A”-endorsed permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(iv) * * *</P>
            <P>(A) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A sablefish endorsement with a tier assignment will be affixed to the permit and will remain valid when the permit is registered to another permit owner (i.e., change in permit ownership) or to another vessel (i.e., change in vessel registration).</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A sablefish endorsement and its associated tier assignment are not separable from the limited entry permit, and therefore, may not be registered to another permit owner (i.e., change in permit ownership) or to another vessel (i.e., change in vessel registration) separately from the limited entry permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(C) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Any partnership or corporation with any ownership interest in or that holds a limited entry permit with a sablefish endorsement shall document the extent of that ownership interest or the individuals that hold the permit with the SFD via the Identification of Ownership Interest Form sent to the permit owner through the annual permit renewal process and whenever a change in permit owner, permit holder, and/or vessel registration occurs as described at paragraph (b)(4)(iv) and (v) of this section. SFD will not renew a sablefish-endorsed limited entry permit through the annual renewal process described at paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section, or approve a change in permit owner, permit holder, and/or vessel registration unless the Identification of Ownership Interest Form has been completed. Further, if SFD discovers through review of the Identification of Ownership Interest Form that an individual person, partnership, or corporation owns or holds more than 3 permits and is not authorized to do so under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section, the individual person, partnership or corporation will be notified and the permits owned or held by that individual person, partnership, or corporation will be void and reissued with the vessel status as “unidentified” until the permit owner owns and/or holds a quantity of permits appropriate to the restrictions and requirements described in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section. If SFD discovers through review of the Identification of Ownership Interest Form that a partnership or corporation has had a change in membership since November 1, 2000, as described in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C)(<E T="03">3</E>) of this section, the partnership or corporation will be notified, SFD will void any existing permits, and reissue any permits owned and/or held by that partnership or corporation in “unidentified” status with respect to vessel registration until the partnership or corporation is able to register ownership of those permits to persons authorized under this section to own sablefish-endorsed limited entry permits.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) A person, partnership, or corporation that is exempt from the owner-on-board requirement may sell all of their permits, buy another sablefish-endorsed permit within one year of the date of approval of the last change in permit ownership, and retain their exemption from the owner-on-board requirements. An individual person, partnership or corporation could only obtain a permit if it has not added or changed individuals since November 1, 2000, excluding individuals that have left the partnership or corporation or that have died.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">MS/CV endorsement.</E>An MS/CV endorsement on a trawl limited entry permit conveys a conditional privilege that allows a vessel registered to it to fish in either the coop or non-coop fishery in the MS Coop Program described at § 660.150. The provisions for the MS/CV-endorsed limited entry permit, including eligibility, renewal, change of permit ownership, vessel registration, combinations, accumulation limits, fees, and appeals are described at § 660.150. Each MS/CV endorsement has an associated catch history assignment (CHA) that is permanently linked as originally issued by NMFS and which cannot be divided or registered separately to another limited entry trawl permit. Regulations detailing this process and MS/CV-endorsed permit combinations are outlined in § 660.150(g)(2).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Endorsement and exemption restrictions.</E>“A” endorsements, gear endorsements, sablefish endorsements and sablefish tier assignments, MS/CV endorsements, and C/P endorsements may not be registered to another permit owner (i.e., change in permit ownership) or to another vessel (i.e.,<PRTPAGE P="74736"/>change in vessel registration) separately from the limited entry permit. At-sea processing exemptions, specified at paragraph (b)(6) of this section, are associated with the vessel and not with the limited entry permit and may not be registered to another permit owner or to another vessel without losing the exemption.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">MS/CV-endorsed permit.</E>When an MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined with another MS/CV-endorsed permit or with another limited entry trawl permit with no MS/CV or C/P endorsement, the resulting permit will be MS/CV-endorsed with the associated CHA as specified at § 660.150(g)(2)(iv) and (v). If an MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined with a C/P-endorsed permit, the MS/CV endorsement and CHA will not be reissued on the combined permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(iv) * * *</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">General.</E>The permit owner may convey the limited entry permit to a different person. The new permit owner will not be authorized to use the permit until the change in permit ownership has been registered with and approved by the SFD. The SFD will not approve a change in permit ownership for a limited entry permit with a sablefish endorsement that does not meet the ownership requirements for such permit described at paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C) of this section. The SFD will not approve a change in permit ownership for a limited entry permit with an MS/CV endorsement or an MS permit that does not meet the ownership requirements for such permit described at § 660.150(g)(3), and § 660.150(f)(3), respectively. Change in permit owner and/or permit holder applications must be submitted to SFD with the appropriate documentation described at paragraph (b)(4)(vii) of this section. NMFS considers the following as a change in permit ownership that would require registering with and approval by SFD, including but not limited to: Selling the permit to another individual or entity; adding an individual or entity to the legal name on the permit; or removing an individual or entity from the legal name on the permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Sablefish-endorsed permits.</E>If a permit owner submits an application to register a sablefish-endorsed limited entry permit to a new permit owner or holder during the primary sablefish season described at § 660.231 (generally April 1 through October 31), the initial permit owner must certify on the application form the cumulative quantity, in round weight, of primary season sablefish landed against that permit as of the application signature date for the then current primary season. The new permit owner or holder must sign the application form acknowledging the amount of landings to date given by the initial permit owner. This certified amount should match the total amount of primary season sablefish landings reported on state landing receipts. As required at § 660.12(b), any person landing sablefish must retain on board the vessel from which sablefish is landed, and provide to an authorized officer upon request, copies of any and all reports of sablefish landings from the primary season containing all data, and in the exact manner, required by the applicable state law throughout the primary sablefish season during which a landing occurred and for 15 days thereafter.</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">Change in MS/CV endorsement registration.</E>The requirements for a change in MS/CV endorsement registration between limited entry trawl permits are specified at § 660.150(g)(2)(iv).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v) * * *</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Effective date.</E>Changes in vessel registration on permits will take effect no sooner than the first day of the next major limited entry cumulative limit period following the date that SFD receives the signed permit change in vessel registration form and the original limited entry permit, except that changes in vessel registration on MS permits and C/P-endorsed permits will take effect immediately upon reissuance to the new vessel, and a change in vessel registration on MS/CV-endorsed permits will take effect immediately upon reissuance to the new vessel only on the second change in vessel registration for the year. No change in vessel registration is effective until the limited entry permit has been reissued as registered with the new vessel.</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">Sablefish-endorsed permits.</E>If a permit owner submits an application to register a sablefish-endorsed limited entry permit to a new vessel during the primary sablefish season described at § 660.231 (generally April 1 through October 31), the initial permit owner must certify on the application form the cumulative quantity, in round weight, of primary season sablefish landed against that permit as of the application signature date for the then current primary season. The new permit owner or holder associated with the new vessel must sign the application form acknowledging the amount of landings to date given by the initial permit owner. This certified amount should match the total amount of primary season sablefish landings reported on state landing receipts. As required at § 660.12(b), any person landing sablefish must retain on board the vessel from which sablefish is landed, and provide to an authorized officer upon request, copies of any and all reports of sablefish landings from the primary season containing all data, and in the exact manner, required by the applicable state law throughout the primary sablefish season during which a landing occurred and for 15 days thereafter.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(vi) * * *</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Limited entry fixed gear and trawl-endorsed permits (without MS/CV or C/P endorsements).</E>Limited entry fixed gear and trawl-endorsed permits (without MS/CV or C/P endorsements) permits may not be registered for use with a different vessel more than once per calendar year, except in cases of death of a permit holder or if the permitted vessel is totally lost as defined in § 660.11. The exception for death of a permit holder applies for a permit held by a partnership or a corporation if the person or persons holding at least 50 percent of the ownership interest in the entity dies.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Application and supplemental documentation.</E>Permit owners may request a change in vessel registration and/or change in permit ownership by submitting a complete application form. In addition, a permit owner applying for renewal, replacement, or change in permit ownership or change in vessel registration of a limited entry permit has the burden to submit evidence to prove that qualification requirements are met. The following evidentiary standards apply:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(F) For a request to change a permit's ownership that is necessitated by the death of the permit owner(s), the individual(s) requesting conveyance of the permit to a new owner must provide SFD with a death certificate of the permit owner(s) and appropriate legal documentation that either: Specifically registers the permit to a designated individual(s); or, provides legal authority to the transferor to convey the permit ownership or to request a change in vessel registration.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(viii)<E T="03">Application forms available.</E>Application forms for a change in vessel registration and a change in permit<PRTPAGE P="74737"/>ownership of limited entry permits are available from the SFD at: NMFS Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries Division, ATTN: Applications, 7600 Sand Point Way, NE., Seattle, WA 98115; or<E T="03">http://www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm.</E>Contents of the application, and required supporting documentation, are specified in the application form.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ix)<E T="03">Records maintenance.</E>The SFD will maintain records of all limited entry permits that have been issued, renewed, registered, or replaced.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">At-sea processing exemptions</E>—</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Sablefish at-sea processing exemption.</E>As specified at § 660.112(b)(1)(xii) and at 660.212(d)(3), vessels are prohibited from processing sablefish at sea that were caught in the primary sablefish fishery without a sablefish at-sea processing exemption. The sablefish at-sea processing exemption has been issued to a particular vessel and that permit and vessel owner who requested the exemption. The exemption is not part of the limited entry permit. The exemption cannot be registered with any other vessel, vessel owner, or permit owner for any reason. The sablefish at-sea processing exemption will expire upon registration of the vessel to a new owner or if the vessel is totally lost, as defined at § 660.11.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Non-whiting at-sea processing exemption.</E>As specified at § 660.112(b)(1)(xii), vessels are prohibited from processing non-whiting groundfish at sea that were caught in the Shorebased IFQ Program without a non-whiting at-sea processing exemption. A permit and/or vessel owner may get an exemption to this prohibition by applying for the exemption as provided in paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(B) of this section and if his/her vessel meets the exemption qualifying criteria provided in paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(A) of this section. The non-whiting at-sea processing exemption is issued to a particular vessel and that permit and/or vessel owner who requested the exemption. The exemption is not part of the limited entry permit. The exemption is not transferable to any other vessel, vessel owner, or permit owner for any reason. The non-whiting at-sea processing exemption will expire upon registration of the vessel to a new owner or if the vessel is totally lost, as defined at § 660.11.</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Qualifying criteria.</E>A non-whiting at-sea processing exemption will be issued to any vessel registered for use with a limited entry trawl permit that meets the non-whiting at-sea processing exemption qualifying criteria and for which the vessel owner submits a timely and complete application. The qualifying criteria for a non-whiting at-sea processing exemption are that the vessel must have been registered to a limited entry trawl permit, the vessel must have legally processed non-whiting groundfish at sea prior to August 31, 2010, and that the vessel landed that processed catch at a shorebased processor or buyer. The best evidence of a vessel having met these qualifying criteria will be receipts of processed product from shorebased processors, buyers, or exporters, accompanied by the state fish tickets or landings receipts appropriate to the processed product. Documentation showing investment in freezer equipment without also showing evidence of landing processed product is not sufficient evidence to qualify a vessel for a non-whiting at-sea processing exemption. All landings of processed non-whiting groundfish must have been harvested in waters managed under this part. Non-whiting groundfish taken in tribal fisheries or taken outside of the fishery management area, as defined at § 660.10, does not meet the qualifying criteria.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Application and issuance process for non-whiting at-sea processing exemptions.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The SFD will mail non-whiting at-sea processing exemption applications to all current trawl permit holders and will make the application available online at<E T="03">http://www.nwr.noaa.gov/Groundfish-Halibut/Groundfish-Permits/index.cfm.</E>Permit holders will have until February 15, 2012 to submit applications. A permit holder who believes that their vessel may qualify for the non-whiting at-sea processing exemption must submit evidence with their application showing how their vessel has met the qualifying criteria described at paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(A) of this section. Paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(C) of this section sets out the relevant evidentiary standards and burden of proof. Applications must be postmarked or hand-delivered no later than close of business February 15, 2012, to NMFS at: NMFS Northwest Region, Sustainable Fisheries Division, ATTN: Fisheries Permit Office—Processing Exemption, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) After receipt of a complete application, the SFD will notify applicants by letter of initial administrative determination (IAD) whether their vessel qualifies for the non-whiting at-sea processing exemption. A person who has been notified by the SFD that their vessel qualifies for a non-whiting at-sea processing exemption will be issued an exemption letter by SFD that must be onboard the vessel at all times.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) If an applicant chooses to file an appeal of the IAD letter under paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section, the applicant must follow the appeals process outlined at paragraph (g) of this section and, for the timing of the appeals, at paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Evidence and burden of proof.</E>A permit and/or vessel owner applying for issuance of a non-whiting at-sea processing exemption has the burden to submit evidence to prove that qualification requirements are met. The following evidentiary standards apply:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) A copy of the current vessel documentation or registration (USCG or state) is the best evidence of vessel ownership.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) A copy of a state fish receiving ticket is the best evidence of a landing and of the type of gear used.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) A copy of a state fish receiving ticket, dock receiving ticket, landing receipt, or other written receipt indicating the name of their buyer, the date, and a description of the product form and the name and amount of non-whiting groundfish landed is the best evidence of the commercial transfer of processed product (including glazing).</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) A copy of a sales receipt is the best evidence of the purchase of freezing equipment.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Such other relevant, credible evidence as the applicant may submit, or the SFD or the Regional Administrator request or acquire, may also be considered.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Permit fees.</E>The Regional Administrator is authorized to charge fees to cover administrative expenses related to issuance of permits including initial issuance, renewal, permit registration, vessel registration, replacement, and appeals. The appropriate fee must accompany each application.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>10. In § 660.55, revise paragraphs (a), (e)(2) introductory text, and (m) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Allocations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>An allocation is the apportionment of a harvest privilege for a specific purpose, to a particular person, group of persons, or fishery sector. The opportunity to harvest Pacific Coast groundfish is allocated among participants in the fishery when<PRTPAGE P="74738"/>the ACLs for a given year are established in the biennial harvest specifications. For any stock that has been declared overfished, any formal allocation may be temporarily revised for the duration of the rebuilding period. For certain species, primarily trawl-dominant species, beginning with the 2011-2012 biennial specifications process, separate allocations for the trawl and nontrawl fishery (which for this purpose includes limited entry fixed gear, directed open access, and recreational fisheries) will be established biennially or annually using the standards and procedures described in Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP. Chapter 6 of the PCGFMP provides the allocation structure and percentages for species allocated between the trawl and nontrawl fisheries. Also, for those species not subject to the trawl and nontrawl allocations specified under Amendment 21 and in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, separate allocations for the limited entry and open access fisheries may be established using the procedures described in Chapters 6 and 11 of the PCGFMP and this subpart. Allocation of sablefish north of 36° N. lat. is described in paragraph (h) of this section and in the PCGFMP. Allocation of Pacific whiting is described in paragraph (i) of this section and in the PCGFMP. Allocation of black rockfish is described in paragraph (l) of this section. Allocation of Pacific halibut bycatch is described in paragraph (m) of this section. Allocations not specified in the PCGFMP are established in regulation through the biennial harvest specifications and are listed in Tables 1 a through d and Tables 2 a through d of this subpart.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Species with LE/OA allocations.</E>For species with LE/OA allocations that are not subject to Amendment 21 allocations, the allocation between the limited entry (both trawl and fixed gear) and the open access fisheries is determined by applying the percentage for those species with a LE/OA allocation to the commercial harvest guideline plus the amount set-aside for the non-groundfish fisheries.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(m)<E T="03">Pacific halibut bycatch allocation.</E>The Pacific halibut fishery off Washington, Oregon and California (Area 2A in the halibut regulations) is managed under regulations at 50 CFR part 300, subpart E. The PCGFMP sets the trawl bycatch mortality limit at 15 percent of the Area 2A total constant exploitation yield (TCEY) for legal size halibut (net weight), not to exceed 130,000 pounds annually for legal size halibut (net weight) for 2012 through 2014 and, beginning in 2015, not to exceed 100,000 pounds annually for legal size halibut (net weight). The TCEY used for these calculations will be the best estimate of the TCEY available from the International Pacific Halibut Commission at the time of the calculation. For the purpose of this paragraph, the term “legal sized” halibut refers to halibut with a total length of 32 inches and above, or O32, and the term “sublegal sized” halibut refers to halibut under 32 inches in total length, or U32. To determine the trawl bycatch mortality limit, the pounds of halibut available to the trawl fleet will be expanded from the legal sized halibut mortality (net weight) to a round weight legal and sublegal sized amount. To convert from net weight to round weight, multiply by the conversion factor used by the International Pacific Halibut Commission at the time of calculation for net weight to round weight. To convert from legal sized halibut to legal and sublegal sized halibut, multiply by the conversion factor from the NMFS trawl fishery bycatch report as reported to the International Pacific Halibut Commission at the time of calculation for legal sized to legal and sublegal sized halibut. The bycatch allocation percent can be adjusted downward or upward through the biennial specifications and management measures process but the upper bound on the maximum pounds of allocation can only be changed though an FMP amendment. Part of the overall total mortality limit is a set-aside of 10 mt of Pacific halibut (legal and sublegal, round weight), to accommodate bycatch in the at-sea Pacific whiting fishery and in the shorebased trawl fishery south of 40°10′ N. lat. (estimated to be approximately 5 mt each). This set-aside can be adjusted through the biennial specifications and management measures process.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>11. In § 660.60,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Add paragraph (c)(1)(iv),</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Revise headings to paragraphs (h)(5), (h)(5)(i), and (h)(5)(ii); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Revise paragraph (h)(7), to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Specifications and management measures.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">List of IFQ species documented on observer form.</E>As specified at §§ 660.112(b)(1)(xiii) and 660.140(h)(1)(i), observer or catch monitor coverage while in port depends on documentation of specified retained IFQ species while the vessel is at sea by the observer program on a form. The list of IFQ species documented on the observer program form may be modified on a biennial or more frequent basis.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(h) * * *</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Size limits, length measurement, and weight conversions.</E>* * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Length measurement.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Weight conversions and size limits.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Crossover provisions.</E>Crossover provisions apply to two activities: Fishing on different sides of a management line, or fishing in both the limited entry and open access fisheries. NMFS uses different types of management areas for West Coast groundfish management, such as the<E T="03">north-south management areas</E>as defined in § 660.11. Within a management area, a large ocean area with northern and southern boundary lines, trip limits, seasons, and conservation areas follow a single theme. Within each management area, there may be one or more conservation areas, defined at § 660.11 and §§ 660.70 through 660.74. The provisions within this paragraph apply to vessels fishing in different management areas. Crossover provisions also apply to vessels that fish in both the limited entry and open access fisheries, or that use open access non-trawl gear while registered to limited entry fixed gear permits. Fishery specific crossover provisions can be found in subparts D through F of this part.</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Fishing in management areas with different trip limits.</E>Trip limits for a species or a species group may differ in different management areas along the coast. The following crossover provisions apply to vessels fishing in different geographical areas that have different cumulative or “per trip” trip limits for the same species or species group, with the following exceptions. Such crossover provisions do not apply to: IFQ species defined at § 660.140(c), for vessels that are declared into the Shorebased IFQ Program (see § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), for valid Shorebased IFQ Program declarations), species that are subject only to daily trip limits, or to the trip limits for black rockfish off Washington, as described at § 660.230(e) and § 660.330(e).</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Going from a more restrictive to a more liberal area.</E>If a vessel takes and retains any groundfish species or species group of groundfish in an area where a more restrictive trip limit applies before fishing in an area where<PRTPAGE P="74739"/>a more liberal trip limit (or no trip limit) applies, then that vessel is subject to the more restrictive trip limit for the entire period to which that trip limit applies, no matter where the fish are taken and retained, possessed, or landed.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Going from a more liberal to a more restrictive area.</E>If a vessel takes and retains a groundfish species or species group in an area where a higher trip limit or no trip limit applies, and takes and retains, possesses or lands the same species or species group in an area where a more restrictive trip limit applies, that vessel is subject to the more restrictive trip limit for the entire period to which that trip limit applies, no matter where the fish are taken and retained, possessed, or landed.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Fishing in two different areas where a species or species group is managed with different types of trip limits.</E>During the fishing year, NMFS may implement management measures for a species or species group that set different types of trip limits (for example, per trip limits versus cumulative trip limits) for different areas. If a vessel fishes for a species or species group that is managed with different types of trip limits in two different areas within the same cumulative limit period, then that vessel is subject to the most restrictive overall cumulative limit for that species, regardless of where fishing occurs.</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">Minor rockfish.</E>Several rockfish species are designated with species-specific limits on one side of the 40°10′ N. lat. management line, and are included as part of a minor rockfish complex on the other side of the line. A vessel that takes and retains fish from a minor rockfish complex (nearshore, shelf, or slope) on both sides of a management line during a single cumulative limit period is subject to the more restrictive cumulative limit for that minor rockfish complex during that period.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) If a vessel takes and retains minor slope rockfish north of 40°10′ N. lat., that vessel is also permitted to take and retain, possess or land splitnose rockfish up to its cumulative limit south of 40°10′ N. lat., even if splitnose rockfish were a part of the landings from minor slope rockfish taken and retained north of 40°10′ N. lat.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If a vessel takes and retains minor slope rockfish south of 40°10′ N. lat., that vessel is also permitted to take and retain, possess or land POP up to its cumulative limit north of 40°10′ N. lat., even if POP were a part of the landings from minor slope rockfish taken and retained south of 40°10′ N. lat.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Fishing in both limited entry and open access fisheries</E>—</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Fishing in limited entry and open access fisheries with different trip limits.</E>Open access trip limits apply to any fishing conducted with open access gear, even if the vessel has a valid limited entry permit with an endorsement for another type of gear, except such provisions do not apply to IFQ species defined at § 660.140(c), for vessels that are declared into the Shorebased IFQ Program (see § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A) for valid Shorebased IFQ Program declarations). A vessel that fishes in both the open access and limited entry fisheries is not entitled to two separate trip limits for the same species. If a vessel has a limited entry permit registered to it at any time during the trip limit period and uses open access gear, but the open access limit is smaller than the limited entry limit, the open access limit may not be exceeded and counts toward the limited entry limit. If a vessel has a limited entry permit registered to it at any time during the trip limit period and uses open access gear, but the open access limit is larger than the limited entry limit, the smaller limited entry limit applies, even if taken entirely with open access gear.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Limited entry permit restrictions for vessels fishing in the open access fishery</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>)<E T="03">Vessel registered to a limited entry trawl permit.</E>To participate in the open access fishery, described at part 660, subpart F, with open access gear, defined at § 660.11, a vessel registered to a limit entry trawl permit must make the appropriate fishery declaration, as specified at § 660.14(d)(5)(iv)(A). In addition, a vessel registered to a limit entry trawl permit must remove the permit from their vessel, as specified at § 660.25(b)(4)(v), unless the vessel will be fishing in the open access fishery under one of the following declarations specified at § 660.13(d):</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) Non-groundfish trawl gear for pink shrimp,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) Non-groundfish trawl gear for ridgeback prawn,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) Non-groundfish trawl gear for California halibut,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) Non-groundfish trawl gear for sea cucumber,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) Open access Dungeness crab pot/trap gear,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">vi</E>) Open access HMS line gear,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">vii</E>) Open access salmon troll gear,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">viii</E>) Open access Coastal Pelagic Species net gear.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>)<E T="03">Vessel registered to a limited entry fixed gear permit.</E>To participate with open access gear, defined at § 660.11, subpart C, a vessel registered to a limit entry fixed gear permit must make the appropriate open access declaration, as specified at § 660.14(d)(5)(iv)(A).</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>12. In § 660.111, revise the definition for “Catch history assignment” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.111</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trawl fishery—definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Catch history assignment or CHA</E>means a percentage of the mothership sector allocation of Pacific whiting based on a limited entry permit's qualifying history and which is specified on the MS/CV-endorsed limited entry permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>13. In § 660.112,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (b)(1)(iv) and (b)(1)(xii)(B); and add paragraph (b)(1)(xii)(C);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Revise paragraph (b)(1)(xiii);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>c. Revise paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.112</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trawl fishery—prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv) Register the limited entry trawl endorsed permit to another vessel or sell the limited entry trawl endorsed permit to another owner if the vessel registered to the permit has a deficit (negative balance) in their vessel account, until the deficit is covered, regardless of the amount of the deficit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(xii) * * *</P>
            <P>(B) A vessel that has a sablefish at-sea processing exemption, described at § 660.25(b)(6)(i) may process sablefish at-sea.</P>
            <P>(C) A vessel that has a non-whiting at-sea processing exemption, described at § 660.25(b)(6)(ii) may process non-whiting groundfish at sea.</P>
            <STARS/>

            <P>(xiii) Retain any IFQ species/species group onboard a vessel unless the vessel has observer coverage during the entire trip and observer or catch monitor coverage while in port until all IFQ species from the trip are offloaded, except for the following IFQ species: Bocaccio, yelloweye rockfish, canary rockfish, and cowcod. If the observer makes available to the catch monitor an observer program form reporting the weight and number of each of the IFQ species that were retained onboard the vessel during that trip and noting any discrepancy in those species between the vessel operator and observer, the vessel would not need to maintain observer or catch monitor coverage on the vessel while in port and until the offload is complete. A vessel may deliver IFQ species/species groups to<PRTPAGE P="74740"/>more than one IFQ first receiver, but must maintain observer coverage onboard the vessel during any transit between delivery points. Once transfer of fish begins, all fish aboard the vessel are counted as part of the same landing as defined at § 660.11. Modifying the list of IFQ species to which this exception applies has been designated as a “routine management measure” and may be modified through an inseason action, as specified at § 660.60(c)(1)(iv).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) Receive, purchase, or take custody, control, or possession of an IFQ landing from a vessel that harvested the catch while fishing under the Shorebased IFQ Program without a valid first receiver site license.</P>
            <P>(ii) Fail to sort fish received from a IFQ landing prior to first weighing after offloading as specified at § 660.130(d)(2) for the Shorebased IFQ Program, with the following exception. Vessels declared in to the Shorebased IFQ Program at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), may weigh catch on a bulk scale or automatic hopper scale before sorting as described at § 660.140(j)(2)(viii), for Pacific whiting taken with midwater trawl gear, and at § 660.140(j)(2)(ix)(A), for all other IFQ landings. For this exception, all but the predominant species must then be reweighed.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>14. In § 660.113, revise paragraphs (a)(2) and (b)(4)(i) and (ii) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.113</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trawl fishery—recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Retention of records.</E>All records used in the preparation of records or reports specified in this section or corrections to these reports must be maintained for a period of not less than three years after the date of landing and must be immediately available upon request for inspection by NMFS or authorized officers or others as specifically authorized by NMFS. Records used in the preparation of required reports specified in this section or corrections to these reports that are required to be kept include, but are not limited to, any written, recorded, graphic, electronic, or digital materials as well as other information stored in or accessible through a computer or other information retrieval system; worksheets; weight slips; preliminary, interim, and final tally sheets; receipts; checks; ledgers; notebooks; diaries; spreadsheets; diagrams; graphs; charts; tapes; disks; or computer printouts. All relevant records used in the preparation of electronic fish ticket reports or corrections to these reports, including dock tickets, must be maintained for a period of not less than three years after the date and must be immediately available upon request for inspection by NMFS or authorized officers or others as specifically authorized by NMFS.</P>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Required information.</E>All IFQ first receivers must provide the following types of information: Date of landing, vessel that made the delivery, vessel account number, name of the vessel operator, gear type used, catch area, first receiver, actual weights of species landed listed by species or species group including species with no value, condition landed, number of salmon by species, number of Pacific halibut, ex-vessel value of the landing by species, fish caught inside/outside 3 miles or both, and any other information deemed necessary by the Regional Administrator as specified on the appropriate electronic fish ticket form.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Submissions.</E>The IFQ first receiver must:</P>
            <P>(A) Include as part of each electronic fish ticket submission, the actual scale weight for each groundfish species as specified by requirements at § 660.15(c), and the vessel identification number.</P>
            <P>(B) Use for the purpose of submitting electronic fish tickets, and maintain in good working order, computer equipment as specified at § 660.15(d);</P>
            <P>(C) Install, use, and update as necessary, any NMFS-approved software described at § 660.15(d);</P>
            <P>(D) Submit a completed electronic fish ticket for every IFQ landing no later than 24 hours after the date the fish are received, unless a waiver of this requirement has been granted under provisions specified at paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of this section.</P>
            <P>(E) Follow these process and submittal requirements for offloading at a first receiver site where the fish will be processed at the offload site or if an electronic fish ticket will be recorded prior to transport:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The IFQ first receiver must communicate the electronic fish ticket number to the catch monitor.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) After completing the offload, the electronic fish ticket information must be recorded immediately.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Prior to submittal of the electronic fish ticket, the information recorded for the electronic fish ticket must be reviewed by the catch monitor and the vessel operator who delivered the fish.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) After review, the IFQ first receiver and the vessel operator must sign a printed hard copy of the electronic fish ticket or, if the delivery occurs outside of business hours, the original dock ticket.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Prior to submittal, three copies of the signed electronic fish ticket must be produced by the IFQ first receiver and a copy provided to each of the following:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The vessel operator,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The state of origin if required by state regulations, and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The IFQ first receiver.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) After review and signature, the electronic fish ticket must be submitted within 24 hours of the completion of the offload, as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(D) of this section.</P>
            <P>(F) Follow these process and submittal requirements for offloading at a first receiver site where the fish will be transported for processing at a different location if an electronic fish ticket is not recorded prior to transport:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The IFQ first receiver must communicate the electronic fish ticket number to the catch monitor at the beginning of the offload.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The vessel name and the electronic fish ticket number must be recorded on each dock ticket related to that delivery.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Upon completion of the dock ticket, but prior to transfer of the offload to another location, the dock ticket information that will be used to complete the electronic fish ticket must be reviewed by the catch monitor and the vessel operator who delivered the fish.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) After review, the IFQ first receiver and the vessel operator must sign the original copy of each dock ticket related to that delivery.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Prior to submittal of the electronic fish ticket, three copies of the signed dock ticket must be produced by the IFQ first receiver and a copy provided to each of the following:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The vessel operator,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The state of origin if required by state regulations, and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The IFQ first receiver.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Based on the information contained in the signed dock ticket, the electronic fish ticket must be completed and submitted within 24 hours of the completion of the offload, as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(D) of this section.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">7</E>) Three copies of the electronic fish ticket must be produced by the IFQ first receiver and a copy provided to each of the following:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The vessel operator,</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The state of origin if required by state regulations, and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The IFQ first receiver.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>15. Revise § 660.120 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="74741"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.120</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trawl fishery—crossover provisions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The crossover provisions listed at § 660.60(h)(7), apply to vessels fishing in the limited entry trawl fishery.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>16. In § 660.130, remove paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(B) and redesignate paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C) as (c)(4)(ii)(B), revise paragraph (c) heading, (c) introductory text, (c)(4) introductory text, (d) introductory text, and (d)(2)(i) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.130</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trawl fishery—management measures.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Restrictions by limited entry trawl gear type.</E>Management measures may vary depending on the type of trawl gear (i.e., large footrope, small footrope, selective flatfish, or midwater trawl gear) used and/or on board a vessel during a fishing trip, cumulative limit period, and the area fished. Trawl nets may be used on and off the seabed. For some species or species groups, Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of this subpart provide trip limits that are specific to different types of trawl gear: Large footrope, small footrope (including selective flatfish), selective flatfish, midwater, and multiple types. If Table 1 (North) and Table 1 (South) of this subpart provide gear specific limits for a particular species or species group, it is unlawful to take and retain, possess or land that species or species group with limited entry trawl gears other than those listed.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">More than one type of trawl gear on board.</E>The trip limits in Table 1 (North) or Table 1 (South) of this subpart must not be exceeded.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Sorting.</E>Under § 660.12 (a)(8), it is unlawful for any person to “fail to sort, prior to the first weighing after offloading, those groundfish species or species groups for which there is a trip limit, size limit, scientific sorting designation, quota, harvest guideline, ACL or ACT or OY, if the vessel fished or landed in an area during a time when such trip limit, size limit, scientific sorting designation, quota, harvest guideline, ACL or ACT or OY applied.” The States of Washington, Oregon, and California may also require that vessels record their landings as sorted on their state landing receipt. Sector specific sorting requirements and exceptions are listed at paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">First receivers.</E>Fish landed at IFQ first receivers (including shoreside processing facilities and buying stations that intend to transport catch for processing elsewhere) must be sorted, prior to first weighing after offloading from the vessel and prior to transport away from the point of landing, with the following exception. Vessels declared in to the Shorebased IFQ Program at § 660.13(d)(5)(iv)(A), may weigh catch on a bulk scale or automatic hopper scale before sorting as described at § 660.140(j)(2)(viii), for Pacific whiting taken with midwater trawl gear, and at § 660.140(j)(2)(ix)(A), for all other IFQ landings. For this exception, all but the predominant species must then be reweighed.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>17. In § 660.140,</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraph (a) introductory text, paragraphs (d)(1)(ii) introductory text, (d)(1)(ii)(A) and (C), (d)(2)(ii), (d)(3)(i)(D), (d)(3)(ii)(A), (d)(4)(v), (e)(1)(i), (e)(2)(ii), (e)(3)(i)(D), (e)(3)(ii), (e)(4)(i) introductory text, (e)(5)(i), (f)(1) and (2), (f)(3) introductory text, (f)(3)(iii) introductory text, (f)(3)(iii)(B), (f)(5) through (f)(7), (h)(1)(i), (j)(1), and (l)(2);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraphs (f)(3)(ii)(D) and (f)(3)(iii)(C)(<E T="03">11</E>) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.140</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Shorebased IFQ Program.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>The Shorebased IFQ Program applies to qualified participants in the Pacific Coast Groundfish fishery and includes a system of transferable QS for most groundfish species or species groups, IBQ for Pacific halibut, and trip limits or set-asides for the remaining groundfish species or species groups. NMFS will issue a QS permit to eligible participants and will establish a QS account for each QS permit owner to track the amount of QS or IBQ and QP or IBQ pounds owned by that owner. QS permit owners may own QS or IBQ for IFQ species, expressed as a percent of the allocation to the Shorebased IFQ Program for that species. NMFS will issue QP or IBQ pounds to QS permit owners, expressed in pounds, on an annual basis, to be deposited in the corresponding QS account. NMFS will establish a vessel account for each eligible vessel owner participating in the Shorebased IFQ Program, which is independent of the QS permit and QS account. In order to use QP or IBQ pounds, a QS permit owner must transfer the QP or IBQ pounds from the QS account into the vessel account for the vessel to which the QP or IBQ pounds is to be assigned. Harvests of IFQ species may only be delivered to an IFQ first receiver with a first receiver site license. In addition to the requirements of this section, the Shorebased IFQ Program is subject to the following groundfish regulations of subparts C and D:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Annual QP and IBQ pound allocations.</E>QP and IBQ pounds will be deposited into QS accounts annually. QS permit owners will be notified of QP deposits via the IFQ Web site and their QS account. QP and IBQ pounds will be issued to the nearest whole pound using standard rounding rules (i.e. decimal amounts less than 0.5 round down and 0.5 and greater round up), except that in the first year of the Shorebased IFQ Program, issuance of QP for overfished species greater than zero but less than one pound will be rounded up to one pound. Rounding rules may affect distribution of the entire shorebased trawl allocation. NMFS will distribute such allocations to the maximum extent practicable, not to exceed the total allocation. QS permit owners must transfer their QP and IBQ pounds from their QS account to a vessel account in order for those QP and IBQ pounds to be fished. QP and IBQ pounds must be transferred in whole pounds (i.e. no fraction of a QP or IBQ pound can be transferred). All QP and IBQ pounds in a QS account must be transferred to a vessel account by September 1 of each year in order to be fished.</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Non-whiting QP annual sub-allocations.</E>NMFS will issue QP for IFQ species other than Pacific whiting and Pacific halibut annually by multiplying the QS permit owner's QS for each such IFQ species by that year's shorebased trawl allocation for that IFQ species. Deposits to QS accounts for IFQ species other than Pacific whiting and Pacific halibut will be made on or about January 1 each year. Until the method for distributing the QP issued for adaptive management program QS, specified at paragraph (l) of this section, is developed and implemented or through 2014, whichever is earlier, the resulting AMP QP will be issued to all QS permit owners in proportion to their non-whiting QS.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) In years where the groundfish harvest specifications are known by January 1, deposits to QS accounts for IFQ species will be made on or about January 1.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) In years where the groundfish harvest specifications are not known by January 1, NMFS will issue QP in two parts. On or about January 1, NMFS will deposit QP based on the shorebased trawl allocation multiplied by the lower end of the range of potential harvest specifications for that year. After the<PRTPAGE P="74742"/>final harvest specifications are established later in the year, NMFS will deposit additional QP to the QS account.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Pacific halibut IBQ pounds annual allocation.</E>NMFS will issue IBQ pounds for Pacific halibut annually by multiplying the QS permit owner's IBQ percent by the Shorebased IFQ Program component of the trawl bycatch mortality limit for that year. Deposits to QS accounts for Pacific halibut IBQ pounds will be made on or about January 1 each year. Mortality of any size Pacific halibut count against IBQ pounds.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) In years where the Pacific halibut total constant exploitation yield is known by January 1, deposits to QS accounts will be made on or about January 1.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) In years where the Pacific halibut total constant exploitation yield is not known by January 1, NMFS will issue QP in two parts. On or about January 1, NMFS will deposit QP based on some portion of the International Pacific Halibut Commission's staff recommended total constant exploitation yield from their interim meeting. After the final Pacific halibut total constant exploitation yield is established from the International Pacific Halibut Commission's annual meeting, NMFS will deposit additional QP to the QS account.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Registration.</E>A QS account will be established by NMFS with the issuance of a QS permit. The administrative functions associated with the Shorebased IFQ Program (e.g., account registration, landing transactions, and transfers) are designed to be accomplished online; therefore, a participant must have access to a computer with Internet access and must set up online access to their QS account to participate. The computer must have Internet browser software installed (e.g., Internet Explorer, Netscape, Mozilla Firefox); as well as the Adobe Flash Player software version 9.0 or greater. NMFS will mail initial QS permit owners instructions to set up online access to their QS account. NMFS will use the QS account to send messages to QS permit owners; it is important for QS permit owners to monitor their online QS account and all associated messages.</P>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) * * *</P>
            <P>(D) QS permits will not be renewed until SFD has received a complete application for a QS permit renewal, which includes payment of required fees, complete documentation of QS permit ownership on the Trawl Identification of Ownership Interest Form as required under paragraph (d)(4)(iv) of this section, a complete economic data collection form if required under § 660.114. The QS permit renewal will be considered incomplete until the required information is submitted.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Change in QS permit ownership.</E>Ownership of a QS permit cannot be registered to another individual or entity. The QS permit owner cannot change or add additional individuals or entities as owners of the permit (i.e., cannot change the legal name of the permit owner(s) as given on the permit). Any change in ownership of the QS permit requires the new owner(s) to apply for a QS permit, and is subject to accumulation limits and approval by NMFS.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Divestiture.</E>Accumulation limits will be calculated by first calculating the aggregate non-whiting QS limit and then the individual species QS or IBQ control limits. For QS permit owners (including any person who has ownership interest in the owner named on the permit) that are found to exceed the accumulation limits during the initial issuance of QS permits, an adjustment period will be provided after which they will have to completely divest of QS or IBQ in excess of the accumulation limits. QS or IBQ will be issued for amounts in excess of accumulation limits only for owners of limited entry permits as of November 8, 2008, if such ownership has been registered with NMFS by November 30, 2008. The owner of any permit acquired after November 8, 2008, or if acquired earlier, not registered with NMFS by November 30, 2008, will only be eligible to receive an initial allocation for that permit of those QS or IBQ that are within the accumulation limits; any QS or IBQ in excess of the accumulation limits will be redistributed to the remainder of the initial recipients of QS or IBQ in proportion to each recipient's initial allocation of QS or IBQ for each species. Any person that qualifies for an initial allocation of QS or IBQ in excess of the accumulation limits will be allowed to receive that allocation, but must divest themselves of the excess QS or IBQ during years three and four of the IFQ program. Holders of QS or IBQ in excess of the control limits may receive and use the QP or IBQ pounds associated with that excess, up to the time their divestiture is completed. At the end of year 4 of the IFQ program, any QS or IBQ held by a person (including any person who has ownership interest in the owner named on the permit) in excess of the accumulation limits will be revoked and redistributed to the remainder of the QS or IBQ owners in proportion to the QS or IBQ holdings in year 5. No compensation will be due for any revoked shares.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Gear exception.</E>Vessels registered to a limited entry trawl permit using the following gears would not be required to cover groundfish catch with QP or Pacific halibut catch with IBQ pounds: Non-groundfish trawl, gear types defined in the coastal pelagic species FMP, gear types defined in the highly migratory species FMP, salmon troll, crab pot, and limited entry fixed gear when the vessel also has a limited entry permit endorsed for fixed gear and has declared that it is fishing in the limited entry fixed gear fishery. Vessels using gears falling under this exception are subject to the open access fishery restrictions and limits when declared in to an open access fishery.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Registration.</E>A vessel account must be registered with the NMFS SFD Permits Office. A vessel account may be established at any time during the year. An eligible vessel owner must submit a request in writing to NMFS to establish a vessel account. The request must include the vessel name; USCG vessel registration number (as given on USCG Form 1270) or state registration number, if no USCG documentation; all vessel owner names (as given on USCG Form 1270, or on state registration, as applicable); and business contact information, including: Address, phone number, fax number, and email. Requests for a vessel account must also include the following information: A complete economic data collection form as required under § 660.113(b), (c) and (d), and a complete Trawl Identification of Ownership Interest Form as required under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section. The request for a vessel account will be considered incomplete until the required information is submitted. Any change specified at paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, including a change in the legal name of the vessel owner(s), will require the new owner to register with NMFS for a vessel account. A participant must have access to a computer with Internet access and must<PRTPAGE P="74743"/>set up online access to their vessel account to participate. The computer must have Internet browser software installed (e.g., Internet Explorer, Netscape, Mozilla Firefox); as well as the Adobe Flash Player software version 9.0 or greater. NMFS will mail vessel account owners instructions to set up online access to their vessel account. NMFS will use the vessel account to send messages to vessel owners in the Shorebased IFQ Program; it is important for vessel owners to monitor their online vessel account and all associated messages.</P>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) * * *</P>
            <P>(D) Vessel accounts will not be renewed until SFD has received a complete application for a vessel account renewal, which includes payment of required fees, a complete documentation of permit ownership on the Trawl Identification of Ownership Interest Form as required under paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, and a complete economic data collection form as required under § 660.114. The vessel account renewal will be considered incomplete until the required information is submitted.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Change in vessel account ownership.</E>Vessel accounts are non-transferable and ownership of a vessel account cannot change (i.e., cannot change the legal name of the owner(s) as given on the vessel account). If the ownership of a vessel changes (as given on a USCG or state vessel registration documentation), then a new vessel account must be opened by the new owner in order for the vessel to participate in the Shorebased IFQ Program.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Vessel limits.</E>For each IFQ species or species group specified in this paragraph, vessel accounts may not have QP or IBQ pounds in excess of the QP Vessel Limit (Annual Limit) in any year, and, for species covered by Unused QP Vessel Limits (Daily Limit), may not have QP or IBQ pounds in excess of the Unused QP Vessel Limit at any time. The QP Vessel Limit (Annual Limit) is calculated as unused available QPs plus used QPs (landings and discards) plus any pending outgoing transfer of QPs. The Unused QP Vessel Limits (Daily Limit) is calculated as unused available QPs plus any pending outgoing transfer of QPs. These vessel limits are as follows:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Surplus QP or IBQ pounds.</E>A vessel account with a surplus of QP or IBQ pounds (unused QP or IBQ pounds) for any IFQ species at the end of the fishing year may carryover for use in the immediately following year an amount of unused QP or IBQ pounds up to its carry over limit. The carryover limit for the surplus is calculated as 10 percent of the cumulative total QP or IBQ pounds (used and unused, less any transfers or any previous carryover amounts) in the vessel account at the end of the year. To the extent allowed by the conservation requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, NMFS will credit the carryover amount to the vessel account in the immediately following year once NMFS has completed its end-of-the-year account reconciliation. NMFS will notify vessel account owners through the online IFQ system of any additional QP or IBQ pounds resulting from a carryover of surplus pounds. If there is a decline in the ACL between the base year and the following year in which the QP or IBQ pounds would be carried over, the carryover amount will be reduced in proportion to the reduction in the ACL. Surplus QP or IBQ pounds may not be carried over for more than one year. Any amount of QP or IBQ pounds in a vessel account and in excess of the carryover amount will expire on December 31 each year and will not be available for any future use.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) * * *</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">General.</E>The first receiver site license authorizes the holder to receive, purchase, or take custody, control, or possession of an IFQ landing at a specific physical site onshore directly from a vessel. Each buyer of groundfish from a vessel making an IFQ landing must have a first receiver site license for each physical location where the IFQ landing is offloaded.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Issuance.</E>(i) First receiver site licenses will only be issued to a person registered to a valid license issued by the state of Washington, Oregon, or California, and that authorizes the person to receive fish from a catcher vessel.</P>
            <P>(ii) A separate first receiver site license will be issued for each IFQ first receiver for each specific physical location where the IFQ first receiver will receive, purchase or take custody, control, or possession of an IFQ landing from a vessel.</P>
            <P>(iii) An IFQ first receiver may apply for a first receiver site license at any time during the calendar year.</P>
            <P>(iv) IFQ first receivers must reapply for a first receiver site license as specified at paragraphs (f)(6) and (7) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Application process.</E>Persons interested in being licensed as an IFQ first receiver for a specific physical location must submit a complete application for a first receiver site license to NMFS, Northwest Region, Permits Office, ATTN: Catch Monitor Coordinator, Bldg. 1, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115. NMFS will only consider complete applications for approval. A complete application includes:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(D) The name and signature of the person submitting the application and the date of the application.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">A catch monitoring plan.</E>All IFQ first receivers must prepare and operate under a NMFS-accepted catch monitoring plan for each specific physical location. A proposed catch monitoring plan detailing how the IFQ first receiver will meet each of the performance standards in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section must be included with the application. NMFS will not issue a first receiver site license to a person that does not have a current, NMFS-accepted catch monitoring plan.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Arranging an inspection.</E>After receiving a complete application for a first receiver site license, including the proposed catch monitoring plan, NMFS will contact the applicant to schedule a site inspection.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(C) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">11</E>)<E T="03">Electronic fish ticket submittal.</E>Describe how the electronic fish ticket submittal requirements specified at § 660.113(b)(4)(ii) will be met.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Effective date.</E>The first receiver site license is effective upon approval and issuance by NMFS and will be effective for one year from the date of NMFS issuance, or until the state license required by paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section is no longer effective, whichever occurs first.</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Reissuance in subsequent years.</E>Existing license holders must reapply annually. If the existing license holder fails to reapply, the first receiver's site license will expire as specified in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. The IFQ first receiver will not be authorized to receive IFQ species from a vessel if their first receiver site license has expired.</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Change in ownership of an IFQ first receiver.</E>If there are any changes to<PRTPAGE P="74744"/>the owner of a first receiver registered to a first receiver site license during a calendar year, the first receiver site license is void. The new owner of the first receiver must apply to NMFS for a first receiver site license. A first receiver site license may not be registered to any other person.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(h) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) Any vessel participating in the Shorebased IFQ Program must carry a NMFS-certified observer during any trip and must maintain observer or catch monitor coverage while in port until all fish from that trip have been offloaded, with the following exception. If the observer makes available to the catch monitor an observer program form reporting the weight and number of those overfished species identified in § 660.112(b)(1)(xiii) that were retained onboard the vessel during that trip and noting any discrepancy in those species between the vessel operator and observer, the vessel would not need to maintain observer or catch monitor coverage on the vessel while in port and until the offload is complete. If a vessel delivers fish from an IFQ trip to more than one IFQ first receiver, the observer must remain onboard the vessel during any transit between delivery points.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(j) * * *</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Catch monitoring plan.</E>All IFQ first receivers must operate under a NMFS-accepted catch monitoring plan for each specific physical location where IFQ landings will be received, purchased, or taken custody, control, or possession of.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(l) * * *</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">AMP QP pass through.</E>The 10 percent of non-whiting QS will be reserved for the AMP, but the resulting AMP QP will be issued to all QS permit owners in proportion to their non-whiting QS through 2014 or until alternative criteria for distribution of the AMP QP is developed and implemented, whichever is earlier.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>18. In § 660.150,</AMDPAR>

          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraph (a) introductory text, (c)(2)(i)(A), (d)(1)(iii) introductory text, (d)(1)(iii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>)(<E T="03">vi</E>), (f)(2)(i), (f)(3)(i), (g)(1)(iii), (g)(2)(iv), and (g)(3)(i) introductory text;</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) and (<E T="03">ii</E>), (c)(2)(i)(C), (c)(2)(ii)(C), (g)(2)(v) and (vi) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.150</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Mothership (MS) Coop Program.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>The MS Coop Program is a general term to describe the limited access program that applies to eligible harvesters and processors in the mothership sector of the Pacific whiting at-sea trawl fishery. Eligible harvesters and processors, including coop and non-coop fishery participants, must meet the requirements set forth in this section of the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations. Each year a vessel registered to an MS/CV-endorsed permit may fish in either the coop or non-coop portion of the MS Coop Program, but not both. In addition to the requirements of this section, the MS Coop Program is subject to the following groundfish regulations of subparts C and D of this part:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) * * *</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Pacific whiting catch history assignment.</E>Each MS/CV endorsement's associated catch history assignment of Pacific whiting will be annually allocated to a single permitted MS coop or to the non-coop fishery. If multiple MS/CV endorsements and their associated CHAs are registered to a limited entry permit, that permit may be simultaneously registered to more than one MS coop or to both a coop(s) and non-coop fishery. Once assigned to a permitted MS coop or to the non-coop fishery, each MS/CV endorsement's catch history assignment remains with that permitted MS coop or non-coop fishery for that calendar year. When the mothership sector allocation is established, the information for the conversion of catch history assignment to pounds will be made available to the public through a<E T="04">Federal Register</E>announcement and/or public notice and/or the NMFS Web site. The amount of whiting from the catch history assignment will be issued to the nearest whole pound using standard rounding rules (i.e. less than 0.5 rounds down and 0.5 and greater rounds up).</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) In years where the Pacific whiting harvest specification is known by the start of the mothership sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(B), allocation for Pacific whiting will be made by the start of the season.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) In years where the Pacific whiting harvest specification is not known by the start of the mothership sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(B), NMFS will issue Pacific whiting allocations in two parts. Before the start of the primary whiting season, NMFS will allocate Pacific whiting based on the MS Coop Program allocation percent multiplied by the lower end of the range of potential harvest specifications for Pacific whiting for that year. After the final Pacific whiting harvest specifications are established, NMFS will allocate any additional amounts of Pacific whiting to the MS Coop Program.</P>
            <P>(B) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) In years where the groundfish harvest specifications are known by the start of the mothership sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(B), allocation of non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation will be made by the start of the season.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) In years where the groundfish harvest specifications are not known by the start of the mothership sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(B), NMFS will issue allocations for non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation in two parts. Before the start of the whiting primary season, NMFS will allocate non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation based on the MS Coop Program allocation percent multiplied by the lower end of the range of potential harvest specifications for those species for that year. After the final groundfish harvest specifications are established, NMFS will allocate any additional amounts of non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation to the MS Coop Program.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(C) Rounding rules may affect distribution of the MS Coop Program allocations among the catch history assignments for individual MS/CV-endorsed permits. NMFS will distribute such allocations to the maximum extent practicable, not to exceed the total allocation.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(C) If all MS/CV-endorsed permits are members of a single coop in a given year and there is not a non-coop fishery, then NMFS will allocate 100 percent of the MS Coop Program allocation to that coop.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Application for MS coop permit.</E>The designated coop manager, on behalf of the coop entity, must submit a complete application form and include each of the items listed in paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A) of this section. Only complete applications will be considered for issuance of a MS coop permit. An application will not be considered complete if any required application fees and annual coop reports have not been received by NMFS. NMFS may request additional<PRTPAGE P="74745"/>supplemental documentation as necessary to make a determination of whether to approve or disapprove the application. Application forms and instruction are available on the NMFS NWR Web site (<E T="03">http://www.nwr.noaa.gov</E>) or by request from NMFS. The designated coop manager must sign the application acknowledging the responsibilities of a designated coop manager defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. For permit owners with more than one MS/CV endorsement and associated CHA, paragraph (g)(2)(iv)(D) of this section specifies how to join an MS coop(s).</P>
            <P>(A) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">vi</E>) A clause stating that if a permit is registered to a new permit owner during the effective period of the coop agreement, any new owners of that member permit would be coop members required to comply with membership restrictions in the coop agreement.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Renewal.</E>An MS permit must be renewed annually consistent with the limited entry permit regulations given at § 660.25(b)(4). If a vessel registered to the MS permit will operate as a mothership in the year for which the permit is renewed, the permit owner must make a declaration as part of the permit renewal that while participating in the whiting fishery it will operate solely as a mothership during the calendar year to which its limited entry permit applies. Any such declaration is binding on the vessel for the calendar year, even if the permit is registered to a different permit owner during the year, unless it is rescinded in response to a written request from the permit owner. Any request to rescind a declaration must be made by the permit owner and granted in writing by the Regional Administrator before any unprocessed whiting has been taken on board the vessel that calendar year.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">MS permit usage limit.</E>No person who owns an MS permit(s) may register the MS permit(s) to vessels that cumulatively process more than 45 percent of the annual mothership sector Pacific whiting allocation. For purposes of determining accumulation limits, NMFS requires that permit owners submit a complete trawl ownership interest form for the permit owner as part of annual renewal for the MS permit. An ownership interest form will also be required whenever a new permit owner obtains an MS permit as part of a request for a change in permit ownership. Accumulation limits will be determined by calculating the percentage of ownership interest a person has in any MS permit. Determination of ownership interest will subject to the individual and collective rule.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(g) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">MS/CV endorsement and CHA non-severable.</E>Subject to the regulations at paragraph (g)(2)(iv) and (v) of this section, an MS/CV endorsement and its associated CHA are permanently linked together as originally issued by NMFS and cannot be divided or registered separately to another limited entry trawl permit. An MS/CV endorsement and its associated CHA must be registered to a limited entry trawl permit and any change in endorsement registration must be to another limited entry trawl permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Change in MS/CV endorsement registration.</E>As specified at § 660.25(b)(3)(v), each MS/CV endorsement has an associated CHA that is permanently linked as originally issued by NMFS and cannot be divided or registered separately to another limited entry trawl permit. An MS/CV endorsement and associated CHA must be registered to a limited entry trawl permit and any change in MS/CV endorsement registration must be to another limited entry trawl permit. Any change in MS/CV endorsement registration will be registered separately on the limited entry trawl permit. An MS/CV endorsement and its associated CHA cannot be registered to any other person other than the specified owner of the limited entry trawl permit to which it is registered.</P>
            <P>(A)<E T="03">Multiple MS/CV endorsements on a limited entry trawl permit.</E>Multiple MS/CV endorsements and associated CHAs may be registered to a single limited entry trawl permit. If multiple endorsements are registered to a single limited entry trawl permit, the whiting CHA amount (expressed as a percent) will remain in the amount that it was originally issued by NMFS and will not be combined as a single larger CHA, unless two or more MS/CV-endorsed permits are combined for purposes of increasing the size endorsement, as specified at § 660.25(b)(4)(ii)(B). Any change in MS/CV endorsement registration may be disapproved if the person owning the limited entry trawl permit has aggregate CHA amounts in excess of the accumulation limits specified at paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Application.</E>A request for a change in MS/CV endorsement registration must be made between September 1 and December 31 of each year. Any transfer of MS/CV endorsement and its associated CHA to another limited entry trawl permit must be requested using a change in permit ownership form and the permit owner or an authorized representative of the permit owner must certify that the application is true and correct by signing and dating the form. In addition, the form must be notarized, and the permit owner selling the MS/CV endorsement and CHA must provide the sale price of the MS/CV endorsement and its associated CHA. If any assets in addition to the MS/CV endorsement and its associated CHA are included in the sale price, those assets must be itemized and described.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Effective date.</E>Any change in MS/CV endorsement registration from one limited entry trawl permit to another limited entry trawl permit will be effective on January 1 in the year following the application period.</P>
            <P>(D) A limited entry trawl permit with multiple MS/CV endorsement registrations may be simultaneously registered to more than one coop or to both a coop(s) and non-coop fishery. In such cases, as part of the coop permit application process, specified at paragraph (d)(iii) of this section, the permit owner must specify on the coop permit application form which MS/CV endorsement and associated CHA is specifically registered to a particular coop or to the non-coop fishery.</P>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Combination.</E>An MS/CV-endorsed permit may be combined with one or more other limited entry trawl permits; the resulting permit will be a single permit with an increased size endorsement. If the MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined with another limited entry trawl-endorsed permit other than a C/P-endorsed permit, the resulting permit will be MS/CV-endorsed. If an MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined with a C/P-endorsed permit, the resulting permit will be exclusively a C/P-endorsed permit, and will not have an MS/CV endorsement. If an MS/CV-endorsed permit is combined with another MS/CV-endorsed permit, the combined catch history assignment of the permit(s) will be added to the active permit (the permit remaining after combination) and the other permit will be retired. If a trawl permit has more than one MS/CV endorsements and it is combined with a non C/P-endorsed trawl permit with no such endorsements, the MS/CV endorsements<PRTPAGE P="74746"/>on the resulting permit will be maintained as separate endorsements on the resulting permit. NMFS will not approve a permit combination if it results in a person exceeding the accumulation limits specified at paragraph (g)(3) of this section. Any request to combine permits is subject to the provision provided at § 660.25(b), including the combination formula for resulting size endorsements.</P>
            <P>(vi)<E T="03">One-time request to undo a permit combination.</E>If two or more MS/CV-endorsed permits have been combined before January 1, 2012 for purposes of increasing the vessel's size endorsement, a permit owner of the resulting combined permit will have until February 29, 2012 to undo that permit combination. The permit owner must submit a letter to NMFS requesting such action. The letter must be postmarked or hand-delivered to NMFS by the deadline.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">MS/CV-endorsed permit ownership limit.</E>No person shall own MS/CV-endorsed permits for which the collective Pacific whiting allocation total is greater than 20 percent of the total mothership sector allocation. For purposes of determining accumulation limits, NMFS requires that permit owners submit a complete trawl ownership interest form for the permit owner as part of annual renewal of an MS/CV-endorsed permit. An ownership interest form will also be required whenever a new permit owner obtains an MS/CV-endorsed permit as part of a request for a change in permit ownership. Accumulation limits will be determined by calculating the percentage of ownership interest a person has in any MS/CV-endorsed permit and the amount of the Pacific whiting catch history assignment given on the permit. Determination of ownership interest will be subject to the individual and collective rule.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>19. In § 660.160,</AMDPAR>

          <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (a) introductory text, (d)(1)(iii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>)(<E T="03">iv</E>), (e)(1)(i), (e)(2)(i);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>b. Add paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii), and (c)(3)(i)(A) and (B) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.160</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Catcher/processor (C/P) Coop Program.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>The C/P Coop Program is a limited access program that applies to vessels in the C/P sector of the Pacific whiting at-sea trawl fishery and is a single voluntary coop. Eligible harvesters and processors must meet the requirements set forth in this section of the Pacific Coast groundfish regulations. In addition to the requirements of this section, the C/P Coop Program is subject to the following groundfish regulations:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) In years where the Pacific whiting harvest specification is known by the start of the catcher/processor sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(A), allocation for Pacific whiting will be made by the start of the season.</P>
            <P>(ii) In years where the Pacific whiting harvest specification is not known by the start of the catcher/processor sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(A), NMFS will issue Pacific whiting allocations in two parts. Before the start of the primary whiting season, NMFS will allocate Pacific whiting based on the C/P Coop Program allocation percent multiplied by the lower end of the range of potential harvest specifications for Pacific whiting for that year. After the final Pacific whiting harvest specifications are established, NMFS will allocate any additional amounts of Pacific whiting to the C/P Coop Program.</P>
            <P>(3) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) * * *</P>
            <P>(A) In years where the groundfish harvest specifications are known by the start of the catcher/processor sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(A), allocation of non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation will be made by the start of the season.</P>
            <P>(B) In years where the groundfish harvest specifications are not known by the start of the catcher/processor sector primary whiting season specified at § 660.131(b)(2)(iii)(A), NMFS will issue allocations for non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation in two parts. Before the start of the primary whiting season, NMFS will allocate non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation based on the C/P Coop Program allocation percent multiplied by the lower end of the range of potential harvest specifications for those species for that year. After the final groundfish harvest specifications are established, NMFS will allocate any additional amounts of non-whiting groundfish species with an allocation to the C/P Coop Program.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) * * *</P>
            <P>(A) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) A clause stating that if a permit is registered to a new permit owner during the effective period of the coop agreement, any new owners of that member permit would be coop members and are required to comply with membership restrictions in the coop agreement.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Non-severable.</E>A C/P endorsement is not severable from the limited entry trawl permit, and therefore, the endorsement may not be registered to another permit owner or to another vessel separately from the limited entry trawl permit.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Renewal.</E>A C/P-endorsed permit must be renewed annually consistent with the limited entry permit regulations given at § 660.25(b)(4). If a vessel registered to the C/P-endorsed permit will operate as a mothership in the year for which the permit is renewed, the permit owner must make a declaration as part of the permit renewal that while participating in the whiting fishery they will operate solely as a mothership during the calendar year to which its limited entry permit applies. Any such declaration is binding on the vessel for the calendar year, even if the permit is registered to a different permit owner during the year, unless it is rescinded in response to a written request from the permit owner. Any request to rescind a declaration must be made by the permit owner and granted in writing by the Regional Administrator before any unprocessed whiting has been taken on board the vessel that calendar year.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>20. In § 660.212, revise paragraph (d)(3) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.212</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fixed gear fishery—prohibitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(3) Process sablefish taken at-sea in the limited entry fixed gear sablefish primary fishery defined at § 660.231, from a vessel that does not have a sablefish at-sea processing exemption, described at § 660.25(b)(6)(i).</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>21. Revise 660.220 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.220</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fixed gear fishery—crossover provisions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The crossover provisions listed at § 660.60(h)(7), apply to vessels fishing in the limited entry fixed gear fishery.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>22. In § 660.231, revise paragraph (b)(4)(i) and (b)(4)(ii)(A) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="74747"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.231</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Limited entry fixed gear sablefish primary fishery.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) The person, partnership or corporation had ownership interest in a limited entry permit with a sablefish endorsement prior to November 1, 2000. A person who has ownership interest in a partnership or corporation that owned a sablefish-endorsed permit as of November 1, 2000, but who did not individually own a sablefish-endorsed limited entry permit as of November 1, 2000, is not exempt from the owner-on-board requirement when he/she leaves the partnership or corporation and purchases another permit individually. A person, partnership, or corporation that is exempt from the owner-on-board requirement may sell all of their permits, buy another sablefish-endorsed permit within up to a year from the date the last change in permit ownership was approved, and retain their exemption from the owner-on-board requirements. Additionally, a person, partnership, or corporation that qualified for the owner-on-board exemption, but later divested their interest in a permit or permits, may retain rights to an owner-on-board exemption as long as that person, partnership, or corporation purchases another permit by March 2, 2007. A person, partnership or corporation could only purchase a permit if it has not added or changed individuals since November 1, 2000, excluding individuals that have left the partnership or corporation, or that have died.</P>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(A) Evidence of death of the permit owner shall be provided to NMFS in the form of a copy of a death certificate. In the interim before the estate is settled, if the deceased permit owner was subject to the owner-on-board requirements, the estate of the deceased permit owner may send a letter to NMFS with a copy of the death certificate, requesting an exemption from the owner-on-board requirements. An exemption due to death of the permit owner will be effective only until such time that the estate of the deceased permit owner has registered the deceased permit owner's permit to a beneficiary or up to three years after the date of death as proven by a death certificate, whichever is earlier. An exemption from the owner-on-board requirements will be conveyed in a letter from NMFS to the estate of the permit owner and is required to be on the vessel during fishing operations.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>23. Revise 660.320 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.320</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Open access fishery—crossover provisions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The crossover provisions listed at § 660.60(h)(7), apply to vessels fishing in the open access fishery.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="660" TITLE="50">
          <AMDPAR>24. In § 660.333, revise paragraphs (b) through (d) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 660.333</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Open access non-groundfish trawl fishery—management measures.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Participation in the ridgeback prawn fishery.</E>A trawl vessel will be considered participating in the open access, non-groundfish trawl ridgeback prawn fishery if:</P>
            <P>(1) It is declared “non-groundfish trawl gear for ridgeback prawn” under § 660.13(d)(5)(iv), regardless of whether it is registered to a Federal limited entry trawl-endorsed permit; and</P>
            <P>(2) The landing includes ridgeback prawns taken in accordance with California Fish and Game Code, section 8595, which states: “Prawns or shrimp may be taken for commercial purposes with a trawl net, subject to Article 10 (commencing with Section 8830) of Chapter 3.”</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Participation in the California halibut fishery.</E>A trawl vessel will be considered participating in the open access, non-groundfish trawl California halibut fishery if:</P>
            <P>(1) It is declared “non-groundfish trawl gear for California halibut” under § 660.13(d)(5)(iv), regardless of whether it is registered to a Federal limited entry trawl-endorsed permit;</P>
            <P>(2) All fishing on the trip takes place south of Pt. Arena, CA (38°57.50′ N. lat.); and</P>
            <P>(3) The landing includes California halibut of a size required by California Fish and Game Code section 8392, which states: “No California halibut may be taken, possessed or sold which measures less than 22 in (56 cm) in total length, unless it weighs 4-lb (1.8144 kg) or more in the round, 3 and one-half lbs (1.587 kg) or more dressed with the head on, or 3-lbs (1.3608 kg) or more dressed with the head off. Total length means the shortest distance between the tip of the jaw or snout, whichever extends farthest while the mouth is closed, and the tip of the longest lobe of the tail, measured while the halibut is lying flat in natural repose, without resort to any force other than the swinging or fanning of the tail.”</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Participation in the sea cucumber fishery.</E>A trawl vessel will be considered to be participating in the open access, non-groundfish trawl sea cucumber fishery if:</P>
            <P>(1) It is declared “non-groundfish trawl gear for sea cucumber” under § 660.13(d)(5)(iv), regardless of whether it is registered to a Federal limited entry trawl-endorsed permit;</P>
            <P>(2) All fishing on the trip takes place south of Pt. Arena, CA (38°57.50′ N. lat.); and</P>
            <P>(3) The landing includes sea cucumbers taken in accordance with California Fish and Game Code, section 8405, which requires a permit issued by the State of California.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30734 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 665</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 090130102-91386-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA780</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Western and Central Pacific Fisheries for Highly Migratory Species; 2011 Bigeye Tuna Longline Fishery Closure</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Withdrawal of temporary rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS withdraws the temporary rule that would have closed the U.S. pelagic longline fishery for bigeye tuna in the western and central Pacific Ocean as a result of the fishery reaching the 2011 catch limit. NMFS no longer expects that the fishery will reach the limit by the date specified in the temporary rule.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The temporary rule published on November 18, 2011 (76 FR 71469) is withdrawn on November 28, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tom Graham, NMFS Pacific Islands Region, (808) 944-2219.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>NMFS established a catch limit of 3,763 metric tons (mt) of bigeye tuna (<E T="03">Thunnus obesus</E>) for calendar year 2011 (74 FR 63999, December 7, 2009, and codified at 50 CFR 300.224). The limit was established under Conservation and Management Measure 2008-01 (CMM 2008-01) by the Commission for the Conservation and Management of Highly Migratory Species of the Western and Central Pacific Ocean (Commission). The catch limit applies to the U.S. pelagic longline fishery operating in the area of application of the Convention on the Conservation and<PRTPAGE P="74748"/>Management of Highly Migratory Fish Stocks in the Western and Central Pacific Ocean (Convention Area). NMFS monitored the retained catches of bigeye tuna using logbook data submitted by vessel captains. NMFS used those data and other available information to determine that the 2011 catch limit was expected to be reached on November 27, 2011. In accordance with § 300.224(d), NMFS issued a temporary rule to close the U.S. pelagic longline fishery for bigeye tuna in the Convention Area on November 27, 2011, through the end of the 2011 calendar year (76 FR 71469, November 18, 2011).</P>
        <P>On November 18, 2011, the President signed into law the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2012 (Act). Section 113 of the Act authorizes U.S. Participating Territories of the Commission, i.e., American Samoa, Guam, and the Northern Mariana Islands to (among other things) assign catch limits established by the Commission through arrangements with U.S. vessels with permits issued under the Fishery Management (now “Ecosystem”) Plan for Pelagic Fisheries of the Western Pacific Region. Under CMM 2008-01, Participating Territories are generally subject to an annual catch limit of 2,000 mt of bigeye tuna. Under Section 113, the Secretary of Commerce is to attribute to Participating Territories those catches made by vessels operating under arrangements that meet the requirements of that section for the purposes of annual reporting to the Commission.</P>
        <P>As of the implementation date of the Act (November 18, 2011), the Hawaii longline Association, which represents U.S. longline vessels that fish in the western and central Pacific, had entered into an arrangement with the Territory of American Samoa. Pursuant to the Act, on November 18, 2011, NMFS began assigning catches by U.S. longline vessels fishing in the western and central Pacific to American Samoa. As a result, NMFS no longer expects that the fishery will reach the 2011 catch limit for U.S. fisheries on the date announced in the temporary rule (76 FR 71469, November 18, 2011), and withdraws that temporary rule.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 6901<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Alan D. Risenhoover,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30953 Filed 11-28-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
  </RULES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>231</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, December 1, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <PRORULES>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74749"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>13 CFR Parts 121 and 125</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3245-AG22</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Small Business Subcontracting</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; reopening of comment period.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>SBA is reopening the comment period for the proposed rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 5, 2011 at 76 FR 61626. In that rule SBA proposed to amend its regulations to implement provisions of the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 (Jobs Act) pertaining to small business subcontracting. SBA proposed to amend its program regulations to provide for a “covered contract” (a contract for which a small business subcontracting plan is required, currently valued above $1.5 million for construction and $650,000 for all other contracts), a prime contractor must notify the contracting officer in writing whenever the prime contractor does not utilize a subcontractor used in preparing its bid or proposal during contract performance. SBA also proposed to amend its regulations to require a prime contractor to notify a contracting officer in writing whenever the prime contractor reduces payments to a subcontractor or when payments to a subcontractor are 90 days or more past due. In addition, SBA proposed to clarify that the contracting officer is responsible for monitoring and evaluating small business subcontracting plan performance. SBA also proposed to clarify which subcontracts must be included in subcontracting data reporting, which subcontracts should be excluded, and the way subcontracting data is reported.</P>
          <P>SBA also proposed to make other changes to update its subcontracting regulations, including changing subcontracting plan thresholds and referencing the electronic subcontracting reporting system (eSRS). Some of the SBA's proposed changes would require the contracting officer to review subcontracting plan reports within 60 days of the report ending date.</P>
          <P>Finally, SBA also proposed to address how subcontracting plan requirements and credit towards subcontracting goals can be implemented in connection with Multi-agency, Federal Supply Schedule, Multiple Award Schedule and Government-wide Acquisition indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity, (IDIQ) contracts.</P>
          <P>SBA is reopening the comment period in response to the significant level of interest generated by the proposed rule among small businesses. Given the scope of the proposed rule and the nature of the issues raised by the comments received to date, SBA believes that affected businesses need more time to review the proposal and prepare their comments.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The comment period for the proposed rule published on October 5, 2011 (76 FR 61626) is extended through January 6, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by RIN: 3245-AG22, by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail, for paper, disk, or CD/ROM submissions:</E>Dean Koppel, U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Government Contracting, 409 Third Street SW., 8th Floor, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Dean Koppel, U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Government Contracting, 409 Third Street SW., 8th Floor Washington, DC 20416.</P>

          <P>SBA will post all comments on www.regulations.gov. If you wish to submit confidential business information (CBI) as defined in the User Notice at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>please submit the information to Dean Koppel, U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Government Contracting, 409 Third Street SW., 8th Floor, Washington, DC 20416, or send an email to<E T="03">Dean.Koppel@sba.gov.</E>Highlight the information that you consider to be CBI and explain why you believe SBA should hold this information as confidential. SBA will review the information and make the final determination on whether it will publish the information or not.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Dean Koppel, Office of Government Contracting, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416; (202) 205-9751;<E T="03">Dean.Koppel@sba.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: November 14, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Joseph G. Jordan,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Government Contracting and Business Development.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30927 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 35</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No.: FAA-2010-0940; Notice No. 11-06]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AJ88</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Critical Parts for Airplane Propellers</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) proposes to amend the airworthiness standards for airplane propellers. This action would define what a propeller critical part is, require the identification of propeller critical parts by the manufacturer, and establish engineering, manufacture, and maintenance processes for those parts. The intended effect of this proposal is to ensure the continued airworthiness of propeller critical parts by requiring a system of processes to identify and manage these parts throughout their service life. Adopting this proposal would eliminate regulatory differences between part 35 and European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) propeller critical parts requirements, thereby simplifying airworthiness approvals for exports.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Send comments on or before January 30, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2010-0940 using any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and follow the online instructions for sending your comments electronically.<PRTPAGE P="74750"/>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Send comments to Docket Operations, M-30; U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-140, West Building Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>Take comments to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>Fax comments to Docket Operations at (202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Privacy:</E>The FAA will post all comments it receives, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information the commenter provides. Using the search function of the docket web site, anyone can find and read the electronic form of all comments received into any FAA dockets, including the name of the individual sending the comment (or signing the comment for an association, business, labor union, etc.). DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement can be found in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-19478), as well as at<E T="03">http://DocketsInfo.dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>Background documents or comments received may be read at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>at any time. Follow the online instructions for accessing the docket or go to Docket Operations in Room W12-140 of the West Building Ground Floor at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For technical questions concerning this action, contact Jay Turnberg, Engine and Propeller Directorate Standards Staff, ANE-111, Federal Aviation Administration, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803-5299; telephone (781) 238-7116; facsimile (781) 238-7199, email:<E T="03">jay.turnberg@faa.gov.</E>For legal questions concerning this action, contact Vincent Bennett, FAA Office of Regional Council, ANE-7, Federal Aviation Administration, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803-5299; telephone (781) 238-7044; facsimile (781) 238-7055, email:<E T="03">vincent.bennett@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>The FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority.</P>
        <P>This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in subtitle VII, part A, subpart III, section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations promoting safe flight of civil aircraft commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce, including minimum safety standards for airplane propellers. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it updates the existing regulations for airplane propellers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of Proposed Rule</HD>
        <P>Part 35 does not specifically define the term propeller critical part. Consequently, there are no requirements for design, manufacture, maintenance, or management of propeller critical parts. This rule would define and require the identification of propeller critical parts, and establish requirements to ensure the integrity of those parts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Statement of the Problem</HD>
        <P>Propeller critical parts are not adequately addressed by the current Federal Aviation Regulations. Presently, the FAA does not—</P>
        <P>➣ Have a specific definition for a propeller critical part, or—</P>
        <P>➣ Require type certificate holders to identify propeller critical parts.</P>
        <P>Consequently, propeller manufacturers are not required to provide information concerning propeller critical part design, manufacture, or maintenance.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>On December 20, 2006, the FAA tasked the Aviation Rulemaking Advisory Committee (ARAC) to develop recommendations that would address the integrity of propeller critical parts, as well as be in harmony with similar European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) regulations. This proposal addresses those recommendations, which can be found in the docket of this rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of the Proposal</HD>
        <P>Primary failure of certain single propeller elements (for example, blades) can result in a hazardous propeller effect. Part 35 does not specifically identify these elements as propeller critical parts. Consequently, there are no requirements for design, manufacture, maintenance, or management of propeller critical parts.</P>
        <P>EASA, however, has regulations that identify a specific definition for propeller critical part, and regulations to reduce the likelihood of propeller critical part failures. These regulations, EASA Certification Specifications for Propellers (CS-P), are CS-P 150, Propeller Safety Analysis and CS-P 160, Propeller Critical Parts Integrity.</P>
        <P>This proposal requires propeller manufacturers to identify propeller critical parts and provide adequate information for the design, manufacture, and maintenance of those parts to ensure their integrity throughout their service life. This proposed action is intended to be equivalent to the EASA regulations, thereby simplifying airworthiness approvals for export of these parts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Safety Analysis (§ 35.15)</HD>
        <P>We are proposing to revise § 35.15(c) to require the identification of propeller critical parts, and that applicants establish the integrity of these parts using the standards in proposed § 35.16.</P>
        <P>Section 35.15(c) refers to the failure of these parts as primary failures of “certain single elements”. We recognize that a meaningful numerical estimate of the reliability of these parts is not possible, since over 100 million hours of service history on a part design would be needed to directly meet the probability requirements of the regulation. The regulations presently accommodate this inability to provide a meaningful estimate by stating that these failures cannot be “sensibly” estimated in numerical terms.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">
          <E T="03">Propeller Critical Parts (New § 35.16)</E>
        </HD>
        <P>Our proposed § 35.16 would require the development and execution of an engineering process, a manufacturing process, and a service management process for propeller critical parts. These three processes form a closed-loop system that links the design intent, as defined by the engineering process, to how the part is manufactured and to how the part is maintained in service. Engineering, manufacturing, and service management function as an integrated system. This integrated systems approach recognizes that the effects of an action in one area would have an impact on the entire system.</P>

        <P>The proposed § 35.16 clarifies the wording of the EASA propeller critical parts requirement. Since the CS-P 160 use of the term “plan” might infer a requirement that a “part-specific” document would be required, the term “process” is used instead of “plan”. In this context compliance will consist of a procedures manual that describes the manufacturer's method(s) to control propeller critical parts.<PRTPAGE P="74751"/>
        </P>
        <P>The engineering, manufacturing, and service management processes should provide clear information for propeller critical part management. “Process” in the context of the proposed requirement does not mean that all the required technical information is within a single document. When relevant information exists elsewhere, the process documents may reference, for example, drawings, material specifications, process specifications, as appropriate. These references should be clear enough to sufficiently identify the referenced document so as to allow the design history of an individual part to be traced.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Evaluation, Regulatory Flexibility Determination, International Trade Impact Assessment, and Unfunded Mandates Assessment</HD>
        <P>Proposed changes to Federal regulations must undergo several economic analyses. First, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct that each Federal agency shall propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. Second, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) requires agencies to analyze the economic impact of regulatory changes on small entities. Third, the Trade Agreements Act (Pub. L. 96-39) prohibits agencies from setting standards that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. In developing U.S. standards, the Trade Act requires agencies to consider international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis of U.S. standards. And fourth, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies to prepare a written assessment of the costs, benefits, and other effects of proposed or final rules that include a Federal mandate likely to result in the expenditure by State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more annually (adjusted for inflation with base year of 1995). This portion of the preamble summarizes the FAA's analysis of the economic impacts of this proposed rule.</P>
        <P>In conducting these analyses, the FAA has determined that this proposal has benefits, but no substantial costs, and that it is not “a significant regulatory action” as defined in Executive Order 12866, nor “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures. Further, this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, would reduce barriers to international trade, and would not impose an Unfunded Mandate on state, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector.</P>
        <P>Department of Transportation Order DOT 2100.5 prescribes policies and procedures for simplification, analysis, and review of regulations. If the expected cost impact is so minimal that a proposed or final rule does not warrant a full evaluation, this order permits a statement to that effect, and the basis for it, be included in the preamble if a full regulatory evaluation of the cost and benefits is not prepared. Such a determination has been made for this proposed rule. The reasoning for this determination follows:</P>
        <P>Presently, airplane propeller part manufacturers must satisfy both the code of federal aviation regulations (CFR) and the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) certification requirements to market their products in both the United States and Europe. Meeting two sets of certification requirements raises the cost of developing new airplane propeller parts often with no increase in safety. In the interest of fostering international trade, lowering the cost of airplane propeller parts development, and making the certification process more efficient, the FAA, EASA, and airplane propeller part manufacturers worked to create to the maximum extent possible a single set of certification requirements accepted in both the United States and Europe. These efforts are referred to as harmonization.</P>
        <P>Propellers contain critical parts whose primary failure can result in a hazardous propeller effect. 14 CFR part 35 does not identify what a propeller critical part is, and consequently, has no specific requirement(s) for their design, manufacture, maintenance, or management. EASA however, has regulations that identify what propeller critical parts are, and regulations to reduce the likelihood of propeller critical part failures.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule would revise § 35.15 and add a new § 35.16 to part 35 with the “more stringent” sections CS-P 150 Propeller Safety Analysis and CS-P 160 Propeller Critical Parts Integrity of the EASA requirements. The difference between the FAA and EASA regulations is that the FAA currently does not identify a means of compliance for propeller critical parts and EASA does. The FAA has concluded for the reasons previously discussed in the preamble that the adoption of these EASA requirements into the CFR is the most efficient way to harmonize these sections and in so doing, the existing level of safety will be preserved.</P>
        <P>Manufacturers of airplane propeller critical parts, as well as airplane propeller critical part modifiers potentially would be affected by the proposed amendment.</P>
        <P>A review of current manufacturers of airplane propeller parts, certificated under part 35, has revealed that all manufacturers of such future airplane propeller parts are expected to continue their current practice of compliance under part 35 of the CFR and the EASA certification requirements. Since future certificated airplane propeller parts are expected to meet the existing sections CS-P 150 Propeller Safety Analysis and CS-P 160 Propeller Critical Parts Integrity of the EASA requirements and this proposal simply adopts the same EASA requirement, manufacturers would incur no additional cost resulting from this proposal. Therefore, the FAA estimates that there are no costs associated with this proposal.</P>
        <P>In fact, manufacturers are expected to receive cost-savings because they would not have to build and certificate critical propeller parts to two different authorities' certification specifications and rules.</P>
        <P>The FAA, however, has not attempted to quantify the cost savings that may accrue due to this specific proposal, beyond noting that while they may be minimal, they contribute to a potential harmonization savings. The agency concludes that because there is consensus among potentially impacted airplane propeller critical parts manufacturers that savings will result, further analysis is not required.</P>
        <P>The FAA requests comments with supporting documentation in regard to the conclusions contained in this section.</P>
        <P>FAA has, therefore, determined that this proposed rule is not a “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, and is not “significant” as defined in DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Flexibility Determination</HD>

        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) (RFA) establishes “as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of the businesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions subject to regulation. To achieve this principle, agencies are required to solicit and consider flexible regulatory proposals and to explain the rationale for their actions to assure that such proposals are given serious consideration.” The RFA covers a wide-range of small entities,<PRTPAGE P="74752"/>including small businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA.</P>
        <P>However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear.</P>
        <P>The FAA believes that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the following reason. The net effect of the proposed rule is minimum regulatory cost relief. The proposed rule requires that new propeller manufacturers meet just the “more stringent” European certification requirement, CS-P 150, Propeller Safety Analysis and CS-P 160, Propeller Critical Parts, rather than both the United States and European standards. Propeller manufacturers already meet or expect to meet this standard as well as the existing CFR requirement.</P>
        <P>Given that this proposed rule has minimal to no costs, and could be cost-relieving, the FAA certifies that this proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. We request comment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Trade Impact Assessment</HD>
        <P>The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39), as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (Pub. L. 103-465), prohibits Federal agencies from establishing standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Pursuant to these Acts, the establishment of standards is not considered an unnecessary obstacle to the foreign commerce of the United States, so long as the standard has a legitimate domestic objective, such the protection of safety, and does not operate in a manner that excludes imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards. The FAA has assessed the potential effect of this proposed rule and determined that as the rule is in accord with the Trade Agreements Act as the proposed rule uses European standards as the basis for United States regulation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Unfunded Mandates Assessment</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in an expenditure of $100 million or more (in 1995 dollars) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector; such a mandate is deemed to be a “significant regulatory action.” The FAA currently uses an inflation-adjusted value of $143.1 million in lieu of $100 million.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule does not contain such a mandate; therefore, the requirements of Title II of the Act do not apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) requires that the FAA consider the impact of paperwork and other information collection burdens imposed on the public. The FAA has determined that there would be no new requirement for information collection associated with this proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Compatibility</HD>
        <P>In keeping with U.S. obligations under the Convention on International Civil Aviation, it is FAA policy to conform our regulations to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Standards and Recommended Practices to the maximum extent practicable. The FAA has determined that there are no ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices that correspond to these proposed regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Analysis</HD>
        <P>FAA Order 1050.1E identifies FAA actions that are categorically excluded from preparation of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement under the National Environmental Policy Act in the absence of extraordinary circumstances. The FAA has determined this rulemaking action qualifies for the categorical exclusion identified in Chapter 3, paragraph 312f and involves no extraordinary circumstances.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 13132, Federalism</HD>
        <P>The FAA has analyzed this proposed rule under the principles and criteria of Executive Order 13132, Federalism. The agency has determined that this action would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, or the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, and, therefore, would not have Federalism implications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Order 13211, Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>The FAA analyzed this proposed rule under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use (May 18, 2001). The agency has determined that it would not be a “significant energy action” under the executive order and would not be likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Additional Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments Invited</HD>
        <P>The FAA invites interested persons to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. The agency also invites comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or federalism impacts that might result from adopting the proposals in this document. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should send only one copy of written comments, or if comments are filed electronically, commenters should submit only one time.</P>
        <P>The FAA will file in the docket all comments it receives, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, the FAA will consider all comments it receives on or before the closing date for comments. The FAA will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. The agency may change this proposal in light of the comments it receives.</P>

        <P>Proprietary or Confidential Business Information: Commenters should not file proprietary or confidential business information in the docket. Such information must be sent or delivered directly to the person identified in the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section of this document, and marked as proprietary or confidential. If submitting<PRTPAGE P="74753"/>information on a disk or CD-ROM, mark the outside of the disk or CD-ROM, and identify electronically within the disk or CD-ROM the specific information that is proprietary or confidential.</P>
        <P>Under 14 CFR 11.35(b), if the FAA is aware of proprietary information filed with a comment, the agency does not place it in the docket. Any such proprietary information is held in a separate file to which the public does not have access, and the FAA places a note in the docket that it has received it. If the FAA receives a request to examine or copy this information, it treats it as any other request under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). The FAA processes such a request under Department of Transportation procedures found in 49 CFR part 7.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Availability of Rulemaking Documents</HD>
        <P>An electronic copy of rulemaking documents may be obtained from the Internet by—</P>
        <P>1. Searching the Federal eRulemaking Portal (<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>);</P>
        <P>2. Visiting the FAA's Regulations and Policies web page at<E T="03">http://www.faa.gov/regulations_policies;</E>or</P>
        <P>3. Accessing the Government Printing Office's web page at<E T="03">http://www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/index.html.</E>
        </P>
        <P>Copies may also be obtained by sending a request to the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591, or by calling (202) 267-9680. Commenters must identify the docket or notice number of this rulemaking.</P>
        <P>All documents the FAA considered in developing this proposed rule, including economic analyses and technical reports, may be accessed from the Internet through the Federal eRulemaking Portal referenced in item (1) above.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 35</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation Safety, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend chapter I of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 35—AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: PROPELLERS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 35 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44702, 44704.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Amend § 35.15 by revising paragraphs (c) and (d) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety Analysis.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) The primary failures of certain single propeller elements (for example, blades) cannot be sensibly estimated in numerical terms. If the failure of such elements is likely to result in hazardous propeller effects, those elements must be identified as propeller critical parts.</P>
            <P>(d) For propeller critical parts, applicants must meet the prescribed integrity specifications of § 35.16. These instances must be stated in the safety analysis.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>3. Add § 35.16 to subpart B to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Propeller Critical Parts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The integrity of each propeller critical part identified by the safety analysis required by § 35.15 must be established by:</P>
            <P>(a) A defined engineering process for ensuring the integrity of the propeller critical part throughout its service life,</P>
            <P>(b) A defined manufacturing process that identifies the requirements to consistently produce the propeller critical part as required by the engineering process, and</P>
            <P>(c) A defined service management process that identifies the continued airworthiness requirements of the propeller critical part as required by the engineering process.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on October 31, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Dorenda D. Baker,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Director, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30952 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">POSTAL SERVICE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>39 CFR Part 501</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Authority To Manufacture and Distribute Postage Evidencing Systems</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Postal Service<E T="51">TM</E>.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Postal Service is proposing an editorial revision of the rules governing the inventory control processes of Postage Evidencing Systems (PES) provided to customers by manufacturers or distributors. The proposed changes are intended to clarify the rules, and reflect a change in the name of the office responsible for enforcing them.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments on the proposed procedures must be received on or before January 3, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Mail or deliver written comments to the Manager, Payment Technology, U.S. Postal Service, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Room 3660, Washington, DC 20260-4110. Copies of all written comments will be available for inspection and photocopying between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, at the Payment Technology office.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Marlo Kay Ivey, Business Programs Specialist, Payment Technology, U.S. Postal Service, at (202) 268-7613.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The office formerly known as Postage Technology Management (PTM) is now known as Payment Technology. Accordingly, the Postal Service finds it is necessary to modify the numerous references to PTM in 39 CFR 501.14 to reflect the new name. In addition, the Postal Service believes it is appropriate to take this opportunity to make a number of minor editorial changes throughout § 501.14 to improve its clarity. None of these changes is intended to modify the substantive requirements of the section.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 39 CFR Part 501</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, 39 CFR Part 501 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 501—AUTHORIZATION TO MANUFACTURE AND DISTRIBUTE POSTAGE EVIDENCING SYSTEMS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for 39 CFR Part 501 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 552(a); 39 U.S.C. 101, 401, 403, 404, 410, 2601, 2605, Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended (Pub. L. 95-452, as amended); 5 U.S.C. App. 3.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Section 501.14 is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 501.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Postage Evidencing System inventory control processes.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each authorized provider of Postage Evidencing Systems must permanently hold title to all Postage Evidencing Systems that it manufactures or distributes, except those purchased by the Postal Service or distributed outside the United States.</P>

            <P>(b) An authorized provider must maintain sufficient facilities for and records of the business relationship, distribution, control, storage, maintenance, repair, replacement, and destruction or disposal of all Postage Evidencing Systems and their components to enable accurate accounting and location thereof throughout the entire life cycle of each Postage Evidencing System. A complete record shall entail a list by serial<PRTPAGE P="74754"/>number of all Postage Evidencing Systems manufactured or distributed showing all movements of each system from the time that it is produced until it is scrapped, and the reading of the ascending register each time the system is checked into or out of service. These records must be available for inspection by Postal Service officials at any time during business hours.</P>
            <P>(c) To ensure adequate control over Postage Evidencing Systems, plans for the following processes must be submitted for prior approval, in writing, to the office of Payment Technology.</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Check in to service procedures for all Postage Evidencing Systems</E>—the procedures are to address the process to be used for new Postage Evidencing Systems as well as those previously leased to another customer.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Transportation and storage of Postage Evidencing Systems</E>—these are procedures that provide reasonable precautions to prevent use by unauthorized individuals. Providers must ship all postage meters by Postal Service Registered Mail® service unless given written permission by the Postal Service to use another carrier. The provider must demonstrate that the alternative delivery carrier employs security procedures equivalent to those for Registered Mail service.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Postage Evidencing System examination/inspection procedures and schedule</E>—the provider is required to perform postage meter examinations or inspections based on an approved schedule. Failure to complete the postage meter examination or inspections by the due date may result in the Postal Service requiring the provider to disable the meter's resetting capability. If necessary, the Postal Service shall notify the customer that the postage meter is to be removed from service and the authorization to use a Postage Evidencing System revoked, following the procedures for revocation specified by regulation. The Postal Service shall notify the provider to remove the postage meter from the customer's location.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Check out-of-service procedures for a non-faulty Postage Evidencing System</E>—these must be used when the system is to be removed from service for any reason.</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Postage Evidencing System repair process</E>—any physical or electronic access to the internal components of a postage meter, as well as any access to software or security parameters, must be conducted within an approved facility under the provider's direct control and active supervision. To prevent unauthorized use, the provider or any third party acting on its behalf must keep secure any equipment or other component that can be used to open or access the internal, electronic, or secure components of a postage meter.</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Handling procedures for faulty meters</E>—the provider must maintain handling procedures for faulty meters, including those that are inoperable, mis-registering, have unreadable registers, inaccurately reflect their current status, show any evidence of possible tampering or abuse, and those for which there is any indication that the postage meter has some mechanical or electrical malfunction of any critical security component, such as any component the improper operation of which could adversely affect Postal Service revenues, or of any memory component, or that affects the accuracy of the registers or the accuracy of the value printed.</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Lost or stolen postage meter procedures</E>—the provider must promptly report to the Postal Service the loss or theft of any postage meter or the recovery of any lost or stolen postage meter. Such notification to the Postal Service will be made by completing and filing a standardized lost and stolen meter incident report within ten (10) calendar days of the provider's determination of a meter loss, theft, or recovery.</P>
            <P>(8)<E T="03">Postage meter destruction</E>—when required, the postage meter must be rendered completely inoperable by the destruction process and associated postage; printing dies and components must be destroyed. Manufacturers or distributors of meters must submit the proposed destruction method; a schedule listing the postage meters to be destroyed, by serial number and model; and the proposed time and place of destruction to Payment Technology for approval prior to any meter destruction. Providers must record and retain the serial numbers of the meters to be destroyed and provide a list of such serial numbers in electronic form in accordance with Postal Service requirements for meter accounting and tracking systems. Providers must give sufficient advance notice of the destruction to allow Payment Technology to schedule observation by its designated representative who shall verify that the destruction is performed in accordance with a Postal Service—approved method or process. To the extent that the Postal Service elects not to observe a particular destruction, the provider must submit a certification of destruction, including the serial number(s) to the Postal Service within 5 calendar days of destruction. These requirements for meter destruction apply to all postage meters, Postage Evidencing Systems, and postal security devices included as a component of a Postage Evidencing System.</P>
            <P>(d) If the provider uses a third party to perform functions that may have an impact upon a Postage Evidencing System (especially its security), including, but not limited to, business relationships, repair, maintenance, and disposal of Postage Evidencing Systems, Payment Technology must be advised in advance of all aspects of the relationship, as they relate to the custody and control of Postage Evidencing Systems and must specifically authorize in writing the proposed arrangement between the parties.</P>
            <P>(1) Postal Service authorization of a third-party relationship to perform specific functions applies only to the functions stated in the written authorization but may be amended to embrace additional functions.</P>
            <P>(2) No third-party relationship shall compromise the Postage Evidencing System, or its components, including, but not limited to, the hardware, software, communications, and security components, or of any security-related system with which it interfaces, including, but not limited to, the resetting system, reporting systems, and Postal Service support systems. The functions of the third party with respect to a Postage Evidencing System, its components, and the systems with which it interfaces are subject to the same scrutiny as the equivalent functions of the provider.</P>
            <P>(3) Any authorized third party must keep adequate facilities for and records of Postage Evidencing Systems and their components in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. All such facilities and records are subject to inspection by Postal Service representatives, insofar as they are used to distribute, control, store, maintain, repair, replace, destroy, or dispose of Postage Evidencing Systems.</P>
            <P>(4) The provider must ensure that any party acting on its behalf in any of the functions described in paragraph (b) of this section maintains adequate facilities, records, and procedures for the security of the Postage Evidencing Systems. Deficiencies in the operations of a third party relating to the custody and control of Postage Evidencing Systems, unless corrected in a timely manner, can place at risk a provider's approval to manufacture and/or distribute Postage Evidencing Systems.</P>

            <P>(5) The Postal Service reserves the right to review all aspects of any relationship if it appears that the relationship poses a threat to Postage Evidencing System security and may require the provider to take appropriate<PRTPAGE P="74755"/>corrective action. By entering into any relationship under this section, the provider is not relieved of any responsibility to the Postal Service, and such must be stated in any memorialization of the relationship.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <NAME>Stanley F. Mires,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Attorney, Legal Policy &amp; Legislative Advice.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30876 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-12-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 70</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Regional Docket Nos. V-2010-1, FRL-9498-6]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Clean Air Act Operating Permit Program;Petition for Objection to State Operating Permitfor Carmeuse Stone and Lime</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Denial of petition.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This document announces that the EPA Administrator has denied a petition from the Sierra Club asking EPA to object to a Title V operating permit for Carmeuse Stone and Lime (Carmeuse) issued by the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR).</P>

          <P>Sections 307(b) and 505(b)(2) of the Act provide that a petitioner may ask for judicial review of those portions of the petition which EPA denies in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit. Any petition for review shall be filed within 60 days from the date this notice appears in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, pursuant to section 307 of the Act.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>You may review copies of the final Order, the petition, and other supporting information at the EPA Region 5 Office, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604. If you wish to examine these documents, you should make an appointment at least 24 hours before visiting day. Additionally, the final Order for the Carmeuse petition is available electronically at:<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/region7/air/title5/petitiondb/petitiondb.htm</E>.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Genevieve Damico, Chief, Air Permits Section, Air Programs Branch, Air and Radiation Division, EPA, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, telephone (312) 353-4761.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Act affords EPA a 45-day period to review, and object, as appropriate, to Title V operating permits proposed by state permitting authorities. Section 505(b)(2) of the Act authorizes any person to petition the EPA Administrator within 60 days after the expiration of the EPA review period to object to a Title V operating permit if EPA has not done so. A petition must be based only on objections to the permit that were raised with reasonable specificity during the public comment period provided by the state, unless the petitioner demonstrates that it was impracticable to raise issues during the comment period, or the grounds for the issues arose after this period.</P>
        <P>On December 15, 2009, EPA received a petition from the Sierra Club requesting that EPA object to the Title V operating permit for Carmeuse. The Petitioner alleged that the permit is not in compliance with the requirements of the Act. Specifically, the Petitioner alleged that: (1) A Prevention of Significant Deterioration permit issued by EPA in 1979 did not allow Carmeuse to burn petroleum coke as a fuel and the permit never was modified to allow for it; (2) WDNR was not authorized to revise EPA's 1979 permit; and (3) a construction permit issued by WDNR in 1995 was flawed because WDNR did not use the correct permit process, and did not do the netting analysis or the modeling and increment analyses correctly.</P>
        <P>On November 4, 2011, the Administrator issued an Order denying the Sierra Club's petition. The Order explains the reasons behind EPA's conclusion.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 16, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Susan Hedman,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Regional Administrator, Region 5.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30843 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>48 CFR Part 422</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 0599-AA19</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Office of Procurement and Property Management; Agriculture Acquisition Regulation, Labor Law Violations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Procurement and Property Management, Department of Agriculture.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Office of Procurement and Property Management (OPPM) of the Department of Agriculture (USDA) proposes to amend the Agriculture Acquisition Regulation (the “AGAR”) to add a new clause at subpart 422.70 entitled “Labor Law Violations.” In the final rule section of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, the Agency is publishing this action as a direct final rule without prior proposal because OPPM views this as a non-controversial action and expects no adverse comments. If no adverse comments are received in response to the direct final rule, no further action will be taken on this proposed rule, and the action will become effective at the time specified in the direct final rule. If the Agency receives adverse comments, a timely document will be published withdrawing the direct final rule, and all public comments received will be addressed in a subsequent final rule based on this action.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Interested parties should submit written comments to the Department of Agriculture, OPPM on or before January 30, 2012 to be considered in the formulation of a final rule.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments identified in the subject line as “48 CFR 422 Proposed Rule” by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email: Procurement@usda.gov</E>.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Office of Procurement and Property Management, Procurement Policy Division, MAIL STOP 9306, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9303.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Room 262, Reporters' Building, 300 7th Street SW., Washington, DC.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions must be identified as “48 CFR 422 Proposed Rule” for this proposed rulemaking. Please include your name, company name (if applicable), email address and/or phone number where you can be contacted if additional clarification is required regarding your comment(s).</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Donna Calacone, Office of Procurement and Property Management, at (202) 205-4036 or by mail at OPPM, MAIL STOP 9304, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9303. Please cite “48 CFR 422 (Proposed Rule)” in all correspondence.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>

        <P>The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) highly respects and follows the policies and laws regarding worker labor protections particularly as they<PRTPAGE P="74756"/>pertain to the acquisition process. To support these objectives, this proposed rule adds a subpart and clause entitled<E T="03">Labor Law Violations</E>to the Agriculture Acquisition Regulation (AGAR). The AGAR may be accessed at:<E T="03">http://www.dm.usda.gov/procurement/policy/agar.html</E>. This clause is to be included in all USDA contracts that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold, including all contract options.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>USDA certifies that this proposed rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,<E T="03">et seq.</E>There is no additional submission required as a result of this action. The rule will not have a significant impact on the small business community or on a substantial number of small businesses. The Department invites comment on its estimates for the potential impact of this rulemaking on small businesses.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>The Paperwork Reduction Act does not apply because the proposed rule does not impose any recordkeeping or information collection requirements that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasized the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) designated this rule as not significant according to Executive Order 12866 and therefore this rule has not been reviewed by OMB.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">E. Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is not retroactive and does not preempt State or local laws, regulations, or policies unless they present an irreconcilable conflict with this rule. Before any judicial action may be brought regarding the provisions of this rule, appeal provisions of 7 CFR parts 11 and 780 must be exhausted.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">F. Executive Order 13132</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 13132, Federalism, and does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment. Provisions of this proposed rule will not have a substantial direct effect on States or their political subdivisions or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various government levels.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">G. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule contains no Federal mandates under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), and therefore a written statement is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">H. Executive Order 12372</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12372, Intergovernmental review of Federal programs, and does not establish federal financial assistance or direct Federal development with State and local governments, and is therefore outside the scope of Executive Order 12372, which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Order 13175</HD>
        <P>This proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments, and does not have tribal implications or impose unfunded mandates with Indian tribes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">J. E-Government Act Compliance</HD>
        <P>USDA is committed to compliance with the E-Government Act, which requires Government agencies, in general, to provide the public the option of submitting information or transacting business electronically to the maximum extent possible. This proposed rule requires one letter from requestors which can be sent electronically to USDA. USDA will continue to seek other avenues to increase electronically submitted information.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Part 422</HD>
          <P>Classified information, Computer technology, Government procurement, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of Agriculture proposes to amend 48 CFR part 422, as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 422—[AMENDED]</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 422 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301 and 40 U.S.C. 486(c).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Subpart 422.70 is added to read as follows:</P>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 422.70—Labor Law Violations</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>422.7001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Contract clause.</SUBJECT>
              <P>Insert the clause at 452.222-7001,<E T="03">Labor Law Violations,</E>in solicitations and contracts that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold. Contracting officers shall report violations to the Office of Procurement and Property Management, Procurement Policy Division, within two working days following notification by the contractor.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>452.222-7001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Labor Law Violations.</SUBJECT>
              <P>As prescribed in 422.7001, insert the following clause:</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Labor Law Violations (August 2011)</HD>
              
              <EXTRACT>
                <P>In accepting this contract award, the contractor certifies that it is in compliance with all applicable labor laws and that, to the best of its knowledge, its subcontractors of any tier, and suppliers, are also in compliance with all applicable labor laws. The Department of Agriculture will vigorously pursue corrective action against the contractor and/or any tier subcontractor (or supplier) in the event of a violation of labor law made in the provision of supplies and/or services under this or any other government contract. The contractor is responsible for promptly reporting to the contracting officer when formal allegations or formal findings of non-compliance of labor laws are determined. The Department of Agriculture considers certification under this clause to be a certification for purposes of the False Claims Act. The Department will cooperate as appropriate regarding labor laws applicable to the contract which are enforced by other agencies.</P>
                
                <FP>(End of Clause)</FP>
              </EXTRACT>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: November 17, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Lisa M. Wilusz,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Director, Office of Procurement and Property Management.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30875 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-98-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74757"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 622</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 100812345-1677-01]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-AY73</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic; Comprehensive Annual Catch Limit Amendment for the South Atlantic</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS proposes regulations to implement the Comprehensive Annual Catch Limit Amendment (Comprehensive ACL Amendment) to the Fishery Management Plans (FMPs) for the Snapper-Grouper Fishery of the South Atlantic Region (Snapper-Grouper), the Golden Crab Fishery of the South Atlantic Region (Golden Crab), the Dolphin and Wahoo Fishery off the Atlantic States (Dolphin and Wahoo), and the Pelagic Sargassum Habitat of the South Atlantic Region (Sargassum) as prepared and submitted by the South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council). If implemented, this rule would specify annual catch limits (ACLs) and accountability measures (AMs) for species in the FMPs for Snapper-Grouper, Dolphin and Wahoo, and Golden Crab. The rule would also describe the current terminology and measures in place in the Sargassum FMP that are equivalent to an ACL and AMs. For Sargassum, the rule would not specifically set an ACL because there is currently a commercial quota in place which functions as an ACL, and there are commercial closure provisions in the event the quota is met or projected to be met which functions as an AM. In addition, the rule would revise the snapper-grouper fishery management unit (FMU), including the removal of some species, designation of ecosystem component (EC) species, and the development of species groups. This rule would establish a daily vessel limit for the recreational possession of wreckfish, create a closed season for the wreckfish recreational sector, prohibit recreational bag limit sales of dolphin from for-hire vessels, and set a minimum size limit for dolphin off most of the South Atlantic states. The intent of this rule is to specify ACLs for species not undergoing overfishing while maintaining catch levels consistent with achieving optimum yield (OY) for the resource.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be received on or before December 19, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments on the proposed rule identified by “NOAA-NMFS-2011-0087” by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Electronic submissions:</E>Submit electronic comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Nikhil Mehta, Southeast Regional Office, NMFS, 263 13th Avenue South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>without change. All Personal Identifying Information (for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.</P>

          <P>To submit comments through the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal:<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>click on “submit a comment,” then enter “NOAA-NMFS-2011-0087” in the keyword search and click on “search”. To view posted comments during the comment period, enter “NOAA-NMFS-2011-0087” in the keyword search and click on “search.” NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required field if you wish to remain anonymous). You may submit attachments to electronic comments in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only.</P>
          <P>Comments through means not specified in this rule will not be accepted.</P>

          <P>Electronic copies of the Comprehensive ACL Amendment, which includes a final environmental impact statement (FEIS), a regulatory flexibility analysis, and a regulatory impact review, may be obtained from the Southeast Regional Office Web Site at<E T="03">http://sero.nmfs.noaa.gov/sf/pdfs/Comp%20ACL%20Am%20101411%20FINAL.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Nikhil Mehta, Southeast Regional Office, NMFS, telephone: (727) 824-5305; email:<E T="03">nikhil.mehta@noaa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The fisheries for snapper-grouper, golden crab, dolphin and wahoo, and pelagic sargassum habitat of the South Atlantic are managed under their respective FMPs. The FMPs were prepared by the Council and are implemented through regulations at 50 CFR part 622 under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The 2006 revisions to the Magnuson-Stevens Act require that by 2011, for fisheries determined by the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to not be subject to overfishing, ACLs and AMs must be established at a level that prevents overfishing and helps to achieve OY. These mandates are intended to ensure fishery resources are managed for the greatest overall benefit to the nation, particularly with respect to providing food production and recreational opportunities, and protecting marine ecosystems.</P>
        <P>An ACL is the level of annual catch of a stock or stock complex that is set to prevent overfishing from occurring. An ACL that is met or exceeded serves as the basis for triggering an AM. ACLs may incorporate management and scientific uncertainty, and take into account the amount of data available and level of vulnerability to overfishing for each species. ACLs established through this rule would be defined in either gutted or round weight. Separate ACLs may be established for each sector of a fishery, i.e., commercial and recreational. However, the combined total of all sector ACLs may not exceed the total ACL for a species or stock complex. For stocks for which an ACL would be set through this rulemaking, none are currently overfished, in a rebuilding plan, or undergoing overfishing.</P>
        <P>Accountability measures may be used for both in-season and post-season management of a stock to control or mitigate harvest levels with respect to the ACL. This rule would establish in-season and post-season AMs for the commercial sector, and in-season AMs for the recreational sector based upon the amount of harvest in the previous fishing year that would maintain catch levels within the ACLs or restore catch levels to those limits if exceeded.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Management Measures Contained in This Proposed Rule</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Snapper-Grouper</HD>

        <P>This rule would identify snapper-grouper species that do not need Federal management and can therefore be removed from the Snapper-Grouper FMP; designate selected snapper-grouper species as EC species; and establish species groups for selected<PRTPAGE P="74758"/>snapper-grouper species for more effective management. The rule would also establish ACLs for the commercial and recreational sectors. Additionally, the rule would establish AMs, which manage harvest within an applicable quota or ACL and manage future harvest, should a species or species group ACL be exceeded. Furthermore, this rule would establish a daily vessel limit for the recreational possession of wreckfish and create a closed season for the wreckfish recreational sector.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Designation of Species To Be Removed From the FMP</HD>
        <P>There are currently 73 species in the Snapper-Grouper FMP. Many uncommonly harvested species were originally placed in the FMP because they were considered to be sub-tropical/tropical in distribution, and therefore limited in their range to south of Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, on the east coast of the U.S.; and were part of a large multi-species fishery where co-occurring species were taken together with the same gear in the same area. The Council evaluated whether all species currently included in the snapper-grouper fishery management unit (FMU) are in need of Federal conservation and management.</P>
        <P>In deciding whether a species needed continued management at the Federal level through an FMP, the Council considered the following criteria: The importance of the fishery to the Nation and the regional economy; whether being in an FMP can improve or maintain the condition of the stock; the extent to which the fishery could be or already is adequately managed by other entities; whether inclusion in an FMP can resolve competing interests or conflicts among user groups; whether inclusion in an FMP can produce more efficient utilization with respect to the economic condition of a fishery; whether inclusion in an FMP can foster the orderly growth of a developing fishery; and a consideration of the costs associated with the inclusion of a stock within an FMP balanced against the benefits (50 CFR 600.340(b)(2)).</P>
        <P>Based on these criteria, the Council determined 13 species should be removed from the Snapper-Grouper FMP. This rule would remove black margate, bluestriped grunt, crevalle jack, French grunt, grass porgy, porkfish, puddingwife, queen triggerfish, sheepshead, smallmouth grunt, Spanish grunt, tiger grouper, and yellow jack from the Snapper-Grouper FMP. Of the 13 species to be removed, the majority have over 95 percent of their landings reported in state waters. Also, three of these species (porkfish, puddingwife, and queen triggerfish) are managed by Florida in Florida waters under the Florida Marine Life rule which contains more stringent protections for these species than current Federal regulations. In addition, two species (tiger grouper and smallmouth grunt) identified for removal have no reported commercial or recreational landings in Federal waters from 2005 to 2009.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Designation of Ecosystem Component Species in the FMP</HD>
        <P>The Magnuson-Stevens Act National Standard 1 Guidelines describe the criteria to be considered to designate an EC species (50 CFR 600.310(d)(5)). According to these criteria, EC species should be a non-target species; not be determined to be subject to overfishing, approaching overfished, or overfished; not likely to become subject to overfishing or overfished in the absence of conservation and management measures; and not generally retained for sale or personal use. Based on an evaluation of the criteria, the Council determined six species should be designated as EC species. This rule would designate bank sea bass, cottonwick, longspine porgy, ocean triggerfish, rock sea bass, and schoolmaster as EC species within the Snapper-Grouper FMP. The designation of these species as EC species would retain them in the Snapper-Grouper FMP, but they are not required to have an ACL or AM (50 CFR 600.310(c) and (d)). These EC species would also not be subject to any other proposed management actions within the Comprehensive ACL Amendment and would not be subject to other Federal management measures such as recreational bag limits and size limits. Where those types of management measures are already in place, this rule would remove those applicable Federal regulations. Of the species proposed to be designated as EC species, all are currently included in the aggregate snapper-grouper recreational bag limit and the schoolmaster has current size limit regulations. The species that would be designated as EC species met at least three out of the four National Standard 1 criteria for EC species. These six species are generally not retained because of their small size and the greater availability of a higher quality co-occurring species, and their commercial and recreation landings are low. No other species that are proposed to be retained within the Snapper-Grouper FMP and FMU meet the previously described EC designation criteria.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Species Groupings</HD>

        <P>The Magnuson-Stevens Act National Standard 1 Guidelines state that stocks may be grouped into complexes for various reasons, including whether the stocks cannot be targeted independently of one another in a multi-species fishery, there are not sufficient data to measure their status relative to established status determination criteria, or when it is not feasible for fishermen to distinguish individual stocks among their catch (50 CFR 600.310(d)(8)). A species grouping or complex means a group of stocks that are sufficiently similar in geographic distribution, life history, and vulnerabilities to the fishery such that the impact of management actions on the stocks is similar. The Council decided to establish species group or complex ACLs for selected snapper-grouper species within the Comprehensive ACL Amendment. Complexes for species groups would be established using associations based on life history, catch statistics from commercial logbook and observer data, recreational headboat logbooks and private/charter surveys, and fishery-independent data. Detailed quantitative analyses including productivity and susceptibility analysis and multivariate statistical analysis were used to identify stock associations. These identified associations between stocks were then used to develop complexes for unassessed stocks. The rule would revise the current snapper-grouper species grouping, and place selected snapper-grouper species into the complexes for: Deep-water species (yellowedge grouper, blueline tilefish, silk snapper, misty grouper, sand tilefish, queen snapper, black snapper, and blackfin snapper); shallow-water groupers (red hind, rock hind, yellowmouth grouper, yellowfin grouper, coney, and graysby); snappers (gray snapper, lane snapper, cubera snapper, dog snapper, and mahogany snapper), jacks (almaco jack, banded rudderfish, and lesser amberjack), grunts (white grunt, sailors choice, tomtate, and margate), and porgies (jolthead porgy, knobbed porgy, saucereye porgy, scup, and whitebone porgy). An ACL and AM would be specified for each complex. Heavily targeted stocks, stocks with assessments, stocks with fishery closures where the ACL equals zero, or stocks that did not fall into any complex grouping would be managed by individual ACLs. Species that would not be included in species groups but for which individual ACLs would be established are black grouper, wreckfish, Atlantic spadefish,<PRTPAGE P="74759"/>greater amberjack, scamp, red porgy (recreational sector only), hogfish, yellowtail snapper, blue runner, bar jack, gray triggerfish, and mutton snapper.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">ACLs</HD>
        <P>This rule would assign initial ACLs for each of the species or species group or complex retained for Federal management in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment, excluding EC species. The ACLs proposed for these selected snapper-grouper species or species groups are available at § 622.49(b) in the regulatory text section within this proposed rule. For selected snapper-grouper species or species groups that would have an ACL established through this rule, the ACL would be equal to both the OY and the allowable biological catch (ABC).</P>
        <P>The South Atlantic Council specified OY as “ACL is equal to OY is equal to ABC”, for species in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment, since none of the species are listed as overfished or undergoing overfishing, and the ABC control rules, developed with the Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC), incorporate uncertainty in the specification of the ABCs. This rule would specify an ACL for species in both the commercial and recreational sectors, except for red porgy. For red porgy, the rule would establish an ACL for red porgy for the recreational sector only, because a commercial quota is already in place for red porgy and functions as the equivalent of a commercial ACL. The recreational ACL proposed for red porgy is available at § 622.49(b) in the regulatory text section within this proposed rule. The commercial quota for red porgy is already in place and is available at § 622.42(e).</P>
        <P>For wreckfish specifically, a commercial quota is in place and would be reduced through this rule. The commercial ACL that would be established through this rule would be equal to the revised commercial quota. This rule would also establish an ACL for the wreckfish recreational sector. The recreational ACL proposed for wreckfish is available § 622.49(b) in the regulatory text section within this proposed rule. The revised commercial quota proposed for wreckfish is available at § 622.42(f) in the regulatory text section within this proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AMs</HD>
        <P>For the commercial sector, excluding wreckfish, if the commercial ACL for a species or species group is exceeded during a fishing year, then the sector would be closed for the remainder of that fishing year for that specific species or species group. If the ACL for a species group is exceeded, all species contained within that group would be subject to their respective group AM. If a species, or at least a single member of a species group is designated as overfished, and the commercial ACL is exceeded, then during the following fishing year, the commercial sector ACL would be reduced by the amount of the commercial ACL overage in the prior fishing year. For red porgy, the commercial quota closure provisions function as the equivalent to an AM in the event that the red porgy commercial quota is exceeded in a fishing year.</P>
        <P>The wreckfish commercial sector is managed under the individual transferrable quota (ITQ) program and this rule would make the ITQ program itself the AM for the commercial sector because commercial landings are closely monitored and ITQ participants are limited to their specific ITQ allocation each fishing year.</P>
        <P>For the recreational sector, if the recreational ACL is exceeded for a species or species group in a fishing year, then during the next fishing year the RA would monitor the recreational landings for a persistence in increased landings, and using the best scientific information available reduce the length of the recreational fishing season as necessary to ensure the recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Wreckfish Management Measures</HD>
        <P>This rule would implement a one wreckfish per vessel daily recreational limit and a recreational wreckfish closed season of January 1 through June 30, and September 1 through December 31, each year.</P>
        <P>Wreckfish spawn during December through May with peak spawning occurring during February and March. The establishment of a January through June closed season for the wreckfish recreational sector could provide a greater biological benefit to the stock. The closed seasons of January through June and September through December, and the subsequent ability to recreationally harvest wreckfish during the months of July and August, also provides an additional opportunity for recreational fishermen to harvest wreckfish during the summer months, when weather conditions are more favorable offshore for anglers who may target wreckfish far offshore.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Dolphin and Wahoo</HD>
        <P>This rule would specify initial ACLs and AMs for dolphin and wahoo. The ACLs proposed for dolphin and wahoo are available at § 622.49(e) and (f) in the regulatory text section within this proposed rule. Additional management measures for dolphin are also proposed that would prohibit recreational bag limit sales of dolphin harvested from for-hire vessels, and set a minimum size limit for dolphin off most of the South Atlantic states.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">ACLs</HD>
        <P>This rule would assign initial ACLs for dolphin and wahoo. For the ACLs established through this rule, the ACL would be equal to both the OY and the ABC. The South Atlantic Council specified OY as “ACL is equal to OY is equal to ABC”, for species in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment, since none of the species are listed as overfished or undergoing overfishing, and the ABC control rules, developed with the Council's SSC, incorporate uncertainty in the specification of the ABCs. ACLs would be specified for species in both the commercial and recreational sectors.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AMs</HD>
        <P>For the commercial sector, if the commercial ACL is exceeded during a fishing year, then the commercial sector would be closed for the remainder of that fishing year for that species. If a species is designated as overfished, and the commercial ACL is exceeded, then during the following fishing year, the commercial sector ACL would be reduced by the amount of the commercial ACL overage from the prior fishing year.</P>
        <P>For the recreational sector, if the recreational ACL is exceeded for a species in a fishing year, then during the next fishing year the RA would monitor the recreational landings for a persistence in increased landings, and using the best scientific information available, reduce the length of the recreational fishing season as necessary to ensure the recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Dolphin Bag Limit Sales</HD>

        <P>This rule would prohibit recreational bag limit sales of dolphin harvested by persons while onboard for-hire vessels. The prohibition of recreational bag limit sales of dolphin harvested by people on for-hire vessels would ensure that the Federal regulations are fair and equitable by making sure that fish harvested by the recreational sector are not counted toward commercial quotas through submitted dealer reports and that total landings data are accurate. Accordingly, this rule would prohibit the sale of dolphin harvested or possessed under the bag limit by a<PRTPAGE P="74760"/>vessel for which a Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for Atlantic dolphin and wahoo has been issued in the Atlantic EEZ.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Dolphin Minimum Size Limit</HD>
        <P>This rule would establish a minimum size limit for dolphin of 20 inches (50.8 cm) fork length to include the Federal waters off South Carolina. Currently, the dolphin minimum size limit is 20 inches (50.8 cm) fork length, for the Federal waters off Florida and Georgia. This rule would extend the applicability of that size limit from Florida through South Carolina to ensure consistency in the regulations as well as help prevent large scale harvest of very small dolphin.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Golden Crab</HD>
        <P>This rule would specify an ACL and an AM for golden crab. ACL. This rule would assign an initial ACL for golden crab. The ACL proposed for golden crab is available at § 622.49(g) in the regulatory text section within this proposed rule. The ACL would be equal to both the OY and the ABC. The South Atlantic Council specified OY as “ACL is equal to OY is equal to ABC”, for species in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment, since none of the species are listed as overfished or undergoing overfishing, and the ABC control rules, developed with the Council's SSC, incorporate uncertainty in the specification of the ABCs. The ACL would only be specified for the commercial sector of the golden crab fishery. There is not a recreational sector of the golden crab fishery and there are no identified golden crab recreational fishers. Therefore, a recreational ACL would not be established through this rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AMs</HD>
        <P>If the golden crab commercial sector exceeds the ACL during a fishing year, then the sector would be closed for the remainder of that fishing year. If, at a later date golden crab were to be designated as designated as overfished, and the commercial ACL was exceeded, then during the following fishing year, the sector ACL would be reduced by the amount of the commercial ACL overage from the prior fishing year.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Measures Contained in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment That Are Not in This Proposed Rule</HD>
        <P>The Comprehensive ACL Amendment also contains actions that are not specifically addressed through this rulemaking. These items include specifying ABC control rules, allocations for the commercial and recreational sectors, and jurisdictional allocations between the South Atlantic Council and the Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council (Gulf Council) for three species.</P>
        <P>The Comprehensive ACL Amendment established ABC control rules for the Snapper-Grouper, Dolphin and Wahoo, Golden Crab, and Sargassum FMPs, which were used to establish ABC. These standard methods for determining the appropriate ABC would allow the Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) to determine an objective and efficient assignment of ABC that takes into account scientific uncertainty regarding the harvest levels that would lead to overfishing. The quality and quantity of landings information varies according to the stock in question, thus different control rules are needed for data-adequate (assessed species) and data-poor (un-assessed species) stocks.</P>
        <P>Additionally, the amendment would establish allocations for the commercial and recreational sectors for snapper-grouper species and dolphin and wahoo that do not currently have allocations specified.</P>
        <P>The amendment also defines the apportionment for black grouper, yellowtail snapper, and mutton snapper across the jurisdictional boundary between the South Atlantic Council and the Gulf Council. These three species are managed separately by both the Gulf and South Atlantic Councils, but each has a stock assessment and ABC that covers both Council's areas of jurisdiction. Therefore, based on historical landings and recommendations from their respective SSC's, the two councils have agreed to apportion those overarching ABCs between them, and the amendment establishes ABC limits for the South Atlantic Council's area of jurisdiction.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Measures Contained in This Proposed Rule That Are Not in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment</HD>
        <P>This rule would revise the boundary coordinates for the harvest prohibition for pelagic Sargassum in the South Atlantic EEZ. The current northern boundary for this harvest prohibition defined at 50 CFR 622.35(g)(1)(i) is not consistent with the intercouncil boundary between the Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council and the South Atlantic Council as defined at 50 CFR 600.105. The Sargassum FMP specifies that the northern boundary for management for Sargassum in the South Atlantic EEZ is the Virginia/North Carolina boundary, which is the boundary between the Mid-Atlantic and South Atlantic Councils. Current regulations specify a latitude for the northern boundary for Sargassum that is approximately two nautical miles north of the intercouncil boundary between the Mid-Atlantic and South Atlantic Councils. Therefore, this rule would specify the latitude for the northern boundary of the management area for Sargassum, which is the boundary between the Mid-Atlantic and South Atlantic Councils.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of the Comprehensive ACL Amendment</HD>

        <P>Additional background and rationale for the measures previously discussed are contained in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment. The availability of the Comprehensive ACL Amendment was announced in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 20, 2011 (76 FR 65133). A minority report was submitted by dissenting South Atlantic Council members expressing concerns regarding some of the actions in the Comprehensive ACL Amendment. Written comments on the Comprehensive ACL Amendment must be received by December 19, 2011. All comments received on the amendment or the proposed rule during their respective comment periods will be addressed in the preamble to the final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with the amendment, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration after public comment.</P>
        <P>This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <P>The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration that this rule, if adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this determination is as follows.</P>

        <P>The purpose of the amendment is to specify OFLs, ACLs, and AMs where needed to comply with Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements. The objective of this amendment is to implement measures expected to prevent overfishing and achieve OY while minimizing, to the extent practicable, adverse social and economic effects. The Magnuson-Stevens Act provides the statutory basis for this proposed rule. The management measures contained in<PRTPAGE P="74761"/>this rule are described in the preamble and are not repeated here.</P>
        <P>This rule is expected to directly affect commercial fishing vessels that have permits for, or landings of, South Atlantic snapper-grouper, including wreckfish, dolphin-wahoo, or golden crab. This rule is also expected to directly affect for-hire vessels that possess for-hire snapper-grouper or dolphin-wahoo permits in the South Atlantic. The Small Business Administration (SBA) has established size criteria for all major industry sectors in the U.S. including fish harvesters. A business involved in fish harvesting is classified as a small business if it is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in its field of operation (including its affiliates), and has combined annual receipts not in excess of $4.0 million (NAICS code 114111, finfish fishing) for all its affiliated operations worldwide.</P>
        <P>In 2010, 598 vessels possessed snapper-grouper unlimited permits and 136 vessels possessed limited snapper-grouper permits. Thus, 732 vessels possessed limited access permits to harvest snapper-grouper species in the South Atlantic. Profit estimates for these vessels are not currently available. Between 2005 and 2009, the average gross revenue from landings of South Atlantic snapper-grouper was approximately $13.82 million, resulting in an average of $18,875 in gross revenue per permitted vessel. These vessels are expected to be directly affected by the actions to specify jurisdictional allocations for black grouper, yellowtail snapper, and mutton snapper, the action to establish ACLs for snapper-grouper species retained in the Snapper-Grouper FMP that currently do not have an ACL, and the action to establish sector allocations for snapper-grouper species currently without such allocations.</P>
        <P>The commercial sector of the wreckfish fishery is managed under an Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) program. In the 2009-10 fishing year there were 25 IFQ shareholders. However, between 2005 and 2009, only 5 vessels harvested wreckfish per year on average. All vessels harvesting wreckfish must possess a Federal commercial snapper-grouper permit. Profit estimates for these vessels are not currently available. Between 2005 and 2009, the average annual gross revenue from wreckfish landings was approximately $440,000, resulting in an average of $84,600 in annual gross revenue per vessel. These shareholders and vessels are expected to be directly affected by the actions to establish an ACL and sector allocations for wreckfish.</P>
        <P>In 2010, 2,144 vessels possessed an open access dolphin-wahoo commercial permit. However, landings data indicate that, on average, only 602 and 224 vessels harvested dolphin and wahoo, respectively, between 2005 and 2009. Profit estimates for these vessels are not currently available. Annual gross revenue from dolphin and wahoo landings were approximately $1.58 million and $118,000, respectively, during this time period. Thus, annual gross revenue per vessel was approximately $2,628 and $527 on average for dolphin and wahoo, respectively. These vessels are expected to be directly affected by the actions to establish ACLs and sector allocations for dolphin and wahoo. The action to establish a commercial minimum size limit for dolphin would only directly affect vessels that harvest dolphin.</P>
        <P>For the golden crab fishery, 11 vessels possessed a limited access permit in 2010. However, between 2005 and 2009, only 5 vessels harvested golden crab per year on average. Profit estimates for these vessels are not currently available. Between 2005 and 2009, the average annual gross revenue from golden crab landings was approximately $1.09 million, resulting in an average of $226,400 in annual gross revenue per vessel. These vessels are expected to be directly affected by the action to establish an ACL for golden crab.</P>
        <P>Between 2005 and 2009, approximately 2,018 vessels possessed for-hire snapper-grouper permits. These vessels are expected to be directly affected by the actions to specify jurisdictional allocations for black grouper, yellowtail snapper, and mutton snapper, the action to establish ACLs for snapper-grouper species retained in the Snapper-Grouper FMP that currently do not have an ACL, the action to establish sector allocations for snapper-grouper species currently without such allocations, the actions to establish an ACL and sector allocations for wreckfish, and the actions to establish a daily vessel limit for the recreational possession of wreckfish and a closed season for the wreckfish recreational sector. Between 2005 and 2009, 2,012 vessels possessed for-hire dolphin-wahoo permits on average. These vessels are expected to be directly affected by the actions to establish ACLs and sector allocations for dolphin and wahoo, the action to prohibit sales of dolphin harvested under the bag limit by for-hire vessels, and the action to establish a recreational minimum size limit for dolphin. For-hire permits do not distinguish charterboats from headboats and thus the specific number of charterboats with for-hire dolphin-wahoo permits cannot be estimated. The number of for-hire vessels that landed snapper-grouper or dolphin-wahoo during this time period also cannot be estimated based on currently available data.</P>
        <P>Producer surplus represents profit in the for-hire sector. However, producer estimates for snapper-grouper and dolphin-wahoo for-hire vessels are not currently available. A study on the for-hire sector in the Southeast Region presented two sets of average gross revenue estimates for the charter and headboat sectors in the South Atlantic. The first set of estimates was as follows: $51,000 for charterboats on the Atlantic coast of Florida; $60,135 for charterboats in North Carolina; $26,304 for charterboats in South Carolina; $56,551 for charterboats in Georgia; $140,714 for headboats in Florida; and $123,000 for headboats in the other South Atlantic states. The second set of estimates was as follows: $69,268 for charterboats and $299,551 for headboats across all South Atlantic states. Because the second set of estimates were considerably higher than the first set, a new approach was employed that generated the following estimates of average gross revenue: $73,365 for charterboats in North Carolina, $32,091 for charterboats in South Carolina; $68,992 for charterboats in Georgia; and $261,990 for headboats across all South Atlantic states. Data for Florida were unavailable in the second set of estimates.</P>
        <P>Based on the figures above, all commercial fishing vessels expected to be directly affected by this proposed rule are determined, for the purpose of this analysis, to be small business entities. Similarly, and regardless of which estimates are used, based on these figures, all for-hire fishing vessels expected to be directly affected by this proposed rule are determined, for the purpose of this analysis, to be small business entities.</P>

        <P>For the action to establish sector allocations in the snapper-grouper fishery, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a loss of approximately $754,000 in gross revenue, representing a loss of approximately $1,030 in gross revenue per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in an increase of approximately $3.192 million in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in<PRTPAGE P="74762"/>turnsuggests that producer surplus will also increase for vessels in the for-hire sector.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish ACLs in the snapper-grouper fishery, except for the commercial wreckfish sector, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a gain of approximately $2,134,725 in gross revenue, representing a gain of about $2,916 in gross revenue per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of approximately $16.72 million in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus for for-hire vessels will likewise increase, with the increase potentially being substantial.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish a sector allocation for wreckfish, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a loss of approximately $29,000 in gross revenue, representing a loss of about $5,800 per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of approximately $31,000 in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus may also increase for for-hire vessels.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish an ACL for wreckfish, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a potential loss of approximately $4.07 million in gross revenue. However, losses in gross revenue overstate losses in profits. Moreover, the potential loss in commercial gross revenue significantly overstates the expected actual loss in gross revenue. The potential loss in gross revenue is based on a reduction in the wreckfish commercial quota from 2 million lb (909,091 kg) to 237,500 lb (107,955 kg). The commercial sector only harvested approximately 165,000 lb (75,000 kg) on average between 2005 and 2009, which is below the proposed commercial quota. In addition, only 5 vessels have been harvesting wreckfish in recent years on average. It is highly unlikely these 5 vessels could generate landings of 2 million lb (909,091 kg). It is much more likely their landings will be closer to the proposed ACL, in which case the losses in gross revenue and profits may be minimal and possibly zero. However, because each wreckfish shareholder's annual allocation would be proportionally reduced as a result of the reduction in the commercial quota; it is possible that a few of these vessels' allocation of wreckfish would be reduced below their recent harvest levels, which would reduce their gross revenue and likely their profits.</P>
        <P>For the actions to establish a daily vessel limit for the recreational possession of wreckfish and a closed season for the wreckfish recreational sector, the direct economic effects are expected to be minimal given that a recreational sector does not currently exist and the action to establish a recreational ACL of only 12,500 lb (5,682 kg).</P>
        <P>For the action to establish a jurisdictional allocation for black grouper, commercial gross revenue is expected to increase by approximately $44,300, or by approximately $61 per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of approximately $291,600 in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus for for-hire vessels would also increase.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish a sector allocation for black grouper, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a gain of approximately $124,000 in gross revenue for 2012, representing a gain of about $170 in gross revenue per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of approximately $468,000 in consumer surplus for the recreational sector in 2012, which in turn suggests that producer surplus would also increase for for-hire vessels in 2012.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish an ACL for black grouper, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a gain of approximately $538,000 in gross revenue, indicating a gain of about $735 in gross revenue per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of approximately $1.76 million in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus for for-hire vessels would likewise increase.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish a jurisdictional allocation for yellowtail snapper, commercial gross revenue is expected to increase by approximately $158,400, or by approximately $216 per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of approximately $601,200 in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus for for-hire vessels would also increase.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish a jurisdictional allocation for mutton snapper, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a loss of approximately $18,000 in gross revenue for 2012, representing a loss of about $25 in gross revenue per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, because the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a loss of approximately $397,600 in consumer surplus for the recreational sector in 2012, which in turn suggests that producer surplus may also decrease for for-hire vessels in 2012.</P>
        <P>Thus, an increase in gross revenue of approximately $1.52 million, or approximately $2,080 per vessel, is expected as a result of all actions affecting commercial snapper-grouper vessels. Further, under all actions affecting for-hire snapper-grouper vessels, the expected increase in consumer surplus for the recreational sector is approximately $22.77 million. Although the effects on producer surplus for for-hire vessels cannot be estimated given available data, most of the recreational ACLs are being set significantly above recent recreational landings, and thus recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to increase producer surplus, likely substantially, for for-hire vessels.</P>

        <P>For the action to establish a sector allocation for dolphin, the economic<PRTPAGE P="74763"/>effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a loss of approximately $78,000 in gross revenue, representing a loss of about $130 in gross revenue per vessel. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, the recreational ACL is being set substantially above recent recreational landings, and thus recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of at least $4.7 million in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus would also increase, possibly substantially, for for-hire vessels.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish an ACL for dolphin, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a loss of approximately $78,000 in gross revenue. However, this loss is directly attributable to the proposed sector allocation, and thus no additional losses in gross revenue are expected as a result of this action. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, the recreational ACL is being set substantially above recent recreational landings, and thus recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of at least $25.2 million in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus would also increase, likely substantially, for for-hire vessels.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish management measures for dolphin, a loss of $13,000 in gross revenue is expected as a result of the proposed commercial minimum size limit, representing a loss in gross revenue of approximately $22 per vessel. A loss in producer surplus to the for-hire sector of approximately $15,000 is expected as a result of the proposed recreational minimum size limit for dolphin. Because it is likely this action would only affect the 134 vessels with for-hire dolphin-wahoo permits in South Carolina, the loss in producer surplus per for-hire vessel is approximately $112.</P>
        <P>The prohibition on bag limit sales by for-hire vessels is expected to result in a loss of approximately $71,000 in gross revenue, or by approximately $70 per for-hire vessel. Losses in gross revenue overstate losses in producer surplus. Thus, the expected loss in producer surplus per vessel would be less than $70.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish a sector allocation for wahoo, because commercial landings are not expected to change, no economic effects on the commercial sector are expected. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. However, the recreational ACL is being set above recent recreational landings, and thus recreational landings are expected to increase. This increase in landings is expected to result in a gain of at least $894,000 in consumer surplus for the recreational sector, which in turn suggests that producer surplus may also increase for for-hire vessels.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish an ACL for wahoo, because commercial landings are not expected to change, no economic effects on the commercial sector are expected. For the for-hire sector, effects on producer surplus cannot be estimated given available data. A gain of at least $894,000 in consumer surplus was estimated for the recreational sector. However, this gain is directly attributable to the proposed sector allocation, and thus no additional gains in producer surplus are expected as a result of this action.</P>
        <P>For the action to establish an ACL for golden crab, the economic effects to the commercial sector are estimated to be a gain of approximately $94,000 in gross revenue, representing a gain of approximately $18,800 in gross revenue per vessel.</P>
        <P>As a result of the information above, a reduction in profits for a substantial number of small entities is not expected. Because this rule, if implemented, is not expected to have a significant direct adverse economic effect on the profits of a substantial number of small entities, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis is not required and none has been prepared.</P>
        <P>No duplicative, overlapping, or conflicting Federal rules have been identified. This rule would not establish any new reporting or record-keeping requirements. However, the AMs may constitute a new compliance requirement and are analyzed previously.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 622</HD>
          <P>Fisheries, Fishing, Puerto Rico, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Virgin Islands.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Eric C. Schwaab,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        
        <P>For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 622 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 622—FISHERIES OF THE CARIBBEAN, GULF, AND SOUTH ATLANTIC</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 622 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. In § 622.1, paragraph (b), Table 1, footnote 4 is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose and Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 1.—FMPs Implemented Under Part 622</HD>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU>Black sea bass and scup are not managed by the FMP or regulated by this part north of 35°15.9′ N. lat., the latitude of Cape Hatteras Light, NC.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>3. In § 622.2, the definition for “South Atlantic shallow-water grouper (SASWG)” is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions and acronyms.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">South Atlantic shallow-water grouper (SASWG)</E>means, in the South Atlantic, gag, black grouper, red grouper, scamp, red hind, rock hind, yellowmouth grouper, yellowfin grouper, graysby, and coney.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>4. In § 622.4, the first sentence in paragraph (a)(2)(vii) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Permits and fees.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) * * *</P>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Wreckfish.</E>For a person aboard a vessel to be eligible for exemption from the bag limit for wreckfish in or from the South Atlantic EEZ, to fish under a quota for wreckfish in or from the South Atlantic EEZ, or to sell wreckfish in or from the South Atlantic EEZ, a commercial vessel permit for wreckfish and a commercial permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper must have been issued to the vessel and must be on board. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>5. In § 622.5, paragraphs (a)(1)(iv)(C)(<E T="03">2</E>) and (c)(5)(iii) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and reporting.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iv) * * *</P>
            <P>(C) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Make available to an authorized officer upon request all records of<PRTPAGE P="74764"/>commercial offloadings, purchases, or sales of wreckfish.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) A dealer who has been issued a dealer permit for wreckfish, as required under § 622.4(a)(4), must make available to an authorized officer upon request all records of commercial offloadings, purchases, or sales of wreckfish.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>6. In § 622.15, paragraphs (c)(4) and (d)(3) and (4) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Wreckfish individual transferable quota (ITQ) system.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) Wreckfish may not be possessed on board a fishing vessel that has been issued a commercial vessel permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper and a commercial vessel permit for wreckfish—</P>
            <P>(i) In an amount exceeding the total of the ITQ coupons on board the vessel; or</P>

            <P>(ii) That does not have on board logbook forms for that fishing trip, as required under § 622.5(a)(1)(iv)(C)(<E T="03">1</E>).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(3) A wreckfish harvested by a vessel that has been issued a commercial vessel permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper and a commercial vessel permit for wreckfish may be offloaded from a fishing vessel only between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m., local time.</P>
            <P>(4) If a wreckfish harvested by a vessel that has been issued a commercial vessel permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper and a commercial vessel permit for wreckfish is to be offloaded at a location other than a fixed facility of a dealer who holds a dealer permit for wreckfish, as required under § 622.4(a)(4), the wreckfish shareholder or the vessel operator must advise NMFS Office for Law Enforcement, Southeast Region, St. Petersburg, FL, by telephone (727) 824-5344, of the location not less than 24 hours prior to offloading.</P>
            <P>7. In § 622.35, paragraph (g)(1)(i) is revised, the first sentence in paragraph (j) is revised, and paragraph (p) is added to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Atlantic EEZ seasonal and/or area closures.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(g) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(i) No person may harvest pelagic sargassum in the South Atlantic EEZ between 36°33′01.0″ N. lat. (directly east from the Virginia/North Carolina boundary) and 34° N. lat., within 100 nautical miles east of the North Carolina coast.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(j) * * * During January through April each year, no person may fish for, harvest, or possess in or from the South Atlantic EEZ any SASWG (gag, black grouper, red grouper, scamp, red hind, rock hind, yellowmouth grouper, yellowfin grouper, graysby, and coney). * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(p)<E T="03">Closures of the recreational sector for wreckfish.</E>The recreational sector for wreckfish in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is closed from January 1 through June 30, and September 1 through December 31, each year. During a closure, the bag and possession limit for wreckfish in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is zero.</P>
            <P>8. In § 622.37, paragraph (e)(1)(iii) and paragraph (h) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.37</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Size limits.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(iii) Blackfin, cubera, dog, gray, mahogany, queen, silk, and yellowtail snappers—12 inches (30.5 cm), TL.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(h)<E T="03">Dolphin in the Atlantic off Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina</E>—20 inches (50.8 cm), fork length.</P>
            <P>9. In § 622.39, paragraph (d)(1)(viii) is revised and paragraph (d)(1)(x) is added to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.39</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bag and possession limits.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(viii) South Atlantic snapper-grouper, combined—20. However, excluded from this 20-fish bag limit are tomtate, blue runner, ecosystem component species (specified in Table 4 of Appendix A to part 622), and those specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (vii) and paragraphs (ix) and (x) of this section.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(x) No more than one fish per vessel may be a wreckfish.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>10. In § 622.42, the first sentence of paragraph (f) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.42</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Quotas.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Wreckfish.</E>The quota for wreckfish applies to wreckfish shareholders, or their employees, contractors, or agents, and is 237,500 lb (107,728 kg), round weight. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>11. In § 622.43, paragraph (a)(6) is removed and reserved and the heading of paragraph (a)(5) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Closures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">South Atlantic gag, black grouper, red grouper, greater amberjack, snowy grouper, golden tilefish, vermilion snapper, black sea bass, red porgy, and wreckfish.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>12. In § 622.45, the first sentence in paragraph (d)(8) and paragraphs (i)(2) and (i)(3) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions on sale/purchase.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(8) During January through April, no person may sell or purchase a gag, black grouper, red grouper, scamp, red hind, rock hind, yellowmouth grouper, yellowfin grouper, graysby, or coney harvested from or possessed in the South Atlantic EEZ or, if harvested or possessed by a vessel for which a valid Federal commercial permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, harvested from the South Atlantic, i.e., in state or Federal waters. * * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(i) * * *</P>
            <P>(2) In addition to the provisions of paragraph (i)(1) of this section, a person may not sell dolphin or wahoo possessed under the bag limit harvested in the Atlantic EEZ by a vessel while it is operating as a charter vessel or headboat. A dolphin or wahoo harvested or possessed by a vessel that is operating as a charter vessel or headboat with a Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for Atlantic dolphin and wahoo may not be purchased or sold if harvested from the Atlantic EEZ.</P>
            <P>(3) Dolphin or wahoo harvested in the Atlantic EEZ may be purchased only by a dealer who has a permit for Atlantic dolphin and wahoo and only from a vessel authorized to sell dolphin or wahoo under paragraph (i)(1) of this section.</P>
            <P>13. In § 622.49, the heading of § 622.49 is revised; and paragraphs (b)(7) through (24) and paragraphs (e) through (g) are added to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 622.49</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Annual Catch Limits (ACLs) and Accountability Measures (AMs).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Black grouper</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for black grouper, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the applicable ACL in paragraph (b)(7)(i)(C) of this section, the AA will file a<PRTPAGE P="74765"/>notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of black grouper is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and black grouper are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(C) The applicable commercial ACLs, in round weight, are 90,575 lb (41,084 kg) for 2012, 94,571 lb (42,897 kg) for 2013, and 96,844 lb (43,928 kg) for 2014 and subsequent fishing years.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for black grouper, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the applicable ACL, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary. The applicable recreational ACLs, in round weight, are 155,020 lb (70,316 kg) for 2012, 161,859 lb (73,418 kg) for 2013, and 165,750 lb (75,183 kg) for 2014 and subsequent fishing years.</P>
            <P>(iii) Without regard to overfished status, if the combined commercial and recreational sector ACLs, as estimated by the SRD, are exceeded in a fishing year, then during the following fishing year, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register that both the commercial and recreational sectors will not have an increase in their respective sector ACLs during that following fishing year. The applicable combined commercial and recreational sector ACLs, in round weight are 245,595 lb (111,400 kg) for 2012, 256,430 lb (116,315 kg) for 2013, and 262,594 lb (119,111 kg) for 2014 and subsequent fishing years.</P>
            <P>(8) Deep-water complex (including y<E T="03">ellowedge grouper, blueline tilefish, silk snapper, misty grouper, queen snapper, sand tilefish, black snapper, and blackfin snapper)</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for the deep-water complex, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 343,869 lb (155,976 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for this complex for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of deep-water complex species is prohibited and harvest or possession of these species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and at least one of the species in the deep-water complex is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for the deep-water complex, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 332,039 lb (150,610 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(9)<E T="03">Scamp</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for scamp, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 341,636 lb (154,963 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of scamp is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and scamp are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for scamp, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 150,936 lb (68,463 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(10) Other SASWG combined (including<E T="03">red hind, rock hind, yellowmouth grouper, yellowfin grouper, coney, and graysby)</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for other SASWG, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 49,488 lb (22,447 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for this complex for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of other SASWG is prohibited, and harvest or possession of these species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and<PRTPAGE P="74766"/>possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and at least one of the species in the other SASWG complex is overfished, based on the most recent status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for other SASWG, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 48,329 lb (21,922 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(11)<E T="03">Greater amberjack</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for greater amberjack, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the quota specified in § 622.42(e)(3), the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and greater amberjack are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for greater amberjack, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 1,167,837 lb (529,722 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(12)<E T="03">Lesser amberjack, almaco jack, and banded rudderfish complex, combined</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for lesser amberjack, almaco jack, and banded rudderfish, combined, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach their combined commercial ACL of 193,999 lb (87,996 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for this complex for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of lesser amberjack, almaco jack, and banded rudderfish is prohibited, and harvest or possession of these species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If the combined commercial landings for the complex exceed the ACL, and at least one of the species in the complex (lesser amberjack, almaco jack, and banded rudderfish) is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for the complex (lesser amberjack, almaco jack, and banded rudderfish), combined, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 261,490 lb (118,610 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(13)<E T="03">Bar jack</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for bar jack, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 6,686 lb (3,033 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of bar jack is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and bar jack is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for bar jack, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 13,834 lb (6,275 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(14)<E T="03">Yellowtail snapper</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for yellowtail snapper, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 1,142,589 lb (518,270 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the<PRTPAGE P="74767"/>remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of yellowtail snapper is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and yellowtail snapper is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for yellowtail snapper, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 1,031,286 lb (467,783 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(15)<E T="03">Mutton snapper</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for mutton snapper, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 157,743 lb (71,551 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of mutton snapper is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and mutton snapper are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for mutton snapper, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 768,857 lb (348,748 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(16)<E T="03">Other snappers combined (including cubera snapper, gray snapper, lane snapper, dog snapper, and mahogany snapper) complex</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings combined for this other snappers complex, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the combined complex commercial ACL of 204,552 lb (92,783 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for this complex for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of the snappers in this complex is prohibited, and harvest or possession of these species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If the combined commercial landings for this complex exceed the ACL, and at least one of the species in the other snappers complex is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If the combined recreational landings for this snappers complex, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 882,388 lb (400,244 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL for this complex in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(17)<E T="03">Gray triggerfish</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for gray triggerfish, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 305,262 lb (138,465 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of gray triggerfish is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and gray triggerfish are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for gray triggerfish, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 367,303 lb (166,606 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification<PRTPAGE P="74768"/>with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(18)<E T="03">Wreckfish</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>The ITQ program for wreckfish in the South Atlantic serves as the accountability measures for commercial wreckfish. The commercial ACL for wreckfish is equal to the commercial quota specified in § 622.42(f).</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for wreckfish, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 12,500 lb (5,670 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(19)<E T="03">Blue runner</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for blue runner, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 188,329 lb (85,425 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of blue runner is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and blue runner are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for blue runner, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 1,101,612 lb (499,683 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(20)<E T="03">Atlantic spadefish</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for Atlantic spadefish, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 36,476 lb (16,545 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of Atlantic spadefish is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and Atlantic spadefish are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for Atlantic spadefish, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 246,365 lb (111,749 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(21)<E T="03">Hogfish</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for hogfish, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 48,772 lb (22,123 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of hogfish is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and hogfish are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for hogfish, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 98,866 lb (44,845 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(22)<E T="03">Red porgy</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for red porgy, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the quota specified in § 622.42(e)(6), the AA will<PRTPAGE P="74769"/>file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year.</P>
            <P>(B) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and red porgy are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for red porgy, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 197,652 lb (89,653 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(23)<E T="03">Jolthead porgy, knobbed porgy, whitebone porgy, scup, and saucereye porgy complex</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for jolthead porgy, knobbed porgy, whitebone porgy, scup, and saucereye porgy, combined, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial complex ACL of 35,129 lb (15,934 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for this complex for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of jolthead porgy, knobbed porgy, whitebone porgy, scup, and saucereye porgy, is prohibited, and harvest or possession of these species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If the combined commercial landings for this complex exceed the ACL, and at least one of the species in the complex is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for jolthead porgy, knobbed porgy, whitebone porgy, scup, and saucereye porgy, combined, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 112,485 lb (51,022 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season for this complex by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(24)<E T="03">White grunt, sailor's choice, tomtate, and margate complex</E>—(i)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>(A) If commercial landings for white grunt, sailor's choice, tomtate, and margate, combined, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial complex ACL of 214,624 lb (97,352 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for this complex for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of white grunt, sailor's choice, tomtate, and margate, is prohibited, and harvest or possession of these species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(B) If the combined commercial landings for this complex exceed the ACL, and at least one of the species in the complex is overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for white grunt, sailor's choice, tomtate, and margate, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 562,151 lb (254,987 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season for this complex by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Atlantic dolphin</E>—(1)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>If commercial landings for Atlantic dolphin, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 1,065,524 lb (483,314 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of Atlantic dolphin is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for Atlantic dolphin, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 13,530,692 lb (6,137,419 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best<PRTPAGE P="74770"/>scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Atlantic wahoo</E>—(1)<E T="03">Commercial sector.</E>If commercial landings for Atlantic wahoo, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the commercial ACL of 64,147 lb (29,097 kg), round weight, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the commercial sector for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all sale or purchase of Atlantic wahoo is prohibited and harvest or possession of this species in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limit. This bag and possession limit applies in the South Atlantic on board a vessel for which a valid Federal charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper has been issued, without regard to where such species were harvested, i.e. in state or Federal waters.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Recreational sector.</E>If recreational landings for Atlantic wahoo, as estimated by the SRD, exceed the recreational ACL of 1,427,638 lb (647,566 kg), round weight, then during the following fishing year, recreational landings will be monitored for a persistence in increased landings and, if necessary, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, to reduce the length of the following recreational fishing season by the amount necessary to ensure recreational landings do not exceed the recreational ACL in the following fishing year. However, the length of the recreational season will also not be reduced during the following fishing year if the RA determines, using the best scientific information available, that a reduction in the length of the following fishing season is unnecessary.</P>
            <P>(g)<E T="03">South Atlantic golden crab.</E>(1) If commercial landings for golden crab, as estimated by the SRD, reach or are projected to reach the ACL of 2 million lb (907,185 kg), the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register to close the golden crab fishery for the remainder of the fishing year. On and after the effective date of such a notification, all harvest, possession, sale or purchase of golden crab in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is prohibited.</P>
            <P>(2) If commercial landings exceed the ACL, and golden crab are overfished, based on the most recent Status of U.S. Fisheries Report to Congress, the AA will file a notification with the Office of the Federal Register, at or near the beginning of the following fishing year to reduce the ACL for that following year by the amount of the overage in the prior fishing year.</P>
            <P>14. In Appendix A to part 622, Table 4 is revised to read as follows:</P>
            <APPENDIX>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 622—Species Tables</HD>
              <STARS/>
            </APPENDIX>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 4 of Appendix A to Part 622—South Atlantic Snapper-Grouper</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Balistidae—Triggerfishes</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Gray triggerfish,<E T="03">Balistes capriscus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Carangidae—Jacks</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Blue runner,<E T="03">Caranx bartholomaei</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Bar jack,<E T="03">Caranx ruber</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Greater amberjack,<E T="03">Seriola dumerili</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Lesser amberjack,<E T="03">Seriola fasciata</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Almaco jack,<E T="03">Seriola rivoliana</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Banded rudderfish,<E T="03">Seriola zonata</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Ephippidae—Spadefishes</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Spadefish,<E T="03">Chaetodipterus faber</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Haemulidae—Grunts</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Margate,<E T="03">Haemulon album</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Tomtate,<E T="03">Haemulon aurolineatum</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Sailor's choice,<E T="03">Haemulon parrai</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">White grunt,<E T="03">Haemulon plumieri</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Labridae—Wrasses</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Hogfish,<E T="03">Lachnolaimus maximus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Lutjanidae—Snappers</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Black snapper,<E T="03">Apsilus dentatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Queen snapper,<E T="03">Etelis oculatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Mutton snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus analis</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Blackfin snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus buccanella</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Red snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus campechanus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Cubera snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus cyanopterus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Gray snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus griseus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Mahogany snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus mahogoni</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Dog snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus jocu</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Lane snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus synagris</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Silk snapper,<E T="03">Lutjanus vivanus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Yellowtail snapper,<E T="03">Ocyurus chrysurus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Vermilion snapper,<E T="03">Rhomboplites aurorubens</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Malacanthidae—Tilefishes</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Blueline tilefish,<E T="03">Caulolatilus microps</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Golden tilefish,<E T="03">Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Sand tilefish,<E T="03">Malacanthus plumieri</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Percichthyidae—Temperate basses</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Wreckfish,<E T="03">Polyprion americanus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Serranidae—Groupers</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Rock hind,<E T="03">Epinephelus adscensionis</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Graysby,<E T="03">Epinephelus cruentatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Speckled hind,<E T="03">Epinephelus drummondhayi</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Yellowedge grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus flavolimbatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Coney,<E T="03">Epinephelus fulvus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Red hind,<E T="03">Epinephelus guttatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Goliath grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus itajara</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Red grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus morio</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Misty grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus mystacinus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Warsaw grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus nigritus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Snowy grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus niveatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Nassau grouper,<E T="03">Epinephelus striatus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Black grouper,<E T="03">Mycteroperca bonaci</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Yellowmouth grouper,<E T="03">Mycteroperca interstitialis</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Gag,<E T="03">Mycteroperca microlepis</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Scamp,<E T="03">Mycteroperca phenax</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Yellowfin grouper,<E T="03">Mycteroperca venenosa</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Serranidae—Sea Basses</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Black sea bass,<E T="03">Centropristis striata</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Sparidae—Porgies</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Grass porgy,<E T="03">Calamus arctifrons</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Jolthead porgy,<E T="03">Calamus bajonado</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Saucereye porgy,<E T="03">Calamus calamus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Whitebone porgy,<E T="03">Calamus leucosteus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Knobbed porgy,<E T="03">Calamus nodosus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Red porgy,<E T="03">Pagrus pagrus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Scup,<E T="03">Stenotomus chrysops</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>The following species are designated as ecosystem component species:</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Cottonwick,<E T="03">Haemulon melanurum</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Bank sea bass,<E T="03">Centropristis ocyurus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Rock sea bass,<E T="03">Centropristis philadelphica</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Longspine porgy,<E T="03">Stenotomus caprinus</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Ocean triggerfish,<E T="03">Canthidermis sufflamen</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Schoolmaster,<E T="03">Lutjanus apodus</E>
              </FP>
              <STARS/>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30743 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
  </PRORULES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>231</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, December 1, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
  <NOTICES>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74771"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[A-580-831 and A-580-834]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Implementation of Determination Under Section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act and Revocation of the Antidumping Duty Order on Stainless Steel Plate in Coils From the Republic of Korea; and Partial Revocation of the Antidumping Duty Order on Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip in Coils From the Republic of Korea</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>On November 16, 2011, the U.S. Trade Representative (“USTR”) instructed the Department of Commerce (“the Department”) to implement its determination under section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (“URAA”) regarding the investigation of stainless steel plate in coils from the Republic of Korea (“SSPC”) and stainless steel sheet and strip from the Republic of Korea (“SSSS”). The Department issued its determination on November 4, 2011, regarding the offsetting of dumped comparisons with non-dumped comparisons when making average-to-average comparisons of export price and normal value in the investigation challenged by the Republic of Korea before the World Trade Organization (“WTO”) in<E T="03">United States—Use of Zeroing in Antidumping Measures Involving Products from Korea</E>(DS402). The Department is now implementing this determination.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The effective date of this determination is November 16, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Irene Gorelik or Lori Apodaca, AD/CVD Operations, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230;<E T="03">telephone:</E>(202) 482-6905, or (202) 482-4551, respectively.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>On September 26, 2011, the Department informed interested parties that it was initiating a proceeding under section 129 of the URAA to implement the findings of the WTO dispute settlement panel in<E T="03">United States—Use of Zeroing in Antidumping Measures Involving Products from Korea</E>(DS402) (“<E T="03">Panel Report</E>”). On September 26, 2011, the Department issued the memorandum entitled “Preliminary Results Under Section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act: Antidumping Measures on Stainless Steel Plate in Coils and Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip in Coils from the Republic of Korea,” dated September 23, 2011 (“Preliminary 129 Results”), in which the Department recalculated the weighted-average dumping margins from the antidumping investigations of SSPC and SSSS from Korea<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>by applying the calculation methodology described in<E T="03">Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin During an Antidumping Investigation; Final Modification,</E>71 FR 77722 (December 27, 2006). The Department invited interested parties to comment on the Preliminary 129 Results. After receiving comments and rebuttal comments from the interested parties, the Department issued its final results for the section 129 determinations on November 4, 2011.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">See Antidumping Duty Orders: Certain Stainless Steel Plate in Coils From Belgium, Canada, Italy, the Republic of Korea, South Africa, and Taiwan,</E>64 FR 27756 (May 21, 1999) (“<E T="03">Plate Order</E>”) and<E T="03">Notice of Antidumping Duty Order; Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip in Coils From the United Kingdom, Taiwan and South Korea,</E>64 FR 40555 (July 27, 1999) (“<E T="03">Sheet Order</E>”), as amended by<E T="03">Notice of Amendment of Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value: Stainless Steel Plate in Coils From the Republic of Korea; and Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip in Coils From the Republic of Korea,</E>66 FR 45279 (August 28, 2001).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Memorandum from Christian Marsh to Paul Piquado, “Issues and Decision Memorandum for the Final Results of the Proceeding Under Section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act: Antidumping Measures on Stainless Steel Plate in Coils from the Republic of Korea; Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip from the Republic of Korea,” dated November 4, 2011 (“Final 129 Results Memo”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In its November 16, 2011, letter, the USTR notified the Department that, consistent with section 129(b)(3) of the URAA, consultations with the Department and the appropriate congressional committees with respect to the November 4, 2011, determination have been completed. On November 16, 2011, in accordance with section 129(b)(4) of the URAA, the USTR directed the Department to implement these determinations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Nature of the Proceeding</HD>
        <P>Section 129 of the URAA governs the nature and effect of determinations issued by the Department to implement findings by WTO dispute settlement panels and the Appellate Body. Specifically, section 129(b)(2) of the URAA provides that, “notwithstanding any provision of the Tariff Act of 1930,” within 180 days of a written request from the USTR, the Department shall issue a determination that would render its actions not inconsistent with an adverse finding of a WTO panel or the Appellate Body report.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Statement of Administrative Action, URAA, H. Doc. 316, Vol. 1, 103d Cong. (1994) (“SAA”), variously refers to such a determination by the Department as a “new,” “second,” and “different” determination.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>After consulting with the Department and the appropriate congressional committees, the USTR may direct the Department to implement, in whole or in part, the new determinations made under section 129 of the URAA.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>Pursuant to section 129(c) of the URAA, the new determinations shall apply with respect to unliquidated entries of the subject merchandise that are entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date on which the USTR directs the Department to implement the new determinations.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>The new determinations are subject to judicial review separate and apart from judicial review of the Department's original determination.<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>19 U.S.C. 3538(b)(2).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>SAA at 1025, 1027.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>19 U.S.C. 3538(b)(4).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>19 U.S.C. 3538(c).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>19 U.S.C. 1516a(a)(2)(B)(vii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Analysis of Comments Received</HD>

        <P>The issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs submitted by interested parties are addressed in the Final 129 Results Memo, which is hereby adopted by this notice. A list of the issues, which<PRTPAGE P="74772"/>the parties raised and we addressed in the Final 129 Results Memo, is attached to this notice as Appendix I. The Final 129 Results Memo is a public document and is on file electronically via Import Administration's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (“IA ACCESS”). Access to IA ACCESS is available in the Central Records Unit, room 7046 of the main Department of Commerce building. In addition, a complete version of the Final 129 Results Memo can be accessed directly on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.trade.gov/ia/.</E>The signed Final 129 Results Memo and the electronic versions of the Final 129 Results Memo are identical in content.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Antidumping Duty Margins</HD>
        <P>The recalculated margins, unchanged from the<E T="03">Prelim 129 Results,</E>are as follows:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs150" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Stainless Steel Plate in Coils From the Republic of Korea (A-580-831)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Manufacturer/exporter</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2011 Section 129 results</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd</ENT>
            <ENT>.55 percent (<E T="03">de minimis</E>).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">All-Others</ENT>
            <ENT>.55 percent (<E T="03">de minimis</E>).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs150" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip in Coils From the Republic of Korea (A-580-834)</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Manufacturer/exporter</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2011 Section 129 results</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd</ENT>
            <ENT>0 percent (excluded).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Inchon Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd</ENT>
            <ENT>0 percent (excluded—no change).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Taihan Electric Wire Co., Ltd</ENT>
            <ENT>58.79 percent (no change).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">All Others</ENT>
            <ENT>19.60 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Revocation of the Order for Stainless Steel Plate in Coils</HD>

        <P>Upon recalculation, Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd. no longer has a positive dumping margin. Because the changes to the margin calculations result in no margins for the mandatory respondent, the All-Others rate decreases to zero. Therefore, the Department is revoking the<E T="03">Plate Order</E>effective November 16, 2011, the date upon which USTR directed the Department to implement its final results. Accordingly, we will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) to liquidate without regard to antidumping duties entries of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after that date and to discontinue the collection of cash deposits for entries of stainless steel plate in coils from Korea.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Partial Revocation of the Order for Stainless Steel Sheet in Coils</HD>

        <P>Since the weighted-average margin percentage for Inchon Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd. continues to be zero, Inchon continues to be excluded from the<E T="03">Sheet Order.</E>Further, because the Department has recalculated a dumping margin of zero percent for Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd., the Department is revoking the<E T="03">Sheet Order</E>with respect to Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd., for entries made on or after November 16, 2011. Accordingly, the Department will instruct CBP to liquidate without regard to antidumping duties, Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd.'s entries of SSSS which were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after that date and to discontinue the collection of cash deposits for estimated antidumping duties for Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd.</P>
        <P>However, in the<E T="03">Sheet Order,</E>the Department assigned a dumping margin based on section 776 of the Act in the LTFV investigation to Taihan Electric Wire Co., Ltd. The Department has not recalculated this dumping margin because it is not affected by the implementation of the<E T="03">Panel Report.</E>This dumping margin was based on information contained in the petition and “zeroing” was not used to calculate the dumping margins in the petition.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition, the Department must determine an appropriate All-Others dumping margin pursuant to section 735(c)(5) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”). The Department determines that a reasonable method for determining the All-Others dumping margin is a simple average of the adverse-facts available dumping margin and the calculated zero dumping margin, because there are no other calculated dumping margins from which to assign an All-Others dumping margin.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>This is consistent with our past practice in the<E T="03">2007 Section 129 Determinations.</E>
          <SU>10</SU>

          <FTREF/>The All-Others dumping margin is now 19.60 percent. Consequently, because the Taihan Electric Wire Co., Ltd. and the All-Others dumping margins are above<E T="03">de minimis,</E>we will not revoke the<E T="03">Sheet Order</E>in its entirety.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
            <E T="03">Initiation of Antidumping Duty Investigations: Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip in Coils From France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, South Korea, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom,</E>63 FR 37521, 37526 (July 13, 1998) (where we stated that “based on comparisons of EP to adjusted CV, estimated margins range from 18.40 to 58.79 percent”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 735(c)(5)(B) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See Implementation of the Findings of the WTO Panel in US—Zeroing (EC): Notice of Determinations Under Section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act and Revocations and Partial Revocations of Certain Antidumping Duty Orders,</E>72 FR 2526, 25262-63 (May 4, 2007) (“<E T="03">2007 Section 129 Determinations</E>”) where the Department calculated a simple average of existing AFA margins with above<E T="03">de minimis</E>/zero margins as an All-Others rate following section 129 recalculations for the mandatory respondents that resulted in zero or<E T="03">de minimis</E>rates.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>We will instruct CBP to continue to suspend liquidation of all entries of subject merchandise from all other exporters or producers, except for Inchon Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd. and Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co., Ltd., as stated above. We will instruct CBP to continue to require a cash deposit equal to the estimated amount by which the normal value exceeds the U.S. price. The suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice. The All-Others rate of 19.60 percent established in this section 129 determination will be the new cash-deposit rate on or after November 16, 2011, for all exporters of subject merchandise for which the Department has not calculated an individual rate.</P>
        <P>These amended final determinations are issued and published in accordance with section 129(c)(2)(A) of the URAA.</P>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="74773"/>
          <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ronald K. Lorentzen,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary for Import Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <APPENDIX>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix I</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion of the Issues</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Plate and Sheet</HD>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">1. Whether the Department Should Vacate the Preliminary 129 Results</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">2. Whether to Revoke the<E T="03">Plate Order</E>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">3. Whether to Set Cash Deposits to Zero in Lieu of Revocation</FP>
          
        </APPENDIX>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30951 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Order, Finding, or Suspended Investigation; Advance Notification of Sunset Reviews</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>Every five years, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”), the Department of Commerce (“the Department”) and the International Trade Commission automatically initiate and conduct a review to determine whether revocation of a countervailing or antidumping duty order or termination of an investigation suspended under section 704 or 734 of the Act would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping or a countervailable subsidy (as the case may be) and of material injury.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Upcoming Sunset Reviews for January 2012</HD>
        <P>The following Sunset Reviews are scheduled for initiation in January 2012 and will appear in that month's Notice of Initiation of Five-Year Sunset Reviews.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,xs140" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">Department contact</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Antidumping Duty Proceedings</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Corrosion-Resistant Carbon Steel Flat Products from From Germany (A-428-815) (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>Dana Mermelstein, (202) 482-1391.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Corrosion-Resistant Carbon Steel Flat Products from From the Republic of Korea (A-580-816) (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>David Goldberger, (202) 482-4136.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">
              <E T="02">Countervailing Duty Proceedings</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Corrosion-Resistant Carbon Steel Flat Products from From the Republic of Korea (C-580-818) (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>David Goldberger, (202) 482-4136.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Suspended Investigations</HD>
        <P>No Sunset Review of suspended investigations is scheduled from initiation in January 2012.</P>

        <P>The Department's procedures for the conduct of Sunset Reviews are set forth in 19 CFR 351.218. Guidance on methodological or analytical issues relevant to the Department's conduct of Sunset Reviews is set forth in the Department's Policy Bulletin 98.3—<E T="03">Policies Regarding the Conduct of Five-year (“Sunset”) Reviews of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders; Policy Bulletin,</E>63 FR 18871 (April 16, 1998). The Notice of Initiation of Five-Year (“Sunset”) Reviews provides further information regarding what is required of all parties to participate in Sunset Reviews.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.103(c), the Department will maintain and make available a service list for these proceedings. To facilitate the timely preparation of the service list(s), it is requested that those seeking recognition as interested parties to a proceeding contact the Department in writing within 10 days of the publication of the Notice of Initiation.</P>
        <P>Please note that if the Department receives a Notice of Intent to Participate from a member of the domestic industry within 15 days of the date of initiation, the review will continue. Thereafter, any interested party wishing to participate in the Sunset Review must provide substantive comments in response to the notice of initiation no later than 30 days after the date of initiation.</P>
        <P>This notice is not required by statute but is published as a service to the international trading community.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christian Marsh,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30946 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Order, Finding, or Suspended Investigation; Opportunity To Request Administrative Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Brenda E. Waters, Office of AD/CVD Operations, Customs Unit, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, telephone: (202) 482-4735.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
          <P>Each year during the anniversary month of the publication of an antidumping or countervailing duty order, finding, or suspended investigation, an interested party, as defined in section 771(9) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”), may request, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.213, that the Department of Commerce (“the Department”) conduct an administrative review of that antidumping or countervailing duty order, finding, or suspended investigation.</P>
          <P>All deadlines for the submission of comments or actions by the Department discussed below refer to the number of calendar days from the applicable starting date.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection</HD>

          <P>In the event the Department limits the number of respondents for individual examination for administrative reviews initiated pursuant to requests made for the orders identified below, the Department intends to select respondents based on U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) data for U.S. imports during the period of review. We intend to release the CBP data under Administrative Protective Order (“APO”) to all parties having an APO within five days of publication of the initiation notice and to make our decision regarding respondent selection within 21 days of publication of the initiation<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice. Therefore, we encourage all parties interested in commenting on respondent selection to submit their APO<PRTPAGE P="74774"/>applications on the date of publication of the initiation notice, or as soon thereafter as possible. The Department invites comments regarding the CBP data and respondent selection within five days of placement of the CBP data on the record of the review.</P>
          <P>In the event the Department decides it is necessary to limit individual examination of respondents and conduct respondent selection under section 777A(c)(2) of the Act:</P>

          <P>In general, the Department has found that determinations concerning whether particular companies should be “collapsed” (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>treated as a single entity for purposes of calculating antidumping duty rates) require a substantial amount of detailed information and analysis, which often require follow-up questions and analysis. Accordingly, the Department will not conduct collapsing analyses at the respondent selection phase of this review and will not collapse companies at the respondent selection phase unless there has been a determination to collapse certain companies in a previous segment of this antidumping proceeding (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>investigation, administrative review, new shipper review or changed circumstances review). For any company subject to this review, if the Department determined, or continued to treat, that company as collapsed with others, the Department will assume that such companies continue to operate in the same manner and will collapse them for respondent selection purposes. Otherwise, the Department will not collapse companies for purposes of respondent selection. Parties are requested to (a) identify which companies subject to review previously were collapsed, and (b) provide a citation to the proceeding in which they were collapsed. Further, if companies are requested to complete the Quantity and Value Questionnaire for purposes of respondent selection, in general each company must report volume and value data separately for itself. Parties should not include data for any other party, even if they believe they should be treated as a single entity with that other party. If a company was collapsed with another company or companies in the most recently completed segment of this proceeding where the Department considered collapsing that entity, complete quantity and value data for that collapsed entity must be submitted.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Deadline for Withdrawal of Request for Administrative Review</HD>
          <P>Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), a party that has requested a review may withdraw that request within 90 days of the date of publication of the notice of initiation of the requested review. The regulation provides that the Department may extend this time if it is reasonable to do so. In order to provide parties additional certainty with respect to when the Department will exercise its discretion to extend this 90-day deadline, interested parties are advised that, with regard to reviews requested on the basis of anniversary months on or after December 2011, the Department does not intend to extend the 90-day deadline unless the requestor demonstrates that an extraordinary circumstance has prevented it from submitting a timely withdrawal request. Determinations by the Department to extend the 90-day deadline will be made on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          <P>The Department is providing this notice on its Web site, as well as in its “Opportunity to Request Administrative Review” notices, so that interested parties will be aware of the manner in which the Department intends to exercise its discretion in the future.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Opportunity to Request a Review:</E>Not later than the last day of December 2011,<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>interested parties may request administrative review of the following orders, findings, or suspended investigations, with anniversary dates in December for the following periods:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>Or the next business day, if the deadline falls on a weekend, federal holiday or any other day when the Department is closed.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s200,15" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
            <TTITLE/>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1"/>
              <CHED H="1">Period of review</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Antidumping Duty Proceedings</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Argentina: Honey, A-357-812</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Brazil:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Certain Carbon Steel Butt-Weld Pipe Fittings, A-351-602</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Silicomanganese, A-351-824</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Chile: Certain Preserved Mushrooms, A-337-804</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">India:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Carbazole Violet Pigment 23, A-533-838</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Certain Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Flat Products, A-533-820</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Commodity Matchbooks, A-533-848</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Stainless Steel Wire Rod, A-533-808</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Indonesia: Certain Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Flat Products, A-560-812</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Japan: P.C. Steel Wire Strand, A-588-068</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Welded Large Diameter Line Pipe, A-588-857</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Republic of Korea: Welded ASTM A-312 Stainless Steel Pipe, A-580-810</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Uncovered Innerspring Units, A-522-803</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">South Africa: Uncovered Innerspring Units, A-791-821</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">Taiwan: Carbon Steel Butt-Weld Pipe Fittings, A-583-605</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Welded ASTM A-312 Stainless Steel Pipe, A-583-815</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">The People's Republic of China: Carbazole Violet Pigment 23, A-570-892</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Cased Pencils, A-570-827</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Hand Trucks and Parts Thereof, A-570-891</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Honey, A-570-863</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Malleable Cast Iron Pipe Fittings, A-570-881</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Porcelain-On-Steel Cooking Ware, A-570-506</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Silicomanganese, A-570-828</ENT>
              <ENT>12/1/10-11/30/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="21">
                <E T="02">Countervailing Duty Proceedings</E>
              </ENT>
            </ROW>
            
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Argentina: Honey, C-357-813</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1/11-12/31/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">India:</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="74775"/>
              <ENT I="03">Carbazole Violet Pigment 23, C-533-839</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1/10-12/31/10</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Certain Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Flat Products, C-533-821</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1/11-12/31/11</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="03">Commodity Matchbooks, C-533-849</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1/10-12/31/10</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Indonesia: Certain Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Flat Products, C-560-813</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1/10-12/31/10</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Thailand: Certain Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Flat Products, C-549-818</ENT>
              <ENT>1/1/10-12/31/10</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Suspension Agreements</HD>
          <P>None.</P>
          <P>In accordance with 19 CFR 351.213(b), an interested party as defined by section 771(9) of the Act may request in writing that the Secretary conduct an administrative review. For both antidumping and countervailing duty reviews, the interested party must specify the individual producers or exporters covered by an antidumping finding or an antidumping or countervailing duty order or suspension agreement for which it is requesting a review. In addition, a domestic interested party or an interested party described in section 771(9)(B) of the Act must state why it desires the Secretary to review those particular producers or exporters.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>If the interested party intends for the Secretary to review sales of merchandise by an exporter (or a producer if that producer also exports merchandise from other suppliers) which were produced in more than one country of origin and each country of origin is subject to a separate order, then the interested party must state specifically, on an order-by-order basis, which exporter(s) the request is intended to cover.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU>If the review request involves a non-market economy and the parties subject to the review request do not qualify for separate rates, all other exporters of subject merchandise from the non-market economy country who do not have a separate rate will be covered by the review as part of the single entity of which the named firms are a part.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Please note that, for any party the Department was unable to locate in prior segments, the Department will not accept a request for an administrative review of that party absent new information as to the party's location. Moreover, if the interested party who files a request for review is unable to locate the producer or exporter for which it requested the review, the interested party must provide an explanation of the attempts it made to locate the producer or exporter at the same time it files its request for review, in order for the Secretary to determine if the interested party's attempts were reasonable, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.303(f)(3)(ii).</P>
          <P>As explained in<E T="03">Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Assessment of Antidumping Duties,</E>68 FR 23954 (May 6, 2003), the Department has clarified its practice with respect to the collection of final antidumping duties on imports of merchandise where intermediate firms are involved. The public should be aware of this clarification in determining whether to request an administrative review of merchandise subject to antidumping findings and orders.<E T="03">See also</E>the Import Administration Web site at<E T="03">http://ia.ita.doc.gov.</E>
          </P>

          <P>All requests must be filed electronically in Import Administration's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (“IA ACCESS”) on the IA ACCESS Web site at<E T="03">http://iaaccess.trade.gov. See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Electronic Filing Procedures; Administrative Protective Order Procedures,</E>76 FR 39263 (July 6, 2011). Further, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.303(f)(l)(i), a copy of each request must be served on the petitioner and each exporter or producer specified in the request.</P>
          <P>The Department will publish in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a notice of “Initiation of Administrative Review of Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Order, Finding, or Suspended Investigation” for requests received by the last day of December 2011. If the Department does not receive, by the last day of December 2011, a request for review of entries covered by an order, finding, or suspended investigation listed in this notice and for the period identified above, the Department will instruct CBP to assess antidumping or countervailing duties on those entries at a rate equal to the cash deposit of (or bond for) estimated antidumping or countervailing duties required on those entries at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption and to continue to collect the cash deposit previously ordered.</P>
          <P>For the first administrative review of any order, there will be no assessment of antidumping or countervailing duties on entries of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the relevant provisional-measures “gap” period, of the order, if such a gap period is applicable to the period of review.</P>
          <P>This notice is not required by statute but is published as a service to the international trading community.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: November 9, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Christian Marsh,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30955 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Initiation of Five-Year (“Sunset”) Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In accordance with section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”), the Department of Commerce (“the Department”) is automatically initiating a five-year review (“Sunset Review”) of the antidumping duty orders listed below. The International Trade Commission (“the Commission”) is publishing concurrently with this notice its notice of<E T="03">Institution of Five-Year Review</E>which covers the same orders.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>The Department official identified in the<E T="03">Initiation of Review</E>section below at AD/CVD Operations, Import Administration, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230. For information from the Commission contact Mary Messer, Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission at (202) 205-3193.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The Department's procedures for the conduct of Sunset Reviews are set forth in its<E T="03">Procedures for Conducting Five-Year (“Sunset”) Reviews of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders,</E>63 FR 13516 (March 20, 1998) and 70 FR 62061 (October 28, 2005). Guidance on methodological or analytical issues relevant to the Department's conduct of Sunset Reviews is set forth in the Department's<PRTPAGE P="74776"/>Policy Bulletin 98.3—<E T="03">Policies Regarding the Conduct of Five-Year (“Sunset”) Reviews of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders: Policy Bulletin,</E>63 FR 18871 (April 16, 1998).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of Review</HD>
        <P>In accordance with 19 CFR 351.218(c), we are initiating the Sunset Review of the following antidumping duty orders:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs50,xs50,xs50,r100,xs150" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">DOC case No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">ITC case No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Country</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Product</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Department contact</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">A-570-862</ENT>
            <ENT>731-TA-891</ENT>
            <ENT>China</ENT>
            <ENT>Foundry Coke (2nd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>Jennifer Moats, (202) 482-5047.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">A-351-825</ENT>
            <ENT>731-TA-678</ENT>
            <ENT>Brazil</ENT>
            <ENT>Stainless Steel Bar (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>David Goldberger, (202) 482-4136.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">A-533-810</ENT>
            <ENT>731-TA-679</ENT>
            <ENT>India</ENT>
            <ENT>Stainless Steel Bar (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>David Goldberger, (202) 482-4136.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">A-588-833</ENT>
            <ENT>731-TA-681</ENT>
            <ENT>Japan</ENT>
            <ENT>Stainless Steel Bar (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>David Goldberger, (202) 482-4136.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">A-469-805</ENT>
            <ENT>731-TA-682</ENT>
            <ENT>Spain</ENT>
            <ENT>Stainless Steel Bar (3rd Review)</ENT>
            <ENT>David Goldberger, (202) 482-4136.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Information</HD>

        <P>As a courtesy, we are making information related to Sunset proceedings, including copies of the pertinent statue and Department's regulations, the Department schedule for Sunset Reviews, a listing of past revocations and continuations, and current service lists, available to the public on the Department's Internet Web site at the following address:<E T="03">http://ia.ita.doc.gov/sunset/.</E>All submissions in these Sunset Reviews must be filed in accordance with the Department's regulations regarding format, translation, and service of documents. These rules can be found at 19 CFR 351.303.</P>

        <P>This notice serves as a reminder that any party submitting factual information in an AD/CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.<E T="03">See</E>section 782(b) of the Act. Parties are hereby reminded that revised certification requirements are in effect for company/government officials as well as their representatives in all AD/CVD investigations or proceedings initiated on or after March 14, 2011.<E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Interim Final Rule,</E>76 FR 7491 (February 10, 2011) (<E T="03">Interim Final Rule</E>) amending 19 CFR 351.303(g)(1) and (2) and supplemented by<E T="03">Certification of Factual Information To Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Supplemental Interim Final Rule,</E>76 FR 54697 (September 2, 2011). The formats for the revised certifications are provided at the end of the<E T="03">Interim Final Rule.</E>The Department intends to reject factual submissions if the submitting party does not comply with the revised certification requirements.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.103(d), the Department will maintain and make available a service list for these proceedings. To facilitate the timely preparation of the service list(s), it is requested that those seeking recognition as interested parties to a proceeding contact the Department in writing within 10 days of the publication of the Notice of Initiation.</P>

        <P>Because deadlines in Sunset Reviews can be very short, we urge interested parties to apply for access to proprietary information under administrative protective order (“APO”) immediately following publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of this notice of initiation by filing a notice of intent to participate. The Department's regulations on submission of proprietary information and eligibility to receive access to business proprietary information under APO can be found at 19 CFR 351.304-306.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Required From Interested Parties</HD>

        <P>Domestic interested parties defined in section 771(9)(C), (D), (E), (F), and (G) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.102(b) wishing to participate in a Sunset Review must respond not later than 15 days after the date of publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of this notice of initiation by filing a notice of intent to participate. The required contents of the notice of intent to participate are set forth at 19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(ii). In accordance with the Department's regulations, if we do not receive a notice of intent to participate from at least one domestic interested party by the 15-day deadline, the Department will automatically revoke the order without further review.<E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 351.218(d)(1)(iii).</P>

        <P>If we receive an order-specific notice of intent to participate from a domestic interested party, the Department's regulations provide that all parties wishing to participate in the Sunset Review must file complete substantive responses not later than 30 days after the date of publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of this notice of initiation. The required contents of a substantive response, on an order-specific basis, are set forth at 19 CFR 351.218(d)(3). Note that certain information requirements differ for respondent and domestic parties. Also, note that the Department's information requirements are distinct from the Commission's information requirements. Please consult the Department's regulations for information regarding the Department's conduct of Sunset Reviews.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>Please consult the Department's regulations at 19 CFR Part 351 for definitions of terms and for other general information concerning antidumping and countervailing duty proceedings at the Department.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>In comments made on the interim final sunset regulations, a number of parties stated that the proposed five-day period for rebuttals to substantive responses to a notice of initiation was insufficient. This requirement was retained in the final sunset regulations at 19 CFR 351.218(d)(4). As provided in 19 CFR 351.302(b), however, the Department will consider individual requests to extend that five-day deadline based upon a showing of good cause.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>This notice of initiation is being published in accordance with section 751(c) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218 (c).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christian Marsh,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30958 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Forum—Trends in Extreme Winds, Waves, and Extratropical Storms Along the Coasts</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Environmental Satellite, Data, and Information Service (NESDIS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of open public forum.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This notice sets forth the schedule and topics of an upcoming forum hosted by the NOAA National<PRTPAGE P="74777"/>Climatic Data Center in Asheville, North Carolina on January 11-13, 2012. Invited participants will discuss topics as outlined below.</P>

          <P>Members of the public are invited to attend the forum and are required to RSVP to<E T="03">Brooke.Stewart@noaa.gov</E>by 5 p.m. EST, Wednesday, December 28, 2011 if they wish to attend. The forum is to be held in a federal facility; building security restrictions preclude attendance by members of the public who do not RSVP by the deadline. Space is also limited and public attendees will be admitted based on the order in which RSVPs are received.</P>
          <P>Members of the public will be invited to offer their comments during a 30-minute period to be held from 9:30 to 10 a.m. on Wednesday, January 11, 2012. Each individual or group making a verbal presentation will be limited to a total time of five minutes. Please indicate your intention to participate in the public comment period when submitting your RSVP. Time for public comments will be allotted based on the order in which RSVPs are received. Written comments may be submitted via email or in hardcopy and must be received by December 28, 2011. For information on how to submit written comments, please see addresses below.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Special Accommodations:</E>These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Brooke Stewart (828) 257-3020,<E T="03">Brooke.Stewart@noaa.gov</E>) by December 28, 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P/>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Forum Date and Time:</E>The forum will be held on January 11-13, 2012 at the following times: January 11, 2012 from 8:15 a.m. to 4:45 p.m. EST; January 12, 2012 from 8:15 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. EST; and January 13, 2012 from 8:15 a.m. to 2 p.m. EST.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">RSVP Deadline:</E>Any member of the public wishing to attend the forum must RSVP no later than 5 p.m. EST, Wednesday, December 28, 2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deadline for Written Comments:</E>Written comments must be received by 5 p.m. EST, Wednesday, December 28, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The forum will be held at the Veach-Baley Federal Complex, located at 151 Patton Avenue, Asheville, North Carolina 28801.</P>
          <P>Written comments may be submitted to<E T="03">Brooke.Stewart@noaa.gov</E>or in hard copy to Brooke Stewart, 151 Patton Avenue, Room 563, Asheville, North Carolina 28801. For changes in the schedule, agenda, and updated information, please check the forum Web site at<E T="03">https://sites.google.com/a/noaa.gov/extreme-winds-waves-extratropical-storms/home.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Brooke Stewart, National Climatic Data Center, 151 Patton Avenue, Room 563, Asheville, North Carolina 28801. (Phone: (828) 257-3020, Email:<E T="03">brooke.stewart@noaa.gov.</E>)</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This forum will provide an update to the climate science surrounding extreme events. The intent is to make key input available to the National Climate Assessment (NCA) for consideration. Further information regarding the NCA is available at<E T="03">http://www.globalchange.gov/what-we-do/assessment.</E>NOAA is sponsoring this forum in support of the National Climate Assessment process.</P>

        <P>As materials for this forum become available, they may be found at<E T="03">https://sites.google.com/a/noaa.gov/extreme-winds-waves-extratropical-storms/home.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Topics To Be Addressed</HD>
        <P>This forum will address observed changes and their causes with regard to specific types of extreme weather and climate events, including extreme winds, waves, and extratropical storms along the coasts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Participants Will Consider</HD>
        <P>• Observed changes and degree of confidence in those changes for extreme winds, waves, and extratropical storms along the coasts.</P>
        <P>• Current state of mechanistic understanding of the above-mentioned extreme events.</P>
        <P>• Potential causes of observed changes in extreme events.</P>
        
        <FP>This forum will feature invited speakers and discussions. The forum is designed to produce a detailed draft outline of an article for submission to a peer-reviewed scientific journal.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Mary E. Kicza,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Administrator for Satellite and Information Services.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30889 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>National Marine Protected Areas Center External Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for public comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On May 26, 2000, President Clinton signed Executive Order (EO) 13158, directing federal agencies (led by NOAA and DOI) to establish a comprehensive national system of MPAs serving multiple conservation and management goals. To this end, the EO directs NOAA to establish a National Marine Protected Area Center (“MPA Center”) within NOAA (Sec. 4(e)) to carry out several provisions in cooperation with the Department of the Interior. Over the past decade, the MPA Center has conducted a variety of efforts to establish and support the growing national system through targeted science, information resources, coordination and policy development.</P>
          <P>An external review of the MPA Center is needed to maximize its effectiveness and transparency and to ensure that the MPA Center is conducting high quality work of significant value to NOAA and the nation. To this end, the MPA Center is seeking external feedback, including public comment on the program's approach to balancing competing priorities.</P>
          <P>All comments received in response to this request will be summarized and provided to an expert review panel scheduled to convene in late January, 2012.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments must be submitted on or before January 10, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>This announcement contains guidance on how to provide feedback, including some of the questions for which the MPA Center is seeking comment. The questions are also available for download via the Internet on the MPA Center Web site at:<E T="03">http://www.mpa.gov/aboutmpas/mpacenter/.</E>You may submit comments electronically via email to<E T="03">mpa.comments@noaa.gov.</E>You may also submit comments in writing to: National Marine Protected Areas Center, c/o Denise Ellis-Hibbett, 1305 East-West Highway, Rm. 11401, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Denise Ellis-Hibbett by mail at 1305 East-West Highway, Rm. 11401, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 or phone: (301) 563-1195 or email:<E T="03">denise.ellis-hibbett@noaa.gov</E>or visit the MPA Center Web site at<E T="03">http://www.mpa.gov</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The MPA Center's external review will encompass program activities between 2000 and 2011. An independent, external panel of four experts in subject matter of the MPA Center's program focus will convene for a three day meeting in late January, 2012 to review materials and<PRTPAGE P="74778"/>information about the MPA Center, develop findings and make recommendations.The program is seeking input on the questions listed below. Please note that you do not need to address all questions, and the MPA Center welcomes additional input on topics not covered in the questions listed.</P>

        <P>Although the MPA Center is most interested in obtaining feedback based on the public's interaction and experience with the Center, background information concerning the MPA Center and its activities is available from the MPA Center Web site at<E T="03">http://mpa.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>The MPA Center is seeking input on the following questions:</P>
        <P>• Is the MPA Center focusing on the most important activities to fulfill its goals and objectives (Build and maintain the national system of MPAs; Improve MPA stewardship and effectiveness; Facilitate international, national and regional coordination of MPAs activities)?</P>
        <P>• How successfully has the MPA Center addressed the requirements of Executive Order 13158?</P>
        <P>• Is the MPA Center providing the necessary leadership to strengthen and expand the national system of MPAs?</P>
        <P>• Are resources (human and financial) allocated appropriately to effectively address the goals and objectives of the MPA Center?</P>
        <P>• How effective has the MPA Center been in solidifying public/private partnerships and engaging stakeholders to support efficient management of MPAs and MPA networks?</P>
        <P>• Should the MPA Center change its priorities or activities to more effectively meet the requirements of Executive Order 13158? If so, how?</P>
        <P>An electronic version of these questions is available at:<E T="03">http://www.mpa.gov/aboutmpas/mpacenter/.</E>(Optional) When you submit your comments, you are welcome to provide background information about yourself, such as your organization(s), area(s) of expertise, and experience with the MPA Center. This information will be compiled and summarized with the comments.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 18, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Donna Wieting,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Ocean and Coastal Resource Management, National Ocean Service, National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30700 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA850</RIN>
        <DEPDOC>[File No. 16439]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Endangered Species</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Issuance of permit.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>Notice is hereby given that the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 21 South Putt Corners Rd., New Paltz, NY 12561 [Responsible Party: Kathryn Hattala], has been issued a permit to take shortnose sturgeon (<E T="03">Acipenser brevirostrum</E>) for purposes of scientific research.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The permit and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the following offices:</P>
          <P>• Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376; and</P>
          <P>• Northeast Region, NMFS, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930; phone (978) 281-9328; fax (978) 281-9394.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Malcolm Mohead or Colette Cairns, (301) 427-8401.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On June 9, 2011, notice was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(76 FR 33703) that a request for a scientific research permit to take shortnose sturgeon had been submitted by the above-named applicant. The requested permit has been issued under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>) and the regulations governing the taking, importing, and exporting of endangered and threatened species (50 CFR parts 222-226).</P>
        <P>The Permit Holder is issued a five-year permit to study shortnose sturgeon in the Hudson River Estuary from New York Harbor (RKM 0) to Troy Dam (RKM 245). Gill nets, trammel nets and trawls will be used to capture up to 240 and 2,340 shortnose sturgeon in years one through three and years four and five, respectively. Research activities include: capture; measure, weigh; tag with passive integrated transponder (PIT) tags and Floy tags, if untagged; and sample genetic fin clips. Subsets of fish will also be anesthetized and tagged with acoustic transmitters; have fin rays sampled for age and growth analysis; have gastric contents lavaged for diet analysis; as well as blood samples taken for contaminants. A total of four (4) unintended mortalities are authorized over the life of the permit.</P>
        <P>Issuance of this permit, as required by the ESA, was based on a finding that such permit (1) was applied for in good faith, (2) will not operate to the disadvantage of such endangered or threatened species, and (3) is consistent with the purposes and policies set forth in section 2 of the ESA.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Tammy C. Adams,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Chief, Permits, Conservation and Education Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30959 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
        <P>The following notice of scheduled meetings is published pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, 5 U.S.C. 552b.</P>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY HOLDING THE MEETINGS:</HD>
          <P>Commodity Futures Trading Commission.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIMES AND DATES:</HD>
          <P>The Commission has scheduled meetings for the following dates:</P>
          
        </PREAMHD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">December 5, 2011 at 9:30 a.m.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">December 20, 2011 at 9:30 a.m.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">January 5, 2012 at 9:30 a.m.</FP>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>Three Lafayette Center, 1155 21st St. NW., Washington, DC, Conference Center (Room 1300).</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>

          <P>The Commission has scheduled these meetings to consider various rulemaking matters, including the issuance of proposed rules and the approval of final rules. The Commission may also consider and vote on dates and times for future meetings. The agenda for the December 5, 2011 meeting was posted on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov</E>seven (7) days prior to the meeting. The agenda for the December 20, 2011 meeting will be made available to the public and posted on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.cftc.gov</E>at least seven (7) days prior to the meeting. In the event that the times or dates of the meetings<PRTPAGE P="74779"/>change, an announcement of the change, along with the new time and place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>David A. Stawick, Secretary of the Commission, (202) 418-5071.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>David A. Stawick,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-31004 Filed 11-29-11; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>List of Correspondence</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services; Department of Education.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>List of Correspondence from April 1, 2011, through June 30, 2011.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Secretary is publishing the following list pursuant to section 607(f) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). Under section 607(f) of the IDEA, the Secretary is required, on a quarterly basis, to publish in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a list of correspondence from the U.S. Department of Education (Department) received by individuals during the previous quarter that describes the interpretations of the Department of the IDEA or the regulations that implement the IDEA. This list and the letters or other Departmental documents described in this list, with personally identifiable information redacted, as appropriate, can be found at:<E T="03">http://www2.ed.gov/policy/speced/guid/idea/index.html.</E>
          </P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Jessica Spataro or Mary Louise Dirrigl. Telephone: (202) 245-7468.</P>
          <P>If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), you can call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-(800) 877-8339.</P>
          <P>Individuals with disabilities can obtain a copy of this list and the letters or other Departmental documents described in this list in an accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc) by contacting Jessica Spataro or Mary Louise Dirrigl at (202) 245-7468.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The following list identifies correspondence from the Department issued from April 1, 2011, through June 30, 2011. The list includes those letters that contain interpretations of the requirements of the IDEA and its implementing regulations, and may also include letters and other documents that the Department believes will assist the public in understanding the requirements of the law and its regulations. The date of and topic addressed by each letter are identified, and summary information is also provided, as appropriate. To protect the privacy interests of the individual or individuals involved, personally identifiable information has been redacted, as appropriate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part B—Assistance for Education of All Children With Disabilities</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 612—State Eligibility</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Topic Addressed: Children in Private Schools</HD>
        <P>○ Letter dated May 26, 2011, to East End Special Education Parents President Kathleen Chamberlain, responding to an inquiry as to whether a child with a disability should be considered publicly-placed or parentally-placed at a private school under Part B of the IDEA and the effect of a settlement agreement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 613—Local Educational Agency Eligibility</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Topic Addressed: Use of Federal Funds</HD>
        <P>○ Letter dated June 16, 2011, to National Association of State Directors of Special Education Executive Director Bill East, regarding the local educational agency maintenance-of-effort requirement in Part B of the IDEA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 614—Evaluations, Eligibility Determinations, Individualized Education Programs, and Educational Placements</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Topic Addressed: Individualized Education Program Team</HD>
        <P>○ Letter dated April 25, 2011, to Center for Education Advocacy, Inc. Director Lilly Rangel-Diaz, regarding the participation of related services providers, including those invited by parents, in Individualized Education Program (IEP) Team meetings and resolution sessions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Part C—Infants and Toddlers With Disabilities</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 637—State Application and Assurances</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Topic Addressed: Nonsupplanting</HD>
        <P>○ Letter dated May 4, 2011, to Kansas Department of Health and Environment Secretary Robert Moser and Chief Fiscal Officer Pat Kuester, and letter dated May 5, 2011, to Nevada Department of Health and Human Services Director Michael Willden, regarding the nonsupplanting/maintenance-of-effort requirement in Part C of the IDEA. The requirement addressed in these letters is now codified in 34 CFR 303.225(b) without substantive change.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Electronic Access to This Document:</E>The official version of this document is the document published in the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>Free Internet access to the official edition of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and the Code of Federal Regulations is available via the Federal Digital System at:<E T="03">http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys.</E>At this site you can view this document, as well as all other documents of this Department published in the<E T="04">Federal Register,</E>in text or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). To use PDF you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is available free at the site.</P>

        <P>You may also access documents of the Department published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>by using the article search feature at:<E T="03">http://www.federalregister.gov.</E>Specifically, through the advanced search feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published by the Department.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 84.027, Assistance to States for Education of Children with Disabilities)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Alexa Posny,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Special Education and Rehabilitative Services.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30931 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project Nos. 14298-000; 14299-000; 14301-000; 14302-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>SV Hydro LLC; Coffeeville LLC; FFP Project 99 LLC; Lock Hydro Friends Fund XIV; Notice of Competing Preliminary Permit Applications Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications</SUBJECT>

        <P>On October 3, 2011, SV Hydro LLC (SV Hydro), Coffeeville LLC (Coffeeville), FFP Project 99 LLC (FFP 99), and Lock Hydro Friends Fund XIV (Lock Hydro) filed preliminary permit applications, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act, proposing to study the feasibility of a hydropower project at the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (Corps) Coffeeville Lock &amp; Dam, located on the Tombigbee River in Choctaw and Clarke Counties, Alabama. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A<PRTPAGE P="74780"/>preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">SV Hydro's Project No. 14298-000 would consist of:</E>(1) A 200-foot-long, 100-foot-wide intake channel; (2) a powerhouse containing one generating unit with a total capacity of 36.0 megawatts (MW); (3) a 250-foot-long, 100-foot-wide tailrace; (4) a 2.7-mile-long, 69.0 kilo-volt (kV) transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 87.0 gigawatt-hours (GWh), and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Coffeeville Lock &amp; Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. Douglas Spaulding, Nelson Energy, 8441 Wayzata Blvd., Suite 101, Golden Valley, MN 55426. (952) 544-8133.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Coffeeville's Project No. 14299-000 would consist of:</E>(1) A forebay; (2) an intake structure; (3) a powerhouse containing two generating units with a total capacity of 19.0 MW; (4) a tailrace structure; and (5) a 1.0-mile-long, 38 KV transmission line. The project would have an estimated average annual generation of 78.0 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Coffeeville Lock &amp; Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. Vincent Lamarra, Symbiotics LLC, 975 South State Highway 89/91, Logan, UT 84321. (435) 752-2580.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FFP 99's Project No. 14301-000 would consist of:</E>(1) An 250-foot-long, 120-foot-wide approach channel; (2) a powerhouse, located on the north side of the dam, containing two generating units with a total capacity of 10.0 MW; (3) a 275-foot-long, 120-foot-wide tailrace; (4) a 4.16/46 KV substation; (5) a 1.0-mile-long, 46 kV transmission line; and (6) a 2,100-foot-long new access road to the powerhouse. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 50.0 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Coffeeville Lock &amp; Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Ms. Ramya Swaminathan, Free Flow Power Corp., 239 Causeway Street, Suite 300, Boston, MA 02114. (978) 283-2822.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Lock Hydro's Project No. 14302-000 would consist of:</E>(1) One lock frame module, the frame module will be placed in a new conduit and contain twelve generating units with a total combined capacity of 27.0 MW; (2) a new switchyard containing a transformer; and (3) a proposed 1.0-mile-long, 34.5 kV transmission line to an existing power line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 153.738 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Coffeeville Lock &amp; Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. Wayne F. Krouse, Hydro Green Energy, 5090 Richmond Avenue #390, Houston, TX 77056. (877) 556-6566.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>Michael Spencer,<E T="03">michael.spencer@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-6093.</P>

        <P>Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. Comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications may be filed electronically via the Internet. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>You must include your name and contact information at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support. Although the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing, documents may also be paper-filed. To paper-file, mail an original and seven copies to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street, NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>Enter the docket number (P-14298-000, P-14299-000, 14301-000, or P-14302-000) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30867 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project Nos. 14320-000; 14323-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>FFP Project 105 LLC; Hugo Lake Hydro LLC; Notice of Competing Preliminary Permit Applications Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications</SUBJECT>
        <P>On November 10, 2011, FFP Project 105 LLC (FFP 105), and on November 16, 2011, Hugo Lake Hydro LLC (HL Hydro) filed preliminary permit applications, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act, proposing to study the feasibility of a hydropower project at the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (Corps) Hugo Lake Dam, located on the Kiamichi River in Choctaw County, Oklahoma. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
        <P>FFP 105's Project No. 14320-000 would consist of: (1) A 70-foot-wide, 140-foot-long approach channel; (2) a 110-foot-long, 40-foot-high intake structure with trashracks and two slide gates; (3) a 9-foot-diameter, 100-foot-long steel penstock; (4) a powerhouse, located on the south side of the dam, containing one generating unit with a total capacity of 8.0 megawatts (MW); (5) a 100-foot-long, 40-foot-wide tailrace; (6) a 4.16/69 KV substation; and (7) a 2.75-mile-long, 69 kilo-Volt (kV) transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 20.0 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Hugo Lake Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Ms. Ramya Swaminathan, Free Flow Power Corp., 239 Causeway Street, Suite 300, Boston, MA 02114. (978) 283-2822.</P>

        <P>HL Hydro's Project No. 14323-000 would consist of: (1) A bifurcation structure; (2) a 16-foot-diameter, 165-foot-long steel penstock; (3) a powerhouse, located on the south side of the dam, containing one generating unit with a total capacity of 8.6 MW; (4) a tailrace; and (5) a 2.8-mile-long, 25 kV transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 21.8 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from<PRTPAGE P="74781"/>the Hugo Lake Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. Vincent Lamarra, Symbiotics LLC, 975 South State Highway 89/91, Logan, UT 84321. (435) 752-2580.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>Michael Spencer,<E T="03">michael.spencer@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-6093.</P>

        <P>Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. Comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications may be filed electronically via the Internet. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>You must include your name and contact information at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support. Although the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing, documents may also be paper-filed. To paper-file, mail an original and seven copies to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>Enter the docket number (P-14320-000, P- or P-14323-000) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30873 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project Nos. 14319-000; 14324-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>FFP Project 104 LLC, Nolin Lake Hydro LLC; Notice of Competing Preliminary Permit Applications Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications</SUBJECT>
        <P>On November 10, 2011, FFP Project 104 LLC (FFP 104), and on November 16, 2011, Nolin Lake Hydro LLC (NL Hydro) filed preliminary permit applications, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act, proposing to study the feasibility of a hydropower project at the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (Corps) Nolin Lake Dam, located on the Nolin River in Edmonson County, Kentucky. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
        <P>FFP 104's Project No. 14319-000 would consist of: (1) A new concrete bifurcation structure with two slide gates would be constructed at the end of the existing outlet conduit; (2) a 9-foot-diameter, 475-foot-long steel penstock; (3) a powerhouse, located on the south side of the dam, containing one generating unit with a total capacity of 7.0 megawatts (MW); (4) a 60-foot-long, 140-foot-wide tailrace; and (5) a 4.16/69 KV substation; (6) a 3.5-mile-long, 69 kilo-Volt (kV) transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 21.0 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Nolin Lake Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Ms. Ramya Swaminathan, Free Flow Power Corp., 239 Causeway Street, Suite 300, Boston, MA 02114. (978) 283-2822.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">NL Hydro's Project No. 14324-000 would consist of:</E>(1) A bifurcation structure; (2) a 10-foot-diameter, 140-foot-long steel penstock; (3) a powerhouse, located on the south side of the dam, containing one generating unit with a total capacity of 8.0 MW; (4) a tailrace; and (5) a 3.1-mile-long, 25 kV transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 24.5 GWh, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Nolin Lake Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. Vincent Lamarra, Symbiotics LLC, 975 South State Highway 89/91, Logan, UT 84321. (435) 752-2580.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>Michael Spencer,<E T="03">michael.spencer@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-6093.</P>

        <P>Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. Comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications may be filed electronically via the Internet. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>You must include your name and contact information at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support. Although the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing, documents may also be paper-filed. To paper-file, mail an original and seven copies to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>Enter the docket number (P-14319-000, P- or P-14324-000) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30870 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. CP11-523-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Sawgrass Storage LLC; Notice of Availability of the Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Sawgrass Storage Project</SUBJECT>

        <P>The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) has prepared an<PRTPAGE P="74782"/>environmental assessment (EA) for the Sawgrass Storage Project, proposed by Sawgrass Storage LLC (Sawgrass) in the above-referenced docket. Sawgrass requests authorization to construct and operate a new natural gas storage facility and related pipeline facilities in a depleted natural gas reservoir located in Lincoln and Union Parishes, Louisiana. The project would provide a working gas storage capacity of 30 billion cubic feet.</P>
        <P>The EA assesses the potential environmental effects of the construction and operation of the Sawgrass Storage Project in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The FERC staff concludes that approval of the proposed project, with appropriate mitigating measures, would not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.</P>
        <FP>The proposed Sawgrass Storage Project includes the following facilities:</FP>
        
        <FP>• five well pads with up to 16 horizontally drilled wells;</FP>
        <FP>• five observation wells;</FP>
        <FP>• approximately 5.2 miles of 20- and 24-inch-diameter gathering pipeline;</FP>
        <FP>• approximately 13.9 miles of 30-inch-diameter mainline pipeline;</FP>
        <FP>• a compressor station with approximately 19,000 horsepower of compression;</FP>
        <FP>• an interconnect with Midcontinent Express Pipeline's interstate pipeline system; and</FP>
        <FP>• appurtenant facilities.</FP>
        

        <P>The FERC staff mailed copies of the EA to Federal, state, and local government representatives and agencies; elected officials; environmental and public interest groups; Native American tribes; potentially affected landowners and other interested individuals and groups; newspapers and libraries in the project area; and parties to this proceeding. In addition, the EA is available for public viewing on the FERC's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>) using the eLibrary link. A limited number of copies of the EA are available for distribution and public inspection at:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Public Reference Room, 888 First Street NE., Room 2A, Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-8371.</FP>
        
        <P>Any person wishing to comment on the EA may do so. Your comments should focus on the potential environmental effects, reasonable alternatives, and measures to avoid or lessen environmental impacts. The more specific your comments, the more useful they will be. To ensure that the Commission has the opportunity to consider your comments prior to making its decision on this project, it is important that we receive your comments in Washington, DC on or before December 23, 2011.</P>

        <P>For your convenience, there are three methods you can use to file your comments to the Commission. In all instances, please reference the project docket number (CP11-523-000) with your submission. The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments and has expert staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or<E T="03">efiling@ferc.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>(1) You can file your comments electronically using the<E T="03">eComment</E>feature on the Commission's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>) under the link to<E T="03">Documents and Filings</E>. This is an easy method for submitting brief, text-only comments on a project;</P>

        <P>(2) You can also file your comments electronically using the<E T="03">eFiling</E>feature on the Commission's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>) under the link to<E T="03">Documents and Filings</E>. With eFiling, you can provide comments in a variety of formats by attaching them as a file with your submission. New eFiling users must first create an account by clicking on “<E T="03">eRegister</E>.” You must select the type of filing you are making. If you are filing a comment on a particular project, please select “Comment on a Filing”; or</P>
        <P>(3) You can file a paper copy of your comments at the following address:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426.</FP>
        
        <P>Any person seeking to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures (18 CFR 385.214).<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>Only intervenors have the right to seek rehearing of the Commission's decision. The Commission grants affected landowners and others with environmental concerns intervenor status upon showing good cause by stating that they have a clear and direct interest in this proceeding which no other party can adequately represent. Simply filing environmental comments will not give you intervenor status, but you do not need intervenor status to have your comments considered.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>See the previous discussion on the methods for filing comments.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Additional information about the project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC Web site (<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>) using the eLibrary link. Click on the eLibrary link, click on “General Search,” and enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the Docket Number field (i.e., CP11-523). Be sure you have selected an appropriate date range. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at<E T="03">FercOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or toll free at (866) 208-3676, or for TTY, contact (202) 502-8659. The eLibrary link also provides access to the texts of formal documents issued by the Commission, such as orders, notices, and rulemakings.</P>

        <P>In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to http://<E T="03">www.ferc.gov/esubscribenow.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30871 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project No. 176-018 &amp; Project No. 176-035 California]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>City of Escondido Vista Irrigation District; Notice of Availability of Environmental Assessment</SUBJECT>

        <P>In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's regulations, 18 CFR Part 380 (Order No. 486, 52 FR 47897), the Office of Energy Projects has reviewed the application for conduit exemption from licensing for the Bear Valley Powerhouse Project, to be located on the San Luis Rey River near the city of Escondido, California, and the application for surrender of license for the Escondido Hydroelectric Project, currently located on the San Luis Rey River. The Bear Valley Powerhouse Project is part of the existing Escondido Hydroelectric Project. Commission staff has prepared an Environmental Assessment (EA) that analyzes the potential environmental effects of the conduit exemption and surrender and concludes that issuing a conduit exemption for the Bear Valley Powerhouse Project and granting the surrender of the Escondido<PRTPAGE P="74783"/>Hydroelectric Project, with appropriate environmental measures, would not constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.</P>

        <P>A copy of the EA is on file with the Commission and is available for public inspection. The EA may also be viewed on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov</E>using the “eLibrary” link. Enter the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support at<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or toll-free at (866) 208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659.</P>
        <P>You may also register online at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/esubscribenow.htm</E>to be notified via email of new filings and issuances related to this or other pending projects. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support at<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or toll-free at 1-(866) 208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659.</P>

        <P>Please contact Carolyn Templeton by telephone at (202) 502-8785 or by email at<E T="03">carolyn.templeton@ferc.gov</E>if you have any questions.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30872 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project No. 14325-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>American River Power II, LLC; Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions to Intervene, and Competing Applications</SUBJECT>
        <P>On November 10, 2011, American River Power II, LLC (AMP II) filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act (FPA), proposing to study the feasibility of a hydropower project located at the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (Corps) Olmsted Lock &amp; Dam, located on the Ohio River in Ballard County, Kentucky. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
        <P>The proposed project would consist of the following: (1) A intake channel; (2) a powerhouse containing three generating unit with a total capacity of 63.0 megawatts; (3) a tailrace; (4) a 52,783-foot-long, 230.0 kilo-volt transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 300.0 gigawatt-hours (GWh), and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Olmsted Lock &amp; Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. John P. Henry, American River Power II, LLC, 726 Eldridge Avenue, Collingswood, NJ 08107-1708. (856) 240-0707.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>Michael Spencer,<E T="03">michael.spencer@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-6093.</P>

        <P>Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. Comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications may be filed electronically via the Internet. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>You must include your name and contact information at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or toll free at 1-(866) 208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659. Although the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing, documents may also be paper-filed. To paper-file, mail an original and seven copies to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>Enter the docket number (P-14325-000) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30866 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project No. 14309-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Apache Hydro LLC; Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications</SUBJECT>
        <P>On October 26, 2011, Apache Hydro LLC filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act (FPA), proposing to study the feasibility of a pump storage hydropower project located on Dry Wash, Apache Canyon, in Hudspeth, Culberson, and Reeves Counties, Texas. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">The proposed pumped storage project would consist of the following:</E>(1) A 210-foot-high, 1,610-foot-long earth fill dam; (2) a 20-foot-high, 340-foot-long saddle dam; (3) an upper reservoir with a surface area of 134.0 acres and an 11,726 acre-foot storage capacity; (4) a 170-foot-high, 1,270.0-foot-long earth fill dam creating; (5) a lower reservoir with a surface area of 209.0 acres and an 14,139 acre-foot storage capacity; (6) one 32-foot-diameter, 2,713-foot-long penstock; (7) a bifurcation to four 11-foot-diameter, and 640-foot-long penstocks; (8) a powerhouse/pumping station containing four pump/generating units with a total generating capacity of 1,271 megawatts; (9) a substation; (10) a 208.0-mile-long, 345 kilo-Volt transmission line to an existing substation near Midland, Texas; and (11) existing roads will be upgraded for access to the project. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 3,683.0 gigawatt-hours (GWh).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Mr. Vincent Lamarra, Symbiotics LLC, 975 South State Highway 89/91, Logan, UT 84321. (435) 752-2580.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>Michael Spencer,<E T="03">michael.spencer@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-6093.</P>

        <P>Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of<PRTPAGE P="74784"/>intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. Comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications may be filed electronically via the Internet. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>You must include your name and contact information at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or toll free at 1-(866) 208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659. Although the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing, documents may also be paper-filed. To paper-file, mail an original and seven copies to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>Enter the docket number (P-14309-000) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30869 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Project No. 14300-000]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>FFP Project 101 LLC; Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications</SUBJECT>
        <P>On October 3, 2011, FFP Project 101 LLC filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act (FPA), proposing to study the feasibility of a hydropower project at the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (Corps) Oologah Lake Dam, located on the Verdigris River, in Rogers County, Oklahoma. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">The proposed project would consist of:</E>(1) A 75-foot by 50-foot intake structure; (2) a 100-foot-long approach channel; (3) two 12-foot-diameter, 700-foot-long steel penstocks; (4) a powerhouse, located on the north side of the dam, containing two generating units with a total capacity of 20.0 megawatts; (5) a 230-foot-long, 100-foot-wide tailrace; (6) a 4.16/12.5 kilo-Volt (kV) substation; and (7) a 250-foot-long, 12.5 kV transmission line. The proposed project would have an average annual generation of 60.0 gigawatt-hours, and operate run-of-river utilizing surplus water from the Oologah Lake Dam, as directed by the Corps.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Applicant Contact:</E>Ms. Ramya Swaminathan, Free Flow Power Corp., 239 Causeway Street, Suite 300, Boston, MA 02114. (978) 283-2822.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">FERC Contact:</E>Michael Spencer,<E T="03">michael.spencer@ferc.gov,</E>(202) 502-6093.</P>

        <P>Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36. Comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications may be filed electronically via the Internet. See 18 CFR 385.2001(a)(1)(iii) and the instructions on the Commission's Web site<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling.asp.</E>Commenters can submit brief comments up to 6,000 characters, without prior registration, using the eComment system at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/ecomment.asp.</E>You must include your name and contact information at the end of your comments. For assistance, please contact FERC Online Support at<E T="03">FERCOnlineSupport@ferc.gov</E>or toll free at 1-(866) 208-3676, or for TTY, (202) 502-8659. Although the Commission strongly encourages electronic filing, documents may also be paper-filed. To paper-file, mail an original and seven copies to: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.</P>

        <P>More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/elibrary.asp.</E>Enter the docket number (P-14300-000) in the docket number field to access the document. For assistance, contact FERC Online Support.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30868 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL ELECTION COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Notice</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Election Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Date and Time: Tuesday, November 29, 2011 at 10 a.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>999 E Street, NW., Washington, DC</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>This meeting was closed to the public.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ITEMS TO BE DISCUSSED:</HD>
          <P SOURCE="NPAR">Compliance matters pursuant to 2 U.S.C. 437g.</P>
          <P>Audits conducted pursuant to 2 U.S.C. 437g, 438(b), and Title 26, U.S.C.</P>
          <P>Matters concerning participation in civil actions or proceedings or arbitration.</P>
          <P>Internal personnel rules and procedures or matters affecting a particular employee.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <STARS/>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PERSON TO CONTACT FOR INFORMATION:</HD>
          <P>Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Shelley E. Garr,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-31064 Filed 11-29-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6715-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL MARITIME COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 11-21]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Minto Explorations Ltd. v. Pacific and Arctic Railway and Navigation Company; Notice of Filing of Complaint and Assignment</SUBJECT>
        <P>Notice is given that a complaint has been filed with the Federal Maritime Commission (Commission) by Minto Explorations Ltd. (Minto), hereinafter “Complainant,” against Pacific and Arctic Railway and Navigation Company (“PARN”) or “Respondent”. Complainant asserts that it is a Canadian corporation which is a “wholly owned subsidiary of Capstone Mining Corp.” Complainant alleges that Respondent is an Alaska corporation which operates as a marine terminal operator.</P>

        <P>Complainant alleges that Respondent's “dockage tariff, under which the vessels used by Minto pay a<PRTPAGE P="74785"/>higher per-foot dockage fee than other vessels” is unlawfully discriminatory. Complainant asserted this claim in the United States District Court for the District of Alaska, which court referred the claim to the Commission upon Respondent's motion in that court “alleging that the dispute was within the Commission's primary jurisdiction.” Thus Complainant alleges that Respondent has violated the Shipping Act of 1984 “by unreasonably prejudicing and disadvantaging Minto and unreasonably preferring and advantaging others in violation of 46 U.S.C. 41106(2), and by failing to establish, observe, and enforce just and reasonable regulations and practices relating to or connected with receiving, handling, storing, or delivering property, in violation of 46 U.S.C. 41102. Complainant also presents its state law discrimination claim at the direction of the District Court.</P>

        <P>Complainant requests that Respondent be ordered “after due hearing, to answer the charges herein, to cease and desist from the aforesaid violations of the Shipping Act, to establish and put in force such practices as the Commission determines to be lawful and reasonable, and to pay Minto reparations for PARN's violations of the Act, including the amount of the actual injury, plus interest, costs and attorneys fees, and any other damages to be determined; and that the Commission order any such other relief as it determines proper.” The full text of the complaint can be found in the Commission's Electronic Reading Room at<E T="03">http://www.fmc.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <P>This proceeding has been assigned to the Office of Administrative Law Judges. Hearing in this matter, if any is held, shall commence within the time limitations prescribed in 46 CFR 502.61, and only after consideration has been given by the parties and the presiding officer to the use of alternative forms of dispute resolution. The hearing shall include oral testimony and cross-examination in the discretion of the presiding officer only upon proper showing that there are genuine issues of material fact that cannot be resolved on the basis of sworn statements, affidavits, depositions, or other documents or that the nature of the matter in issue is such that an oral hearing and cross-examination are necessary for the development of an adequate record. Pursuant to the further terms of 46 CFR 502.61, the initial decision of the presiding officer in this proceeding shall be issued by November 23, 2012 and the final decision of the Commission shall be issued by March 25, 2013.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Karen V. Gregory,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30895 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6730-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This notice announces the intention of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) to request that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approve the proposed information collection project: “Use of Deliberative Methods to Enhance Public Engagement in the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality's (AHRQ's) Effective Healthcare (EHC) Program and Comparative Effectiveness Research (CER) Enterprise.” In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521, AHRQ invites the public to comment on this proposed information collection.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments on this notice must be received by January 30, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Written comments should be submitted to: Doris Lefkowitz, Reports Clearance Officer, AHRQ, by email at<E T="03">doris.lefkowitz@AHRQ.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>Copies of the proposed collection plans, data collection instruments, and specific details on the estimated burden can be obtained from the AHRQ Reports Clearance Officer.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Doris Lefkowitz, AHRQ Reports Clearance Officer, (301) 427-1477, or by email at<E T="03">dorislefkowitz@AHRQ.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Project</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Use of Deliberative Methods To Enhance Public Engagement in the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality's (AHRQ's) Effective Healthcare (EHC) Program and Comparative Effectiveness Research (CER) Enterprise</HD>
        <P>With this project, AHRQ seeks evidence on the feasibility and usefulness of public deliberation as an approach to obtaining public input on questions related to the conduct and use of comparative effectiveness research (CER). Although stakeholder engagement has been central to the Effective Healthcare (EHC) prop-am to date, public input has not traditionally been used to inform and guide broad strategies related to the use of evidence to inform decisions. This study would provide a research base to address this gap. This project closely ties to AHRQ's efforts to improve the rigor of methods, as it will generate methodological evidence through a randomized controlled experiment comparing five distinct methods of public deliberation to find the most effective approaches for involving the general public, including members of AHRQ's priority populations, in questions related to the research enterprise.Public deliberation is a strategy for engaging lay people in informing decisions when these decisions require consideration of values and ethics in addition to scientific evidence. It includes three core elements:</P>
        <P>(1) Convening a group of people (either in person or via online technologies to connect people in remote locations),</P>
        <P>(2) Educating the participants on the relevant issue(s) through dissemination of educational materials and/or the use of content experts, and</P>
        <P>(3) Having the participants engage in a reason-based discussion, or deliberation, on all sides of the issue(s).</P>
        <P>AHRQ wishes to study the effectiveness of public deliberation, because it offers the opportunity to obtain public input on complex topics in an environment that encourages participants to educate themselves about the topic and discuss it in a thoughtful, respectful manner. Information about the topic is intentionally neutral and respectful of the full range of underlying values and experience with healthcare issues in the population. This approach is designed to improve upon the sometimes superficial or “top of mind” responses that are often provided by public opinion surveys. AHRQ views public deliberation as a potential source of higher quality public input on issues fundamental to the Agency's mission, such as the best and most effective ways to use comparative effectiveness research, than has heretofore been available.</P>

        <P>Several distinct deliberative methods have been developed and used previously. They share the three core elements of public deliberation, but differ on key features of implementation such as duration, whether they take place in-person or online, and the use of content experts. Although there is<PRTPAGE P="74786"/>considerable theoretical and case study literature endorsing the value of public deliberation, there has been little empirical research about its effectiveness and even less about the comparative merits of different deliberative methods (Community Forum Deliberative Methods Literature Review, 2010).</P>
        <P>The objectives of this study are to:</P>
        <P>1. Obtain informed and deliberated input from lay people on important questions underlying AHRQ's research program; and</P>
        <P>2. Expand the evidence base for the use of public deliberation methods for exploring issues relevant to healthcare research by comparing the outcomes of five distinct deliberative methods to a control condition and to each other.</P>
        <P>This study is being conducted by AHRQ through its contractor, the American Institutes of Research (AIR), pursuant to AHRQ's statutory authority to (1) promote healthcare quality improvement by conducting and supporting both research that develops and presents scientific evidence regarding all aspects of healthcare and the synthesis and dissemination of available scientific evidence for use by policymakers, among others, and (2) conduct and support research, provide technical assistance, and disseminate information on healthcare and on systems for the delivery of such care. See 42 U.S.C. 299(b)(1)(A), (D), (F), and (G); 42 U.S.C. 299(b)(2); 42 U.S.C. 299a(a)(1)-(4).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method of Collection</HD>
        <P>To achieve the objectives of this study the following activities and data collections will be implemented:</P>
        <P>(1) Participant recruitment—A short screening questionnaire, including a brief overview of the study, will be used to recruit persons for the study.</P>
        <P>(2) Educational Materials—Educational materials are designed to inform participants about the topics that are being deliberated and will be provided to all 1,685 participants recruited before the implementation of any of the methods, but after the administration of the Knowledge and Attitudes Pre-test Survey (described below). Additional content provided during the deliberative method sessions includes an overview of the study and the background materials needed by participants to competently deliberate the issues. For two methods (ODP and IDP; see below) educational materials to be used during the sessions will be sent to participants before the sessions (but after administration of the pre-test).</P>
        <P>(3) Deliberative Discussion Groups and Control Group—The purpose of the discussion groups is to obtain informed and deliberated input from lay people on an important set of issues underlying healthcare research. Participants will be randomly assigned to one of the five deliberative methods or a control condition. The five methods were selected because they have been previously implemented and vary on key features that may affect the scalability and effectiveness of the methods, including: duration (from two hours to three days), mode of implementation (online versus in person), role of content experts, and time between sessions allowing participants to seek additional information on the issues and communicate informally with other participants. The subject of the deliberations is the use of research evidence in healthcare decision-making. This deliberative topic encompasses several themes or “variations” that will be elaborated in the deliberations:</P>
        <P>1. Use of evidence to encourage better healthcare: Is evidence useful (or, what kind of evidence is useful) to a physician and a patient who are considering a test or treatment that has been found to be ineffective, less effective than another, riskier than another, or for which effectiveness has not been demonstrated?</P>
        <P>2. Use of evidence to encourage better value: Is evidence useful (or, what kind of evidence is useful) to a physician and a patient who are considering a test or treatment that is effective even though an equally effective but less expensive alternative is available?</P>
        <P>3. Decision-making when evidence shows more complex trade-offs: Is evidence useful (or, what kind of evidence is useful) in treatment decisions that involve the balancing of effectiveness, risk, and value?</P>
        <P>The issues involved in each variation will be discussed in the context of specific comparative effectiveness research (CER) examples. These “vignettes” illustrate the issues and elicit participants' input on the issues and the values employed by participants in the deliberations.</P>
        <P>(4) Knowledge and Attitudes Pre-test Survey—This survey will measure knowledge of and attitudes about the health issues discussed in the deliberations. It will be administered to deliberation participants and controls before educational materials are sent or the methods are implemented.</P>
        <P>As described, study participants will be provided with educational materials related to the deliberative topic. In order to assess whether or not participants were sufficiently informed on the topics addressed in the materials, the Knowledge and Attitudes Survey contains items assessing knowledge of medical research and medical evidence, of comparative effectiveness research, and of healthcare costs. The attitudinal questions refer to the use of medical evidence in healthcare decision making. They include attitudes about health care decision-making when research findings can provide no support for, or conflict with patient and doctor preferences for particular treatments.</P>
        <P>The questionnaire will also gather demographic and other information necessary to characterize the study sample, test the success of the randomization, and define population subgroups for which variation in outcomes will be examined. The demographic variables also will be used to control for participant and group characteristics that may influence the outcomes. Even though the design involves randomization, and these characteristics should be balanced across groups, including them in the statistical models guards against inadequate results from randomization.</P>
        <P>The variables to be measured in the Knowledge and Attitudes Pre-test Survey include:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Sociodemographic characteristics: Gender, age, marital status, education, employment status, household income, race/ethnicity, priority population, languages spoken (in addition to English)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• General health status</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Recent experience with the healthcare system (e.g., seeing a healthcare provider more than three times for the same condition in the last 12 months)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Health insurance coverage</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Health information-seeking behavior (e.g., the extent to which people seek healthcare information or rely on their doctors to provide information)</FP>
        
        <P>(5) Knowledge and Attitudes Post-test Survey—This survey will measure knowledge of and attitudes about the issues discussed in the deliberations after the deliberations take place. It will be administered to deliberation participants and controls within one week following conclusion of the deliberative methods and will include the same knowledge and attitude questions as the pre-test questionnaire.</P>

        <P>(6) Deliberative Experience Survey—As described above, the five deliberative methods being tested vary in terms of duration, mode, use of educational materials, and time between deliberative sessions. A one-time survey will be administered to participants in the deliberative methods after implementation of the experimental conditions to compare deliberative<PRTPAGE P="74787"/>methods to each other. Levels of discourse quality and implementation quality achieved will be assessed. Using multi-item scales, the survey will measure the following:</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Discourse quality</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Equal participation in the discussions</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Respect for others' opinions and tolerance of differing perspectives</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Appreciation of perspectives other than their own</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Reasoned justification of ideas: Sharing the reasoning or rationale for positions, opinions, beliefs, or preferences</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Implementation quality</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Quality of group facilitation</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Quality. of the educational materials provided</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Quality of the experts</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Transparency of the process and use of the results</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Participants' perceived value of method</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Participants' view of the influence the results will have on programs</FP>
        
        <P>In sum, information collection in this study will entail qualitative transcript review and quantitative surveys. This information will be used to describe and summarize the input obtained from the participants in the deliberative groups concerning the use of evidence, presenting the findings in reports for AHRQ and the public.</P>
        <P>The information from the surveys also will be used to expand the evidence base for public deliberation. The experiment is designed to: (1) Compare the effectiveness of the five deliberative methods to the control condition and to each other, (2) compare the quality of the discourse achieved by the deliberative methods to each other, (3) assess the quality of implementation of the five methods, and (4) test for variation in effectiveness and discourse quality by features of the deliberations and for population subgroups defined by sociodemogiaphic characteristics of the participants.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Estimated Annual Respondent Burden</HD>
        <P>Exhibit 1 shows the estimated annualized burden associated with the respondents' time to participate in this research. The total annualized burden hours are estimated to be 11,647 hours. The burden estimate comprises the following activities:</P>
        <P>Participant Recruitment—The screening questionnaire and recruitment letter and materials will be sent to 1,685 participants. We estimate that it will take 15 minutes to complete the questionnaire and review the recruitment letter and materials.</P>
        <P>Educational materials—Educational materials will be provided to all 1,685 participants recruited before the implementation of any of the methods. We estimate that it will take up to 1 hour to review the materials.</P>
        <P>Short Citizens' Deliberation (SCD): This method will be tested with 192 participants (12 groups). Participants will attend a single, 2-hour in-person meeting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Online Deliberative Polling® (ODP):</E>This method will be tested with 288 participants (24 groups) and will consist of 4 online sessions over the course of 4 weeks; in total, this method will take about 5 hours per person.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">In-Person Deliberative Polling® (IDP):</E>This method will be tested with 288 participants (16 groups); participants will attend a single in-person meeting, lasting a full day.</P>
        <P>Citizens' Panel (CP): This method will be tested with 96 participants (4 groups); participants will attend a 3-day, in-person meeting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Interrupted Deliberation (ID):</E>This method will be tested with 192 participants (12 groups). Participants will attend 2 in-person meetings, lasting 3 hours each, a week apart. Between meetings, participants will be asked to access an online platform. In total, this method will take about 6 hours per person.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Knowledge and Attitudes Pre-test Survey:</E>This survey will be administered to 1,685 participants and will take an estimated 30 minutes to complete.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Knowledge and Attitudes Post-test Survey:</E>This survey will be administered to 1,685 participants and will take an estimated 20 minutes to complete.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Deliberative Experience Survey:</E>This survey will be administered to 1,056 deliberative methods participants at the conclusion of the deliberative method. It will take about 15 minutes to complete.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,14,14,14,14" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Exhibit 1—Estimated Annualized Burden Hours</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Form name/Deliberative method</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>responses per respondent</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Hours per<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total burden hours</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Recruitment and Consent Materials</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>15/60</ENT>
            <ENT>421</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Short Citizens' Deliberation (SCD)</ENT>
            <ENT>192</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>2</ENT>
            <ENT>384</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Online Deliberative Polling® (ODP)</ENT>
            <ENT>288</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>1440</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">In-Person Deliberative Polling® (IDP)</ENT>
            <ENT>288</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>9</ENT>
            <ENT>2592</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Citizens' Panel</ENT>
            <ENT>96</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>24</ENT>
            <ENT>2304</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Interrupted Deliberation (ID)</ENT>
            <ENT>192</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
            <ENT>1152</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Educational Materials</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Knowledge and Attitudes Pretest Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>30/60</ENT>
            <ENT>843</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Knowledge and Attitudes Posttest Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>20/60</ENT>
            <ENT>562</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Deliberative Experience Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>1056</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>15/60</ENT>
            <ENT>264</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>8852</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>11647</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,14,14,14,14" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Exhibit 2—Estimated Annualized Cost Burden</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Form name/Deliberative method</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total burden hours</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average hourly wage rate</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total cost burden</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Recruitment and Consent Materials</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>421</ENT>
            <ENT>$21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>$8,988</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Short Citizens' Deliberation (SCD)</ENT>
            <ENT>192</ENT>
            <ENT>384</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>8,198</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Online Deliberative Polling® (ODP)</ENT>
            <ENT>288</ENT>
            <ENT>1440</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>30,744</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">In-Person Deliberative Polling® (IDP)</ENT>
            <ENT>288</ENT>
            <ENT>2592</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>55,339</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Citizens' Panel</ENT>
            <ENT>96</ENT>
            <ENT>2304</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>49,190</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Interrupted Deliberation (ID)</ENT>
            <ENT>192</ENT>
            <ENT>1152</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>24,595</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74788"/>
            <ENT I="01">Educational Materials</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>35,975</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Knowledge and Attitudes Pretest Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>843</ENT>
            <ENT>$21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>$17,998</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Knowledge and Attitudes Post-test Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>1685</ENT>
            <ENT>562</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>11,999</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Deliberative Experience Survey</ENT>
            <ENT>1056</ENT>
            <ENT>264</ENT>
            <ENT>21.35</ENT>
            <ENT>5,636</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>8852</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>N/A</ENT>
            <ENT>248,662</ENT>
          </ROW>

          <TNOTE>* Based upon the mean of the wages for 00-000 All Occupations ($21.35), May 2010 National Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates. United States, “U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.”<E T="03">http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm#00-0000.</E>
          </TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Estimated Annual Costs to the Federal Government</HD>
        <P>Exhibit 3 below breaks down the costs related to this study. These are the costs associated with the portion of the contract awarded to AIR to conduct the experiment. Since the implementation and evaluation periods will span 24 months, the costs have been annualized by taking the total cost and dividing by 2.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,14,14" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Exhibit 3—Estimated Annualized Cost to the Federal Government</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Cost component</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Total cost</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Annualized cost</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Project Management</ENT>
            <ENT>$60,106</ENT>
            <ENT>$30,053</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Technical Expert Panel</ENT>
            <ENT>117,793</ENT>
            <ENT>58,896</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Technology Tools</ENT>
            <ENT>177,580</ENT>
            <ENT>88,790</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Develop Educational Materials</ENT>
            <ENT>368,624</ENT>
            <ENT>184,312</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Evaluation Plan</ENT>
            <ENT>214,566</ENT>
            <ENT>107,283</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Implement Methods</ENT>
            <ENT>1,624,169</ENT>
            <ENT>812,085</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Conceptual Framework</ENT>
            <ENT>50,195</ENT>
            <ENT>25,098</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Data Processing and Analysis</ENT>
            <ENT>566,846</ENT>
            <ENT>283,423</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT>135,693</ENT>
            <ENT>67,847</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Overhead</ENT>
            <ENT>1,281,340</ENT>
            <ENT>640,670</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>4,596,914</ENT>
            <ENT>2,298,457</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Request for Comments</HD>
        <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, comments on AHRQ's information collection are requested with regard to any of the following: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of AHRQ healthcare research and healthcare information dissemination functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of AHRQ's estimate of burden (including hours and costs) of the proposed collection(s) of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information upon the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <P>Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the Agency's subsequent request for OMB approval of the proposed information collection. All comments will become a matter of public record.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 16, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Carolyn Clancy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30795 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-90-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Patient Safety Organizations: Voluntary Relinquishment From HealthWatch, Inc.</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of delisting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>AHRQ has accepted a notification of voluntary relinquishment from HealthWatch, Inc. of its status as a Patient Safety Organization (PSO). The Patient Safety and Quality Improvement Act of 2005 (Patient Safety Act), Public Law 109-41, 42 U.S.C. 299b-21—b-26, provides for the formation of PSOs, which collect, aggregate, and analyze confidential information regarding the quality and safety of health care delivery. The Patient Safety and Quality Improvement Final Rule (Patient Safety Rule), 42 CFR part 3, authorizes AHRQ, on behalf of the Secretary of HHS, to list as a PSO an entity that attests that it meets the statutory and regulatory requirements for listing. A PSO can be “delisted” by the Secretary if it is found to no longer meet the requirements of the Patient Safety Act and patient Safety Rule, including when a PSO chooses to voluntarily relinquish its status as a PSO for any reason.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The directories for both listed and delisted PSOs are ongoing and reviewed weekly by AHRQ. The delisting was effective at 12 Midnight ET (2400) on November 1, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Both directories can be accessed electronically at the following HHS Web site:<E T="03">http://www.pso.AHRQ.gov/index.html.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Susan Grinder, Center for Quality Improvement and Patient Safety, AHRQ, 540 Gaither Road, Rockville, MD 20850; Telephone (toll free): (866) 403-3697; Telephone (local): (301) 427-1111; TTY (toll free): (866) 438-7231; TTY (local): (301) 427-1130; Email:<E T="03">pso@AHRQ.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:<PRTPAGE P="74789"/>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The Patient Safety Act authorizes the listing of PSOs, which are entities or component organizations whose mission and primary activity is to conduct activities to improve patient safety and the quality of health care delivery. HHS issued the Patient Safety Rule to implement the Patient Safety Act. AHRQ administers the provisions of the Patient Safety Act and Patient Safety Rule (PDF file, 450 KB. PDF Help) relating to the listing and operation of PSOs. Section 3.108(d) of the Patient Safety Rule requires AHRQ to provide public notice when it removes an organization from the list of federally approved PSOs. AHRQ has accepted a notification from HealthWatch, Inc., PSO number P0010, which is a component entity of Quality Health Strategies, Inc., to voluntarily relinquish its status as a PSO. Accordingly, HealthWatch, Inc. was delisted effective at 12 Midnight ET (2400) on November 1, 2011.</P>

        <P>More information on PSOs can be obtained through AHRQ's PSO Web site at<E T="03">http://www.pso.AHRQ.gov/index.html.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 16, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Carolyn M. Clancy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30798 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 a.m.]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-90-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Scientific Information Request on Pressure Ulcer Treatment Medical Devices</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for Scientific Information Submissions.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) is seeking scientific information submissions from manufacturers of pressure ulcer treatment medical devices, such as (but not limited to): Ultrasonic wound care systems, negative pressure therapy units, turning &amp; positioning systems, special mattresses, mattress covers, pillows, cushions, etc. Scientific information is being solicited to inform our Pressure Ulcer Treatment Strategies: A Comparative Effectiveness Review, which is currently being conducted by the Evidence-based Practice Centers for the AHRQ Effective Health Care Program. Access to published and unpublished pertinent scientific information on these devices will improve the quality of this comparative effectiveness review. AHRQ is requesting this scientific information and conducting this comparative effectiveness review pursuant to Section 1013 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, Public Law 108-173.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submission Deadline on or before January 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Online submissions:<E T="03">http://effectivehealthcare.AHRQ.gov/index.cfm/submitscientific-information-packets/.</E>Please select the study for which you are submitting information from the list of current studies and complete the form to upload your documents. Email submissions:<E T="03">ehcsrc@ohsu.edu</E>(please do not send zipped files—they are automatically deleted for security reasons).</P>
          <P>Print submissions: Robin Paynter, Oregon Health and Science University, Oregon Evidence-based Practice Center, 3181 SW Sam Jackson Park Road, Mail Code: BICC, Portland, OR 97239-3098.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Robin Paynter, Research Librarian, Telephone: (503) 494-0147 or Email:<E T="03">ehcsrc@ohsu.edu.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>In accordance with Section 1013 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, Public Law 108-173, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality has commissioned the Effective Health Care (EHC) Program Evidence-based Practice Centers to complete a comparative effectiveness review of the evidence for pressure ulcer treatment strategies.</P>

        <P>The EHC Program is dedicated to identifying as many studies as possible that are relevant to the questions for each of its reviews. In order to do so, we are supplementing the usual manual and electronic database searches of the literature by systematically requesting information (e.g., details of studies conducted) from medical device industry stakeholders through public information requests, including via the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and direct postal and/or online solicitations. We are looking for studies that report on pressure ulcer treatment strategies, including those that describe adverse events, as specified in the key questions detailed below. The entire research protocol, including the key questions, is also available online at:<E T="03">http://effectivehealthcare.AHRQ.gov/index.cfm/search-for-guides-reviews-and-reports/?pageaction=displayproduct&amp;productid=838#3870.</E>
        </P>
        <P>This notice is a request for industry stakeholders to submit the following:</P>
        <P>• A current product label, if applicable (preferably an electronic PDF file).</P>
        <P>• Information identifying published randomized controlled trials and observational studies relevant to the clinical outcomes. Please provide both a list of citations and reprints if possible.</P>
        <P>• Information identifying unpublished randomized controlled trials and observational studies relevant to the clinical outcomes. If possible, please provide a summary that includes the following elements: Study number, study period, design, methodology, indication and diagnosis, proper use instructions, inclusion and exclusion criteria, primary and secondary outcomes, baseline characteristics, number of patients screened/eligible/enrolled/lost to withdrawn/follow-up/analyzed, and effectiveness/efficacy and safety results.</P>
        <P>• Registered ClinicalTrials.gov studies. Please provide a list including the ClinicalTrials.gov identifier, condition, and intervention.</P>
        <P>Your contribution is very beneficial to this program. AHRQ is not requesting and will not consider marketing material, health economics information, or information on other indications. This is a voluntary request for information, and all costs for complying with this request must be borne by the submitter. In addition to your scientific information please submit an index document outlining the relevant information in each file along with a statement regarding whether or not the submission comprises all of the complete information available.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Please Note:</HD>
          <P>The contents of all submissions, regardless of format, will be available to the public upon request unless prohibited by law.</P>

          <P>The draft of this review will be posted on AHRQ's EHC program Web site and available for public comment for a period of 4 weeks. If you would like to be notified when the draft is posted, please sign up for the email list at:<E T="03">http://effectivehealthcare.AHRQ.gov/index.cfm/join-the-email-list1/.</E>
          </P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Key Questions</HD>
        <P>A preliminary set of KQs was posted on the Effective Health Care Program Web site of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), and public comments were collected and evaluated.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A Summary of the Public Comments</HD>

        <P>Most of the public comments addressed specific patient or treatment characteristics and settings. Commenters suggested that the review<PRTPAGE P="74790"/>should address combinations of treatments, co-morbid conditions, and ulcer characteristics that require an individualized approach to treatment. These comments led us to expand the potential range of treatments evaluated in the review. Because treatment goals for patients in hospice care differ widely from patients with pressure ulcers in other settings (wound healing may not be a goal of hospice care), we excluded hospice from the list of care settings to be reviewed. The final set of KQs is as follows:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Final Key Questions</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Question 1</HD>
        <P>In adults with pressure ulcers, what is the comparative effectiveness of treatment strategies for improved health outcomes including but not limited to: Complete wound healing, healing time, reduced wound surface area, pain, and prevention of serious complications of infection?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Question 1a</HD>
        <P>Does the comparative effectiveness of treatment strategies differ according to features of the pressure ulcers, such as anatomic site or severity at baseline?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Question 1b</HD>
        <P>Does the comparative effectiveness of treatment strategies differ according to patient characteristics, including but not limited to: Age; race/ethnicity; body weight; specific medical co-morbidities; and known risk factors for pressure ulcers, such as functional ability, nutritional status, or incontinence?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Question 1c</HD>
        <P>Does the comparative effectiveness of treatment strategies differ according to patient care settings such as home, nursing facility, or hospital, or according to features of patient care settings, including but not limited to nurse/patient staffing ratio, staff education and training in wound care, the use of wound care teams, and home caregiver support and training?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Question 2</HD>
        <P>What are the harms of treatments for pressure ulcers?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Question 2a</HD>
        <P>Do the harms of treatment strategies differ according to features of the pressure ulcers, such as anatomic site or severity at baseline?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Question 2b</HD>
        <P>Do the harms of treatment strategies differ according to patient characteristics, including: Age, race/ethnicity; body weight; specific medical co-morbidities; and knows risk factors for pressure ulcers, such as functional ability, nutritional status, or incontinence?</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Question 2c</HD>
        <P>Do the harms of treatment strategies differ according to patient care settings such as home, nursing facility, or hospital, or according to features of patient care settings, including but not limited to nurse/patient staffing ratio, staff education and training in wound care, the use of wound care teams, and home caregiver support and training?</P>
        <P>The following PICOTS were identified for each KQ and include:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Population</HD>
        <P>• Adults ages 18 and older with pressure ulcers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Interventions</HD>

        <P>• Various treatment strategies for pressure ulcers including but not limited to therapies that address the underlying contributing factors (e.g., support surfaces and nutritional supplements); therapies that address local wound care (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>absorbent wound dressings and biological agents); surgical repair; and adjunctive therapies (e.g., physical therapy).</P>
        <P>• Combined treatment modalities (co-interventions) will also be evaluated (such as comparing two treatments in combination with a single treatment).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comparators</HD>
        <P>• Placebo or active control, usual care, or other interventions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Outcomes</HD>
        <P>• For effectiveness: Complete wound healing, healing time, reduced wound surface area, pain, and prevention of serious complications of infection.</P>
        <P>• For harms of treatment: Pain, dermatologic complications, bleeding, and infection.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Timing</HD>
        <P>• Any duration of follow-up.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Settings</HD>
        <P>• Patient care settings, such as home, nursing facility, or hospital.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 16, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Carolyn M. Clancy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>AHRQ, Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30796 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-90-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0327]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Announcement of Office of Management and Budget Approval; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on FDA Service Delivery</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a collection of information entitled “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on FDA Service Delivery” has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Jonna Capezzuto,Office of Information Management, Food and Drug Administration, 1350 Piccard Dr.,PI50-400B, Rockville, MD 20850, (301) 796-3794,<E T="03">Jonnalynn.Capezzuto@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>On May 26, 2011, the Agency submitted a proposed collection of information entitled “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on FDA Service Delivery” to OMB for review and clearance under 44 U.S.C. 3507. An Agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. OMB has now approved the information collection and has assigned OMB control number 0910-0697. The approval expires on November 30, 2014. A copy of the supporting statement for this information collection is available on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30877 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74791"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0005]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Memorandum of Understanding Between the Food and Drug Administration and the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Agricultural and Marketing Service, Farm Service Agency, and Food Nutrition Service</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is providing notice of a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Agricultural and Marketing Service, Farm Service Agency, and Food Nutrition Service. The purpose of the MOU is to provide a framework for the parties to communicate and cooperate in the timely and full exchange of information to optimize controls essential to minimizing potential for the distribution or use of USDA foods which may be unsafe. For the purpose of this MOU, the term “USDA foods” will mean commodities procured by USDA for use in domestic nutrition assistance programs.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The agreement became effective September 29, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Jacqueline Little, Office of Enforcement, Food and Drug Administration, 12420 Parklawn Dr., Element Bldg, rm. 4146, Rockville, MD 20857, (301) 796-8204, Fax: (301) 827-3680, Email:<E T="03">jacqueline.little@fda.hhs.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>In accordance with 21 CFR 20.108(c), which states that all written agreements and MOUs between FDA and others shall be published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, the Agency is publishing notice of this MOU.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 25, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Leslie Kux,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
        <GPH DEEP="492" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74792"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.284</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="499" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74793"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.285</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="488" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74794"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.286</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="503" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74795"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.287</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="481" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74796"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.288</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="492" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74797"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.289</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="477" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74798"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.290</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="480" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74799"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.291</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="469" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74800"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.292</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="492" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74801"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.293</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="469" SPAN="3">
          <PRTPAGE P="74802"/>
          <GID>EN01DE11.294</GID>
        </GPH>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30911 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-C</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Director (OD), National Institutes of Health.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>30-Day notice of submission of information collection approval from the Office of Management and Budget and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>As part of a Federal Government-wide effort to streamline the process to seek feedback from the public on service delivery, OD has submitted a Generic Information Collection Request (Generic ICR): “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery ” to OMB for approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be submitted within 30 days after publication in FR.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Written comments may be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: NIH Desk Officer, by Email to<E T="03">OIRA_submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or by fax to (202) 395-6974.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>To request additional information, please contact Mikia P. Currie, Program Analyst, Office of policy for Extramural Research Administration, 6705 Rockledge Drive Suite 350, Bethesda, MD 20892-7974, or Email your request, including your address to<E T="03">curriem@od.nih.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>The information collection activity will garner qualitative customer<PRTPAGE P="74803"/>and stakeholder feedback in an efficient, timely manner, in accordance with the Administration's commitment to improving service delivery. By qualitative feedback we mean information that provides useful insights on perceptions and opinions, but are not statistical surveys that yield quantitative results that can be generalized to the population of study. This feedback will provide insights into customer or stakeholder perceptions, experiences and expectations, provide an early warning of issues with service, or focus attention on areas where communication, training or changes in operations might improve delivery of products or services. These collections will allow for ongoing, collaborative and actionable communications between the Agency and its customers and stakeholders. It will also allow feedback to contribute directly to the improvement of program management.</P>
        <P>Feedback collected under this generic clearance will provide useful information, but it will not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative information will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: the target population to which generalizations will be made, the sampling frame, the sample design (including stratification and clustering), the precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, the protocols for data collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results.</P>

        <P>No comments were received in response to the 60-day notice published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>of December 22, 2010 (75 FR 80542).</P>
        <P>Below we provide OD's projected average estimates for the next three years:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Current Actions:</E>New collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>New collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Individuals and households, businesses and organizations, State, Local or Tribal Government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Expected Annual Number of Activities:</E>30.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>253,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>253,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>Once per request.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Average Minutes per Response:</E>10.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Burden Hours:</E>49,358.</P>
        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget control number.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Mikia P. Currie,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of policy for Extramural Research Administration, Office of the Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30904 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Laboratory Animal Welfare: Adoption and Implementation of the Eighth Edition of the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Institutes of Health, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The National Institutes of Health (NIH) has analyzed public comments received regarding adoption and implementation of the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>
            <E T="03">for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (</E>
            <E T="03">Guide)</E>and has determined to adopt the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide.</E>(The comments, received by NIH from February 24 to May 24, 2011, may be viewed at<E T="03">http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/2011guidecomments/web_listing.htm.</E>) In NIH's judgment, the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>empowers continued advancement in the humane care and use of vertebrate animals in research, research training, and biological testing.</P>

          <P>Effective January 1, 2012, institutions that receive Public Health Service (PHS) support for animal activities must base their animal care and use programs on the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>and must complete at least one semiannual program review and facilities inspection using the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>as the basis for evaluation by December 31, 2012. It is not required that all necessary changes be completed by December 31, 2012, but rather that an evaluation must be conducted and a plan and schedule for implementation of the standards in the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>must be developed by December 31, 2012. Institutions must verify to the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), the organizational component of NIH that provides guidance and interpretation of the PHS Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals, that they have met the required schedule. This will be done through the Annual Report to OLAW covering the 2012 reporting period due January 31, 2013. In addition, institutions must document the implementation of the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>in their next Animal Welfare Assurance renewal.</P>
          <P>OLAW has developed Position Statements located at<E T="03">http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/2011positionstatement.htm.</E>The Position Statements clarify the ways in which NIH expects Assured institutions to implement the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>by addressing the following concerns: cost of implementing the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide;</E>animal housing specifications; use of nonpharmaceutical-grade compounds; food and fluid restrictions; multiple surgical procedures; and application of the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>to agricultural animals used in biomedical research. In addition, there is a summary of OLAW's position on performance standards and practice standards. The public is invited to submit comments on their understanding of the Position Statements for a period of 60 days from December 1, 2011, to January 29, 2012. In response, OLAW may further clarify the Position Statements.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments on the public's understanding of the Position Statements must be received by NIH on or before January 29, 2012, to be considered.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Public comments on the Position Statements may be entered at<E T="03">http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/2011positionstatement.htm.</E>Comments will be made publicly available. Personally identifiable information (except organizational affiliations) will be removed prior to making comments publicly available.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare, Office of Extramural Research, National Institutes of Health, RKL1, Suite 360, 6705 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892-7982; or<E T="03">telephone:</E>(301) 496-7163.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>

        <P>Since 1985, the PHS Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals, authorized by Public Law 99-<PRTPAGE P="74804"/>158, 42 U.S.C. 289d, and incorporated by reference at 42 CFR 52.8 and 42 CFR 52a.8, has required that institutions receiving PHS support for animal activities base their animal care and use programs on the current edition of the<E T="03">Guide.</E>Since 1996, programs have been based on the 7th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide.</E>The 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>was published in January 2011, following a study by the Institute for Laboratory Animal Research of the National Academy of Sciences. The 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>contains substantive changes and additions from the previous edition. To gain insight from institutions on the impact of changes to the<E T="03">Guide</E>on their animal care and use programs, NIH sought comments on whether it should adopt the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>and on the proposed implementation plan. On February 24, 2011, NIH issued a<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice (see<E T="03">http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2011/pdf/2011-4172.pdf)</E>requesting public comments on (1) NIH's adoption of the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>as a basis for evaluating institutional programs receiving or proposing to receive PHS support for activities involving animals and (2) NIH's proposed implementation plan (if NIH decided to adopt the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>). The original implementation plan proposed that institutions complete at least one semiannual program and facility evaluation using the 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>as the basis for evaluation by March 31, 2011.</P>

        <P>Comments were collected via the Internet through a Web link available in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and on the OLAW Web site, where respondents could also access both the 7th and 8th Editions of the<E T="03">Guide.</E>The original comment period was scheduled from February 24, 2011, to March 24, 2011. This comment period was extended twice, on March 18 and April 21. Ultimately, the comment period spanned 90 days, closing on May 24, 2011. In addition to the time extension, the NIH removed the original 6,000-character limit on the comment form fields in the April 21 extension to maximize the opportunity for individuals and organizations to provide comments to NIH. A total of 806 responses were submitted by Assured institutions, professional organizations, animal advocacy organizations, and individuals. The comments and an analysis may be viewed at<E T="03">http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/2011guidecomments/web_listing.htm.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Electronic Access</HD>
        <P>The 8th Edition of the<E T="03">Guide</E>is available on the OLAW Web site at<E T="03">http://olaw.nih.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Francis S. Collins,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, National Institutes of Health.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30764 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-5410-N-02]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Federal Housing Administration (FHA) First Look Sales Method Under the Neighborhood Stabilization Programs (NSP) Technical Assistance: Availability of Universal Name and Address Identification Number (NAID)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, HUD.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On July 15, 2010, HUD published a<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice establishing the process by which eligible purchasers under the Neighborhood Stabilization Program (NSP) are provided a preference to acquire real estate-owned (REO) properties of FHA under the temporary First Look Sales Method. The July 15, 2010, notice requires that eligible NSP purchasers obtain a HUD-issued Name and Address Identification Number (NAID) to participate in the First Look Sales Method. This notice announces the availability of a universal NAID to aid eligible purchasers under the First Look Sales method.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The dates announced in the July 15, 2010, notice are unchanged. The FHA First Look Sales Method shall be in effect through May 31, 2013.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ivery Himes, Director, Office of Single Family Asset Management, Office of Housing, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 9172, Washington, DC 20410; telephone number (202) 708-1672 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>On July 15, 2010, at 75 FR 41255, HUD published a<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice establishing the process by which governmental entities, nonprofit organizations, and subrecipients participating in the NSP (eligible NSP purchasers) are provided a preference to acquire REO properties under FHA's temporary NSP First Look Sales Method. This temporary REO sales method furthers the goals of both NSP, to aid in the redevelopment of abandoned and foreclosed homes, and of HUD's REO sales program, to expand homeownership opportunities and strengthen communities. Through the FHA First Look Sales Method, HUD provides eligible NSP purchasers with a preference (a “first look”) to acquire FHA REO properties that are available for purchase within NSP areas. Eligible NSP purchasers may acquire such REO properties with the assistance of NSP funds for any eligible uses under the NSP, including rental or homeownership.</P>

        <P>The July 15, 2010, notice provides that governmental entities, nonprofit organizations, and subrecipients that have received a HUD-issued NAID are eligible to participate in the First Look Sales Method (see 75 FR 41226, first column). Through this notice, HUD announces that it has issued a universal NAID to the National Community Stabilization Trust (NCST). The NCST has entered into a partnership agreement with HUD to facilitate implementation of the First Look Sales Method. The NCST will use the universal NAID to aid eligible NSP purchasers in the purchase of properties under First Look Sales Method. Eligible NSP purchasers will not be charged a fee for use of the universal NAID. Additional information regarding the NCST and its role in implementing the First Look Sales Method can be found on the NCST Web site at:<E T="03">http://www.stabilizationtrust.com/</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Carol J. Galante,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30890 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Reopening the Comment Period for the Klamath Facilities Removal Draft Environmental Impact Statement/Environmental Impact Report</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Environmental Policy and Compliance, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We, the Department of the Interior, are reopening the comment period on the content for the Klamath Facilities Removal Draft Environmental Impact Statement/Environmental Impact Report (Draft EIS/EIR). We will accept comments until December 30, 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <PRTPAGE P="74805"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit written comments on the content of the Klamath Facilities Removal Draft EIS/EIR on or before December 30, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send written comments to Ms. Elizabeth Vasquez, Bureau of Reclamation, 2800 Cottage Way, Sacramento, CA 95825, or by email to<E T="03">KlamathSD@usbr.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Ms. Elizabeth Vasquez, Bureau of Reclamation, (916) 978-5040,<E T="03">evasquez@usbr.gov;</E>or Mr. Gordon Leppig, California Department of Fish and Game, (707)  441-2062,<E T="03">KSDcomments@dfg.ca.gov,</E>for technical information. For public involvement information, please contact Mr. Matt Baun, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, (530) 841-3119,<E T="03">Matt_Baun@fws.gov.</E>The Draft EIS/EIR may be viewed at<E T="03">http://klamathrestoration.gov/.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The publication and comment history of the Klamath Facilities Removal Draft EIS/EIR is as follows:</P>

        <P>• The Department of the Interior issued a notice of availability of the Draft EIS/EIR in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on September 22, 2011 (76 FR 58833), with a comment period ending on November 21, 2011.</P>

        <P>• The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) published their notice of availability of the Draft EIS/EIR in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on September 30, 2011 (76 FR 60822) with a comment period ending on November 21, 2011.</P>

        <P>• The EPA published an amended notice for the Draft EIS/EIR in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on October 7, 2011 (76 FR 62406), changing the comment period close date to November 29, 2011.</P>
        <P>In recognition of the numerous public notices and requests from the public for more time to review and comment on the Draft EIS/EIR, we have decided to accept comments through December 30, 2011. We will fully consider all comments received between September 22, 2011, and December 30, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Disclosure</HD>
        <P>Before including your name, address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Willie R. Taylor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Environmental Policy and Compliance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30894 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-MN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[FWS-R5-ES-2011-N248; [50120-1112-0000-F2]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Draft Environmental Assessment, Incidental Take Plan, and Application for an Incidental Take Permit; Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife's Statewide Furbearer Trapping Program; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of availability; announcement of public meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>On November 9, 2011, we, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), published a notice of availability of a draft environmental assessment (EA) and an application from the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Wildlife (MDIFW) for an incidental take permit under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA), for public comment. We also announced public meetings. However, we made an error in the end date we gave for public comments. This notice corrects that date error.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>To ensure consideration, we must receive your written comments by February 7, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send comments by U.S. mail to Attn: Lynx HCP, Laury Zicari, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Maine Field Office, 17 Godfrey Drive, Suite #2, Orono, ME 04473; or via electronic mail to<E T="03">hcpmainetrapping@fws.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(c) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>) and NEPA regulations (40 CFR 1506.6), we opened a public comment period for a draft EA regarding an application from the MDIFW for an incidental take permit in a November 9, 2011,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notice (76 FR 69758). The notice had an incorrect end date for the comment period. Please see the<E T="02">DATES</E>section for our corrected comment period end date.</P>
        <P>For background information, where to obtain documents for review, areas to focus on when providing public comments, and dates of public meetings, see our earlier notice.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

          <P>This notice is provided pursuant to section 10(c) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531<E T="03">et seq.</E>) and NEPA regulations (40 CFR 1506.6).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Margaret T. Kolar,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Regional Director, Northeast Region.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30944 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-55-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Bureau of Land Management</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[AKA01300.L14100000.ES0000; AA-092370, and AA-092371]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Realty Action; Recreation and Public Purposes Act Classification; Tenakee Springs, AK</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Land Management, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of realty action.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) examined approximately 0.31 acres of public land in Alaska and found it suitable for classification for lease or conveyance to the City of Tenakee Springs under the provisions of the Recreation and Public Purposes (R&amp;PP) Act, as amended, and under Sec. 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act, and Executive Order No. 6910. The City of Tenakee Springs proposes to use the land for a community park and garden, and a community public hot springs bath.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before January 17, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Detailed information including, but not limited to, a proposed development plan and documentation relating to compliance with applicable environmental and cultural resource laws, is available for review at the BLM Anchorage Field Office, 4700 BLM Road Anchorage, Alaska 99507-2591.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Stephen Fusilier, Lands Branch Manager, (907) 267-1252. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1 (800) 877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>The following public land identified by the BLM as suitable for classification for lease or conveyance to the City of Tenakee Springs under the provisions of the Recreation and Public Purposes<PRTPAGE P="74806"/>(R&amp;PP) Act, as amended, 43 U.S.C. 869<E T="03">et seq.,</E>and under Sec. 7 of the Taylor Grazing Act, 43 U.S.C. 315(f), and Executive Order No. 6910:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Copper River Meridian</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">T. 47 S., R. 63 E.,</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">U.S. Survey 1409</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Mineral Springs Reserve 1, Lot 6</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Mineral Springs Reserve 3, Lot 1</FP>
          
          <P>The area describes contains approximately 0.31 acre</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>The City of Tenakee Springs has not applied for more than the 6,400-acre limitation for recreation uses in a year.</P>
        <P>The City of Tenakee Springs has submitted a statement in compliance with the regulations at 43 CFR 2741.4(b). The City of Tenakee Springs proposes to use the land as a community park and garden, and a community public hot springs bath.Lease or conveyance of the land for recreational or public purposes use is consistent with the March 2008 BLM Ring of Fire Resource Management Plan and is in the public interest. The land is not needed for Federal purposes and is not affected by State of Alaska or local land use plans.</P>
        <P>Upon publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, the land described herein will be segregated from all other forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the general mining laws, except for lease or conveyance under the R&amp;PP Act and leasing under the mineral leasing laws.</P>
        <P>The lease or conveyance of the land, when issued, will be subject to the following terms, conditions, and reservations:</P>
        <P>1. A right-of-way thereon for ditches and canals constructed by the authority of the United States Act of August 30, 1890, 26 Stat. 391 (43 U.S.C. 945);</P>
        <P>2. Provisions of the R&amp;PP Act and to all applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Interior;</P>
        <P>3. All minerals shall be reserved to the United States, together with the right to prospect for, mine and remove the minerals;</P>
        <P>4. All valid existing rights documented on the official public land records at the time of lease or patent issuance;</P>
        <P>5. Pursuant to the requirements established by Section 120(h) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, (42 U.S.C. 9620 (h)) (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1988, (100 Stat. 1670), notice is hereby given that the above-described land has been examined and no evidence was found to indicate that any hazardous substances had been stored for 1 year or more, nor had any hazardous substances been disposed of or released on the subject property; and</P>
        <P>6. The lessee and/or patentee, by accepting the lease and/or patent, covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the United States harmless from any costs, damages, claims, causes of action, penalties, fines, liabilities, and judgments of any kind arising from the past, present, or future acts or omissions of the patentee, its employees, agents, contractor, or lessees, or any third party, arising out of, or in connection with, the patentee's use, occupancy or operations on the patented real property. This indemnification and hold harmless agreement includes, but is not limited to, acts and omissions of the patentee and its employees, agents, contractors or lessees, or any third party, arising out of or in connection with the use and/or occupancy of the patented real property that has already resulted or does hereafter result in: (a) Violations of Federal, State and local laws and regulations that are now, or may in the future, become applicable to the real property; (b) Judgments, claims, or demands of any kind assessed against the United States; (c) Costs, expenses, or damages of any kind incurred by the United States; (d) Releases or threatened releases of solid or hazardous waste(s) and/or hazardous substance(s) as defined by Federal or State environmental laws, off, on, into, or under land, property, and other interests of the United States; (e) Activities by which solids or hazardous substances or wastes, as defined by Federal and State environmental laws are generated, released, stored, used, or otherwise disposed of on the patented real property, and any cleanup response, remedial action, or other actions related in any manner to said solid or hazardous substance(s) or waste(s); or (f) Natural resource damages as defined by Federal and State law. This covenant shall be construed as running with the patented real property and may be enforced by the United States in a court of competent jurisdiction.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Classification Comments:</E>Interested persons may submit comments involving the suitability of the land for development of a community park and garden, and a community public hot springs bath. Comments on the classification are restricted to whether the land is physically suited for the proposal, whether the use will maximize the future use or uses of the land, whether the use is consistent with local planning and zoning, or if the use is consistent with State and Federal programs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Application Comments:</E>Interested persons may submit comments regarding the specific use proposed in the application and plan of development, whether the BLM followed proper administrative procedures in reaching the decision, or any other factor not directly related to the suitability of the lands for a community park and garden, and a community public hot springs bath.</P>
        <P>The BLM State Director will review any adverse comments. In the absence of any adverse comments, the classification will become effective on January 30, 2012. The land will not be offered for conveyance until after the classification becomes effective.</P>
        <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>43 CFR 2741.5(h)(3).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Matthew S. Varner,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Field Manager.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30724 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-JA-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Bureau of Reclamation</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Adjustment of the Amount of an Administrative Costs Assessment</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Bureau of Reclamation, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation, we, our, or us) is decreasing the amount of the administrative costs assessment set forth in the Acreage Limitation Rules and Regulations (Regulations), 43 CFR part 426. Based on our latest required review, the current $290 administrative costs assessment is being decreased to $230.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>The decrease in the amount of the administrative costs assessment to $230 becomes effective on January 1, 2012. See the last paragraph in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section for more details regarding application of the new amount.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Bureau of Reclamation, Policy and Administration, Attention: 84-53000,<PRTPAGE P="74807"/>P.O. Box 25007, Denver, Colorado 80225.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Section 426.20 of the Regulations provides that we will assess districts administrative costs if: (1) A district delivers Reclamation irrigation water to land that was ineligible because a landholder did not submit Reclamation Reform Act of 1982 certification or reporting forms to the district prior to receipt of the Reclamation irrigation water, (2) a district does not provide us with corrected landholder certification or reporting forms within 60 calendar days of our request for corrections, or (3) a district delivers Reclamation irrigation water to ineligible excess land. Section 426.20(e) sets the original amount of the administrative cost assessment at $260. The amount is based on the additional costs we incur to perform activities to address the problems described in the first sentence of this paragraph. Section 426.20(e) further provides that we will review the associated costs at least once every 5 years and adjust the assessment amount, if needed, to reflect new cost data.</P>
        <P>The regulatory provisions for the administrative costs assessment became effective on March 27, 1995. Previous regular reviews of the administrative cost assessment resulted in the amount remaining the same, or increasing (once, from $260 to $290). This year, the regular review of cost data for 2006-2010 shows the administrative cost assessment needs to be adjusted from $290 to $230. The next regular review of cost data will take place in 2016, evaluating the cost data for 2011-2015.</P>
        <P>The new amount of the administrative costs assessment becomes effective on January 1, 2012. However, application will be based on the date Reclamation actually finds and documents the forms or excess land problem in question. Specifically, if after January 1, 2012, we find a forms or excess land problem described in 43 CFR 426.20, the amount of the administrative costs assessment will be $230. This will be the case even if the problem occurred prior to January 1, 2012. For problems we find prior to January 1, 2012, the amount of the administrative costs assessment will remain at $290.</P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Roseann Gonzales,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Policy and Administration, Denver Office.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30880 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-MN-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 731-TA-678-679 and 681-682 (Third Review)]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Stainless Steel Bar From Brazil, India, Japan, and Spain; Institution of Five-Year Reviews</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Commission hereby gives notice that it has instituted reviews pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)) (the Act) to determine whether revocation of the antidumping duty orders on stainless steel bar from Brazil, India, Japan, and Spain would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury. Pursuant to section 751(c)(2) of the Act, interested parties are requested to respond to this notice by submitting the information specified below to the Commission;<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>to be assured of consideration, the deadline for responses is January 3, 2012. Comments on the adequacy of responses may be filed with the Commission by February 10, 2012. For further information concerning the conduct of these reviews and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A through E (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A, D, E, and F (19 CFR part 207), as most recently amended at 76 FR 61937 (October 6, 2011).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>No response to this request for information is required if a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) number is not displayed; the OMB number is 3117-0016/USITC No. 12-5-262, expiration date June 30, 2014. Public reporting burden for the request is estimated to average 15 hours per response. Please send comments regarding the accuracy of this burden estimate to the Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436.</P>
          </FTNT>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective Date: December 1, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Mary Messer (202) 205-3193, Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server<E T="03">(http://www.usitc.gov).</E>The public record for these reviews may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at<E T="03">http://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background.</E>On February 21, 1995, the Department of Commerce issued antidumping duty orders on imports of stainless steel bar from Brazil, India, and Japan (60 FR 9661). On March 2, 1995, the Department of Commerce issued an antidumping duty order on imports of stainless steel bar from Spain (60 FR 11656). Following first five-year reviews by Commerce and the Commission, effective April 18, 2001, Commerce issued a continuation of the antidumping duty orders on imports of stainless steel bar from Brazil, India, Japan, and Spain (66 FR 19919). Following second five-year reviews by Commerce and the Commission, effective January 23, 2007, Commerce issued a continuation of the antidumping duty orders on imports of stainless steel bar from Brazil, India, Japan, and Spain (72 FR 2858). The Commission is now conducting third reviews to determine whether revocation of the orders would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to the domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. It will assess the adequacy of interested party responses to this notice of institution to determine whether to conduct full reviews or expedited reviews. The Commission's determinations in any expedited reviews will be based on the facts available, which may include information provided in response to this notice.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Definitions.</E>The following definitions apply to these reviews:</P>
        <P>(1)<E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>is the class or kind of merchandise that is within the scope of the five-year reviews, as defined by the Department of Commerce.</P>
        <P>(2) The<E T="03">Subject Countries</E>in these reviews are Brazil, India, Japan, and Spain.</P>
        <P>(3) The<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>is the domestically produced product or products which are like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the<E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>In its original determinations and its full first and second five-year review determinations, the Commission defined the<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>as all stainless steel bar coextensive with the scope definition. One Commissioner defined the<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>differently in the original determinations.</P>
        <P>(4) The<E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>is the U.S. producers as a whole of the<E T="03">Domestic<PRTPAGE P="74808"/>Like Product,</E>or those producers whose collective output of the<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. In its original determinations and its full first and second five-year review determinations, the Commission defined the<E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>as domestic producers of stainless steel bar. One Commissioner defined the<E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>differently in the original determinations.</P>
        <P>(5) An<E T="03">Importer</E>is any person or firm engaged, either directly or through a parent company or subsidiary, in importing the<E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>into the United States from a foreign manufacturer or through its selling agent.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Participation in the reviews and public service list.</E>Persons, including industrial users of the<E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>and, if the merchandise is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations, wishing to participate in the reviews as parties must file an entry of appearance with the Secretary to the Commission, as provided in section 201.11(b)(4) of the Commission's rules, no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The Secretary will maintain a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the reviews.</P>
        <P>Former Commission employees who are seeking to appear in Commission five-year reviews are advised that they may appear in a review even if they participated personally and substantially in the corresponding underlying original investigation. The Commission's designated agency ethics official has advised that a five-year review is not considered the “same particular matter” as the corresponding underlying original investigation for purposes of 18 U.S.C. 207, the post employment statute for Federal employees, and Commission rule 201.15(b) (19 CFR 201.15(b)), 73 FR 24609 (May 5, 2008). This advice was developed in consultation with the Office of Government Ethics. Consequently, former employees are not required to seek Commission approval to appear in a review under Commission rule 19 CFR 201.15, even if the corresponding underlying original investigation was pending when they were Commission employees. For further ethics advice on this matter, contact Carol McCue Verratti, Deputy Agency Ethics Official, at (202) 205-3088.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Limited disclosure of business proprietary information (BPI) under an administrative protective order (APO) and APO service list.</E>Pursuant to section 207.7(a) of the Commission's rules, the Secretary will make BPI submitted in these reviews available to authorized applicants under the APO issued in the reviews, provided that the application is made no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Authorized applicants must represent interested parties, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1677(9), who are parties to the reviews. A separate service list will be maintained by the Secretary for those parties authorized to receive BPI under the APO.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Certification.</E>Pursuant to section 207.3 of the Commission's rules, any person submitting information to the Commission in connection with these reviews must certify that the information is accurate and complete to the best of the submitter's knowledge. In making the certification, the submitter will be deemed to consent, unless otherwise specified, for the Commission, its employees, and contract personnel to use the information provided in any other reviews or investigations of the same or comparable products which the Commission conducts under Title VII of the Act, or in internal audits and investigations relating to the programs and operations of the Commission pursuant to 5 U.S.C. Appendix 3.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>Pursuant to section 207.61 of the Commission's rules, each interested party response to this notice must provide the information specified below. The deadline for filing such responses is January 3, 2012. Pursuant to section 207.62(b) of the Commission's rules, eligible parties (as specified in Commission rule 207.62(b)(1)) may also file comments concerning the adequacy of responses to the notice of institution and whether the Commission should conduct expedited or full reviews. The deadline for filing such comments is February 10, 2012. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of sections 201.8 and 207.3 of the Commission's rules and any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of sections 201.6 and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. Please consult the Commission's rules, as amended, 76 FR 61937 (Oct. 6, 2011) and the Commission's Handbook on Filing Procedures, 76 FR 62092 (Oct. 6, 2011), available on the Commission's web site at<E T="03">http://edis.usitc.gov.</E>Also, in accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the reviews must be served on all other parties to the reviews (as identified by either the public or APO service list as appropriate), and a certificate of service must accompany the document (if you are not a party to the reviews you do not need to serve your response).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Inability to provide requested information.</E>Pursuant to section 207.61(c) of the Commission's rules, any interested party that cannot furnish the information requested by this notice in the requested form and manner shall notify the Commission at the earliest possible time, provide a full explanation of why it cannot provide the requested information, and indicate alternative forms in which it can provide equivalent information. If an interested party does not provide this notification (or the Commission finds the explanation provided in the notification inadequate) and fails to provide a complete response to this notice, the Commission may take an adverse inference against the party pursuant to section 776(b) of the Act in making its determinations in the reviews.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Information To Be Provided In Response to This Notice of Institution:</E>If you are a domestic producer, union/worker group, or trade/business association; import/export Subject Merchandise from more than one Subject Country; or produce Subject Merchandise in more than one Subject Country, you may file a single response. If you do so, please ensure that your response to each question includes the information requested for each pertinent Subject Country. As used below, the term “firm” includes any related firms.</P>
        <P>(1) The name and address of your firm or entity (including World Wide Web address) and name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of the certifying official.</P>
        <P>(2) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is a U.S. producer of the Domestic Like Product, a U.S. union or worker group, a U.S. importer of the Subject Merchandise, a foreign producer or exporter of the Subject Merchandise, a U.S. or foreign trade or business association, or another interested party (including an explanation). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, identify the firms in which your workers are employed or which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(3) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is willing to participate in these reviews by providing information requested by the Commission.</P>

        <P>(4) A statement of the likely effects of the revocation of the antidumping duty orders on the Domestic Industry in general and/or your firm/entity specifically. In your response, please discuss the various factors specified in<PRTPAGE P="74809"/>section 752(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675a(a)) including the likely volume of subject imports, likely price effects of subject imports, and likely impact of imports of Subject Merchandise on the Domestic Industry.</P>
        <P>(5) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. producers of the Domestic Like Product. Identify any known related parties and the nature of the relationship as defined in section 771(4)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677(4)(B)).</P>
        <P>(6) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. importers of the Subject Merchandise and producers of the Subject Merchandise in each Subject Country that currently export or have exported Subject Merchandise to the United States or other countries after 2005.</P>
        <P>(7) A list of 3-5 leading purchasers in the U.S. market for the Domestic Like Product and the Subject Merchandise (including street address, World Wide Web address, and the name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of a responsible official at each firm).</P>
        <P>(8) A list of known sources of information on national or regional prices for the Domestic Like Product or the Subject Merchandise in the U.S. or other markets.</P>
        <P>(9) If you are a U.S. producer of the Domestic Like Product, provide the following information on your firm's operations on that product during calendar year 2010, except as noted (report quantity data in short tons and value data in U.S. dollars, f.o.b. plant). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms in which your workers are employed/which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. production of the Domestic Like Product accounted for by your firm's(s') production;</P>
        <P>(b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the Domestic Like Product (i.e., the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix);</P>
        <P>(c) The quantity and value of U.S. commercial shipments of the Domestic Like Product produced in your U.S. plant(s);</P>
        <P>(d) The quantity and value of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of the Domestic Like Product produced in your U.S. plant(s); and</P>
        <P>(e) The value of (i) net sales, (ii) cost of goods sold (COGS), (iii) gross profit, (iv) selling, general and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and (v) operating income of the Domestic Like Product produced in your U.S. plant(s) (include both U.S. and export commercial sales, internal consumption, and company transfers) for your most recently completed fiscal year (identify the date on which your fiscal year ends).</P>
        <P>(10) If you are a U.S. importer or a trade/business association of U.S. importers of the Subject Merchandise from the Subject Country(ies), provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2010 (report quantity data in short tons and value data in U.S. dollars). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(a) The quantity and value (landed, duty-paid but not including antidumping duties) of U.S. imports and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. imports of Subject Merchandise from each Subject Country accounted for by your firm's(s') imports;</P>
        <P>(b) The quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping duties) of U.S. commercial shipments of Subject Merchandise imported from each Subject Country; and</P>
        <P>(c) The quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping duties) of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of Subject Merchandise imported from each Subject Country.</P>
        <P>(11) If you are a producer, an exporter, or a trade/business association of producers or exporters of the Subject Merchandise in the Subject Country(ies), provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2010 (report quantity data in short tons and value data in U.S. dollars, landed and duty-paid at the U.S. port but not including antidumping duties). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total production of Subject Merchandise in each Subject Country accounted for by your firm's(s') production;</P>

        <P>(b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the Subject Merchandise in each Subject Country (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix); and</P>
        <P>(c) the quantity and value of your firm's(s') exports to the United States of Subject Merchandise and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total exports to the United States of Subject Merchandise from each Subject Country accounted for by your firm's(s') exports.</P>
        <P>(12) Identify significant changes, if any, in the supply and demand conditions or business cycle for the Domestic Like Product that have occurred in the United States or in the market for the Subject Merchandise in each Subject Country after 2005, and significant changes, if any, that are likely to occur within a reasonably foreseeable time. Supply conditions to consider include technology; production methods; development efforts; ability to increase production (including the shift of production facilities used for other products and the use, cost, or availability of major inputs into production); and factors related to the ability to shift supply among different national markets (including barriers to importation in foreign markets or changes in market demand abroad). Demand conditions to consider include end uses and applications; the existence and availability of substitute products; and the level of competition among the Domestic Like Product produced in the United States, Subject Merchandise produced in each Subject Country, and such merchandise from other countries.</P>
        <P>(13) (Optional) A statement of whether you agree with the above definitions of the Domestic Like Product and Domestic Industry; if you disagree with either or both of these definitions, please explain why and provide alternative definitions.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>These reviews are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.61 of the Commission's rules.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>James R. Holbein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30664 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74810"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Investigation No. 731-TA-891 (Second Review)]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Foundry Coke From China; Institution of a Five-Year Review</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Commission hereby gives notice that it has instituted a review pursuant to section 751(c) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C.1675(c)) (the Act) to determine whether revocation of the antidumping duty order on foundry coke from China would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury. Pursuant to section 751(c)(2) of the Act, interested parties are requested to respond to this notice by submitting the information specified below to the Commission;<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>to be assured of consideration, the deadline for responses is January 3, 2012. Comments on the adequacy of responses may be filed with the Commission by February 10, 2012. For further information concerning the conduct of this review and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A through E (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A, D, E, and F (19 CFR part 207), as most recently amended at 76 FR 61937 (October 6, 2011).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>No response to this request for information is required if a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) number is not displayed; the OMB number is 3117-0016/USITC No. 12-5-261, expiration date June 30, 2014. Public reporting burden for the request is estimated to average 15 hours per response. Please send comments regarding the accuracy of this burden estimate to the Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436.</P>
          </FTNT>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>December 1, 2011.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Mary Messer (202) 205-3193, Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (<E T="03">http://www.usitc.gov</E>). The public record for this review may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at<E T="03">http://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background.</E>On September 17, 2001, the Department of Commerce issued an antidumping duty order on imports of foundry coke from China (66 FR 48025). Following five-year reviews by Commerce and the Commission, effective January 10, 2007, Commerce issued a continuation of the antidumping duty order on imports of foundry coke from China (72 FR 1214). The Commission is now conducting a second review to determine whether revocation of the order would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury to the domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. It will assess the adequacy of interested party responses to this notice of institution to determine whether to conduct a full review or an expedited review. The Commission's determination in any expedited review will be based on the facts available, which may include information provided in response to this notice.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Definitions.</E>The following definitions apply to this review:</P>
        <P>(1)<E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>is the class or kind of merchandise that is within the scope of the five-year review, as defined by the Department of Commerce.</P>
        <P>(2) The<E T="03">Subject Country</E>in this review is China.</P>
        <P>(3) The<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>is the domestically produced product or products which are like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the<E T="03">Subject Merchandise.</E>In its original determination and its expedited five-year review determination, the Commission defined the<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>as foundry coke, coextensive with the scope definition.</P>
        <P>(4) The<E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>is the U.S. producers as a whole of the<E T="03">Domestic Like Product,</E>or those producers whose collective output of the<E T="03">Domestic Like Product</E>constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of the product. In its original determination and its expedited five-year review determination, the Commission defined the<E T="03">Domestic Industry</E>as all domestic producers of foundry coke.</P>
        <P>(5) An<E T="03">Importer</E>is any person or firm engaged, either directly or through a parent company or subsidiary, in importing the<E T="03">Subject Merchandise</E>into the United States from a foreign manufacturer or through its selling agent.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Participation in the review and public service list.</E>Persons, including industrial users of the Subject Merchandise and, if the merchandise is sold at the retail level, representative consumer organizations, wishing to participate in the review as parties must file an entry of appearance with the Secretary to the Commission, as provided in section 201.11(b)(4) of the Commission's rules, no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The Secretary will maintain a public service list containing the names and addresses of all persons, or their representatives, who are parties to the review.</P>
        <P>Former Commission employees who are seeking to appear in Commission five-year reviews are advised that they may appear in a review even if they participated personally and substantially in the corresponding underlying original investigation. The Commission's designated agency ethics official has advised that a five-year review is not considered the“same particular matter” as the corresponding underlying original investigation for purposes of 18 U.S.C. 207, the post employment statute for Federal employees, and Commission rule 201.15(b) (19 CFR 201.15(b)), 73 FR 24609 (May 5, 2008). This advice was developed in consultation with the Office of Government Ethics. Consequently, former employees are not required to seek Commission approval to appear in a review under Commission rule 19 CFR 201.15, even if the corresponding underlying original investigation was pending when they were Commission employees. For further ethics advice on this matter, contact Carol McCue Verratti, Deputy Agency Ethics Official, at (202) 205-3088.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Limited disclosure of business proprietary information (BPI) under an administrative protective order (APO) and APO service list.</E>Pursuant to section 207.7(a) of the Commission's rules, the Secretary will make BPI submitted in this review available to authorized applicants under the APO issued in the review, provided that the application is made no later than 21 days after publication of this notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Authorized applicants must represent interested parties, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1677(9), who are parties to the review. A separate service list will be maintained by the Secretary for those parties authorized to receive BPI under the APO.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Certification.</E>Pursuant to section 207.3 of the Commission's rules, any person submitting information to the Commission in connection with this review must certify that the information is accurate and complete to the best of the submitter's knowledge. In making the certification, the submitter will be deemed to consent, unless otherwise<PRTPAGE P="74811"/>specified, for the Commission, its employees, and contract personnel to use the information provided in any other reviews or investigations of the same or comparable products which the Commission conducts under Title VII of the Act, or in internal audits and investigations relating to the programs and operations of the Commission pursuant to 5 U.S.C. Appendix 3.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>Pursuant to section 207.61 of the Commission's rules, each interested party response to this notice must provide the information specified below. The deadline for filing such responses is January 3, 2012. Pursuant to section 207.62(b) of the Commission's rules, eligible parties (as specified in Commission rule 207.62(b)(1)) may also file comments concerning the adequacy of responses to the notice of institution and whether the Commission should conduct an expedited or full review. The deadline for filing such comments is February 10, 2012. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of sections 201.8 and 207.3 of the Commission's rules and any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of sections 201.6 and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. Please consult the Commission's rules, as amended, 76 FR 61937 (Oct. 6, 2011) and the Commission's Handbook on Filing Procedures, 76 FR 62092 (Oct. 6, 2011), available on the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">http://edis.usitc.gov.</E>Also, in accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the review must be served on all other parties to the review (as identified by either the public or APO service list as appropriate), and a certificate of service must accompany the document (if you are not a party to the review you do not need to serve your response).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Inability to provide requested information.</E>Pursuant to section 207.61(c) of the Commission's rules, any interested party that cannot furnish the information requested by this notice in the requested form and manner shall notify the Commission at the earliest possible time, provide a full explanation of why it cannot provide the requested information, and indicate alternative forms in which it can provide equivalent information. If an interested party does not provide this notification (or the Commission finds the explanation provided in the notification inadequate) and fails to provide a complete response to this notice, the Commission may take an adverse inference against the party pursuant to section 776(b) of the Act in making its determination in the review.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Information To Be Provided in Response to this Notice of Institution:</E>As used below, the term “firm” includes any related firms.</P>
        <P>(1) The name and address of your firm or entity (including World Wide Web address) and name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of the certifying official.</P>
        <P>(2) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is a U.S. producer of the Domestic Like Product, a U.S. union or worker group, a U.S. importer of the Subject Merchandise, a foreign producer or exporter of the Subject Merchandise, a U.S. or foreign trade or business association, or another interested party (including an explanation). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, identify the firms in which your workers are employed or which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(3) A statement indicating whether your firm/entity is willing to participate in this review by providing information requested by the Commission.</P>
        <P>(4) A statement of the likely effects of the revocation of the antidumping duty order on the Domestic Industry in general and/or your firm/entity specifically. In your response, please discuss the various factors specified in section 752(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675a(a)) including the likely volume of subject imports, likely price effects of subject imports, and likely impact of imports of Subject Merchandise on the Domestic Industry.</P>
        <P>(5) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. producers of the Domestic Like Product. Identify any known related parties and the nature of the relationship as defined in section 771(4)(B) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1677(4)(B)).</P>
        <P>(6) A list of all known and currently operating U.S. importers of the Subject Merchandise and producers of the Subject Merchandise in the Subject Country that currently export or have exported Subject Merchandise to the United States or other countries after 2005.</P>
        <P>(7) A list of 3-5 leading purchasers in the U.S. market for the Domestic Like Product and the Subject Merchandise (including street address, World Wide Web address, and the name, telephone number, fax number, and Email address of a responsible official at each firm).</P>
        <P>(8) A list of known sources of information on national or regional prices for the Domestic Like Product or the Subject Merchandise in the U.S. or other markets.</P>
        <P>(9) If you are a U.S. producer of the Domestic Like Product, provide the following information on your firm's operations on that product during calendar year 2010, except as noted (report quantity data in metric tons and value data in U.S. dollars, f.o.b. plant). If you are a union/worker group or trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms in which your workers are employed/which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. production of the Domestic Like Product accounted for by your firm's(s') production;</P>
        <P>(b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the Domestic Like Product (i.e., the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix);</P>
        <P>(c) The quantity and value of U.S. commercial shipments of the Domestic Like Product produced in your U.S. plant(s);</P>
        <P>(d) The quantity and value of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of the Domestic Like Product produced in your U.S. plant(s); and</P>
        <P>(e) The value of (i) net sales, (ii) cost of goods sold (COGS), (iii) gross profit, (iv) selling, general and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and (v) operating income of the Domestic Like Product produced in your U.S. plant(s) (include both U.S. and export commercial sales, internal consumption, and company transfers) for your most recently completed fiscal year (identify the date on which your fiscal year ends).</P>
        <P>(10) If you are a U.S. importer or a trade/business association of U.S. importers of the Subject Merchandise from the Subject Country, provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2010 (report quantity data in metric tons and value data in U.S. dollars). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(a) The quantity and value (landed, duty-paid but not including antidumping duties) of U.S. imports and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total U.S. imports of Subject Merchandise from the Subject Country accounted for by your firm's(s') imports;</P>

        <P>(b) The quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping duties) of U.S. commercial shipments of Subject<PRTPAGE P="74812"/>Merchandise imported from the Subject Country; and</P>
        <P>(c) The quantity and value (f.o.b. U.S. port, including antidumping duties) of U.S. internal consumption/company transfers of Subject Merchandise imported from the Subject Country.</P>
        <P>(11) If you are a producer, an exporter, or a trade/business association of producers or exporters of the Subject Merchandise in the Subject Country, provide the following information on your firm's(s') operations on that product during calendar year 2010 (report quantity data in metric tons and value data in U.S. dollars, landed and duty-paid at the U.S. port but not including antidumping duties). If you are a trade/business association, provide the information, on an aggregate basis, for the firms which are members of your association.</P>
        <P>(a) Production (quantity) and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total production of Subject Merchandise in the Subject Country accounted for by your firm's(s') production;</P>
        <P>(b) Capacity (quantity) of your firm to produce the Subject Merchandise in the Subject Country (i.e., the level of production that your establishment(s) could reasonably have expected to attain during the year, assuming normal operating conditions (using equipment and machinery in place and ready to operate), normal operating levels (hours per week/weeks per year), time for downtime, maintenance, repair, and cleanup, and a typical or representative product mix); and</P>
        <P>(c) The quantity and value of your firm's(s') exports to the United States of Subject Merchandise and, if known, an estimate of the percentage of total exports to the United States of Subject Merchandise from the Subject Country accounted for by your firm's(s') exports.</P>
        <P>(12) Identify significant changes, if any, in the supply and demand conditions or business cycle for the Domestic Like Product that have occurred in the United States or in the market for the Subject Merchandise in the Subject Country after 2005, and significant changes, if any, that are likely to occur within a reasonably foreseeable time. Supply conditions to consider include technology; production methods; development efforts; ability to increase production (including the shift of production facilities used for other products and the use, cost, or availability of major inputs into production); and factors related to the ability to shift supply among different national markets (including barriers to importation in foreign markets or changes in market demand abroad). Demand conditions to consider include end uses and applications; the existence and availability of substitute products; and the level of competition among the Domestic Like Product produced in the United States, Subject Merchandise produced in the Subject Country, and such merchandise from other countries.</P>
        <P>(13) (Optional) A statement of whether you agree with the above definitions of the Domestic Like Product and Domestic Industry; if you disagree with either or both of these definitions, please explain why and provide alternative definitions.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>This review is being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.61 of the Commission's rules.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>James R. Holbein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30663 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Justice Programs</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[OMB Number 1121—NEW]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request New Collection; 2012 Census of Adult Probation Supervising Agencies</SUBJECT>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>60-Day notice of information collection under review.</P>
        </ACT>
        <P>The Department of Justice (DOJ), Office of Justice Programs, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed information collection is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies. Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for “sixty days” until January 30, 2012. This process is in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.10.</P>
        <P>If you have comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Lauren E. Glaze, Statistician (202) 305-9628, Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), 810 Seventh St. NW., Washington, DC 20531.</P>
        <P>Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:</P>
        <P>(1) Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>(3) Enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
        <P>(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g. permitting electronic submission of responses.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of This Information Collection</HD>
        <P>(1)<E T="03">Type of information collection:</E>New collection. While the BJS conducted a census of probation and parole agencies in 1991, the 2012 Census of Adult Probation Supervising Agencies is now a standalone collection. This collection's scope is narrower and only includes adult probation agencies and the adult probationers supervised by the agencies. The scope of the 1991 census was broader and included both adult probation and parole agencies as well as adult and juvenile probationers and parolees supervised by those agencies.</P>
        <P>(2)<E T="03">The title of the Form/Collection:</E>2012 Census of Adult Probation Supervising Agencies.</P>
        <P>(3)<E T="03">The agency form number, if any, and the applicable component of the Department sponsoring the collection:</E>Form: CAPSA-2012. Corrections Statistics Program, Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, United States Department of Justice.</P>
        <P>(4)<E T="03">Affected public who will be asked to respond, as well as a brief abstract: Primary:</E>State or Local Government.<E T="03">Other:</E>Federal Government. The work under this clearance will be used to develop a national roster of adult probation supervising agencies and their offices and to provide national and state-specific statistics that describe the characteristics, organization, and operations of adult probation supervising agencies in the U.S. The Bureau of Justice Statistics will use this information in published reports and for the U.S. Congress, Executive Office of the President, practitioners, researchers,<PRTPAGE P="74813"/>students, the media, and others interested in criminal justice statistics. No other collection series provides these data.</P>
        <P>(5)<E T="03">An estimate of the total number of respondents and the amount of time estimated for an average respondent to respond:</E>It is estimated that approximately 1,400 respondents will spend 8 minutes on average responding to a telephone screener to determine if each meet the BJS definition of a probation agency and supervise adults. The initial roster of potential adult probation supervising agencies was developed using available information sources and the telephone screener will be necessary to ensure that each meet the BJS criteria for inclusion in the census. Those that do not meet these two criteria will not be asked to complete the full questionnaire. It is estimated that approximately 95% or about 1,330 respondents will meet the BJS definition of a probation agency and supervise adults. These respondents will spend approximately two hours on average responding to the full questionnaire (Web instrument).</P>
        <P>(6)<E T="03">An estimate of the total public burden (in hours) associated with the collection:</E>There are an estimated 2,847 total maximum burden hours associated with this collection.</P>
        
        <FP>If additional information is required, contact: Jerri Murray, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., Suite 2E-508, Washington, DC 20530.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Jerri Murray,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Department Clearance Officer, PRA, United States Department of Justice.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30406 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-18-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">MILLENNIUM CHALLENGE CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[MCC 11-14]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Quarterly Report (July 1, 2011-September 30, 2011)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Millennium Challenge Corporation.</P>
        </AGY>
        
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Millennium Challenge Corporation (MCC) is reporting for the quarter July 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, on assistance provided under section 605 of the Millennium Challenge Act of 2003 (22 U.S.C. 7701<E T="03">et seq.</E>), as amended (the Act), and on transfers or allocations of funds to other federal agencies under section 619(b) of the Act. The following report will be made available to the public by publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and on the Internet Web site of the MCC (<E T="03">http://www.mcc.gov</E>) in accordance with section 612(b) of the Act.</P>
        </SUM>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Assistance Provided Under Section 605</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objectives</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: MadagascarYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $84,367,700</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA MadagascarTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Land Tenure Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$29,470,241</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase Land Titling and Security</ENT>
            <ENT>$29,304,770</ENT>
            <ENT>Area secured with land certificates or titles in the Zones.<LI>Legal and regulatory reforms adopted.</LI>
              <LI>Number of land documents inventoried in the Zones andAntananarivo.</LI>
              <LI>Number of land documents restored in the Zones and Antananarivo.</LI>
              <LI>Number of land documents digitized in the Zones and Antananarivo.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average time for Land Services Offices to issue a duplicate copy of a title.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average cost to a user to obtain a duplicate copy of a title from the Land Services Offices.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of land certificates delivered in the Zones during the period.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of new guichets fonciers operating in the Zones.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>The 256 Plan Local d'Occupation Foncier—Local Plan of Land Occupation (PLOFs) are completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Financial Sector Reform Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$23,535,780</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase Competition in the Financial Sector</ENT>
            <ENT>$23,535,781</ENT>
            <ENT>Volume of funds processed annually by the national payment system.<LI>Number of accountants and financial experts registered to become CPA.</LI>
              <LI>Number of Central Bank branches capable of accepting auction tenders.</LI>
              <LI>Outstanding value of savings accounts from CEM in the Zones.</LI>
              <LI>Number of Micro-Finance Institutions (MFIs) participating in the Refinancing and Guarantee funds.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Maximum check clearing delay.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Network equipment and integrator.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Real time gross settlement system (RTGS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Telecommunication facilities.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Retail payment clearing system.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of CEM branches built in the Zones.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of savings accounts from CEM in the Zones.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="74814"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of Micro-Finance Institution (MFI) loans recorded in the Central Bank database.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Agricultural Business Investment Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$13,582,550</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve Agricultural Projection Technologies and Market Capacity in Rural Areas</ENT>
            <ENT>$13,582,534</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of farmers receiving technical assistance.<LI>Number of marketing contracts of ABC clients.</LI>
              <LI>Number of farmers employing technical assistance.</LI>
              <LI>Value of refinancing loans and guarantees issued to participating MFIs (as a measure of value of agricultural and rural loans).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Mnistère de l'Agriculture,de l'Elevage et de la Pêche- Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock, and Fishing<LI>(MAEP) agents trained in marketing and investment promotion.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of people receiving information from Agricultural Business Center (ABCs) on business opportunities.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$17,779,126</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$17,779,127</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$1,392,568</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">FY2010 Madagascar post-compact disbursement related to final payment of audit expenses.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: HondurasYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $205,000,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA HondurasTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $79,584</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Rural Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$68,273,380</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase the productivity and business skills of farmers who operate small and medium-size farms and their employees</ENT>
            <ENT>$68,264,510</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of program farmers harvesting high-value horticulture crops.<LI>Number of hectares harvesting high-value horticulture crops.</LI>
              <LI>Number of business plans prepared by program farmers with assistance from the implementing entity.</LI>
              <LI>Total value of net sales.</LI>
              <LI>Total number of recruited farmers receiving technical assistance.</LI>
              <LI>Value of loans disbursed to farmers, agribusiness, and other producers and vendors in the horticulture industry, including Program Farmers, cumulative to date, Trust Fund Resources.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of loans disbursed (disaggregated by trust fund, leveraged from trust fund, and institutions receiving technical assistance from ACDI-VOCA).<LI>Number of hectares under irrigation.</LI>
              <LI>Number of farmers connected to the community irrigation system.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Transportation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$120,591,240</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce transportation costs between targeted production centers and national, regional and global markets</ENT>
            <ENT>$120,584,457</ENT>
            <ENT>Freight shipment cost from Tegucigalpa to Puerto Cortes.<LI>Average annual daily traffic volume—CA-5.</LI>
              <LI>International roughness index (IRI)—CA-5.</LI>
              <LI>Kilometers of road upgraded—CA-5.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted road works disbursed—CA-5.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average annual daily traffic volume—secondary roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International roughness index (IRI)—secondary roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road upgraded—secondary roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average annual daily traffic volume—rural roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average speed—Cost per journey (rural roads).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road upgraded—rural roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed for contracted studies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74815"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for feasibility, design, supervision and program management contracts.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers (km) of roads under design.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Construction works and supervision contracts signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers (km) of roads under works contracts.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$16,135,380</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$15,166,048</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22">The negative quarterly expenditure for Honduras is related to expense accruals. The accruals will be reversed in 2011 and applied to various projects and activities.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objectives</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: Cape VerdeYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $110,078,488</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA Cape VerdeTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $1,038,897</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Watershed and Agricultural Support Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$12,011,603</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase agricultural production in three targeted watershed areas on three islands</ENT>
            <ENT>$11,602,406</ENT>
            <ENT>Productivity: Horticulture, Paul watershed.<LI>Productivity: Horticulture, Faja watershed.</LI>
              <LI>Productivity: Horticulture, Mosteiros watershed.</LI>
              <LI>Number of farmers adopting drip irrigation: All intervention watersheds (Paul, Faja and Mosteiros).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Hectares under improved or new irrigation (All Watersheds Paul, Faja, and Mosteiros).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Irrigation Works: Percent contracted works disbursed. All intervention watersheds (Paul, Faja and Mosteiros).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of reservoirs constructed in all intervention watersheds (Paul, Faja and Mosteiros) (incremental).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Infrastructure Improvement Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$82,630,208</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase integration of the internal market and reduce transportation costs</ENT>
            <ENT>$82,542,708</ENT>
            <ENT>Travel time ratio: Percentage of beneficiary population further than 30 minutes from nearest market.<LI>Kilometers of roads/bridges completed.</LI>
              <LI>Percent of contracted road works disbursed (cumulative).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Port of Praia: Percent of contracted port works disbursed (cumulative).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Private Sector Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,920,018</ENT>
            <ENT>Spur private sector development on all islands through increased investment in the priority sectors and through financial sector reform</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,824,566</ENT>
            <ENT>Micro-Finance Institutions portfolio at risk, adjusted (level).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$13,516,659</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$12,542,777</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: NicaraguaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $113,500,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA NicaraguaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: −$296,623</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Property Regularization Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$7,180,454</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase Investment by strengthening property rights</ENT>
            <ENT>$6,694,971</ENT>
            <ENT>Automated database of registry and cadastre installed in the 10 municipalities of Leon.<LI>Value of land, urban.</LI>
              <LI>Value of land, rural.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Time to conduct a land transaction.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74816"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of additional parcels with a registered title, urban.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of additional parcels with a registered title, rural.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Area covered by cadastral mapping.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Cost to conduct a land transaction.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Transportation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$58,000,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce transportation costs between Leon and Chinandega and national, regional and global markets</ENT>
            <ENT>$56,740,790</ENT>
            <ENT>Annual Average daily traffic volume: N1 Section R1.<LI>Annual Average daily traffic volume: N1 Section R2.</LI>
              <LI>Annual Average daily traffic volume: Port Sandino (S13).</LI>
              <LI>Annual Average daily traffic volume: Villanueva—Guasaule Annual.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average daily traffic volume: Somotillo-Cinco Pinos (S1).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic volume: León-Poneloya-Las Peñitas.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International Roughness Index: N-I Section R1.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International Roughness Index: N-I Section R2.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International Roughness Index: Port Sandino (S13).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International roughness index: Villanueva—Guasaule.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International roughness index: Somotillo-Cinco Pinos.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International roughness index: León-Poneloya-Las Peñitas.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of NI upgraded: R1 and R2 and S13.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of NI upgraded: Villanueva—Guasaule.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of S1 road upgraded.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of S9 road upgraded.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Rural Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$32,875,845</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase the value added of farms and enterprises in the region</ENT>
            <ENT>$31,360,605</ENT>

            <ENT>Number of beneficiaries with business plans.<LI>Numbers of<E T="03">manzanas (1 manzana = 1.7 hectares),</E>by sector, harvesting higher-value crops.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of beneficiaries with business plans prepared with assistance of Rural Business Development Project.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of beneficiaries implementing forestry business plans under Improvement of Water Supplies Activity.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Manzanas reforested.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Manzanas with trees planted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>Due Diligence, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$15,443,701</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$15,451,111</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$2,528,880</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: GeorgiaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $395,300,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA GeorgiaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $815,885</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Regional Infrastructure Rehabilitation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$314,240,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Key Regional Infrastructure Rehabilitated</ENT>
            <ENT>$309,899,736</ENT>
            <ENT>Household savings from Infrastructure Rehabilitation Activities.<LI>Savings in vehicle operating costs (VOC).</LI>
              <LI>International roughness index (IRI).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic (AADT).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Travel Time.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Signed contracts for feasibility and/or design studies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted studies disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads under design.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Signed contracts for road works.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads under works contracts.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Sites rehabilitated (phases I, II, III)—pipeline.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Construction works completed (phase II)—pipeline.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74817"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Savings in household expenditures for all RID subprojects.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Population Served by all RID subprojects.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>RID Subprojects completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of Grant Agreements signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of project works and goods contracts Signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Subprojects with works initiated.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Regional Enterprise Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$52,040,800</ENT>
            <ENT>Enterprises in Regions Developed</ENT>
            <ENT>$52,040,800</ENT>
            <ENT>Jobs Created by Agribusiness Development Activity (ADA) and by Georgia Regional Development Fund (GRDF).<LI>Household net income—ADA and GRDF.</LI>
              <LI>Jobs created—ADA.</LI>
              <LI>Firm income—ADA.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Household net income—ADA.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Beneficiaries (direct and indirect)—ADA.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Grant agreements signed—ADA.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Increase in gross revenues of portfolio companies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Increase in portfolio company employees.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Increase in wages paid to the portfolio company employees.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Portfolio companies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Funds disbursed to the portfolio companies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>Due Diligence, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$29,019,200</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$25,237,983</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">In November 2008, MCC and the Georgian government signed a Compact amendment making up to $100 million of additional funds available to the Millennium Challenge Georgia Fund. These funds will be used to complete works in the Roads, Regional Infrastructure Development, and Energy Rehabilitation Projects contemplated by the original Compact. The amendment was ratified by the Georgian parliament and entered into force on January 30, 2009.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: VanuatuYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $65,690,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA VanuatuTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $278,588</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Transportation Infrastructure Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$60,096,085</ENT>
            <ENT>Facilitate transportation to increase tourism and business development</ENT>
            <ENT>$60,084,330</ENT>
            <ENT>Traffic volume (average annual daily traffic)—Efate Ring Road.<LI>Traffic Volume (average annual daily traffic)—Santo East Coast Road.</LI>
              <LI>Kilometers of road upgraded—Efate Ring Road.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads upgraded—Santo East Coast Road.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of MCC contribution disbursed to“adjusted” signed contracts of roads works; including approved variations.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>Due Diligence, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,593,915</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$5,425,026</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$14,097</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: ArmeniaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $235,650,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA ArmeniaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $16,533,503</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Irrigated Agriculture Project (Agriculture and Water)</ENT>
            <ENT>$153,969,708</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase agricultural productivity Improve and Quality of Irrigation</ENT>
            <ENT>$154,959,515</ENT>
            <ENT>Training/technical assistance provided for On-Farm Water Management.<LI>Training/technical assistance provided for Post-Harvest Processing.</LI>
              <LI>Loans Provided.</LI>
              <LI>Value of irrigation feasibility and/or detailed design contracts signed.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74818"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of irrigation feasibility and/or detailed design contracts disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers using better on-farm water management.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of enterprises using improved techniques.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of irrigation feasibility and/or detailed design contracts signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Additional Land irrigated under project.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of irrigation feasibility and/or detailed design contracts signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of irrigation feasibility and/or detailed design contracts disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Rural Road Rehabilitation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$67,100,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Better access to economic and social infrastructure</ENT>
            <ENT>$7,620,141</ENT>
            <ENT>Average annual daily traffic on Pilot Roads.<LI>International roughness index for Pilot Roads.</LI>
              <LI>Road Sections Rehabilitated—Pilot Roads.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Pilot Roads: Percent of Contracted Roads Works Disbursed of Works Completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>Due Diligence, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$14,580,292</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$13,622,512</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$3,276</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: BeninYear: 2011Quarter 3Total Obligation: $307,298,040</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA BeninTotal Quarterly Expenditures: $39,191,455</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Access to Financial Services Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$17,185,621</ENT>
            <ENT>Expand Access to Financial Services</ENT>
            <ENT>$15,062,850</ENT>
            <ENT>Value of credits granted by Micro-Finance Institutions (at the national level).<LI>Value of savings collected by MFI institutions (at the national level).</LI>
              <LI>Average portfolio at risk &gt; 90 days of microfinance institutions at the national level.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Operational self-sufficiency of MFIs at the national level.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of institutions receiving grants through the Facility.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of MFIs<E T="03">inspected by</E>
              <E T="03">Cellule Supervision Microfinance</E>.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Access to Justice Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$21,196,847</ENT>
            <ENT>Improved Ability of Justice System to Enforce Contracts and Reconcile Claims</ENT>
            <ENT>$19,637,991</ENT>
            <ENT>Average time to enforce a contract.<LI>Percent of firms reporting confidence in the judicial system.</LI>
              <LI>Passage of new legal codes.</LI>
              <LI>Average time required for Tribunaux de premiere instance-arbitration centers and courts of first instance (TPI) to reach a final decision on a case.</LI>
              <LI>Average time required for Court of Appeals to reach a final decision on a case.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of cases resolved in TPI per year.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of cases resolved in Court of Appeals per year.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Courthouses completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average time required to register a business (société).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average time required to register a business (sole proprietorship).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Access to Land Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$33,819,736</ENT>
            <ENT>Strengthen property rights and increase investment in rural and urban land</ENT>
            <ENT>$30,037,427</ENT>
            <ENT>Percentage of households investing in targeted urban land parcels.<LI>Percentage of households investing in targeted rural land parcels.</LI>
              <LI>Average cost required to convert occupancy permit to land title through systematic process.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Share of respondents perceiving land security in the Conversions from Occupancy permit to land title (PH-TF) or Rural Land Plan (PFR) areas.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of preparatory studies completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74819"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Legal and Regulatory Reforms Adopted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Amount of Equipment Purchased.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of new land titles obtained by transformation of occupancy permit.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of land certificates issued within MCA-Benin implementation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of PFRs established with MCA-Benin implementation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of permanent stations installed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of stakeholders trained.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of communes with new cadastres.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of operational land market information systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Access to Markets Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$188,474,717</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve Access to Markets through Improvements to the Port of Cotonou</ENT>
            <ENT>$177,053,977</ENT>
            <ENT>Volume of merchandise traffic through the Port Autonome de Cotonou.<LI>Bulk ship carriers waiting times at the port.</LI>
              <LI>Port design-build contract awarded.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual number of thefts cases.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average time to clear customs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Port meets—international port security standards (ISPS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>Due Diligence, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$46,621,117</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$40,610,623</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$2,387,840</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: GhanaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $547,009,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA GhanaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $60,741,740</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Agriculture Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$211,970,412</ENT>
            <ENT>Enhance Profitability of cultivation, services to agriculture and product handling in support of the expansion of commercial agriculture among groups of smallholder farms</ENT>
            <ENT>$180,083,603</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained in commercial agriculture.<LI>Number of agribusinesses assisted.</LI>
              <LI>Number of preparatory land studies completed.</LI>
              <LI>Legal and regulatory land reforms adopted.</LI>
              <LI>Number of landholders reached by public outreach efforts.</LI>
              <LI>Number of hectares under production.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of personnel trained.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of buildings rehabilitated/constructed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of equipment purchased.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Feeder roads international roughness index.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Feeder roads annualized average daily traffic.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for feasibility and/or design studies of feeder roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted design/feasibility studies completed for feeder roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed works contracts for feeder roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted feeder road works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of loans disbursed to clients from agriculture loan fund.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for feasibility and/or design studies (irrigation).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted (design/feasibility) studies complete (irrigation).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for irrigation works (irrigation).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rural hectares mapped.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted irrigation works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of people aware of their land rights in Pilot Land Registration Areas.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Total number of parcels surveyed in the Pilot Land Registration Areas (PLRAs).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Volume of products passing through post-harvest treatment.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74820"/>
            <ENT I="01">Rural Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$74,662,857</ENT>
            <ENT>Strengthen the rural institutions that provide services complementary to, and supportive of, agricultural and agriculture business development</ENT>
            <ENT>$68,108,101</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of students enrolled in schools affected by Education Facilities Sub-Activity.<LI>Number of schools rehabilitated.</LI>
              <LI>Number of school blocks constructed.</LI>
              <LI>Distance to collect water.</LI>
              <LI>Time to collect water.</LI>
              <LI>Incidence of guinea worm.</LI>
              <LI>Number of people affected by Water and Sanitation Facilities Sub-Activity.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of stand-alone boreholes/wells/nonconventional water systems constructed/rehabilitated.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of small-town water systems designed and due diligence completed for construction.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of pipe extension projects designed and due diligence completed for construction.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of agricultural processing plants in target districts with electricity due to Rural Electrification Sub-Activity.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Transportation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$215,061,187</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce the transportation costs affecting agriculture commerce at sub-regional levels</ENT>
            <ENT>$175,626,685</ENT>
            <ENT>Trunk roads international roughness index.<LI>N1 International roughness index.</LI>
              <LI>N1 Annualized average daily traffic.</LI>
              <LI>N1 Kilometers of road upgraded.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for feasibility and/or design studies of the N1.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted design/feasibility studies completed of the N1.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for road works N1, Lot 1.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for road works N1, Lot 2.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Trunk roads annualized average daily traffic.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Trunk roads kilometers of roads completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted design/feasibility studies completed of trunk roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted trunk road works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Ferry Activity: Annualized average daily traffic vehicles.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Ferry Activity: Annual average daily traffic (passengers).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Landing stages rehabilitated.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Ferry terminal upgraded.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rehabilitation of Akosombo Floating Dock completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rehabilitation of landing stages completed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted road works disbursed: N1, Lot 1.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted road works disbursed: N1, Lot 2.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted work disbursed: Ferry and floating dock.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted work disbursed: Landings and terminals.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for feasibility and/or design studies of Trunk Roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of signed contracts for trunk roads.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration,<SU>2</SU>Due Diligence, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$45,314,544</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$34,444,890</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$1,789,604</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="74821"/>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: El SalvadorYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $460,940,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA El SalvadorTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $47,034,050</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Human Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$99,596,077</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase human and physical capital of residents of the Northern Zone to take advantage of employment and business opportunities</ENT>
            <ENT>$62,483,528</ENT>
            <ENT>Employment rate of graduates of middle technical schools.<LI>Graduation rates of middle technical schools.</LI>
              <LI>Middle technical schools remodeled and equipped.</LI>
              <LI>New Scholarships granted to students of middle technical education.</LI>
              <LI>Students of non-formal training.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Cost of water.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Time collecting water.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of households with access to improved water supply.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of contracted water and sanitation works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Cost of electricity.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Households benefiting with a connection to the electricity network.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Households benefiting with the installation of isolated solar systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of new electrical lines with construction contracts signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Population benefiting from strategic infrastructure.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Productive Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$71,824,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase production and employment in the Northern Zone</ENT>
            <ENT>$26,483,228</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of hectares under production with MCC support.<LI>Number of beneficiaries of technical assistance and training—Agriculture.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of beneficiaries of technical assistance and training—Agribusiness.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of agricultural loans to farmers/agribusiness.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Connectivity Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$255,300,099</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce travel cost and time within the Northern Zone, with the rest of the country, and within the region</ENT>
            <ENT>$167,674,621</ENT>
            <ENT>Average annual daily traffic.<LI>International roughness index.</LI>
              <LI>Kilometers of roads rehabilitated.</LI>
              <LI>Kilometers of roads with construction initiated.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Productive Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$71,678,455</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$51,634,102</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$34,365,367</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$21,592,166</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: MaliYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $460,811,162</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA MaliTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $40,639,221</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Bamako Senou Airport Improvement Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$181,252,116</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$68,641,279</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of full time jobs at the ADM and firms supporting the airport.<LI>Average number of weekly flights (arrivals).</LI>
              <LI>Passenger traffic (annual average).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent works complete.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Time required for passenger processing at departures and arrivals.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent works complete.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Security and safety deficiencies corrected at the airport.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Alatona Irrigation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$234,884,675</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase the agricultural production and productivity in the Alatona zone of the ON</ENT>
            <ENT>$211,176,652</ENT>
            <ENT>Main season rice yields.<LI>International roughness index (IRI) on the Niono-Goma Coura Route.</LI>
              <LI>Traffic on the Niono-Diabaly road segment.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Traffic on the Diabaly-Goma Coura road segment.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percentage works completed on Niono-Goma Coura road.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Hectares under improved irrigation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74822"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Irrigation system efficiency on Alatona Canal.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percentage of contracted irrigation construction works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number market gardens allocated in Alatona zones to PAPs or New Settler women.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Net primary school enrollment rate (in Alatona zone).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of Alatona population with improved access to drinking water.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of schools available in Alatona.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of health centers available in the Alatona.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of affected people who have been compensate.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers that have applied improved techniques.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Hectares under production (rainy season).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Hectares under production (dry season).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of agricultural and rural loans.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of active MFI clients.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Loan recovery rate among Alatona farmers.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Industrial Park Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,637,472</ENT>
            <ENT>Terminated</ENT>
            <ENT>$2,637,472</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$42,036,897</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$28,555,345</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$503,608</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: MongoliaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $284.911,363</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA MongoliaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $11,658,216</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Property Rights Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$27,202,618</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase security and capitalization of land assets held by lower-income Mongolians, and increased peri-urban herder productivity and incomes</ENT>
            <ENT>$8,707,875</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of legal and regulatory framework or preparatory studies completed (Peri-urban and land plots).<LI>Number of legal and regulatory reforms adopted.</LI>
              <LI>Number of stakeholders (Peri-urban and land plots).</LI>
              <LI>Stakeholders trained (Peri-urban and land plots).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of buildings built/rehabilitated.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Equipment purchased.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rural hectares mapped.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Urban Parcels mapped.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Leaseholds awarded.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Vocational Education Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$47,355,637</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase employment and income among unemployed and underemployed Mongolians</ENT>
            <ENT>$9,895,567</ENT>
            <ENT>Rate of employment.<LI>Vocational school graduates in MCC-supported educational facilities.</LI>
              <LI>Percent of active teachers receiving certification training.</LI>
              <LI>Technical and vocational education and training (TVET) legislation passed.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Health Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$38,973,258</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase the adoption of behaviors that reduce non-communicable diseases (NCDIs) among target populations and improved medical treatment and control of NCDIs</ENT>
            <ENT>$16,198,584</ENT>
            <ENT>Treatment of diabetes.<LI>Treatment of hypertension.</LI>
              <LI>Early detection of cervical cancer.</LI>
              <LI>Recommendations on road safety interventions available.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Roads Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$86,740,123</ENT>
            <ENT>More efficient transport for trade and access to services</ENT>
            <ENT>$10,787,073</ENT>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads completed.<LI>Annual average daily traffic.</LI>
              <LI>Travel time.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International Roughness Index.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads under design.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted roads works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74823"/>
            <ENT I="01">Energy and Environmental Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$46,966,205</ENT>
            <ENT>Increased wealth and productivity through greater fuel use efficiency and decreasing health costs from air</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,440,521</ENT>
            <ENT>Household savings from decreased fuel costs.<LI>Product testing and subsidy setting process adopted.</LI>
              <LI>Health costs from air pollution in Ulaanbaatar.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Reduced particulate matter concentration.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Capacity of wind power generation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Rail Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$369,560</ENT>
            <ENT>Terminated</ENT>
            <ENT>$369,560</ENT>
            <ENT>Terminated.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$37,303,959</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$18,211,420</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Pending subsequent reports<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$1,507,137</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="22">In late 2009, the MCC's Board of Directors approved the allocation of a portion of the funds originally designated for the rail project to the expansion of the health, vocational education and property right projects from the rail project, and the remaining portion to the addition of a road project.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: MozambiqueYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $506,924,053</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA MozambiqueTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $46,392,402</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Water Supply and Sanitation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$207,385,393</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase access to reliable and quality water and sanitation facilities</ENT>
            <ENT>$31,007,440</ENT>
            <ENT>Percent of urban population with improved water sources.<LI>Time to get to non-private water source.</LI>
              <LI>Percent of urban population with improved sanitation facilities.</LI>
              <LI>Percent of rural population with access to improved water sources.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of private household water connections in urban areas.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of rural water points constructed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of standpipes in urban areas.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Five cities: Final detailed design submitted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Three cities: Final detailed design submitted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Road Rehabilitation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$176,307,480</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase access to productive resources and markets</ENT>
            <ENT>$30,096,768</ENT>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road rehabilitated.<LI>Namialo—Rio Lúrio Road—Metoro: Percent of feasibility, design, and supervision contract disbursed.</LI>
              <LI>Rio Ligonha-Nampula: Percent of feasibility, design, and supervision contract disbursed.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Chimuara-Nicoadala: Percent of feasibility, design, and supervision contract disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Namialo—Rio Lúrio: Percent of road construction contract disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rio Lúrio—Metoro: Percent of road construction contract disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rio Ligonha—Nampula: Percent of road construction contract disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Chimuara-Nicoadala: Percent of road construction contract disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Namialo-Rio Lúrio Road: Average annual daily traffic volume.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rio Lúrio-Metoro Road: Average annual daily traffic volume.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rio-Ligonha-Nampula Road: Average annual daily traffic volume.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Chimuara-Nicoadala Road: Average annual daily traffic volume.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Namialo-Rio Lúrio Road: Change in International Roughness Index (IRI).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rio Lúrio-Metoro Road: Change in International Roughness Index (IRI).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rio-Ligonha-Nampula Road: Change in International Roughness Index (IRI).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Chimuara-Nicoadala Road: Change in International Roughness Index (IRI).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74824"/>
            <ENT I="01">Land Tenure Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$39,068,307</ENT>
            <ENT>Establish efficient, secure land access for households and investors</ENT>
            <ENT>$14,880,455</ENT>
            <ENT>Time to get land usage rights (DUAT), urban.<LI>Time to get land usage rights (DUAT), rural.</LI>
              <LI>Number of buildings rehabilitated or built.</LI>
              <LI>Total value of procured equipment and materials.</LI>
              <LI>Number of people trained.</LI>
              <LI>Rural hectares mapped in Site Specific Activity.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Urban parcels mapped.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rural hectares formalized through Site Specific Activity.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Urban parcels formalized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of communities delimited and formalized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of urban households having land formalized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Farmer Income Support Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$18,400,117</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve coconut productivity and diversification into cash crop</ENT>
            <ENT>$9,448,958</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of diseased or dead palm trees cleared.<LI>Survival rate of coconut seedlings.</LI>
              <LI>Hectares under production.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained in pest and disease control.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained in crop diversification technologies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Income from coconuts and coconut products (estates).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Income from coconuts and coconuts products (households).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$65,762,756</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$23,576,627</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$316,250</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: LesothoYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $362,550,999</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA LesothoTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $21,820,270</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Water Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$164,027,999</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve the water supply for industrial and domestic needs, and enhance rural livelihoods through improved watershed management</ENT>
            <ENT>$38,613,758</ENT>
            <ENT>School days lost due to water borne diseases.<LI>Diarrhea notification at health centers.</LI>
              <LI>Households with access to improved water supply.</LI>
              <LI>Households with access to improved Latrines.</LI>
              <LI>Knowledge of good hygiene practices.</LI>
              <LI>Households with reliable water services.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Enterprises with reliable water services.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Households with reliable water services.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Volume of treated water.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Area re-vegetation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Health Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$122,398,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase access to life-extending ART and essential health services by providing a sustainable delivery platform</ENT>
            <ENT>$52,728,860</ENT>
            <ENT>People with HIV still alive 12 months after initiation of treatment.<LI>TB notification (per 100,000 pop.).</LI>
              <LI>People living with HIV/AIDS (PLWA) receiving Antiretroviral treatment.</LI>
              <LI>Deliveries conducted in the health facilities.</LI>
              <LI>Immunization coverage rate.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Private Sector Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$36,470,318</ENT>
            <ENT>Stimulate investment by improving access to credit, reducing transaction costs and increasing the participation of women in the economy</ENT>
            <ENT>$10,927,870</ENT>
            <ENT>Time required to enforce a contract.<LI>Value of commercial cases.</LI>
              <LI>Cases referred to Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) that are successfully completed.</LI>
              <LI>Portfolio of loans.</LI>
              <LI>Loan application processing time.</LI>
              <LI>Performing loans.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Electronic payments—salaries.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Electronic payments—pensions.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Debit/smart cards issued.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Mortgage bonds registered.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of registered mortgage bonds.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Clearing time—Country.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Clearing time—Maseru.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Land transactions recorded.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Land parcels regularized and registered.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74825"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>People trained on gender equality and economic rights.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Eligible population with ID cards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Monetary cost to process a lease application.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$39,654,681</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$20,792,438</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$2,850,391</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: MoroccoYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $697,500,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA MoroccoTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $30,903,627</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Fruit Tree Productivity Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$301,396,445</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce volatility of agricultural production and increase volume of fruit agricultural production</ENT>
            <ENT>$127,443,546</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained.<LI>Number of agribusinesses assisted.</LI>
              <LI>Number of hectares under production.</LI>
              <LI>Value of agricultural production.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Small Scale Fisheries Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$120,668,027</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve quality of fish moving through domestic channels and assure the sustainable use of fishing resources</ENT>
            <ENT>$6,973,445</ENT>
            <ENT>Landing sites and ports rehabilitated.<LI>Mobile fish vendors using new equipment.</LI>
              <LI>Fishing boats using new landing sites.</LI>
              <LI>Average price of fish at auction markets.</LI>
              <LI>Average price of fish at wholesale.</LI>
              <LI>Average price of fish at ports.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Artisan and Fez Medina Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$111,373,858</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase value added to tourism and artisan sectors</ENT>
            <ENT>$15,228,752</ENT>
            <ENT>Average revenue of Small and Micro Enterprise (SME) pottery workshops.<LI>Construction and rehabilitation of Fez Medina Sites.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Tourist receipts in Fez.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Training of potters.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Enterprise Support Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$33,850,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Improved survival rate of new SMEs and INDH-funded income generating activities; increased revenue for new SMEs and INDH-funded income generating activities</ENT>
            <ENT>$11,373,693</ENT>
            <ENT>Value added per enterprise.<LI>Survival rate after two years.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Financial Services Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$46,200,000</ENT>
            <ENT>TBD</ENT>
            <ENT>$19,647,831</ENT>
            <ENT>Portfolio at risk at 30 days.<LI>Portfolio rate of return.</LI>
              <LI>Number of clients of Microcredit.</LI>
              <LI>Associations (AMCs) reached through mobile branches.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$83,981,670</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$38,574,848</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: TanzaniaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $698,135,999</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA TanzaniaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $51,797,681</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Energy Sector Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$206,642,428</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase value added to businesses</ENT>
            <ENT>$81,532,230</ENT>
            <ENT>Current power customers: Morogoro D1, Morogoro T1, Morogoro T2 &amp; T3, Tanga D1, Tanga T1, Tanga T2 &amp;T3, Mbeya D1, Mbeya T1, Mbeya T2 &amp;T3, Iringa D1, Iringa T1, Iringa T2 &amp; T3, Dodoma D1, Dodoma T1, Dodoma T2 &amp; T3, Mwanza D1, Mwanza T1 and Mwanza T2 &amp; T3.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Transmission and distribution sub-station capacity: Morogoro, Tanga, Mbeya, Iringa, Dodoma and Mwanza.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Collection efficiency (Morogoro).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74826"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Collection efficiency (Tanga).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Collection efficiency (Mbeya).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Collection efficiency (Iringa).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Collection efficiency (Dodoma).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Collection efficiency (Mwanza).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Technical and nontechnical losses (Morogoro).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Technical and nontechnical losses (Tanga).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Technical and nontechnical losses (Mbeya).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Technical and nontechnical losses (Iringa).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Technical and nontechnical losses (Dodoma).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Technical and nontechnical losses (Mwanza).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Transport Sector Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$368,847,428</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase cash crop revenue and aggregate visitor spending</ENT>
            <ENT>$148,441,749</ENT>
            <ENT>International roughness index: Tunduma Sumbawanga.<LI>International roughness index: Tanga Horohoro.</LI>
              <LI>International roughness index: Namtumbo Songea.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International roughness index: Peramiho Mbinga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic: Tunduma Sumbawanga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic: Tanga Horohoro.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic: Namtumbo Songea.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic: Peramiho Mbinga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers upgraded/completed: Tunduma Sumbawanga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers upgraded/completed: Tanga Horohoro.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers upgraded/completed: Namtumbo Songea.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers upgraded/completed: Peramiho Mbinga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on construction works: Tunduma Sumbawanga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on construction works: Tanga Horohoro.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on construction works: Namtumbo Songea.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on construction works: Peramiho Mbinga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed for feasibility and/or design studies: Tunduma Sumbawanga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed for feasibility and/or design studies: Tanga Horohoro.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed for feasibility and/or design studies: Namtumbo Songea.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed for feasibility and/or design studies: Peramiho Mbinga.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International roughness index: Pemba.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Average annual daily traffic: Pemba.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers upgraded/completed: Pemba.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on construction works: Pemba.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Signed contracts for construction works (Zanzibar Rural Roads).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on signed contracts for feasibility and/or design studies: Pemba.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Passenger arrivals: Mafia Island.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percentage of upgrade complete: Mafia Island.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on construction works: Mafia Island.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Water Sector Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$65,692,144</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase investment in human and physical capital and to reduce the prevalence of water-related disease</ENT>
            <ENT>$20,489,426</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of domestic customers (Dar es Salaam).<LI>Number of domestic customers (Morogoro).</LI>
              <LI>Number of non-domestic (commercial and institutional) customers (Dar es Salaam).</LI>
              <LI>Number of non-domestic (commercial and institutional) customers (Morogoro).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Volume of water produced (Lower Ruvu).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Volume of water produced (Morogoro).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed on feasibility design update contract Lower Ruvu Plant Expansion.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$56,953,999</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$21,075,173</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74827"/>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$99,857</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: Burkina FasoYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $478,943,569</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA Burkina FasoTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $12,294,197</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Roads Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$194,130,681</ENT>
            <ENT>Enhance access to markets through investments in the road network</ENT>
            <ENT>$4,773,339</ENT>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic: Dedougou-Nouna.<LI>Annual average daily traffic: Nouna-Bomborukuy.</LI>
              <LI>Annual average daily traffic: Bomborukuy-Mali border.</LI>
              <LI>Kilometers of road under works contract.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road under design/feasibility contract.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Access time to the closest market via paved roads in the Sourou and Comoe (minutes).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road under works contract.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of road under design/feasibility contract.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Personnel trained in procurement, contract management and financial systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Periodic road maintenance coverage rate (for all funds) (percentage).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Rural Land Governance Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$59,934,615</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase investment in land and rural productivity through improved land tenure security and land management</ENT>
            <ENT>$13,358,982</ENT>
            <ENT>Trend in incidence of conflict over land rights reported in the 17 pilot communes (Annual percentage rate of change in the occurrence of conflicts over land rights).<LI>Number of legal and regulatory reforms adopted.</LI>
              <LI>Number of stakeholders reached by public outreach efforts.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Personnel trained.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Services Fonciers Ruraux (rural land service offices) installed and functioning.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Rural hectares formalized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of parcels registered in Ganzourou project area.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Agriculture Development Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$141,910,059</ENT>
            <ENT>Expand the productive use of land in order to increase the volume and value of agricultural production in project zones</ENT>
            <ENT>$12,775,149</ENT>
            <ENT>New irrigated perimeters developed in Di (Hectares).<LI>Technical water management core teams (noyaux techniques). installed and operational in the two basins (Sourou and Comoe).</LI>
              <LI>Number of farmers trained.</LI>
              <LI>Number of agro-sylvo-pastoral groups which receive technical assistance.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of loans provided by the rural finance facility.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Volume of loans intended for agro-sylvo-pastoral borrowers (million CFA).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Bright II Schools Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$26,829,669</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase primary school completion rates</ENT>
            <ENT>$26,829,669</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of girls/boys graduating from BRIGHT II primary schools.<LI>Percent of girls regularly attending (90% attendance) BRIGHT schools.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of girls enrolled in the MCC/USAID-supported BRIGHT schools.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of additional classrooms constructed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of teachers trained through 10 provincial workshops.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$56,138,545</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$21,062,644</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="74828"/>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: NamibiaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $304,477,815</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA NamibiaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $14,715,638</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Education Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$144,976,558</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve the quality of the workforce in Namibia by enhancing the equity and effectiveness of basic</ENT>
            <ENT>$25,596,708</ENT>
            <ENT>Percentage of students who are new entrants in grade 5 for 47 schools.<LI>Percent of contracted construction works disbursed for 47 schools.</LI>
              <LI>Percent disbursed against design/supervisory contracts for 47 schools.</LI>
              <LI>Percentage of schools with a learner-textbook ration of 1 to 1 in science, math, and English.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of textbooks delivered.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of teachers and managers trained in textbook management, utilization, and storage.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed against works contracts for Regional Study Resource Centers Activity (RSRCS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed against design/supervisory contracts for RSRCs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of vocational trainees enrolled through the MCA-N grant facility.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of vocational training grants awarded through the MCA-N grant facility.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed against construction, rehabilitation, and equipment contracts for Community Skills and Development Centres (COSDECS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed against design/supervisory contracts for COSDECS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Tourism Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$66,994,941</ENT>
            <ENT>Grow the Namibian tourism industry with a focus on increasing income to households in communal</ENT>
            <ENT>$9,724,960</ENT>
            <ENT>Percent of condition precedents and performance targets met for Etosha National Park (ENP) activity.<LI>Number of game translocated with MCA-N support.</LI>
              <LI>Number of unique visits on Namibia Tourism Board (NTB) Web site.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of North American tourism businesses (travel agencies and tour operators) that offer Namibian tours or tour packages.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of grants issued by the conservancy grant fund (Namibian dollars).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Amount of private sector investment secured by MCA-N assisted conservancies (Namibian dollars).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of annual general meetings with financial reports submitted and benefit distribution plans discussed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Agriculture Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$48,601,974</ENT>
            <ENT>Enhance the health and marketing efficiency of livestock in the NCAs of Namibia and to increase income</ENT>
            <ENT>$12,374,495</ENT>
            <ENT>Number of participating households registered in the Community-based Rangeland and Livestock Management (CBRLM) sub-activity.<LI>Number of grazing area management implementation agreements established under CBRLM sub-activity.</LI>
              <LI>Number of community land board members and traditional authority members trained.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of cattle tagged with radio frequency identification (RFID) tags.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed against works contracts for State Veterinary Offices.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent disbursed against design/supervisory contracts for State Veterinary Offices.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of grant agreements signed under Livestock Market Efficiency Fund.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of Indigenous Natural Product (INP) producers selected and mobilized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of grant agreements signed under INP Innovation Fund.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Control, Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$43,904,342</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$12,179,225</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="74829"/>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$191,727</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: MoldovaYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $262,000,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA MoldovaTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $909,150</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Road Rehabilitation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$132,840,000</ENT>
            <ENT>Enhance transportation conditions</ENT>
            <ENT>$357,140</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduced cost for road users.<LI>Average annual daily traffic.</LI>
              <LI>Road maintenance expenditure.</LI>
              <LI>Kilometers of roads completed.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of contracted roads works disbursed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads under works contracts.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) implemented.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Final design.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads under design.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Transition to High Value Agriculture Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$101,773,402</ENT>
            <ENT>Increase incomes in the agricultural sector; Create models for transition to HVA in CIS areas and an enabling environment (legal, financial and market) for replication</ENT>
            <ENT>$5,934,183</ENT>
            <ENT>Hectares under improved or new irrigation.<LI>Centralized irrigation systems rehabilitated.</LI>
              <LI>Percent of contracted irrigation feasibility and/or design studies disbursed.</LI>
              <LI>Value of irrigation feasibility and/or detailed design contracts signed.</LI>
              <LI>Water user associations (WUA) achieving financial sustainability.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>WUA established under new law.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Revised water management policy framework—with long-term water rights defined—established.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Contracts of association signed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Irrigation Sector Reform (ISRA) Contractor mobilized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Additionally factor of Access to Agricultural Finance (AAF) investments.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Value of agricultural and rural loans.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of all loans.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of all loans (female).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>High value agriculture (HVA) Post-Harvest Credit Facility launched.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>HVA Post-Harvest Credit Facility Policies and Procedures Manual (PPM) Finalized.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers that have applied improved techniques (Growing High Value Agriculture Sales [GSH]).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers that have applied improved techniques (GHS) (female).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of farmers trained (female).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of enterprises assisted.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of enterprises assisted (female).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>GHS activity launched.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$27,386,598</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$1,895,243</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$1,164</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: PhilippinesYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $430,154,526</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA PhilippinesTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $4,786,325</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00" RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Revenue Administration Reform Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$51,625,000</ENT>
            <ENT>To be determined (tbd)</ENT>
            <ENT>$7,291</ENT>
            <ENT>tbd.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Community Development Grant</ENT>
            <ENT>$120,000,000</ENT>
            <ENT>tbd</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,072,658</ENT>
            <ENT>tbd.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Roads Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$213,412,526</ENT>
            <ENT>tbd</ENT>
            <ENT>$7,539,767</ENT>
            <ENT>tbd.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="74830"/>
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$45,117,000</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$2,760,634</ENT>
            <ENT>tbd.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$639,612</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,13,r50,13,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Projects</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Obligated</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Objective</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Cumulative<LI>expenditures</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW EXPSTB="04">
            <ENT I="21">Country: SenegalYear: 2011Quarter 4Total Obligation: $540,000,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="21">Entity to which the assistance is provided: MCA SenegalTotal Quarterly Expenditures<SU>1</SU>: $2,102,207</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW EXPSTB="00">
            <ENT I="01">Road Rehabilitation Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$324,712,499</ENT>
            <ENT>Expand Access to Markets and Services</ENT>
            <ENT>$1,909,602</ENT>
            <ENT>Tons of irrigated rice production.<LI>Kilometers of roads rehabilitated on the RN #2.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic Richard-Toll—Ndioum.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percentage change in travel time on the RN #2.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International Roughness Index on the RN #2 (Lower number = smoother road).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers (km) of roads covered by the contract for the studies, the supervision and management of the RN #2.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers of roads rehabilitated on the RN #6.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic Ziguinchor—Tanaff.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic Tanaff—Kolda.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Annual average daily traffic Kolda—Kounkané.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percentage change in travel time on the RN #6.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>International Roughness Index on the RN #6 (Lower number = smoother road).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Kilometers (km) of roads covered by the contract for the studies, the supervision and management of the RN #6.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Irrigation and Water Resources Management Project</ENT>
            <ENT>$170,008,860</ENT>
            <ENT>Improve productivity of the agricultural sector</ENT>
            <ENT>$215,451</ENT>
            <ENT>Tons of irrigated rice production.<LI>Potentially irrigable lands area (Delta and Ngallenka).</LI>
              <LI>Hectares under production.</LI>
              <LI>Total value of feasibility, design and environmental study contracts signed for the Delta and the Ngallenka (including RAPs).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Cropping intensity (hectares under production per year/cultivable hectares).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of hectares mapped to clarify boundaries and land use types.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Percent of new conflicts resolved.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Number of people trained on land security tools.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">Program Administration<SU>2</SU>and Monitoring and Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>$45,278,641</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$4,761,112</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Pending Subsequent Report<SU>3</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>$186,953</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>1</SU>Expenditures are the sum of cash outlays and quarterly accruals for work completed but not yet paid or invoiced.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>2</SU>Program administration funds are used to pay items such as salaries, rent, and the cost of office equipment.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <SU>3</SU>These amounts represent disbursements made that will be allocated to individual projects in the subsequent quarter(s) and reported as such in subsequent quarterly report(s).</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="30C,15C,30C" COLS="3" OPTS="L2(0,,),ns,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">619(b) Transfer or Allocation of Funds</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">U.S. Agency to which Funds were Transferred<LI>or Allocated</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Amount</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Description of program or project</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">USAID</ENT>
            <ENT>$0</ENT>
            <ENT>Threshold Program</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 29, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>T. Charles Cooper,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Vice President,Congressional and Public Affairs,Millennium Challenge Corporation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30928 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9211-03-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Intent To Seek Approval To Establish an Information Collection</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Science Foundation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The National Science Foundation (NSF) is announcing plans to request clearance of this collection. In accordance with the requirement of<PRTPAGE P="74831"/>Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13), we are providing opportunity for public comment on this action. After obtaining and considering public comment, NSF will prepare the submission requesting that OMB approve clearance of this collection for no longer than 3 years.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Comments:</E>Comments are invited on (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; or (c) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments on this notice must be received by January 30, 2012 to be assured of consideration. Comments received after that date will be considered to the extent practicable.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">For Additional Information or Comments:</E>Contact Suzanne Plimpton, the NSF Reports Clearance Officer, phone (703) 292-7556, or send email to<E T="03">splimpto@nsf.gov.</E>Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339, which is accessible 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year (including Federal holidays).</P>
        </DATES>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>Grantee Conflict of Interest Policies.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Number:</E>3145-NEW.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Expiration Date of Approval:</E>Not applicable.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Project</HD>

        <P>The National Science Foundation (NSF) is an independent Federal agency created by the National Science Foundation Act of 1950, as amended (<E T="03">42 U.S.C. 1861-75</E>). The Act states the purpose of the NSF is “to promote the progress of science; [and] to advance the national health, prosperity, and welfare by supporting research and education in all fields of science and engineering.”</P>
        <P>NSF has had a unique place in the Federal Government: It is responsible for the overall health of science and engineering across all disciplines. In contrast, other Federal agencies support research focused on specific missions such as health or defense. The Foundation also is committed to ensuring the nation's supply of scientists, engineers, and science and engineering educators.</P>
        <P>NSF funds research and education in most fields of science and engineering. It does this through grants and cooperative agreements to more than 2,000 colleges, universities, K-12 school systems, businesses, informal science organizations and other research organizations throughout the U.S. The Foundation accounts for about one-fourth of Federal support to academic institutions for basic research.</P>
        <P>NSF proposes to conduct a survey to determinate how NSF grantees identify, oversee, and manage financial conflicts of interest in research funded by NSF. This survey focuses on NSF's grantee's conflict of interest policies and procedures, and on any conflicts of interest that were identified and managed from April 1, 2007, through March 31, 2010.</P>
        <P>By examining how NSF grantees have identified and managed their financial conflicts of interest, this survey will help the Foundation determine whether there are any areas for improvement in NSF's policies and guidelines.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Use of the Information</HD>
        <P>Analysis of the responses is necessary to determine whether there are any areas for improvement in NSF's policies and guidelines.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondents</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Burden on the Public</HD>
        <P>The Foundation estimates about 175 responses at approximately 15 hours per response; this computes to approximately 2,625 burden hours annually.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Suzanne H. Plimpton,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Reports Clearance Officer, National Science Foundation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30906 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7555-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NEIGHBORHOOD REINVESTMENT CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Regular Board of Directors Meeting; Sunshine Act</SUBJECT>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
          <P>1:30 p.m., Monday, December 5, 2011.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
          <P>1325 G Street NW., Suite 800, Boardroom, Washington, DC 20005.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
          <P>Open.</P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>

          <P>Erica Hall, Assistant Corporate Secretary, (202) 220-2376;<E T="03">ehall@nw.org.</E>
          </P>
        </PREAMHD>
        <PREAMHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENDA:</HD>
          <P/>
          
        </PREAMHD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Call to Order</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Executive Session</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Approval of the Regular Board of Directors Meeting Minutes</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Approval of the Finance, Budget and Program Committee Meeting Minutes</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Approval of the Corporate Administrative Committee Meeting Minutes</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Approval of the Audit Committee Meeting Minutes</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. FY12 Final Budget</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VIII. Financial Report</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IX. Management Report</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">X. FY'11 Corporate Scorecard &amp; FY'12 Proposed Dashboard</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XI. FY 2012-FY 2016 Strategic Plan and Strategies</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XII. Adjournment</FP>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Erica Hall,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Corporate Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-31080 Filed 11-29-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7570-02-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[NRC-2011-0256]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Aging Management of Stainless Steel Structures and Components in Treated Borated Water</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Draft interim staff guidance; extension of comment period.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>On November 8, 2011 (76 FR 69292) the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>a request for public comment on Draft License Renewal Interim Staff Guidance (LR-ISG), LR-ISG-2011-01, “Aging Management of Stainless Steel Structures and Components in Treated Borated Water.” This LR-ISG revises the guidance in the Standard Review Plan for Review of License Renewal Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (SRP-LR) and Generic Aging Lessons Learned (GALL) Report for the aging management of stainless steel structures and components exposed to treated borated water. In response to a request from the Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI), the NRC is extending the public comment period until December 17, 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The comment period has been extended and expires on December 17, 2011. Comments received after this date will be considered, if it is practical to do so, but the NRC staff is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Please include Docket ID NRC-2011-0256 in the subject line of<PRTPAGE P="74832"/>your comments. For additional instructions on submitting comments and instructions on accessing documents related to this action, see “Submitting Comments and Accessing Information” in the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document. You may submit comments by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Web site:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>and search for documents filed under Docket ID NRC-2011-0256. Address questions about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher, telephone: (301) 492-3668; email:<E T="03">Carol.Gallagher@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail comments to:</E>Cindy Bladey, Chief, Rules, Announcements, and Directives Branch (RADB), Office of Administration, Mail Stop: TWB-05-B01M, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax comments to:</E>RADB at (301) 492-3446.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Dr. John Wise, Division of License Renewal, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: (301) 415-8489; email:<E T="03">John.Wise@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submitting Comments and Accessing Information</HD>

        <P>Comments submitted in writing or in electronic form will be posted on the NRC Web site and on the Federal rulemaking Web site,<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Because your comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact information, the NRC cautions you against including any information in your submission that you do not want to be publicly disclosed.</P>
        <P>The NRC requests that any party soliciting or aggregating comments received from other persons for submission to the NRC inform those persons that the NRC will not edit their comments to remove any identifying or contact information, and therefore, they should not include any information in their comments that they do not want publicly disclosed.</P>
        <P>You can access publicly available documents related to this document using the following methods:</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Public Document Room (PDR):</E>The public may examine and have copied, for a fee, publicly available documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS):</E>Publicly available documents created or received at the NRC are available online in the NRC Library at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>From this page, the public can gain entry into ADAMS, which provides text and image files of the NRC's public documents. If you do not have access to ADAMS or if there are problems in accessing the documents located in ADAMS, contact the NRC's PDR reference staff at 1-(800) 397-4209, (301) 415-4737, or by email to<E T="03">pdr.resource@nrc.gov.</E>The draft LR-ISG-2011-01 is available electronically under ADAMS Accession Number ML112360626. The GALL Report and SRP-LR are available under ADAMS Accession Nos. ML103490041 and ML103490036, respectively.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Web site:</E>Public comments and supporting materials related to this notice can be found at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>by searching on Docket ID NRC-2011-0256.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Interim Staff Guidance Web site:</E>The LR-ISG documents are also available online under the “License Renewal” heading at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/#int.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>

        <P>The NRC issues LR-ISGs to communicate insights and lessons learned and to address emergent issues not covered in license renewal guidance documents, such as the GALL Report and SRP-LR. In this way, the NRC staff and stakeholders may use the guidance in an LR-ISG document before it is incorporated into a formal license renewal guidance document revision. The NRC staff issues LR-ISG in accordance with the LR-ISG Process, Revision 2 (ADAMS Accession No. ML100920158), for which a notice of availability was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 22, 2010 (75 FR 35510).</P>
        <P>The NRC staff has determined that existing guidance in the SRP-LR and GALL Report may not adequately address aging management of stainless steel structures and components exposed to treated borated water. Specifically, for pressurized water reactors, the guidance inappropriately credits boron as a corrosion inhibitor in place of other aging management activities. As a result, aging effects such as loss of material, cracking, and reduction of heat transfer may not be adequately managed. The staff has proposed to revise the SRP-LR and GALL Report to align the guidance for treated borated water with that for treated (non-borated) water. The revisions include adding the One-Time Inspection Program to verify the effectiveness of the Water Chemistry Program to manage loss of material and cracking of stainless steel structures and components exposed to treated borated water and adding reduction of heat transfer due to fouling as an aging effect requiring management for stainless steel heat exchanger tubes exposed to treated borated water.</P>
        <P>On November 8, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML11325A119), the NRC requested public comments on draft LR-ISG-2011-01. By letter dated November 14, 2011, NEI requested a 15-day extension to the comment period. The NRC staff is granting NEI's request for an extension. The NRC staff believes that granting this extension will allow stakeholders a chance to better prepare their responses to LR-ISG-2011-01.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Action</HD>
        <P>By this action, the NRC is requesting public comments on draft LR-ISG-2011-01. This LR-ISG proposes certain revisions to NRC guidance in the SRP-LR and GALL Report. The NRC staff will make a final determination regarding issuance of the LR-ISG after it considers any public comments received in response to this request.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 22nd day of November, 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Melanie A. Galloway,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Division of License Renewal, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30903 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. 50-247 and 50-286; NRC-2011-0278]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Entergy Nuclear Indian Point Unit 2, LLC; Entergy Nuclear Indian Point Unit 3, LLC; Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.; Indian Point Nuclear Generating Units Nos. 2 and 3; Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact</SUBJECT>

        <P>The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is considering issuance of an exemption from the requirements of Title 10 of the<E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations</E>(10 CFR) part 50, Appendix R, “Fire Protection Program for Nuclear Power Facilities Operating Prior to January 1, 1979,” for Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-26 and DPR-64 issued to Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. (Entergy or the licensee), for operation of the Indian<PRTPAGE P="74833"/>Point Nuclear Generating Unit Nos. 2 and 3 (IP2 and IP3) located in Westchester County, NY. Therefore, as required by 10 CFR 51.21, the NRC performed an environmental assessment. Based on the results of the environmental assessment, the NRC is issuing a finding of no significant impact.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Assessment</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Identification of the Proposed Action</HD>
        <P>Entergy proposed that the NRC grant exemptions to certain NRC requirements pertaining to the NRC Fire Regulations. The proposed action is detailed in the licensee's applications dated March 6, 2009, as supplemented by letters dated October 1, 2009, May 4, 2010, September 29, 2010, January 19, 2011, February 10, 2011, and May 26, 2011. The licensee's applications and supplemental submissions are accessible electronically from the Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) with Accession Nos. ML090770151, ML090760993, ML092810230, ML092810231, ML101320230, ML101320263, ML102930237, ML102930234, ML110310013, ML110310242, ML110540321, ML110540322, ML11158A196, and ML11158A197.</P>
        <P>Regulatory Issue Summary (RIS) 2006-10, “Regulatory Expectations With Appendix R Paragraph III.G.2 Operator Manual Actions,” documents the NRC position on the use of operator manual actions (OMAs) as part of a compliance strategy to meet the requirements of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix R, Section III.G.2. The NRC requires plants which credit manual actions for 10 CFR part 50, Appendix R, Section III.G.2 compliance to obtain NRC approval for the manual actions using the exemption process in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.12. In response, the licensee proposed this licensing action which would exempt IP2 and IP3 from certain requirements of 10 CFR part 50, Appendix R, Section III.G.2.</P>
        <P>Entergy proposed a number of OMAs in lieu of one of the means specified in Section III.G.2 to ensure a train of equipment used for hot shutdown is available when redundant trains are in the same fire area. Therefore, Entergy requested exemptions from the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix R, Paragraph III.G.2 for IP2 and IP3 to the extent that OMAs are necessary to achieve and maintain hot shutdown for fire areas in which both trains of safe-shutdown cables or equipment are located in the same fire area. The fire areas involved are Fire Areas C, F, H, J, K, P, and YD for IP2 and Fire Areas AFW-6, PAB-2, ETN-4, TBL-5, and YARD-7 for IP3.</P>
        <P>Tables 2 through 8 for IP2 and Tables 2 through 9 for IP3 in Attachment 2 of the Entergy letters, dated October 1, 2009, list, on a fire area basis, the specific OMAs proposed for recovery or protection of the credited equipment train for achieving and maintaining hot shutdown conditions in these Appendix R, Paragraph III.G.2, fire areas.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Need for the Proposed Action</HD>
        <P>The proposed action is requested to permit the licensee an alternate method from those specified in 10 CFR Part 50, to achieve and maintain hot shutdown conditions in the event of a fire that could disable electrical cables and equipment in the Fire Areas of IP2 and IP3 listed in the licensee's request for exemption.</P>
        <P>The criteria for granting specific exemptions from 10 CFR part 50 regulations are specified in 10 CFR 50.12. In accordance with 10 CFR 50.12(a)(1), the NRC is authorized to grant an exemption upon determining that the exemption is authorized by law, will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and is consistent with the common defense and security.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Impacts of the Proposed Action</HD>
        <P>The NRC has completed its evaluation of the environmental impact of the proposed action. The staff has concluded that such actions would not adversely affect the environment. The proposed action would not result in an increased radiological hazard. There will be no change to the radioactive effluent releases that effect radiation exposures to plant workers and members of the public. No changes will be made to plant structures or the site property. Therefore, no changes or different types of radiological impacts are expected as a result of the proposed exemptions.</P>
        <P>The proposed action does not result in changes to land use or water use, or result in changes to the quality or quantity of non-radiological effluents. No changes to the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System permit are needed. No effects on the aquatic or terrestrial habitat in the vicinity or the plant, or to threatened, endangered, or protected species under the Endangered Species Act, or impacts to essential fish habitat covered by the Magnuson-Steven's Act are expected. There are no impacts to historical and cultural resources. There would be no impact to socioeconomic resources. Therefore, no changes or different types of non-radiological environmental impacts are expected as a result of the proposed exemptions.</P>
        <P>Accordingly, the NRC concludes that there are no significant environmental impacts associated with the proposed action. The details of the staff's safety evaluation will be provided in the exemption, when it is issued.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Impacts of the Alternatives to the Proposed Action</HD>
        <P>As alternatives to the proposed action, the NRC staff is considering denial of the proposed action (i.e., the “no-action” alternative) or requiring the licensee to modify the facility to achieve compliance with Appendix R. Denial of the application would result in no change in current environmental impacts. Modification of the facility may result in minor increases in local traffic from contractors hired to work at the facility. This would be considerably fewer than the large number of contractors that are hired for about 30 days every spring to assist with the refueling outages at the facility. The environmental impacts of the proposed action and the alternative actions are similar.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Alternative Use of Resources</HD>
        <P>The action does not involve the use of any different resources than those previously considered in the Final Environmental Statement for IP2, dated September 30, 1972, or the Final Environmental Statement for IP3, dated February 28, 1975.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Agencies and Persons Consulted</HD>

        <P>In accordance with its stated policy, on February 8, 2011, the staff consulted with the New York State (NYS) official, at the NYS Energy Research and Development Authority, regarding the environmental impact of the proposed action. The NYS official provided comments by email dated May 11, 2011 (ADAMS Accession No. ML112010063). NYS opposed the granting of the requested exemptions to the licensee. NYS also stated an opinion that the public should be offered an opportunity to comment on the environmental impacts and potential alternatives to the proposed action. The NRC staff notes that there is no legal requirement to solicit public comment on exemption requests, and none has been solicited in this case. This exemption request will not have a significant effect on the environment, as the largest impact would be a small number of additional contractors working at the facility. The remainder of the NYS comments<PRTPAGE P="74834"/>concerned compliance with the NRC's fire protection rules, and will be addressed in a separate letter.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Finding of No Significant Impact</HD>
        <P>On the basis of the environmental assessment, the NRC concludes that the proposed action will not have a significant effect on the quality of the human environment. Accordingly, the NRC has determined not to prepare an environmental impact statement for the proposed action.</P>

        <P>For further details with respect to the proposed action, see the licensee's letters dated March 6, 2009, as supplemented by letters dated October 1, 2009, May 4, 2010, September 29, 2010, January 19, 2011, February 10, 2011, and May 26, 2011. The licensee's applications and supplemental submissions are accessible electronically from the Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) with Accession Nos. ML090770151, ML090760993, ML092810230, ML092810231, ML101320230, ML101320263, ML102930237, ML102930234, ML110310013, ML110310242, ML110540321, ML110540322, ML11158A196, and ML11158A197. Publicly available versions of the documents may be examined, and/or copied for a fee, at the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR), located at One White Flint North, Public File Area O1 F21, 11555 Rockville Pike (first floor), Rockville, Maryland. Publicly available documents created or received at the NRC are accessible electronically through the Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) in the NRC Library at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>Persons who do not have access to ADAMS or who encounter problems in accessing the documents located in ADAMS should contact the NRC PDR Reference staff by telephone at 1-(800) 397-4209 or (301) 415-4737, or send an email to<E T="03">pdr.resource@nrc.gov.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 21st day of November 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
          <NAME>John P. Boska,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Senior Project Manager, Plant Licensing Branch I-1, Division of Operating Reactor Licensing, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30901 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[NRC-2011-0228]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Interim Staff Guidance on Aging Management Program for Steam Generators</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Interim staff guidance; issuance.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing License Renewal Interim Staff Guidance (LR-ISG), LR-ISG-2011-02, “Aging Management Program for Steam Generators.” This LR-ISG provides the NRC staff's evaluation of the suitability of using Revision 3 of the Nuclear Energy Institute's (NEI) document, NEI 97-06, “Steam Generator Program Guidelines,” (NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession No. ML111310712) to manage steam generator aging. The LR-ISG revises the NRC staff's aging management recommendations currently described in Chapter XI.M19 of NUREG-1801, “Generic Aging Lessons Learned (GALL) Report,” Revision 2, dated December 2010, which is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML103490041; and NUREG-1800, Revision 2, “Standard Review Plan for Review of License Renewal Applications for Nuclear Power Plants,” which is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML103490036.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You can access publicly available documents related to this document using the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Public Document Room (PDR):</E>The public may examine and have copied, for a fee, publicly available documents at the NRC's PDR, O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">ADAMS:</E>Publicly available documents created or received at the NRC are available online in the NRC Library at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html.</E>From this page, the public can gain entry into ADAMS, which provides text and image files of the NRC's public documents. If you do not have access to ADAMS or if there are problems in accessing the documents located in ADAMS, contact the NRC's PDR reference staff at 1-(800) 397-4209, (301) 415-4737, or by email to<E T="03">pdr.resource@nrc.gov.</E>The LR-ISG-2011-02 is available under ADAMS Accession No. ML11297A085.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal Rulemaking Web Site:</E>Public comments and supporting materials related to this final rule can be found at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>by searching on Docket ID NRC-2011-0228. Address questions about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher, telephone: (301) 492-3668; email:<E T="03">Carol.Gallagher@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">NRC's Interim Staff Guidance Web Site:</E>LR-ISG documents are also available online under the “License Renewal” heading at<E T="03">http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/#int.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Dr. Seung Min, Division of License Renewal, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: (301) 415-2045, or email:<E T="03">Seung.Min@nrc.gov,</E>or Ms. Evelyn Gettys, Division of License Renewal, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-001; telephone: (301) 415-4029, or email:<E T="03">Evelyn.Gettys@nrc.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>Revision 2 of NEI 97-06 was issued in September 2005. Since that time, all licensees have adopted new steam generator technical specification requirements. Revision 3 of NEI 97-06 was provided to the NRC on May 6, 2011.</P>

        <P>On September 30, 2011 (76 FR 60937), the NRC published a request for public comments on draft LR-ISG-2011-02 in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The public comment period closed on October 20, 2011. The NRC received no comments and is issuing LR-ISG-2011-02. This LR-ISG will be incorporated into the next formal license renewal guidance document revision.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 21st day of November 2011.</DATED>
          
          <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Melanie A. Galloway,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Division of License Renewal, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30896 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">OVERSEAS PRIVATE INVESTMENT CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; comments request</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C.<PRTPAGE P="74835"/>Chapter 35), agencies are required to publish a Notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notifying the public that the agency has prepared an information collection for OMB review and approval and has requested public review and comment on the submission. Comments are being solicited on the need for the information; the accuracy of the Agency's burden estimate; the quality, practical utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize reporting the burden, including automated collected techniques and uses of other forms of technology.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received within 60 calendar-days of publication of this Notice.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Copies of the subject form may be obtained from the Agency Submitting Officer.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>OPIC Agency Submitting Officer: Essie Bryant, Record Manager, Overseas Private Investment Corporation, 1100 New York Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20527; (202) 336-8563.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary Form Under Review</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>New form.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Title:</E>Office of Investment Policy Questionnaire</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Form Number:</E>OPIC 248.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Frequency of Use:</E>Once per investor per project.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Type of Respondents:</E>Business or other institution (except farms); individuals.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Standard Industrial Classification Codes:</E>All.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Description of Affected Public:</E>U.S. companies or citizens investing overseas.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Reporting Hours:</E>552 (2.4 hours per project).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Number of Responses:</E>230 per year.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Federal Cost:</E>$23,187.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Authority for Information Collection:</E>Sections 231, 234(a), 239(d), and 240A of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Abstract (Needs and Uses):</E>The Office of Investment Policy Questionnaire is the principal document used by OPIC to prepare a developmental impact profile and determine the projected impact on the United States, as well as to determine the project's compliance with environmental and labor policies, as consistent with OPIC's authorizing legislation.</P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: November 22, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Nichole Cadiente,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Administrative Counsel, Administrative Affairs, Department of Legal Affairs.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30882 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">OVERSEAS PRIVATE INVESTMENT CORPORATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act; Public Hearing Cancellation Notice; November 30, 2011</SUBJECT>
        

        <P>OPIC's Sunshine Act notice of its Public Hearing in Conjunction with each Board meeting was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(Volume 76, Number 219, Page 70510) on November 14, 2011. No requests were received to provide testimony or submit written statements for the record; therefore, OPIC's public hearing scheduled for 2 p.m., November 30, 2011 in conjunction with OPIC's December 8, 2011 Board of Directors meeting has been cancelled.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR INFORMATION:</HD>

          <P>Information on the hearing cancellation may be obtained from Connie M. Downs at (202) 336-8438, or via email at<E T="03">Connie.Downs@opic.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: November 29, 2011.</DATED>
            <NAME>Connie M. Downs,</NAME>
            <TITLE>OPIC Corporate Secretary.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-31016 Filed 11-29-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3210-01-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <P>Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission will hold an Open Meeting on December 6, 2011 at 10 a.m., in the Auditorium, Room L-002, to hear oral argument in an administrative proceeding regarding Theodore W. Urban, formerly general counsel, head of compliance, and member of the Board of Directors of Ferris, Baker Watts, Inc. (“FBW,” now operating under the name RBC Wealth Management), a registered broker-dealer and investment adviser.</P>
        <P>Urban and the Division of Enforcement filed cross-appeals from the decision of an administrative law judge. The law judge found that Stephen Glantz, an FBW registered representative, engaged in various securities law violations while employed by FBW. She further found that Glantz was subject to Urban's supervision within the meaning of Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 203(f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; however, the law judge dismissed the proceeding against Urban because she concluded that Urban did not fail to exercise that supervision reasonably.</P>
        <P>Among the issues likely to be argued are (1) Whether Glantz engaged in violations of the securities laws; (2) whether Urban was a supervisor of Glantz under applicable law; (3) if so, whether Urban failed to exercise that supervision reasonably; and (4) if so, whether and to what extent sanctions should be imposed.</P>
        <P>For further information, please contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 29, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Elizabeth M. Murphy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-31047 Filed 11-29-11; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-65828; File No. SR-CBOE-2011-110]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Clarify the Limited Extension to the Compliance Deadline for Registration and Qualification Pursuant to Rule 3.6A</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>November 25, 2011.</DATE>
        <P>Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>notice is hereby given that on November 16, 2011, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (“CBOE” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II and III below, which Items have been prepared by CBOE. The Exchange has designated the proposed rule change as constituting a stated policy, practice, or interpretation with respect to the meaning, administration, or enforcement of an existing rule pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(i) of the Act<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(1) thereunder,<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>which renders the proposal effective upon filing with the Commission. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(i).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>

        <P>Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act<PRTPAGE P="74836"/>of 1934 (the “Act”),<SU>4</SU>

          <FTREF/>the Exchange proposes to clarify that the limited extension to the November 5, 2011 deadline to comply with its rules regarding registration and qualification of individual Trading Permit Holders and individual associated persons also applies to those individual Trading Permit Holders and/or individual associated persons that failed the required qualification examination(s) associated with their required categories of registration on November 5, 2011 (and thus, prior to the deadline). CBOE is not proposing any textual changes to the Rules of CBOE. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (<E T="03">http://www.cboe.org/legal</E>), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary and at the Commission.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <P>In its filing with the Commission, CBOE included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. CBOE has prepared summaries, set forth in sections (A), (B), and (C) below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, Proposed Rule Change</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">(1) Purpose</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to Rule 15b7-1,<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>promulgated under the Exchange Act,<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>“No registered broker or dealer shall effect any transaction in * * * any security unless any natural person associated with such broker or dealer who effects or is involved in effecting such transaction is registered or approved in accordance with the standards of training, experience, competence, and other qualification standards * * * established by the rules of any national securities exchange * * *” CBOE Rule 3.6A sets forth requirements for registration and qualification of individual Trading Permit Holders and individual associated persons. In response to a request by the Division of Trading and Markets at the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or “SEC”), CBOE recently amended its rules to expand its registration and qualification requirements set forth in CBOE Rule 3.6A to include individual Trading Permit Holders and individual associated persons that are engaged or to be engaged in the securities business of a Trading Permit Holder or TPH organization.<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>CBOE Rule 3.6A provides that these individuals must be registered with the Exchange in the category of registration appropriate to the function to be performed as prescribed by the Exchange. Further, Rule 3.6A requires, among other things, that an individual Trading Permit Holder or individual associated person submit an application for registration and pass the appropriate qualification examination before the registration can become effective. The revised requirements apply to both CBOE and CBOE Stock Exchange (“CBSX”) Trading Permit Holders and their associated persons.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>17 CFR 240.15b7-1.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>15 U.S.C. 78a<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 63314 (November 12, 2010), 75 FR 70957 (November 19, 2010) (SR-CBOE-2010-084).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In conjunction with the registration requirements established by SR-CBOE-2010-084, three new qualification examinations became available on June 20, 2011 in the Central Registration Depository system (“WebCRD”), which is operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Incorporated (“FINRA”). These registration categories include the following (the required qualification examinations and prerequisites, as applicable, associated with each registration category are in parentheses): PT—Proprietary Trader (Series 56), CT—Proprietary Trader Compliance Officer (Series 14, Series 56 prerequisite) and TP—Proprietary Trader Principal (Series 24, Series 56 prerequisite). In the Approval Order for SR-CBOE-2010-084, the SEC established a deadline of August 12, 2011 for CBOE and CBSX individual Trading Permit Holders and individual associated persons of CBOE and CBSX Trading Permit Holders to register for and pass the applicable qualification examination(s). This deadline was extended until November 5, 2011.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 65677 (November 3, 2011), 76 FR 69786 (November 9, 2011) (SR-CBOE-2011-104).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>CBOE recently submitted a rule filing providing a limited extension to the November 5, 2011 deadline for those individuals that have attempted to take the required qualification examination(s) prior to November 5, 2011 but have failed the examination (or prerequisite examination if multiple examinations are required).<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>CBOE implemented this rule change to accommodate individuals that failed an examination prior to the deadline that were prevented from rescheduling an examination for at least thirty days following the initial failure of an exam.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>The rule change provided individuals with thirty days following the date that WebCRD permits an individual to reschedule the appropriate qualification examination (following the failure of an examination taken prior to November 5, 2011) to retake the examination.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Securities Exchange Act Release No. 65732 (November 10, 2011) (SR-CBOE-2010-106) [sic].</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>WebCRD also imposes a thirty day delay for the failure of a qualification examination for the second time. In addition, an individual is prevented from re-registering for an examination for an additional one hundred eighty days upon the third failure of a qualification examination.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>As individuals were able to take the examination on November 5, 2011, CBOE is proposing to clarify that the limited extension also applies to individuals that failed a required examination on November 5, 2011. CBOE believes this proposal provides a reasonable amount of time for individuals that have failed an examination to come into compliance with the rule while limiting the disruption to a Trading Permit Holder's business operation that may result from an exam failure.</P>
        <P>Thus, in order to qualify for the limited extension, the individual (or associated Trading Permit Holder) must demonstrate that (i) the individual failed the required qualification examination on or prior to November 5, 2011; and (ii) that the individual attempted to take the qualification examination again within thirty days following the date that WebCRD permits the individual to reschedule the examination after the initial failure.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">(2) Statutory Basis</HD>
        <P>The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act,<SU>12</SU>

          <FTREF/>which requires, among other things, that the Exchange's rules be designed to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and protect investors and the public interest. Specifically, CBOE believes this proposal provides Trading Permit Holders (and associated persons) that attempted to comply with the registration and qualification requirements by the deadline a reasonable amount of additional time to comply with these requirements, particularly as the individuals that are impacted by this rule are subject to a<PRTPAGE P="74837"/>system requirement that prevents the individual from complying with these requirements within the designated timeframe. Further, CBOE believes that this proposal will limit the disruption to a Trading Permit Holder's business operation and/or the marketplace, in the event an individual or firm withdraws from the marketplace following an exam failure. The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change furthers the objectives of Section 6(c)(3)<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>of the Act, which authorizes CBOE to prescribe standards of training, experience and competence for persons associated with CBOE members, in that this filing is proposing to extend the deadline for compliance with the standards of training, experience and competence established by the Exchange.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>15 U.S.C. 78f(c)(3).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
        <P>CBOE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received from Members, Participants or Others</HD>
        <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
        <P>The foregoing proposed rule change will take effect upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(i) of the Act<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>and Rule 19b-4(f)(1) thereunder,<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>because it constitutes a stated policy, practice, or interpretation with respect to the meaning, administration, or enforcement of an existing rule.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(i).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
        <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
        <P>• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>); or</P>
        <P>• Send an email to<E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>Please include File Number SR-CBOE-2011-110 on the subject line.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
        <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Elizabeth M. Murphy, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
        

        <FP>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-CBOE-2011-110. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (<E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of such filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of CBOE. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-CBOE-2011-110 and should be submitted on or before December 22, 2011.</FP>
        <SIG>
          <P>For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.<SU>16</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>16</SU>17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <NAME>Kevin M. O'Neill,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30916 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration #12768 and #12769]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Puerto Rico Disaster Number PR-00014</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Amendment 6.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Puerto Rico (FEMA-4017-DR), dated 08/27/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident:</E>Hurricane Irene.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>08/21/2011 through 08/24/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>11/18/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Physical Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>12/02/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">EIDL Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>05/28/2012.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for the State of Puerto Rico, dated 08/27/2011 is hereby amended to extend the deadline for filing applications for physical damages as a result of this disaster to 12/02/2011.</P>
        <P>All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers 59002 and 59008)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Joseph P. Loddo,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Associate Administrator for Disaster Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30930 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration #12921 and #12922]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Virginia Disaster Number VA-00040</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Amendment 1.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of Virginia (FEMA-4042-DR), dated 11/10/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident:</E>Earthquake.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>08/23/2011 through 10/25/2011.<PRTPAGE P="74838"/>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>11/18/2011.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Physical Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>01/09/2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>08/10/2012.</P>
        </SUM>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for private non-profit organizations in the State of Virginia, dated 11/10/2011, is hereby amended to include the following areas as adversely affected by the disaster.</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
          <E T="03">Primary Counties:</E>Spotsylvania.</FP>
        
        <P>All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers 59002 and 59008)</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Joseph P. Loddo,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Associate Administrator for Disaster Assistance.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30935 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8025-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Request</SUBJECT>
        <P>The Social Security Administration (SSA) publishes a list of information collection packages requiring clearance by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in compliance with Public Law (Pub. L.) 104-13, the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, effective October 1, 1995. This notice includes revisions of OMB-approved information collections.</P>
        <P>SSA is soliciting comments on the accuracy of the agency's burden estimate; the need for the information; its practical utility; ways to enhance its quality, utility, and clarity; and ways to minimize burden on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Mail, email, or fax your comments and recommendations on the information collection(s) to the OMB Desk Officer and SSA Reports Clearance Officer at the following addresses or fax numbers.</P>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">(OMB), Office of Management and Budget,<E T="03">Attn:</E>Desk Officer for SSA,<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 395-6974,<E T="03">Email address: OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov.</E>
        </FP>
        

        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">(SSA), Social Security Administration, DCRDP, Attn: Reports Clearance Officer, 107 Altmeyer Building, 6401 Security Blvd., Baltimore, MD 21235,<E T="03">Fax:</E>(410) 966-2830,<E T="03">Email address: OPLM.RCO@ssa.gov.</E>
        </FP>
        
        <P>I. The information collections below are pending at SSA. SSA will submit them to OMB within 60 days from the date of this notice. To be sure we consider your comments, we must receive them no later than January 30, 2012. Individuals can obtain copies of the collection instruments by calling the SSA Reports Clearance Officer at (410) 965-8783 or by writing to the above email address.</P>
        <P>1.<E T="03">Disability Report-Appeal—20 CFR 404.1512, 416.912, 404.916(c), 416.1416(c), 405 Subpart C, 422.140—0960-0144.</E>SSA requires disability claimants who are appealing an unfavorable disability determination to complete the SSA-3441-BK, the associated Electronic Disability Collect System (EDCS) interview, or the Internet application, i3441. This allows claimants to disclose any changes to their disability or resources that might influence SSA's unfavorable determination. We may use the information to: (1) Reconsider and review an initial disability determination; (2) review a continuing disability; and (3) evaluate a request for a hearing. This information assists the State Disability Determination Services and administrative law judges (ALJ) in preparing for the appeals and hearings, and issuing a determination or decision on an individual's entitlement (initial or continuing) to disability benefits. Respondents are individuals who appeal denial, reduction, or cessation of Social Security disability income Supplemental Security Income (SSI) payments, or who are requesting a hearing before an ALJ.</P>
        <P>Type of Request: Revision of an OMB-approved information collection.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Collection method</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Frequency of<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average<LI>burden per</LI>
              <LI>response</LI>
              <LI>(minutes)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Estimated<LI>total annual burden (hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SSA-3441-BK</ENT>
            <ENT>5,604</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
            <ENT>4,203</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">EDCS Interview</ENT>
            <ENT>662,090</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>45</ENT>
            <ENT>496,568</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">i3441 (Internet)</ENT>
            <ENT>605,268</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>28</ENT>
            <ENT>282,458</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
            <ENT>1,272,962</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>783,229</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>2.<E T="03">Request for Hearing by Administrative Law Judge—20 CFR 404.929, 404.933, 416.1429, 404.1433, 418.1350, and 42 CFR 405.722—0960-0269.</E>When SSA denies applicants' or beneficiaries' requests for new or continuing benefits, those applicants or beneficiaries are entitled to request a hearing to appeal the decision. To request a hearing, individuals use Form HA-501, the associated Modernized Claims System (MCS) or Modernized Supplemental Security Income Claims System (MSSICS) interview, or the Internet application (i501). SSA uses the information to determine if the individual filed the request within the prescribed time; is the proper party; and has taken the steps necessary to obtain the right to a hearing. SSA also uses the information to determine the individual's reason(s) for disagreeing with SSA's prior determinations in the case; if the individual has additional evidence to submit; if the individual wants an oral hearing or a decision on-the-record; and whether the individual has (or wants to appoint) a representative. The respondents are Social Security benefit applicants and recipients who want to appeal SSA's denial of their request for new or continued benefits and Medicare Part B recipients who must pay the Medicare Part B Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount.</P>

        <P>Type of Request: Revision of an OMB-approved information collection.<PRTPAGE P="74839"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Collection<LI>method</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Frequency of<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average<LI>burden per</LI>
              <LI>response (minutes)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Estimated<LI>total</LI>
              <LI>annual</LI>
              <LI>burden (hours)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">HA-501; MCS or MSSICS Interview</ENT>
            <ENT>25,953</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>10</ENT>
            <ENT>4,326</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">i501 (Internet iAppeals)</ENT>
            <ENT>643,516</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>53,626</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
            <ENT>669,469</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>57,952</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>3.<E T="03">Request for Reconsideration—20 CFR 404.907-404.921, 416.1407-416.1421, 408.1009, and 418.1325—0960-0622.</E>Individuals use the SSA-561-U2, the associated MCS interview, or the Internet application (i561) to initiate a request for reconsideration of a denied claim. SSA uses the information to document the request and to determine an individual's eligibility or entitlement to Social Security benefits (Title II), SSI payments (Title XVI), Special Veterans Benefits (Title VIII), Medicare (Title XVIII), and for initial determinations regarding Medicare Part B income-related premium subsidy reductions. The respondents are individuals filing for reconsideration.</P>
        <P>Type of Request: Revision of an OMB-approved information collection.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1">
          <TTITLE/>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Collection method</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Number of<LI>respondents</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Frequency of<LI>response</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Average<LI>burden per</LI>
              <LI>response</LI>
              <LI>(minutes)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Estimated total annual burden (hours)</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">SSA-561 and MCS Interview</ENT>
            <ENT>550,370</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>8</ENT>
            <ENT>73,383</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">i561 (Internet iAppeals)</ENT>
            <ENT>911,330</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
            <ENT>5</ENT>
            <ENT>75,944</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Totals</ENT>
            <ENT>1,461,700</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>149,327</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Faye Lipsky,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Reports Clearance Officer, Center for Reports Clearance, Social Security Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </PREAMB>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30922 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4191-02-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">OFFICE OF THE UNITED STATES TRADE REPRESENTATIVE</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Generalized System of Preferences (GSP): Import Statistics Relating to Competitive Need Limitations</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of the United States Trade Representative.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This notice is to inform the public of the availability of import statistics for the first nine months of 2011 relating to competitive need limitations (CNLs) under the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) program. These import statistics identify some articles for which the 2011 trade levels may exceed statutory CNLs. Interested parties may find this information useful in deciding whether to submit a petition to waive the CNLs for individual beneficiary developing countries (BDCs) with respect to specific GSP-eligible articles. As previously announced in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(76 FR 67531 (November 1, 2011)), the deadline for submission of product petitions to waive the CNLs for individual BDCs with respect to GSP-eligible articles is 5 p.m., December 16, 2011.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Contact Donnette Rimmer, Director for GSP, Office of the United States Trade Representative, 600 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20508. The telephone number is (202) 395-9618 and the email address is<E T="03">Donnette_Rimmer@ustr.eop.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Competitive Need Limitations</HD>

        <P>The GSP program provides for the duty-free importation of designated articles when imported from designated BDCs. The GSP program is authorized by title V of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2461,<E T="03">et seq.</E>), as amended (the “1974 Act”), and is implemented in accordance with Executive Order 11888 of November 24, 1975, as modified by subsequent Executive Orders and Presidential Proclamations.</P>
        <P>Section 503(c)(2)(A) of the 1974 Act sets out the two CNLs. When the President determines that a BDC has exported to the United States during a calendar year either (1) a quantity of a GSP-eligible article having a value in excess of the applicable amount for that year ($150 million for 2011), or (2) a quantity of a GSP-eligible article having a value equal to or greater than 50 percent of the value of total U.S. imports of the article from all countries (the “50 percent CNL”), the President must terminate GSP duty-free treatment for that article from that BDC by no later than July 1 of the next calendar year.</P>

        <P>Under section 503(c)(2)(F) of the 1974 Act, the President may waive the 50 percent CNL with respect to an eligible article imported from a BDC, if the value of total imports of that article from all countries during the calendar year did not exceed the applicable<E T="03">de minimis</E>amount for that year ($20.5 million for 2011). Further, under section 503(c)(2)(C) of the 1974 Act, if imports of an eligible article from a BDC ceased to receive duty-free treatment due to exceeding a CNL in a prior year, the President may redesignate such an article for duty free treatment if imports in the most recently completed year did not exceed the CNLs.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Implementation of Competitive Need Limitations</HD>
        <P>Exclusions from GSP duty-free treatment where CNLs have been exceeded will be effective July 1, 2012, unless the President grants a waiver before the exclusion goes into effect. Exclusions for exceeding a CNL are based on full 2011 calendar year import statistics.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Interim 2011 Import Statistics</HD>

        <P>In order to provide advance notice of articles that may exceed the CNLs for 2011, interim 2011 import statistics for the first nine months of 2011 relating to CNLs can be viewed at:<E T="03">http://www.ustr.gov/trade-topics/trade-development/preference-programs/generalized-system-preference-gsp/current-review-4</E>Full calendar-year 2011 data for individual tariff<PRTPAGE P="74840"/>subheadings will be available in February 2012 on the Web site of the U.S. International Trade Commission at<E T="03">http://dataweb.usitc.gov/.</E>
        </P>
        <P>The interim 2011 import statistics are organized to show, for each article, the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheading and BDC of origin, the value of imports of the article for the first nine months of 2011, and the percentage of total imports of that article from all countries. The list includes the GSP-eligible articles from BDCs that have already exceeded the CNLs since import levels amount to more than $150 million, or by an amount greater than 50 percent of the total value of U.S. imports of that product in 2011. The list also includes GSP-eligible articles that, based upon interim nine-month 2011 data, exceed $100 million dollars, or an amount greater than 42 percent of the total value of U.S. imports of that product.</P>

        <P>The list published on the USTR Web site is provided as a courtesy for informational purposes only. The list is computer-generated, based on interim 2011 trade data, and may not include all articles that may be affected by the GSP CNLs. Regardless of whether or not an article is included on the list referenced in this notice, all determinations and decisions regarding application of the CNLs of the GSP program will be based on full calendar year 2011 import data for each GSP-eligible article. Each interested party is advised to conduct its own review of 2011 import data with regard to the possible application of GSP CNLs. Please see the notice announcing the 2011 GSP Review which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 1, 2011, regarding submission of product petitions requesting a waiver of a CNL. The notice is available at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=USTR-2011-0015-0001.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>William D. Jackson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant U.S. Trade Representative for the GSP Program, Chairman, GSP Subcommittee of the Trade Policy Staff Committee.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30934 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3190-W2-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Notice of Landing Area Proposal</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew an information collection. The<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice with a 60-day comment period soliciting comments on the following collection of information was published on September 23, 2011, vol. 76, no. 185, pages 59185-59186. FAA Form 7480-1 (Notice of Landing Area Proposal) is used to collect information about any construction, alteration, or change to the status or use of an airport.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments should be submitted by January 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kathy DePaepe at (405) 954-9362, or by email at:<E T="03">Kathy.A.DePaepe@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2120-0036.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Notice of Landing Area Proposal.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>FAA Form 7480-1.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Renewal of an information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background:</E>FAR Part 157 requires that each person who intends to construct, deactivate, or change the status of an airport, runway, or taxiway must notify the FAA of such activity. The information collected provides the basis for determining the effect the proposed action would have on existing airports and on the safe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft, the effects on existing or contemplated traffic patterns of neighboring airports, the effects on the existing airspace structure and projected programs of the FAA, and the effects that existing or proposed manmade objects (on file with the FAA) and natural objects within the affected area would have on the airport proposal.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Approximately 1,500 applicants.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Information is collected on occasion.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Burden per Response:</E>45 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden:</E>1,125 hours.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the Desk Officer, Department of Transportation/FAA, and sent via electronic mail to<E T="03">oira_submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or faxed to (202) 395-6974, or mailed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Docket Library, Room 10102, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Public Comments Invited:</E>You are asked to comment on any aspect of this information collection, including (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for FAA's performance; (b) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (c) ways for FAA to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (d) ways that the burden could be minimized without reducing the quality of the collected information. The agency will summarize and/or include your comments in the request for OMB's clearance of this information collection.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan E. Jones,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Program Manager, IT Enterprises Business Services Division, AES-200.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30886 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Use of Certain Personal Oxygen Concentrator (POC) Devices on Board Aircraft</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew an information collection. The<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice with a 60-day comment period soliciting comments on the following collection of information was published on September 23, 2011, vol. 76, no. 185, page 59184-59185. A Special Federal Aviation Regulation requires passengers<PRTPAGE P="74841"/>who intend to use an approved POC to present a physician statement before boarding. The flight crew must then inform the pilot-in-command that a POC is on board.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments should be submitted by January 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kathy DePaepe at (405) 954-9362, or by email at:<E T="03">Kathy.A.DePaepe@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2120-0702.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Use of Certain Personal Oxygen Concentrator (POC) Devices on Board Aircraft.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>There are no FAA forms associated with this collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Renewal of an information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background:</E>A pilot in command is required to be apprised when a passenger brings a POC on board the aircraft, and passengers who have a medical need to use a POC during flight are required to possess a signed physician statement describing the oxygen therapy needed, to determine whether an inflight diversion to an airport may be needed in the event the passenger's POC fails to operate or the aircraft experiences cabin pressurization difficulties, and to verify the need for the device, the oxygen therapy needed to be provided by use of the POC, and the oxygen needs of the passenger in case of emergency.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Approximately 1,735,000 passengers.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Information is collected as needed.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Burden per Response:</E>6 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden:</E>172,694 hours.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the Desk Officer, Department of Transportation/FAA, and sent via electronic mail to<E T="03">oira_submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or faxed to (202) 395-6974, or mailed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Docket Library, Room 10102, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Public Comments Invited:</E>You are asked to comment on any aspect of this information collection, including (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for FAA's performance; (b) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (c) ways for FAA to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (d) ways that the burden could be minimized without reducing the quality of the collected information. The agency will summarize and/or include your comments in the request for OMB's clearance of this information collection.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Jonathan E. Jones,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Program Manager, IT Enterprises Business Services Division, AES-200.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30887 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: New England Region Aviation Expo Database</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew an information collection. The<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice with a 60-day comment period soliciting comments on the following collection of information was published on September 23, 2011, vol. 76, no. 185, page 59186. The New England Region Aviation Expo database performs conference registration and helps plan the logistics and non-pilot courses for the expo.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments should be submitted by January 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kathy DePaepe at (405) 954-9362, or by email at:<E T="03">Kathy.A.DePaepe@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2120-0738.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>New England Region Aviation Expo Database.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>There are no FAA forms associated with this collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Renewal of an information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background:</E>The data will be used by a collaboration of volunteers from different Lines of Business. within the FAA to form a committee. The committee members consist of Regions and Center (ARC), Airports (ARP), Air Traffic Organization (ATO), and Aviation Safety (AVS). The committee members will use the data to help plan the courses and expo itself. The New England Region Aviation Expo database performs conference registration and helps plan logistics and non-pilot courses.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Approximately 500 participants.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Information is collected once annually.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Burden per Response:</E>15 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden:</E>2 hours.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the Desk Officer, Department of Transportation/FAA, and sent via electronic mail to<E T="03">oira_submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or faxed to (202) 395-6974, or mailed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Docket Library, Room 10102, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Public Comments Invited:</E>You are asked to comment on any aspect of this information collection, including: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for FAA's performance; (b) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (c) ways for FAA to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (d) ways that the burden could be minimized without reducing the quality of the collected information. The agency will summarize and/or include your comments in the request for OMB's clearance of this information collection.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Jonathan E. Jones,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Program Manager, IT Enterprises Business Services Division, AES-200.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30891 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Aircraft Registration Renewal</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our<PRTPAGE P="74842"/>intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew an information collection. The<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice with a 60-day comment period soliciting comments on the following collection of information was published on September 23, 2011, vol. 76, no. 185, page 59185. Aircraft owners are required to complete the Aircraft Registration Renewal to verify the registration information and renew registration triennially. The information collected on an Aircraft Re-Registration Application, AC Form 8050-1A will be used by the FAA to verify and update aircraft registration information collected for an aircraft when it was first registered.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Written comments should be submitted by January 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kathy DePaepe at (405) 954-9362, or by email at:<E T="03">Kathy.A.DePaepe@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2120-0729.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Aircraft Registration Renewal.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Numbers:</E>AC Form 8050-1A.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>Renewal of an information collection.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Background:</E>The information collected on an Aircraft Re-Registration Application, AC Form 8050-1A will be used by the FAA to verify and update aircraft registration information collected for an aircraft when it was first registered using the Aircraft Registration Application, AC Form 8050-1, (approved under OMB control number 2120-0042). The updated registration database will then be used by the FAA to monitor and control U.S. airspace and to distribute safety notices and airworthiness directives to aircraft owners.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Respondents:</E>Approximately 72,996 aircraft owners.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Frequency:</E>Information is collected triennially.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Burden per Response:</E>30 minutes.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden:</E>36,498 hours.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the Desk Officer, Department of Transportation/FAA, and sent via electronic mail to<E T="03">oira_submission@omb.eop.gov,</E>or faxed to (202) 395-6974, or mailed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Docket Library, Room 10102, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Public Comments Invited:</E>You are asked to comment on any aspect of this information collection, including (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for FAA's performance; (b) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (c) ways for FAA to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (d) ways that the burden could be minimized without reducing the quality of the collected information. The agency will summarize and/or include your comments in the request for OMB's clearance of this information collection.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC on November 22, 2011.</DATED>
          
          <NAME>Jonathan E. Jones,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Program Manager, IT Enterprises Business Services Division, AES-200.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30888 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>RTCA Program Management Committee</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of RTCA Program Management Committee meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of a meeting of RTCA Program Management Committee</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held December 13, 2011, from 8:30 a.m.-1:30 p.m.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The meeting will be held at RTCA, Inc., 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>The RTCA Secretariat, 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC, 20036, or by telephone at (202) 833-9339, fax at (202) 833-9434, or Web site at<E T="03">http://www.rtca.org.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to section 10(a) (2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a Program Management Committee meeting. The agenda will include the following:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">December 13th, 2011</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Welcome and Introductions</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Review/Approve Meeting Summaries</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• September 28, 2011, RTCA Paper No. 208-11/PMC-926</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Publication Consideration/Approval</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, Corrigendum 1, DO-260B, Minimum Operational Performance Standards for 1090 MHz Extended Squitter Automatic Dependent Surveillance—Broadcast (ADS-B) and Traffic Information Services—Broadcast (TIS-B), RTCA Paper No. 209-11/PMC-927, prepared by SC-186</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, DO-260B with Corrigendum 1, Minimum Operational Performance Standards for 1090 MHz Extended Squitter Automatic Dependent Surveillance—Broadcast (ADS-B) and Traffic Information Services—Broadcast (TIS-B), RTCA Paper No. 211-11/PMC-929, prepared by SC-186</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, Corrigendum 1, DO-282B, Minimum Operational Performance Standards for the Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Dependent Surveillance—Broadcast (ADS-B), RTCA Paper No. 210-11/PMC-928, prepared by SC-186</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, DO-282B with Corrigendum 1, Minimum Operational Performance Standards for the Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Dependent Surveillance—Broadcast (ADS-B), RTCA Paper No. 212-11/PMC-930, prepared by SC-186</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, Revised DO-317, Minimum Operational Performance Standards (MOPS) for Aircraft Surveillance Applications (ASA) System, RTCA Paper No. 218-11/PMC-931, prepared by SC-186</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, Revised Supplement to DO-317, Minimum Operational Performance Standards (MOPS) for Aircraft Surveillance Applications (ASA) System, an “electronic only” zip archive, no RTCA Paper No. assigned, prepared by SC-186</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, Revised DO-224B, Signal-in-Space Minimum Aviation System Performance Standards (MASPS) for Advanced VHF Digital Data Communications Including Compatibility with Digital Voice Techniques, RTCA Paper No. 219-11/PMC-932, prepared by SC-214</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, Revised DO-248B, Supporting Information for DO-178[C] and DO-278[A], RTCA Paper No. 223-11/PMC-933, prepared by SC-205</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, New Document, Model-Based Development and Verification Supplement to DO-178[C] and DO-278[A], RTCA Paper No. 224-11/PMC-934, prepared by SC-205</FP>

        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Final Draft, New Document, Object-Oriented Technology and Related<PRTPAGE P="74843"/>Techniques Supplement to DO-178[C] and DO-278[A], RTCA Paper No. 225-11/PMC-935, prepared by SC-205</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Integration and Coordination Committee (ICC)—Report</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• MASPS, SPR Guidance—Update</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Action Item Review</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• SC-222—Inmarsat AMS(R)S—Discussion—Review/Approve Revised Terms of Reference</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• PMC Ad Hoc—Special Committee Guidance Document—Status—Discussion</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Discussion</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Standards of Navigation Performance—Discussion—Request for New Special Committee to Revise DO-236B—Minimum Aviation System Performance Standards: Required Navigation Performance (RNP) for Area Navigation</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• SC-147—Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System—Discussion—Requirements Working Group Report and proposed Terms of Reference</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• SC-224—Airport Security Access Control Systems—Discussion—Recommendations for Future Activity and proposed Terms of Reference</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• NAC Update</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• FAA Actions Taken on Previously Published Documents</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">• Special Committees—Chairmen's Reports</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Other Business</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Schedule for Committee Deliverables and Next Meeting Dates</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">• Adjourn</FP>

        <P>Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section. Members of the public may present a written statement to the committee at any time.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on Nov 21, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Robert L. Bostiga,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Business Operations Group, Federal Aviation Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30892 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Random Drug and Alcohol Testing Percentage Rates of Covered Aviation Employees for the Period of January 1, 2012, Through December 31, 2012</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The FAA has determined that the minimum random drug and alcohol testing percentage rates for the period January 1, 2012, through December 31, 2012, will remain at 25 percent of safety-sensitive employees for random drug testing and 10 percent of safety-sensitive employees for random alcohol testing.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ms. Vicky Dunne, Office of Aerospace Medicine, Drug Abatement Division, Program Policy Branch (AAM-820), Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Room 806, Washington, DC 20591; Telephone (202) 267-8442.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Discussion:</E>Pursuant to 14 CFR 120.109(b), the FAA Administrator's decision on whether to change the minimum annual random drug testing rate is based on the reported random drug test positive rate for the entire aviation industry. If the reported random drug test positive rate is less than 1.00%, the Administrator may continue the minimum random drug testing rate at 25%. In 2010, the random drug test positive rate was 0.503%. Therefore, the minimum random drug testing rate will remain at 25% for calendar year 2012.</P>
          <P>Similarly, 14 CFR 120.217(c), requires the decision on the minimum annual random alcohol testing rate to be based on the random alcohol test violation rate. If the violation rate remains less than 0.50%, the Administrator may continue the minimum random alcohol testing rate at 10%. In 2010, the random alcohol test violation rate was 0.11%. Therefore, the minimum random alcohol testing rate will remain at 10% for calendar year 2012.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>If you have questions about how the annual random testing percentage rates are determined please refer to the Code of Federal Regulations Title 14, § 120.109(b) (for drug testing), and 120.217(c) (for alcohol testing).</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on November 3, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Frederick E. Tilton,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Federal Air Surgeon.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30950 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Release of Airport Property, Martin County Airport, Stuart, FL</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice and request for public comment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The FAA hereby proposes to rule and invites public comment on its intent to release certain obligated properties, namely approximately 200 acres at the Martin County Airport, Stuart, FL, from the conditions, reservations, and restrictions as contained in a Surplus Property Agreement between the FAA and the Martin County, dated July 1, 1947, and in accordance with the provisions of Title 49 U.S.C. 47153(c). In anticipation and consideration of its request for a release, Martin County contracted for the installation of Engineered Materials Arresting Systems (EMAS) on Runway 12-30 at the Martin County Airport. The County also advised that its release request is designed to clarify the airport property and to correct ambiguities in title records since portions of the property contemplated by its release requested have been transferred over a number of years to a number of private and public parties.</P>

          <P>The release of the airport premises thus allows for the FAA and Martin County to establish a reliable and accurate boundary of obligated airport property. The property to be released includes parcels occupied by portions of the Martin County Golf Course, the YMCA, residential developments, a drainage area, and vacant lands. These parcels are currently designated as non-aeronautical use. The County accommodated the installation EMAS on Runway 12-30, enhancing safety for aeronautical users without impacting useable runway length in consideration of its request that a portion of the airport property be released of its federal obligations. The release of the nearly 200 acres also allows the FAA and the airport sponsor to establish and agree upon the boundary of airport property obligated through the Surplus Property Act of 1944. Additionally, the release will not prevent accomplishing the purpose for which the property was<PRTPAGE P="74844"/>made subject to the terms, conditions, reservations, or restrictions, and will advance the interests of the United States in civil aviation.</P>
          <P>The FAA has preliminarily determined that the request to release property at the Martin County Airport submitted by the County met the procedural requirements of the Federal Aviation Regulations, 14 CFR part 155.</P>
          <P>Documents reflecting the Sponsor's request are available, by appointment only, for inspection at the Martin County Airport and the FAA Airports District Office.</P>
        </SUM>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P SOURCE="NPAR">Title 49 U.S.C. 47153(c) requires that before the FAA may waive any term imposed requiring that an interest in land be used for an aeronautical purpose, the FAA must provide notice to the public not less than 39 days before waiving the term. Companion provisions are contained in Section 125 of The Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century (AIR-21) which requires the FAA to provide an opportunity for public notice and comment prior to the “waiver” or “modification” of a sponsor's Federal obligation to use certain airport land for non-aeronautical purposes.</P>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments are due on or before AGC January 3, 2012.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Documents are available for review at the Martin County Airport, and the FAA Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822. Written comments on the Sponsor's request must be delivered or mailed to: Rebecca R. Henry, Program Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822-5024.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SUPLHD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rebecca R. Henry, Program Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822-5024.</P>
        </SUPLHD>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Bart Vernace,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, Southern Region.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30885 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Public Notice for Waiver of Aeronautical Land-Use Assurance at Auburn-Lewiston Municipal Airport, Auburn, ME</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for public comments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The FAA is considering a proposal to change a portion of the airport from aeronautical use to non-aeronautical use and to authorize the sale and/or conversion of airport property. The proposal consists of converting 4.1 acres of an 8.5 acre parcel to non-aeronautical use.</P>
          <P>This 8.5 acre residential property was acquired under grant 3-23-0002-019-2010 for airport development purposes and to ensure compatible land-use. The portion of the property to be designated as non-aeronautical use will likely be leased as aviation compatible light industrial, retail, or mixed use development. The remaining 4.4 acres will remain aeronautical use and be used for airport development. There are no impacts to the airport by allowing the change in use of the parcel in question as it is not needed for aeronautical purposes.</P>

          <P>Approval does not constitute a commitment by the FAA to financially assist in the disposal of the subject airport property nor a determination of eligibility for grant-in-aid funding from the FAA. The disposition of proceeds from the disposal of the airport property will be in accordance with FAA's Policy and Procedures Concerning the Use of Airport Revenue, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 16, 1999. In accordance with section 47107(h) of title 49, United States Code, this notice is required to be published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>30 days before modifying the land-use assurance that requires the property to be used for an aeronautical purpose.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before January 3, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Send comments on this document to Mr. Barry J. Hammer at the Federal Aviation Administration, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803, Telephone 781-238-7625.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Documents are available for review by appointment by contacting Mr. Rick Cloutier, Airport Manager, Telephone 207-786-0631 or by contacting Mr. Barry J. Hammer, Federal Aviation Administration, 16 New England Executive Park, Burlington, Massachusetts, Telephone 781-238-7625.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Section 125 of The Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century (AIR 21) requires the FAA to provide an opportunity for public notice and comment to the “waiver” or “modification” of a sponsor's Federal obligation to use certain airport property for aeronautical purposes.</P>
        <P>Following is the proposed legal description of the parcel to be designated as non-aeronautical use: A certain lot or parcel of land located on the westerly side of Hotel Road, in the City of Auburn, County of Androscoggin, State of Maine, being more particularly bounded and described as follows: Beginning at a 2″ iron pipe found on the westerly right-of-way line of Hotel Road at the northeasterly corner of land N/F of Robert I. &amp; Cynthia L. McLeod as recorded in Deed Book 2694, Page 288, Androscoggin County Registry of Deeds (ACRD); Thence S 59°01′38″ W along the northwesterly line of said McLeod 435.53′ to a #5 rebar with cap stamped “NCS, INC PLS 1314” set in the northeasterly right-of-way line of Constellation Drive. Said rebar being N 59°01′38″ E, 9.84′ from a 2″ iron pipe found; Thence N 26°57′14″ W along the northeasterly right-of-way line of said Constellation Drive and land N/F of City of Auburn and City of Lewiston (Airport Property) 200.49′ to a #5 rebar with cap stamped “NCS, INC PLS 1314” set at the southerly corner of the remaining land of the City of Auburn and City of Lewiston as recorded in Deed Book 7897, Page 253; Thence N 59°01′38″  E along the southerly line of the remaining land of said City of Auburn and City of Lewiston 294.76′ to a #5 rebar with cap stamped “NCS, INC PLS 1314”; Thence N 05°41′32″ W along the easterly line of the remaining land of said City of Auburn and City of Lewiston 513.83′ to a #5 rebar w/cap stamped “NCS, INC PLS 1314” set on a southwesterly line of said Airport Property; Thence S 72°24′31″ E along the said southwesterly line of the Airport Property 217.73′ to a #5 rebar with cap stamped “PLS #2305” found in the westerly right-of-way line of said Hotel Road; Thence S 05°41′32″ E along the westerly right-of-way line of said Hotel Road 554.49′ to the Point of Beginning.</P>
        <P>The above described parcel contains 4.13 acres more or less.</P>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="74845"/>
          <DATED>Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts on September 30, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Bryon H. Rakoff,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Manager, Airports Division, New England Region.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30883 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-M</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[U.S. DOT Docket Number NHTSA-2011-0164]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Reports, Forms, and Recordkeeping Requirements</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for public comment on extension of a currently approved collection of information.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Before a Federal agency can collect certain information from the public, it must receive approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Under procedures established by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, before seeking OMB approval, Federal agencies must solicit public comment on proposed collections of information, including extensions and reinstatement of previously approved collections. This document describes an existing collection of information for 49 CFR part 574, Tire Identification and Recordkeeping, for which NHTSA intends to seek renewed OMB approval.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before January 30, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must refer to the docket number cited at the beginning of this notice, and may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Docket Management Facility, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays. Telephone: 1-800-647-2251.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions must include the docket number for this document. Please identify the collection of information for which a comment is provided by referencing the OMB Control Number, 2127-0050. Note that all comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided. Please see the Privacy Act heading below.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Privacy Act:</E>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78) or you may visit<E T="03">http://DocketsInfo.dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Mr. Jeffrey Woods, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W43-467, NVS-122, Washington, DC 20590. Mr. Woods' telephone number is (202) 366-6206.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, before an agency submits a proposed collection of information to OMB for approval, it must first publish a document in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>providing a 60-day comment period and otherwise consult with members of the public and affected agencies concerning each proposed collection of information. The OMB has promulgated regulations describing what must be included in such a document. Under OMB's regulation (at 5 CFR 1320.8(d)), an agency must ask for public comment on the following:</P>
        <P>(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>(3) How to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected;</P>

        <P>(4) How to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>permitting electronic submission of responses).</P>
        <P>In compliance with these requirements, NHTSA asks for public comments on the following collection of information:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Tire Identification and Recordkeeping.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2127-0050.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number:</E>This collection of information uses no standard form.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Summary of the Collection of Information:</E>49 U.S.C. 30117(b) requires each tire manufacturer to collect and maintain records of the first purchasers of new tires. To carry out this mandate, 49 CFR part 574, Tire Identification and Recordkeeping, requires tire dealers and distributors to record the names and addresses of retail purchasers of new tires and the identification numbers(s) of the tires sold. A specific form is provided to tire dealers and distributors by tire manufacturers for recording this information. The completed forms are returned to the tire manufacturers where they are retained for no less than five years. Part 574 requires independent tire dealers and distributors to provide a registration form to consumers with the tire identification number(s) already recorded and information identifying the dealer/distributor. The consumer can then record his/her name and address and return the form to the tire manufacturer via U.S. mail, or alternatively, the consumer can provide this information electronically on the tire manufacturer's Web site if the tire manufacturer provides this capability. Additionally, motor vehicle manufacturers are required to record the names and addresses of the first purchasers (for purposes other than resale), together with the identification numbers of the tires on the new vehicle, and retain this information for no less than five years.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the Need for the Information and the Use of the Information:</E>The information is used by a tire manufacturer after it or the agency determines that some of its tires either fail to comply with an applicable safety standard or contain a safety related defect. With the information, the tire manufacturer can notify the first purchaser of the tire and provide them with any necessary information or instructions to remedy the non-compliance situation or safety defect.</P>
        <P>Without this information, efforts to identify the first purchaser of tires that have been determined to be defective or nonconforming pursuant to Sections 30118 and 30119 of Title 49 U.S.C. would be impeded. Further, the ability of the purchasers to take appropriate action in the interest of motor vehicle safety may be compromised.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the Likely Respondents (Including Estimated Number and Proposed Frequency of Response to the Collection of Information):</E>We estimate that the collection of information affects 10 million respondents annually. This group consists of approximately 20 tire<PRTPAGE P="74846"/>manufacturers, 59,000 new tire dealers and distributors and 10 million consumers who choose to register their tire purchases with tire manufacturers. A response is required by motor vehicle manufacturers upon each sale of a new vehicle and by non-independent tire dealers with each sale of a new tire. A consumer may elect to respond when purchasing a new tire from an independent tire dealer.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimate of the Total Annual Reporting and Recordkeeping Burden Resulting from the Collection of Information:</E>The estimated burden is as follows:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">New tire dealers and distributors:</E>59,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Consumers:</E>10,000,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total tire registrations (manual):</E>54,000,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total tire registration hours (manual):</E>225,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Recordkeeping hours (manual):</E>25,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Total annual tire registration and recordkeeping hours:</E>250,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comments are invited on:</E>Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Department, including whether the information will have practical utility, the accuracy of the Department's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected and ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued on: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christopher J. Bonanti,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Rulemaking.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30912 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</SUBAGY>
        <DEPDOC>[U.S. DOT Docket Number NHTSA-2011-0165]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Reports, Forms, and Recordkeeping Requirements</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Request for public comment on extension of a currently approved collection of information.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>Before a Federal agency can collect certain information from the public, it must receive approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Under procedures established by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, before seeking OMB approval, Federal agencies must solicit public comment on proposed collections of information, including extensions and reinstatement of previously approved collections. This document describes an existing collection of information for motor vehicle tire and rim labeling requirements for which NHTSA intends to seek renewed OMB approval.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must be received on or before January 30, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Comments must refer to the docket number cited at the beginning of this notice, and may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Docket Management Facility, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery or Courier:</E>West Building, Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays. Telephone: 1-(800) 647-2251.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>All submissions must include the docket number for this document. Please identify the collection of information for which a comment is provided by referencing the OMB Control Number, 2127-0503. Note that all comments received will be posted without change to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided. Please see the Privacy Act heading below.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Privacy Act:</E>Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78) or you may visit<E T="03">http://DocketsInfo.dot.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Mr. Jeffrey Woods, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W43-467, NVS-122, Washington, DC 20590. Mr. Woods' telephone number is (202) 366-6206.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, before an agency submits a proposed collection of information to OMB for approval, it must first publish a document in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>providing a 60-day comment period and otherwise consult with members of the public and affected agencies concerning each proposed collection of information. The OMB has promulgated regulations describing what must be included in such a document. Under OMB's regulation (at 5 CFR 1320.8(d)), an agency must ask for public comment on the following:</P>
        <P>(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
        <P>(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
        <P>(3) How to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected;</P>
        <P>(4) How to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology (e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses).</P>
        <P>In compliance with these requirements, NHTSA asks for public comments on the following collection of information:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Title:</E>Tires and Rims Labeling.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>2127-0503.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>Extension of a currently approved collection of information.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Form Number:</E>This collection of information uses no standard form.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Abstract:</E>Each tire manufacturer and rim manufacturer must label their tires and rims with applicable safety information. In addition, each vehicle manufacturer must affix a label to each vehicle indicating the designated tire size for the vehicle. These labeling requirements ensure that tires are mounted on the appropriate rims, and that the rims and tires are mounted on the vehicle for which they are intended.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>Business or other for profit.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Annual Burden:</E>274,491 hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>1,780.</P>

        <P>Comments are invited on: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Department, including whether the information will have practical utility, the accuracy of the Department's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection,<PRTPAGE P="74847"/>ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected and ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued on: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Christopher J. Bonanti,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Associate Administrator for Rulemaking.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30913 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau</SUBAGY>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974, as Amended</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of system of records.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In accordance with the requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, Department of the Treasury, is publishing its inventory of Privacy Act systems of records.</P>
        </SUM>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a) and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular No. A-130, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) has completed a review of its Privacy Act systems of records notice to identify changes that will more accurately describe these records.</P>
        <P>Most changes throughout the document are editorial in nature. A few minor changes make the language more consistent with the statutes under which TTB operates, for instance, by changing “licensees” to “permittees” and “beer” to “malt beverages.” The document also updates TTB's retention and disposal system to correct outdated information referring to TTB's internal records management policies.</P>
        <P>TTB's Privacy Act system of records notice was last published in its entirety on September 2, 2008 at 73 FR 51344-51346.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Systems Covered by This Notice</HD>
        <P>This notice covers the system of records entitled “Treasury/TTB .001—Regulatory Enforcement Record System,” which is the only system of records adopted by TTB as of October 1, 2011. The system of records notice is published in its entirety below.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 28, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Melissa Hartman,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Privacy, Transparency, and Records.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <PRIACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">TREASURY/TTB .001</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM NAME:</HD>
          <P>Regulatory Enforcement Record System.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM LOCATION:</HD>

          <P>Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB), 1310 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. Components of this system of records are also geographically dispersed throughout TTB's field offices. A list of TTB's field offices is available on the TTB Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ttb.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS COVERED BY THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <P>(1) Individuals who file tax returns or submit return information to TTB regarding special occupational tax and excise taxes on alcohol, tobacco, and firearms and ammunition; and</P>
          <P>(2) Individuals who have been issued permits, have filed applications with TTB, or have registered with TTB. They include (a) Alcohol and tobacco permittees and (b) Claimants for refund, abatement, credit, allowance, or drawback of excise or special occupational taxes.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">CATEGORIES OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <P>Records containing investigative material compiled for TTB's responsibilities under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Federal Alcohol Administration Act, which may consist of the following: (1) Abstracts of offers in compromise; (2) Administrative law judge decisions; (3) Assessment records including notices of proposed assessments, notices of shortages or losses, copies of notices from IRS to assess taxes, and recommendations for assessments; (4) Claim records including claims, letters of claim rejection, sample reports, supporting data, and vouchers and schedules of payment; (5) Correspondence concerning records in this system and related matters; (6) Financial statements; (7) Inspection and investigation reports; (8) Demands for payment of excise tax liabilities; (9) Letters of warning; (10) Lists of permittees; (11) Lists of officers, directors, and principal stockholders; (12) Mailing lists and addressograph plates; (13) Notices of delinquent reports; (14) Offers in compromise; (15) Operational records, such as operating and inventory reports, and transaction records and reports; (16) Orders of revocation, suspension, or annulment of permits; (17) Chief Counsel opinions and memoranda; (18) Reports of violations; (19) Permits and permit histories; (20) Qualifying records including access authorizations, advertisement records, applications, business histories, criminal records, educational histories, employment histories, financial data, formula approvals, notices, permits, personal references, registrations, sample reports, special permissions and authorizations, and statements of process; (21) Show cause orders; and (22) Tax records including control cards relating to periodic payment and prepayment of taxes, tax returns, and notices of tax discrepancy or adjustment.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">AUTHORITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <P>5 U.S.C. 301; 26 U.S.C. 5001, 5006(a), 5008, 5041, 5042(a)(2) and (3), 5044, 5051, 5055, 5056, 5061, 5062, 5064, 5101, 5132, 5172, 5179(a), 5181, 5271(b)(1), 5275, 5301(a) and (b), 5312, 5356, 5401, 5417, 5502, 5511(3), 5705, 5712, 6001, 6011(a), 6201, 6423, 7011, and 7122; 27 U.S.C. 204 and 207; and Homeland Security Act of 2002.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">PURPOSE(S):</HD>
          <P>The purpose of this system is to determine suitability, eligibility, or qualifications of individuals who are engaged or propose to engage in activities regulated by TTB; achieve compliance with laws under TTB's jurisdiction; assure full collection of revenue due from legal industries; eliminate commercial bribery, consumer deception, and other improper trade practices in the distilled spirits, malt beverage, and wine industries; and interact with Federal, State, and local governmental agencies in the resolution of problems relating to revenue protection and other areas of joint jurisdictional concern.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">ROUTINE USES OF RECORDS MAINTAINED IN THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING CATEGORIES OF USES AND THE PURPOSES OF SUCH USES:</HD>
          <P>Routine uses of records within this system pursuant to which a record may be disclosed are to:</P>
          <P>(1) Third parties when such disclosure is required by statute or Executive Order;</P>
          <P>(2) Third parties to the extent necessary to collect or verify information pertinent to the Bureau's decision to grant, deny, or revoke a license or permit; to initiate or complete an investigation of violations or alleged violations of laws and regulations administered by the Bureau;</P>

          <P>(3) Appropriate Federal, State, local, or foreign agencies for the purpose of enforcing administrative, civil, or<PRTPAGE P="74848"/>criminal laws; hiring or retention of an employee; issuance of a security clearance, license, contract, grant, or other benefit by the requesting agency, to the extent that the information is relevant and necessary to the requesting agency's decision on the matter;</P>
          <P>(4) A court, magistrate, or administrative tribunal in the course of presenting evidence, including disclosures to opposing counsel or witnesses in the course of or in preparation for civil discovery, litigation, or settlement negotiations, in response to a subpoena where relevant or potentially relevant to a proceeding, or in connection with criminal law proceedings;</P>
          <P>(5) INTERPOL and similar national and international intelligence gathering organizations for the purpose of identifying international and national criminals involved in consumer fraud, revenue evasion, crimes, or persons involved in terrorist activities;</P>
          <P>(6) Foreign governments in accordance with formal or informal international agreements;</P>
          <P>(7) Appropriate Federal, State, local, or foreign agencies responsible for investigating or prosecuting the violations of, or for enforcing or implementing, a statute, rule, regulation, order, or license, where the disclosing agency becomes aware of an indication of a violation or potential violation of criminal law or regulation;</P>
          <P>(8) A congressional office in response to an inquiry made at the request of the individual to whom the record pertains;</P>
          <P>(9) The news media to provide information in accordance with guidelines contained in 28 CFR 50.2 which relate to an agency's functions relating to civil and criminal proceedings;</P>
          <P>(10) Third parties for a purpose consistent with any permissible disclosure of returns or return information under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;</P>
          <P>(11) Appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when: (a) The Department suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of information in the system of records has been compromised; (b) the Department has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by the Department or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (c) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Department's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm;</P>
          <P>(12) A contractor for the purpose of processing administrative records and/or compiling, organizing, analyzing, programming, or otherwise refining records subject to the same limitations applicable to U.S. Department of the Treasury officers and employees under the Privacy Act;</P>
          <P>(13) The Department of Justice when seeking legal advice or when (a) the Department of the Treasury or (b) the disclosing agency, or (c) any employee of the disclosing agency in his or her official capacity, or (d) any employee of the agency in his or her individual capacity where the Department of Justice has agreed to represent the employee, or (e) the United States, where the disclosing agency determines that litigation is likely to affect the disclosing agency, is a party to litigation or has an interest in such litigation, and the use of such records by the Department of Justice is deemed by the agency to be relevant and necessary to the litigation; and</P>
          <P>(14) Representatives of the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) who are conducting records management inspections under authority of 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR STORING, RETRIEVING, ACCESSING, RETAINING, AND DISPOSING OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">STORAGE:</HD>
          <P>Records are stored in file folders in filing cabinets and in electronic media.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RETRIEVABILITY:</HD>
          <P>Records are retrievable by name, by permit or license number, by document locator number, or by employer identification number (EIN).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SAFEGUARDS:</HD>
          <P>Direct access is restricted to personnel in the Department of the Treasury in the performance of their duties. Non-electronic records are stored in file cabinets in rooms locked during non-duty hours. Records stored in electronic media are password protected and encrypted while at rest in the system and when transmitted. Disclosures are made to routine users on a “need to know” basis and upon verification of the substance and propriety of the request.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RETENTION AND DISPOSAL:</HD>
          <P>TTB maintains records according to TTB Brief 1345.1 (dated 03/20/09 and renewed, 03/20/10) which incorporates the modifications made to Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) Order 1345.1, Change 3 (10/29/1991; updated 4/5/2002) that contains the extracted retention guidance from the NARA-approved retention schedules (for ATF prior to 2003) per the Homeland Security Act of 2002 “Savings Clause.” TTB is in the process of requesting NARA's approval for new TTB Records Control Schedules to supersede the ATF retention schedules authorized for use under the “Savings Clause.” TTB will not dispose of records not currently covered by TTB's approved record retention schedule until TTB receives approval from NARA. Some records are managed in accordance with General Records Schedules numbers 1 through 27 issued by NARA.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM MANAGER(S) AND ADDRESS:</HD>
          <P>Director, National Revenue Center, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, 550 Main Street, Suite 8002, Cincinnati, OH 45202.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE:</HD>
          <P>This system of records has been determined to be exempt from compliance with the notification provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD ACCESS PROCEDURES:</HD>
          <P>This system of records has been determined to be exempt from compliance with the access provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(H).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">CONTESTING RECORD PROCEDURES:</HD>
          <P>This system of records has been determined to be exempt from compliance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(H) allowing an individual to contest the contents of records.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">RECORD SOURCE CATEGORIES:</HD>
          <P>This system of records has been determined to be exempt from compliance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(I) requiring the record source categories be reported.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">EXEMPTIONS CLAIMED FOR THE SYSTEM:</HD>
          <P>This system has been designated as exempt from the following provisions of the Privacy Act pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2): 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f). See 31 CFR 1.36.</P>
          
        </PRIACT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30898 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-31-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
    <NOTICE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="74849"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
        <SUBJECT>Fund Availability Under the Supportive Services for Veteran Families Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Department of Veterans Affairs.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) is announcing the availability of funds for supportive services grants under the Supportive Services for Veteran Families (SSVF) Program. This Notice contains information concerning the SSVF Program, initial and renewal supportive services grant application processes, and amount of funding available.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Applications for initial and renewal supportive services grants under the SSVF Program must be received by the SSVF Program Office by 4 p.m. Eastern Time on February 15, 2012. In the interest of fairness to all competing applicants, this deadline is firm as to date and hour, and VA will treat as ineligible for consideration any application that is received after the deadline. Applicants should take this practice into account and make early submission of their materials to avoid any risk of loss of eligibility brought about by unanticipated delays, computer service outages, or other delivery-related problems.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">For a Copy of the Application Packages:</E>Download directly from the SSVF Program web page at:<E T="03">http://www.va.gov/HOMELESS/SSVF.asp.</E>Questions should be referred to the SSVF Program Office via phone at (877) 737-0111 (this is a toll-free number) or via email at<E T="03">SSVF@va.gov.</E>For detailed SSVF Program information and requirements, see the Final Rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 68975) on November 10, 2010 (Final Rule), which is codified in 38 CFR Part 62.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Submission of Applications:</E>Five completed, collated, hard copies of the application and two compact discs (CDs) containing electronic versions of the entire application are required. Each application copy must be (i) fastened with a binder clip; (ii) contain tabs listing the major sections of and exhibits to the application; and, (iii) placed in a separate manila folder labeled with the applicant's name. Each CD must be labeled with the applicant's name and must contain an electronic copy of the entire application. The Excel budget template must be attached in Excel format on the CD, but all other application materials may be attached in a PDF or other format. The application copies and CDs must be submitted to the following address: Supportive Services for Veteran Families Program Office, National Center on Homelessness Among Veterans, 4100 Chester Avenue, Suite 201, Philadelphia, PA 19104. This requirement for submission of five hard copies and two CDs also applies to applicants who submit via Grants.gov. Applications may not be sent by facsimile (FAX). Applications must be received in the SSVF Program Office by the application deadline. Applications must arrive as a complete package. Materials arriving separately will not be included in the application package for consideration and may result in the application being rejected. To encourage the equitable distribution of supportive services grants across geographic regions, in accordance with § 62.23(d)(2) of the Final Rule, an eligible entity may apply for a total of $1 million per year in grant funding per state. See Section E of this Notice for maximum allowable grant amounts.</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>John Kuhn, Supportive Services for Veteran Families Program Office, National Center on Homelessness Among Veterans, 4100 Chester Avenue, Suite 201, Philadelphia, PA 19104;  ((877) 737-0111 (this is a toll-free number);<E T="03">SSVF@va.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>

        <P>This Notice announces the availability of funds for supportive services grants under the SSVF Program and pertains to proposals for initial and renewal supportive services grant programs. Please refer to the Final Rule, published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 68975) on November 10, 2010, which is codified in 38 CFR Part 62, for detailed SSVF Program information and requirements.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Purpose:</E>The SSVF Program's purpose is to provide supportive services grants to private non-profit organizations and consumer cooperatives who will coordinate or provide supportive services to very low-income veteran families who: (i) Are residing in permanent housing, (ii) are homeless and scheduled to become residents of permanent housing within a specified time period, or (iii) after exiting permanent housing within a specified time period, are seeking other housing that is responsive to such very low-income veteran family's needs and preferences.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Definitions:</E>Sections 62.2 and 62.11(a) of the Final Rule contain definitions of terms used in the SSVF Program. Definitions of key terms are also provided below for reference; however, the Final Rule should be consulted for all definitions.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Consumer cooperative</E>has the meaning given such term in section 202 of the Housing Act of 1959 (12 U.S.C. 1701q).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Eligible entity</E>means a: (1) Private non-profit organization, or (2) consumer cooperative.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Homeless</E>has the meaning given that term in section 103 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11302).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Occupying permanent housing</E>means meeting any of the conditions set forth in § 62.11(a) of the Final Rule. Note: In accordance with § 62.11(a) of the Final Rule, a very low-income veteran family will be considered to be occupying permanent housing if the very low-income veteran family: (1) Is residing in permanent housing; (2) is homeless and scheduled to become a resident of permanent housing within 90 days pending the location or development of housing suitable for permanent housing; or (3) has exited permanent housing within the previous 90 days to seek other housing that is responsive to the very low-income veteran family's needs and preferences. For limitations on and continuations of the provision of supportive services to participants classified under categories (2) and (3), see § 62.35 of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Participant</E>means a very low-income veteran family occupying permanent housing who is receiving supportive services from a grantee.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Permanent housing</E>means community-based housing without a designated length of stay. Examples of permanent housing include, but are not limited to, a house or apartment with a month-to-month or annual lease term or home ownership.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Private non-profit organization</E>means any of the following:</P>
        <P>(1) An incorporated private institution or foundation that: (i) Has no part of the net earnings that inure to the benefit of any member, founder, contributor, or individual; (ii) has a governing board that is responsible for the operation of the supportive services provided under this part; and (iii) is approved by VA as to financial responsibility.</P>
        <P>(2) A for-profit limited partnership, the sole general partner of which is an organization meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1)(i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition.</P>
        <P>(3) A corporation wholly owned and controlled by an organization meeting the requirements of paragraphs (1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this definition.</P>

        <P>(4) A tribally designated housing entity (as defined in section 4 of the Native American Housing Assistance and Self-Determination Act of 1996 (25 U.S.C. 4103)).<PRTPAGE P="74850"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Supportive services</E>means any of the following provided to address the needs of a participant:</P>
        <P>(1) Outreach services as specified under § 62.30 of the Final Rule;</P>
        <P>(2) Case management services as specified under § 62.31 of the Final Rule;</P>
        <P>(3) Assisting participants in obtaining VA benefits as specified under § 62.32 of the Final Rule;</P>
        <P>(4) Assisting participants in obtaining and coordinating other public benefits as specified under § 62.33 of the Final Rule; and</P>
        <P>(5) Other services as specified under § 62.34 of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Very low-income veteran family</E>means a veteran family whose annual income, as determined in accordance with 24 CFR 5.609, does not exceed 50 percent of the median income for an area or community. The median income for an area or community will be determined using the income limits most recently published by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) for programs under section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437f) (<E T="03">http://www.huduser.org</E>).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Veteran</E>means a person who served in the active military, naval, or air service, and who was discharged or released therefrom under conditions other than dishonorable.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Veteran family</E>means a veteran who is a single person or a family in which the head of household, or the spouse of the head of household, is a veteran.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Approach:</E>Grantees will be expected to leverage supportive services grant funds to enhance the housing stability of very low-income veteran families who are occupying permanent housing. In doing so, grantees are encouraged to establish relationships with the local community's Continuum of Care. (HUD defines a Continuum of Care as, “a community plan to organize and deliver housing and services to meet the specific needs of people who are homeless as they move to stable housing and maximize self-sufficiency. It includes action steps to end homelessness and prevent a return to homelessness.”) The aim of the provision of supportive services is to assist very low-income veteran families residing in permanent housing to remain stably housed and to rapidly transition to stable housing (i) very low-income veteran families who are homeless and scheduled to become residents of permanent housing within 90 days, including those leaving VA's Homeless Providers Grant and Per Diem projects and (ii) very low-income veteran families who have exited permanent housing within the previous 90 days to seek other housing that is responsive to their needs and preferences. Accordingly, VA encourages eligible entities skilled in facilitating housing stability and currently operating rapid re-housing programs (i.e., administering HUD's Homelessness Prevention and Rapid Re-Housing Program (HPRP) funds or other comparable Federal or community resources) to apply for supportive services grants. The SSVF Program is not intended to provide long-term support for participants, nor will it be able to address all of the financial and supportive services needs of participants that affect housing stability. Rather, when participants require long-term support, grantees should focus on connecting such participants to mainstream Federal and community resources (e.g., HUD-VA Supported Housing (VASH) program, HUD Housing Choice Voucher programs, McKinney-Vento funded supportive housing programs, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), etc.) that can provide ongoing support as required.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Authority:</E>Funding applied for under this Notice is authorized by 38 U.S.C. 2044 as amended by the Veterans' Health Care Facilities Capital Improvement Act of 2011, Public Law 112-37, § 12. The SSVF Program is implemented by the Final Rule codified at 38 CFR part 62. The regulations can be found in 38 CFR 62.1 through 62.81. Funds made available under this Notice are subject to the requirements of the aforementioned regulations and other applicable laws and regulations.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Allocation:</E>Approximately $100 million is available for initial and renewal supportive services grants to be funded under this Notice for a 1-year period. The following requirements apply to supportive services grants awarded under this Notice:</P>
        <P>1. Each grant cannot exceed $1 million per year.</P>
        <P>2. The total amount of supportive services grant funds awarded to a grantee (via one or multiple awards) cannot exceed $1 million per state per year.</P>
        <P>3. The total amount of supportive services grant funds awarded to a grantee (via multiple awards) cannot exceed $3 million nationwide per year.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Supportive Services Grant Award Period:</E>All supportive services grants awarded under this Notice will be for a 1-year period.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Requirements for the Use of Supportive Services Grant Funds:</E>The grantee's request for funding must be consistent with the limitations and uses of supportive services grant funds set forth in the Final Rule and this Notice. In accordance with the Final Rule and this Notice, the following requirements apply to supportive services grants awarded under this Notice:</P>
        <P>1. Grantees may use a maximum of 10 percent of supportive services grant funds for administrative costs identified in § 62.70 of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>2. Grantees must use a minimum of 60 percent of supportive services grant funds to serve very low-income veteran families who either (i) are homeless and scheduled to become residents of permanent housing within 90 days pending the location or development of housing suitable for permanent housing, as described in § 62.11(a)(2) of the Final Rule, or (ii) have exited permanent housing within the previous 90 days to seek other housing that is responsive to their needs and preferences, as described in § 62.11(a)(3) of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>3. Grantees may utilize a maximum of 30 percent of supportive services grant funds to provide the supportive service of temporary financial assistance paid directly to a third party on behalf of a participant for child care, transportation, rental assistance, utility-fee payment assistance, security deposits, utility deposits, moving costs, and emergency supplies in accordance with §§ 62.33 and 62.34 of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Guidance for the Use of Supportive Services Grant Funds:</E>Grantees are encouraged to consider the following guidance for the use of supportive services grant funds:</P>

        <P>1. When serving participants who (i) are homeless and scheduled to become residents of permanent housing or (ii) have exited permanent housing in order to seek other housing that is responsive to their needs and preferences, in addition to the required supportive services pursuant to §§ 62.30-62.33 of the Final Rule, grantees may focus on providing the following supportive services: housing counseling; assisting participants in understanding leases; securing utilities; making moving arrangements; representative payee services concerning rent and utilities; and mediation and outreach to property owners related to locating or retaining housing as per § 62.34 of the Final Rule. Grantees may also assist participants by providing rental assistance, security or utility deposits, moving costs or emergency supplies, using other Federal resources, such as the HPRP Program, or supportive services grant funds subject to the limitations described in this Notice and § 62.34 of the Final Rule.<PRTPAGE P="74851"/>
        </P>
        <P>2. When serving participants who are residing in permanent housing, it is helpful to remember that the defining question to ask is: “Would this individual or family be homeless but for this assistance?” To aid grantees in targeting SSVF Program funds toward very low-income veteran families most at risk of becoming homeless, a number of potential “risk factors” are listed below that could indicate a higher risk of becoming homeless. This list contains examples of some commonly identified risk factors for homelessness from scholarly research and practical experience drawn from existing homelessness prevention programs. One way a grantee could use these factors would be to require that a participant demonstrate some combination of the risk factors to qualify for assistance. Grantees should note that this list is optional and not exhaustive. Grantees may consider other risk factors or other ways to target persons at risk of homelessness based on past experience and available resources. A formalized screening tool should be developed to assess a very low-income veteran family's risk of homelessness and to prioritize the provision of supportive services to those very low-income veteran families most in need. The risk factors for homelessness for consideration by grantees in developing their programs are as follows:</P>
        <P>a. Eviction within 2 weeks from a private dwelling (including housing provided by family or friends);</P>
        <P>b. Discharge within 2 weeks from an institution in which the person has been a resident for more than 180 days (including prisons, mental health institutions, hospitals);</P>
        <P>c. Residency in housing that has been condemned by housing officials and is no longer meant for human habitation;</P>
        <P>d. Sudden and significant loss of income;</P>
        <P>e. Sudden and significant increase in utility costs;</P>
        <P>f. Mental health and substance use issues;</P>
        <P>g. Physical disabilities and other chronic health issues, including HIV/AIDS;</P>
        <P>h. Severe housing cost burden (greater than 50 percent of income for housing costs);</P>
        <P>i. Homeless in last 12 months;</P>
        <P>j. Young head of household (under 25 with children or pregnant);</P>
        <P>k. Current or past involvement with child welfare, including foster care;</P>
        <P>l. Pending foreclosure of rental housing;</P>
        <P>m. Extremely low income (less than 30 percent of area median income);</P>
        <P>n. High overcrowding (the number of persons in household exceeds health and/or safety standards for the housing unit size);</P>
        <P>o. Past institutional care (prison, treatment facility, hospital);</P>
        <P>p. Recent traumatic life event, such as death of a spouse or primary care provider, or recent health crisis that prevented the household from meeting its financial responsibilities;</P>
        <P>q. Credit problems that preclude obtaining of housing; or</P>
        <P>r. Significant amount of medical debt.</P>
        <P>In addition to the required supportive services, supportive services provided to this category of very low-income veteran families should focus on the following: housing stabilization, linking participants to community resources and mainstream benefits, and helping participants develop a plan for preventing future housing instability.</P>
        <P>3. Where HPRP funds or other funds from community resources are not readily available, grantees may choose to utilize supportive services grants, subject to the limitations described in this Notice and in §§ 62.33 and 62.34 of the Final Rule, to provide temporary financial assistance. Such assistance may, subject to the limitations in this Notice and the Final Rule, be paid directly to a third party on behalf of a participant for child care, transportation, rental assistance, utility-fee payment assistance, security or utility deposits, moving costs and emergency supplies as necessary.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Funding Priorities:</E>The funding priorities for this Notice are as follows:</P>
        <P>1. Funding Priority 1. Funding Priority 1 is for existing SSVF Program grantees seeking to renew their supportive services grants. To be eligible for renewal of a supportive services grant, the grantee's program must continue to meet the threshold requirements under § 62.21 and remain substantially the same as the program proposed in its initial application. To be considered “substantially the same,” a renewal application must request a grant amount that is no more or less than 10 percent of the grantee's current grant award (subject to the allocation limitations described in Section E of this Notice) and may include only minor changes in key personnel, target populations, geographic areas or communities served, and supportive services offered. (Note: if an existing grantee would like to substantially modify an existing program, the grantee may submit an initial application and apply under Funding Priority 2.) An existing grantee applying for funding for a program that is substantially the same as their existing program may only apply under Funding Priority 1. Approximately $60 million is available under Funding Priority 1. Should not enough applications be funded under Funding Priority 1, funds not expended in this priority will fall to Funding Priority 2.</P>
        <P>2. Funding Priority 2. Funding Priority 2 is for eligible entities applying for initial supportive services grants.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Supportive Services Grant Application Selection Methodology:</E>VA will review all initial and renewal supportive services grant applications in response to this Notice according to the following steps:</P>
        <P>1. Score all applications that meet the threshold requirements described in  § 62.21 of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>2. Group applications within the applicable funding priorities set forth in Section I of this Notice.</P>
        <P>3. Rank those applications in Funding Priority 1 (renewal supportive services grants) who score at least 85 cumulative points and receive at least one point under each of the categories identified in § 62.24, paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of the Final Rule. The applications will be ranked in order from highest to lowest scores.</P>
        <P>4. Rank those applications in Funding Priority 2 (initial supportive services grants) who score at least 60 cumulative points and receive at least one point under each of the categories identified in § 62.22, paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the Final Rule. The applications will be ranked in order from highest to lowest scores.</P>
        <P>5. Utilize the ranked scores of applications as the primary basis for selection. However, in accordance with § 62.23(d) of the Final Rule, VA will utilize the following considerations to select applicants for funding:</P>
        <P>i. Preference applications that provide or coordinate the provision of supportive services for very low-income veteran families transitioning from homelessness to permanent housing; and</P>
        <P>ii. To the extent practicable, ensure that supportive services grants are equitably distributed across geographic regions, including rural communities and tribal lands.</P>
        <P>6. Subject to the considerations noted in paragraph J.4. above, VA will fund the highest-ranked applications for which funding is available, within the highest funding priority group. To the extent funding is available and subject to the considerations noted in paragraph J.4 above, VA will select applications in the next highest funding priority group based on their rank within that group.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">VA's Goals and Objectives for Funds Awarded Under this Notice:</E>In<PRTPAGE P="74852"/>accordance with § 62.22(b)(6) of the Final Rule, VA will evaluate an applicant's ability to meet VA's goals and objectives for the SSVF Program. VA's goals and objectives include the provision of supportive services designed to enhance the housing stability and independent living skills of very low-income veteran families occupying permanent housing across geographic regions. For purposes of this Notice, VA's goals and objectives also include the provision of supportive services designed to rapidly re-house or prevent homelessness among people in the following target populations who also meet all requirements for being part of a very low-income veteran family occupying permanent housing:</P>

        <P>1. Veteran families earning less than 30 percent of area median income as most recently published by HUD for programs under section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437f) (<E T="03">http://www.huduser.org</E>).</P>
        <P>2. Veterans with at least one dependent family member.</P>
        <P>3. Veterans returning from Operation Enduring Freedom, Operation Iraqi Freedom, or Operation New Dawn.</P>
        <P>4. Veteran families located in a rural area.</P>
        <P>5. Veteran families located on Indian Tribal Property.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Application Requirements:</E>Additional supportive services grant application requirements are specified in the initial and renewal application packages. Submission of an incorrect or incomplete application package will result in the application being rejected during threshold review. The application packages contain all required forms and certifications. Selections will be made based on criteria described in the Final Rule and this Notice. Applicants and grantees will be notified of any additional information needed to confirm or clarify information provided in the application and the deadline by which to submit such information.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Payments of Supportive Services Grant Funds:</E>Grantees will receive payments electronically through the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Payment Management System (HHS PMS). Grantees will have the ability to request payments as frequently as they choose subject to the following limitations:</P>
        <P>1. During the first quarter of the grantee's supportive services grant award period, the grantee's cumulative requests for supportive services grant funds may not exceed 35 percent of the total supportive services grant award without written approval by VA.</P>
        <P>2. By the end of the second quarter of the grantee's supportive services grant award period, the grantee's cumulative requests for supportive services grant funds may not exceed 60 percent of the total supportive services grant award without written approval by VA.</P>
        <P>3. By the end of the third quarter of the grantee's supportive services grant award period, the grantee's cumulative requests for supportive services grant funds may not exceed 80 percent of the total supportive services grant award without written approval by VA.</P>
        <P>4. By the end of the fourth quarter of the grantee's supportive services grant award period, the grantee's cumulative requests for supportive services grant funds may not exceed 100 percent of the total supportive services grant award.</P>
        <P>•<E T="03">Monitoring:</E>VA places great emphasis on the responsibility and accountability of grantees. As described in §§ 62.23 and 62.71 of the Final Rule, VA has procedures in place to monitor supportive services provided to participants and outcomes associated with the supportive services provided under the SSVF Program. Applicants should be aware of the following:</P>
        <P>1. Upon execution of a supportive services grant agreement with VA, grantees will have a VA regional coordinator assigned by the SSVF Program Office who will provide oversight and monitor supportive services provided to participants.</P>
        <P>2. Grantees will be required to enter data into a Homeless Management Information System (HMIS) Web-based software application. This data will consist of information on the participants served and types of supportive services provided by grantees. Grantees must treat the data for activities funded by the SSVF Program separate from that of activities funded by other programs. Grantees will be required to work with their HMIS Administrators to export client-level data for activities funded by the SSVF Program to VA on at least a monthly basis.</P>
        <P>3. Monitoring will also include the submittal of quarterly and annual financial and performance reports by the grantee. The grantee will be expected to demonstrate adherence to the grantee's proposed program concept, as described in the grantee's application.</P>
        <P>4. Grantees will be required to provide each participant with a satisfaction survey which can be submitted by the participant directly to VA, within 45 to 60 days of the participant's entry into the grantee's program and again within 30 days of such participant's pending exit from the grantee's program.</P>
        <P>O.<E T="03">Technical Assistance:</E>Information regarding how to obtain technical assistance with the preparation of an initial or renewal supportive services grant application is available on the SSVF Program web page at:<E T="03">http://www.va.gov/HOMELESS/SSVF.asp.</E>
        </P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 21, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>John R. Gingrich,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Chief of Staff,Department of Veterans Affairs.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2011-30778 Filed 11-30-11; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8320-01-P</BILCOD>
    </NOTICE>
  </NOTICES>
  <VOL>76</VOL>
  <NO>231</NO>
  <DATE>Thursday, December 1, 2011</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <NEWPART>
    <PTITLE>
      <PRTPAGE P="74853"/>
      <PARTNO>Part II</PARTNO>
      <AGENCY TYPE="P">Environmental Protection Agency</AGENCY>
      <CFR>40 CFR Parts 85, 86, and 600</CFR>
      <AGENCY TYPE="P">Department of Transportation</AGENCY>
      <SUBAGY>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</SUBAGY>
      <HRULE/>
      <CFR>49 CFR Parts 523, 531, 533 et al.</CFR>
      <TITLE>2017 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards; Proposed Rule</TITLE>
    </PTITLE>
    <PRORULES>
      <PRORULE>
        <PREAMB>
          <PRTPAGE P="74854"/>
          <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
          <CFR>40 CFR Parts 85, 86, and 600</CFR>
          <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
          <SUBAGY>National Highway Traffic Safety Administration</SUBAGY>
          <CFR>49 CFR Parts 523, 531, 533, 536, and 537</CFR>
          <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799; FRL-9495-2; NHTSA-2010-0131]</DEPDOC>
          <RIN>RIN 2060-AQ54; RIN 2127-AK79</RIN>
          <SUBJECT>2017 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards</SUBJECT>
          <AGY>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
            <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).</P>
          </AGY>
          <ACT>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
            <P>Proposed rule.</P>
          </ACT>
          <SUM>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
            <P>EPA and NHTSA, on behalf of the Department of Transportation, are issuing this joint proposal to further reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve fuel economy for light-duty vehicles for model years 2017-2025. This proposal extends the National Program beyond the greenhouse gas and corporate average fuel economy standards set for model years 2012-2016. On May 21, 2010, President Obama issued a Presidential Memorandum requesting that NHTSA and EPA develop through notice and comment rulemaking a coordinated National Program to reduce greenhouse gas emissions of light-duty vehicles for model years 2017-2025. This proposal, consistent with the President's request, responds to the country's critical need to address global climate change and to reduce oil consumption. NHTSA is proposing Corporate Average Fuel Economy standards under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended by the Energy Independence and Security Act, and EPA is proposing greenhouse gas emissions standards under the Clean Air Act. These standards apply to passenger cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles, and represent a continued harmonized and consistent National Program. Under the National Program for model years 2017-2025, automobile manufacturers would be able to continue building a single light-duty national fleet that satisfies all requirements under both programs while ensuring that consumers still have a full range of vehicle choices. EPA is also proposing a minor change to the regulations applicable to MY 2012-2016, with respect to air conditioner performance and measurement of nitrous oxides.</P>
          </SUM>
          <EFFDATE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Comments:</E>Comments must be received on or before January 30, 2012. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act, comments on the information collection provisions must be received by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on or before January 3, 2012. See the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section on “Public Participation” for more information about written comments.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Public Hearings:</E>NHTSA and EPA will jointly hold three public hearings on the following dates: January 17, 2012, in Detroit, Michigan; January 19, 2012 in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and January 24, 2012, in San Francisco, California. EPA and NHTSA will announce the addresses for each hearing location in a supplemental<E T="04">Federal Register</E>Notice. The agencies will accept comments to the rulemaking documents, and NHTSA will also accept comments to the Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) at these hearings and to Docket No. NHTSA-2011-0056. The hearings will start at 10 a.m. local time and continue until everyone has had a chance to speak. See the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section on “Public Participation.” for more information about the public hearings.</P>
          </EFFDATE>
          <ADD>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
            <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799 and/or NHTSA-2010-0131, by one of the following methods:</P>
            <P>•<E T="03">Online: www.regulations.gov:</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
            <P>•<E T="03">Email: a-and-r-Docket@epa.gov</E>
            </P>
            <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>EPA: (202) 566-9744; NHTSA: (202) 493-2251.</P>
            <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>
            </P>
            <P>•<E T="03">EPA:</E>Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Docket Center (EPA/DC), Air and Radiation Docket, Mail Code 28221T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460, Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799. In addition, please mail a copy of your comments on the information collection provisions to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Attn: Desk Officer for EPA, 725 17th St., NW., Washington, DC 20503.</P>
            <P>•<E T="03">NHTSA:</E>Docket Management Facility, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building, Ground Floor, Rm. W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.</P>
            <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
            </P>
            <P>•<E T="03">EPA:</E>Docket Center, (EPA/DC) EPA West, Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC, Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information.</P>
            <P>•<E T="03">NHTSA:</E>West Building, Ground Floor, Rm. W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799 and/or NHTSA-2010-0131. See the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section on “Public Participation” for more information about submitting written comments.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the dockets are listed in the<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>confidential business information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, will be publicly available in hard copy in EPA's docket, and electronically in NHTSA's online docket. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy at the following locations: EPA: EPA Docket Center, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744. NHTSA: Docket Management Facility, M-30, U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building, Ground Floor, Rm. W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The Docket Management Facility is open between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>
          </ADD>
          <FURINF>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">EPA:</E>Christopher Lieske, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Assessment and Standards Division, Environmental Protection Agency, 2000 Traverwood Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48105; telephone number: (734) 214-4584; fax number: (734) 214-4816; email address:<E T="03">lieske.christopher@epa.gov</E>, or contact the Assessment and Standards Division; email address:<E T="03">otaqpublicweb@epa.gov</E>.<E T="03">NHTSA:</E>Rebecca Yoon, Office of the Chief Counsel, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey<PRTPAGE P="74855"/>Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone: (202) 366-2992.</P>
          </FURINF>
        </PREAMB>
        <SUPLINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
          <P>This action affects companies that manufacture or sell new light-duty vehicles, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles, as defined under EPA's CAA regulations,<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>and passenger automobiles (passenger cars) and non-passenger automobiles (light trucks) as defined under NHTSA's CAFE regulations.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>Regulated categories and entities include:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>“Light-duty vehicle,” “light-duty truck,” and “medium-duty passenger vehicle” are defined in 40 CFR 86.1803-01. Generally, the term “light-duty vehicle” means a passenger car, the term “light-duty truck” means a pick-up truck, sport-utility vehicle, or minivan of up to 8,500 lbs gross vehicle weight rating, and “medium-duty passenger vehicle” means a sport-utility vehicle or passenger van from 8,500 to 10,000 lbs gross vehicle weight rating. Medium-duty passenger vehicles do not include pick-up trucks.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU>“Passenger car” and “light truck” are defined in 49 CFR part 523.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPH DEEP="346" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.000</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>This list is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide regarding entities likely to be regulated by this action. To determine whether particular activities may be regulated by this action, you should carefully examine the regulations. You may direct questions regarding the applicability of this action to the person listed in<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Public Participation</HD>
          <P>NHTSA and EPA request comment on all aspects of this joint proposed rule. This section describes how you can participate in this process.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">How do I prepare and submit comments?</HD>
          <P>In this joint proposal, there are many issues common to both EPA's and NHTSA's proposals. For the convenience of all parties, comments submitted to the EPA docket will be considered comments submitted to the NHTSA docket, and vice versa. An exception is that comments submitted to the NHTSA docket on NHTSA's Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) will not be considered submitted to the EPA docket. Therefore, the public only needs to submit comments to either one of the two agency dockets, although they may submit comments to both if they so choose. Comments that are submitted for consideration by one agency should be identified as such, and comments that are submitted for consideration by both agencies should be identified as such. Absent such identification, each agency will exercise its best judgment to determine whether a comment is submitted on its proposal.</P>
          <P>Further instructions for submitting comments to either the EPA or NHTSA docket are described below.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">EPA:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799. EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available online at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>, including any personal information provided, unless<PRTPAGE P="74856"/>the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or email. The<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an email comment directly to EPA without going through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses. For additional information about EPA's public docket visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/epahome/dockets.htm</E>.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">NHTSA:</E>Your comments must be written and in English. To ensure that your comments are correctly filed in the Docket, please include the Docket number NHTSA-2010-0131 in your comments. Your comments must not be more than 15 pages long.<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/>NHTSA established this limit to encourage you to write your primary comments in a concise fashion. However, you may attach necessary additional documents to your comments, and there is no limit on the length of the attachments. If you are submitting comments electronically as a PDF (Adobe) file, we ask that the documents submitted be scanned using the Optical Character Recognition (OCR) process, thus allowing the agencies to search and copy certain portions of your submissions.<SU>4</SU>

            <FTREF/>Please note that pursuant to the Data Quality Act, in order for the substantive data to be relied upon and used by the agency, it must meet the information quality standards set forth in the OMB and Department of Transportation (DOT) Data Quality Act guidelines. Accordingly, we encourage you to consult the guidelines in preparing your comments. OMB's guidelines may be accessed at<E T="03">http://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/fedreg/reproducible.html</E>. DOT's guidelines may be accessed at<E T="03">http://www.dot.gov/dataquality.htm</E>.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>3</SU>See 49 CFR 553.21.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU>Optical character recognition (OCR) is the process of converting an image of text, such as a scanned paper document or electronic fax file, into computer-editable text.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Tips for Preparing Your Comments</HD>
          <P>When submitting comments, please remember to:</P>

          <P>• Identify the rulemaking by docket number and other identifying information (subject heading,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>date and page number).</P>
          <P>• Explain why you agree or disagree, suggest alternatives, and substitute language for your requested changes.</P>
          <P>• Describe any assumptions and provide any technical information and/or data that you used.</P>
          <P>• If you estimate potential costs or burdens, explain how you arrived at your estimate in sufficient detail to allow for it to be reproduced.</P>
          <P>• Provide specific examples to illustrate your concerns, and suggest alternatives.</P>
          <P>• Explain your views as clearly as possible, avoiding the use of profanity or personal threats.</P>
          <P>• Make sure to submit your comments by the comment period deadline identified in the DATES section above.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">How can I be sure that my comments were received?</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">NHTSA:</E>If you submit your comments by mail and wish Docket Management to notify you upon its receipt of your comments, enclose a self-addressed, stamped postcard in the envelope containing your comments. Upon receiving your comments, Docket Management will return the postcard by mail.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">How do I submit confidential business information?</HD>
          <P>Any confidential business information (CBI) submitted to one of the agencies will also be available to the other agency. However, as with all public comments, any CBI information only needs to be submitted to either one of the agencies' dockets and it will be available to the other. Following are specific instructions for submitting CBI to either agency.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">EPA:</E>Do not submit CBI to EPA through<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>or email. Clearly mark the part or all of the information that you claim to be CBI. For CBI information in a disk or CD ROM that you mail to EPA, mark the outside of the disk or CD ROM as CBI and then identify electronically within the disk or CD ROM the specific information that is claimed as CBI. In addition to one complete version of the comment that includes information claimed as CBI, a copy of the comment that does not contain the information claimed as CBI must be submitted for inclusion in the public docket. Information so marked will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 CFR Part 2.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">NHTSA:</E>If you wish to submit any information under a claim of confidentiality, you should submit three copies of your complete submission, including the information you claim to be confidential business information, to the Chief Counsel, NHTSA, at the address given above under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.</E>When you send a comment containing confidential business information, you should include a cover letter setting forth the information specified in our confidential business information regulation.<SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU>See 49 CFR part 512.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In addition, you should submit a copy from which you have deleted the claimed confidential business information to the Docket by one of the methods set forth above.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Will the agencies consider late comments?</HD>
          <P>NHTSA and EPA will consider all comments received before the close of business on the comment closing date indicated above under DATES. To the extent practicable, we will also consider comments received after that date. If interested persons believe that any information that the agencies place in the docket after the issuance of the NPRM affects their comments, they may submit comments after the closing date concerning how the agencies should consider that information for the final rule. However, the agencies' ability to consider any such late comments in this rulemaking will be limited due to the time frame for issuing a final rule.</P>
          <P>If a comment is received too late for us to practicably consider in developing a final rule, we will consider that comment as an informal suggestion for future rulemaking action.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">How can I read the comments submitted by other people?</HD>

          <P>You may read the materials placed in the docket for this document (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the comments submitted in response to this document by other interested persons) at any time by going to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>. Follow the online instructions for accessing the dockets. You may also read the materials at the EPA Docket Center or NHTSA Docket<PRTPAGE P="74857"/>Management Facility by going to the street addresses given above under<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">How do I participate in the public hearings?</HD>
          <P>NHTSA and EPA will jointly host three public hearings on the dates and locations described in the DATES section above. At all hearings, both agencies will accept comments on the rulemaking, and NHTSA will also accept comments on the EIS.</P>

          <P>If you would like to present testimony at the public hearings, we ask that you notify the EPA and NHTSA contact persons listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>at least ten days before the hearing. Once EPA and NHTSA learn how many people have registered to speak at the public hearing, we will allocate an appropriate amount of time to each participant, allowing time for lunch and necessary breaks throughout the day. For planning purposes, each speaker should anticipate speaking for approximately ten minutes, although we may need to adjust the time for each speaker if there is a large turnout. We suggest that you bring copies of your statement or other material for the EPA and NHTSA panels. It would also be helpful if you send us a copy of your statement or other materials before the hearing. To accommodate as many speakers as possible, we prefer that speakers not use technological aids (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>audio-visuals, computer slideshows). However, if you plan to do so, you must notify the contact persons in the<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section above. You also must make arrangements to provide your presentation or any other aids to NHTSA and EPA in advance of the hearing in order to facilitate set-up. In addition, we will reserve a block of time for anyone else in the audience who wants to give testimony. The agencies will assume that comments made at the hearings are directed to the NPRM unless commenters specifically reference NHTSA's EIS in oral or written testimony.</P>

          <P>The hearing will be held at a site accessible to individuals with disabilities. Individuals who require accommodations such as sign language interpreters should contact the persons listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>section above no later than ten days before the date of the hearing.</P>
          <P>NHTSA and EPA will conduct the hearing informally, and technical rules of evidence will not apply. We will arrange for a written transcript of the hearing and keep the official record of the hearing open for 30 days to allow you to submit supplementary information. You may make arrangements for copies of the transcript directly with the court reporter.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Overview of Joint EPA/NHTSA Proposed 2017-2025 National PROGRAM</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Introduction</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Continuation of the National Program</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Additional Background on the National Program</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. California's Greenhouse Gas Program</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Stakeholder Engagement</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Summary of the Proposed 2017-2025 National Program</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Joint Analytical Approach</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Level of the Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Form of the Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Program Flexibilities for Achieving Compliance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Mid-Term Evaluation</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Coordinated Compliance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Additional Program Elements</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Summary of Costs and Benefits for the Proposed National Program</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Summary of Costs and Benefits for the Proposed NHTSA CAFE Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Summary of Costs and Benefits for the Proposed EPA GHG Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Background and Comparison of NHTSA and EPA Statutory Authority</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. NHTSA Statutory Authority</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. EPA Statutory Authority</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Comparing the Agencies' Authority</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Joint Technical Work Completed for This Proposal</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Introduction</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Developing the Future Fleet for Assessing Costs, Benefits, and Effects</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Why Did the Agencies Establish a Baseline and Reference Vehicle Fleet?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How Did the Agencies Develop the Baseline Vehicle Fleet?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. How Did the Agencies Develop the Projected MY 2017-2025 Vehicle Reference Fleet?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Development of Attribute-Based Curve Shapes</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Why are standards attribute-based and defined by a mathematical function?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. What attribute are the agencies proposing to use, and why?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. What mathematical functions have the agencies previously used, and why?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. How have the agencies changed the mathematical functions for the proposed MYs 2017-2025 standards, and why?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. What are the agencies proposing for the MYs 2017-2025 curves?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Once the agencies determined the appropriate slope for the sloped part, how did the agencies determine the rest of the mathematical function?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Once the agencies determined the complete mathematical function shape, how did the agencies adjust the curves to develop the proposed standards and regulatory alternatives?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Joint Vehicle Technology Assumptions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. What Technologies did the Agencies Consider?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How did the Agencies Determine the Costs of Each of these Technologies?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. How Did the Agencies Determine the Effectiveness of Each of these Technologies?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Joint Economic and Other Assumptions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Air Conditioning Efficiency CO<E T="52">2</E>Credits and Fuel Consumption Improvement Values, Off-cycle Reductions, and Full-size Pickup Trucks</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Proposed Air Conditioning CO<E T="52">2</E>Credits and Fuel Consumption Improvement Values</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Off-Cycle CO<E T="52">2</E>Credits</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Advanced Technology Incentives for Full Sized Pickup Trucks</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Safety Considerations in Establishing CAFE/GHG Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Why do the agencies consider safety?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How do the agencies consider safety?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. What is the current state of the research on statistical analysis of historical crash data?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. How do the agencies think technological solutions might affect the safety estimates indicated by the statistical analysis?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. How have the agencies estimated safety effects for the proposed standards?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. EPA Proposal For MYS 2017-2025 Greenhouse Gas Vehicle Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Overview of EPA Rule</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Introduction</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Why is EPA Proposing this Rule?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. What is EPA Proposing?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Basis for the GHG Standards under Section 202(a)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Other Related EPA Motor Vehicle Regulations</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Proposed Model Year 2017-2025 GHG Standards for Light-duty Vehicles, Light-duty Trucks, and Medium duty Passenger Vehicles</FP>

            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. What Fleet-wide Emissions Levels Correspond to the CO<E T="52">2</E>Standards?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. What Are the Proposed CO<E T="52">2</E>Attribute-based Standards?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Mid-Term Evaluation</FP>

            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Averaging, Banking, and Trading Provisions for CO<E T="52">2</E>Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Small Volume Manufacturer Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Nitrous Oxide, Methane, and CO<E T="52">2</E>-equivalent Approaches</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Small Entity Exemption</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Additional Leadtime Issues</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9. Police and Emergency Vehicle Exemption From CO<E T="52">2</E>Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">10. Test Procedures</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Additional Manufacturer Compliance Flexibilities</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Air Conditioning Related Credits</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Incentive for Electric Vehicles, Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, and Fuel Cell Vehicles</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Incentives for “Game-Changing” Technologies Including use of Hybridization and Other Advanced Technologies for Full-Size Pickup Trucks</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Treatment of Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, Dual Fuel Compressed Natural Gas Vehicles, and Ethanol Flexible Fuel Vehicles for GHG Emissions Compliance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Off-cycle Technology Credits</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Technical Assessment of the Proposed CO<E T="52">2</E>Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. How did EPA develop a reference and control fleet for evaluating standards?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. What are the Effectiveness and Costs of CO<E T="52">2</E>-reducing technologies?<PRTPAGE P="74858"/>
            </FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. How were technologies combined into “packages” and what is the cost and effectiveness of packages?</FP>

            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. How does EPA Project how a manufacturer would decide between options to improve CO<E T="52">2</E>performance to meet a fleet average standard?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Projected Compliance Costs and Technology Penetrations</FP>

            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. How does the technical assessment support the proposed CO<E T="52">2</E>standards as compared to the alternatives has EPA considered?</FP>

            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. To what extent do any of today's vehicles meet or surpass the proposed MY 2017-2025 CO<E T="52">2</E>footprint-based targets with current powertrain designs?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Certification, Compliance, and Enforcement</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Compliance Program Overview</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Compliance With Fleet-Average CO<E T="52">2</E>Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Vehicle Certification</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Useful Life Compliance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Credit Program Implementation</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Enforcement</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Other Certification Issues</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Warranty, Defect Reporting, and Other Emission-related Components Provisions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9. Miscellaneous Technical Amendments and Corrections</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">10. Base Tire Definition</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">11. Treatment of Driver-Selectable Modes and Conditions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. How Would This Proposal Reduce GHG Emissions and Their Associated Effects?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Impact on GHG Emissions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Climate Change Impacts From GHG Emissions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Changes in Global Climate Indicators Associated With the Proposal's GHG Emissions Reductions</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. How would the proposal impact non-GHG emissions and their associated effects?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Inventory</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Health Effects of Non-GHG Pollutants</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Environmental Effects of Non-GHG Pollutants</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Air Quality Impacts of Non-GHG Pollutants</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Other Unquantified Health and Environmental Effects</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. What are the estimated cost, economic, and other impacts of the proposal?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Conceptual Framework for Evaluating Consumer Impacts</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Costs Associated With the Vehicle Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Cost per ton of Emissions Reduced</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Reduction in Fuel Consumption and its Impacts</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. CO<E T="52">2</E>Emission Reduction Benefits</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Non-Greenhouse Gas Health and Environmental Impacts</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Energy Security Impacts</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Additional Impacts</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9. Summary of Costs and Benefits</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">10. U.S. Vehicle Sales Impacts and Payback Period</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">11. Employment Impacts</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Statutory Provisions and Legal Authority</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. NHTSA Proposed Rule for Passenger car and Light Truck Cafe Standards for Model Years 2017-2025</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Executive Overview of NHTSA Proposed Rule</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Introduction</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Why does NHTSA set CAFE standards for passenger cars and light trucks?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Why is NHTSA proposing CAFE standards for MYs 2017-2025 now?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Chronology of events since the MY 2012-2016 final rule was issued</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How has NHTSA developed the proposed CAFE standards since the President's announcement?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Development and Feasibility of the Proposed Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. How was the baseline vehicle fleet developed?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How were the technology inputs developed?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. How did NHTSA develop its economic assumptions?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. How does NHTSA use the assumptions in its modeling analysis?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Statutory Requirements</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. EPCA, as Amended by EISA</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Administrative Procedure Act</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. National Environmental Policy Act</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. What are the proposed CAFE standards?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Form of the Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Passenger Car Standards for MYs 2017-2025</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Minimum Domestic Passenger Car Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Light Truck Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. How do the proposed standards fulfill NHTSA's statutory obligations?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. What are NHTSA's statutory obligations?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How did the agency balance the factors for this NPRM?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Impacts of the Proposed CAFE Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. How will these standards improve fuel economy and reduce GHG emissions for MY 2017-2025 vehicles?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How will these standards improve fleet-wide fuel economy and reduce GHG emissions beyond MY 2025?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. How will these proposed standards impact non-GHG emissions and their associated effects?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. What are the estimated costs and benefits of these proposed standards?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. How would these proposed standards impact vehicle sales?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Social Benefits, Private Benefits, and Potential Unquantified Consumer Welfare Impacts of the Proposed Standards</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. What other impacts (quantitative and unquantifiable) will these proposed standards have?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Vehicle Classification</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Compliance and Enforcement</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Overview</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. How does NHTSA determine compliance?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. What compliance flexibilities are available under the CAFE program and how do manufacturers use them?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. What new incentives are being added to the CAFE program for MYs 2017-2025?</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Other CAFE enforcement issues</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Regulatory notices and analyses</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Executive Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. National Environmental Policy Act</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Regulation Identifier Number</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Executive Order 13045</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">10. Executive Order 13211</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">11. Department of Energy Review</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">12. Plain Language</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">13. Privacy Act</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Overview of Joint EPA/NHTSA Proposed 2017-2025 National Program</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Summary</HD>
          <P>EPA and NHTSA are each announcing proposed rules that call for strong and coordinated Federal greenhouse gas and fuel economy standards for passenger cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles (hereafter light-duty vehicles or LDVs). Together, these vehicle categories, which include passenger cars, sport utility vehicles, crossover utility vehicles, minivans, and pickup trucks, among others, are presently responsible for approximately 60 percent of all U.S. transportation-related greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and fuel consumption. This proposal would extend the National Program of Federal light-duty vehicle GHG emissions and corporate average fuel economy (CAFE) standards to model years (MYs) 2017-2025. This proposed coordinated program would achieve important reductions in GHG emissions and fuel consumption from the light-duty vehicle part of the transportation sector, based on technologies that either are commercially available or that the agencies project will be commercially available in the rulemaking timeframe and that can be incorporated at a reasonable cost. Higher initial vehicle costs will be more than offset by significant fuel savings for consumers over the lives of the vehicles covered by this rulemaking.</P>

          <P>This proposal builds on the success of the first phase of the National Program to regulate fuel economy and GHG emissions from U.S. light-duty vehicles, which established strong and coordinated standards for model years (MY) 2012-2016. As with the first phase of the National Program, collaboration with California Air Resources Board (CARB) and with automobile manufacturers and other stakeholders has been a key element in developing the agencies' proposed rules. Continuing the National Program would ensure that all manufacturers can build a single fleet of U.S. vehicles that would satisfy all requirements under both programs as well as under California's<PRTPAGE P="74859"/>program, helping to reduce costs and regulatory complexity while providing significant energy security and environmental benefits.</P>

          <P>Combined with the standards already in effect for MYs 2012-2016, as well as the MY 2011 CAFE standards, the proposed standards would result in MY 2025 light-duty vehicles with nearly double the fuel economy, and approximately one-half of the GHG emissions compared to MY 2010 vehicles—representing the most significant federal action ever taken to reduce GHG emissions and improve fuel economy in the U.S. EPA is proposing standards that are projected to require, on an average industry fleet wide basis, 163 grams/mile of carbon dioxide (CO<E T="52">2</E>) in model year 2025, which is equivalent to 54.5 mpg if this level were achieved solely through improvements in fuel efficiency.<SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/>Consistent with its statutory authority, NHTSA is proposing passenger car and light truck standards for MYs 2017-2025 in two phases. The first phase, from MYs 2017-2021, includes proposed standards that are projected to require, on an average industry fleet wide basis, 40.9 mpg in MY 2021. The second phase of the CAFE program, from MYs 2022-2025, represents conditional<SU>7</SU>

            <FTREF/>proposed standards that are projected to require, on an average industry fleet wide basis, 49.6 mpg in model year 2025. Both the EPA and NHTSA standards are projected to be achieved through a range of technologies, including improvements in air conditioning efficiency, which reduces both GHG emissions and fuel consumption; the EPA standards also are projected to be achieved with the use of air conditioning refrigerants with a lower global warming potential (GWP), which reduce GHGs (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>hydrofluorocarbons) but do not improve fuel economy. The agencies are proposing separate standards for passenger cars and trucks, based on a vehicle's size or “footprint.” For the MYs 2022-2025 standards, EPA and NHTSA are proposing a comprehensive mid-term evaluation and agency decision-making process, given both the long time frame and NHTSA's obligation to conduct a separate rulemaking in order to establish final standards for vehicles for those model years.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU>Real-world CO<E T="52">2</E>is typically 25 percent higher and real-world fuel economy is typically 20 percent lower than the CO<E T="52">2</E>and CAFE compliance values discussed here. The reference to CO<E T="52">2</E>here refers to CO<E T="52">2</E>equivalent reductions, as this included some degree of reductions in greenhouse gases other than CO<E T="52">2</E>, as one part of the air conditioning related reductions.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>7</SU>By “conditional,” NHTSA means to say that the proposed standards for MYs 2022-2025 represent the agency's current best estimate of what levels of stringency would be maximum feasible in those model years, but in order for the standards for those model years to be legally binding a subsequent rulemaking must be undertaken by the agency at a later time.<E T="03">See</E>Section IV for more information.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>From a societal standpoint, this second phase of the National Program is projected to save approximately 4 billion barrels of oil and 2 billion metric tons of GHG emissions over the lifetimes of those vehicles sold in MY 2017-2025. The agencies estimate that fuel savings will far outweigh higher vehicle costs, and that the net benefits to society of the MYs 2017-2025 National Program will be in the range of $311 billion to $421 billion (7 and 3 percent discount rates, respectively) over the lifetimes of those vehicles sold in MY 2017-2025.</P>
          <P>These proposed standards would have significant savings for consumers at the pump. Higher costs for new vehicle technology will add, on average, about $2000 for consumers who buy a new vehicle in MY 2025. Those consumers who drive their MY 2025 vehicle for its entire lifetime will save, on average, $5200 to $6600 (7 and 3 percent discount rates, respectively) in fuel savings, for a net lifetime savings of $3000 to $4400. For those consumers who purchase their new MY 2025 vehicle with cash, the discounted fuel savings will offset the higher vehicle cost in less than 4 years, and fuel savings will continue for as long as the consumer owns the vehicle. Those consumers that buy a new vehicle with a typical 5-year loan will benefit from an average monthly cash flow savings of about $12 during the loan period, or about $140 per year, on average. So the consumer would benefit beginning at the time of purchase, since the increased monthly fuel savings would more than offset the higher monthly payment due to the higher incremental vehicle cost.</P>

          <P>The agencies have designed the proposed standards to preserve consumer choice—that is, the proposed standards should not affect consumers' opportunity to purchase the size of vehicle with the performance, utility and safety features that meets their needs. The standards are based on a vehicle's size, or footprint—that is, consistent with their general performance and utility needs, larger vehicles have numerically less stringent fuel economy/GHG emissions targets and smaller vehicles have more stringent fuel economy/GHG emissions targets, although since the standards are fleet average standards, no specific vehicle<E T="03">must</E>meet a target. Thus, consumers will be able to continue to choose from the same mix of vehicles that are currently in the marketplace.</P>
          <P>The agencies' believe there is a wide range of technologies available for manufacturers to consider in reducing GHG emissions and improving fuel economy. The proposals allow for long-term planning by manufacturers and suppliers for the continued development and deployment across their fleets of fuel saving and emissions-reducing technologies. The agencies believe that advances in gasoline engines and transmissions will continue for the foreseeable future, and that there will be continual improvement in other technologies, including vehicle weight reduction, lower tire rolling resistance, improvements in vehicle aerodynamics, diesel engines, and more efficient vehicle accessories. The agencies also expect to see increased electrification of the fleet through the expanded production of stop/start, hybrid, plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles. Finally, the agencies expect that vehicle air conditioners will continue to improve by becoming more efficient and by increasing the use of alternative refrigerants. Many of these technologies are already available today, and manufacturers will be able to meet the standards through significant efficiency improvements in these technologies, as well as a significant penetration of these and other technologies across the fleet. Auto manufacturers may also introduce new technologies that we have not considered for this rulemaking analysis, which could make possible alternative, more cost-effective paths to compliance.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Introduction</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Continuation of the National Program</HD>

          <P>EPA and NHTSA are each announcing proposed rules that call for strong and coordinated Federal greenhouse gas and fuel economy standards for passenger cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty passenger vehicles (hereafter light-duty vehicles or LDVs). Together, these vehicle categories, which include passenger cars, sport utility vehicles, crossover utility vehicles, minivans, and pickup trucks, are presently responsible for approximately 60 percent of all U.S. transportation-related greenhouse gas emissions and fuel consumption. The proposal would extend the National Program of Federal light-duty vehicle greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and corporate average fuel economy (CAFE) standards to model years (MYs) 2017-2025. The coordinated program being proposed would achieve important reductions of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and fuel consumption from the light-duty vehicle part of the<PRTPAGE P="74860"/>transportation sector, based on technologies that either are commercially available or that the agencies project will be commercially available in the rulemaking timeframe and that can be incorporated at a reasonable cost.</P>
          <P>In working together to develop the next round of standards for MYs 2017-2025, NHTSA and EPA are building on the success of the first phase of the National Program to regulate fuel economy and GHG emissions from U.S. light-duty vehicles, which established the strong and coordinated standards for model years (MY) 2012-2016. As for the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking, collaboration with California Air Resources Board (CARB) and with industry and other stakeholders has been a key element in developing the agencies' proposed rules. Continuing the National Program would ensure that all manufacturers can build a single fleet of U.S. vehicles that would satisfy all requirements under both programs as well as under California's program, helping to reduce costs and regulatory complexity while providing significant energy security and environmental benefits.</P>
          <P>The agencies have been developing the basis for these joint proposed standards almost since the conclusion of the rulemaking establishing the first phase of the National Program. After much research and deliberation by the agencies, along with CARB and other stakeholders, President Obama announced plans for these proposed rules on July 29, 2011 and NHTSA and EPA issued a Supplemental Notice of Intent (NOI) outlining the agencies' plans for proposing the MY 2017-2025 standards and program.<SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/>This July NOI built upon the extensive analysis conducted by the agencies over the past year, including an initial technical assessment report and NOI issued in September 2010, and a supplemental NOI issued in December 2010 (discussed further below). The State of California and thirteen auto manufacturers representing over 90 percent of U.S. vehicle sales provided letters of support for the program concurrent with the Supplemental NOI.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>The United Auto Workers (UAW) also supported the announcement,<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/>as well as many consumer and environmental groups. As envisioned in the Presidential announcement and Supplemental NOI, this proposal sets forth proposed MYs 2017-2025 standards as well as detailed supporting analysis for those standards and regulatory alternatives for public review and comment. The program that the agencies are proposing will spur the development of a new generation of clean cars and trucks through innovative technologies and manufacturing that will, in turn, spur economic growth and create high-quality domestic jobs, enhance our energy security, and improve our environment. Consistent with Executive Order 13563, this proposal was developed with early consultation with stakeholders, employs flexible regulatory approaches to reduce burdens, maintains freedom of choice for the public, and helps to harmonize federal and state regulations.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>8</SU>76 FR 48758 (August 9, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU>Commitment letters are available at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/otaq/climate/regulations.htm</E>and at<E T="03">http://www.nhtsa.gov/fuel-economy</E>(last accessed Aug. 24, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>10</SU>The UAW's support was expressed in a statement on July 29, 2011, which can be found at<E T="03">http://www.uaw.org/articles/uaw-supports-administration-proposal-light-duty-vehicle-cafe-and-greenhouse-gas-emissions-r</E>(last accessed September 19, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>As described below, NHTSA and EPA are proposing a continuation of the National Program that the agencies believe represents the appropriate levels of fuel economy and GHG emissions standards for model years 2017-2025, given the technologies that the agencies anticipate will be available for use on these vehicles and the agencies' understanding of the cost and manufacturers' ability to apply these technologies during that time frame, and consideration of other relevant factors. Under this joint rulemaking, EPA is proposing GHG emissions standards under the Clean Air Act (CAA), and NHTSA is proposing CAFE standards under EPCA, as amended by the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA). This joint rulemaking proposal reflects a carefully coordinated and harmonized approach to implementing these two statutes, in accordance with all substantive and procedural requirements imposed by law.<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU>For NHTSA, this includes the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The proposed approach allows for long-term planning by manufacturers and suppliers for the continued development and deployment across their fleets of fuel saving and emissions-reducing technologies. NHTSA's and EPA's technology assessment indicates there is a wide range of technologies available for manufacturers to consider in reducing GHG emissions and improving fuel economy. The agencies believe that advances in gasoline engines and transmissions will continue for the foreseeable future, which is a view that is supported in the literature and amongst the vehicle manufacturers and suppliers.<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/>The agencies also believe that there will be continual improvement in other technologies including reductions in vehicle weight, lower tire rolling resistance, improvements in vehicle aerodynamics, diesel engines, and more efficient vehicle accessories. The agencies also expect to see increased electrification of the fleet through the expanded production of stop/start, hybrid, plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles.<SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/>Finally, the agencies expect that vehicle air conditioners will continue to improve by becoming more efficient and by increasing the use of alternative refrigerants. Many of these technologies are already available today, and EPA's and NHTSA's assessments are that manufacturers will be able to meet the standards through significant efficiency improvements in these technologies as well as a significant penetration of these and other technologies across the fleet. We project that these potential compliance pathways for manufacturers will result in significant benefits to consumers and to society, as quantified below. Manufacturers may also introduce new technologies that we have not considered for this rulemaking analysis, which could make possible alternative, more cost-effective paths to compliance.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU>There are a number of competing gasoline engine technologies, with one in particular that the agencies project will be common beyond 2016. This is the gasoline direct injection and downsized engines equipped with turbochargers and cooled exhaust gas recirculation, which has performance characteristics similar to that of larger, less efficient engines. Paired with these engines, the agencies project that advanced transmissions (such as automatic and dual clutch transmissions with eight forward speeds) and higher efficiency gearboxes will provide significant improvements. Transmissions with eight or more speeds can be found in the fleet today in very limited production, and while they are expected to penetrate further by 2016, we anticipate that by 2025 these will be the dominant transmissions in new vehicle sales.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU>For example, while today less than three percent of annual vehicle sales are strong hybrids, plug-in hybrids and all electric vehicles, by 2025 we estimate these technologies could represent nearly 15 percent of new sales.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>As discussed further below, as with the standards for MYs 2012-2016, the agencies believe that the proposed standards would continue to preserve consumer choice, that is, the proposed standards should not affect consumers' opportunity to purchase the size of vehicle that meets their needs. NHTSA and EPA are proposing to continue standards based on vehicle footprint, where smaller vehicles have relatively more stringent standards, and larger vehicles have less stringent standards, so there should not be a significant effect on the relative availability of different size vehicles in the fleet.<PRTPAGE P="74861"/>Additionally, as with the standards for MYs 2012-2016, the agencies believe that the proposed standards should not have a negative effect on vehicle safety, as it relates to vehicle footprint and mass as described in Section II.C and II.G below, respectively.</P>
          <P>We note that as part of this rulemaking, given the long time frame at issue in setting standards for MY 2022-2025 light-duty vehicles, the agencies are discussing a comprehensive mid-term evaluation and agency decision-making process. NHTSA has a statutory obligation to conduct a separate de novo rulemaking in order to establish final standards for vehicles for the 2022-2025 model years and would conduct the mid-term evaluation as part of that rulemaking, and EPA is proposing regulations that address the mid-term evaluation. The mid-term evaluation will assess the appropriateness of the MY 2022-2025 standards considered in this rulemaking, based on an updated assessment of all the factors considered in setting the standards and the impacts of those factors on the manufacturers' ability to comply. NHTSA and EPA fully expect to conduct this mid-term evaluation in coordination with the California Air Resources Board, given our interest in a maintaining a National Program to address GHGs and fuel economy. Further discussion of the mid-term evaluation is found later in this section, as well as in Sections III and IV.</P>
          <P>Based on the agencies' analysis, the National Program standards being proposed are currently projected to reduce GHGs by approximately 2 billion metric tons and save 4 billion barrels of oil over the lifetime of MYs 2017-2025 vehicles relative to the MY 2016 standard curves<SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>already in place. The average cost for a MY 2025 vehicle to meet the standards is estimated to be about $2,000 compared to a vehicle that would meet the level of the MY 2016 standards in MY 2025. However, fuel savings for consumers are expected to more than offset the higher vehicle costs. The typical driver would save a total of $5,200 to $6,600 (7 percent and 3 percent discount rate, respectively) in fuel costs over the lifetime of a MY 2025 vehicle and, even after accounting for the higher vehicle cost, consumers would save a net $3,000 to $4,400 (7 percent and 3 percent discount rate, respectively) over the vehicle's lifetime. Further, consumers who buy new vehicles with cash would save enough in lower fuel costs after less than 4 years (at either 7 percent or 3 percent discount rate) of owning a MY 2025 vehicle to offset the higher upfront vehicle costs, while consumers who buy with a 5-year loan would save more each month on fuel than the increased amount they would spend on the higher monthly loan payment, beginning in the first month of ownership.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU>The calculation of GHG reductions and oil savings is relative to a future in which the MY 2016 standards remain in place for MYs 2017-2025 and manufacturers comply on average at those levels.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Continuing the National Program has both energy security and climate change benefits. Climate change is widely viewed as a significant long-term threat to the global environment. EPA has found that elevated atmospheric concentrations of six greenhouse gases—carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perflurocarbons, and sulfur hexafluoride—taken in combination endanger both the public health and the public welfare of current and future generations. EPA further found that the combined emissions of these greenhouse gases from new motor vehicles and new motor vehicle engines contribute to the greenhouse gas air pollution that endangers public health and welfare. 74 FR 66496 (Dec. 15, 2009). As summarized in EPA's Endangerment and Cause or Contribute Findings under Section 202(a) of the Clear Air Act, anthropogenic emissions of GHGs are very likely (90 to 99 percent probability) the cause of most of the observed global warming over the last 50 years.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/>Mobile sources emitted 31 percent of all U.S. GHGs in 2007 (transportation sources, which do not include certain off-highway sources, account for 28 percent) and have been the fastest-growing source of U.S. GHGs since 1990.<SU>16</SU>
            <FTREF/>Mobile sources addressed in the endangerment and contribution findings under CAA section 202(a)—light-duty vehicles, heavy-duty trucks, buses, and motorcycles—accounted for 23 percent of all U.S. GHG in 2007.<SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/>Light-duty vehicles emit CO<E T="52">2</E>, methane, nitrous oxide, and hydrofluorocarbons and are responsible for nearly 60 percent of all mobile source GHGs and over 70 percent of Section 202(a) mobile source GHGs. For light-duty vehicles in 2007, CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions represent about 94 percent of all greenhouse emissions (including HFCs), and the CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions measured over the EPA tests used for fuel economy compliance represent about 90 percent of total light-duty vehicle GHG emissions.<E T="51">18 19</E>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>15</SU>74 FR 66,496,-66,518, December 18, 2009; “Technical Support Document for Endangerment and Cause or Contribute Findings for Greenhouse Gases Under Section 202(a) of the Clean Air Act” Docket: EPA-HQ-OAR-2009-0472-11292,<E T="03">http://epa.gov/climatechange/endangerment.html</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>16</SU>U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 2009. Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks: 1990-2007. EPA 430-R-09-004. Available at<E T="03">http://epa.gov/climatechange/emissions/downloads09/GHG2007entire_report-508.pdf</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>17</SU>U.S. EPA. 2009 Technical Support Document for Endangerment and Cause or Contribute Findings for Greenhouse Gases under Section 202(a) of the Clean Air Act. Washington, DC. pp. 180-194. Available at<E T="03">http://epa.gov/climatechange/endangerment/downloads/Endangerment%20TSD.pdf</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>18</SU>U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 2009. Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks: 1990-2007. EPA 430-R-09-004. Available at<E T="03">http://epa.gov/climatechange/emissions/downloads09/GHG2007entire_report-508.pdf</E>.</P>
            <P>
              <SU>19</SU>U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. RIA, Chapter 2.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Improving our energy and national security by reducing our dependence on foreign oil has been a national objective since the first oil price shocks in the 1970s. Net petroleum imports accounted for approximately 51 percent of U.S. petroleum consumption in 2009.<SU>20</SU>
            <FTREF/>World crude oil production is highly concentrated, exacerbating the risks of supply disruptions and price shocks as the recent unrest in North Africa and the Persian Gulf highlights. Recent tight global oil markets led to prices over $100 per barrel, with gasoline reaching as high as $4 per gallon in many parts of the U.S., causing financial hardship for many families and businesses. The export of U.S. assets for oil imports continues to be an important component of the historically unprecedented U.S. trade deficits. Transportation accounted for about 71 percent of U.S. petroleum consumption in 2009.<SU>21</SU>
            <FTREF/>Light-duty vehicles account for about 60 percent of transportation oil use, which means that they alone account for about 40 percent of all U.S. oil consumption.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>20</SU>Energy Information Administration, “How dependent are we on foreign oil?”<E T="03">Available at http://www.eia.gov/energy_in_brief/foreign_oil_dependence.cfm</E>(last accessed August 28, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>21</SU>Energy Information Administration, Annual Energy Outlook 2011, “Oil/Liquids.”<E T="03">Available at http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/MT_liquidfuels.cfm</E>(last accessed August 28, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The automotive market is becoming increasingly global. The U.S. auto companies and U.S. suppliers produce and sell automobiles and automotive components around the world, and foreign auto companies produce and sell in the U.S. As a result, the industry has become increasingly competitive. Staying at the cutting edge of automotive technology while maintaining profitability and consumer acceptance has become increasingly important for the sustainability of auto companies. The proposed standards cover model years 2017-2025 for passenger cars and light-duty trucks sold in the United States. Many other countries and regions around the world have in place fuel economy or CO<E T="52">2</E>
            <PRTPAGE P="74862"/>emission standards for light-duty vehicles. In addition, the European Union is currently discussing more stringent CO<E T="52">2</E>standards for 2020, and the Japanese government has recently issued a draft proposal for new fuel efficiency standards for 2020. The overall trend is clear—globally many of the major economic countries are increasing the stringency of their fuel economy or CO<E T="52">2</E>emission standards for light-duty vehicles. When considering this common trend, the proposed CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards for MY 2017-2025 may offer some advantages for U.S.-based automotive companies and suppliers. In order to comply with the proposed standards, U.S. firms will need to invest significant research and development dollars and capital in order to develop and produce the technologies needed to reduce CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions and improve fuel economy. Companies have limited budgets for research and development programs. As automakers seek greater commonality across the vehicles they produce for the domestic and foreign markets, improving fuel economy and reducing GHGs in U.S. vehicles should have spillovers to foreign production, and vice versa, thus yielding the ability to amortize investment in research and production over a broader product and geographic spectrum. To the extent that the technologies needed to meet the standards contained in this proposal can also be used to comply with the fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards in other countries, this can help U.S. firms in the global automotive market, as the U.S. firms will be able to focus their available research and development funds on a common set of technologies that can be used both domestically as well as internationally.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Additional Background on the National Program</HD>

          <P>Following the successful adoption of a National Program of federal standards for greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) and fuel economy standards for model years (MY) 2012-2016 light duty vehicles, President Obama issued a Memorandum on May 21, 2010 requesting that the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), on behalf of the Department of Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) work together to develop a national program for model years 2017-2025. Specifically, he requested that the agencies develop “<E T="03">* * * a coordinated national program under the CAA [Clean Air Act] and the EISA [Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007] to improve fuel efficiency and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions of passenger cars and light-duty trucks of model years 2017-2025.”</E>
            <SU>22</SU>

            <FTREF/>The President recognized that our country could take a leadership role in addressing the global challenges of improving energy security and reducing greenhouse gas pollution, stating that<E T="03">“America has the opportunity to lead the world in the development of a new generation of clean cars and trucks through innovative technologies and manufacturing that will spur economic growth and create high-quality domestic jobs, enhance our energy security, and improve our environment.”</E>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>22</SU>The Presidential Memorandum is found at:<E T="03">http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/presidential-memorandum-regarding-fuel-efficiency-standards</E>. For the reader's reference, the President also requested the Administrators of EPA and NHTSA to issue joint rules under the CAA and EISA to establish fuel efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions standards for commercial medium-and heavy-duty on-highway vehicles and work trucks beginning with the 2014 model year. The agencies recently promulgated final GHG and fuel efficiency standards for heavy duty vehicles and engines for MYs 2014-2018. 76 FR 57106 (September 15, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The Presidential Memorandum stated “<E T="03">The program should also seek to achieve substantial annual progress in reducing transportation sector greenhouse gas emissions and fossil fuel consumption, consistent with my Administration's overall energy and climate security goals, through the increased domestic production and use of existing, advanced, and emerging technologies, and should strengthen the industry and enhance job creation in the United States.”</E>Among other things, the agencies were tasked with researching and then developing standards for MYs 2017 through 2025 that would be appropriate and consistent with EPA's and NHTSA's respective statutory authorities, in order to continue to guide the automotive sector along the road to reducing its fuel consumption and GHG emissions, thereby ensuring corresponding energy security and environmental benefits. During the public comment period for the MY 2012-2016 proposed rulemaking, many stakeholders, including automakers, encouraged NHTSA and EPA to begin working toward standards for MY 2017 and beyond in order to maintain a single nationwide program. Several major automobile manufacturers and CARB sent letters to EPA and NHTSA in support of a MYs 2017 to 2025 rulemaking initiative as outlined in the President's May 21, 2010 announcement.<SU>23</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>23</SU>These letters of support in response to the May 21, 2010 Presidential Memorandum are available at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/otaq/climate/regulations.htm#prez</E>and<E T="03">http://www.nhtsa.gov/Laws+&amp;+Regulations/CAFE+-+Fuel+Economy/Stakeholder+Commitment+Letters</E>(last accessed August 28, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The President's memo requested that the agencies, “work with the State of California to develop by September 1, 2010, a technical assessment to inform the rulemaking process * * *.” As a first step in responding to the President's request, the agencies collaborated with CARB to prepare an Interim Joint Technical Assessment Report (TAR) to inform the rulemaking process and provide an initial technical assessment for that work. NHTSA, EPA, and CARB issued the joint Technical Assessment Report consistent with Section 2(a) of the Presidential Memorandum.<SU>24</SU>
            <FTREF/>In developing the technical assessment, EPA, NHTSA, and CARB held numerous meetings with a wide variety of stakeholders including the automobile original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), automotive suppliers, non-governmental organizations, states and local governments, infrastructure providers, and labor unions. The Interim Joint TAR provided an overview of key stakeholder input, addressed other topics noted in the Presidential memorandum, and EPA's and NHTSA's initial assessment of benefits and costs of a range of stringencies of future standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>24</SU>This Interim Joint Technical Assessment Report (TAR) is available at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/otaq/climate/regulations/ldv-ghg-tar.pdf</E>and<E T="03">http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/rulemaking/pdf/cafe/2017+CAFE-GHG_Interim_TAR2.pdf.</E>Section 2(a) of the Presidential Memorandum requested that EPA and NHTSA “Work with the State of California to develop by September 1, 2010, a technical assessment to inform the rulemaking process, reflecting input from an array of stakeholders on relevant factors, including viable technologies, costs, benefits, lead time to develop and deploy new and emerging technologies, incentives and other flexibilities to encourage development and deployment of new and emerging technologies, impacts on jobs and the automotive manufacturing base in the United States, and infrastructure for advanced vehicle technologies.”</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In accordance with the Presidential Memorandum, NHTSA and EPA also issued a joint Notice of Intent to Issue a Proposed Rulemaking (NOI).<SU>25</SU>
            <FTREF/>The September 2010 NOI highlighted the results of the analyses contained in the Interim Joint TAR, provided an overview of key program design elements, and announced plans for initiating the joint rulemaking to improve the fuel efficiency and reduce the GHG emissions of passenger cars and light-duty trucks built in MYs 2017-2025. The agencies requested comments on the September NOI and accompanying Interim Joint TAR.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>25</SU>75 FR 62739, October 13, 2010.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The Interim Joint TAR contained an initial fleet-wide analysis of improvements in overall average GHG emissions and equivalent fuel economy<PRTPAGE P="74863"/>levels. For purposes of an initial assessment, this range was intended to represent a reasonably broad range of stringency increases for potential future GHG emissions standards, and was also consistent with the increases suggested by CARB in its letter of commitment in response to the President's memorandum.<E T="51">26 27</E>
            <FTREF/>The TAR evaluated a range of potential stringency scenarios through model year 2025, representing a 3, 4, 5, and 6 percent per year estimated decrease in GHG levels from a model year 2016 fleet-wide average of 250 gram/mile (g/mi). Thus, the model year 2025 scenarios analyzed in the Interim Joint TAR ranged from 190 g/mi on an estimated fleet-wide average (calculated to be equivalent to 47 miles per gallon, mpg, if all improvements were made with fuel economy-improving technologies) under the 3 percent per year reduction scenario, to 143 g/mi on an estimated fleet-wide average (calculated to be equivalent to 62 mpg, if all improvements were made with fuel economy-improving technologies) under the 6 percent per year scenario.<SU>28</SU>
            <FTREF/>For each of these scenarios, the TAR also evaluated four pre-defined “technological pathways” by which these levels could be attained. These pathways were meant to represent ways that the industry as a whole could increase fuel economy and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and did not represent ways that individual manufacturers would be required to or necessarily would employ in responding to future standards. Each defined technology pathway emphasized a different mix of advanced technologies, by assuming various degrees of penetration of advanced gasoline technologies, mass reduction, hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs), plug-in hybrids (PHEVs), and electric vehicles (EVs).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>26</SU>75 FR at 62744-45.</P>
            <P>

              <SU>27</SU>Statement of the California Air Resources Board Regarding Future Passenger Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions Standards, California Air Resources Board, May 21, 2010. Available at:<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/otaq/climate/regulations.htm</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>28</SU>These levels correspond to on-road values of 37 to 50 mpg, respectively, recognizing that on-road fuel economy tends to be about 20 percent worse than calculated mpg values based on the CAFE test cycle. We note, however, that because these mpg values are translated from CO<E T="52">2</E>e values that include reductions in hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) leakage due to use of advanced refrigerants and leakage improvements, therefore these numbers are not as representative of either CAFE test cycle or real-world mpg.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Manufacturers and others commented extensively on the NOI and Interim Joint TAR on a variety of topics, including the stringency of the standards, program design elements, the effect of potential standards on vehicle safety, and the TAR's discussion of technology costs, effectiveness, and feasibility. In response, the agencies and CARB spent the next several months continuing to gather information from the industry and others in response to the agencies' initial analytical efforts. To aid the public's understanding of some of the key issues facing the agencies in developing the proposed rule, EPA and NHTSA also issued a follow-on Supplemental NOI in November 2010.<SU>29</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Supplemental NOI highlighted many of the key comments the agencies received in response to the September NOI and Interim Joint TAR, and summarized some of the key themes from the comments and the additional stakeholder meetings. We note, as highlighted in the November Supplemental NOI, that there continued to be widespread stakeholder support for continuing the National Program for improved fuel economy and greenhouse gas standards for model years 2017-2025. The November Supplemental NOI also provided an overview of many of the key technical analyses the agencies planned in support the proposed rule.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>29</SU>75 FR 76337, December 8, 2010.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>After issuing the November 2010 Supplemental NOI, EPA, NHTSA and CARB continued studies on technology cost and effectiveness and more in-depth and comprehensive analysis of the issues. In addition to this work, the agencies continued meeting with stakeholders, including with manufacturers, manufacturer organizations, automotive suppliers, a labor union, environmental groups, consumer interest groups, and investment organizations. As discussed above, on July 29, 2011 President Obama announced plans for these proposed rules and NHTSA and EPA issued a Supplemental Notice of Intent (NOI) outlining the agencies' plans for proposing the MY 2017-2025 standards and program.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. California's Greenhouse Gas Program</HD>

          <P>In 2004, the California Air Resources Board (CARB) approved standards for new light-duty vehicles, regulating the emission of CO<E T="52">2</E>and other GHGs. Thirteen states and the District of Columbia, comprising approximately 40 percent of the light-duty vehicle market, adopted California's standards. On June 30, 2009, EPA granted California's request for a waiver of preemption under the CAA with respect to these standards.<SU>30</SU>
            <FTREF/>The granting of the waiver permits California and the other states to proceed with implementing the California emission standards for MYs 2009-2016. After EPA and NHTSA issued their MYs 2012-2016 standards, CARB revised its program such that compliance with the EPA greenhouse gas standards will be deemed to be compliance with California's GHG standards.<SU>31</SU>
            <FTREF/>This facilitates the National Program by allowing manufacturers to meet all of the standards with a single national fleet.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>30</SU>74 FR 32744 (July 8, 2009). See also<E T="03">Chamber of Commerce</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>642 F.3d 192 (DC Cir. 2011) (dismissing petitions for review challenging EPA's grant of the waiver).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>31</SU>See “California Exhaust Emission Standards and Test Procedures for 2001 and Subsequent Model Passenger Cars, Light-Duty Trucks, and Medium-Duty Vehicles as approved by OAL,” March 29, 2010.<E T="03">Available at http://www.arb.ca.gov/regact/2010/ghgpv10/oaltp.pdf</E>(last accessed August 28, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>As requested by the President and in the interest of maximizing regulatory harmonization, NHTSA and EPA have worked closely with CARB throughout the development of this proposal to develop a common technical basis. CARB is releasing a proposal for MY 2017-2025 GHG emissions standards which are consistent with the standards being proposed by EPA and NHTSA. CARB recognizes the benefit for the country of continuing the National Program and plans an approach similar to the one taken for MYs 2012-2016. CARB has committed to propose to revise its GHG emissions standards for MY 2017 and later such that compliance with EPA GHG emissions standards shall be deemed compliance with the California GHG emissions standards, as long as EPA's final GHG standards are substantially as described in the July 2011 Supplemental NOI.<SU>32</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>32</SU>See State of California July 28, 2011 letter available at:<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/otaq/climate/regulations.htm</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Stakeholder Engagement</HD>
          <P>On July 29, 2010, President Obama announced the support of thirteen major automakers to pursue the next phase in the Administration's national vehicle program, increasing fuel economy and reducing GHG emissions for passenger cars and light trucks built in MYs 2017-2025.<SU>33</SU>

            <FTREF/>The President was joined by Ford, GM, Chrysler, BMW, Honda, Hyundai, Jaguar/Land Rover, Kia, Mazda, Mitsubishi, Nissan, Toyota and Volvo, which together account for over 90 percent of all vehicles sold in the United States. The California Air Resources Board (CARB), the United Auto Workers (UAW) and a number of<PRTPAGE P="74864"/>environmental and consumer groups, also announced their support.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>33</SU>The President's remarks are available at<E T="03">http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/2011/07/29/remarks-president-fuel-efficiency-standards</E>; see also<E T="03">http://www.nhtsa.gov/fuel-economy</E>for more information from the agency about the announcement.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>On the same day as the President's announcement, the agencies released a second SNOI (published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on August 9, 2011) generally describing the joint proposal that the EPA and NHTSA expected to issue to establish the National Program for model years 2017-2025, and which is set forth in this NPRM. The agencies explained that the proposal would be developed based on extensive technical analyses, an examination of the factors required under their respective statutes and discussions with and input from individual motor vehicle manufacturers and other stakeholders. The input of stakeholders, which is encouraged by Executive Order 13563, has been invaluable to the agencies in developing today's NPRM.</P>
          <P>For background, as discussed above, after publishing the Supplemental NOI on December 8, 2010 (the December 8 SNOI), NHTSA, EPA and CARB continued studies and conducted more in-depth and comprehensive rulemaking analyses related to technology cost and effectiveness, technological feasibility, reasonable timing for manufacturers to implement technologies, and economic factors, and other relevant considerations. In addition to this ongoing and more in-depth work, the agencies continued meeting with stakeholders and received additional input and feedback to help inform the rulemaking. Meetings were held with and relevant information was obtained from manufacturers, manufacturer organizations, suppliers, a labor union, environmental groups, consumer interest groups, and investment organizations.</P>
          <P>This section summarizes NHTSA and EPA stakeholder engagement between December 2010 and July 29, 2011, the date on which President Obama announced the agencies' plans for proposing standards for MY2017-2025, and the support of thirteen major automakers and other stakeholders for these plans.<SU>34</SU>
            <FTREF/>Information that the agencies presented to stakeholders is posted in the docket and referenced in multiple places in this section.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>34</SU>NHTSA has prepared a list of stakeholder meeting dates and participants, found in a memorandum to the docket, titled “2017-2025 CAFE Stakeholders Meetings List,” at NHTSA-2010-0131.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The agencies' engagement with the large and diverse group of stakeholders described above between December 2010 and July 29, 2011 shared the single aim of ensuring that the agencies possessed the most complete and comprehensive set of information possible to inform the proposed rulemaking.</P>

          <P>Throughout this period, the stakeholders repeated many of the broad concerns and suggestions described in the TAR, NOI, and December 8 SNOI. For example, stakeholders uniformly expressed interest in maintaining a harmonized and coordinated national program that would be supported by CARB and allow auto makers to build one fleet and preserve consumer choice. The stakeholders also raised concerns about potential stringency levels, consumer acceptance of some advanced technologies and the potential structure of compliance flexibilities available under EPCA (as amended by EISA) and the CAA. In addition, most of the stakeholders wanted to discuss issues concerning technology availability, cost and effectiveness and economic practicability. The auto manufacturers, in particular, sought to provide the agencies with a better understanding of their respective strategies (and associated costs) for improving fuel economy while satisfying consumer demand in the coming years. Additionally, some stakeholders expressed concern about potential safety impacts associated with the standards, consumer costs and consumer acceptance, and potential disparate treatment of cars and trucks. Some stakeholders also stressed the importance of investing in infrastructure to support more widespread deployment of alternative vehicles and fuels. Many stakeholders also asked the agencies to acknowledge prevailing economic uncertainties in developing proposed standards. In addition, many stakeholders discussed the number of years to be covered by the program and what they considered to be important features of a mid-term review of any standards set or proposed for MY 2022-2025. In all of these meetings, NHTSA and EPA sought additional data and information from the stakeholders that would allow them to refine their initial analyses and determine proposed standards that are consistent with the agencies' respective statutory and regulatory requirements. The general issues raised by those stakeholders are addressed in the sections of this NPRM discussing the topics to which the issues pertain (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the form of the standards, technology cost and effectiveness, safety impacts, impact on U.S. vehicle sales and other economic considerations, costs and benefits).</P>

          <P>The first stage of the meetings occurred between December 2010 and June 20, 2011. These meetings covered topics that were generally similar to the meetings that were held prior to the publication of the December 8 Supplemental NOI and that were summarized in the Supplemental NOI. The manufacturers provided the agencies with additional information related to their product plans for vehicle models and fuel efficiency improving technologies and associated cost estimates. Detailed product plans generally extend only five or six model years into the future. Manufacturers also provided estimates of the amount of improvement in CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions they could reasonably achieve in model MYs 2017-2025; feedback on the shape of MY 2012-2016 regulatory stringency curves and curve cut points, regulatory program flexibilities; recommendations for and on the structure of one or more mid-term reviews of the later model year standards; estimates of the cost, effectiveness and availability of some fuel efficiency improving technologies; and feedback on some of the cost and effectiveness assumptions used in the TAR analysis. In addition, manufacturers provided input on manufacturer experience with consumer acceptance of some advanced technologies and raised concerns over consumer acceptance if higher penetration of these technologies were needed in the future, consumer's willingness to pay for improved fuel economy, and ideas on enablers and incentives that would increase consumer acceptance. Many manufacturers stated that technology is available to significantly improve fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions; however, they maintained that the biggest challenges relate to the cost of the technologies, consumer willingness to pay and consumer acceptance.</P>
          <P>During this first phase NHTSA and EPA continued to meet with other stakeholders, who provided their own perspectives on issues of importance to them. They also provided data to the extent available to them. Information obtained from stakeholders during this phase is contained in the docket.</P>
          <P>The second stage of meetings occurred between June 21, 2011 and July 14, 2011, during which time EPA, NHTSA, CARB and several White House Offices kicked-off an intensive series of meetings, primarily with manufacturers, to share tentative regulatory concepts developed by EPA, NHTSA and CARB, which included concept stringency curves and program flexibilities based on the analyses completed by the agencies as of June 21,<SU>35</SU>
            <FTREF/>and requested<PRTPAGE P="74865"/>feedback.<SU>36</SU>
            <FTREF/>In particular, the agencies requested that the manufacturers provide detailed and reliable information on how they might comply with the concepts and, if they projected they could not comply, information supporting their belief that they would be unable to comply. Additionally, EPA and NHTSA sought detailed input from the manufacturers regarding potential changes to the concept stringency levels and program flexibilities available under EPA's and NHTSA's respective authority that might facilitate compliance. In addition, manufacturers provided input related to consumer acceptance and adoption of some advanced technologies and program costs based on their independent assessments or information previously submitted to the agencies.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>35</SU>The agencies consider a range of standards that may satisfy applicable legal criteria, taking into account the complete record before them . The<PRTPAGE/>initial concepts shared with stakeholders were within the range the agencies were considering, based on the information then available to the agencies.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>36</SU>“Agency Materials Provided to Manufacturers” Memo to docket NHTSA-2010-0131.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In these second stage meetings, the agencies received considerable input from the manufacturers. The agencies carefully considered the manufacturer information along with information from the agencies' independent analyses. The agencies used all available information to refine their assessment of the range of program concept stringencies and provisions that the agencies determined were consistent with their statutory mandates.</P>
          <P>The third stage of meetings occurred between July 15, 2011 and July 28, 2011. During this time period the agencies continued to refine concept stringencies and compliance flexibilities based on further consideration of the information available to them. They also met with approximately 13 manufacturers who expressed ongoing interest in engaging with the agencies.<SU>37</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>37</SU>“Agency Materials Provided to Manufacturers” Memo to docket NHTSA-2010-0131.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Throughout all three stages, EPA and NHTSA continued to engage other stakeholders to ensure that the agencies were obtaining the most comprehensive and reliable information possible to guide the agencies in developing proposed standards for MY 2017-2025. Many of these stakeholders reiterated comments previously presented to the agencies. For instance, environmental organizations consistently stated that stringent standards are technically achievable and critical to important national interests, such as improving energy independence, reducing climate change, and enabling the domestic automobile industry to remain competitive in the global market. Labor interests stressed the need to carefully consider economic impacts and the opportunity to create and support new jobs, and consumer advocates emphasized the economic and practical benefits to consumers of improved fuel economy and the need to preserve consumer choice. In addition, a number of stakeholders stated that the standards under development should not have an adverse impact on safety.</P>
          <P>On July 29, 2011, EPA and NHTSA the agencies issued a new SNOI with concept stringency curves and program provisions based on refined analyses and further consideration of the record before the agencies. The agencies have received letters of support for the concepts laid out in the SNOI from BMW, Chrysler, Ford, General Motors, Global Automakers, Honda, Hyundai, Jaguar Land Rover, Kia, Mazda, Mitsubishi, Nissan, Toyota, Volvo and CARB. Numerous other stakeholders, including labor, environmental and consumer groups, have expressed their support for the agencies' plans to move forward.</P>
          <P>The agencies have considered all of this stakeholder input in developing this proposal, and look forward to continuing the productive dialogue through the comment period following this proposal.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Summary of the Proposed 2017-2025 National Program</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Joint Analytical Approach</HD>
          <P>This proposed rulemaking continues the collaborative analytical effort between NHTSA and EPA, which began with the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking. NHTSA and EPA have worked together, and in close coordination with CARB, on nearly every aspect of the technical analysis supporting these joint proposed rules. The results of this collaboration are reflected in the elements of the respective NHTSA and EPA proposed rules, as well as in the analytical work contained in the Draft Joint NHTSA and EPA Technical Support Document (Joint TSD). The agencies have continued to develop and refine supporting analyses since issuing the NOI and Interim Joint TAR last September. The Joint TSD, in particular, describes important details of the analytical work that are common, as well as highlighting any key differences in approach. The joint analyses include the build-up of the baseline and reference fleets, the derivation of the shape of the footprint-based attribute curves that define the agencies' respective standards, a detailed description of the estimated costs and effectiveness of the technologies that are available to vehicle manufacturers, the economic inputs used to calculate the costs and benefits of the proposed rules, a description of air conditioner and other off-cycle technologies, and the agencies' assessment of the effects of the proposed standards on vehicle safety. This comprehensive joint analytical approach has provided a sound and consistent technical basis for both agencies in developing their proposed standards, which are summarized in the sections below.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Level of the Standards</HD>

          <P>EPA and NHTSA are each proposing two separate sets of standards, each under its respective statutory authorities. Both the proposed CO<E T="52">2</E>and CAFE standards for passenger cars and light trucks would be footprint-based, similar to the standards currently in effect through model year 2016, and would become more stringent on average in each model year from 2017 through 2025. The basis for measuring performance relative to standards would continue to be based predominantly on the EPA city and highway test cycles (2-cycle test). However, EPA is proposing optional air conditioning and off-cycle credits for the GHG program and adjustments to calculated fuel economy for the CAFE programs that would be based on test procedures other than the 2-cycle tests.</P>

          <P>EPA is proposing standards that are projected to require, on an average industry fleet wide basis, 163 grams/mile of CO<E T="52">2</E>in model year 2025. This is projected to be achieved through improvements in fuel efficiency with some additional reductions achieved through reductions in non-CO<E T="52">2</E>GHG emissions from reduced AC system leakage and the use of lower global warming potential (GWP) refrigerants. The level of 163 grams/mile CO<E T="52">2</E>would be equivalent on a mpg basis to 54.5 mpg, if this level was achieved solely through improvements in fuel efficiency.<SU>38</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>38</SU>Real-world CO<E T="52">2</E>is typically 25 percent higher and real-world fuel economy is typically 20 percent lower than the CO2 and CAFE values discussed here. The reference to CO<E T="52">2</E>here refers to CO<E T="52">2</E>equivalent reductions, as this included some degree of reductions in greenhouse gases other than CO<E T="52">2</E>, as one part of the AC related reductions.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>For passenger cars, the CO<E T="52">2</E>compliance values associated with the footprint curves would be reduced on average by 5 percent per year from the model year 2016 projected passenger car industry-wide compliance level through model year 2025. In recognition of manufacturers' unique challenges in improving the fuel economy and GHG emissions of full-size pickup trucks as we transition from the MY 2016<PRTPAGE P="74866"/>standards to MY 2017 and later, while preserving the utility (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>towing and payload capabilities) of those vehicles, EPA is proposing a lower annual rate of improvement for light-duty trucks in the early years of the program. For light-duty trucks, the proposed average annual rate of CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions reduction in model years 2017 through 2021 is 3.5 percent per year. EPA is also proposing to change the slopes of the CO<E T="52">2</E>-footprint curves for light-duty trucks from those in the 2012-2016 rule, in a manner that effectively means that the annual rate of improvement for smaller light-duty trucks in model years 2017 through 2021 would be higher than 3.5 percent, and the annual rate of improvement for larger light-duty trucks over the same time period would be lower than 3.5 percent. For model years 2022 through 2025, EPA is proposing an average annual rate of CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions reduction for light-duty trucks of 5 percent per year.</P>

          <P>NHTSA is proposing two phases of passenger car and light truck standards in this NPRM. The first phase runs from MYs 2017-2021, with proposed standards that are projected to require, on an average industry fleet wide basis, 40.9 mpg in MY 2021. For passenger cars, the annual increase in the stringency of the target curves between model years 2017 to 2021 is expected to average 4.1 percent. In recognition of manufacturers' unique challenges in improving the fuel economy and GHG emissions of full-size pickup trucks as we transition from the MY 2016 standards to MY 2017 and later, while preserving the utility (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>towing and payload capabilities) of those vehicles, NHTSA is also proposing a slower annual rate of improvement for light trucks in the first phase of the program. For light trucks, the proposed annual increase in the stringency of the target curves in model years 2017 through 2021 would be 2.9 percent per year on average. NHTSA is proposing to change the slopes of the fuel economy footprint curves for light trucks from those in the MYs 2012-2016 final rule, which would effectively make the annual rate of improvement for smaller light trucks in MYs 2017-2021 higher than 2.9 percent, and the annual rate of improvement for larger light trucks over that time period lower than 2.9 percent.</P>
          <P>The second phase of the CAFE program runs from MYs 2022-2025 and represents conditional<SU>39</SU>
            <FTREF/>proposed standards that are projected to require, on an average industry fleet wide basis, 49.6 mpg in model year 2025. For passenger cars, the annual increase in the stringency of the target curves between model years 2022 and 2025 is expected to average 4.3 percent, and for light trucks, the annual increase during those model years is expected to average 4.7 percent. For the first time, NHTSA is proposing to increase the stringency of standards by the amount (in mpg terms) that industry is expected to improve air conditioning system efficiency, and EPA is proposing, under EPCA, to allow manufacturers to include air conditioning system efficiency improvements in the calculation of fuel economy for CAFE compliance. NHTSA notes that the proposed rates of increase in stringency for CAFE standards are lower than EPA's proposed rates of increase in stringency for GHG standards. As in the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking, this is for purposes of harmonization and in reflection of several statutory constraints in EPCA/EISA. As a primary example, NHTSA's proposed standards, unlike EPA's, do not reflect the inclusion of air conditioning system refrigerant and leakage improvements, but EPA's proposed standards would allow consideration of such A/C refrigerant improvements which reduce GHGs but do not affect fuel economy.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>39</SU>By ”conditional,” NHTSA means to say that the proposed standards for MYs 2022-2025 represent the agency's current best estimate of what levels of stringency would be maximum feasible in those model years, but in order for the standards for those model years to be legally reviewable a subsequent rulemaking must be undertaken by the agency at a later time. See Section IV for more information.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>As with the MYs 2012-2016 standards, NHTSA and EPA's proposed MYs 2017-2025 passenger car and light truck standards are expressed as mathematical functions depending on vehicle footprint.<SU>40</SU>
            <FTREF/>Footprint is one measure of vehicle size, and is determined by multiplying the vehicle's wheelbase by the vehicle's average track width. The standards that must be met by each manufacturer's fleet would be determined by computing the production-weighted average of the targets applicable to each of the manufacturer's fleet of passenger cars and light trucks.<SU>41</SU>
            <FTREF/>Under these footprint-based standards, the average levels required of individual manufacturers will depend, as noted above, on the mix and volume of vehicles the manufacturer produces. The values in the tables below reflect the agencies' projection of the corresponding average fleet levels that will result from these attribute-based curves given the agencies' current assumptions about the mix of vehicles that will be sold in the model years covered by the proposed standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>40</SU>NHTSA is required to set attribute-based CAFE standards for passenger cars and light trucks. 49 U.S.C. 32902(b)(3).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>41</SU>For CAFE calculations, a harmonic average is used.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>As shown in Table I-1, NHTSA's fleet-wide required CAFE levels for passenger cars under the proposed standards are estimated to increase from 40.0 to 56.0 mpg between MY 2017 and MY 2025. Fleet-wide required CAFE levels for light trucks, in turn, are estimated to increase from 29.4 to 40.3 mpg. For the reader's reference, Table I-1 also provides the estimated average fleet-wide required levels for the combined car and truck fleets, culminating in an estimated overall fleet average required CAFE level of 49.6 mpg in MY 2025. Considering these combined car and truck increases, the proposed standards together represent approximately a 4.0 percent annual rate of increase,<SU>42</SU>
            <FTREF/>on average, relative to the MY 2016 required CAFE levels.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>42</SU>This estimated average percentage increase includes the effect of changes in standard stringency and changes in the forecast fleet sales mix.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPH DEEP="226" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74867"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.001</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>The estimated average required mpg levels for cars and trucks under the proposed standards shown in Table I-1 above include the use of A/C efficiency improvements, as discussed above, but do not reflect a number of proposed flexibilities and credits that manufacturers could use for compliance that NHTSA cannot consider in establishing standards based on EPCA/EISA constraints. These flexibilities would cause the actual achieved fuel economy to be lower than the required levels in the table above. The flexibilities and credits that NHTSA cannot consider include the ability of manufacturers to pay civil penalties rather than achieving required CAFE levels, the ability to use FFV credits, the ability to count electric vehicles for compliance, the operation of plug-in hybrid electric vehicles on electricity for compliance prior to MY 2020, and the ability to transfer and carry-forward credits. When accounting for these flexibilities and credits, NHTSA estimates that the proposed CAFE standards would lead to the following average achieved fuel economy levels, based on the projections of what each manufacturer's fleet will comprise in each year of the program:<SU>43</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>43</SU>The proposed CAFE program includes incentives for full size pick-up trucks that have mild HEV or strong HEV systems, and for full size pick-up trucks that have fuel economy performance that is better than the target curve by more than proposed levels. To receive these incentives, manufacturers must produce vehicles with these technologies or performance levels at volumes that meet or exceed proposed penetration levels (percentage of full size pick-up truck volume). This incentive is described in detail in Section IV.1. The NHTSA estimates in Table I-2 do not account for the reduction in estimated average achieved fleet-wide CAFE fuel economy that would occur if manufacturers use this incentive. NHTSA has conducted a sensitivity study that estimates the effects for manufacturers' potential use of this flexibility in Chapter X of the PRIA.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPH DEEP="309" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74868"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.002</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>NHTSA is also required by EISA to set a minimum fuel economy standard for domestically manufactured passenger cars in addition to the attribute-based passenger car standard. The minimum standard “shall be the greater of (A) 27.5 miles per gallon; or (B) 92 percent of the average fuel economy projected by the Secretary for the combined domestic and non-domestic passenger automobile fleets manufactured for sale in the United States by all manufacturers in the model year * * *,” and applies to each manufacturer's fleet of domestically manufactured passenger cars (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>like the other CAFE standards, it represents a fleet average requirement, not a requirement for each individual vehicle within the fleet).</P>
          <P>Based on NHTSA's current market forecast, the agency's estimates of these proposed minimum standards for domestic passenger cars for MYs 2017-2025 are presented below in Table I-3.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="115" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.003</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>EPA is proposing GHG emissions standards, and Table I-4 provides estimates of the projected overall fleet-wide CO<E T="52">2</E>emission compliance target levels. The values reflected in Table I-4 are those that correspond to the manufacturers' projected CO<E T="52">2</E>compliance target levels from the car and truck footprint curves, but do not account for EPA's projection of how manufactures will implement two of the proposed incentive programs (advanced technology vehicle multipliers, and hybrid and performance-based incentives for full-size pickup trucks). EPA's projection of fleet-wide emissions levels that do reflect these incentives is shown in Table I-5 below.<FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>44</SU>The projected fleet compliance levels for 2016 are different for trucks and the fleet than were projected in the 2012-2016 rule. Our assessment for this proposal is based on a predicted 2016 truck value of 297 and a projected combined car and truck value of 252 g/mi. That is because the standards are footprint based and the fleet projections, hence the footprint distributions, change slightly with each update of our projections, as described below. In addition, the actual fleet compliance levels for any model year will not be known until the end of that model year based on actual vehicle sales.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPH DEEP="287" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74869"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.004</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>As shown in Table I-4, projected fleet-wide CO<E T="52">2</E>emission compliance targets for cars increase in stringency from 213 to 144 g/mi between MY 2017 and MY 2025. Similarly, projected fleet-wide CO<E T="52">2</E>equivalent emission compliance targets for trucks increase in stringency from 295 to 203 g/mi. As shown, the overall fleet average CO<E T="52">2</E>level targets are projected to increase in stringency from 243 g/mi in MY 2017 to 163 g/mi in MY 2025, which is equivalent to 54.5 mpg if all reductions were made with fuel economy improvements.</P>
          <P>EPA anticipates that manufacturers would take advantage of proposed program credits and incentives, such as car/truck credit transfers, air conditioning credits, off-cycle credits, advanced technology vehicle multipliers, and hybrid and performance-based incentives for full size pick-up trucks. Two of these flexibility provisions—advanced technology vehicle multipliers and the full size pick-up hybrid/performance incentives—are expected to have an impact on the fleet-wide emissions levels that manufacturers will actually achieve. Therefore, Table I-5 shows EPA's projection of the achieved emission levels of the fleet for MY 2017 through 2025. The differences between the emissions levels shown in Tables I-4 and I-5 reflect the impact on stringency due to the advanced technology vehicle multipliers and the full size pick-up hybrid/performance incentives, but do not reflect car-truck trading, air conditioning credits, or off-cycle credits, because, while those credit provisions should help reduce manufacturers' costs of the program, EPA believes that they will result in real-world emission reductions that will not affect the achieved level of emission reductions. These estimates are more fully discussed in III.B</P>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
          <GPH DEEP="281" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74870"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.005</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>A more detailed description of how the agencies arrived at the year by year progression of the stringency of the proposed standards can be found in Sections III and IV of this preamble.<FTREF/>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>45</SU>Electric vehicles are assumed at 0 gram/mile in this analysis.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>46</SU>The projected fleet compliance levels for 2016 are different for the fleet than were projected in the 2012-2016 rule. Our assessment for this proposal is based on a predicted 2016 truck value of 297 and a projected combined car and truck value of 252 g/mi. That is because the standards are footprint based and the fleet projections, hence the footprint distributions, change slightly with each update of our projections, as described below. In addition, the actual fleet compliance levels for any model year will not be known until the end of that model year based on actual vehicle sales.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Both agencies also considered other alternative standards as part of their respective Regulatory Impact Analyses that span a reasonable range of alternative stringencies both more and less stringent than the standards being proposed. EPA's and NHTSA's analyses of these regulatory alternatives (and explanation of why we are proposing the standards proposed and not the regulatory alternatives) are contained in Sections III and IV of this preamble, respectively, as well as in EPA's DRIA and NHTSA's PRIA.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Form of the Standards</HD>
          <P>As noted, NHTSA and EPA are proposing to continue attribute-based standards for passenger cars and light trucks, as required by EISA and as allowed by the CAA, and continue to use vehicle footprint as the attribute. Footprint is defined as a vehicle's wheelbase multiplied by its track width—in other words, the area enclosed by the points at which the wheels meet the ground. NHTSA and EPA adopted an attribute-based approach based on vehicle footprint for MYs 2012-2016 light-duty vehicle standards.<SU>47</SU>
            <FTREF/>The agencies continue to believe that footprint is the most appropriate attribute on which to base the proposed standards, as discussed later in this notice and in Chapter 2 of the Joint TSD.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>47</SU>NHTSA also uses the footprint attribute in its Reformed CAFE program for light trucks for model years 2008-2011 and passenger car CAFE standards for MY 2011.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Under the footprint-based standards, the curve defines a GHG or fuel economy performance target for each separate car or truck footprint. Using the curves, each manufacturer thus will have a GHG and CAFE average standard that is unique to each of its fleets, depending on the footprints and production volumes of the vehicle models produced by that manufacturer. A manufacturer will have separate footprint-based standards for cars and for trucks. The curves are mostly sloped, so that generally, larger vehicles (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>vehicles with larger footprints) will be subject to less stringent targets (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>higher CO<E T="52">2</E>grams/mile targets and lower CAFE mpg targets) than smaller vehicles. This is because, generally speaking, smaller vehicles are more capable of achieving lower levels of CO<E T="52">2</E>and higher levels of fuel economy than larger vehicles. Although a manufacturer's fleet average standards could be estimated throughout the model year based on projected production volume of its vehicle fleet, the standards to which the manufacturer must comply will be based on its final model year production figures. A manufacturer's calculation of its fleet average standards as well as its fleets' average performance at the end of the model year will thus be based on the production-weighted average target and performance of each model in its fleet.<SU>48</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>48</SU>As in the MYs 2012-2016 rule, a manufacturer may have some models that exceed their target, and some that are below their target. Compliance with a fleet average standard is determined by comparing the fleet average standard (based on the sales weighted average of the target levels for each model) with fleet average performance (based on the sales weighted average of the performance for each model).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>While the concept is the same, the proposed curve shapes for MYs 2017-2025 are somewhat different from the MYs 2012-2016 footprint curves. The passenger car curves are similar in shape to the car curves for MYs 2012-2016. However, the agencies are proposing more significant changes to the light trucks curves for MYs 2017-2025 compared to the light truck curves for MYs 2012-2016. The agencies are proposing changes to the light-truck curve to increase the slope and to<PRTPAGE P="74871"/>extend the large-footprint cutpoint over time to larger footprints, which we believe represent an appropriate balance of both technical and policy issues, as discussed in Section II.C below and Chapter 2 of the draft Joint TSD.</P>
          <P>NHTSA is proposing the attribute curves below for assigning a fuel economy target level to an individual car or truck's footprint value, for model years 2017 through 2025. These mpg values will be production weighted to determine each manufacturer's fleet average standard for cars and trucks. Although the general model of the target curve equation is the same for each vehicle category and each year, the parameters of the curve equation differ for cars and trucks. Each parameter also changes on a model year basis, resulting in the yearly increases in stringency. Figure I-1 below illustrates the passenger car CAFE standard curves for model years 2017 through 2025 while Figure I-2 below illustrates the light truck CAFE standard curves for model years 2017 through 2025.</P>

          <P>EPA is proposing the attribute curves shown in Figure I-3 and Figure I-4 below for assigning a CO<E T="52">2</E>target level to an individual vehicle's footprint value, for model years 2017 through 2025. These CO<E T="52">2</E>values would be production weighted to determine each manufacturer's fleet average standard for cars and trucks. As with the CAFE curves, the general form of the equation is the same for each vehicle category and each year, but the parameters of the equation differ for cars and trucks. Again, each parameter also changes on a model year basis, resulting in the yearly increases in stringency. Figure I-3 below illustrates the CO<E T="52">2</E>car standard curves for model years 2017 through 2025 while Figure I-4 shows the CO<E T="52">2</E>truck standard curves for model years 2017-2025.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="500" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.006</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="539" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74872"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.007</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="583" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74873"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.008</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="571" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74874"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.009</GID>
          </GPH>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-C</BILCOD>
          <FP>NHTSA and EPA are proposing to use the same vehicle category definitions for determining which vehicles are subject to the car curve standards versus the truck curve standards as were used for MYs 2012-2016 standards. As in the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking, a vehicle classified as a car under the NHTSA CAFE program will also be classified as a car under the EPA GHG program, and likewise for trucks.<SU>49</SU>

            <FTREF/>This approach of using CAFE definitions allows the CO<E T="52">2</E>standards and the CAFE standards to continue to be harmonized across all vehicles for the National Program.</FP>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>49</SU>See 49 CFR 523 for NHTSA's definitions for passenger car and light truck under the CAFE program.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>As just explained, generally speaking, a smaller footprint vehicle will tend to have higher fuel economy and lower CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions relative to a larger footprint vehicle when both have the same level of fuel efficiency improvement technology. Since the<PRTPAGE P="74875"/>proposed standards apply to a manufacturer's overall fleet, not to an individual vehicle, if a manufacturer's fleet is dominated by small footprint vehicles, then that fleet will have a higher fuel economy requirement and a lower CO<E T="52">2</E>requirement than a manufacturer whose fleet is dominated by large footprint vehicles. Compared to the non-attribute based CAFE standards in place prior to MY 2011, the proposed standards more evenly distribute the compliance burdens of the standards among different manufacturers, based on their respective product offerings. With this footprint-based standard approach, EPA and NHTSA continue to believe that the rules will not create significant incentives to produce vehicles of particular sizes, and thus there should be no significant effect on the relative availability of different vehicle sizes in the fleet due to the proposed standards, which will help to maintain consumer choice during the rulemaking timeframe. Consumers should still be able to purchase the size of vehicle that meets their needs. Table I-6 helps to illustrate the varying CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions and fuel economy targets under the proposed standards that different vehicle sizes will have, although we emphasize again that these targets are not actual standards—the proposed standards are manufacturer-specific, rather than vehicle-specific.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="622" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74876"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.010</GID>
          </GPH>
          <PRTPAGE P="74877"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Program Flexibilities for Achieving Compliance</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. CO<E T="52">2</E>/CAFE Credits Generated Based on Fleet Average Over-Compliance</HD>

          <P>The MYs 2012-2016 rules contain several provisions which provide flexibility to manufacturers in meeting standards, many of which the agencies are not proposing to change for MYs 2017 and later. For example, the agencies are proposing to continue allowing manufacturers to generate credits for over-compliance with the CO<E T="52">2</E>and CAFE standards.<SU>50</SU>

            <FTREF/>Under the agencies' footprint-based approach to the standards, a manufacturer's ultimate compliance obligations are determined at the end of each model year, when production of the model year is complete. Since the fleet average standards that apply to a manufacturer's car and truck fleets are based on the applicable footprint-based curves, a production volume-weighted fleet average requirement will be calculated for each averaging set (cars and trucks) based on the mix and volumes of the models manufactured for sale by the manufacturer. If a manufacturer's car and/or truck fleet achieves a fleet average CO<E T="52">2</E>/CAFE level better than the car and/or truck standards, then the manufacturer generates credits. Conversely, if the fleet average CO<E T="52">2</E>/CAFE level does not meet the standard, the fleet would incur debits (also referred to as a shortfall). As in the MY 2011 CAFE program under EPCA/EISA, and also in MYs 2012-2016 for the light-duty vehicle GHG and CAFE program, a manufacturer whose fleet generates credits in a given model year would have several options for using those credits, including credit carry-back, credit carry-forward, credit transfers, and credit trading.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>50</SU>This credit flexibility is required by EPCA/EISA, see 49 U.S.C. 32903, and allowed by the CAA.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Credit “carry-back” means that manufacturers are able to use credits to offset a deficit that had accrued in a prior model year, while credit “carry-forward” means that manufacturers can bank credits and use them toward compliance in future model years. EPCA, as amended by EISA, requires NHTSA to allow manufacturers to carry-back credits for up to three model years, and to carry-forward credits for up to five model years. EPA's MYs 2012-2016 light duty vehicle GHG program includes the same limitations and EPA is proposing to continue this limitation in the MY 2017-2025 program. To facilitate the transition to the increasingly more stringent standards, EPA is proposing under its CAA authority a one-time CO<E T="52">2</E>carry-forward beyond 5 years, such that any credits generated from MY 2010 through 2016 will be able to be used any time through MY 2021. This provision would not apply to early credits generated in MY 2009. NHTSA's program will continue the 5-year carry-forward and 3-year carry-back, as required by statute.</P>
          <P>Credit “transfer” means the ability of manufacturers to move credits from their passenger car fleet to their light truck fleet, or vice versa. EISA required NHTSA to establish by regulation a CAFE credits transferring program, now codified at 49 CFR part 536, to allow a manufacturer to transfer credits between its car and truck fleets to achieve compliance with the standards. For example, credits earned by over-compliance with a manufacturer's car fleet average standard could be used to offset debits incurred due to that manufacturer's not meeting the truck fleet average standard in a given year. However, EISA imposed a cap on the amount by which a manufacturer could raise its CAFE through transferred credits: 1 mpg for MYs 2011-2013; 1.5 mpg for MYs 2014-2017; and 2 mpg for MYs 2018 and beyond.<SU>51</SU>
            <FTREF/>Under section 202(a) of the CAA, in contrast, there is no statutory limitation on car-truck credit transfers, and EPA's GHG program allows unlimited credit transfers across a manufacturer's car-truck fleet to meet the GHG standard. This is based on the expectation that this flexibility will facilitate setting appropriate GHG standards that manufacturers' can comply with in the lead time provided, and will allow the required GHG emissions reductions to be achieved in the most cost effective way. Therefore, EPA did not constrain the magnitude of allowable car-truck credit transfers,<SU>52</SU>
            <FTREF/>as doing so would reduce the flexibility for lead time, and would increase costs with no corresponding environmental benefit. EISA also prohibits the use of transferred credits to meet the minimum domestic passenger car fleet CAFE standard.<SU>53</SU>
            <FTREF/>These statutory limits will necessarily continue to apply to the determination of compliance with the CAFE standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>51</SU>49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(3).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>52</SU>EPA's proposed program will continue to adjust car and truck credits by vehicle miles traveled (VMT), as in the MY 2012-2016 program.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>53</SU>49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(4).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Credit “trading” means the ability of manufacturers to sell credits to, or purchase credits from, one another. EISA allowed NHTSA to establish by regulation a CAFE credit trading program, also now codified at 49 CFR Part 536, to allow credits to be traded between vehicle manufacturers. EPA also allows credit trading in the light-duty vehicle GHG program. These sorts of exchanges between averaging sets are typically allowed under EPA's current mobile source emission credit programs (as well as EPA's and NHTSA's recently promulgated GHG and fuel efficiency standards for heavy-duty vehicles and engines). EISA also prohibits manufacturers from using traded credits to meet the minimum domestic passenger car CAFE standard.<SU>54</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>54</SU>49 U.S.C. 32903(f)(2).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Air Conditioning Improvement Credits/Fuel Economy Value Increases</HD>

          <P>Air conditioning (A/C) systems contribute to GHG emissions in two ways. Hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) refrigerants, which are powerful GHGs, can leak from the A/C system (direct A/C emissions). In addition, operation of the A/C system places an additional load on the engine which increases fuel consumption and thus results in additional CO<E T="52">2</E>tailpipe emissions (indirect A/C related emissions). In the MYs 2012-2016 program, EPA allows manufacturers to generate credits by reducing either or both types of GHG emissions related to A/C systems. The expected generation of A/C credits is accounted for in setting the level of the overall CO<E T="52">2</E>standard. For the current proposal, as with the MYs 2012-2016 program, manufacturers will be able to generate CO<E T="52">2</E>-equivalent credits to use in complying with the CO<E T="52">2</E>standards for improvements in air conditioning (A/C) systems, both for efficiency improvements (reduces tailpipe CO<E T="52">2</E>and improves fuel consumption) and for leakage reduction or alternative, lower GWP (global warming potential) refrigerant use (reduces hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) emissions). EPA is proposing that the maximum A/C credit available for cars is 18.8 grams/mile CO<E T="52">2</E>and for trucks is 24.4 grams/mile CO<E T="52">2</E>. The proposed test methods used to calculate these direct and indirect A/C credits are very similar to those of the MYs 2012-2016 program, though EPA is seeking comment on a revised idle test as well as a new test procedure.</P>

          <P>For the first time in the current proposal, the agencies are proposing provisions that would account for improvements in air conditioner efficiency in the CAFE program. Improving A/C efficiency leads to real-world fuel economy benefits, because as explained above, A/C operation<PRTPAGE P="74878"/>represents an additional load on the engine, so more efficient A/C operation imposes less of a load and allows the vehicle to go farther on a gallon of gas. Under EPCA, EPA has authority to adopt procedures to measure fuel economy and calculate CAFE. Under this authority EPA is proposing that manufacturers could generate fuel consumption improvement values for purposes of CAFE compliance based on air conditioning system efficiency improvements for cars and trucks. This increase in fuel economy would be allowed up to a maximum based on 0.000563 gallon/mile for cars and 0.000810 gallon/mile for trucks. This is equivalent to the A/C efficiency CO<E T="52">2</E>credit allowed by EPA under the GHG program. The same methods would be used in the CAFE program to calculate the values for air conditioning efficiency improvements for cars and trucks as are used in EPA's GHG program. NHTSA is including in its proposed passenger car and light truck CAFE standards an increase in stringency in each model year from 2017-2025 by the amount industry is expected to improve air conditioning system efficiency in those years, in a manner consistent with EPA's GHG standards. EPA is not proposing to allow generation of fuel consumption improvement values for CAFE purposes, nor is NHTSA proposing to increase stringency of the CAFE standard, for the use of A/C systems that reduce leakage or employ alternative, lower GWP refrigerant, because those changes do not improve fuel economy.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Off-cycle Credits/Fuel Economy Value Increases</HD>

          <P>For MYs 2012-2016, EPA provided an option for manufacturers to generate credits for employing new and innovative technologies that achieve CO<E T="52">2</E>reductions that are not reflected on current test procedures. EPA noted in the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking that examples of such “off-cycle” technologies might include solar panels on hybrids, adaptive cruise control, and active aerodynamics, among other technologies. See generally 75 FR at 25438-39. EPA's current program allows off-cycle credits to be generated through MY 2016.</P>
          <P>EPA is proposing that manufacturers may continue to use off-cycle credits for MY 2017 and later for the GHG program. As with A/C efficiency, improving efficiency through the use of off-cycle technologies leads to real-world fuel economy benefits and allows the vehicle to go farther on a gallon of gas. Thus, under its EPCA authority EPA is proposing to allow manufacturers to generate fuel consumption improvement values for purposes of CAFE compliance based on the use of off-cycle technologies. Increases in fuel economy under the CAFE program based on off-cycle technology will be equivalent to the off-cycle credit allowed by EPA under the GHG program, and these amounts will be determined using the same procedures and test methods as are used in EPA's GHG program. For the reasons discussed in sections III and IV of this proposal, the ability to generate off-cycle credits and increases in fuel economy for use in compliance will not affect or change the level of the GHG or CAFE standards proposed by each agency.</P>
          <P>Many automakers indicated that they had a strong interest in pursuing off-cycle technologies, and encouraged the agencies to refine and simplify the evaluation process to provide more certainty as to the types of technologies the agencies would approve for credit generation. For 2017 and later, EPA is proposing to expand and streamline the MYs 2012-2016 off-cycle credit provisions, including an approach by which the agencies would provide specified amounts of credit and fuel consumption improvement values for a subset of off-cycle technologies whose benefits are readily quantifiable. EPA is proposing a list of technologies and credit values, where sufficient data is available, that manufacturers could use without going through an advance approval process that would otherwise be required to generate credits. EPA believes that our assessment of off-cycle technologies and associated credit values on this proposed list is conservative, and automakers may apply for additional off-cycle credits beyond the minimum credit value if they have sufficient supporting data. Further, manufacturers may also apply for off-cycle technologies beyond those listed, again, if they have sufficient data.</P>
          <P>In addition, EPA is providing additional detail on the process and timing for the credit/fuel consumption improvement values application and approval process. EPA is proposing a timeline for the approval process, including a 60-day EPA decision process from the time a manufacturer submits a complete application. EPA is also proposing a detailed, common, step-by-step process, including a specification of the data that manufacturers must submit. For off-cycle technologies that are both not covered by the pre-approved off-cycle credit/fuel consumption improvement values list and that are not quantifiable based on the 5-cycle test cycle option provided in the 2012-2016 rulemaking, EPA is proposing to retain the public comment process from the MYs 2012-2016 rule.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Incentives for Electric Vehicles, Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, and Fuel Cell Vehicles</HD>
          <P>To facilitate market penetration of the most advanced vehicle technologies as rapidly as possible, EPA is proposing an incentive multiplier for compliance purposes for all electric vehicles (EVs), plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs), and fuel cell vehicles (FCVs) sold in MYs 2017 through 2021. This multiplier approach means that each EV/PHEV/FCV would count as more than one vehicle in the manufacturer's compliance calculation. EPA is proposing that EVs and FCVs start with a multiplier value of 2.0 in MY 2017, phasing down to a value of 1.5 in MY 2021. PHEVs would start at a multiplier value of 1.6 in MY 2017 and phase down to a value of 1.3 in MY 2021.<SU>55</SU>
            <FTREF/>The multiplier would be 1.0 for MYs 2022-2025.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>55</SU>The multipliers for EV/FCV would be: 2017-2019—2.0, 2020—1.75, 2021—1.5; for PHEV: 2017-2019—1.6, 2020—1.45, 2021—1.3.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>NHTSA currently interprets EPCA and EISA as precluding the agency from offering additional incentives for EVs, FCVs and PHEVs, except as specified by statute,<SU>56</SU>
            <FTREF/>and thus is not proposing incentive multipliers comparable to the EPA incentive multipliers described above.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>56</SU>Because 49 U.S.C. 32904(a)(2)(B) expressly requires EPA to calculate the fuel economy of electric vehicles using the Petroleum Equivalency Factor developed by DOE, which contains an incentive for electric operation already, and because 49 U.S.C. 32905(a) expressly requires EPA to calculate the fuel economy of FCVs using a specified incentive, NHTSA believes that Congress' having provided clear incentives for these technologies in the CAFE program suggests that additional incentives beyond those would not be consistent with Congress' intent. Similarly, because the fuel economy of PHEVs' electric operation must also be calculated using DOE's PEF, the incentive for electric operation appears to already be inherent in the statutory structure.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>For EVs, PHEVs and FCVs, EPA is proposing to set a value of 0 g/mile for the tailpipe compliance value for EVs, PHEVs (electricity usage) and FCVs for MY 2017-2021, with no limit on the quantity of vehicles eligible for 0 g/mi tailpipe emissions accounting. For MY 2022-2025, EPA is proposing that 0 g/mi only be allowed up to a per-company cumulative sales cap, tiered as follows: 1) 600,000 vehicles for companies that sell 300,000 EV/PHEV/FCVs in MYs 2019-2021; 2) 200,000 vehicles for all other manufacturers. EPA believes the industry-wide impact of such a tiered cap will be approximately 2 million vehicles. EPA<PRTPAGE P="74879"/>proposes to phase-in the change in compliance value, from 0 grams per mile to net upstream accounting, for any manufacturer that exceeds its cumulative production cap for EV/PHEV/FCVs. EPA proposes that, starting with MY 2022, the compliance value for EVs, FCVs, and the electric portion of PHEVs in excess of individual automaker cumulative production caps would be based on net upstream accounting.</P>
          <P>For EVs and other dedicated alternative fuel vehicles, EPA is proposing to calculate fuel economy for the CAFE program using the same methodology as in the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking, which aligns with EPCA/EISA statutory requirements. For liquid alternative fuels, this methodology generally counts 15 percent of the volume of fuel used in determine the mpg-equivalent fuel economy. For gaseous alternative fuels, the methodology generally determines a gasoline equivalent mpg based on the energy content of the gaseous fuel consumed, and then adjusts the fuel consumption by effectively only counting 15 percent of the actual energy consumed. For electricity, the methodology generally determines a gasoline equivalent mpg by measuring the electrical energy consumed, and then using a petroleum equivalency factor (PEF) to convert to an mpg-equivalent value. The PEF for electricity includes an adjustment that effectively only counts 15 percent of the actual energy consumed. Counting 15 percent of the volume or energy provides an incentive for alternative fuels in the CAFE program.</P>
          <P>The methodology that EPA is proposing for dual fueled vehicles under the GHG program and to calculate fuel economy for the CAFE program is discussed below in subsection I.B.7.a.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Incentives for “Game Changing” Technologies Performance for Full-Size Pickup Truck Including Hybridization</HD>

          <P>The agencies recognize that the standards under consideration for MYs 2017-2025 will be challenging for large trucks, including full size pickup trucks. In order to incentivize the penetration into the marketplace of “game changing” technologies for these pickups, including their hybridization, EPA is proposing a CO<E T="52">2</E>credit in the GHG program and an equivalent fuel consumption improvement value in the CAFE program for manufacturers that employ significant quantities of hybridization on full size pickup trucks, by including a per-vehicle CO<E T="52">2</E>credit and fuel consumption improvement value available for mild and strong hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs). EPA would provide the incentive for the GHG program under EPA's CAA authority and the incentive for the CAFE program under EPA's EPCA authority. EPA's GHG and NHTSA's CAFE proposed standards are set at levels that take into account this flexibility as an incentive for the introduction of advanced technology. This provides the opportunity to begin to transform the most challenging category of vehicles in terms of the penetration of advanced technologies, which, if successful at incentivizing these “game changing technologies,” should allow additional opportunities to successfully achieve the higher levels of truck stringencies in MYs 2022-2025.</P>

          <P>EPA is proposing that access to this credit and fuel consumption improvement value be conditioned on a minimum penetration of the technology in a manufacturer's full size pickup truck fleet, and is proposing criteria for a full size pickup truck (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>minimum bed size and minimum towing or payload capability). EPA is proposing that mild HEV pickup trucks would be eligible for a per vehicle credit of 10 g/mi<SU>57</SU>
            <FTREF/>during MYs 2017-2021 if the technology is used on a minimum percentage of a company's full size pickups, beginning with at least 30% of a company's full size pickup production in 2017 and ramping up to at least 80% in MY 2021. Strong HEV pickup trucks would be eligible for a 20 g/mi per<SU>58</SU>
            <FTREF/>vehicle credit during MYs 2017-2025 if the technology is used on at least 10% of the company's full size pickups. These volume thresholds are being proposed in order to encourage rapid penetration of these technologies in this vehicle segment. EPA and NHTSA are proposing specific definitions of mild and strong HEV pickup trucks.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>57</SU>0.001125 gallon/mile.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>58</SU>0.00225 gallon/mile.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Because there are other technologies besides mild and strong hybrids which can significantly reduce GHG emissions and fuel consumption in pickup trucks, EPA is also proposing a performance-based incentive CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions credit and equivalent fuel consumption improvement value for full size pickup trucks that achieve a significant CO<E T="52">2</E>reduction below/fuel economy improvement above the applicable target. This would be available for vehicles achieving significant CO<E T="52">2</E>reductions/fuel economy improvements through the use of technologies other than hybrid drive systems. EPA is proposing that eligible pickup trucks achieving 15 percent below their applicable CO<E T="52">2</E>target would receive a 10 g/mi credit, and those achieving 20 percent below their target would receive a 20 g/mi credit. The 10 g/mi performance-based credit would be available for MYs 2017 to 2021 and a vehicle meeting the requirements would receive the credit until MY 2021 unless its CO<E T="52">2</E>level increases. The 20 g/mi performance-based credit would be available for a maximum of 5 years within the model years of 2017 to 2025, provided the CO<E T="52">2</E>level does not increase for those vehicles earning the credit. The credits would begin in the model year of the eligible vehicle's introduction, and could not extend past MY 2021 for the 10 g/mi credit and MY 2025 for the 20 g/mi credit.</P>
          <P>To avoid double-counting, the same vehicle would not receive credit under both the HEV and the performance based approaches.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Mid-Term Evaluation</HD>
          <P>Given the long time frame at issue in setting standards for MYs 2022-2025, and given NHTSA's obligation to conduct a separate rulemaking in order to establish final standards for vehicles for those model years, EPA and NHTSA are proposing a comprehensive mid-term evaluation and agency decision-making process. As part of this undertaking, both NHTSA and EPA will develop and compile up-to-date information for the evaluation, through a collaborative, robust and transparent process, including public notice and comment. The evaluation will be based on (1) a holistic assessment of all of the factors considered by the agencies in setting standards, including those set forth in the rule and other relevant factors, and (2) the expected impact of those factors on the manufacturers' ability to comply, without placing decisive weight on any particular factor or projection. The comprehensive evaluation process will lead to final agency action by both agencies.</P>
          <P>Consistent with the agencies' commitment to maintaining a single national framework for regulation of vehicle emissions and fuel economy, the agencies fully expect to conduct the mid-term evaluation in close coordination with the California Air Resources Board (CARB). Moreover, the agencies fully expect that any adjustments to the GHG standards will be made with the participation of CARB and in a manner that ensures continued harmonization of state and federal vehicle standards.</P>

          <P>Further discussion of the mid-term evaluation can be found in section III and IV of the proposal.<PRTPAGE P="74880"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Coordinated Compliance</HD>
          <P>The MYs 2012-2016 final rules established detailed and comprehensive regulatory provisions for compliance and enforcement under the GHG and CAFE programs. These provisions remain in place for model years beyond MY 2016 without additional action by the agencies and EPA and NHTSA are not proposing any significant modifications to them. In the MYs 2012-2016 final rule, NHTSA and EPA established a program that recognizes, and replicates as closely as possible, the compliance protocols associated with the existing CAA Tier 2 vehicle emission standards, and with earlier model year CAFE standards. The certification, testing, reporting, and associated compliance activities established for the GHG program closely track those in previously existing programs and are thus familiar to manufacturers. EPA already oversees testing, collects and processes test data, and performs calculations to determine compliance with both CAFE and CAA standards. Under this coordinated approach, the compliance mechanisms for both programs are consistent and non-duplicative. EPA also applies the CAA authorities applicable to its separate in-use requirements in this program.</P>
          <P>The compliance approach allows manufacturers to satisfy the GHG program requirements in the same general way they comply with previously existing applicable CAA and CAFE requirements. Manufacturers will demonstrate compliance on a fleet-average basis at the end of each model year, allowing model-level testing to continue throughout the year as is the current practice for CAFE determinations. The compliance program design includes a single set of manufacturer reporting requirements and relies on a single set of underlying data. This approach still allows each agency to assess compliance with its respective program under its respective statutory authority. The program also addresses EPA enforcement in cases of noncompliance.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Additional Program Elements</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Treatment of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEVs), and Flexible Fuel Vehicles (FFVs)</HD>
          <P>EPA is proposing that CO<E T="52">2</E>compliance values for plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs) and bi-fuel compressed natural gas (CNG) vehicles will be based on estimated use of the alternative fuels, recognizing that, once a consumer has paid several thousand dollars to be able to use a fuel that is considerably cheaper than gasoline, it is very likely that the consumer will seek to use the cheaper fuel as much as possible. Accordingly, for CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions compliance, EPA is proposing to use the Society of Automotive Engineers “utility factor” methodology (based on vehicle range on the alternative fuel and typical daily travel mileage) to determine the assumed percentage of operation on gasoline and percentage of operation on the alternative fuel for both PHEVs and bi-fuel CNG vehicles, along with the CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions test values on the alternative fuel and gasoline.</P>
          <P>EPA is proposing to account for E85 use by flexible fueled vehicles (FFVs) as in the existing MY 2016 and later program, based on actual usage of E85 which represents a real-world reduction attributed to alternative fuels. Unlike PHEV and bi-fuel CNG vehicles, there is not a significant cost differential between an FFV and a conventional gasoline vehicle and historically consumers have only fueled these vehicles with E85 a very small percentage of the time.</P>
          <P>In the CAFE program for MYs 2017-2019, the fuel economy of dual fuel vehicles will be determined in the same manner as specified in the MY 2012-2016 rule, and as defined by EISA. Beginning in MY 2020, EISA does not specify how to measure the fuel economy of dual fuel vehicles, and EPA is proposing under its EPCA authority to use the “utility factor” methodology for PHEV and CNG vehicles described above to determine how to proportion the fuel economy when operating on gasoline or diesel fuel and the fuel economy when operating on the alternative fuel. For FFVs, EPA is proposing to use the same methodology as it uses for the GHG program to determine how to proportion the fuel economy, which would be based on actual usage of E85. EPA is proposing to continue to use Petroleum Equivalency Factors and the 0.15 divisor used in the MY 2012-2016 rule for the alternative fuels, however with no cap on the amount of fuel economy increase allowed. This issue is discussed further in Section III.B.10.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Exclusion of Emergency and Police Vehicles</HD>
          <P>Under EPCA, manufacturers are allowed to exclude emergency vehicles from their CAFE fleet<SU>59</SU>
            <FTREF/>and all manufacturers have historically done so. In the MYs 2012-2016 program, EPA's GHG program applies to these vehicles. However, after further consideration of this issue, EPA is proposing the same type of exclusion provision for these vehicles for MY 2012 and later because of the unique features of vehicles designed specifically for law enforcement and emergency purposes, which have the effect of raising their GHG emissions and calling into question the ability of manufacturers to sufficiently reduce the emissions from these vehicles without compromising necessary vehicle features or dropping vehicles from their fleets.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>59</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(e).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Small Businesses and Small Volume Manufacturers</HD>
          <P>EPA is proposing provisions to address two categories of smaller manufacturers. The first category is small businesses as defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA). For vehicle manufacturers, SBA's definition of small business is any firm with less than 1,000 employees. As with the MYs 2012-2016 program, EPA is proposing to continue to exempt small businesses from the GHG standards, for any company that meets the SBA's definition of a small business. EPA believes this exemption is appropriate given the unique challenges small businesses would face in meeting the GHG standards, and since these businesses make up less than 0.1% of total U.S. vehicle sales, and there is no significant impact on emission reductions.</P>

          <P>EPA's proposal also addresses small volume manufacturers, with U.S. annual sales of less than 5,000 vehicles. Under the MYs 2012-2016 program, these small volume manufacturers are eligible for an exemption from the CO<E T="52">2</E>standards. EPA is proposing to bring small volume manufacturers into the CO<E T="52">2</E>program for the first time starting in MY 2017, and allow them to petition EPA for alternative standards.</P>
          <P>EPCA provides NHTSA with the authority to exempt from the generally applicable CAFE standards manufacturers that produce fewer than 10,000 passenger cars worldwide in the model year each of the two years prior to the year in which they seek an exemption.<SU>60</SU>

            <FTREF/>If NHTSA exempts a manufacturer, it must establish an alternate standard for that manufacturer for that model year, at the level that the agency decides is maximum feasible for that manufacturer. The exemption and alternative standard apply only if the exempted manufacturer also produces fewer than 10,000 passenger cars<PRTPAGE P="74881"/>worldwide in the year for which the exemption was granted.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>60</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(d). Implementing regulations may be found in 49 CFR part 525.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Further, the Temporary Lead-time Allowance Alternative Standards (TLAAS) provisions included in EPA's MYs 2012-2016 program for manufacturers with MY 2009 U.S. sales of less than 400,000 vehicles ends after MY 2015 for most eligible manufacturers.<SU>61</SU>
            <FTREF/>EPA is not proposing to extend or otherwise replace the TLAAS provisions for the proposed MYs 2017-2025 program. However, EPA is inviting comment on whether this or some other form of flexibility is warranted for lower volume, limited line manufacturers, as further discussed in Section III.B.8. With the exception of the small businesses and small volume manufacturers discussed above, the proposed MYs 2017-2025 standards would apply to all manufacturers.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>61</SU>TLAAS ends after MY 2016 for manufacturers with MY 2009 U.S. sales of less than 50,000 vehicles.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Summary of Costs and Benefits for the Proposed National Program</HD>
          <P>This section summarizes the projected costs and benefits of the proposed CAFE and GHG emissions standards. These projections helped inform the agencies' choices among the alternatives considered and provide further confirmation that the proposed standards are appropriate under their respective statutory authorities. The costs and benefits projected by NHTSA to result from these CAFE standards are presented first, followed by those from EPA's analysis of the GHG emissions standards. The agencies recognize that there are uncertainties regarding the benefit and cost values presented in this proposal. Some benefits and costs are not quantified. The value of other benefits and costs could be too low or too high.</P>
          <P>For several reasons, the estimates for costs and benefits presented by NHTSA and EPA, while consistent, are not directly comparable, and thus should not be expected to be identical. Most important, NHTSA and EPA's standards would require slightly different fuel efficiency improvements. EPA's proposed GHG standard is more stringent in part due to its assumptions about manufacturers' use of air conditioning leakage credits, which result from reductions in air conditioning-related emissions of HFCs. NHTSA is proposing standards at levels of stringency that assume improvements in the efficiency of air conditioning systems, but that do not account for reductions in HFCs, which are not related to fuel economy or energy conservation. In addition, the CAFE and GHG standards offer somewhat different program flexibilities and provisions, and the agencies' analyses differ in their accounting for these flexibilities (examples include the treatment of EVs, dual-fueled vehicles, and civil penalties), primarily because NHTSA is statutorily prohibited from considering some flexibilities when establishing CAFE standards,<SU>62</SU>
            <FTREF/>while EPA is not. These differences contribute to differences in the agencies' respective estimates of costs and benefits resulting from the new standards. Nevertheless, it is important to note that NHTSA and EPA have harmonized the programs as much as possible, and this proposal to continue the National Program would result in significant cost and other advantages for the automobile industry by allowing them to manufacture one fleet of vehicles across the U.S., rather than comply with potentially multiple state standards that may occur in the absence of the National Program.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>62</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>49 U.S.C. 32902(h).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In summary, the projected costs and benefits presented by NHTSA and EPA are not directly comparable, because the levels being proposed by EPA include air conditioning-related improvements in HFC reductions, and because of the projection by EPA of complete compliance with the proposed GHG standards, whereas NHTSA projects some manufacturers will pay civil penalties as part of their compliance strategy, as allowed by EPCA. It should also be expected that overall EPA's estimates of GHG reductions and fuel savings achieved by the proposed GHG standards will be slightly higher than those projected by NHTSA only for the CAFE standards because of the same reasons described above. For the same reasons, EPA's estimates of manufacturers' costs for complying with the proposed passenger car and light truck GHG standards are slightly higher than NHTSA's estimates for complying with the proposed CAFE standards.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Summary of Costs and Benefits for the Proposed NHTSA CAFE Standards</HD>

          <P>In reading the following section, we note that tables are identified as reflecting “estimated required” values and “estimated achieved” values. When establishing standards, EPCA allows NHTSA to only consider the fuel economy of dual-fuel vehicles (for example, FFVs and PHEVs) when operating on gasoline, and prohibits NHTSA from considering the use of dedicated alternative fuel vehicle credits (including for example EVs), credit carry-forward and carry-back, and credit transfer and trading. NHTSA's primary analysis of costs, fuel savings, and related benefits from imposing higher CAFE standards does not include them. However, EPCA does not prohibit NHTSA from considering the fact that manufacturers may pay civil penalties rather than comply with CAFE standards, and NHTSA's primary analysis accounts for some manufacturers' tendency to do so. The primary analysis is generally identified in tables throughout this document by the term “<E T="03">estimated required</E>CAFE levels.”</P>

          <P>To illustrate the effects of the flexibilities and technologies that NHTSA is prohibited from including in its primary analysis, NHTSA performed a supplemental analysis of these effects on benefits and costs of the proposed CAFE standards that helps to demonstrate the real-world impacts. As an example of one of the effects, including the use of FFV credits reduces estimated per-vehicle compliance costs of the program, but does not significantly change the projected fuel savings and CO<E T="52">2</E>reductions, because FFV credits reduce the fuel economy levels that manufacturers achieve not only under the proposed standards, but also under the baseline MY 2016 CAFE standards. As another example, including the operation of PHEV vehicles on both electricity and gasoline, and the expected use of EVs for compliance may raise the fuel economy levels that manufacturers achieve under the proposed standards. The supplemental analysis is generally identified in tables throughout this document by the term “<E T="03">estimated achieved</E>CAFE levels.”</P>
          <P>Thus, NHTSA's primary analysis shows the estimates the agency considered for purposes of establishing new CAFE standards, and its supplemental analysis including manufacturer use of flexibilities and advanced technologies currently reflects the agency's best estimate of the potential real-world effects of the proposed CAFE standards.</P>

          <P>Without accounting for the compliance flexibilities and advanced technologies that NHTSA is prohibited from considering when determining the maximum feasible level of new CAFE standards, since manufacturers' decisions to use those flexibilities and technologies are voluntary, NHTSA estimates that the required fuel economy increases would lead to fuel savings totaling 173 billion gallons throughout the lives of vehicles sold in MYs 2017-2025. At a 3 percent discount rate, the present value of the economic benefits resulting from those fuel<PRTPAGE P="74882"/>savings is $451 billion; at a 7 percent private discount rate, the present value of the economic benefits resulting from those fuel savings is $358 billion.</P>

          <P>The agency further estimates that these new CAFE standards would lead to corresponding reductions in CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions totaling 1.8 billion metric tons during the lives of vehicles sold in MYs 2017-2025. The present value of the economic benefits from avoiding those emissions is $49 billion, based on a global social cost of carbon value of $22 per metric ton (in 2010, and growing thereafter).<SU>63</SU>

            <FTREF/>It is important to note that NHTSA's CAFE standards and EPA's GHG standards will both be in effect, and each will lead to increases in average fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>reductions. The two agencies standards together comprise the National Program, and this discussion of the costs and benefits of NHTSA's CAFE standards does not change the fact that both the CAFE and GHG standards, jointly, are the source of the benefits and costs of the National Program. All costs are in 2009 dollars.<FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>63</SU>NHTSA also estimated the benefits associated with three more estimates of a one ton GHG reduction in 2009 ($5, $36, and $67), which will likewise grow thereafter.<E T="03">See</E>Section II for a more detailed discussion of the social cost of carbon.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>64</SU>The “Earlier” column shows benefits that NHTSA forecasts manufacturers will implement in model years prior to 2017 that are in response to the proposed MY 2017-2025 standards. The CAFE model forecasts that manufactures will implement some technologies, and achieve benefits during vehicle redesigns that occur prior to MY 2017 in order to comply with MY 2017 and later standards in a cost effective manner.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPH DEEP="227" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.011</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="640" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74883"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.012</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>Considering manufacturers' ability to employ compliance flexibilities and advanced technologies for meeting the standards, NHTSA estimates the following for fuel savings and avoided CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions, assuming FFV credits<PRTPAGE P="74884"/>would be used toward both the baseline and final standards:</P>
          <GPH DEEP="640" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.013</GID>
          </GPH>
          <PRTPAGE P="74885"/>

          <FP>NHTSA estimates that the fuel economy increases resulting from the proposed standards would produce other benefits both to drivers (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>reduced time spent refueling) and to the U.S. as a whole (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>reductions in the costs of petroleum imports<E T="03">beyond</E>the direct savings from reduced oil purchases),<SU>65</SU>
            <FTREF/>as well as some disbenefits (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>increased traffic congestion) caused by drivers' tendency to travel more when the cost of driving declines (as it does when fuel economy increases). NHTSA has estimated the total monetary value to society of these benefits and disbenefits, and estimates that the proposed standards will produce significant net benefits to society. Using a 3 percent discount rate, NHTSA estimates that the present value of these benefits would total more than $515 billion over the lives of the vehicles sold during MYs 2017-2025; using a 7 percent discount rate, more than $419 billion. More discussion regarding monetized benefits can be found in Section IV of this notice and in NHTSA's PRIA. Note that the benefit calculation in the following tables includes the benefits of reducing CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions,<SU>66</SU>
            <FTREF/>but not the benefits of reducing other GHG emissions.</FP>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>65</SU>We note, of course, that reducing the amount of fuel purchased also reduces tax revenue for the Federal and state/local governments. NHTSA discusses this issue in more detail in Chapter VIII of the PRIA.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>66</SU>CO<E T="52">2</E>benefits for purposes of these tables are calculated using the $22/ton SCC values. Note that the net present value of reduced GHG emissions is calculated differently from other benefits. The same discount rate used to discount the value of damages from future emissions (SCC at 5, 3, and 2.5 percent) is used to calculate net present value of SCC for internal consistency.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPH DEEP="607" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74886"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.014</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>Considering manufacturers' ability to employ compliance flexibilities and advanced technologies for meeting the standards, NHTSA estimates the present value of these benefits would be reduced as follows:</P>
          <GPH DEEP="607" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74887"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.015</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>NHTSA attributes most of these benefits (about $451 billion at a 3 percent discount rate, or about $358 billion at a 7 percent discount rate, excluding consideration of compliance flexibilities and advanced technologies for meeting the standards) to reductions in fuel consumption, valuing fuel (for societal purposes) at the future pre-tax prices projected in the Energy Information Administration's (EIA) reference case forecast from the Annual Energy Outlook (AEO) 2011. NHTSA's PRIA accompanying this proposal<PRTPAGE P="74888"/>presents a detailed analysis of specific benefits of the rule.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="171" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.016</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>NHTSA estimates that the increases in technology application necessary to achieve the projected improvements in fuel economy will entail considerable monetary outlays. The agency estimates that the incremental costs for achieving the proposed CAFE standards—that is, outlays by vehicle manufacturers over and above those required to comply with the MY 2016 CAFE standards—will total about $157 billion (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>during MYs 2017-2025).</P>
          <GPH DEEP="165" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.017</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>However, NHTSA estimates that manufacturers employing compliance flexibilities and advanced technologies to meet the standards could significantly reduce these outlays:</P>
          <GPH DEEP="165" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.018</GID>
          </GPH>
          <PRTPAGE P="74889"/>
          <P>NHTSA projects that manufacturers will recover most or all of these additional costs through higher selling prices for new cars and light trucks. To allow manufacturers to recover these increased outlays (and, to a much less extent, the civil penalties that some manufacturers are expected to pay for non-compliance), the agency estimates that the standards would lead to increase in average new vehicle prices ranging from $161 per vehicle in MY 2017 to $1876 per vehicle in MY 2025:</P>
          <GPH DEEP="210" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.019</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>And as before, NHTSA estimates that manufacturers employing compliance flexibilities and advanced technologies to meet the standards could significantly reduce these increases.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="210" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.020</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>NHTSA estimates, therefore, that the total benefits of these proposed CAFE standards will be more than 2.5 times the magnitude of the corresponding costs. As a consequence, the proposed CAFE standards would produce net benefits of $358 billion at a 3 percent discount rate (with compliance flexibilities, $355 billion), or $262 billion at a 7 percent discount rate (with compliance flexibilities, $264 billion), over the useful lives of the vehicles sold during MYs 2017-2025.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Summary of Costs and Benefits for the Proposed EPA GHG Standards</HD>

          <P>EPA has analyzed in detail the costs and benefits of the proposed GHG standards. Table I-17 shows EPA's estimated lifetime discounted cost, fuel savings, and benefits for all vehicles projected to be sold in model years 2017-2025. The benefits include impacts such as climate-related economic benefits from reducing emissions of CO<E T="52">2</E>(but not other GHGs), reductions in energy security externalities caused by U.S. petroleum consumption and imports, the value of certain health benefits, the value of additional driving attributed to the rebound effect, the value of reduced refueling time needed to fill up a more<PRTPAGE P="74890"/>fuel efficient vehicle. The analysis also includes economic impacts stemming from additional vehicle use, such as the economic damages caused by accidents, congestion and noise. Note that benefits depend on estimated values for the social cost of carbon (SCC), as described in Section III.H.</P>
          <BILCOD>BLLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
          <GPH DEEP="626" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.021</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="444" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74891"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.022</GID>
          </GPH>
          <BILCOD>BLLING CODE 4910-59-C</BILCOD>

          <P>Table I-18 shows EPA's estimated lifetime fuel savings and CO<E T="52">2</E>equivalent emission reductions for all vehicles sold in the model years 2017-2025. The values in Table I-18 are projected lifetime totals for each model year and are not discounted. As documented in EPA's draft RIA, the potential credit transfer between cars and trucks may change the distribution of the fuel savings and GHG emission impacts between cars and trucks. As discussed above with respect to NHTSA's CAFE standards, it is important to note that NHTSA's CAFE standards and EPA's GHG standards will both be in effect, and each will lead to increases in average fuel economy and reductions in CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions. The two agencies' standards together comprise the National Program, and this discussion of costs and benefits of EPA's proposed GHG standards does not change the fact that both the proposed CAFE and GHG standards, jointly, are the source of the benefits and costs of the National Program. In general though, in addition to the added GHG benefit of HFC reductions from the EPA program, the fuel savings benefit are also somewhat higher than that from CAFE, primarily because of the possibility of paying civil penalties in lieu of applying technology in NHTSA's program, which is required by EPCA.</P>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
          <GPH DEEP="640" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74892"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.023</GID>
          </GPH>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-C</BILCOD>

          <P>Table I-19 shows EPA's estimated lifetime discounted benefits for all vehicles sold in model years 2017-2025. Although EPA estimated the benefits<PRTPAGE P="74893"/>associated with four different values of a one ton GHG reduction ($5, $22 $36, $67 in CY 2010 and in 2009 dollars), for the purposes of this overview presentation of estimated benefits EPA is showing the benefits associated with one of these marginal values, $22 per ton of CO<E T="52">2</E>, in 2009 dollars and 2010 emissions. Table I-19 presents benefits based on the $22 value. Section III.H presents the four marginal values used to estimate monetized benefits of GHG reductions and Section III.H presents the program benefits using each of the four marginal values, which represent only a partial accounting of total benefits due to omitted climate change impacts and other factors that are not readily monetized. The values in the table are discounted values for each model year of vehicles throughout their projected lifetimes. The benefits include all benefits considered by EPA such as GHG reductions, PM benefits, energy security and other externalities such as reduced refueling time and accidents, congestion and noise. The lifetime discounted benefits are shown for one of four different social cost of carbon (SCC) values considered by EPA. The values in Table I-19 do not include costs associated with new technology required to meet the GHG standard and they do not include the fuel savings expected from that technology.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="587" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74894"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.024</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>Table I-20 shows EPA's estimated lifetime fuel savings, lifetime CO<E T="52">2</E>emission reductions, and the monetized net present values of those fuel savings and CO<E T="52">2</E>emission reductions. The fuel savings and CO<E T="52">2</E>emission reductions are projected lifetime values for all vehicles sold in the model years 2017-2025. The estimated fuel savings in billions of gallons and the GHG reductions in million metric tons of CO<E T="52">2</E>shown in Table I-20 are totals for the nine model years throughout their projected lifetime and are not discounted. The monetized values shown in Table I-20 are the summed values of the discounted monetized fuel savings and monetized CO<E T="52">2</E>reductions for the model years 2017-2025 vehicles throughout their lifetimes. The monetized values in Table I-20 reflect<PRTPAGE P="74895"/>both a 3 percent and a 7 percent discount rate as noted.</P>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
          <GPH DEEP="555" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.025</GID>
          </GPH>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-C</BILCOD>

          <P>Table I-21 shows EPA's estimated incremental and total technology outlays for cars and trucks for each of the model years 2017-2025. The technology outlays shown in Table I-21 are for the industry as a whole and do not account for fuel savings associated with the program. Table I-22 shows EPA's estimated incremental cost increase of the average new vehicle for each model year 2017-2025. The values shown are incremental to a baseline vehicle and are not cumulative. In other words, the estimated increase for 2017 model year cars is $194 relative to a 2017 model year car meeting the MY 2016 standards. The estimated increase<PRTPAGE P="74896"/>for a 2018 model year car is $353 relative to a 2018 model year car meeting the MY 2016 standards (not $194 plus $353).</P>
          <GPH DEEP="570" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.026</GID>
          </GPH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Background and Comparison of NHTSA and EPA Statutory Authority</HD>
          <P>This section provides the agencies' respective statutory authorities under which CAFE and GHG standards are established.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. NHTSA Statutory Authority</HD>

          <P>NHTSA establishes CAFE standards for passenger cars and light trucks for each model year under EPCA, as amended by EISA. EPCA mandates a<PRTPAGE P="74897"/>motor vehicle fuel economy regulatory program to meet the various facets of the need to conserve energy, including the environmental and foreign policy implications of petroleum use by motor vehicles. EPCA allocates the responsibility for implementing the program between NHTSA and EPA as follows: NHTSA sets CAFE standards for passenger cars and light trucks; EPA establishes the procedures for testing, tests vehicles, collects and analyzes manufacturers' data, and calculates the individual and average fuel economy of each manufacturer's passenger cars and light trucks; and NHTSA enforces the standards based on EPA's calculations.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Standard Setting</HD>
          <P>We have summarized below the most important aspects of standard setting under EPCA, as amended by EISA. For each future model year, EPCA requires that NHTSA establish separate passenger car and light truck standards at “the maximum feasible average fuel economy level that it decides the manufacturers can achieve in that model year,” based on the agency's consideration of four statutory factors: technological feasibility, economic practicability, the effect of other standards of the Government on fuel economy, and the need of the nation to conserve energy. EPCA does not define these terms or specify what weight to give each concern in balancing them; thus, NHTSA defines them and determines the appropriate weighting that leads to the maximum feasible standards given the circumstances in each CAFE standard rulemaking.<SU>67</SU>
            <FTREF/>For MYs 2011-2020, EPCA further requires that separate standards for passenger cars and for light trucks be set at levels high enough to ensure that the CAFE of the industry-wide combined fleet of new passenger cars and light trucks reaches at least 35 mpg not later than MY 2020. For model years after 2020, standards need simply be set at the maximum feasible level.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>67</SU>
              <E T="03">See Center for Biological Diversity</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>538 F.3d. 1172, 1195 (9th Cir. 2008) (“The EPCA clearly requires the agency to consider these four factors, but it gives NHTSA discretion to decide how to balance the statutory factors—as long as NHTSA's balancing does not undermine the fundamental purpose of the EPCA: energy conservation.”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Because EPCA states that standards must be set for “* * * automobiles manufactured by manufacturers,” and because Congress provided specific direction on how small-volume manufacturers could obtain exemptions from the passenger car standards, NHTSA has long interpreted its authority as pertaining to setting standards for the industry as a whole. Prior to this NPRM, some manufacturers raised with NHTSA the possibility of NHTSA and EPA setting alternate standards for part of the industry that met certain (relatively low) sales volume criteria—specifically, that separate standards be set so that “intermediate-size,” limited-line manufacturers do not have to meet the same levels of stringency that larger manufacturers have to meet until several years later. NHTSA seeks comment on whether or how EPCA, as amended by EISA, could be interpreted to allow such alternate standards for certain parts of the industry.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Factors That Must Be Considered in Deciding the Appropriate Stringency of CAFE Standards</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(1) Technological Feasibility</HD>
          <P>“Technological feasibility” refers to whether a particular method of improving fuel economy can be available for commercial application in the model year for which a standard is being established. Thus, the agency is not limited in determining the level of new standards to technology that is already being commercially applied at the time of the rulemaking, a consideration which is particularly relevant for a rulemaking with a timeframe as long as the present one. For this rulemaking, NHTSA has considered all types of technologies that improve real-world fuel economy, including air-conditioner efficiency, due to EPA's proposal to allow generation of fuel consumption improvement values for CAFE purposes based on improvements to air-conditioner efficiency that improves fuel efficiency.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(2) Economic Practicability</HD>
          <P>“Economic practicability” refers to whether a standard is one “within the financial capability of the industry, but not so stringent as to” lead to “adverse economic consequences, such as a significant loss of jobs or the unreasonable elimination of consumer choice.”<SU>68</SU>
            <FTREF/>The agency has explained in the past that this factor can be especially important during rulemakings in which the automobile industry is facing significantly adverse economic conditions (with corresponding risks to jobs). Consumer acceptability is also an element of economic practicability, one which is particularly difficult to gauge during times of uncertain fuel prices.<SU>69</SU>
            <FTREF/>In a rulemaking such as the present one, looking out into the more distant future, economic practicability is a way to consider the uncertainty surrounding future market conditions and consumer demand for fuel economy in addition to other vehicle attributes. In an attempt to ensure the economic practicability of attribute-based standards, NHTSA considers a variety of factors, including the annual rate at which manufacturers can increase the percentage of their fleet that employ a particular type of fuel-saving technology, the specific fleet mixes of different manufacturers, and assumptions about the cost of the standards to consumers and consumers' valuation of fuel economy, among other things.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>68</SU>67 FR 77015, 77021 (Dec. 16, 2002).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>69</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g., Center for Auto Safety</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA (CAS),</E>793 F.2d 1322 (D.C. Cir. 1986) (Administrator's consideration of market demand as component of economic practicability found to be reasonable);<E T="03">Public Citizen</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>848 F.2d 256 (Congress established broad guidelines in the fuel economy statute; agency's decision to set lower standard was a reasonable accommodation of conflicting policies).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>It is important to note, however, that the law does not preclude a CAFE standard that poses considerable challenges to any individual manufacturer. The Conference Report for EPCA, as enacted in 1975, makes clear, and the case law affirms, “a determination of maximum feasible average fuel economy should not be keyed to the single manufacturer which might have the most difficulty achieving a given level of average fuel economy.”<SU>70</SU>
            <FTREF/>Instead, NHTSA is compelled “to weigh the benefits to the nation of a higher fuel economy standard against the difficulties of individual automobile manufacturers.”<SU>71</SU>
            <FTREF/>The law permits CAFE standards exceeding the projected capability of any particular manufacturer as long as the standard is economically practicable for the industry as a whole. Thus, while a particular CAFE standard may pose difficulties for one manufacturer, it may also present opportunities for another. NHTSA has long held that the CAFE program is not necessarily intended to maintain the competitive positioning of each particular company. Rather, it is intended to enhance the fuel economy of the vehicle fleet on American roads, while protecting motor vehicle safety and being mindful of the risk to the overall United States economy.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>70</SU>
              <E T="03">CEI-I,</E>793 F.2d 1322, 1352 (D.C. Cir. 1986).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>71</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(3) The Effect of Other Motor Vehicle Standards of the Government on Fuel Economy</HD>

          <P>“The effect of other motor vehicle standards of the Government on fuel economy,” involves an analysis of the effects of compliance with emission,<PRTPAGE P="74898"/>safety, noise, or damageability standards on fuel economy capability and thus on average fuel economy. In previous CAFE rulemakings, the agency has said that pursuant to this provision, it considers the adverse effects of other motor vehicle standards on fuel economy. It said so because, from the CAFE program's earliest years<SU>72</SU>
            <FTREF/>until present, the effects of such compliance on fuel economy capability over the history of the CAFE program have been negative ones. For example, safety standards that have the effect of increasing vehicle weight lower vehicle fuel economy capability and thus decrease the level of average fuel economy that the agency can determine to be feasible.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>72</SU>42 FR 63184, 63188 (Dec. 15, 1977).<E T="03">See also</E>42 FR 33534, 33537 (Jun. 30, 1977).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In the wake of<E T="03">Massachusetts</E>v.<E T="03">EPA</E>and of EPA's endangerment finding, granting of a waiver to California for its motor vehicle GHG standards, and its own establishment of GHG standards, NHTSA is confronted with the issue of how to treat those standards under EPCA/EISA, such as in the context of the “other motor vehicle standards” provision. To the extent the GHG standards result in increases in fuel economy, they would do so almost exclusively as a result of inducing manufacturers to install the same types of technologies used by manufacturers in complying with the CAFE standards.</P>

          <P>Comment is requested on whether and in what way the effects of the California and EPA standards should be considered under EPCA/EISA,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>under the “other motor vehicle standards” provision, consistent with NHTSA's independent obligation under EPCA/EISA to issue CAFE standards. The agency has already considered EPA's proposal and the harmonization benefits of the National Program in developing its own proposal.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(4) The Need of the United States To Conserve Energy</HD>
          <P>“The need of the United States to conserve energy” means “the consumer cost, national balance of payments, environmental, and foreign policy implications of our need for large quantities of petroleum, especially imported petroleum.”<SU>73</SU>
            <FTREF/>Environmental implications principally include reductions in emissions of carbon dioxide and criteria pollutants and air toxics. Prime examples of foreign policy implications are energy independence and security concerns.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>73</SU>42 FR 63184, 63188 (1977).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(5) Fuel Prices and the Value of Saving Fuel</HD>
          <P>Projected future fuel prices are a critical input into the preliminary economic analysis of alternative CAFE standards, because they determine the value of fuel savings both to new vehicle buyers and to society, which is related to the consumer cost (or rather, benefit) of our need for large quantities of petroleum. In this rule, NHTSA relies on fuel price projections from the U.S. Energy Information Administration's (EIA) most recent Annual Energy Outlook (AEO) for this analysis. Federal government agencies generally use EIA's projections in their assessments of future energy-related policies.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(6) Petroleum Consumption and Import Externalities</HD>
          <P>U.S. consumption and imports of petroleum products impose costs on the domestic economy that are not reflected in the market price for crude petroleum, or in the prices paid by consumers of petroleum products such as gasoline. These costs include (1) Higher prices for petroleum products resulting from the effect of U.S. oil import demand on the world oil price; (2) the risk of disruptions to the U.S. economy caused by sudden reductions in the supply of imported oil to the U.S.; and (3) expenses for maintaining a U.S. military presence to secure imported oil supplies from unstable regions, and for maintaining the strategic petroleum reserve (SPR) to provide a response option should a disruption in commercial oil supplies threaten the U.S. economy, to allow the United States to meet part of its International Energy Agency obligation to maintain emergency oil stocks, and to provide a national defense fuel reserve. Higher U.S. imports of crude oil or refined petroleum products increase the magnitude of these external economic costs, thus increasing the true economic cost of supplying transportation fuels above the resource costs of producing them. Conversely, reducing U.S. imports of crude petroleum or refined fuels or reducing fuel consumption can reduce these external costs.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">(7) Air Pollutant Emissions</HD>
          <P>While reductions in domestic fuel refining and distribution that result from lower fuel consumption will reduce U.S. emissions of various pollutants, additional vehicle use associated with the rebound effect<SU>74</SU>

            <FTREF/>from higher fuel economy will increase emissions of these pollutants. Thus, the net effect of stricter CAFE standards on emissions of each pollutant depends on the relative magnitudes of its reduced emissions in fuel refining and distribution, and increases in its emissions from vehicle use. Fuel savings from stricter CAFE standards also result in lower emissions of CO<E T="52">2</E>, the main greenhouse gas emitted as a result of refining, distribution, and use of transportation fuels. Reducing fuel consumption reduces carbon dioxide emissions directly, because the primary source of transportation-related CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions is fuel combustion in internal combustion engines.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>74</SU>The “rebound effect” refers to the tendency of drivers to drive their vehicles more as the cost of doing so goes down, as when fuel economy improves.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>NHTSA has considered environmental issues, both within the context of EPCA and the National Environmental Policy Act, in making decisions about the setting of standards from the earliest days of the CAFE program. As courts of appeal have noted in three decisions stretching over the last 20 years,<SU>75</SU>
            <FTREF/>NHTSA defined the “need of the Nation to conserve energy” in the late 1970s as including “the consumer cost, national balance of payments, environmental, and foreign policy implications of our need for large quantities of petroleum, especially imported petroleum.”<SU>76</SU>
            <FTREF/>In 1988, NHTSA included climate change concepts in its CAFE notices and prepared its first environmental assessment addressing that subject.<SU>77</SU>
            <FTREF/>It cited concerns about climate change as one of its reasons for limiting the extent of its reduction of the CAFE standard for MY 1989 passenger cars.<SU>78</SU>
            <FTREF/>Since then, NHTSA has considered the benefits of reducing tailpipe carbon dioxide emissions in its fuel economy rulemakings pursuant to the statutory requirement to consider the nation's need to conserve energy by reducing fuel consumption.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>75</SU>
              <E T="03">Center for Auto Safety</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>793 F.2d 1322, 1325 n. 12 (D.C. Cir. 1986);<E T="03">Public Citizen</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>848 F.2d 256, 262-3 n. 27 (D.C. Cir. 1988) (noting that “NHTSA itself has interpreted the factors it must consider in setting CAFE standards as including environmental effects”); and<E T="03">Center for Biological Diversity</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>538 F.3d 1172 (9th Cir. 2007).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>76</SU>42 FR 63184, 63188 (Dec. 15, 1977) (emphasis added).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>77</SU>53 FR 33080, 33096 (Aug. 29, 1988).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>78</SU>53 FR 39275, 39302 (Oct. 6, 1988).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">ii. Other Factors Considered by NHTSA</HD>
          <P>NHTSA considers the potential for adverse safety consequences when establishing CAFE standards. This practice is recognized approvingly in case law.<SU>79</SU>
            <FTREF/>Under the universal or “flat”<PRTPAGE P="74899"/>CAFE standards that NHTSA was previously authorized to establish, the primary risk to safety came from the possibility that manufacturers would respond to higher standards by building smaller, less safe vehicles in order to “balance out” the larger, safer vehicles that the public generally preferred to buy. Under the attribute-based standards being proposed in this action, that risk is reduced because building smaller vehicles tends to raise a manufacturer's overall CAFE obligation, rather than only raising its fleet average CAFE. However, even under attribute-based standards, there is still risk that manufacturers will rely on down-weighting to improve their fuel economy (for a given vehicle at a given footprint target) in ways that may reduce safety.<SU>80</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>79</SU>As the United States Court of Appeals pointed out in upholding NHTSA's exercise of judgment in<PRTPAGE/>setting the 1987-1989 passenger car standards, “NHTSA has always examined the safety consequences of the CAFE standards in its overall consideration of relevant factors since its earliest rulemaking under the CAFE program.”<E T="03">Competitive Enterprise Institute</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA (CEI I),</E>901 F.2d 107, 120 at n.11 (D.C. Cir. 1990).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>80</SU>For example, by reducing the mass of the smallest vehicles rather than the largest, or by reducing vehicle overhang outside the space measured as “footprint,” which results in less crush space.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">iii. Factors That NHTSA Is Statutorily Prohibited From Considering in Setting Standards</HD>
          <P>EPCA provides that in determining the level at which it should set CAFE standards for a particular model year, NHTSA may not consider the ability of manufacturers to take advantage of several EPCA provisions that facilitate compliance with the CAFE standards and thereby reduce the costs of compliance. Specifically, in determining the maximum feasible level of fuel economy for passenger cars and light trucks, NHTSA cannot consider the fuel economy benefits of “dedicated” alternative fuel vehicles (like battery electric vehicles or natural gas vehicles), must consider dual-fueled automobiles to be operated only on gasoline or diesel fuel, and may not consider the ability of manufacturers to use, trade, or transfer credits.<SU>81</SU>
            <FTREF/>This provision limits, to some extent, the fuel economy levels that NHTSA can find to be “maximum feasible”—if NHTSA cannot consider the fuel economy of electric vehicles, for example, NHTSA cannot set a standards predicated on manufacturers' usage of electric vehicles to meet the standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>81</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(h). We note, as discussed in greater detail in Section IV, that NHTSA interprets 32902(h) as reflecting Congress' intent that statutorily-mandated compliance flexibilities remain flexibilities. When a compliance flexibility is not statutorily mandated, therefore, or when it ceases to be available under the statute, we interpret 32902(h) as no longer binding the agency's determination of the maximum feasible levels of fuel economy. For example, when the manufacturing incentive for dual-fueled automobiles under 49 U.S.C. 32905 and 32906 expires in MY 2019, there is no longer a flexibility left to protect per 32902(h), so NHTSA considers the calculated fuel economy of plug-in hybrid electric vehicles for purposes of determining the maximum feasible standards in MYs 2020 and beyond.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">iv. Weighing and Balancing of Factors</HD>

          <P>NHTSA has broad discretion in balancing the above factors in determining the average fuel economy level that the manufacturers can achieve. Congress “specifically delegated the process of setting * * * fuel economy standards with<E T="03">broad</E>guidelines concerning the factors that the agency must consider.”<SU>82</SU>
            <FTREF/>The breadth of those guidelines, the absence of any statutorily prescribed formula for balancing the factors, the fact that the relative weight to be given to the various factors may change from rulemaking to rulemaking as the underlying facts change, and the fact that the factors may often be conflicting with respect to whether they militate toward higher or lower standards give NHTSA discretion to decide what weight to give each of the competing policies and concerns and then determine how to balance them—“as long as NHTSA's balancing does not undermine the fundamental purpose of the EPCA: energy conservation,”<SU>83</SU>
            <FTREF/>and as long as that balancing reasonably accommodates “conflicting policies that were committed to the agency's care by the statute.”<SU>84</SU>
            <FTREF/>Thus, EPCA does not mandate that any particular number be adopted when NHTSA determines the level of CAFE standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>82</SU>
              <E T="03">Center for Auto Safety</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>793 F.2d 1322, at 1341 (D.C. Cir. 1986).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>83</SU>
              <E T="03">CBD</E>v.<E T="03">NHTSA,</E>538 F.3d at 1195 (9th Cir. 2008).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>84</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>
            </P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">v. Other Requirements Related to Standard Setting</HD>
          <P>The standards for passenger cars and for light trucks must increase ratably each year through MY 2020.<SU>85</SU>
            <FTREF/>This statutory requirement is interpreted, in combination with the requirement to set the standards for each model year at the level determined to be the maximum feasible level that manufacturers can achieve for that model year, to mean that the annual increases should not be disproportionately large or small in relation to each other.<SU>86</SU>
            <FTREF/>Standards after 2020 must simply be set at the maximum feasible level.<SU>87</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>85</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(b)(2)(C).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>86</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>74 FR 14196, 14375-76 (Mar. 30, 2009).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>87</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(b)(2)(B).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The standards for passenger cars and light trucks must also be based on one or more vehicle attributes, like size or weight, which correlate with fuel economy and must be expressed in terms of a mathematical function.<SU>88</SU>

            <FTREF/>Fuel economy targets are set for individual vehicles and increase as the attribute decreases and vice versa. For example, footprint-based standards assign higher fuel economy targets to smaller-footprint vehicles and lower ones to larger footprint-vehicles. The fleetwide average fuel economy that a particular manufacturer is required to achieve depends on the footprint mix of its fleet,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the proportion of the fleet that is small-, medium-, or large-footprint.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>88</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(b)(3).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>This approach can be used to require virtually all manufacturers to increase significantly the fuel economy of a broad range of both passenger cars and light trucks,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the manufacturer must improve the fuel economy of all the vehicles in its fleet. Further, this approach can do so without creating an incentive for manufacturers to make small vehicles smaller or large vehicles larger, with attendant implications for safety.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Test Procedures for Measuring Fuel Economy</HD>

          <P>EPCA provides EPA with the responsibility for establishing procedures to measure fuel economy and to calculate CAFE. Current test procedures measure the effects of nearly all fuel saving technologies. EPA is considering revising the procedures for measuring fuel economy and calculating average fuel economy for the CAFE program, however, to account for four impacts on fuel economy not currently included in these procedures—increases in fuel economy because of increases in efficiency of the air conditioning system; increases in fuel economy because of technology improvements that achieve “off-cycle” benefits; incentives for use of certain hybrid technologies in a significant percentage of pickup trucks; and incentives for achieving fuel economy levels in a significant percentage pickup trucks that exceeds the target curve by specified amounts, in the form of increased values assigned for fuel economy. NHTSA has taken these proposed changes into account in determining the proposed fuel economy standards. These changes would be the same as program elements that are part of EPA's greenhouse gas performance<PRTPAGE P="74900"/>standards, discussed in Section III.B.10. As discussed below, these three elements would be implemented in the same manner as in the EPA's greenhouse gas program—a vehicle manufacturer would have the option to generate these fuel economy values for vehicle models that meet the criteria for these elements and to use these values in calculating their fleet average fuel economy. This proposed revision to CAFE calculation is discussed in more detail in Sections III and IV below.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Enforcement and Compliance Flexibility</HD>
          <P>NHTSA determines compliance with the CAFE standards based on measurements of automobile manufacturers' CAFE from EPA. If a manufacturer's passenger car or light truck CAFE level exceeds the applicable standard for that model year, the manufacturer earns credits for over-compliance. The amount of credit earned is determined by multiplying the number of tenths of a mpg by which a manufacturer exceeds a standard for a particular category of automobiles by the total volume of automobiles of that category manufactured by the manufacturer for a given model year. As discussed in more detail in Section IV.I, credits can be carried forward for 5 model years or back for 3, and can also be transferred between a manufacturer's fleets or traded to another manufacturer.</P>
          <P>If a manufacturer's passenger car or light truck CAFE level does not meet the applicable standard for that model year, NHTSA notifies the manufacturer. The manufacturer may use “banked” credits to make up the shortfall, but if there are no (or not enough) credits available, then the manufacturer has the option to submit a “carry back plan” to NHTSA. A carry back plan describes what the manufacturer plans to do in the following three model years to earn enough credits to make up for the shortfall through future over-compliance. NHTSA must examine and determine whether to approve the plan.</P>
          <P>In the event that a manufacturer does not comply with a CAFE standard, even after the consideration of credits, EPCA provides for the assessing of civil penalties.<SU>89</SU>

            <FTREF/>The Act specifies a precise formula for determining the amount of civil penalties for such a noncompliance. The penalty, as adjusted for inflation by law, is $5.50 for each tenth of a mpg that a manufacturer's average fuel economy falls short of the standard for a given model year multiplied by the total volume of those vehicles in the affected fleet (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>import or domestic passenger car, or light truck), manufactured for that model year. The amount of the penalty may not be reduced except under the unusual or extreme circumstances specified in the statute, which have never been exercised by NHTSA in the history of the CAFE program.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>89</SU>EPCA does not provide authority for seeking to enjoin violations of the CAFE standards.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Unlike the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, EPCA does not provide for recall and remedy in the event of a noncompliance. The presence of recall and remedy provisions<SU>90</SU>
            <FTREF/>in the Safety Act and their absence in EPCA is believed to arise from the difference in the application of the safety standards and CAFE standards. A safety standard applies to individual vehicles; that is, each vehicle must possess the requisite equipment or feature that must provide the requisite type and level of performance. If a vehicle does not, it is noncompliant. Typically, a vehicle does not entirely lack an item or equipment or feature. Instead, the equipment or features fails to perform adequately. Recalling the vehicle to repair or replace the noncompliant equipment or feature can usually be readily accomplished.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>90</SU>49 U.S.C. 30120, Remedies for defects and noncompliance.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In contrast, a CAFE standard applies to a manufacturer's entire fleet for a model year. It does not require that a particular individual vehicle be equipped with any particular equipment or feature or meet a particular level of fuel economy. It does require that the manufacturer's fleet, as a whole, comply. Further, although under the attribute-based approach to setting CAFE standards fuel economy targets are established for individual vehicles based on their footprints, the individual vehicles are not required to meet or exceed those targets. However, as a practical matter, if a manufacturer chooses to design some vehicles that fall below their target levels of fuel economy, it will need to design other vehicles that exceed their targets if the manufacturer's overall fleet average is to meet the applicable standard.</P>
          <P>Thus, under EPCA, there is no such thing as a noncompliant vehicle, only a noncompliant fleet. No particular vehicle in a noncompliant fleet is any more, or less, noncompliant than any other vehicle in the fleet.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. EPA Statutory Authority</HD>
          <P>Title II of the Clean Air Act (CAA) provides for comprehensive regulation of mobile sources, authorizing EPA to regulate emissions of air pollutants from all mobile source categories. Pursuant to these sweeping grants of authority, EPA considers such issues as technology effectiveness, its cost (both per vehicle, per manufacturer, and per consumer), the lead time necessary to implement the technology, and based on this the feasibility and practicability of potential standards; the impacts of potential standards on emissions reductions of both GHGs and non-GHGs; the impacts of standards on oil conservation and energy security; the impacts of standards on fuel savings by consumers; the impacts of standards on the auto industry; other energy impacts; as well as other relevant factors such as impacts on safety</P>
          <P>Pursuant to Title II of the Clean Air Act, EPA has taken a comprehensive, integrated approach to mobile source emission control that has produced benefits well in excess of the costs of regulation. In developing the Title II program, the Agency's historic, initial focus was on personal vehicles since that category represented the largest source of mobile source emissions. Over time, EPA has established stringent emissions standards for large truck and other heavy-duty engines, nonroad engines, and marine and locomotive engines, as well. The Agency's initial focus on personal vehicles has resulted in significant control of emissions from these vehicles, and also led to technology transfer to the other mobile source categories that made possible the stringent standards for these other categories.</P>

          <P>As a result of Title II requirements, new cars and SUVs sold today have emissions levels of hydrocarbons, oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide that are 98-99% lower than new vehicles sold in the 1960s, on a per mile basis. Similarly, standards established for heavy-duty highway and nonroad sources require emissions rate reductions on the order of 90% or more for particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen. Overall ambient levels of automotive-related pollutants are lower now than in 1970, even as economic growth and vehicle miles traveled have nearly tripled. These programs have resulted in millions of tons of pollution reduction and major reductions in pollution-related deaths (estimated in the tens of thousands per year) and illnesses. The net societal benefits of the mobile source programs are large. In its annual reports on federal regulations, the Office of Management and Budget reports that many of EPA's mobile source emissions standards typically have projected benefit-to-cost ratios of 5:1 to 10:1 or more. Follow-up studies show that long-term compliance costs to the industry are typically lower than the<PRTPAGE P="74901"/>cost projected by EPA at the time of regulation, which result in even more favorable real world benefit-to-cost ratios.<SU>91</SU>

            <FTREF/>Pollution reductions attributable to Title II mobile source controls are critical components to attainment of primary National Ambient Air Quality Standards, significantly reducing the national inventory and ambient concentrations of criteria pollutants, especially PM2.5 and ozone. See<E T="03">e.g.</E>69 FR 38958, 38967-68 (June 29, 2004) (controls on non-road diesel engines expected to reduce entire national inventory of PM2.5 by 3.3% (86,000 tons) by 2020). Title II controls have also made enormous reductions in air toxics emitted by mobile sources. For example, as a result of EPA's 2007 mobile source air toxics standards, the cancer risk attributable to total mobile source air toxics will be reduced by 30% in 2030 and the risk from mobile source benzene (a leukemogen) will be reduced by 37% in 2030. (reflecting reductions of over three hundred thousand tons of mobile source air toxic emissions) 72 FR 8428, 8430 (Feb. 26, 2007).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>91</SU>OMB, 2011. 2011 Report to Congress on the Benefits and Costs of Federal Regulations and Unfunded Mandates on State, Local, and Tribal Entities. Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs. June.<E T="03">http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/2011_cb/2011_cba_report.pdf</E>. Web site accessed on October 11, 2011.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Title II emission standards have also stimulated the development of a much broader set of advanced automotive technologies, such as on-board computers and fuel injection systems, which are the building blocks of today's automotive designs and have yielded not only lower pollutant emissions, but improved vehicle performance, reliability, and durability.</P>
          <P>This proposal implements a specific provision from Title II, section 202(a).<SU>92</SU>
            <FTREF/>Section 202(a)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA) states that “the Administrator shall by regulation prescribe (and from time to time revise) * * * standards applicable to the emission of any air pollutant from any class or classes of new motor vehicles * * *, which in his judgment cause, or contribute to, air pollution which may reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare.” If EPA makes the appropriate endangerment and cause or contribute findings, then section 202(a) authorizes EPA to issue standards applicable to emissions of those pollutants.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>92</SU>42 U.S.C. 7521 (a)</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Any standards under CAA section 202(a)(1) “shall be applicable to such vehicles * * * for their useful life.” Emission standards set by the EPA under CAA section 202(a)(1) are technology-based, as the levels chosen must be premised on a finding of technological feasibility. Thus, standards promulgated under CAA section 202(a) are to take effect only “after providing such period as the Administrator finds necessary to permit the development and application of the requisite technology, giving appropriate consideration to the cost of compliance within such period” (section 202 (a)(2); see also<E T="03">NRDC</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>655 F. 2d 318, 322 (DC Cir. 1981)). EPA is afforded considerable discretion under section 202(a) when assessing issues of technical feasibility and availability of lead time to implement new technology. Such determinations are “subject to the restraints of reasonableness”, which “does not open the door to `crystal ball' inquiry.”<E T="03">NRDC,</E>655 F. 2d at 328, quoting<E T="03">International Harvester Co.</E>v.<E T="03">Ruckelshaus,</E>478 F. 2d 615, 629 (DC Cir. 1973). However, “EPA is not obliged to provide detailed solutions to every engineering problem posed in the perfection of the trap-oxidizer. In the absence of theoretical objections to the technology, the agency need only identify the major steps necessary for development of the device, and give plausible reasons for its belief that the industry will be able to solve those problems in the time remaining. The EPA is not required to rebut all speculation that unspecified factors may hinder `real world' emission control.” NRDC, 655 F. 2d at 333-34. In developing such technology-based standards, EPA has the discretion to consider different standards for appropriate groupings of vehicles (“class or classes of new motor vehicles”), or a single standard for a larger grouping of motor vehicles (NRDC, 655 F. 2d at 338).</P>

          <P>Although standards under CAA section 202(a)(1) are technology-based, they are not based exclusively on technological capability. EPA has the discretion to consider and weigh various factors along with technological feasibility, such as the cost of compliance (see section 202(a) (2)), lead time necessary for compliance (section 202(a)(2)), safety (see<E T="03">NRDC,</E>655 F. 2d at 336 n. 31) and other impacts on consumers,<SU>93</SU>

            <FTREF/>and energy impacts associated with use of the technology. See<E T="03">George E. Warren Corp.</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>159 F.3d 616, 623-624 (DC Cir. 1998) (ordinarily permissible for EPA to consider factors not specifically enumerated in the Act).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>93</SU>Since its earliest Title II regulations, EPA has considered the safety of pollution control technologies. See 45 Fed. Reg. 14,496, 14,503 (1980). (“EPA would not require a particulate control technology that was known to involve serious safety problems. If during the development of the trap-oxidizer safety problems are discovered, EPA would reconsider the control requirements implemented by this rulemaking”).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In addition, EPA has clear authority to set standards under CAA section 202(a) that are technology forcing when EPA considers that to be appropriate, but is not required to do so (as compared to standards set under provisions such as section 202(a)(3) and section 213(a)(3)). EPA has interpreted a similar statutory provision, CAA section 231, as follows:</P>
          
          <EXTRACT>

            <P>While the statutory language of section 231 is not identical to other provisions in title II of the CAA that direct EPA to establish technology-based standards for various types of engines, EPA interprets its authority under section 231 to be somewhat similar to those provisions that require us to identify a reasonable balance of specified emissions reduction, cost, safety, noise, and other factors. See,<E T="03">e.g.,</E>
              <E T="03">Husqvarna AB</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>254 F.3d 195 (DC Cir. 2001) (upholding EPA's promulgation of technology-based standards for small non-road engines under section 213(a)(3) of the CAA). However, EPA is not compelled under section 231 to obtain the “greatest degree of emission reduction achievable” as per sections 213 and 202 of the CAA, and so EPA does not interpret the Act as requiring the agency to give subordinate status to factors such as cost, safety, and noise in determining what standards are reasonable for aircraft engines. Rather, EPA has greater flexibility under section 231 in determining what standard is most reasonable for aircraft engines, and is not required to achieve a “technology forcing” result.<SU>94</SU>
              <FTREF/>
            </P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>94</SU>70 FR 69664, 69676, November 17, 2005.</P>
            </FTNT>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>This interpretation was upheld as reasonable in<E T="03">NACAA</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>(489 F.3d 1221, 1230 (DC Cir. 2007)). CAA section 202(a) does not specify the degree of weight to apply to each factor, and EPA accordingly has discretion in choosing an appropriate balance among factors. See<E T="03">Sierra Club</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>325 F.3d 374, 378 (DC Cir. 2003) (even where a provision is technology-forcing, the provision “does not resolve how the Administrator should weigh all [the statutory] factors in the process of finding the ‘greatest emission reduction achievable’ ”). Also see<E T="03">Husqvarna AB</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>254 F. 3d 195, 200 (DC Cir. 2001) (great discretion to balance statutory factors in considering level of technology-based standard, and statutory requirement “to [give appropriate] consideration to the cost of applying * * * technology” does not mandate a specific method of cost analysis); see also<E T="03">Hercules Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>598 F. 2d 91, 106 (DC Cir. 1978) (“In reviewing a numerical standard we must ask whether the agency's numbers are within a zone of reasonableness, not<PRTPAGE P="74902"/>whether its numbers are precisely right”);<E T="03">Permian Basin Area Rate Cases,</E>390 U.S. 747, 797 (1968) (same);<E T="03">Federal Power Commission</E>v.<E T="03">Conway Corp.,</E>426 U.S. 271, 278 (1976) (same);<E T="03">Exxon Mobil Gas Marketing Co.</E>v.<E T="03">FERC,</E>297 F. 3d 1071, 1084 (DC Cir. 2002) (same).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. EPA's Testing Authority</HD>
          <P>Under section 203 of the CAA, sales of vehicles are prohibited unless the vehicle is covered by a certificate of conformity. EPA issues certificates of conformity pursuant to section 206 of the Act, based on (necessarily) pre-sale testing conducted either by EPA or by the manufacturer. The Federal Test Procedure (FTP or “city” test) and the Highway Fuel Economy Test (HFET or “highway” test) are used for this purpose. Compliance with standards is required not only at certification but throughout a vehicle's useful life, so that testing requirements may continue post-certification. Useful life standards may apply an adjustment factor to account for vehicle emission control deterioration or variability in use (section 206(a)).</P>
          <P>Pursuant to EPCA, EPA is required to measure fuel economy for each model and to calculate each manufacturer's average fuel economy.<SU>95</SU>
            <FTREF/>EPA uses the same tests—the FTP and HFET—for fuel economy testing. EPA established the FTP for emissions measurement in the early 1970s. In 1976, in response to the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA) statute, EPA extended the use of the FTP to fuel economy measurement and added the HFET.<SU>96</SU>
            <FTREF/>The provisions in the 1976 regulation, effective with the 1977 model year, established procedures to calculate fuel economy values both for labeling and for CAFE purposes. Under EPCA, EPA is required to use these procedures (or procedures which yield comparable results) for measuring fuel economy for cars for CAFE purposes, but not for labeling purposes.<SU>97</SU>

            <FTREF/>EPCA does not pose this restriction on CAFE test procedures for light trucks, but EPA does use the FTP and HFET for this purpose. EPA determines fuel economy by measuring the amount of CO<E T="52">2</E>and all other carbon compounds (<E T="03">e.g.</E>total hydrocarbons (THC) and carbon monoxide (CO)), and then, by mass balance, calculating the amount of fuel consumed. EPA's proposed changes to the procedures for measuring fuel economy and calculating average fuel economy are discussed in section III.B.10.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>95</SU>See 49 U.S.C. 32904(c).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>96</SU>See 41 FR 38674 (Sept. 10, 1976), which is codified at 40 CFR part 600.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>97</SU>See 49 U.S.C. 32904(c).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. EPA Enforcement Authority</HD>
          <P>Section 207 of the CAA grants EPA broad authority to require manufacturers to remedy vehicles if EPA determines there are a substantial number of noncomplying vehicles. In addition, section 205 of the CAA authorizes EPA to assess penalties of up to $37,500 per vehicle for violations of various prohibited acts specified in the CAA. In determining the appropriate penalty, EPA must consider a variety of factors such as the gravity of the violation, the economic impact of the violation, the violator's history of compliance, and “such other matters as justice may require.” Unlike EPCA, the CAA does not authorize vehicle manufacturers to pay fines in lieu of meeting emission standards.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Compliance</HD>

          <P>EPA oversees testing, collects and processes test data, and performs calculations to determine compliance with both CAA and CAFE standards. CAA standards apply not only at the time of certification but also throughout the vehicle's useful life, and EPA is accordingly is proposing in-use standards as well as standards based on testing performed at time of production. See section II<E T="03">I.E.</E>Both the CAA and EPCA provide for penalties should manufacturers fail to comply with their fleet average standards, but, unlike EPCA, there is no option for manufacturers to pay fines in lieu of compliance with the standards. Under the CAA, penalties are typically determined on a vehicle-specific basis by determining the number of a manufacturer's highest emitting vehicles that cause the fleet average standard violation. Penalties under Title II of the CAA are capped at $25,000 per day of violation and apply on a per vehicle basis. CAA section 205 (a).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Test Procedures</HD>

          <P>EPA establishes the test procedures under which compliance with both the CAA GHG standards and the EPCA fuel economy standards are measured. EPA's testing authority under the CAA is flexible, but testing for fuel economy for passenger cars is by statute is limited to the Federal Test procedure (FTP) or test procedures which provide results which are equivalent to the FTP. 49 USC section 32904 and section III.B, below. EPA developed and established the FTP in the early 1970s and, after enactment of EPCA in 1976, added the Highway Fuel Economy Test to be used in conjunction with the FTP for fuel economy testing. EPA has also developed tests with additional cycles (the so-called 5-cycle test) which test is used for purposes of fuel economy labeling and is also used in the EPA program for extending off-cycle credits under both the light-duty and (along with NHTSA) heavy-duty vehicle GHG programs. See 75 FR at 25439; 76 FR at 57252. In this rule, EPA is proposing to retain the FTP and HFET for purposes of testing the fleetwide average standards, and is further proposing modifications to the N2O measurement test procedures and the A/C CO<E T="52">2</E>efficiency test procedures EPA initially adopted in the 2012-2016 rule.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Comparing the Agencies' Authority</HD>

          <P>As the above discussion makes clear, there are both important differences between the statutes under which each agency is acting as well as several important areas of similarity. One important difference is that EPA's authority addresses various GHGs, while NHTSA's authority addresses fuel economy as measured under specified test procedures and calculated by EPA. This difference is reflected in this rulemaking in the scope of the two standards: EPA's proposal takes into account reductions of direct air conditioning emissions, as well as proposed standards for methane and N<E T="52">2</E>O, but NHTSA's does not, because these things do not relate to fuel economy. A second important difference is that EPA is proposing certain compliance flexibilities, such as the multiplier for advanced technology vehicles, and takes those flexibilities into account in its technical analysis and modeling supporting its proposal. EPCA specifies a number of particular compliance flexibilities for CAFE, and expressly prohibits NHTSA from considering the impacts of those statutory compliance flexibilities in setting the CAFE standard so that the manufacturers' election to avail themselves of the permitted flexibilities remains strictly voluntary.<SU>98</SU>
            <FTREF/>The Clean Air Act, on the other hand, contains no such prohibition. These considerations result in some differences in the technical analysis and modeling used to support EPA's and NHTSA's proposed standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>98</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(h).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Another important area where the two agencies' authorities are similar but not identical involves the transfer of credits between a single firm's car and truck fleets. EISA revised EPCA to allow for such credit transfers, but placed a cap on the amount of CAFE credits which can be transferred between the car and<PRTPAGE P="74903"/>truck fleets. 49 U.S.C. 32903(g)(3). Under CAA section 202(a), EPA is proposing to continue to allow CO<E T="52">2</E>credit transfers between a single manufacturer's car and truck fleets, with no corresponding limits on such transfers. In general, the EISA limit on CAFE credit transfers is not expected to have the practical effect of limiting the amount of CO<E T="52">2</E>emission credits manufacturers may be able to transfer under the CAA program, recognizing that manufacturers must comply with both the proposed CAFE standards and the proposed EPA standards. However, it is possible that in some specific circumstances the EPCA limit on CAFE credit transfers could constrain the ability of a manufacturer to achieve cost savings through unlimited use of GHG emissions credit transfers under the CAA program.</P>
          <P>These differences, however, do not change the fact that in many critical ways the two agencies are charged with addressing the same basic issue of reducing GHG emissions and improving fuel economy. The agencies are looking at the same set of control technologies (with the exception of the air conditioning leakage-related technologies). The standards set by each agency will drive the kind and degree of penetration of this set of technologies across the vehicle fleet. As a result, each agency is trying to answer the same basic question—what kind and degree of technology penetration is necessary to achieve the agencies' objectives in the rulemaking time frame, given the agencies' respective statutory authorities?</P>

          <P>In making the determination of what standards are appropriate under the CAA and EPCA, each agency is to exercise its judgment and balance many similar factors. NHTSA's factors are provided by EPCA: technological feasibility, economic practicability, the effect of other motor vehicle standards of the Government on fuel economy, and the need of the United States to conserve energy. EPA has the discretion under the CAA to consider many related factors, such as the availability of technologies, the appropriate lead time for introduction of technology, and based on this the feasibility and practicability of their standards; the impacts of their standards on emissions reductions (of both GHGs and non-GHGs); the impacts of their standards on oil conservation; the impacts of their standards on fuel savings by consumers; the impacts of their standards on the auto industry; as well as other relevant factors such as impacts on safety. Conceptually, therefore, each agency is considering and balancing many of the same concerns, and each agency is making a decision that at its core is answering the same basic question of what kind and degree of technology penetration is it appropriate to call for in light of all of the relevant factors in a given rulemaking, for the model years concerned. Finally, each agency has the authority to take into consideration impacts of the standards of the other agency. EPCA calls for NHTSA to take into consideration the effects of EPA's emissions standards on fuel economy capability (see 49 U.S.C. 32902 (f)), and EPA has the discretion to take into consideration NHTSA's CAFE standards in determining appropriate action under section 202(a). This is consistent with the Supreme Court's statement that EPA's mandate to protect public health and welfare is wholly independent from NHTSA's mandate to promote energy efficiency, but there is no reason to think the two agencies cannot both administer their obligations and yet avoid inconsistency.<E T="03">Massachusetts</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>549 U.S. 497, 532 (2007).</P>
          <P>In this context, it is in the Nation's interest for the two agencies to continue to work together in developing their respective proposed standards, and they have done so. For example, the agencies have committed considerable effort to develop a joint Technical Support Document that provides a technical basis underlying each agency's analyses. The agencies also have worked closely together in developing and reviewing their respective modeling, to develop the best analysis and to promote technical consistency. The agencies have developed a common set of attribute-based curves that each agency supports as appropriate both technically and from a policy perspective. The agencies have also worked closely to ensure that their respective programs will work in a coordinated fashion, and will provide regulatory compatibility that allows auto manufacturers to build a single national light-duty fleet that would comply with both the GHG and the CAFE standards. The resulting overall close coordination of the proposed GHG and CAFE standards should not be surprising, however, as each agency is using a jointly developed technical basis to address the closely intertwined challenges of energy security and climate change.</P>
          <P>As set out in detail in Sections III and IV of this notice, both EPA and NHTSA believe the agencies' proposals are fully justified under their respective statutory criteria. The proposed standards are feasible in each model year within the lead time provided, based on the agencies' projected increased use of various technologies which in most cases are already in commercial application in the fleet to varying degrees. Detailed modeling of the technologies that could be employed by each manufacturer supports this initial conclusion. The agencies also carefully assessed the costs of the proposed rules, both for the industry as a whole and per manufacturer, as well as the costs per vehicle, and consider these costs to be reasonable during the rulemaking time frame and recoverable (from fuel savings). The agencies recognize the significant increase in the application of technology that the proposed standards would require across a high percentage of vehicles, which will require the manufacturers to devote considerable engineering and development resources before 2017 laying the critical foundation for the widespread deployment of upgraded technology across a high percentage of the 2017-2025 fleet. This clearly will be challenging for automotive manufacturers and their suppliers, especially in the current economic climate, and given the stringency of the recently-established MYs 2012-2016 standards. However, based on all of the analyses performed by the agencies, our judgment is that it is a challenge that can reasonably be met.</P>
          <P>The agencies also evaluated the impacts of these standards with respect to the expected reductions in GHGs and oil consumption and, found them to be very significant in magnitude. The agencies considered other factors such as the impacts on noise, energy, and vehicular congestion. The impact on safety was also given careful consideration. Moreover, the agencies quantified the various costs and benefits of the proposed standards, to the extent practicable. The agencies' analyses to date indicate that the overall quantified benefits of the proposed standards far outweigh the projected costs. All of these factors support the reasonableness of the proposed standards. See section III (proposed GHG standards) and section IV (proposed CAFE standards) for a detailed discussion of each agency's basis for its selection of its proposed standards.</P>

          <P>The fact that the benefits are estimated to considerably exceed their costs supports the view that the proposed standards represent an appropriate balance of the relevant statutory factors. In drawing this conclusion, the agencies acknowledge the uncertainties and limitations of the analyses. For example, the analysis of the benefits is highly dependent on the estimated price of fuel projected out many years into the future. There is also significant uncertainty in the potential<PRTPAGE P="74904"/>range of values that could be assigned to the social cost of carbon. There are a variety of impacts that the agencies are unable to quantify, such as non-market damages, extreme weather, socially contingent effects, or the potential for longer-term catastrophic events, or the impact on consumer choice. The cost-benefit analyses are one of the important things the agencies consider in making a judgment as to the appropriate standards to propose under their respective statutes. Consideration of the results of the cost-benefit analyses by the agencies, however, includes careful consideration of the limitations discussed above.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Joint Technical Work Completed for This Proposal</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Introduction</HD>
          <P>In this section, NHTSA and EPA discuss several aspects of their joint technical analyses. These analyses are common to the development of each agency's standards. Specifically we discuss: the development of the vehicle market forecast used by each agency for assessing costs, benefits, and effects, the development of the attribute-based standard curve shapes, the technologies the agencies evaluated and their costs and effectiveness, the economic assumptions the agencies included in their analyses, a description of the air conditioning and off-cycle technology (credit) programs, as well as the effects of the proposed standards on vehicle safety. The Joint Technical Support Document (TSD) discusses the agencies' joint technical work in more detail.</P>

          <P>The agencies have based today's proposal on a very significant body of data and analysis that we believe is the best information currently available on the full range of technical and other inputs utilized in our respective analyses. As noted in various places throughout this preamble, the draft Joint TSD, the NHTSA preliminary RIA, and the EPA draft RIA, we expect new information will become available between the proposal and final rulemaking. This new information will come from a range of sources: some is based on work the agencies have underway (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>work on technology costs and effectiveness, potentially updating our baseline year from model year 2008 to model year 2010); other sources are those we expect to be released by others (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>the Energy Information Agency's Annual Energy Outlook, which is published each year, and the most recent available version of which we expect to use for the final rule); and other information that will likely come from the public comment process. The agencies intend to evaluate all such new information as it becomes available, and where appropriate to update their analysis based on such information for purposes of the final rule. In addition, the agencies may make new information and/or analyses available in the agencies' respective public dockets for this rulemaking prior to the final rule, where that is appropriate, in order to facilitate public comment. We encourage all stakeholders to periodically check the two agencies' dockets between the proposal and final rules for any potential new docket submissions from the agencies.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Developing the Future Fleet for Assessing Costs, Benefits, and Effects</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Why did the agencies establish a baseline and reference vehicle fleet?</HD>
          <P>In order to calculate the impacts of the EPA and NHTSA regulations, it is necessary to estimate the composition of the future vehicle fleet absent these regulations, to provide a reference point relative to which costs, benefits, and effects of the regulations are assessed. As in the 2012-2016 light duty vehicle rulemaking, EPA and NHTSA have developed this comparison fleet in two parts. The first step was to develop a baseline fleet based on model year 2008 data. This baseline includes vehicle sales volumes, GHG/fuel economy performance, and contains a listing of the base technologies on every 2008 vehicle sold. The second step was to project that baseline fleet volume into model years 2017-2025. The vehicle volumes projected out to MY 2025 is referred to as the reference fleet volumes. The third step was to modify that MY 2017-2025 reference fleet such that it reflects technology manufacturers could apply if MY 2016 standards are extended without change through MY 2025.<SU>99</SU>
            <FTREF/>Each agency used its modeling system to develop a modified or final reference fleet, or adjusted baseline, for use in its analysis of regulatory alternatives, as discussed below and in Chapter 1 of the EPA draft RIA. All of the agencies' estimates of emission reductions, fuel economy improvements, costs, and societal impacts are developed in relation to the respective reference fleets. This section discusses the first two steps, development of the baseline fleet and the reference fleet.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>99</SU>EPA's MY 2016 GHG standards under the CAA continue into the future until they are changed. While NHTSA must actively promulgate standards in order for CAFE standards to extend past MY 2016, the agency has, as in all recent CAFE rulemakings, defined a no-action (i.e., baseline) regulatory alternative as an indefinite extension of the last-promulgated CAFE standards for purposes of the main analysis of the standards in this preamble.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>EPA and NHTSA used a transparent approach to developing the baseline and reference fleets, largely working from publicly available data. Because both input and output sheets from our modeling are public, stakeholders can verify and check EPA's and NHTSA's modeling, and perform their own analyses with these datasets.<SU>100</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>100</SU>EPA's Omega Model and input sheets are available at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/oms/climate/models.htm</E>; DOT/NHTSA's CAFE Compliance and Effects Modeling System (commonly known as the “Volpe Model”) and input and output sheets are available at<E T="03">http://www.nhtsa.gov/fuel-economy</E>.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. How Did the Agencies Develop the Baseline Vehicle Fleet?</HD>
          <P>NHTSA and EPA developed a baseline fleet comprised of model year 2008 data gathered from EPA's emission and fuel economy database. This baseline fleet was originally developed by EPA and NHTSA for the 2012-2016 final rule, and was updated for this proposal.<SU>101</SU>
            <FTREF/>The new fleet has the model year 2008 vehicle's volumes and attributes along with the addition of projected volumes from 2017 to 2025. It also has some expanded footprint data for pickup trucks that was needed for a more detailed analysis of the truck curve.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>101</SU>Further discussion of the development of the 2008 baseline fleet for the MY2012-2016 rule can be found at 75 Fed. Reg. 25324, 25349 (May 7, 2010).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>In this proposed rulemaking, the agencies are again choosing to use model year 2008 vehicle data to be the basis of the baseline fleet, but for different reasons than in the 2012-2016 final rule. Model year 2008 is now the most recent model year for which the industry had normal sales. Model year 2009 data is available, but the agencies believe that model year was disrupted by the economic downturn and the bankruptcies of both General Motors and Chrysler resulting in a significant reduction in the number of vehicles sold by both companies and the industry as a whole. These abnormalities led the agencies to conclude that 2009 data was not representative for projecting the future fleet. Model Year 2010 data was not complete because not all manufacturers have yet submitted it to EPA, and was thus not available in time for it to be used for this proposal. Therefore, the agencies chose to use model year 2008 again as the baseline since it was the latest complete representative and transparent data set available. However, the agencies will consider using Model Year 2010 for the final rule, based on availability and an<PRTPAGE P="74905"/>analysis of the data representativeness. To the extent the MY 2010 data becomes available during the comment period the agencies will place a copy of this data in our respective dockets. We request comments on the relative merits of using MY 2008 and MY 2010 data, and whether one provides a better foundation than the other for purposes of using such data as the foundation for a market forecast extending through MY 2025.</P>
          <P>The baseline fleet reflects all fuel economy technologies in use on MY 2008 light duty vehicles. The 2008 emission and fuel economy database included data on vehicle production volume, fuel economy, engine size, number of engine cylinders, transmission type, fuel type, etc., however it did not contain complete information on technologies. Thus, the agencies relied on publicly available data like the more complete technology descriptions from Ward's Automotive Group.<SU>102</SU>
            <FTREF/>In a few instances when required vehicle information (such as vehicle footprint) was not available from these two sources, the agencies obtained this information from publicly accessible internet sites such as Motortrend.com and Edmunds.com.<SU>103</SU>
            <FTREF/>A description of all of the technologies used in modeling the 2008 vehicle fleet and how it was constructed are available in Chapter 1 of the Joint Draft TSD.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>102</SU>Note that WardsAuto.com is a fee-based service, but all information is public to subscribers.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>103</SU>Motortrend.com and Edmunds.com are free, no-fee internet sites.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Footprint data for the baseline fleet came mainly from internet searches, though detailed information about the pickup truck footprints with volumes was not available online. Where this information was lacking, the agencies used manufacturer product plan data for 2008 model year to find out the correct number footprint and distribution of footprints. The footprint data for pickup trucks was expanded from the original data used in the previous rulemaking. The agencies obtained this footprint data from MY 2008 product plans submitted by the various manufacturers, which can be made public at this time because by now all MY 2008 vehicle models are already in production, which makes footprint data about them essentially public information. A description of exactly how the agencies obtained all the footprints is available in Chapter 1 of the TSD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. How Did the Agencies Develop the Projected MY 2017-2025 Vehicle Reference Fleet?</HD>
          <P>As in the 2012-2016 light duty vehicle rulemaking, EPA and NHTSA have based the projection of total car and total light truck sales for MYs 2017-2025 on projections made by the Department of Energy's Energy Information Administration (EIA). See 75 FR at 25349. EIA publishes a mid-term projection of national energy use called the Annual Energy Outlook (AEO). This projection utilizes a number of technical and econometric models which are designed to reflect both economic and regulatory conditions expected to exist in the future. In support of its projection of fuel use by light-duty vehicles, EIA projects sales of new cars and light trucks. EIA published its Early Annual Energy Outlook for 2011 in December 2010. EIA released updated data to NHTSA in February (Interim AEO). The final release of AEO for 2011 came out in May 2011, but by that time EPA/NHTSA had already prepared modeling runs for potential 2017-2025 standards using the interim data release to NHTSA. EPA and NHTSA are using the interim data release for this proposal, but intend to use the newest version of AEO available for the FRM.</P>

          <P>The agencies used the Energy Information Administration's (EIA's) National Energy Modeling System (NEMS) to estimate the future relative market shares of passenger cars and light trucks. However, NEMS methodology includes shifting vehicle sales volume, starting after 2007, away from fleets with lower fuel economy (the light-truck fleet) towards vehicles with higher fuel economies (the passenger car fleet) in order to facilitate projected compliance with CAFE and GHG standards. Because we use our market projection as a baseline relative to which we measure the effects of new standards, and we attempt to estimate the industry's ability to comply with new standards without changing product mix (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>we analyze the effects of the proposed rules assuming manufacturers will not change fleet composition as a compliance strategy, as opposed to changes that might happen due to market forces), the Interim AEO 2011-projected shift in passenger car market share as a result of required fuel economy improvements creates a circularity. Therefore, for the current analysis, the agencies developed a new projection of passenger car and light truck sales shares by running scenarios from the Interim AEO 2011 reference case that first deactivate the above-mentioned sales-volume shifting methodology and then hold post-2017 CAFE standards constant at MY 2016 levels. As discussed in Chapter 1 of the agencies' joint Technical Support Document, incorporating these changes reduced the NEMS-projected passenger car share of the light vehicle market by an average of about 5% during 2017-2025.</P>
          <P>In the AEO 2011 Interim data, EIA projects that total light-duty vehicle sales will gradually recover from their currently depressed levels by around 2013. In 2017, car sales are projected to be 8.4 million (53 percent) and truck sales are projected to be 7.3 million (47 percent). Although the total level of sales of 15.8 million units is similar to pre-2008 levels, the fraction of car sales is projected to be higher than that existing in the 2000-2007 timeframe. This projection reflects the impact of assumed higher fuel prices. Sales projections of cars and trucks for future model years can be found in Chapter 1 of the joint TSD.</P>
          <P>In addition to a shift towards more car sales, sales of segments within both the car and truck markets have been changing and are expected to continue to change. Manufacturers are introducing more crossover utility vehicles (CUVs), which offer much of the utility of sport utility vehicles (SUVs) but use more car-like designs. The AEO 2011 report does not, however, distinguish such changes within the car and truck classes. In order to reflect these changes in fleet makeup, EPA and NHTSA used CSM Worldwide (CSM) as they did in the 2012-2016 rulemaking analysis. EPA and NHTSA believe that CSM is the best source available for a long range forecast for 2017-2025, though when EPA and NHTSA contacted several forecasting firms none of them offered comparably-detailed forecasting for that time frame. NHTSA and EPA decided to use the forecast from CSM for several reasons presented in the Joint TSD chapter I.</P>
          <P>The long range forecast from CSM Worldwide is a custom forecast covering the years 2017-2025 which the agencies purchased from CSM in December of 2009. CSM provides quarterly sales forecasts for the automotive industry, and updates their data on the industry quarter. For the public's reference, a copy of CSM's long range forecast has been placed in the docket for this rulemaking.<SU>104</SU>

            <FTREF/>EPA and NHTSA hope to purchase and use an updated forecast,<PRTPAGE P="74906"/>whether from CSM or other appropriate sources, before the final rulemaking. To the extent that such a forecast becomes available during the comment period the agencies will place a copy in our respective dockets.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>104</SU>The CSM Sales Forecast Excel file (“CSM North America Sales Forecasts 2017-2025 for the Docket”) is available in the docket (Docket EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0799).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The next step was to project the CSM forecasts for relative sales of cars and trucks by manufacturer and by market segment onto the total sales estimates of AEO 2011. Table II-1 and Table II-2 show the resulting projections for the reference 2025 model year and compare these to actual sales that occurred in the baseline 2008 model year. Both tables show sales using the traditional definition of cars and light trucks.</P>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
          <GPH DEEP="620" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74907"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.027</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="621" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74908"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.028</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="198" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74909"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.029</GID>
          </GPH>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-C</BILCOD>
          <P>As mentioned previously, NHTSA has changed the definition of a truck for 2011 model year and beyond. The new definition has moved some 2 wheel drive SUVs and CUVs to the car category. Table II-3 shows the different volumes for car and trucks based on the new and old NHTSA definition. The table shows the difference in 2008, 2021, and 2025 to give a feel for how the change in definition changes the car/truck split.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="310" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.030</GID>
          </GPH>
          <P>The CSM forecast provides estimates of car and truck sales by segment and by manufacturer separately. The forecast was broken up into two tables. One table with manufacturer volumes by year and the other with vehicle segments percentages by year. Table II-4 and Table II-5 are examples of the data received from CSM. The task of estimating future sales using these tables is complex. We used the same methodology as in the previous rulemaking. A detailed description of how the projection process was done is found in Chapter 1 of the TSD.</P>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-P</BILCOD>
          <GPH DEEP="640" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74910"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.031</GID>
          </GPH>
          <GPH DEEP="424" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74911"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.032</GID>
          </GPH>
          <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-59-C</BILCOD>
          <P>The overall result was a projection of car and truck sales for model years 2017-2025—the reference fleet—which matched the total sales projections of the AEO forecast and the manufacturer and segment splits of the CSM forecast. These sales splits are shown in Table II-6 below.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="184" SPAN="3">
            <GID>EP01DE11.033</GID>
          </GPH>
          <PRTPAGE P="74912"/>
          <P>Given publicly- and commercially-available sources that can be made equally transparent to all reviewers, the forecast described above represents the agencies' best technical judgment regarding the likely composition direction of the fleet. EPA and NHTSA recognize that it is impossible to predict with certainty how manufacturers' product offerings and sales volumes will evolve through MY 2025 under baseline conditions—that is, without further changes in standards after MY 2016. The agencies have not developed alternative market forecasts to examine corresponding sensitivity of analytical results discussed below, and have not varied the market forecast when conducting probabilistic uncertainty analysis discussed in NHTSA's preliminary Regulatory Impact Analysis. The agencies invite comment regarding alternative methods or projections to inform forecasts of the future fleet at the level of specificity and technical completeness required by the agencies' respective modeling systems.</P>
          <P>The final step in the construction of the final reference fleet involves applying additional technology to individual vehicle models—that is, technology beyond that already present in MY 2008—reflecting already-promulgated standards through MY 2016, and reflecting the assumption that MY 2016 standards would apply through MY 2025. A description of the agencies' modeling work to develop their respective final reference (or adjusted baseline) fleets appear below in Sections III and IV of this preamble.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Development of Attribute-Based Curve Shapes</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Why are standards attribute-based and defined by a mathematical function?</HD>

          <P>As in the MYs 2012-2016 CAFE/GHG rules, and as NHTSA did in the MY 2011 CAFE rule, NHTSA and EPA are proposing to set attribute-based CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards that are defined by a mathematical function. EPCA, as amended by EISA, expressly requires that CAFE standards for passenger cars and light trucks be based on one or more vehicle attributes related to fuel economy, and be expressed in the form of a mathematical function.<SU>105</SU>

            <FTREF/>The CAA has no such requirement, although such an approach is permissible under section 202 (a) and EPA has used the attribute-based approach in issuing standards under analogous provisions of the CAA (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>criteria pollutant standards for non-road diesel engines using engine size as the attribute,<SU>106</SU>
            <FTREF/>in the recent GHG standards for heavy duty pickups and vans using a work factor attribute,<SU>107</SU>
            <FTREF/>and in the MYs 2012-2016 GHG rule itself which used vehicle footprint as the attribute). Public comments on the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking widely supported attribute-based standards for both agencies' standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>105</SU>49 U.S.C. 32902(a)(3)(A).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>106</SU>69 FR 38958 (June 29, 2004).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>107</SU>76 FR 57106, 57162-64, (Sept. 15, 2011).</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Under an attribute-based standard, every vehicle model has a performance target (fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions for CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions standards, respectively), the level of which depends on the vehicle's attribute (for this proposal, footprint, as discussed below). Each manufacturers' fleet average standard is determined by the production-weighted<SU>108</SU>
            <FTREF/>average (for CAFE, harmonic average) of those targets.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>108</SU>Production for sale in the United States.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The agencies believe that an attribute-based standard is preferable to a single-industry-wide average standard in the context of CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards for several reasons. First, if the shape is chosen properly, every manufacturer is more likely to be required to continue adding more fuel efficient technology each year across their fleet, because the stringency of the compliance obligation will depend on the particular product mix of each manufacturer. Therefore a maximum feasible attribute-based standard will tend to require greater fuel savings and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions reductions overall than would a maximum feasible flat standard (that is, a single mpg or CO<E T="52">2</E>level applicable to every manufacturer).</P>

          <P>Second, depending on the attribute, attribute-based standards reduce the incentive for manufacturers to respond to CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards in ways harmful to safety.<SU>109</SU>
            <FTREF/>Because each vehicle model has its own target (based on the attribute chosen), properly fitted attribute-based standards provide little, if any, incentive to build smaller vehicles simply to meet a fleet-wide average, because the smaller vehicles will be subject to more stringent compliance targets.<SU>110</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>109</SU>The 2002 NAS Report described at length and quantified the potential safety problem with average fuel economy standards that specify a single numerical requirement for the entire industry. See 2002 NAS Report at 5, finding 12. Ensuing analyses, including by NHTSA, support the fundamental conclusion that standards structured to minimize incentives to downsize all but the largest vehicles will tend to produce better safety outcomes than flat standards.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>110</SU>Assuming that the attribute is related to vehicle size.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Third, attribute-based standards provide a more equitable regulatory framework for different vehicle manufacturers.<SU>111</SU>
            <FTREF/>A single industry-wide average standard imposes disproportionate cost burdens and compliance difficulties on the manufacturers that need to change their product plans to meet the standards, and puts no obligation on those manufacturers that have no need to change their plans. As discussed above, attribute-based standards help to spread the regulatory cost burden for fuel economy more broadly across all of the vehicle manufacturers within the industry.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>111</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at 4-5, finding 10.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Fourth, attribute-based standards better respect economic conditions and consumer choice, as compared to single-value standards. A flat, or single value standard, encourages a certain vehicle size fleet mix by creating incentives for manufacturers to use vehicle downsizing as a compliance strategy. Under a footprint-based standard, manufacturers are required to invest in technologies that improve the fuel economy of the vehicles they sell rather than shifting the product mix, because reducing the size of the vehicle is generally a less viable compliance strategy given that smaller vehicles have more stringent regulatory targets.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. What attribute are the agencies proposing to use, and why?</HD>

          <P>As in the MYs 2012-2016 CAFE/GHG rules, and as NHTSA did in the MY 2011 CAFE rule, NHTSA and EPA are proposing to set CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards that are based on vehicle footprint, which has an observable correlation to fuel economy and emissions. There are several policy and technical reasons why NHTSA and EPA believe that footprint is the most appropriate attribute on which to base the standards, even though some other vehicle attributes (notably curb weight) are better correlated to fuel economy and emissions.</P>

          <P>First, in the agencies' judgment, from the standpoint of vehicle safety, it is important that the CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards be set in a way that does not encourage manufacturers to respond by selling vehicles that are in any way less safe. While NHTSA's research of historical crash data also indicates that reductions in vehicle mass that are accompanied by reductions in vehicle footprint tend to compromise vehicle safety, footprint-based standards provide an incentive to use advanced lightweight materials and structures that would be discouraged by weight-based<PRTPAGE P="74913"/>standards, because manufacturers can use them to improve a vehicle's fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions without their use necessarily resulting in a change in the vehicle's fuel economy and emissions targets.</P>

          <P>Further, although we recognize that weight is better correlated with fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions than is footprint, we continue to believe that there is less risk of “gaming” (changing the attribute(s) to achieve a more favorable target) by increasing footprint under footprint-based standards than by increasing vehicle mass under weight-based standards—it is relatively easy for a manufacturer to add enough weight to a vehicle to decrease its applicable fuel economy target a significant amount, as compared to increasing vehicle footprint. We also continue to agree with concerns raised in 2008 by some commenters on the MY 2011 CAFE rulemaking that there would be greater potential for gaming under multi-attribute standards, such as those that also depend on weight, torque, power, towing capability, and/or off-road capability. The agencies agree with the assessment first presented in NHTSA's MY 2011 CAFE final rule<SU>112</SU>

            <FTREF/>that the possibility of gaming is lowest with footprint-based standards, as opposed to weight-based or multi-attribute-based standards. Specifically, standards that incorporate weight, torque, power, towing capability, and/or off-road capability in addition to footprint would not only be more complex, but by providing degrees of freedom with respect to more easily-adjusted attributes, they could make it less certain that the future fleet would actually achieve the average fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>reduction levels projected by the agencies.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>112</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>74 FR at 14359 (Mar. 30, 2009).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The agencies recognize that based on economic and consumer demand factors that are external to this rule, the distribution of footprints in the future may be different (either smaller or larger) than what is projected in this rule. However, the agencies continue to believe that there will not be significant shifts in this distribution as a direct consequence of this proposed rule. The agencies also recognize that some international attribute-based standards use attributes other than footprint and that there could be benefits for a number of manufacturers if there was greater international harmonization of fuel economy and GHG standards for light-duty vehicles, but this is largely a question of how stringent standards are and how they are tested and enforced. It is entirely possible that footprint-based and weight-based systems can coexist internationally and not present an undue burden for manufacturers if they are carefully crafted. Different countries or regions may find different attributes appropriate for basing standards, depending on the particular challenges they face—from fuel prices, to family size and land use, to safety concerns, to fleet composition and consumer preference, to other environmental challenges besides climate change. The agencies anticipate working more closely with other countries and regions in the future to consider how to address these issues in a way that least burdens manufacturers while respecting each country's need to meet its own particular challenges.</P>

          <P>The agencies continue to find that footprint is the most appropriate attribute upon which to base the proposed standards, but recognizing strong public interest in this issue, we seek comment on whether the agencies should consider setting standards for the final rule based on another attribute or another combination of attributes. If commenters suggest that the agencies should consider another attribute or another combination of attributes, the agencies specifically request that the commenters address the concerns raised in the paragraphs above regarding the use of other attributes, and explain how standards should be developed using the other attribute(s) in a way that contributes more to fuel savings and CO<E T="52">2</E>reductions than the footprint-based standards, without compromising safety.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. What mathematical functions have the agencies previously used, and why?</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. NHTSA in MY 2008 and MY 2011 CAFE (constrained logistic)</HD>

          <P>For the MY 2011 CAFE rule, NHTSA estimated fuel economy levels after normalization for differences in technology, but did not make adjustments to reflect other vehicle attributes (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>power-to-weight ratios).<SU>113</SU>

            <FTREF/>Starting with the technology adjusted passenger car and light truck fleets, NHTSA used minimum absolute deviation (MAD) regression without sales weighting to fit a logistic form as a starting point to develop mathematical functions defining the standards. NHTSA then identified footprints at which to apply minimum and maximum values (rather than letting the standards extend without limit) and transposed these functions vertically (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>on a gpm basis, uniformly downward) to produce the promulgated standards. In the preceding rule, for MYs 2008-2011 light truck standards, NHTSA examined a range of potential functional forms, and concluded that, compared to other considered forms, the constrained logistic form provided the expected and appropriate trend (decreasing fuel economy as footprint increases), but avoided creating “kinks” the agency was concerned would provide distortionary incentives for vehicles with neighboring footprints.<SU>114</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>113</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>74 FR 14196, 14363-14370 (Mar. 30, 2009) for NHTSA discussion of curve fitting in the MY 2011 CAFE final rule.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>114</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E>71 FR 17556, 17609-17613 (Apr. 6, 2006) for NHTSA discussion of “kinks” in the MYs 2008-2011 light truck CAFE final rule (there described as “edge effects”). A “kink,” as used here, is a portion of the curve where a small change in footprint results in a disproportionally large change in stringency.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. MYs 2012-2016 Light Duty GHG/CAFE (constrained/piecewise linear)</HD>
          <P>For the MYs 2012-2016 rules, NHTSA and EPA re-evaluated potential methods for specifying mathematical functions to define fuel economy and GHG standards. The agencies concluded that the constrained logistic form, if applied to post-MY 2011 standards, would likely contain a steep mid-section that would provide undue incentive to increase the footprint of midsize passenger cars.<SU>115</SU>

            <FTREF/>The agencies judged that a range of methods to fit the curves would be reasonable, and used a minimum absolute deviation (MAD) regression without sales weighting on a technology-adjusted car and light truck fleet to fit a linear equation. This equation was used as a starting point to develop mathematical functions defining the standards as discussed above. The agencies then identified footprints at which to apply minimum and maximum values (rather than letting the standards extend without limit) and transposed these constrained/piecewise linear functions vertically (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>on a gpm or CO<E T="52">2</E>basis, uniformly downward) to produce the fleetwide fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>emission levels for cars and light trucks described in the final rule.<SU>116</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>115</SU>75 FR at 25362.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>116</SU>
              <E T="03">See generally</E>74 FR at 49491-96; 75 FR at 25357-62.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. How have the agencies changed the mathematical functions for the proposed MYs 2017-2025 standards, and why?</HD>

          <P>By requiring NHTSA to set CAFE standards that are attribute-based and defined by a mathematical function, Congress appears to have wanted the post-EISA standards to be data-driven—a mathematical function defining the standards, in order to be “attribute-based,” should reflect the observed relationship in the data between the<PRTPAGE P="74914"/>attribute chosen and fuel economy.<SU>117</SU>
            <FTREF/>EPA is also proposing to set attribute-based CO<E T="52">2</E>standards defined by similar mathematical functions, for the reasonable technical and policy grounds discussed below and in section II of the preamble to the proposed rule, and which supports a harmonization with the CAFE standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>117</SU>A mathematical function can be defined, of course, that has nothing to do with the relationship between fuel economy and the chosen attribute—the most basic example is an industry-wide standard defined as the mathematical function<E T="03">average required fuel economy = X,</E>where X is the single mpg level set by the agency. Yet a standard that is simply defined as a mathematical function that is not tied to the attribute(s) would not meet the requirement of EISA.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The relationship between fuel economy (and GHG emissions) and footprint, though directionally clear (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>fuel economy tends to decrease and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions tend to increase with increasing footprint), is theoretically vague and quantitatively uncertain; in other words, not so precise as to<E T="03">a priori</E>yield only a single possible curve.<SU>118</SU>
            <FTREF/>There is thus a range of legitimate options open to the agencies in developing curve shapes. The agencies may of course consider statutory objectives in choosing among the many reasonable alternatives. For example, curve shapes that might have some theoretical basis could lead to perverse outcomes contrary to the intent of the statutes to conserve energy and protect human health and the environment.<SU>119</SU>

            <FTREF/>Thus, the decision of how to set the target curves cannot always be just about most “clearly” using a mathematical function to define the relationship between fuel economy and the attribute; it often has to have a normative aspect, where the agencies adjust the function that would define the relationship in order to avoid perverse results, improve equity of burden across manufacturers, preserve consumer choice, etc. This is true both for the decisions that guide the mathematical function defining the sloped portion of the target curves, and for the separate decisions that guide the agencies' choice of “cutpoints” (if any) that define the fuel economy/CO<E T="52">2</E>levels and footprints at each end of the curves where the curves become flat. Data informs these decisions, but how the agencies define and interpret the relevant data, and then the choice of methodology for fitting a curve to the data, must include a consideration of both technical data and policy goals.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>118</SU>In fact, numerous manufacturers have confidentially shared with the agencies what they describe as “physics based” curves, with each OEM showing significantly different shapes, and footprint relationships. The sheer variety of curves shown to the agencies further confirm the lack of an underlying principle of “fundamental physics” driving the relationship between CO<E T="52">2</E>emission or fuel consumption and footprint, and the lack of an underlying principle to dictate any outcome of the agencies' establishment of footprint-based standards.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>119</SU>For example, if the agencies set weight-based standards defined by a steep function, the standards might encourage manufacturers to keep adding weight to their vehicles to obtain less stringent targets.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The next sections examine the policy concerns that the agencies considered in developing the proposed target curves that define the proposed MYs 2017-2025 CAFE and CO<E T="52">2</E>standards, new technical work (expanding on similar analyses performed by NHTSA when the agency proposed MY 2011-2015 standards, and by both agencies during consideration of options for MY 2012-2016 CAFE and GHG standards) that was completed in the process of reexamining potential mathematical functions, how the agencies have defined the data, and how the agencies explored statistical curve-fitting methodologies in order to arrive at proposed curves.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. What are the agencies proposing for the MYs 2017-2025 curves?</HD>

          <P>The proposed mathematical functions for the proposed MYs 2017-2025 standards are somewhat changed from the functions for the MYs 2012-2016 standards, in response to comments received from stakeholders and in order to address technical concerns and policy goals that the agencies judge more significant in this 9-year rulemaking than in the prior one, which only included 5 years. This section discusses the methodology the agencies selected as, at this time, best addressing those technical concerns and policy goals, given the various technical inputs to the agencies' current analyses. Below the agencies discuss how the agencies determined the cutpoints and the flat portions of the MYs 2017-2025 target curves. We also note that both of these sections address only how the target curves were fit to fuel consumption and CO<E T="52">2</E>emission values determined using the city and highway test procedures, and that in determining respective regulatory alternatives, the agencies made further adjustments to the resultant curves in order to account for adjustments for improvements to mobile air conditioners.</P>

          <P>Thus, recognizing that there are many reasonable statistical methods for fitting curves to data points that define vehicles in terms of footprint and fuel economy, the agencies have chosen for this proposed rule to fit curves using an ordinary least-squares formulation, on sales-weighted data, using a fleet that has had technology applied, and after adjusting the data for the effects of weight-to-footprint, as described below. This represents a departure from the statistical approach for fitting the curves in MYs 2012-2016, as explained in the next section. The agencies considered a wide variety of reasonable statistical methods in order to better understand the range of uncertainty regarding the relationship between fuel consumption (the inverse of fuel economy), CO<E T="52">2</E>emission rates, and footprint, thereby providing a range within which decisions about standards would be potentially supportable.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. What concerns were the agencies looking to address that led them to change from the approach used for the MYs 2012-2016 curves?</HD>

          <P>During the year and a half since the MYs 2012-2016 final rule was issued, NHTSA and EPA have received a number of comments from stakeholders on how curves should be fitted to the passenger car and light truck fleets. Some limited-line manufacturers have argued that curves should generally be flatter in order to avoid discouraging small vehicles, because steeper curves tend to result in more stringent targets for smaller vehicles. Most full-line manufacturers have argued that a passenger car curve similar in slope to the MY 2016 passenger car curve would be appropriate for future model years, but that the light truck curve should be revised to be less difficult for manufacturers selling the largest full-size pickup trucks. These manufacturers argued that the MY 2016 light truck curve was not “physics-based,” and that in order for future tightening of standards to be feasible for full-line manufacturers, the truck curve for later model years should be steeper and extended further (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>made less stringent) into the larger footprints. The agencies do not agree that the MY 2016 light truck curve was somehow deficient in lacking a “physics basis,” or that it was somehow overly stringent for manufacturers selling large pickups—manufacturers making these arguments presented no “physics-based” model to explain how fuel economy should depend on footprint.<SU>120</SU>

            <FTREF/>The same manufacturers indicated that they believed that the light truck standard should be somewhat steeper after MY 2016, primarily because, after more than ten years of progressive increases in the stringency of applicable CAFE standards, large pickups would be less capable of achieving further<PRTPAGE P="74915"/>improvements without compromising load carrying and towing capacity.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>120</SU>See footnote 118.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In developing the curve shapes for this proposed rule, the agencies were aware of the current and prior technical concerns raised by OEMs concerning the effects of the stringency on individual manufacturers and their ability to meet the standards with available technologies, while producing vehicles at a cost that allowed them to recover the additional costs of the technologies being applied. Although we continue to believe that the methodology for fitting curves for the MY2012-2016 standards was technically sound, we recognize manufacturers' technical concerns regarding their abilities to comply with a similarly shallow curve after MY2016 given the anticipated mix of light trucks in MYs 2017-2025. As in the MYs 2012-2016 rules, the agencies considered these concerns in the analysis of potential curve shapes. The agencies also considered safety concerns which could be raised by curve shapes creating an incentive for vehicle downsizing, as well as the potential loss to consumer welfare should vehicle upsizing be unduly disincentivized. In addition, the agencies sought to improve the balance of compliance burdens among manufacturers. Among the technical concerns and resultant policy trade-offs the agencies considered were the following:</P>
          <P>• Flatter standards (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>curves) increase the risk that both the weight and size of vehicles will be reduced, compromising highway safety.</P>
          <P>• Flatter standards potentially impact the utility of vehicles by providing an incentive for vehicle downsizing.</P>
          <P>• Steeper footprint-based standards may incentivize vehicle upsizing, thus increasing the risk that fuel economy and greenhouse gas reduction benefits will be less than expected.</P>

          <P>• Given the same industry-wide average required fuel economy or CO<E T="52">2</E>standard, flatter standards tend to place greater compliance burdens on full-line manufacturers.</P>

          <P>• Given the same industry-wide average required fuel economy or CO<E T="52">2</E>standard, steeper standards tend to place greater compliance burdens on limited-line manufacturers (depending of course, on which vehicles are being produced).</P>

          <P>• If cutpoints are adopted, given the same industry-wide average required fuel economy, moving small-vehicle cutpoints to the left (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>up in terms of fuel economy, down in terms of CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions) discourages the introduction of small vehicles, and reduces the incentive to downsize small vehicles in ways that would compromise highway safety.</P>

          <P>• If cutpoints are adopted, given the same industry-wide average required fuel economy, moving large-vehicle cutpoints to the right (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>down in terms of fuel economy, up in terms of CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions) better accommodates the unique design requirements of larger vehicles—especially large pickups—and extends the size range over which downsizing is discouraged.</P>
          <P>All of these were policy goals that required trade-offs, and in determining the curves they also required balance against the comments from the OEMs discussed in the introduction to this section. Ultimately, the agencies do not agree that the MY 2017 target curves for this proposal, on a relative basis, should be made significantly flatter than the MY 2016 curve,<SU>121</SU>
            <FTREF/>as we believe that this would undo some of the safety-related incentives and balancing of compliance burdens among manufacturers—effects that attribute-based standards are intended to provide.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>121</SU>While “significantly” flatter is subjective, the year over year change in curve shapes is discussed in greater detail in Section 0 and Chapter 2 of the joint TSD.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Nonetheless, the agencies recognize full-line OEM concerns and have tentatively concluded that further increases in the stringency of the light truck standards will be more feasible if the light truck curve is made steeper than the MY 2016 truck curve and the right (large footprint) cut-point is extended over time to larger footprints. This conclusion is supported by the agencies' technical analyses of regulatory alternatives defined using the curves developed in the manner described below.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. What methodologies and data did the agencies consider in developing the 2017-2025 curves?</HD>

          <P>In considering how to address the various policy concerns discussed in the previous sections, the agencies revisited the data and performed a number of analyses using different combinations of the various statistical methods, weighting schemes, adjustments to the data and the addition of technologies to make the fleets less technologically heterogeneous. As discussed above, in the agencies' judgment, there is no single “correct” way to estimate the relationship between CO<E T="52">2</E>or fuel consumption and footprint—rather, each statistical result is based on the underlying assumptions about the particular functional form, weightings and error structures embodied in the representational approach. These assumptions are the subject of the following discussion. This process of performing many analyses using combinations of statistical methods generates many possible outcomes, each embodying different potentially reasonable combinations of assumptions and each thus reflective of the data as viewed through a particular lens. The choice of a standard developed by a given combination of these statistical methods is consequently a decision based upon the agencies' determination of how, given the policy objectives for this rulemaking and the agencies' MY 2008-based forecast of the market through MY 2025, to appropriately reflect the current understanding of the evolution of automotive technology and costs, the future prospects for the vehicle market, and thereby establish curves (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>standards) for cars and light trucks.</P>

          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. What information did the agencies use to estimate a relationship between fuel economy, CO<E T="52">2</E>and footprint?</HD>

          <P>For each fleet, the agencies began with the MY 2008-based market forecast developed to support this proposal (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>the baseline fleet), with vehicles' fuel economy levels and technological characteristics at MY 2008 levels.<SU>122</SU>
            <FTREF/>The development, scope, and content of this market forecast is discussed in detail in Chapter 1 of the joint Technical Support Document supporting this rulemaking.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>122</SU>While the agencies jointly conducted this analysis, the coefficients ultimately used in the slope setting analysis are from the CAFE model.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. What adjustments did the agencies evaluate?</HD>
          <P>The agencies believe one possible approach is to fit curves to the minimally adjusted data shown above (the approach still includes sales mix adjustments, which influence results of sales-weighted regressions), much as DOT did when it first began evaluating potential attribute-based standards in 2003.<SU>123</SU>

            <FTREF/>However, the agencies have found, as in prior rulemakings, that the data are so widely spread (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>when graphed, they fall in a loose “cloud” rather than tightly around an obvious line) that they indicate a relationship between footprint and CO<E T="52">2</E>and fuel consumption that is real but not particularly strong. Therefore, as discussed below, the agencies also explored possible adjustments that could help to explain and/or reduce the ambiguity of this relationship, or could help to produce policy outcomes the agencies judged to be more desirable.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>123</SU>68 FR 74920-74926.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="74916"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Adjustment to reflect differences in technology</HD>

          <P>As in prior rulemakings, the agencies consider technology differences between vehicle models to be a significant factor producing uncertainty regarding the relationship between CO<E T="52">2</E>/fuel consumption and footprint. Noting that attribute-based standards are intended to encourage the application of additional technology to improve fuel efficiency and reduce CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions, the agencies, in addition to considering approaches based on the unadjusted engineering characteristics of MY 2008 vehicle models, therefore also considered approaches in which, as for previous rulemakings, technology is added to vehicles for purposes of the curve fitting analysis in order to produce fleets that are less varied in technology content.</P>
          <P>The agencies adjusted the baseline fleet for technology by adding all technologies considered, except for the most advanced high-BMEP (brake mean effective pressure) gasoline engines, diesel engines, strong HEVs, PHEVs, EVs, and FCVs. The agencies included 15 percent mass reduction on all vehicles.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">ii. Adjustments reflecting differences in performance and “density”</HD>

          <P>For the reasons discussed above regarding revisiting the shapes of the curves, the agencies considered adjustments for other differences between vehicle models (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>inflating or deflating the fuel economy of each vehicle model based on the extent to which one of the vehicle's attributes, such as power, is higher or lower than average). Previously, NHTSA had rejected such adjustments because they imply that a multi-attribute standard may be necessary, and the agencies judged multi-attribute standard to be more subject to gaming than a footprint-only standard.<E T="51">124 125</E>

            <FTREF/>Having considered this issue again for purposes of this rulemaking, NHTSA and EPA conclude the need to accommodate in the target curves the challenges faced by manufacturers of large pickups currently outweighs these prior concerns. Therefore, the agencies also evaluated curve fitting approaches through which fuel consumption and CO<E T="52">2</E>levels were adjusted with respect to weight-to-footprint alone, and in combination with power-to-weight. While the agencies examined these adjustments for purposes of fitting curves, the agencies are not proposing a multi-attribute standard; the proposed fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>targets for each vehicle are still functions of footprint alone. No adjustment would be used in the compliance process.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>124</SU>For example, in comments on NHTSA's 2008 NPRM regarding MY 2011-2015 CAFE standards, Porsche recommended that standards be defined in terms of a “Summed Weighted Attribute”, wherein the fuel economy target would calculated as follows:<E T="03">target = f(SWA),</E>where target is the fuel economy target applicable to a given vehicle model and<E T="03">SWA = footprint + torque</E>
              <E T="51">1/1.5</E>+<E T="03">weight</E>
              <E T="51">1/2.5</E>. (NHTSA-2008-0089-0174). While the standards the agencies are proposing for MY 2017-2025 are not multi-attributes, that is the target is only a function of footprint, we are proposing curve shapes that were developed considering more than one attribute.</P>
            <P>
              <SU>125</SU>74 FR 14359.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The agencies also examined some differences between the technology-adjusted car and truck fleets in order to better understand the relationship between footprint and CO<E T="52">2</E>/fuel consumption in the agencies' MY 2008 based forecast. The agencies investigated the relationship between HP/WT and footprint in the agencies' MY2008-based market forecast. On a sales weighted basis, cars tend to become proportionally more powerful as they get larger. In contrast, there is a minimally positive relationship between HP/WT and footprint for light trucks, indicating that light trucks become only slightly more powerful as they get larger.</P>

          <P>This analysis, presented in chapter 2.4.1.2 of the agencies' joint TSD, indicated that vehicle performance (power-to-weight ratio) and “density” (curb weight divided by footprint) are both correlated to fuel consumption (and CO<E T="52">2</E>emission rate), and that these vehicle attributes are also both related to vehicle footprint. Based on these relationships, the agencies explored adjusting the fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>emission rates of individual vehicle models based on deviations from “expected” performance or weight/footprint at a given footprint; the agencies inflated fuel economy levels of vehicle models with higher performance and/or weight/footprint than the average of the fleet would indicate at that footprint, and deflated fuel economy levels with lower performance and/or weight. Previously, NHTSA had rejected such adjustments because they imply that a multi-attribute standard may be necessary, and the agency judged multi-attribute standard to be more subject to gaming than a footprint-only standard.<E T="51">126 127</E>

            <FTREF/>While the agencies considered this technique for purposes of fitting curves, the agencies are not proposing a multi-attribute standard, as the proposed fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>targets for each vehicle are still functions of footprint alone. No adjustment would be used in the compliance process.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>126</SU>For example, in comments on NHTSA's 2008 NPRM regarding MY 2011-2015 CAFE standards, Porsche recommended that standards be defined in terms of a “Summed Weighted Attribute”, wherein the fuel economy target would calculated as follows:<E T="03">target = f(SWA),</E>where<E T="03">target</E>is the fuel economy target applicable to a given vehicle model and<E T="03">SWA = footprint</E>+<E T="03">torque</E>
              <E T="51">1/1.5</E>+<E T="03">weight</E>
              <E T="51">1/2.5</E>. (NHTSA-2008-0089-0174). While the standards the agencies are proposing for MY 2017-2025 are not multi-attribute standards, that is the target is only a function of footprint, we are proposing curve shapes that were developed considering more than one attribute.</P>
            <P>
              <SU>127</SU>74 FR 14359.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>The agencies seek comment on the appropriateness of the adjustments as described in Chapter 2 of the joint TSD, particularly regarding whether these adjustments suggest that standards should be defined in terms of other attributes in addition to footprint, and whether they may encourage changes other than encouraging the application of technology to improve fuel economy and reduce CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions. The agencies also seek comment regarding whether these adjustments effectively “lock in” through MY 2025 relationships that were observed in MY 2008.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. What statistical methods did the agencies evaluate?</HD>
          <P>The above approaches resulted in three data sets each for (a) vehicles without added technology and (b) vehicles with technology added to reduce technology differences, any of which may provide a reasonable basis for fitting mathematical functions upon which to base the slope of the standard curves: (1) Vehicles without any further adjustments; (2) vehicles with adjustments reflecting differences in “density” (weight/footprint); and (3) vehicles with adjustments reflecting differences in “density,” and adjustments reflecting differences in performance (power/weight). Using these data sets, the agencies tested a range of regression methodologies, each judged to be possibly reasonable for application to at least some of these data sets.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">i. Regression Approach</HD>
          <P>In the MYs 2012-2016 final rules, the agencies employed a robust regression approach (minimum absolute deviation, or MAD), rather than an ordinary least squares (OLS) regression.<SU>128</SU>

            <FTREF/>MAD is generally applied to mitigate the effect of outliers in a dataset, and thus was employed in that rulemaking as part of our interest in attempting to best represent the underlying technology. NHTSA had used OLS in early development of attribute-based CAFE<PRTPAGE P="74917"/>standards, but NHTSA (and then NHTSA and EPA) subsequently chose MAD instead of OLS for both the MY 2011 and the MYs 2012-2016 rulemakings. These decisions on regression technique were made both because OLS gives additional emphasis to outliers<SU>129</SU>
            <FTREF/>and because the MAD approach helped achieve the agencies' policy goals with regard to curve slope in those rulemakings.<SU>130</SU>
            <FTREF/>In the interest of taking a fresh look at appropriate regression methodologies as promised in the 2012-2016 light duty rulemaking, in developing this proposal, the agencies gave full consideration to both OLS and MAD. The OLS representation, as described, uses squared errors, while MAD employs absolute errors and thus weights outliers less.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>128</SU>See 75 FR at 25359.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>129</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at 25362-63.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>130</SU>
              <E T="03">Id.</E>at 25363.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>As noted, one of the reasons stated for choosing MAD over least square regression in the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking was that MAD reduced the weight placed on outliers in the data. However, the agencies have further considered whether it is appropriate to classify these vehicles as outliers. Unlike in traditional datasets, these vehicles' performance is not mischaracterized due to errors in their measurement, a common reason for outlier classification. Being certification data, the chances of large measurement errors should be near zero, particularly towards high CO<E T="52">2</E>or fuel consumption. Thus, they can only be outliers in the sense that the vehicle designs are unlike those of other vehicles. These outlier vehicles may include performance vehicles, vehicles with high ground clearance, 4WD, or boxy designs. Given that these are equally legitimate on-road vehicle designs, the agencies concluded that it would appropriate to reconsider the treatment of these vehicles in the regression techniques.</P>
          <P>Based on these considerations as well as the adjustments discussed above, the agencies concluded it was not meaningful to run MAD regressions on gpm data that had already been adjusted in the manner described above. Normalizing already reduced the variation in the data, and brought outliers towards average values. This was the intended effect, so the agencies deemed it unnecessary to apply an additional remedy to resolve an issue that had already been addressed, but we seek comment on the use of robust regression techniques under such circumstances.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">ii. Sales Weighting</HD>
          <P>Likewise, the agencies reconsidered employing sales-weighting to represent the data. As explained below, the decision to sales weight or not is ultimately based upon a choice about how to represent the data, and not by an underlying statistical concern. Sales weighting is used if the decision is made to treat each (mass produced) unit sold as a unique physical observation. Doing so thereby changes the extent to which different vehicle model types are emphasized as compared to a non-sales weighted regression. For example, while total General Motors Silverado (332,000) and Ford F-150 (322,000) sales differ by less than 10,000 in MY 2021 market forecast, 62 F-150s models and 38 Silverado models are reported in the agencies baselines. Without sales-weighting, the F-150 models, because there are more of them, are given 63 percent more weight in the regression despite comprising a similar portion of the marketplace and a relatively homogenous set of vehicle technologies.</P>
          <P>The agencies did not use sales weighting in the 2012-2016 rulemaking analysis of the curve shapes. A decision to not perform sales weighting reflects judgment that each vehicle model provides an equal amount of information concerning the underlying relationship between footprint and fuel economy. Sales-weighted regression gives the highest sales vehicle model types vastly more emphasis than the lowest-sales vehicle model types thus driving the regression toward the sales-weighted fleet norm. For unweighted regression, vehicle sales do not matter. The agencies note that the light truck market forecast shows MY 2025 sales of 218,000 units for Toyota's 2WD Sienna, and shows 66 model configurations with MY 2025 sales of fewer than 100 units. Similarly, the agencies' market forecast shows MY 2025 sales of 267,000 for the Toyota Prius, and shows 40 model configurations with MY2025 sales of fewer than 100 units. Sales-weighted analysis would give the Toyota Sienna and Prius more than a thousand times the consideration of many vehicle model configurations. Sales-weighted analysis would, therefore, cause a large number of vehicle model configurations to be virtually ignored in the regressions.<SU>131</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>131</SU>75 FR at 25362 and n. 64.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>However, the agencies did note in the MYs 2012-2016 final rules that, “sales weighted regression would allow the difference between other vehicle attributes to be reflected in the analysis, and also would reflect consumer demand.”<SU>132</SU>
            <FTREF/>In reexamining the sales-weighting for this analysis, the agencies note that there are low-volume model types account for many of the passenger car model types (50 percent of passenger car model types account for 3.3 percent of sales), and it is unclear whether the engineering characteristics of these model types should equally determine the standard for the remainder of the market.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>132</SU>75 FR at 25632/3.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>In the interest of taking a fresh look at appropriate methodologies as promised in the last final rule, in developing this proposal, the agencies gave full consideration to both sales-weighted and unweighted regressions.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">iii. Analyses Performed</HD>

          <P>We performed regressions describing the relationship between a vehicle's CO<E T="52">2</E>/fuel consumption and its footprint, in terms of various combinations of factors: initial (raw) fleets with no technology, versus after technology is applied; sales-weighted versus non-sales weighted; and with and without two sets of normalizing factors applied to the observations. The agencies excluded diesels and dedicated AFVs because the agencies anticipate that advanced gasoline-fueled vehicles are likely to be dominant through MY 2025, based both on our own assessment of potential standards (see Sections III and IV below) as well as our discussions with large number of automotive companies and suppliers.</P>
          <P>Thus, the basic OLS regression on the initial data (with no technology applied) and no sales-weighting represents one perspective on the relation between footprint and fuel economy. Adding sales weighting changes the interpretation to include the influence of sales volumes, and thus steps away from representing vehicle technology alone. Likewise, MAD is an attempt to reduce the impact of outliers, but reducing the impact of outliers might perhaps be less representative of technical relationships between the variables, although that relationship may change over time in reality. Each combination of methods and data reflects a perspective, and the regression results simply reflect that perspective in a simple quantifiable manner, expressed as the coefficients determining the line through the average (for OLS) or the median (for MAD) of the data. It is left to policy makers to determine an appropriate perspective and to interpret the consequences of the various alternatives.</P>

          <P>We invite comments on the application of the weights as described<PRTPAGE P="74918"/>above, and the implications for interpreting the relationship between fuel efficiency (or CO<E T="52">2</E>) and footprint.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. What results did the agencies obtain, which methodology did the agencies choose for this proposal, and why is it reasonable?</HD>
          <P>Both agencies analyzed the same statistical approaches. For regressions against data including technology normalization, NHTSA used the CAFE modeling system, and EPA used EPA's OMEGA model. The agencies obtained similar regression results, and have based today's joint proposal on those obtained by NHTSA. The draft Joint TSD Chapter 2 contains a large set of illustrative of figures which show the range of curves determined by the possible combinations of regression technique, with and without sales weighting, with and without the application of technology, and with various adjustments to the gpm variable prior to running a regression.</P>

          <P>The choice among the alternatives presented in the draft Joint TSD Chapter 2 was to use the OLS formulation, on sales-weighted data, using a fleet that has had technology applied, and after adjusting the data for the effect of weight-to-footprint, as described above. The agencies believe that this represents a technically reasonable approach for purposes of developing target curves to define the proposed standards, and that it represents a reasonable trade-off among various considerations balancing statistical, technical, and policy matters, which include the statistical representativeness of the curves considered and the steepness of the curve chosen. The agencies judge the application of technology prior to curve fitting to provide a reasonable means—one consistent with the rule's objective of encouraging manufacturers to add technology in order to increase fuel economy—of reducing variation in the data and thereby helping to estimate a relationship between fuel consumption/CO<E T="52">2</E>and footprint.</P>

          <P>Similarly, for the agencies' current MY 2008-based market-forecast and the agencies' current estimates of future technology effectiveness, the inclusion of the weight-to-footprint data adjustment prior to running the regression also helps to improve the fit of the curves by reducing the variation in the data, and the agencies believe that the benefits of this adjustment for this proposed rule likely outweigh the potential that resultant curves might somehow encourage reduced load carrying capability or vehicle performance (note that the we are not suggesting that we believe these adjustments will reduce load carrying capability or vehicle performance). In addition to reducing the variability, the truck curve is also steepened, and the car curve flattened compared to curves fitted to sales weighted data that do not include these normalizations. The agencies agree with manufacturers of full-size pick-up trucks that in order to maintain towing and hauling utility, the engines on pick-up trucks must be more powerful, than their low “density” nature would statistically suggest based on the agencies' current MY2008-based market forecast and the agencies' current estimates of the effectiveness of different fuel-saving technologies. Therefore, it may be more equitable (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>in terms of relative compliance challenges faced by different light truck manufacturers) to adjust the slope of the curve defining fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>targets.</P>
          <P>As described above, however, other approaches are also technically reasonable, and also represent a way of expressing the underlying relationships. The agencies plan to revisit the analysis for the final rule, after updating the underlying market forecast and estimates of technology effectiveness, and based on relevant public comments received. In addition, the agencies intend to update the technology cost estimates, which could alter the NPRM analysis results and consequently alter the balance of the trade-offs being weighed to determine the final curves.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Implications of the proposed slope compared to MY 2012-2016</HD>
          <P>The proposed slope has several implications relative to the MY 2016 curves, with the majority of changes on the truck curve. With the agencies' current MY2008-based market forecast and the agencies' current estimates of technology effectiveness, the combination of sales weighting and WT/FP normalization produced a car curve slope similar to that finalized in the MY 2012-2016 final rulemaking (4.7 g/mile in MY 2016, vs. 4.5 g/mile proposed in MY 2017). By contrast, the truck curve is steeper in MY 2017 than in MY 2016 (4.0 g/mile in MY 2016 vs. 4.9 g/mile in MY 2017). As discussed previously, a steeper slope relaxes the stringency of targets for larger vehicles relative to those for smaller vehicles, thereby shifting relative compliance burdens among manufacturers based on their respective product mix.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Once the agencies determined the appropriate slope for the sloped part, how did the agencies determine the rest of the mathematical function?</HD>
          <P>The agencies continue to believe that without a limit at the smallest footprints, the function—whether logistic or linear—can reach values that would be unfairly burdensome for a manufacturer that elects to focus on the market for small vehicles; depending on the underlying data, an unconstrained form could result in stringency levels that are technologically infeasible and/or economically impracticable for those manufacturers that may elect to focus on the smallest vehicles. On the other side of the function, without a limit at the largest footprints, the function may provide no floor on required fuel economy. Also, the safety considerations that support the provision of a disincentive for downsizing as a compliance strategy apply weakly, if at all, to the very largest vehicles. Limiting the function's value for the largest vehicles thus leads to a function with an inherent absolute minimum level of performance, while remaining consistent with safety considerations.</P>
          <P>Just as for slope, in determining the appropriate footprint and fuel economy values for the “cutpoints,” the places along the curve where the sloped portion becomes flat, the agencies took a fresh look for purposes of this proposal, taking into account the updated market forecast and new assumptions about the availability of technologies. The next two sections discuss the agencies' approach to cutpoints for the passenger car and light truck curves separately, as the policy considerations for each vary somewhat.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Cutpoints for PC curve</HD>

          <P>The passenger car fleet upon which the agencies have based the target curves for MYs 2017-2025 is derived from MY 2008 data, as discussed above. In MY 2008, passenger car footprints ranged from 36.7 square feet, the Lotus Exige 5, to 69.3 square feet, the Daimler Maybach 62. In that fleet, several manufacturers offer small, sporty coupes below 41 square feet, such as the BMW Z4 and Mini, Honda S2000, Mazda MX-5 Miata, Porsche Carrera and 911, and Volkswagen New Beetle. Because such vehicles represent a small portion (less than 10 percent) of the passenger car market, yet often have performance, utility, and/or structural characteristics that could make it technologically infeasible and/or economically impracticable for manufacturers focusing on such<PRTPAGE P="74919"/>vehicles to achieve the very challenging average requirements that could apply in the absence of a constraint, EPA and NHTSA are again proposing to cut off the sloped portion of the passenger car function at 41 square feet, consistent with the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking. The agencies recognize that for manufacturers who make small vehicles in this size range, putting the cutpoint at 41 square feet creates some incentive to downsize (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>further reduce the size, and/or increase the production of models currently smaller than 41 square feet) to make it easier to meet the target. Putting the cutpoint here may also create the incentive for manufacturers who do not currently offer such models to do so in the future. However, at the same time, the agencies believe that there is a limit to the market for cars smaller than 41 square feet—most consumers likely have some minimum expectation about interior volume, among other things. The agencies thus believe that the number of consumers who will want vehicles smaller than 41 square feet (regardless of how they are priced) is small, and that the incentive to downsize to less than 41 square feet in response to this proposal, if present, will be at best minimal. On the other hand, the agencies note that some manufacturers are introducing mini cars not reflected in the agencies MY 2008-based market forecast, such as the Fiat 500, to the U.S. market, and that the footprint at which the curve is limited may affect the incentive for manufacturers to do so.</P>
          <P>Above 56 square feet, the only passenger car models present in the MY 2008 fleet were four luxury vehicles with extremely low sales volumes—the Bentley Arnage and three versions of the Rolls Royce Phantom. As in the MYs 2012-2016 rulemaking, NHTSA and EPA therefore are proposing again to cut off the sloped portion of the passenger car function at 56 square feet.</P>
          <P>While meeting with manufacturers prior to issuing the proposal, the agencies received comments from some manufacturers that, combined with slope and overall stringency, using 41 square feet as the footprint at which to cap the target for small cars would result in unduly challenging targets for small cars. The agencies do not agree. No specific vehicle need meet its target (because standards apply to fleet average performance), and maintaining a sloped function toward the smaller end of the passenger car market is important to discourage unsafe downsizing, the agencies are thus proposing to again “cut off” the passenger car curve at 41 square feet, notwithstanding these comments.</P>
          <P>The agencies seek comment on setting cutpoints for the MYs 2017-2025 passenger car curves at 41 square feet and 56 square feet.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Cutpoints for LT curve</HD>

          <P>The light truck fleet upon which the agencies have based the target curves for MYs 2017-2025, like the passenger car fleet, is derived from MY 2008 data, as discussed in Section 2.4 above. In MY 2008, light truck footprints ranged from 41.0 square feet, the Jeep Wrangler, to 77.5 square feet, the Toyota Tundra. For consistency with the curve for passenger cars, the agencies are proposing to cut off the sloped portion of the light truck function at the same footprint, 41 square feet, although we recognize that no light trucks are currently offered below 41 square feet. With regard to the upper cutpoint, the agencies heard from a number of manufacturers during the discussions leading up to this proposal that the location of the cutpoint in the MYs 2012-2016 rules, 66 square feet, meant that the same standard applied to all light trucks with footprints of 66 square feet or greater, and that in fact the targets for the largest light trucks in the later years of that rulemaking were extremely challenging. Those manufacturers requested that the agencies extend the cutpoint to a larger footprint, to reduce targets for the largest light trucks which represent a significant percentage of those manufacturers light truck sales. At the same time, in re-examining the light truck fleet data, the agencies concluded that aggregating pickup truck models in the MYs 2012-2016 rule had led the agencies to underestimate the impact of the different pickup truck model configurations above 66 square feet on manufacturers' fleet average fuel economy and CO<E T="52">2</E>levels (as discussed immediately below). In disaggregating the pickup truck model data, the impact of setting the cutpoint at 66 square feet after model year 2016 became clearer to the agencies.</P>

          <P>In the agencies' view, there is legitimate basis for these comments. The agencies' market forecast includes about 24 vehicle configurations above 74 square feet with a total volume of about 50,000 vehicles or less during any MY in the 2017-2025 time frame. While a relatively small portion of the overall truck fleet, for some manufacturers, these vehicles are non-trivial portion of sales. As noted above, the very largest light trucks have significant load-carrying and towing capabilities that make it particularly challenging for manufacturers to add fuel economy-improving/CO<E T="52">2</E>-reducing technologies in a way that maintains the full functionality of those capabilities.</P>
          <P>Considering manufacturer CBI and our estimates of the impact of the 66 square foot cutpoint for future model years, the agencies have initially determined to adopt curves that transition to a different cut point. While noting that no specific vehicle need meet its target (because standards apply to fleet average performance), we believe that the information provided to us by manufacturers and our own analysis supports the gradual extension of the cutpoint for large light trucks in this proposal from 66 square feet in MY 2016 out to a larger footprint square feet before MY 2025.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="363" SPAN="3">
            <PRTPAGE P="74920"/>
            <GID>EP01DE11.034</GID>
          </GPH>

          <P>The agencies are proposing to phase in the higher cutpoint for the truck curve in order to avoid any backsliding from the MY 2016 standard. A target that is feasible in one model year should never become less feasible in a subsequent model year—manufacturers should have no reason to remove fuel economy-improving/CO<E T="52">2</E>-reducing technology from a vehicle once it has been applied. Put another way, the agencies are proposing to not allow “curve crossing” from one model year to the next. In proposing MYs 2011-2015 CAFE standards and promulgating MY 2011 standards, NHTSA proposed and requested comment on avoiding curve crossing, as an “anti-backsliding measure.”<SU>133</SU>
            <FTREF/>The MY 2016 2 cycle test curves are therefore a floor for the MYs 2017-2025 curves. For passenger cars, which have minimal change in slope from the MY 2012-2016 rulemakings and no change in cut points, there are no curve crossing issues in the proposed standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>133</SU>74 Fed. Reg. at 14370 (Mar. 30, 2009).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>The minimum stringency determination was done using the two cycle curves. Stringency adjustments for air conditioning and other credits were calculated after curves that did not cross were determined in two cycle space. The year over year increase in these adjustments cause neither the GHG nor CAFE curves (with A/C) to contact the 2016 curves when charted.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Once the agencies determined the complete mathematical function shape, how did the agencies adjust the curves to develop the proposed standards and regulatory alternatives?</HD>

          <P>The curves discussed above all reflect the addition of technology to individual vehicle models to reduce technology differences between vehicle models before fitting curves. This application of technology was conducted not to directly determine the proposed standards, but rather for purposes of technology adjustments, and set aside considerations regarding potential rates of application (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>phase-in caps), and considerations regarding economic implications of applying specific technologies to specific vehicle models. The following sections describe further adjustments to the curves discussed above, that affect both the shape of the curve, and the location of the curve, that helped the agencies determine curves that defined the proposed standards.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Adjusting for Year over Year Stringency</HD>

          <P>As in the MYs 2012-2016 rules, the agencies developed curves defining regulatory alternatives for consideration by “shifting” these curves. For the MYs 2012-2016 rules, the agencies did so on an absolute basis, offsetting the fitted curve by the same value (in gpm or g/mi) at all footprints. In developing this proposal, the agencies have reconsidered the use of this approach, and have concluded that after MY 2016, curves should be offset on a relative basis—that is, by adjusting the entire gpm-based curve (and, equivalently, the CO<E T="52">2</E>curve) by the same percentage rather than the same absolute value. The agencies' estimates of the effectiveness of these technologies are all expressed in relative terms—that is, each technology (with the exception of A/C) is estimated to reduce fuel consumption (the inverse of fuel economy) and CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions by a specific percentage of<PRTPAGE P="74921"/>fuel consumption without the technology. It is, therefore, more consistent with the agencies' estimates of technology effectiveness to develop the proposed standards and regulatory alternatives by applying a proportional offset to curves expressing fuel consumption or emissions as a function of footprint. In addition, extended indefinitely (and without other compensating adjustments), an absolute offset would eventually (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>at very high average stringencies) produce negative (gpm or g/mi) targets. Relative offsets avoid this potential outcome. Relative offsets do cause curves to become, on a fuel consumption and CO<E T="52">2</E>basis, flatter at greater average stringencies; however, as discussed above, this outcome remains consistent with the agencies' estimates of technology effectiveness. In other words, given a relative decrease in average required fuel consumption or CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions, a curve that is flatter by the same relative amount should be equally challenging in terms of the potential to achieve compliance through the addition of fuel-saving technology.</P>

          <P>On this basis, and considering that the “flattening” occurs gradually for the regulatory alternatives the agencies have evaluated, the agencies tentatively conclude that this approach to offsetting the curves to develop year-by-year regulatory alternatives neither re-creates a situation in which manufacturers are likely to respond to standards in ways that compromise highway safety, nor undoes the attribute-based standard's more equitable balancing of compliance burdens among disparate manufacturers. The agencies invite comment on these conclusions, and on any other means that might avoid the potential outcomes—in particular, negative fuel consumption and CO<E T="52">2</E>targets—discussed above.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Adjusting for anticipated improvements to mobile air conditioning systems</HD>

          <P>The fuel economy values in the agencies' market forecast are based on the 2-cycle (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>city and highway) fuel economy test and calculation procedures that do not reflect potential improvements in air conditioning system efficiency, refrigerant leakage, or refrigerant Global Warming Potential (GWP). Recognizing that there are significant and cost effective potential air conditioning system improvements available in the rulemaking timeframe (discussed in detail in Chapter 5 of the draft joint TSD), the agencies are increasing the stringency of the target curves based on the agencies' assessment of the capability of manufacturers to implement these changes. For the proposed CAFE standards and alternatives, an offset is included based on air conditioning system efficiency improvements, as these improvements are the only improvements that effect vehicle fuel economy. For the proposed GHG standards and alternatives, a stringency increase is included based on air conditioning system efficiency, leakage and refrigerant improvements. As discussed above in Chapter 5 of the join TSD, the air conditioning system improvements affect a vehicle's fuel efficiency or CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions performance as an additive stringency increase, as compared to other fuel efficiency improving technologies which are multiplicative. Therefore, in adjusting target curves for improvements in the air conditioning system performance, the agencies are adjusting the target curves by additive stringency increases (or vertical shifts) in the curves.</P>
          <P>For the GHG target curves, the offset for air conditioning system performance is being handled in the same manner as for the MY 2012-2016 rules. For the CAFE target curves, NHTSA for the first time is proposing to account for potential improvements in air conditioning system performance. Using this methodology, the agencies first use a multiplicative stringency adjustment for the sloped portion of the curves to reflect the effectiveness on technologies other than air conditioning system technologies, creating a series of curve shapes that are “fanned” based on two-cycle performance. Then the curves are offset vertically by the air conditioning improvement by an equal amount at every point.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Joint Vehicle Technology Assumptions</HD>
          <P>For the past four to five years, the agencies have been working together closely to follow the development of fuel consumption and GHG reducing technologies. Two major analyses have been published jointly by EPA and NHTSA: The Technical Support Document to support the MYs 2012-2016 final rule and the 2010 Technical Analysis Report (which supported the 2010 Notice of Intent). The latter of these analyses was also done in conjunction with CARB. Both of these analyses have both been published within the past 18 months. As a result, much of the work is still relevant and we continue to rely heavily on these references. However, some technologies—and what we know about them—are changing so rapidly that the analysis supporting this proposal contains a considerable amount of new work on technologies included in this rule, some of which were included in prior rulemakings, and others that were not.</P>
          <P>Notably, we have updated our battery costing methodology significantly since the MYs 2012-2016 final rule and even relative to the 2010 TAR. We are now using a peer reviewed model developed by Argonne National Laboratory for the Department of Energy which provides us with more rigorous estimates for battery costs and allows us to estimate future costs specific to hybrids, plug-in hybrids and electric vehicles all of which have different battery design characteristics.</P>
          <P>We also have new cost data from more recently completed tear down and other cost studies by FEV which were not available in either the MYs 2012-2016 final rule or the 2010 TAR. These new studies analyzed a 8-speed automatic transmission replacing 6-speed automatic transmission, a 8-speed dual clutch transmission replacing 6-speed dual clutch transmission, a power-split hybrid powertrain with an I4 engine replacing a conventional engine powertrain with V6 engine, a mild hybrid with stop-start technology and an I4 engine replacing a conventional I4 engine, and the Fiat Multi-Air engine technology. We discuss the new tear down studies in Section II.D.2 of this preamble. Based on this, we have updated some of the FEV-developed costs relative to what we used in the 2012-2016 final rule, although these costs are consistent with those used in the 2010 TAR. Furthermore, we have completely re-worked our estimated costs associated with mass reduction relative to both the MYs 2012-2016 final rule and the 2010 TAR.</P>
          <P>As would be expected given that some of our cost estimates were developed several years ago, we have also updated all of our base direct manufacturing costs to put them in terms of more recent dollars (2009 dollars for this proposal). We have also updated our methodology for calculating indirect costs associated with new technologies since both the MYs 2012-2016 final rule and the TAR. We continue to use the indirect cost multiplier (ICM) approach used in those analyses, but have made important changes to the calculation methodology—changes done in response to ongoing staff evaluation and public input.</P>

          <P>Lastly, we have updated many of the technologies' effectiveness estimates largely based on new vehicle simulation work conducted by Ricardo Engineering. This simulation work provides the effectiveness estimates for<PRTPAGE P="74922"/>a number of the technologies most heavily relied on in the agencies' analysis of potential standards for MYs 2017-2025.</P>
          <P>The agencies have also reviewed the findings and recommendations in the updated NAS report “Assessment of Fuel Economy Technologies for Light-Duty Vehicles” that was completed after the MYs 2012-2016 final rule was issued,<SU>134</SU>
            <FTREF/>and NHTSA has performed a sensitivity analysis (contained in its PRIA) to examine the impact of using some of the NAS cost and effectiveness estimates on the proposed standards.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>134</SU>“Assessment of Fuel Economy Technologies for Light-Duty Vehicles,” National Research Council of the National Academies, June 2010.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>Each of these changes is discussed briefly in the remainder of this section and in much greater detail in Chapter 3 of the draft joint TSD. First we provide a brief summary of the technologies we have considered in this proposal before highlighting the above-mentioned items that are new for this proposal. We request comment on all aspects of our analysis as discussed here and detailed in the draft joint TSD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. What technologies did the Agencies Consider?</HD>
          <P>For this proposal, the agencies project that manufacturers can add a variety of technologies to each of their vehicle models and or platforms in order to improve the vehicles' fuel economy and GHG performance. In order to analyze a variety of regulatory alternative scenarios, it is essential to have a thorough understanding of the technologies available to the manufacturers. This analysis includes an assessment of the cost, effectiveness, availability, development time, and manufacturability of various technologies within the normal redesign and refresh periods of a vehicle line (or in the design of a new vehicle). As we describe in the draft Joint TSD, when a technology can be applied can affect the cost as well as the technology penetration rates (or phase-in caps) that are projected in the analysis.</P>

          <P>The agencies considered dozens of vehicle technologies that manufacturers could use to improve the fuel economy and reduce CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions of their vehicles during the MYs 2017-2025 timeframe. Many of the technologies considered are available today, are well known, and could be incorporated into vehicles once product development decisions are made. These are “near-term” technologies and are identical or very similar to those anticipated in the agencies' analyses of compliance strategies for the MYs 2012-2016 final rule. For this rulemaking, given its time frame, other technologies are also considered that are not currently in production, but that are beyond the initial research phase, and are under development and expected to be in production in the next 5-10 years. Examples of these technologies are downsized and turbocharged engines operating at combustion pressures even higher than today's turbocharged engines, and an emerging hybrid architecture combined with an 8 speed dual clutch transmission, a combination that is not available today. These are technologies which the agencies believe can, for the most part, be applied both to cars and trucks, and which are expected to achieve significant improvements in fuel economy and reductions in CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions at reasonable costs in the MYs 2017 to 2025 timeframe. The agencies did not consider technologies that are currently in an initial stage of research because of the uncertainty involved in the availability and feasibility of implementing these technologies with significant penetration rates for this analysis. The agencies recognize that due to the relatively long time frame between the date of this proposal and 2025, it is very possible that new and innovative technologies will make their way into the fleet, perhaps even in significant numbers, that we have not considered in this analysis. We expect to reconsider such technologies as part of the mid-term evaluation, as appropriate, and possibly could be used to generate credits under a number of the proposed flexibility and incentive programs provided in the proposed rules.</P>
          <P>The technologies considered can be grouped into four broad categories: Engine technologies; transmission technologies; vehicle technologies (such as mass reduction, tires and aerodynamic treatments); and electrification technologies (including hybridization and changing to full electric drive).<SU>135</SU>
            <FTREF/>The specific technologies within each broad group are discussed below. The list of technologies presented below is nearly identical to that presented in both the MYs 2012-2016 final rule and the 2010 TAR, with the following new technologies added to the list since the last final rule: The P2 hybrid, a newly emerging hybridization technology that was also considered in the 2010 TAR; continued improvements in gasoline engines, with greater efficiencies and downsizing; continued significant efficiency improvements in transmissions; and ongoing levels of improvement to some of the seemingly more basic technologies such as lower rolling resistance tires and aerodynamic treatments, which are among the most cost effective technologies available for reducing fuel consumption and GHGs. Not included in the list below are technologies specific to air conditioning system improvements and off-cycle controls, which are presented in Section II.F of this NPRM and in Chapter 5 of the draft Joint TSD.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>135</SU>NHTSA's analysis considers these technologies in five groups rather than four—hybridization is one category, and “electrification/accessories” is another.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Types of Engine Technologies Considered</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Low-friction lubricants</E>including low viscosity and advanced low friction lubricant oils are now available with improved performance. If manufacturers choose to make use of these lubricants, they may need to make engine changes and conduct durability testing to accommodate the lubricants. The costs in our analysis consider these engine changes and testing requirements. This level of low friction lubricants is expected to exceed 85 percent penetration by the 2017 MY.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Reduction of engine friction losses</E>can be achieved through low-tension piston rings, roller cam followers, improved material coatings, more optimal thermal management, piston surface treatments, and other improvements in the design of engine components and subsystems that improve efficient engine operation. This level of engine friction reduction is expected to exceed 85 percent penetration by the 2017 MY.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Advanced Low Friction Lubricant and Second Level of Engine Friction Reduction</E>are new for this analysis. As technologies advance between now and the rulemaking timeframe, there will be further development in low friction lubricants and engine friction reductions. The agencies grouped the development in these two areas into a single technology and applied them for MY 2017 and beyond.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Cylinder deactivation</E>disables the intake and exhaust valves and prevents fuel injection into some cylinders during light-load operation. The engine runs temporarily as though it were a smaller engine which substantially reduces pumping losses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Variable valve timing</E>alters the timing of the intake valves, exhaust valves, or both, primarily to reduce pumping losses, increase specific power, and control residual gases.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Discrete variable valve lift</E>increases efficiency by optimizing air flow over a broader range of engine operation which<PRTPAGE P="74923"/>reduces pumping losses. This is accomplished by controlled switching between two or more cam profile lobe heights.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Continuous variable valve lift</E>is an electromechanical or electrohydraulic system in which valve timing is changed as lift height is controlled. This yields a wide range of performance optimization and volumetric efficiency, including enabling the engine to be valve throttled.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Stoichiometric gasoline direct-injection technology</E>injects fuel at high pressure directly into the combustion chamber to improve cooling of the air/fuel charge as well as combustion quality within the cylinder, which allows for higher compression ratios and increased thermodynamic efficiency.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Turbo charging and downsizing</E>increases the available airflow and specific power level, allowing a reduced engine size while maintaining performance. Engines of this type use gasoline direct injection (GDI) and dual cam phasing. This reduces pumping losses at lighter loads in comparison to a larger engine. We continue to include an 18 bar brake mean effective pressure (BMEP) technology (as in the MYs 2012-2016 final rule) and are also including both 24 bar BMEP and 27 bar BMEP technologies. The 24 bar BMEP technology would use a single-stage, variable geometry turbocharger which would provide a higher intake boost pressure available across a broader range of engine operation than conventional 18 bar BMEP engines. The 27 bar BMEP technology requires additional boost and thus would use a two-stage turbocharger necessitating use of cooled exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) as described below. The 18 bar BMEP technology is applied with 33 percent engine downsizing, 24 bar BMEP is applied with 50 percent engine downsizing, and 27 bar BMEP is applied with 56 percent engine downsizing.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Cooled exhaust-gas recirculation (EGR)</E>reduces the incidence of knocking combustion with additional charge dilution and obviates the need for fuel enrichment at high engine power. This allows for higher boost pressure and/or compression ratio and further reduction in engine displacement and both pumping and friction losses while maintaining performance. Engines of this type use GDI and both dual cam phasing and discrete variable valve lift. The EGR systems considered in this assessment would use a dual-loop system with both high and low pressure EGR loops and dual EGR coolers. For this proposal, cooled EGR is considered to be a technology that can be added to a 24 bar BMEP engine and is an enabling technology for 27 bar BMEP engines.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Diesel engines</E>have several characteristics that give superior fuel efficiency, including reduced pumping losses due to lack of (or greatly reduced) throttling, high pressure direct injection of fuel, a combustion cycle that operates at a higher compression ratio, and a very lean air/fuel mixture relative to an equivalent-performance gasoline engine. This technology requires additional enablers, such as a NO<E T="52">x</E>adsorption catalyst system or a urea/ammonia selective catalytic reduction system for control of NO<E T="52">x</E>emissions during lean (excess air) operation.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Types of Transmission Technologies Considered</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Improved automatic transmission controls</E>optimize the shift schedule to maximize fuel efficiency under wide ranging conditions and minimizes losses associated with torque converter slip through lock-up or modulation. The first level of controls is expected to exceed 85 percent penetration by the 2017 MY.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Shift optimization</E>is a strategy whereby the engine and/or transmission controller(s) emulates a CVT by continuously evaluating all possible gear options that would provide the necessary tractive power and select the best gear ratio that lets the engine run in the most efficient operating zone.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Six-, seven-, and eight-speed automatic transmissions</E>are optimized by changing the gear ratio span to enable the engine to operate in a more efficient operating range over a broader range of vehicle operating conditions. While a six speed transmission application was most prevalent for the MYs 2012-2016 final rule, eight speed transmissions are expected to be readily available and applied in the MYs 2017 through 2025 timeframe.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Dual clutch or automated shift manual transmissions</E>are similar to manual transmissions, but the vehicle controls shifting and launch functions. A dual-clutch automated shift manual transmission (DCT) uses separate clutches for even-numbered and odd-numbered gears, so the next expected gear is pre-selected, which allows for faster and smoother shifting. The 2012-2016 final rule limited DCT applications to a maximum of 6-speeds. For this proposal we have considered both 6-speed and 8-speed DCT transmissions.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Continuously variable transmission</E>commonly uses V-shaped pulleys connected by a metal belt rather than gears to provide ratios for operation. Unlike manual and automatic transmissions with fixed transmission ratios, continuously variable transmissions can provide fully variable and an infinite number of transmission ratios that enable the engine to operate in a more efficient operating range over a broader range of vehicle operating conditions. The CVT is maintained for existing baseline vehicles and not considered for future vehicles in this proposal due to the availability of more cost effective transmission technologies.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Manual 6-speed transmission</E>offers an additional gear ratio, often with a higher overdrive gear ratio, than a 5-speed manual transmission.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">High Efficiency Gearbox (automatic, DCT or manual)</E>—continuous improvement in seals, bearings and clutches, super finishing of gearbox parts, and development in the area of lubrication, all aimed at reducing frictional and other parasitic load in the system for an automatic or DCT type transmission.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Types of Vehicle Technologies Considered</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Lower-rolling-resistance tires</E>have characteristics that reduce frictional losses associated with the energy dissipated mainly in the deformation of the tires under load, thereby improving fuel economy and reducing CO<E T="52">2</E>emissions. New for this proposal (and also marking an advance over low rolling resistance tires considered during the heavy duty greenhouse gas rulemaking, see 76 FR at 57207, 57229) is a second level of lower rolling resistance tires that reduce frictional losses even further. The first level of low rolling resistance tires will have 10 percent rolling resistance reduction while the 2nd level would have 20 percent rolling resistance reduction compared to 2008 baseline vehicle. The first level of lower rolling resistance tires is expected to exceed 85 percent penetration by the 2017 MY.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Low-drag brakes</E>reduce the sliding friction of disc brake pads on rotors when the brakes are not engaged because the brake pads are pulled away from the rotors.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Front or secondary axle disconnect for four-wheel drive systems</E>provides a torque distribution disconnect between front and rear axles when torque is not required for the non-driving axle. This results in the reduction of associated parasitic energy losses.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Aerodynamic drag reduction</E>can be achieved via two approaches, either reducing the drag coefficients or reducing vehicle frontal area. To reduce the drag coefficient, skirts, air dams, underbody covers, and more aerodynamic side view mirrors can be<PRTPAGE P="74924"/>applied. In addition to the standard aerodynamic treatments, the agencies have included a second level of aerodynamic technologies which could include active grill shutters, rear visors, and larger under body panels. The first level of aero dynamic drag improvement is estimated to reduce aerodynamic drag by 10 percent relative to the baseline 2008 vehicle while the second level would reduce aero dynamic drag by 20 percent relative to 2008 baseline vehicles. The second level of aerodynamic technologies was not considered in the MYs 2012-2016 final rule.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mass Reduction</E>can be achieved in many ways, such as material substitution, design optimization, part consolidation, improving manufacturing process, etc. The agencies applied mass reduction of up to 20 percent relative to MY 2008 levels in this NPRM compared to only 10 percent in 2012-2016 final rule. The agencies also determined effectiveness values for hybrid, plug-in and electric vehicles based on net mass reduction, or the delta between the applied mass reduction (capped at 20 percent) and the added mass of electrification components. In assessing compliance strategies and in structuring the standards, the agencies only considered amounts of vehicle mass reduction that would result in what we estimated to be no adverse effect on overall fleet safety. The agencies have an extensive discussion of mass reduction technologies as well as the cost of mass reduction in chapter 3 of the draft joint TSD.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Types of Electrification/Accessory and Hybrid Technologies Considered</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Electric power steering (EPS)/Electro-hydraulic power steering (EHPS)</E>is an electrically-assisted steering system that has advantages over traditional hydraulic power steering because it replaces a continuously operated hydraulic pump, thereby reducing parasitic losses from the accessory drive. Manufacturers have informed the agencies that full EPS systems are being developed for all light-duty vehicles, including large trucks. However, the agencies have applied the EHPS technology to large trucks and the EPS technology to all other light-duty vehicles.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Improved accessories (IACC)</E>may include high efficiency alternators, electrically driven (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>on-demand) water pumps and cooling fans. This excludes other electrical accessories such as electric oil pumps and electrically driven air conditioner compressors. New for this proposal is a second level of IACC (IACC2) which consists of the IACC technologies and the addition of a mild regeneration strategy and a higher efficiency alternator. The first level of IACC improvements is expected to be at more than 85 percent penetration by the 2017MY.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">12-volt Stop-Start,</E>sometimes referred to as idle-stop or 12-volt micro hybrid is the most basic hybrid system that facilitates idle-stop capability. These systems typically incorporate an enhanced performance battery and other features such as electric transmission and cooling pumps to 
